LIBRARY     \ 

UNIVERSITY  OF 

^      Robert  Alexander  Bell 

O- 89 2802 


CALIFORNIA 

SAN  DIEGO 


presented  to  the 

LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  •  SAN  DIKGO 
by 

FRIENDS  OF  THE  LIBRARY 

Mrs.    Norma  Baird 

donor 


t 


OFFICERS' 
MANUAL 


BY 

MAJOR  JAS.  A.   MOSS 
United  States  Army 

SIXTH  EDITION 
(Revised   May, 


Being  a  service  manual  consisting  of  a  compilation  in 
convenient,  handy  form,  of  "Customs  of  the  Service" 
and  other  matters  of  a  practical,  worth-knowing  nature- 
things  of  value  and  assistance  to  the  inexperienced  —  most 
of  which  can  not  be  found  in  print,  but  must  be  learned 
by  experience  —  often  by  doing  that  which  we  should  not 
do  or  by  failing  to  do  that  which  we  should  do. 

Price  $2.  go  postpaid 


PUBLISHERS 

GEORGE  BANTA  PUBLISHING  COMPANY, 
MENASHA,  WISCONSIN 


Copyright 

By 
JAS.  A.  Moss 


DISTRIBUTERS 
UNITED  STATES: 

Boston,  Mass.     The  Harding  Uniform  and  Regalia  Co.,  22  School 

St. 

Chicago,  111.     E.  A.  Armstrong  Mfg.    Co.,  434-440  Wabash   Ave. 
Columbus,  Ohio.     The  M.  C.  Lilley  &  Co. 
Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

U.  S.  Cavalry  Association. 

Book  Department,  Army  Service  Schools. 
Fort  Monroe,  Va.     Journal  U.  S.  Artillery. 
Kalamazoo,  Mich.     Henderson-Ames  Co. 
Menasha,  Wis.     George  Banta  Publishing  Co. 
New  York. 

Edwin  N.  Appleton,   1    Broadway. 

Army  and  Navj-  Cooperative  Co.,  16  East  42d  St. 

Henry  Malkan,  42  Broadway. 

Ridabock  &  Co.,  149  West  36th  St. 

Warnock  Uniform  Co.,  16  West  46th  St. 
Philadelphia,  Pa.     Jacob  Reed's  Sons,  1424  Chestnut. 
San  Francisco,  Cal.     B.  Pasquale  Co.,  115-117   Post  St.,  Western 

Distributer. 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Army  and  Xavy  Register,  511  Eleventh  St.,  N.  W. 

Meyer's  Military  Shops,  1331   F  St.,  N.  W. 

U.  S.  Infantry  Association,  Union  Trust  Bldg. 

PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS:     Philippine  Education  Co.,  Manila,   P.   I. 
HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS:     Patten  Co.,  Ltd.,  Honolulu,  H.  T. 
CANAL  ZONE:     Post  Exchange,  Empire,  C.  Z. 


[2] 


"He  gains  wisdom  in  a  happy  zvay,  who  gains  it 
by  another's  experience." — PLAUTUS. 

"No  man's  personal  experience  can  be  so  valuable 
as  the  compared  and  collated  experiences  of 
many  men." — MAURICE. 


PREFATORY   REMARKS 

THIS  Manual  is  a  compilation  of  "Customs  of  the  Service" 
and  other  matters  of  a  practical,  worth-knowing  nature, 
things  of  value  and  assistance  to  the  inexperienced, 
most  of  which  can  not  be  found  in  print,  but  must  be  learned  by 
experience,  often  by  doing  that  which  we  should  not  do  or  by 
failing  to  do  that  which  we  should  do. 

The  idea  of  the  publication  of  the  book  originated  in  the  need 
the  author  himself,  when  a  subaltern,  'often  felt  for  such  a 
Manual,  a  feeling  shared  and  heard  expressed  time  and  again 
by  fellow-officers. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  Manual  the  author  has  made  an 
honest,  sincere  effort  to  place  in  the  hands  of  our  subalterns,  in 
simple,  convenient,  and  useful  form,  information  the  need  of 
which  he  often  felt  during  the  early  days  of  his  experience  as  an 
officer,  and  the  possession  of  which  would  have  saved  time  and 
trouble  to  himself  and  others,  avoided  the  commission  of  errors, 
and  given  a  feeling  of  confidence  and  satisfaction  instead  of  one 
of  uncertainty  and  discomfort. 


[3] 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Pars. 

CHAPTER  I.     SUGGESTIONS      TO       OFFICERS       1-110 

JUST      APPOINTED— Uniforms, 

arms,  and  equipment — Different  kinds 
of  uniforms — Overcoat — Rubber  rain 
capes  or  coats — Cape — Supply  of  uni- 
forms— P  e  r  s  o  n  a  1  appearance — Uni- 
forms obtainable  from  Quartermaster 
Corps — Arms  and  equipment  obtain- 
able from  Ordnance  Department — 
Articles  of  Ordnance  that  may  be 
drawn  by  officers  serving  with  troops 
— Mounts  and  horse  equipments  for 
officers  below  the  grade  of  major — 
Civilian  clothing — Articles  of  haber- 
dashery— Household  effects — Station- 
ery— Bedding  and  professional  books 
in  case  of  graduates  of  the  Military 
Academy — Mileage — Those  entitled  to 
mileage  to  first  station — Baggage 
allowance — Turning  property  over  to 
Quartermaster  for  shipment — Sugges- 
tions regarding  numbering  packages — 
Disposition  of  property  in  case  of  duty 
beyond  the  seas — Quarters — Forage — 
Fuel  and  light — Medical  attendance — 
Dentistry — Quartermaster  supplies — 
War  Department  publications — Leaves 
of  absence — Oath  of  office  and  accep- 
tance of  appointment — Designation  of 
beneficiary — Reports  upon  assignment 
— Assignment  to  regiment  on  foreign 
service — Telegraphing  arrival  at  sta- 
tion— Looking  up  adjutant — Calling  up 
commanding  officer — Calling  on  inter- 
mediate commanding  officers — Uni- 
form worn  in  reporting — Entertain- 
ment— Application  for  quarter  s — 
Familiarization  with  standing  orders — 

[5] 


Pars. 

Familiarization  with  surroundings — 
First  impressions — Calling — S  o  c  i  a  1 
"Customs  of  the  Service" — Dinner  invi- 
tations— Addressing  of  letters  and 
envelopes — Answering  invitations — In- 
vitation to  card  party — Never  be  late 
at  a  dinner — Invitation  to  ball  or  recep- 
tion of  general  nature — Invitations  to 
private  balls  and  dances — Invitations 
to  home  wedding — Invitation  to  church 
wedding — Invifation  to  wedding  break- 
fast— Announcement  of  marriage — 
Receptions — Dinner  and  party  calls — 
Making  calls — Writing  letter  after 
visiting  friends — Introducing  stranger 
at  reception  and  other  functions — Be- 
ing attentive  to  hostess  and  visitors — 
Being  attentive  at  social  functions  to 
wife  of  commanding  officer — Deference 
to  spectators  at  dances — Escorting 
unattended  girls — Officers'  mess  (club) 
— Messing — Gossip — S  c  o  u  t  i  n  g  for 
trouble — Growling  and  whining — 
Drinking — Money  matters  and  debts — 
Insurance  of  life  and  property — 
Punctuality — Promptness — I  n  d  u  s  t  r  y 
and  perseverance — Forethought — At- 
tention to  details — System  and  method 
— Your  dress — Seeking  advice — Treat- 
ment of  enlisted  men — Relations  with 
civilians  and  National  Guardsmen — 
Art  of  War — Don't  go  over  heads  of 
people — When  assuming  a  new  com- 
mand do  not  be  too  hasty  about 
making  changes — Service  publications 
— The  Army  List  and  Directory — 
Translating  professional  books  and 
papers — Know  where  to  find  informa- 
tion— Army  Changes — File  of  personal 
orders — Legible  signature  s — The 
young  officer's  don'ts. 

[6] 


Pars. 

CHAPTER  II.     MILITARY    COURTESY— I  m  p  o  r  -  111-154 

tance — Military  courtesy  not  confined 
to  official  occasions — The  nature  and 
origin  of  the  civilian  salute — The  na- 
ture and  origin  of  the  military  salute — 
Whom  to  salute:  General  rule — Salutes 
by  detachment  and  other  commanders 
- — Reserve  Corps  officers — Foreign 
naval  and  military  officers — When  and 
How  to  Salute:  Saluting  distance — 
When  making  or  receiving  reports — 
Officer  entering  room  occupied  by  sol- 
diers— At  meals — When  seated — Sol- 
dier indoor  s — Officer  approaching 
number  of  soldiers  in  open — At  work — 
Riding  in  wagon — Passing  officer  on 
staircase — Addressing  or  being  ad- 
dressed by  an  officer — How  salutes  are 
rendered  in  uniform — Rifle  salute — • 
Saber  salute — Sentinels  on  post — HQW 
salutes  are  rendered  in  civilian  dress — 
Rendering  salutes  in  military  manner 
— Several  officers  in  company — • 
Mounted  officer  (or  soldier)  dismount- 
ing before  addressing  superior— Man 
addressed  in  formation — In  public 
places  and  conveyances — No  saluting 
at  double  time,  trot  or  gallop — -Enlisted 
man  in  command  of  detachment — 
Salutes  not  rendered  by  troops  at  drill, 
on  march,  etc. — Bringing  command  to 
present  arms  or  sabers  before  com- 
mander salutes — Saluting  at  parades 
and  other  ceremonies  while  National 
Anthem  is  played — Saluting  by  indi- 
viduals during  playing  of  the  National 
Anthem;  or  sounding  of  to  the  color; 
same  respect  to  national  anthem  of 
other  countries — Saluting  the  color— 
Usual  Mistakes  in  Saluting — Miscel- 
laneous: Officer  walking  or  riding 

[7] 


Pars. 

with  senior — Soldier  walking  with 
officer — Prisoners  do  not  salute —  Un- 
military  salutes — Saluting  ladies — Not 
dropping  hand  or  weapon  until  salute 
has  been  acknowledged. 

CHAPTER  III.     HOW     TO     SUCCEED     IN     THE  155-156 

ARMY — Making  yourself  useful — A 
message  to  Garcia. 

CHAPTER  IV.     THE   REGULAR   ARMY— The   Staff  157-202 

and  the  Line-^The  Staff — The  Line — 
Commander-in-chief — Secretary  of  War 
— Chief  of  Staff — War  Department — 
Authorized  unlisted  strength — Com- 
position— I  li  f  a  n  t  r  y — Cavalry — Field 
Artillery — Organization  of  regiments — 
Classification  of  Artillery — L  i  g  h  t 
Artillery — Mountain  Artillery — Heavy 
Artillery — H  o  r  s  e  Artillery — C  oast 
•  Artillery  Corps:  Function — Company 

— Battery — Fire  command — Fort  com- 
mand— C  oast  defense  command — 
Artillery  district — Detached  Officers' 
L  i  s  t — Additional  Sergeants — P  o  r  t  o 
Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry — General 
Staff  Corps — A  d  j  u  t  a  n  t  General's 
Department — Inspector  General's 
Department — Judge  Advocate  Gen- 
eral's Department — Quartermaster 
Corps — Medical  Department — Medical 
Corps — Dental  Corps — V  eterinary 
Corp  s — Nurse  Corps — O  r  d  n  a  n  c  e 
Department — Corps  of  Engineers — 
Engineer  Department — Signal  Corps — 
Chaplains — Regular  Army  Reserve — • 
Indian  Scouts. 

CHAPTER  V.     RELATION    OF   THE    MILITARY  203-217 

TO    THE    CIVIL— The    use    of    the 

Army  in  aid  of  the  civil  power — Mili- 
tary reservations — Civil  jurisdiction  on 

[8] 


Pars. 

a    military    reservation — The    Writ    of 
Habeas    C  o  r  p  u  s — Taxation — Citizen^ 
ship — Residence  and  domicile — Voting. 

CHAPTER  VI.     THE    POST    ADJUTANT— Duties—  214-269 

Adjutant  to  promote  contentment — 
Relations  with  the  Commanding 
Officer — Dress  and  bearing — Neces- 
sary knowledge — A  r  m  y  Regulation 
paragraphs  affecting  Adjutants — Cus- 
toms of  the  Service  affecting  Adjutants 
— Business  routine  of  the  office — The 
sergeant-major — Clerks — Musician  of 
the  g  u  a  r  d — Commanding  officec's 
orderly — Telephone  c  1  e  r  k — Janitor — 
Paperwork  and  correspondence — 
Labor-saving  devices  and  conveniences 
— D  e  1  i  v  e  r  y  envelopes — Information 
slips — Bulletin  board — "Model"  daily 
bulletin — Rubber  stamps — Dating  and 
numbering  stamp — Four-basket  system 
— Memorandum  slips — Adjutant  card- 
system  "tickler" — Printing  p  r  e  s  s — 
Duplicating  device  s — Typewriters — 
Electric  bells — Case  for  reference 
books — Indices  of  current  orders  and 
bulletins — Blank  forms — Books  and 
record  s — Correspondence  book,  or 
record-card  system — Document  file — 
Consolidated  morning  report — Daily 
sick  report — Guard  roster — Files  of 
orders — Guard  report — Post  exchange 
council  book — Memorandum  receipts 
— Plat  of  land  at  post — Desertion 
circulars — School  records — R  e  t  u  r  n  s 
and  reports — Records  of  post  noncom- 
missioned staff  and  others  not  belong- 
ing to  organizations — Summary  and 
special  courts-martial  records — Books 
of  reference. 


[9] 


Pars. 

CHAPTER  VII.     POST    ADMINISTRATION— Duties  270-297 

\»  of      post      commanders — The      staff — 

Parades,  reviews,  and  other  cere- 
monies— Inspections — P  o  s  t  noncom- 
missioned staff — Rules  and  regulations 
for  the  government  of  a  post — The 
commanding  officer — Adjutant's  office 
— Quartermaster's  Department — Com- 
missary Department — Officers — Organ- 
ization commanders — Summary  court 
— Police  regulations — Uniform — Guard 
Duty:  Officer  of  the  Day — Visit  of 
guard  and  sentinels — Persons  entitled 
to  inspect  the  guard — The  commander 
of  the  guard — Special  orders  for  senti- 
nels— Soldiers:  Behavior,  etc. — Extra 
and  special  duty  men — Pasees — Old 
guard  pass — -"Correspondence — Post 
library — The  post  school. 

CHAPTER  VIII.  THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER—  298-303 
Duties — Blank  forms — Blank  forms  to 
be  carried  by  an  acting  quartermaster 
in  the  field — Books,  orders,  circulars, 
and  other  'publications  of  record  and 
of  reference — Quartermaster  paper- 
work— Motto  for  Supply  Troops. 

CHAPTER  IX.     THE       POST      R  E  C  R  U  I  T  I  N  G  304-307 

OFFICER— Duties— Rules  for  exami- 
nation of  recruits — Blank  forms — 
Reports  to  be  rendered. 

CHAPTER  X.    THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER  308-310 

— Duties — Books  to  be  kept — Reports. 

CHAPTER  XI.     THE    POST    PRISON    OFFICER—  311-312 

Duties — Returns   and    requisitions. 

CHAPTER          XII.     THE  POST  ORDNANCE  OFFICER  313-318 
— Duties — Blank  forms  to  be  kept  on 
hand:       Furnished     by    the    Ordnance 
Department — Furnished     by     the     In- 

[10] 


CHAPTER 


CHAPTER 


Pars. 

spector  General's  Department — Fur- 
nished by  The  Adjutant  General's 
Department — Ordnance  Department 
books  and  pamphlets  to  be  kept  in 
office — Reports,  returns,  and  requisi- 
tions. 

XIII.     THE  POST  ENGINEER  OFFICER  319-322 
— Duties — R  e  t  u  r  n  s — Requisitions — 
Reconnaissance  instruments. 


XIV. 


CHAPTER 


XV. 


CHAPTER 

CHAPTER 
CHAPTER 


XVI. 


XVII. 


XVIII. 


THE  POST  SIGNAL  OFFICER—  323—326 
Duties — Books     of     reference — Survey 
and  disposition  of  Signal  Corps  prop- 
erty— Reports,    returns,   estimates,   and 
requisitions. 

THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER  327-332 
— Duties — Field  days — Sample  order 
for  a  field  day — Athletics  for  all  troops 
— Military  events  for  Infantry  only — 
Military  events  for  Artillery  only — 
Construction  of  an  athletic  field. 

THE    POST    RANGE    OFFICER—  333-336 
Duties — Repair     and     preparation     of 
range — The  target  practice — The  status 
of  the  range  officer. 


SUMMARY   COURT— General  duties 
— Pointers. 


337 


SURVEYING  OFFICER— Necessary  338-348 
knowledge — Army  Regulation  s — 
Ordnance  property:  Ordnance  pam- 
phlets— Ordnance  property  that  may 
be  turned  in  to  an  arsenal  upon  the 
recommendation  of  a  surveying  officer 
— Only  ordnance  property  beyond 
repair  in  organization  should  be  recom- 
mended to  be  replaced  or  destroyed — 
Usual  recommendations  of  surveying 
officers — Property  that  may  be  recom- 


[11] 


CHAPTER 


CHAPTER 


Pars. 

mended  for  destruction — Property  Xhat 
should  be  recommended  for  action  of 
an  inspector — Property  should  not  be 
turned  in  to  post  ordnance  officer  for 
repairs — Relieving  officers  from  re- 
sponsibility— Paperwork. 

XIX.  AIDES-DE-CAMP— Requisites  of  a  349-361 
successful  aide-de-camp — The  chief  of 
staff — Loyalty — Frankness — The  gen- 
eral's wife — Duties — Personal  reports 
— U  sefulnes  s — Pointers — C  o  r  r  e  - 
spondence — Stationery — Visiting  cards. 

XX.  MILITARY  ATTACHE— Requisites  362-369 
of  a  successful  military  attache — Gen- 
eral duties — Relations  (social  and 
official)  to  the  ambassador  or  minister 
— Calls,  etc.,  to  be  made  upon  reporting 
for  duty — Stationery  (letterheads,  etc.) 
— Visiting  cards. 

XXI.  THE  COMPANY— Government— Ad"-  370-419 
ministration — The  captain — The  lieu- 
tenant— The  captain  and  the  lieu- 
tenants— The  first  sergeant — The  non- 
commissioned officers — Appointment  of 
noncommissioned  officers — Reduction 
and  resignation  of  noncommissioned 
officers — The  duties  of  the  noncom- 
missioned officers — Thd  quartermaster 
sergeant — The  mess  sergeant — The 
noncommissioned  officers  in  charge  of 
quarters — Noncommissioned  officers  in 
charge  of  squad  rooms — Chiefs  of 
squads — Company  clerk — Usual  bar- 
rack regulations:  LTsual  duties  of  room 
orderlies — Contentment  and  harmony 
— The  mess — Library  and  amusement 
r  o  o  m — Athletic  apparatus — Rewards 
and  privileges — Company  punishment 
— Some  efficacious  forms  of  extra 


[12] 


CHAPTER 


Pars. 

fatigue — Control  of  drunken  and 
obscene  men — Payment  of  debts — 
Saturday  morning  and  other  company 
inspections — Property  responsibility — 
Sale  of  clothing — Procedure  to  be 
taken  in  securing  evidence  against  pur- 
chasers of  uniform  clothing,  etc.,  from 
enlisted  men,  and  in  prosecuting  such 
purchasers — The  company  fun  d — 
Things  of  interest  to  company  com- 
manders: Marriage  of  enlisted  men — 
Soldier  shoemakers  and  tailor  s — 
Venereal  diseases — C  rimes  against 
nature — "In  line  of  duty" — Drills — In 
case  of  temporary  absence  of  the  com- 
pany commander — relinquishing  com- 
mand— Posting  travel  allowances  on 
company  bulletin  boar  d — Cleaning 
slate  and  urinals — The  recruit — Books 
of  reference  and  instruction  to  be  kept 
in  the  company  office — Company 
paperwork. 

XXII.     DISCIPLINE— What   it  consists   of—  420-424 
General  principles — What  experience 
has    shown    to    be    the    best    ways    to 
obtain    and    maintain    discipline. 


CHAPTER     XXIII. 


CHAPTER      XXIV. 


ESPRIT     DE     CORPS— Definition—  425-426 
How  created  and  fostered. 

CUSTOMS  OF  THE  'SERVICE—  427-511 
Definition — Calling — Calling  aboard 
ship — New  Year's  day — The  Presi- 
dent's New  Year  reception — Receiving 
distinguished  persons  at  posts — Com- 
plimentary concerts — Titles — Wearing 
of  uniforms  when  not  serving  with 
troops — Cavalryman  thrown  from  his 
horse — Funerals — Umbrellas — Officers 
resigning  at  end  of  leave — Receptions 
— Muster — Folding  the  flag — Resigna- 


[13] 


Pars. 

tion  of  regimental  staff  officers — Pres- 
ents— Army  bands — Chief  musicians — 
The  colors — "The  Army  Toast  to  the 
Bride" — Words  to  the  Army  trumpet 
calls — Army  slang — Visiting  cards  and 
wedding  invitations — Visiting  cards  in 
the  National  Guard — Visiting  cards — 
The  Origin  of  certain  practices  in  the 
service:  Firing  three  volleys  at  mili- 
tary funerals — Sounding  taps  at  mili- 
tary funerals-— The  practice  of  salut- 
ing— Removing  the  right  hand  glove 
when  sworn  as  a  witness  before  a 
court-martial — M  e  d  a  1  s  and  other 
insignia — Twenty-one  guns  the  inter- 
national salute — Twenty-one  guns  the 
Presidential  salute — Do  ugh -boy — 
Meaning  of  the  word  "Infantry" — How 
— "Sounding  Off"  at  parade  and  guard 
mount — Parades  and  reviews — The 
practice  of  hoisting  the  flag  to  the 
peak  of  the  flag  staff  before  lowering 
it  to  and  from  half-staff — Significance 
of  our  insignia  of  rank — The  origin  of 
the  Aiguillette — Plumes — S  a  s  h  e  s — 
Guard  of  honor  over  remains  lying  in 
state — Seating  guests  at  dinner — Treat- 
ment of  guests  at  receptions — The 
regimental  mess — Regulations  for  a 
.  regimental  mess — Flag  at  half-staff — 
Special  dinners. 

CHAPTER  XXV.  ARMY  PAPERWORK— Paperwork  512-526 
an  essential  feature  of  military  life — 
Scope  of  subject — Heading,  subject 
and  number  of  letter — Body  of  letter — 
Signature  to  letter — Using  only  one 
side  of  sheet — Brief — Folding — In- 
closure  s — Indorsements:  Forms — 
Additional  sheets — S  i  g  n  i  n  g  routine 
with  initials — Numbering  pages — Car- 
bon copies — Penalty  envelope. 

[14] 


Pars. 

CHAPTER      XXVI.     THE  EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  527-530 
THE  ARMY  AND  PROFESSIONAL 
STUDY — General    scope    of    our    edu- 
cational    system — Course     of     reading 
and  study. 

CHAPTER  XXVII.  PERSONAL  MILITARY  LIBRARY  531-534 
— Military -history — The  wars  of  Fred- 
erick the  Great — The  Napoleonic  Wars 
— The  Crimean  War — The  Italian  War 
of  1859— The  Austro-Prussian  War— 
The  Franco-German  War — The  Russo- 
Turkish  War— Early  American  wars — 
The  Mexican  War — The  Civil  War  of 
1861-64 — The  Chino-Japanese  War  of 
1894 — The  Spanish-American  War — 
Minor  wars — The  Chinese  Campaign 
of  1900— The  Boer  War— The  Russo- 
Japanese  War — Works  covering  sev- 
eral historical  epochs — Various  works 
pertaining  to  the  Art  of  War:  General 
works  on  the  Art  of  War — Military 
Topography  and  sketching — Supply 
and  transport — Works  on  applied 
tactics — The  War  Department  and  the 
Military  Information  Division  Libra- 
ries— Library  of  the  Military  Informa- 
tion Division,  General  Staff,  Manila, 
P.  I. — The  Army  List  and  Directory. 

CHAPTER  XXVIII.  EMPLOYMENT  OF  THE  REGU-  535 
LAR  ARMY — In  time  of  war — In  time 
of  peace — As  an  aid  to  the  civil  author- 
ity— For  the  protection  of  Government 
property — Under  Martial  Law — Under 
Military  Government. 

CHAPTER  XXIX.  THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  FOR  536-548 
RELIEF  PURPOSES  IN  PUBLIC 
CATASTROPHES— Nature  of  obliga- 
tion— How  to  proffer  assistance — 
Gratuitous  issue  of  supplies— Orders 
about  firing  on  people — Seizure  of  pri- 

[15] 


CHAPTER   XXX. 


CHAPTER   XXXI. 


Pars. 

vate    property    for    public    use — Relief 
work. 

RIOT  DUTY— Legal  Side:  The  mili-  549-589 
tary  subordinate  to  the  civil — When 
the  Regular  Army  may  be  called  out 
for  riot  duty — When  the  Militia  may  be 
called  out  for  riot  duty — Liability  to 
acts  done  in  obedience  to  orders — The 
seizure,  use,  and  destruction  of  private 
property — Firing  upon  mobs — arrest- 
ing rioters  in-  private  houses — Differ- 
ence between  a  felony  and  a  misde- 
meanor— Arrest  of  officers  and  enlisted 
men  on  riot  duty — Habeas  corpus — 
Relations  with  civil  authorities — con- 
duct toward  civilians. 

Tactical  side:  Assembling  of  Militia 
organizations — Leaving  the  armory — 
Marching  to  the  scene  of  trouble — Dis- 
persing or  attacking  a  mob — Attack- 
ing houses  and  barricades — Defense  of 
houses,  railroads,  etc. — Riot  strategy. 
MISCELLANEOUS— Publication  of  590-615 
books  and  articles — Officers  engaging 
in  business — Dropping  "jr"  after  name 
— Changing  name — Changing  date  of 
birth — How  to  take  care  of  uniforms; 
suggestions  regarding  various  articles 
of  equipment — The  care  and  preserva- 
tion of  shoes — Pay — Retirement  of 
officers — Pensions — Power  of  attor- 
ney— Form  for  contract — Forms  for 
will — C  ertificates  and  affidavits — 
Patents:  The  right  of  officers  and  sol- 
diers to  their  inventions — How  to 
apply  for  patent — Copyrights— Com- 
mittees of  arrangement  for  large  recep- 
tion or  dance — Recipes  for  punches — 
Nomenclature  of  saddle  and  bridle- 
Declaration  of  Independence — T  h  e 
Star  Spangled  Banner — America — Taps. 
[16] 


CHAPTER  I 

SUGGESTIONS  TO  OFFICERS  JUST  APPOINTED 

UNIFORMS,  ARMS  AXD  EQUIPMENT 

1.  General  provisions.     All  officers  will  provide  themselves  with 
the  uniforms,  arms,  and  personal  and  horse  equipments  pertaining  to 
their  rank  and  duty  and  maintain  them  thoroughly  neat  and  service- 
able. 

Commanding  officers  will  inspect  and  verify  the  arms,  service 
uniforms,  and  field  equipments  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  as  often 
as  they  may  deem  necessary  to  assure  themselves  that  all  members 
of  their  commands  are  prepared  to  take  .the  field  upon  short  notice, 
fully  equipped  and  uniformed.  (Par.  36,  Uniform  Regulations.) 

(NOTE — See  Note,  paragraph  3,  for  uniforms  officers  are  required  to  have 
during  the  present  war.) 

2.  Probationary   officers.     Probationary   officers   are   required   to 
provide    themselves    only  with    the    service   arid   dress   uniforms^  and 
with  the  arms  and  personal  and  horse  equipments  pertaining  to  their 
rank  and  duty.     (Par.  IV,  G/O.  69,  1916.)     A  list  of  such  arms  and 
equipments  is  given  below. 

3.  Uniform    Regulations.     The    Uniform    Regulations     (abbrevi- 
ated U.   R.).  a  copy  of  which  may  be   obtained  upon  application  to 
the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  with  which 
every  officer  should  be  familiar,  prescribe  the  different  uniforms  that 
shall  be  worn  on  different  occasions. 

(NOTE — During  the  continuance  of  war  conditions,  the  service  uniform  is 
prescribed  for  all  occasions,  except  as  indicated  to  the  contrary  in  the  Uniform  Regu- 
lations for  wear  at  the  White  House.  The  service  uniform  will  be  worn  by  all 
officers  on  active  duty  at  all  times.  Department  commanders  in  the  tropics  may  in 
their  discretion  authorize  the  use  of  the  white  mess  jacket  and  the  white  uniform. 
G.  O.  63,  1917.) 

4.  Different  kinds  of  uniforms.     The  following  are  the  different 
kinds  of  officers'  uniforms: 

(a)  Service  (for  field  duty  and  for  habitual  garrison  wear  until 
retreat) : 

Cotton  Olive-Drab  (to  be  prescribed  for  use  when  the 
climate  or  weather  requires  it). 

Woolen  Olive-Drab  (to  be  prescribed  for  habitual  wear 
when  the  climate  or  weather  does  not  require  the  cot- 
ton olive-drab). 

(Cap  and  Shoes.  The  service  cap  or  hat,  as  prescribed 
in  the  Uniform  Regulations,  is  worn  with  the  service 
uniform.  Leather  leggins  are  worn,  except  that  mount- 

[17] 


ed  officers  and  other  officers  when  mounted  may  wear 
russet-leather  boots  instead,  and  that  in  the  field  of- 
ficers may  wear  canvas  leggins  or  woolen  puttees.  High 
russet  leather  shoes,  conforming  in  general  style  to  the 
shoes  issued  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  are  worn.) 

(b)  Dress,  with  dress  cap  (for  social  use  before  retreat  and  for 

ordinary  wear  after  retreat). 

(c)  Full    dress,  with    dress    cap    (for   ceremonies    and    entertain- 

ments when  it  is  desired  to  do  special  honor  to  the  oc- 
casion and  for  social  or  official  functions  of  a  general  na- 
ture when  prescribed). 

(Shoes.  High  shoes  of  polished  black  leather,  black  enamel,  or 
patent  leather,  with  plain  black  leather  or  plain  kid  tops,  with  or  with- 
out toe  tips,  are  worn  with  the  dress  and  full  dress  uniforms.) 

(d)  Special  evening  dress,  with  dress  cap   (for  social  or  official 

functions  of  a  general  nature  occurring  in  the  evening  and 
for  private  formal  dinners  and  other  private  formal  social 
functions  in  the  evening). 

(e)  Blue  mess  jacket,  with  dress  cap   (this  uniform  is  optional) 

(in  the  United  States,  for  optional  wear  at  private  formal 
dinners  and  other  private  formal  social  functions  in  the 
evening,  and  also  for  optional  ordinary  evening  wear). 

CXOTE — High  shoes  of  the  style  described  above,  in  note  under  3,  or  low  shoes  or 
pumps  of  black  enamel  or  patent  leather,  are  worn  with  the  special  evening  dress 
and  blue  mess  jacket.) 

(f)  White  mess  jacket,  with  white  cap  (this  uniform  is  optional 

in  the  United  States)  (in  the  tropics,  for  private  formal 
dinners  and  other  private  formal  social  functions  in  the 
evening;  also,  for  evening  functions,  social  or  official,  of  a 
general  nature  and,  if  desired,  for  ordinary  evening  wear. 
In  the  United  States,  optional  in  warm  weather  for  ordinary 
evening  wear  and  for  private  formal  dinners  and  other 
private  formal  social  functions  in  the  evening). 

(g)  White    uniform    (this    uniform    is    optional    in    the    United 

States)  (in  the  tropics,  for  ordinary  wear  after  retreat,  and 
for  use  before  retreat  when  prescribed  by  the  commanding 
officer.  In  the  United  States  in  warm  weather,  for  op- 
tional ordinary  wear  after  retreat  and  for  social  use  before 
retreat). 

5.  Overcoat.  The  issue  overcoat  that  an  officer  can  purchase 
from  the  Quartermaster  Corps  is  very  satisfactory,  especially  for  field 
use,  and  quite  a  number  of  officers  wear  them.  However,  the  buttons 
must  be  changed  in  order  to  conform  to  the  officers'  pattern.  But- 
tons can  be  obtained  from  any  of  the  military  dealers  at  a  cost  of 
a  couple  .of  dollars. 

[18] 


6-7-8-9 

In  connection  with  the  use  of  the  overcoat,  it  may  be  said  that 
when,  in  the  opinion  of  the  commanding  officer  the  climatic  condi- 
tions make  it  advisable,  officers  may  be  permitted  to  wear,  in  the 
field  only,  a  short  double  breasted  overcSat  of  drab  moleskin  cloth 
lined  with  sheepskin  and  with  a  rolling  sheepskin  collar  dyed  beaver 
shade  and  provided  with  two  outside  lower  pockets. 

6.  Rubber  rain  capes  or  coats.     Officers  are  authorized  to  wear 
rubber  rain  capes  or  coats,  as  nearly  as  practicable  the  color  of  the 
service  uniform,  when  on  duty  involving  exposure  to  rainy  or  other 
inclement  weather.     Under  similar  conditions  mounted   officers  may 
wear  a  slicker. 

It  is  recommended  that,  if  not  a  mounted  officer,  you  get  a  good 
light  rain  cape  or  coat  (preferably  rain  cape),  and,  if  a  mounted 
officer,  that  you  procure  a  slicker.  The  slickers  obtainable  from  the 
Quartermaster  Corps  are  very  good. 

7.  Cape.     Officers  may  wear,  capes  when  not  on  duty  with  troops. 
While  a  cape  is  a  convenient  article  to  have,  it  is  more  of  a  luxury 
than  a  necessity,  and  it  is,  therfore,  suggested  that  you  delay  getting 
one  until  you  feel  that  you  can  afford  it. 

8.  Supply   of  uniforms.     It   is,   of  course,   seldom,   if  ever,   either 
necessary  or  desirable  for  an  officer  to  get  all  the  different  uniforms 
enumerated   above.     The   uniforms  with   which   an    officer    should   be 
provided   will,   naturally,    depend  upon    circumstances.     However,    do 
not  hesitate  to  get  all  the  uniforms  you  should  have,  and  be  sure  to 
get  uniforms  of  good  quality  and  good  fit. 

(NOTE — See  the  note  under  paragraph   3,  Uniform  Regulations.) 

9.  Personal    appearance.     While    young   officers    who    have    only 
their  pay  should  economize  as  much  as  possible,  they  should  under 
no   circumstances    do    so   by   getting    inferior   uniforms — they    should 
economize  instead  on  their  club  bills,  amusements,  etc.     To  endeavor 
to    economize    by    buying    inferior    uniforms    and    other    articles    of 
equipment  is  not  only  false  economy,  but  it  is  false  economy  of  the 
worst  kind.     The   only  way   to   really  economize   on   your   dress   and 
equipments  is  to  get  the  very  best  and  then  take  proper  care  of  it. 
The   life   of  uniforms   and   other   articles   of   equipment    can   be   pro- 
longed materially  by  proper  care.     See  "How  to  Take  Care  of  Uni- 
forms; Suggestions  Regarding  Various  Articles  of  Equipment,"  Par. 
595. 

The  officer  who  thinks  nothing  of  running  up  a  big  bill  at  the  club 
or  of  spending  $5  or  $10  for  an  evening  or  two  of  pleasure,  but  who 
endeavors  to  save  a  few  dollars  on  his  dress,  has  distorted  ideas  of 
economy  and  a  warped  conception  of  what  is  rightly  expected  of  him. 

[19] 


10-11-12 

Remember  that  while  it  is  true  "The  clothes  don't  make  the  man," 
it  is  also  true,  as  the  world  is  today  constituted,  that,  right  or  wrong, 
they  go  a  long  way  to  influence  the  impression  that  others  get  of 
him.  In  material,  style  and  lit  your  clothes  should  always  be  appro- 
priate to  the  occasions.  Do  not  buy  "shoddy"  clothing  and  articles 
of  equipment.  To  dress  neatly  and  properly  is  something  you  owe 
your  position,  your  associates,  and  the  men  of  your  command — it  is 
something  you  owe  yourself.  Furthermore,  there  is  a  great  deal  of 
personal  satisfaction  in  wearing  clothes  that  fit  well  and  look  well. 
Perhaps  a  genius  can  afford  to  be  careless  about  his  dress  and  per- 
son, but  the  ordinary  mortal  can  not.  Are  you  a  genius? 

There  is  nothing  in  this  world  that  looks  more  shabby  than  a 
shabbily  dressed  officer.  Never  wear  soiled  collars  or  cuffs,  mussy 
or  spotted  clothes,  soiled  trousers,  tarnished  insignia  or  braid,  old 
shoulder  straps,  frayed  saber  knots,  etc.  Keep  your  clothes  clean  and 
pressed,  your  insignia  bright  and  renew  your  trouser  stripes,  shoulder 
straps,  braid  and  saber  knots  as  often  as  may  be  necessary  to  have 
them  always  bright  and  fresh.  You  would  not  allow  your  soldiers 
to  wear  mussy,  soiled,  or  tarnished  articles  of  dress  and  you  should 
not  do  so  yourself.  Think  this  over. 

10.  Uniforms    obtainable    from    the    Quartermaster    Corps.     Offi- 
cers are  authorized  to  purchase  from  the  Quartermaster  Corps  such 
articles  of  uniform  clothing,  clothing  material,  and  equipage  as  they 
need,  by  certifying  that  the  articles  are  for  their  own  personal  use. 
The   service   hats,   olive-drab  shirts,   russet-leather   shoes,   and  cotton 
and  woolen  olive-drab  uniforms  answer  in  every  way  for  field  service 
and  cost  much  less  than  those  purchased  from  military  dealers. 

11.  Arms  and  equipment.     The  Uniform  Regulations  require  of- 
ficers to  have  the  following  arms  and  equipment. 

DISMOUNTED  OFFICERS 


12.  Arms 

(a)  Saber.  (Officers  of  the  dismounted  service  and  of  the  staff 
departments  and  officers  of  the  mounted  service  when  act- 
ing as  dismounted  troops,  do  not  carry  the  saber  in  the 
field.  At  other  .times  the  saber  will  be  worn  by  all  officers 
when  on  duty  with  troops  under  arms  or  side  arms,  and 
on  the  occasions  stated  in  the  "Tables  of  Occasions,"  in  the 
Uniform  Regulations.  When  dismounted,  the  saber  will  be 
habitually  worn  guard  to  the  rear,  with  the  scabbard 
hooked.  When  worn  with  the  overcoat,  the  belt  will  be  in- 
side and  the  saber  outside  the  overcoat.  When  mounted, 
the  scabbard  will  be  worn  attached  to  the  near  side  of  the 

[20] 


13 

saddle  by  saber  straps  passing  through  the  pommel  ring 
and  the  quarter  ring  of  the  saddle.  With  the  new  model 
equipment,  when  mounted,  the  scabbard  will  be  worn  in 
the  saber  carrier  which  is  held  in  place  by  passing  its  at- 
taching strap  through  the  loop  on  the  off  cantle  hinge;  the 
depending  billet  buckles  to  the  carrier  strap;  adjust  so  that 
saber  shall  swing  in  a  vertical  plane.  The  officer  uses  the 
saber  carrier  for  either  saber.  It  goes  on  the  near  side 
also.) 

(b)  Pistol.     (The  pistol  is  worn  when  equipped  for  field  service 

by  veterinarians  and  all  officers,  except  chaplains  and  of- 
ficers of  the  Medical  Department.  However,  whenever 
necessary  for  personal  protection,  medical  officers  may 
carry  pistols.  The  pistol  is  worn  on  the  right  hip.) 

(c)  Ammunition.     (21  cartridges,  ball,  7  are  carried  in  the  maga- 

zine in  the  pistol  and  7  in  each  of  the  two  extra  magazines.) 

B 
13.  Personal  Equipment 

(a)  Bedding    roll,    canvas.     (The    bedding    roll    adopted    by    the 

Quartermaster  Corps  or  any  other  canvas  roll  may  be  used 
as  a  combination  bedding-clothing  roll.  The  Quartermas- 
ter Corps  bedding  and  clothing  rolls  may  be  purchased 
from  the  Depot  Quartermaster,  26th  St.  and  Grays  Ferry 
Road,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  at  the  prices  specified  in  the  An- 
nual Price  List  of  Clothing  and  Equipage.) 

(b)  Blanket. 

(c)  Canteen,  with    strap.     (When   dismounted,   to   be  worn  fast- 

ened to  belt  on  the  right  buttock;  when  mounted,  to  be 
fastened  to  the  off  cantle  ring.) 

(d)  Clothing   roll,   canvas.     (See    remark   above,    after,    "Bedding 

roll.") 

(e)  Compass.      (For   officers   serving  with   troops  and  all   others 

when  their  duties  may  require  their  use.  For  exceptions 
in  case  of  medical  officers  and  chaplains,  see  remark  un- 
der, "Mounted  officers,"  below.) 

(f)  Field  glass.     (Same  remark  as  after  "Compass,"  above.  Field 

glasses  are  carried  when  equipped  for  the  field,  and  are 
worn  on  the  right  side,  the  strap  passing  over  the  left 
shoulder.  An  excellent  field  glass,  Type  EE,  6-power, 
price  $36.25,  can  be  purchased  from  the  Signal  Corps.  Ap- 
plication for  purchase  should  be  made  to  the  Chief  Signal 
Officer  of  the  Army,  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  should  be  ac- 
companied by  Form  No.  240,  Signal  Corps,  properly  accom- 
plished, and  postal  money  order  payable  to  the  Disbursing 


13  (contd.) 

Officer,  Signal  Corps,  U.  S.  Army.  In  the  Philippines  ap- 
plication should  be  made  to  the  Department  Signal  Officer.) 

(g)  First-aid  packet  and  pouch.  (Worn  with  the  pistol  belt,  on 
the  left  hip,  just  back  of  the  seam  of  the  breeches.) 

(h)  Meat  can. 

(i)    Knife. 

(j)    Fork. 

(k)  Spoon.  (When  dismounted,  to  be  carried  in  the  haversack; 
when  mounted,  to  be  carried  in  the  near-side  saddle  bag 
or  off-side  pommel  pocket.) 

(1)  Haversack  and  pack  carrier.  (When  dismounted,  the  new 
model  haversack  is  carried  on  the  back  and  the  old  model 
is  worn  on  the  left  side,  the  strap  passing  over  the  right 
shoulder;  .when  mounted,  saddlebags,  or  pommel  pockets 
and  ration  bags  are  carried  instead.) 

(m)  Identification  tag.  (When  equipped  for  field  duty  the  identi- 
fication tag  is  worn  under  the  shirt,  suspended  from  a  cord 
around  the  neck.) 

(n)  Notebook. 

(o)     Pencils. 

(p)  Pistol  belt.  (To  be  worn  outside  the  coat- or  overcoat.  Gen- 
eral officers,  officers  of  the  Staff  Corps  and  Departments 
and  Cavalry  officers  wear  the  officers'  leather  waist  belt 
with  magazine  pocket  and  necessary  leather  slides  for  first- 
aid  packet  pouch,  for  the  canteen,  and  for  the  pistol  holster. 
Officers  of  Infantryj  Field  Artillery,  Engineers,  Coast  Ar- 
tillery and  Signal  Corps  wear  the  web  pistol  belt,  model 
of  1912.) 

(q)  Pistol  holster. 

(r)  Saber  belts,  full  dress  and  garrison.  (The  full  dress  belt, 
with  full  dress  slings,  is  worn  with  the  full  dress  uniform 
and  on  the  outside  of  the  coat.  The  garrison  belt,  with 
slings,  is  worn  with  the  service  uniform,  on  the  outside  of 
the  coat.  The  garrison  belt  for  infantry  officers  is  of  olive- 
drab  webbing;  for  Cavalry  officers  it  is  of  russet  leather. 
The  full  dress  or  the  garrison  belt,  with  full  dress  slings, 
is  worn  with  the  dress  and  the  white  uniforms,  under  the 
coat.  A  belt  of  webbing  or  of  soft  pliable  leather,  with  de- 
tachable full  dress  slings,  may  be  worn  with  the  dress  and 
the  white  uniforms.  The  belt  is  never  worn  outside  the 
overcoat.) 

(s)  Saber  knots,  dress  and  service.  (The  dress  saber  knot  is  at- 
tached to  the  saber  when  worn  with  the  full  dress,  the 
dress,  and  the  white  uniform,  and  when  worn  by  the  officer 
of  the  day  with  the  special  evening  dress  or  the  mesa 

[22] 


14-15 

jacket,  as  authorized  in  the  Uniform  Regulations.  The 
service  saber  knot  is  attached  to  the  saber  when  worn  with 
the  service  uniform.) 

(t)    Saber  scabbard. 

(u)  Shelter  tent,  mounted,  complete.  (Includes  9  shelter  tent 
pins  and  two  poles.) 

(v)  Tin  cup.  (Only  with  old  model  equipment.  Carried  in  the 
old  model  haversack  on  dismounted  duty,  and  is  secured  to 
the  canteen  strap  on  mounted  duty.) 

(w)  Watch.     (Carried  when  equipped  for  the  field.) 

(x)  Whistle.  (Carried  by  all  company  officers,  battalion  com- 
manders and  battalion  adjutants  .when  equipped  for  field 
service.  There  are  three  types  of  whistle,  as  follows:  The 
"Siren"  for  the  Battalion  Group,  consisting  of  major,  bat- 
talion adjutant,  and  battalion  sergeant  major  of  Infantry 
and  Cavalry;  the  "Kinglet"  for  the  company  Commander 
Group,  consisting  of  captain  and  two  buglers;  the  "Thun- 
derer" for  the  Platoon  Leader  Group,  consisting  of  lieu- 
tenants and  sergeants.) 

MOUNTED  OFFICERS 

14.  Arms 

Same  as  A,  par.  12,  except  that  the  articles  mentioned  are  not 
prescribed  for  chaplains. 

Medical  officers  and  dental  surgeons  will  not  be  required  to  pro- 
vide themselves  with  pistols  and  ammunition,  but  they  may  carry 
same  when  necessary  for  personal  protection. 

15.  Personal  Equipment 

Same  as  B,  par.  13,  omitting*^.  Haversack  and  pack  carrier" 
and  adding: 

(a)  Dispatch  case.     (For  staff  officers  and  those  acting  as  such, 

whose  duty  may  require  them  to  use  a  dispatch  case.  They 
are  obtainable  from  the  Ordnance  Department  on  memor- 
andum receipt.) 

(b)  Saber  straps  or  saber  carrier.     (See  remarks  under  "Saber," 

par.   12-a.) 

(c)  Shoulder  belts.     (For  officers  of  the  Signal  Corps,  including 

those  detailed  therein.  They  are  worn  with  the  full  dress 
uniform.) 

(d)  Spurs,  with  russet  and  black  leather  straps.     (Always  worn 

when  boots  are  worn,  whether  mounted  or  dismounted; 
with  leggins  or  woolen  puttees,  spurs  are  worn  when 
mounted.  Black  straps  are  worn  with  black  boots  and  rus- 
set leather  straps  when  russet  leather  boots,  leggins  or 
woolen  puttees  are  worn  on  mounted  occasions.) 

[23] 


16-17-18-19 

16.  Chaplains  are  not  required  to  provide  themselves  with  com- 
pass, field  glasses,  pistol  belt,  saber  knot,  and  saber  straps,  or  carrier. 

17.  Medical  j>fficers  and  dental  surgeons  are  not  required  to  pro- 
vide  themselves    with    field    glass,    compass    and    pistol,    but    medical 
officers  on  duty  with  sanitary  units  in  the  field  will  carry  field  glass 
and    compass.      However,    when    necessary    for    personal    protection, 
medical    officers    may    carry    pistols. 


Equipments 

Old  Model 

Bridle. 

Bridle,  watering  (issued  only  with  curb 
bridle,  M.  1902). 

Currycomb  (carried  in  off-side  saddle- 
bag or  off-side  pommel  pocket). 

Feed  bag. 

Grain   bag. 

Halter,   complete. 

Horse  brush.  (Carried  same  as  curry- 
comb.) 

Horse  cover  (blanket  lined,  when  re- 
quired). 

Lariat.  ) 

Picket  pin.  j  (The  picket  pin,  with 
lariat  neatly  coiled,  is  fastened  to  the 
near  cantle  ring.) 

Saddle    (McClellan    or    Whitman). 

Saddlebags. 

Saddle   blanket. 

Saddle  cloths  (2),  officer's,  with  in- 
signia. (To  be  used  when  mounted 
in  uniform,  and  to  be  worn  over  the 
saddle  blanket  or  pad.) 

Surcingle. 


18.  Horse 

New  Model 

Bridle. 

Cooling  strap. 

Carrier    strap. 

Currycomb  (carried  in  off-side  saddle- 
bag or  off-side  pommel  pocket). 

Feed  bag. 

Grain   bag. 

Halter,   stable. 

Horse  brush.  (Carried  same  as  cur- 
rycomb.) 

Horse  cover  (blanket  lined,  when  re- 
quired). 

Lariat.  ) 

Picket  pin.  )  (These  articles  are  car- 
ried, the  picket  pin  in  the  picket- 
pin  carrier  and  the  lariat,  rolled,  on 
top  of  the  cantle  roll,  fastened  with 
coat  strap.) 

Picket-pin    carrier,    special. 

Pommel    pocket,    officers. 

Ration  bags. 

Saddle,    officer's. 

Saddle  blanket. 

Saddle  cloths  (2),  officer's,  with  in- 
signia. (To  be  used  when  mounted 
in  uniform,  and  to  be  worn  over  the 
saddle  blanket  or  pad.) 

19.  Arms  and  equipment  obtainable  from  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment.    The  arms,  ammunition,  jdB^utrements,  and  horse  equipments 
required  by  an  officer  may  be  purchased  from  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment upon  certificate  that  the  articles  are  for  his  own  personal  use 
in  the   public    service.      However,   articles   thus  purchased   cannot   be 
.disposed  of  to  persons  not  in  the  military  service.     At  a  large  post 
or  camp  it  is  generally  possible  to  get  from  the  post  or  camp  ord- 
nance officer  all  the  articles  needed,  but  if  this  is  not  possible,  then  a 
letter  of  the   following  tenor   should   be   written   to   the   commanding 
officer  of  the  nearest  arsenal: 

Fort  Hamilton,  X.  Y. 

March  12,   1917. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  65th  U.  S.  Inf. 
To:  C.O.,  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111. 

1.     I   desire  to  purchase,  for  my  own   use   in  the  public  service, 
the  following  named  articles  of  ordnance  stores: 
********** 


[24] 


20-21-22 

2.  Would  you  please  send  me  the  proper  vouchers  for  accom- 
plishment, together  with  the  prices  of  the  articles,  including  cost  of 
transportation,  upon  receipt  of  which  I  will  return  the  papers  with 
postal  money  order  for  the  proper  amount. 

John  A.  Smith. 

Arsenals.  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock  Island,  111.;  San  Antonio 
Arsenal,  San  Antonio,  Texas;  Benecia  Arsenal,  Benecia,  California; 
Springfield  Armory,  Springfield,  Mass.;  Frankford  Arsenal,  Brides- 
burg,  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  Manila  Ordnance  Depot,  Manila,  P.  I.; 
Hawaiian  Ordnance  Depot,  Honolulu,  H.  T. 

20.  Articles  of  Ordnance  that  may  be  drawn  by  officers  serving 
with  troops.     Officers   serving  with   troops   may   draw  for   their   per- 
sonal use,  from   stores,  belonging  to   the   command  with  which   they 
are  serving,  1  regulation  rifle  and  1  pistol,  with  the  appropriate  equip- 
ments and  the  usual  quantity  of  ammunition  for  each  arm.      (A.   R. 
1522.) 

21.  Mounts  and  horse  equipments  for  officers  below  the  grade  of 
major.     Officers   below   the   rank   of   major   who  are    required   to   be 
mounted    will    be    furnished    with    one    mount    by    the    Quartermaster 
Corps  in  case  they  do  not   elect  to  provide  themselves  with  suitable 
mounts,  which  will  be  foraged,  stabled,  shod,  groomed,  fed,  watered, 
and  furnished  with  veterinary  treatment  and  medicine  at  government 
expense.     (A.  R.  1096.) 

Officers  below  the  grade  of  major  who  are  required  to  be  mounted 
will  be  furnished  with  horse  equipments  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment. 

Officers  below  the  grade  of  major  who  provide  themselves  with 
suitable  mounts  at  their  own  expense  and  of  their  exclusive  owner- 
ship, receive  an  addition  to  their  pay  of  $150  per  annum  if  they  pro- 
vide one  mount,  and  $200  per  annum  if  they  provide  two  mounts.  In 
order  to  get  this  additional  pay  an  officer  must  be  "suitably  mounted," 
— that  is,  his  mount  must  meet  the  requirements  as  to  height,  weight, 
etc.,  prescribed  by  the  War  Department.  Before  purchasing  a  horse 
find  out  from  some  quartermaster  what  these  requirements  are  and 
do  not,  of  course,  get  an  animal  that  does  not  meet  all  requirements. 
If  a  veterinarian  is  available,  it  is  always  well  to  have  him  examine, 
before  purchasing,  any  horse  that  you  may  wish  to  buy: 

22.  Civilian  clothing.     The  kind   and   quality  of  civilian  clothing 
one  should  get  depend  upon  these  circumstances: 

(a)  Location  of  station; 

(b)  Extent  to  which  you  intend  to  go  into  society; 

(c)  What  you  have  been  accustomed  to  in  the  way  of  dressing. 

Plowever,  for  the  officer  of  limited  means,  the  following  is 
suggested: 

[25] 


23-24-25 

1.  One  evening  dress. 

(While  it  is  sometimes  convenient  to  have  a  Tuxedo,  it  is 
not  at  all  necessary.  Wait  until  you  have  been  in  the  serv- 
ice a  while  and  have  a  little  money  saved  up  before  get- 
ting one.) 

2.  Get  two  business  suits,  but  do  not  buy  from  the  high-priced 

fashionable  tailors.  As  a  rule,  ready-made  clothing  pur- 
chased from  any  of  the  first-class  clothiers  in  Xew  York 
or  any  other  large  city,  and  altered  to  fit,  will  answer  every 
purpose.  Be  sure  to  go  to  the  best  first-class  clothier  you 
can  find. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  average  officer  wears  his  civilian 
clothing  so  little  and,  consequently,  keeps  it  so  long,  you  should  not 
buy  exaggerated  or  ultra  styles, — they  go  out  of  fashion  much  quicker 
than  the  moderate  styles. 

(NOTE:  Officers  returning  from  the  Philippines  often  make  the 
mistake  of  purchasing  civilian  clothes  in  Japan  or  in  Hong  Kong. 
The  author  has  not  yet  seen  an  officer  who  did  so  that  did  not  regret 
it.  The  material  is  good  and  the  clothes  ludicrously  cheap,  but  the 
workmanship  is  generally  poor,  and  the  cut  entirely  out  of  style,  so 
that  when  you  reach  the  States  you  are  ashamed  to  wear  your  Naga- 
saki or  Hong  Kong  suits.) 

23.  Articles    of    haberdashery.     With    regard    to    collars,    shirts, 
gloves,  ties,  and  other  articles  of  haberdashery,  it  is  suggested  that 
you  go   to   some   first-class,   well-known   haberdasher,   get   hold   of  a 
bright  clerk  who  understands  his  business,  tell  him  what  you  want, 
and  let  him  assist  you  as  to  colors,  designs,  and  styles. 

24.  Alaska.     As  a  rule,  officers  designated  for  service  in  Alaska 
load  up  with  a  lot  of  heavy  clothing,  shoes  of  various  kinds,  etc.,  that 
they  find   unsuited   when  they   go  to   use   them.      Officers  who   have 
served  in  Alaska  say  that  all  the  articles  of  clothing  that  one  needs 
can   be   gotten    from    the    Quartermaster's    Department.      It    is,   how- 
ever,  recommended   that   a    good   supply    of   reading   matter,    amuse- 
ments,   and    games   be   taken    along  to   while   away  the    long   winter 
evenings.     The  exceptional  list  of  commissaries  is  almost  unlimited. 

25.  Household   effects.     The   Quartermaster    Corps    furnishes   of- 
ficers'   quarters   with    certain   articles    of   permanent   heavy    furniture, 
such  as  a  dining  room  table  and  chairs;  a  parlor  table;  a  library  desk 
and  chairs;   a   sideboard;  bookcase;    settee   and   chiffonier.     The   rest 
of  his  furniture  and  other  household  effects,   including  those  named 
below,  must  be  purchased  by  the  officer  himself: 

Bedstead,  mattress,  pillows,  pillow  cases,  mosquito  bar,  sheets, 
curtains  and  rugs. 

[26] 


26-27-28 

It  is  generally  possible  to  get  from  your  company  commander  a 
company  bunk,  mattress,  pillow,  pillow  case  and  a  couple  of  sheets 
for  use  until  you  have  had  time  to  furnish  your  quarters. 

26.  Stationery.     Graduates  from  West  Point  should,  before  leav- 
ing,  get  from   the   Quartermaster  a   few   sheets  of   letter  paper,  some 
penalty  envelopes,  and  a  few  official  telegraph  blanks.     These  articles 
may  also  be  obtained  upon  request  to  the  quartermaster  of  any  post. 

27.  Bedding  and  professional  books  in  case  of  graduates  of  Mili- 
tary  Academy.     Upon    being    assigned    to    station,    graduates    of    the 
Military  Academy  should  at  once  write  to  the  quartermaster  at  West 
Point,  and  request  that  their  bedding  roll  and  professional  books  be 
sent  to  their  stations. 

Form  of  Letter 

Longue  Vue,  N.  Y., 

March  12,  1917. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  SOth  Inf. 
To:  Quartermaster,  West  Point,  N.  Y. 

Subject:     Transportation  of  bedding  and  professional  books. 

I  would  request  that  my  bedding  and  professional  books  be 
shipped  to  me  at  Fort  Missoula,  Mont. 

John  A.  Smith. 
For  use  of  penalty  envelope  see  par.  526. 

PAY  AND  ALLOWANCES 

28.  Mileage,     (a)  When  traveling  under  competent  orders,  with- 
out troops,  in  the  home  waters  of  the  United  States,  or  between  the 
United  States  and  Alaska,  and  when  traveling  without  troops  by  land, 
except  in  Alaska,  the  Philippines  and  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  officers 
are  entitled  to  mileage  at  the  rate  of  7  cents  a  mile;  distances  to  be 
computed  over  the  shortest  usually  traveled  routes. 

(b)  When  traveling  with  or  without  troops,  by  sea,  officers  are 
reimbursed   in   the  amount   of  actual   expenses.     When   traveling   or. 
commercial  liners  they  are  also  entitled  to  the  following  allowances. 
Amount  of  rent  of  steamer  chair  not  exceeding  $1   for  trips  of  twc 
days  or  longer  and  fees  to  cabin  and  other  stewards  not  exceeding 
the  following:     Six  days  or  less  on  the  Atlantic  ocean,  $1.50  a  day; 
7  to  10  days,  not  exceeding  $10;   11   to  15  days  or  longer,  $1  a  day; 
total  not  exceeding  $15.     On  the  Pacific  ocean,  15  days  or  less,  $1  a 
day;   total   fees   for    15   days   or   longer,   not    exceeding  $15.      To   the 
West   Indies,    Cuba,    Porto   Rico,    Panama   and   South    America,   $1    a 
day;  total  fees  for  15  days  or  longer  not  exceeding  $15. 

(c)  Officers  who  so  desire  may,  upon  application  to  any  quarter- 
master, be   furnished  with   transportation   for  the   entire  journey,   the 
transportation  so  furnished  being  deducted  from  the  officer's  mileage 
allowance  at  the  rate  of  3  cents  a  mile. 

[27] 


28  (contd.) 


WAR  DEPARTMENT 
Form  No.  SO. 

Approved  by  t  he  Comptroller  of  the 
Treasury  April  29,  1914 


WAR  DEPARTMENT 


Voucher  No 

(..ureau  or  um~)  General  Account 

MILEAGE  VOUCHER        Detail  Accost.... 

APPROPRIATION:  Symbol *....,.. 

APPROPRIATION: Symbol $ 

THE  UNITED  STATES, 

To  ...John  .A..  ..Smith _, ...2nd L..Lieut.......  5Qth.  Inf  •   t  DR. 

ADDRESS:..  .^.r.t...^.avenworthJKans.. 

From  ....Julj..4 ..,  191?  ,to  ..JUly.A...  ..,  191? .for 

mileage  from  ...^^...Qeorge,    M.y.      to  ]l£«!!»J™»jJLrlL' 

Transportation  furnished  between  ...r. ~ "....."..... .7......T". ~ ~ ~. 

I  CERTIFY  that  the  foregoing  account  is  correct,  and  that  transportation,  either  in  kind  or  on  Government  Transpor- 
tation Request,  was  not  used  except  as  stated  above. 

J?|y?  A*   Sm^h* 

HO  NOT  SIGN  IN  DULICATE.  Prui      T  VoVl  + tifVtVi      Trip 

<-IlU     lji.6U.O»^      GyOIl     J.ILL   •  • 

This  space  for  use  of  paylni?  officer. 
Object  Symbol 

miles  at  7  cents. 
Actual  expenses  as  per  statement  attached 

Deductions  at  3  cents  per  mile:  miles, 

account  transportation  furnished. 
Amount  to  be  paid. 

Examloed  by 

Paid  by  check  No ,  dated 191    ,  of 

on ,  in  favor  of  payee  named  above,  for  $ 

OR 

Received 191    ,  of _ , 

IN  CASH,  the  sum  of r dollars  and — ..  cents, 

in  full  payment  of  the  above  account. 

s 

REIMBURSEMENT. — Transportation  of  the  Army  and  iu  Supplies,  191     —  $ 

»— m» 

FIG.  1 

(NOTE — To  this  voucher  must  be  attached  TWO  true  copies  of  the  order 
directing  the  travel,  with  indorsement  of  quartermaster  for  any  transportation  furnished. 
[See  par.  1288,  A.  R.,  1913.]  After  accomplishing  the  voucher  as  indicated  above,  have 
a  quartermaster  fill  in  the  distance  and  amount.) 


[28] 


29-30-31-32 

(d)  Officers  traveling  alone  on  a  mileage  status  are  not  entitled 
to  sleeping  car  accommodations  at  government  expense.  However, 
they  are  entitled  to  such  accommodations  when  traveling  with  troops. 

29.  Those  entitled  to  mileage  to  their  first  stations.     The  follow- 
ing are    entitled    to   mileage   to    their    first    stations:     Officers    of  the 
Medical  Corps,  officers  of  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps,  contract  sur- 
geons, and  acting  dental  surgeons,  from  place  of  appointment;  grad- 
uates of  the  United  States  Military  Academy,  from  their  homes;  of- 
ficers appointed  from  the  ranks,  from  place  of  discharge  as  enlisted 
men. 

An  officer  joining  for  duty  upon  first  appointment  to  the  military 
ser.vice  from  civil  life  is  not  entitled  to  mileage. 

30.  Mileage  voucher.     Mileage  and  reimbursement  for  expenses 
are  drawn  on   Form  No.  337,  War  Department,  and  may  be  paid  at 
the   end  of  the  journey,   or  at  any  point   en   route   for  the   distance 
traveled  up  to  that  point.     In  accomplishing  the  form  it  is  better  not 
to  fill   in   the  distance  and  the  amount,  but  ask  the  paying  quarter- 
master to  do  this  for  you,  as  he  is  sure  to  have  the  latest  and  most 
correct  data  on  the  subject. 

A  "model"  voucher  appears  on  the  opposite  page. 

31.  Baggage  allowance.     Packing  and  crating  (not  to  exceed  cost 
of  $27)  and  transportation  for  1,500  pounds  of  baggage  are  furnished 
to    graduates   of    the    United    States    Military   Academy    and    officers 
promoted  from  the  ranks  on  their  first  assignment  to  duty  as  com- 
missioned officers. 

Packing,  crating  and  transportation  of  the  amounts  of  baggage 
given  below  are  allowed  (1)  officers  of  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps 
when  joining  for  duty  under  the  order  placing  them  upon  active  duty 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States;  (2)  officers  of  the  Medical  Corps 
appointed  from  officers  of  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  on  active  duty 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States,  and  (3)  such  contract  surgeons 
and  acting  dental  surgeons  as  may  be  employed  when  they  join  for 
duty  under  the  first  order  and  also  on  return  to  their  homes  on  the 
termination  of  their  contracts,  if  provided  for  in  the  contracts: 

Baggage  Packing  and 
Allowance        Crating  Allowance 
First    lieutenant               ] 

Contract    surgeon            V 5,100  $30.60 

Acting    dental    surgeon) 

Captain     6,000  36.00 

Field   Officer    7,200  43.20 

32.  Professional    books.     The    Quartermaster    Corps    will    pack, 
crate  and  furnish  transportation  for  the  professional  books,  including 
standard  works  of  fiction,  of  graduates  of  the  United  States  Military 

[29] 


33-34-35 

Academy,  and  officers  joining  on  first  appointment,  which  they  cer- 
tify belong  to  them  and  pertain  to  their  official  duties. 
Form  of  Certificate 

Fort  Missoula,  Mont., 

May  12,  1917. 

I  certify  that  boxes  Nos.  5  to  IS  inclusive  (total  weight  750 
pounds)  contain  professional  books  and  papers  which  belong  to  me 
and  pertain  to  my  duties. 

John  A.  Smith, 
2nd  Lieut.,  50th  Inf. 
(NOTE — One  copy  is  to  be  attached  to  each  of  the  two  invoices.) 

33.  •  Turning  property  over  to  Quartermaster  for  shipment.     Be- 
fore the  property  is  turned  over  to  the  quartermaster  for  shipment, 
each  crate,  box  or  bundle  must  be  plainly  marked  with  the  name  and 
address  of  the  consignee,  its  weight  and  its  number,  the  pieces  being 
numbered  consecutively.     In  case  of  over-sea  shipment  the  cubic  di- 
mensions must   also  be  given.     The  property,   marked   as   described, 
is  invoiced,  in   duplicate,  on   Form   No.  201,   Q.M.C.,  to  the  quarter- 
master, who  receipts  for  same.     The  invoices  must  be  accompanied 
by  a  certificate  to  the  effect  that  the  goods  are  the  property  of  the 
officer. 

34.  Suggestions   regarding   numbering  packages.     The   following 
system   will   greatly   simplify  the   making  up   of  the   shipping  invoice 
by  the  officer  and  the  bill  of  lading  by  the  quartermaster: 

Do  not  begin  to  number  the  packages  until  everything  is  packed. 
Then  put  all  boxes  in  one  place,  all  barrels  in  another,  etc.,  and  num- 
ber. All  packages  of  the  same  kind  will  then  have  consecutive  num- 
bers. 

Make  up  shipping  invoice  in  about  the  following  manner: 

Nos.     1  to     5— Five  boxes  professional  books Wt cu.  ft 

Nos.     6  to  20 — Fifteen   boxes  household   goods....  Wt cu.  ft 

Nos.  21  to  22 — Two  bundles  rugs Wt cu.  ft 

Nos.  23  to  26 — Four    barrels    dishes Wt cu.  f  t 

Nos.  27  to  36 — Ten    crated    chairs Wt cu.  ft 

Etc. 

If  shipping  invoices  are  made  up  in  this  way,  it  serves  the  pur- 
pose just  as  well  and  makes  much  less  work  for  all  concerned.  The 
number  of  cubic  feet  is  required  only  in  case  of  over-sea  shipment. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  put  down  the  contents  of  boxes,  except  in 
the  most  general  way. 

The  words  "Household  Goods"  are  usually  sufficient  for  most 
cases  to  describe  the  contents. 

35.  Disposition   of   property   in   case   of  duty   beyond   the   seas. 
Officers  under  orders  for  duty  beyond  the  seas  may  ship   such  part 
of  their  authorized  baggage  allowance  as  they  do  not  care  to  take 

[30] 


36-37-38-39-40-41-42-43 

with  them  abroad  to  certain  quartermaster  storehouses  in  the  United 
States  for  storage  during  their  absence.  The  necessary  details  can 
be  gotten  from  the  shipping  quartermaster. 

36.  Quarters.     A  second  lieutenant  is  allowed  two  rooms;  a  first 
lieutenant,  three;  and  a  captain  four. 

37.  Forage.     Mounted  officers  are  allowed  forage  for  two  horses, 
provided  such  horses  are  actually  owned  and  kept  by  the  officer  in 
the    performance    of   his    official    duties.      It    should   be    remembered, 
however,  that  forage_  so  issued  is  government  property -and  can  not 
be  bartered,  sold  or  exchanged. 

38.  Fuel   and   light.     Officers   are    entitled    to   the   allowances   of 
fuel  and  light  prescribed  by  regulations,  the  quantities  of  which  may 
be  ascertained  by  consulting  the  Army  Regulations  or  upon  inquiry 
to  any  quartermaster. 

39.  Stationery.     Officers  are  allowed  to  draw  once  each  quarter 
such   stationery  as   may   be   necessary  for   military  purposes,   in   such 
amount  as  may  be  approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

40.  Medical    attendance.     Officers,    and,    when    practicable,    their 
families,    are    entitled   to    medical   attendance    and    medicines    free    of 
charge. 

41.  Dentistry.     Dental    surgeons   serve    free    of   charge   all   those 
entitled  to  free  medical  treatment  by  medical  officers. 

42.  Quartermaster    supplies.     Officers    may    purchase    from    the 
Quartermaster  Corps  at  cost  price  subsistence  stores  and  articles  of 
clothing  and  equipage  upon  certificate  that  they  are  for  their  personal 
use. 

43.  War  Department  publications.     One  copy  of  each  of  the  War 
Department  publications,  named  in  the  letter  below,  and  which  every 
officer  should  have  for  his  official  use,  will  be  furnished  gratuitously 
upon  application  to  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  War  Depart- 
ment, Washington,  D.  C. 

[Model  Letter] 

Plattsburg  Barracks,  N.  Y., 

March  12,  1917. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  50th  Inf. 
To:  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

Subject:     War  Department  publications. 

I  would  request  to  be  furnished  the  following  named  books  for 
my  personal  use: 

1  Army  Regulations. 

1  Uniform  Regulations. 

1  Field  Service  Regulations. 

1   Manual  of  Physical  Training. 

1   Infantry  (Cavalry  or  Field  Artillery)   Drill   Regulations. 

1  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

[31] 


43   (contd.) 


WAR  DEPARTMENT. 

Form  No.  33S. 

form  approve*!  by  lh«  CotnpUtiUir 01 
UM  Treasury  H»y  i.  K 


WAR   DEPARTMENT. 

QUARTERMASTER  CORPS. 


OFTICER'S    PAY    VOUCHER. 

APPROPRIATION:  PAY.  ETC..  OF  THE  ARMY.  191 


THE  UNITED  STATES. 
To  „  Jp 


S/mbol  . 


A.   Smith, 
2nd~~LTeutY7  SO 
(or,  .2nd..r<ieu.tt..Qr...Inr...^.iraassJ^;ns.dJ  .  u.  s.  ARMY.  DR. 

Forover"...T-.-..".r.-..-...  years'  service.    Sution_J^.r.l..Le?.Ye.??W9.r.y?j_.Kans.....;  Zone  No.. 


OBJECT 

maoL. 

AIIOUXT. 

D.8. 
NOTATIONS. 

DuLLARa. 

On 

For  r»y  from           June 

11^                  ..ISlT.tn   .        JUT16 

30 

,  191  7 

94 

44 



For  pay  for             mount 

from  ,  191    ,  to 
at  my  own  expense,  and  was  the  acti 
e  period  stated  on  this  voucher,  and  aa 

_      ,191 

I  was  suitably  mounted 
mount   charged  for,  during  tl 
at 

al  and  exclusive 
ad  mount    {  *£^ 

ownerx>f  the 

[maintained 

tomcerstempor»il,moun 

ted  must  make  toe  Additional  certificate  required  by  par.  1273,  A.  B 

.,  1913.) 
,  191 

rooms  from 

191      t" 

,191  ' 

(Under  authority  of  S.  O.  No.  .. 

Hdqrs. 

....,  19       .) 

On  (°«linary  \                   , 

TotaL  

Ill    .under 

e  of  absence, 

1    sick    /  — 
S  O.  No  Hdqrs 

Extended  by  S.  O.  No. 

191 

ITdqrs 

191 

Returned  to  duty 

191         Deduct  half  pay  for 

days'  lea\ 

Balance 

94^    44 

I  CERiinr  that  the  foregoing  account  is  correct,  that  payment  therefor  has  not  been  received  .  that  I  have  not  been  absent 
on  leave,  eilher  sick  or  ordinary,  during  the  period  covered  by  this  voucher,  except  as  above  stated;  and  that  neither  I,  my 
family,  nor  anyone  dependent  upon  me  has  occupied  public  quarters,  nor  been  furnished  heat  or  light  by  the  United  States 
during  the  period  for  which  commutation  is  charged. 
1  further  certify  that  during  the  period  for  which  commutation  of  heat  and  light  is  charged  I  actually  occupied  aa  quarters 

at  .    .                                                                                                                 rooms,  exclusive  of  baths,  closets,  halls,  pantries 

and  storage  rooms,  and  of  parlors,  lobbies,  dining  rooms,  sitting  rooms,  halls  and  kitchens  used  in  common  with  other  lei 

or  guest*  (not  guests  of  officer's  family),  and  that  dunng  the  period  of  leave,  as  stated  above,  said  quarters  were  occupied 

I  accepted  my  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  June  11,   1917. 

— John  A.  Smltti, — 


Deduction  on  account  of  Income  Tax,  f 

Balance  of  » paid  by 


or, 

2nd  Lieut,  of  Infantry.unaasignedt 

.check     dated. ,191    ,  on  the  Treasurer  U.  ST. 


,  in  favor  of 


..,  for  *.. 

..,  for  ».. 


(To  be  completely  nltod  In  before  signature  by  p«yee,  «j)d  oo  alteration 
_  .......  _______  ,  191     ,  of 


or  erasure  U  permitted.) 


Quartermaster.  U  S  A.,  in  cash, ._ 
in  full  payment  of  the  above  account. 

(DO  NOT  alga 


-Dollar* 


Offlcer  will  not  iipi  receipt  ucepl  when  payment  li  to  U  nud«  In  cash. 


[32] 


44-45 

1  Rules  of   Land  Warfare. 
1   Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty. 
1  Small-Arms   Firing   Manual. 
1  Engineer  Field  Manual. 

1  Compilation  of  War  Department  General  Orders,  Circulars  and 
Bulletins.     (1881-1915.) 

John  A.  Smith. 
For  use  of  penalty  envelope,  see  par.  526. 

44.  Leave   of  absence.     When   their   services   can  be  spared,   of- 
ficers are  allowed   leaves  of  absence  on  full  pay  at  the  rate  of  one 
month  a  year,  and  they  may  allow  such  leave  to  accumulate  for  four 
years.     If  leave  for   more   than   four  months  be  granted,  the   officer 
receives  only  one-half  pay  during  the  excess. 

The  leave  year  is  reckoned  from  July  1  to  the  following  June  30, 
both  dates  inclusive. 

(NOTE — The  "leave  year"  is  the  one  just  defined;  the  "fiscal 
year"  is  the  year  for  which  appropriations  are  made,  and  begins  July  1 
and  ends  June  30;  the  "calendar  year"  is  from  January  1  to  Dec.  31.) 

Leave  of  absence  exceeding  ten  days,  except  under  extraordinary 
circumstances,  will  not  be  granted  to  an  officer  until  he  has  joined 
his  regiment  or  corps  and  served  therein  at  least  two  years. 

45.  Pay.     Officers   draw   their  pay   on   Form   No.   336,  War   De- 
partment, a  supply  of  which  may  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the 
Quartermaster   General,  U.  S.  Army,  War  Department,  Washington, 
D.  C,  or  from  the  nearest  post  or  Department  Quartermaster. 

The  pay  of  a  second  lieutenant  is  $1,700  a  year  ($141.67  a  month); 
of  a  first  lieutenant,  $1,800  a  year  ($150  a  month);  and  pf  a  captain, 
$2,400  a  year  ($200  a  month).  For  the  pay  of  other  grades,  see  par. 
597. 

In  computing  pay  each  month,  irrespective  of  the  actual  number 
of  days,  is  considered  as  having  30  days.  If,  for  instance,  an  officer 
accepts  his  appointment  July  11,  he  would  be  entitled  to  20/30  (not 
20/31)  of  one  month's  pay. 

The  pay  of  an  officer  is  actually  due  him  on  the  last  of  the 
month,  and  he  must  neither  transfer  nor  hypothecate  a  pay  account 
not  actually  due.  However,  an  officer  may  prepare  and  mail  his  pay 
vouchers,  say,  about  the  25th  of  the  month,  to  the  paymaster  who  is 
to  pay  him,  and  who,  in  such  a  case,  would  mail  him  his  check  on  the 
last  day  of  the  month. 

In  case  of  West  Point  graduates,  pay  begins  with  date  of  gra,d- 
uation, — in  all  other  cases,  pay  begins  with  date  of  acceptance,  and 
not  with  date  of  appointment. 

On  the  opposite  page  appears  a  "model"  pay  voucher. 

Pay  vouchers  of  officers  who  have  not  yet  joined  their  commands 
should  be  sent  for  payment  to  the  nearest  Department  Quartermaster. 

[33] 


45  (contd.) 

DESIGNATION    UNDER    ACT    OF    MAY    11.   1908. 


(OrgiDlutton.) 

r-.~  t*l_ 


on  the  active  list  of  the  United  States  Army,  born  on  Me 

day  of  ...May...       W92  ,-„  ..Lafayette... 

(Clif  or  town.) 

..Louisiana...  .,  and  ..appointed....  on  the 

(Suie.)  (Appointed  or  enlisted.) 

..l.?.th..<%  of  ...March  ......  ;  /plVdo  hereby  designate 

(D*te  of  present  coramiMiou  or  enlt»imeni.) 


(Full  name  uri>cnrHci«r;.) 


(  K«l«llon«hlp,  Itnj.t 


(SnlDMructlonZ.) 


as  the  person  to  whom  shall  be  paid  the  six  months'  pay  author- 
ized by  the  Act  of  Congress  approved  May  11,  1908,  in  the  event  of 
my  death  from  wounds  or  disease  contracted  in  the  line  of  duty. 
This  designation  revokes  any  and  all  previous  designations  for  the 
like  purpose. 

John  Alfred  Smith 

IdiCDftlur*  of  dMlffMior.) 

Subscribed  in  my  presence  this  ..$.r?r.  day  of  ..-V-™:JL  _____  , 


(Signature  of  witn«.«.     See  Inittuctlon  l.j 


FIG.  2 


(NOTE  —  Signature    to    be    witnessed    by    next    superior    commander,    and    if    not. 
available,  then  by  notary  public  or  other  official  authorized  to  administer  oaths.) 

[34] 


46-47 

In  case  of  non-graduates  of  the  United  States  Military  Academy, 
a  statement,  for  example,  of  the  following  tenor  must  be  entered  on 
the  face  of  the  first  pay  voucher:  "I  accepted  my  commission,  as  a 
second  lieutenant  May  12,  1917."  The  quartermaster  must  have  this 
information  before  he  can  compute  the  officer's  pay,  since,  as  stated 
before,  in  the  case  of  non-graduates  of  the  Military  Academy,  pay  is 
due  from  date  of  acceptance  of  commission. 

If  the  officer  has  received  his  «rder  of  appointment  before  his 
first  pay  voucher  is  submitted,  it  is  customary  to  attach  a  "True 
Copy"  thereof  to  the  pay  voucher.  A  "True  Copy"  may  be  prepared 
by  making  an  exact  copy  of  the  order  and  then  writing  on  the  copy, 
in  some  suitable  place,  for  example: 

A  True  Copy: 

John  A.  Smith, 
2nd  Lieut,  of  Infantry. 

46.  Oath  of  office  and  acceptance  of  appointment.     Upon  being 
appointed  a  commissioned  officer,  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
sends  the  appointee  his  commission,  which  is  accompanied  by  an  oath 
of  office  to  be  taken  before  a  notary  public,  or,  if  at  or  near  an  Army 
post,  before  the  adjutant,  or  summary  court. 

The  oath  of  office,  properly  accomplished,  is  returned  to  the 
Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  Army,  War  Department,  Washington,  D.  C., 
with  a  letter  of  acceptance  of  this  tenor: 

BriarclifF,  N.  Y. 

May  12,  1915. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  50th  Inf. 
To:  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  Army. 

Subject:     Acceptance  of  appointment. 

I  hereby  accept  my  appointment  as  a  second  lieutenant  of  In- 
fantry in  the  Army  of  the  United  States. 

John  A.  Smith. 
For  use  of  penalty  envelope,  see  par.  526. 

47.  Designation   of  beneficiary.     When   an    officer   on   the   active 

list  of  the  Army  dies  from  wounds  or  disease  not  the  result  of  his 
own  misconduct,  his  widow,  or  some  other  person  duly  designated 
by  him,  is  entitled  to  receive  from  the  Government  an  amount  equal 
to  six  months'  pay  at  the  rate  such  officer  was  receiving  pay  at  the 
date  of  his  death. 

The  blank  form  (No.  380  A.  G.  O.)  designating  your  beneficiary, 
is  filled  out  and  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  with 
the  letter  accepting  your  appointment. 

See  opposite  page  for  a  "model"  of  Form  No.  380,  A,  G.  O, 

[35] 


48-49 

48.  Reports  upon   assignment.     As   soon   as   you   have  been  as- 
signed to  a  regiment  and  company,  write,  if  on  leave  of  absence,  let- 
ters of  the  following  tenor,  to  your  regimental,  your  post,  and  your 
company  commanders: 

Xikko.  X.  Y., 

July  4,  1917. 

From:        2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  50th  Inf. 
To:  Commanding  Officer,  50th  Inf.     (Also,  for  example, 

Commanding  Officer,  Co.  "A,"  50th  Inf.) 
Subject:     Report  of  leave  of  absence  and  address. 

1.  Having   been    assigned  to    the    50th    Inf.,   by   G.    O.    Xo.    100, 
W.  D.,   1917,  I  would  report  myself  on  leave  of  absence  since  June 
11,  1917,  per  S.  O.  Xo.  50,  Hdqrs.  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  June   11. 
1917,  and  which  will  expire  Sept.  10. 

2.  My  address  until  further  notice  will  be  Nikko,  N.  Y. 

John  A.  Smith. 

For  use  of  penalty  envelope,  see  par.  526. 

The  letters  to  the  regimental  and  the  company  commanders  should 
be  addressed,  for  example,  "Commanding  Officer,  50th  Infantry,"  and 
"Commanding  Officer,  Co.  'A,'  50th  Infantry,"  and  not  to  these  of- 
ficers by  name. 

In  case  of  change  of  address,  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army, 
the  regimental  commander  and  the  commanding  officer  of  your  post, 
should  be  notified  accordingly. 

[Form  of  Letter] 

Xikko,  N.  Y., 

August  10,  1917. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  50th  Inf. 
To:  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  Army. 

Subject:     Report  of  address.  « 

In  compliance  with  A.  R.  64,  I  would  report  that  until  further 
notice  my  address  will  be,  Army  and  Navy  Club,  107  West  43d  St., 
New  York. 

John  A.  Smith. 

49.  Assignment  to  regiment  on  foreign  service.     In   case   of  as- 
signment to  a  regiment  in  the  Philippines  or  other  foreign  country, 
as   soon   as   you   get   your   assignment    order,   write  to   the    Quarter- 
master  General,  U.   S.  Army,  War  Department,  Washington,   D.   C., 
a  letter,  for  example,  such  as  this: 

Red  Lion,  X.  Y. 

May  12,  1917. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  50th  Inf. 
To:  Quartermaster  General,  U.  S.  Army. 

Subject:     Transportation  to  Philippines. 

[36] 


49  (contd.) 

Having  been  assigned  by  Par.  5,  G.  O.  100,  W.  D.,  1916,  to  the 
SOth  Infantry,  with  station  in  the  Philippines,  I  would  request  that 
transportation  be  reserved  for  me  on  the  transport  leaving  San  Fran- 
cisco for  'Manila  on  or  about 

John  A.  Smith. 

At  present  the  Army  transports  leave  San  Francisco  for  Manila 
on  the  5th  of  each  month,  unless  the  5th  falls  on  Sunday,  when  sail- 
ing is  postponed  to  the  following  day.  All  passenger  transports 
touch  at  Honolulu  and  Guain.  Distance  from  San  Francisco  to 
Honolulu,  2,418  miles;  time,  8  days.  Honolulu  to  Guam,  3,842  miles; 
time,  14  days.  Guam  to  Manila,  1,734  miles;  time,  5  'days.  Usual 
time  from  San  Francisco  to  Manila,  including  stops  at  Honolulu  and 
Guam,  30  days.  Transports  usually  return  from  Manila,  via  Naga- 
saki and  Honolulu;  distance,  8,510  miles;  time,  28  to  30  days.  They 
leave  Manila  on  the  15th  of  the  month.  However,  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  the  above  information  is  subject  to  change,  it  is  suggested  that, 
by  writing  to  the  Quartermaster  General,  U.  S.  Army,  War  Depart- 
ment, Washington,  D.  C.,  you  ascertain  the  date  of  sailing  of  the 
transport  you  should  take  to  comply  with  your  order,  if  the  date  of 
sailing  is  "not  given  in  the  order. 

O.M.C.  Form  Ke.  40*: 

'WAR  DEPARTMENT— OFFICIAL  TELEGRAM. 

(Sent  from)       I***  George,   N.Y., 
Ss*~ (Date)  Jul*  4»  I9l7- 

QUARTERMASTER  CORPS  UNITED  STATES  ARMY. 

Pfo    Western  Onion       Telegraph  Company 

Will  please  transmit  the  following  message  by  telegraph  and  promptly  deliver  the  same  to  the  party 
addressed,  for  and  on  account  of  the  United  States.  ALE8HIRE 

CkiV/,  Quartirmiutrr  Curfit,  0.  8.  J. 

I  certify  that  the  following  telegram  is  on  OFFICIAL  BUSINESS,  and  necessary  for  the  public  service. 

John  A,  an  1th, 

2nd  Lieut.,  50th  Inf.. 


Commanding  Officer, 

Madlaon  Barracks,  N.Y.. 

Will  arrive  2  pan.  tomorrow.  Request  transportation. 

Smith, 
Lieutenant. 
FIG.  3 

[37] 


50-51-52-53 

50.  Telegraphing   arrival   at   station.      If   the    railroad    station    is 
not  at  the  post  and  there  is  no  street  car  line  going  thereto,  then  the 
day   before  you  arrive,    you    should    telegraph    for    transportation    to 
meet  you  at  the  railroad  station. 

In  case  an  official  form  (Form  Xo.  406,  Q.  M.  C.)  is  not  available, 
use  an  ordinary  commercial  blank,  indorsing  thereon,  over  your  sig- 
nature, "This  telegram  is  .on  official  business  and  necessary  for  the 
public  service,"  and  also  mark  it,  "Government  paid." 

The  telegram  and  the  certificate  should  be  explained  to  the 
operator. 

ARRIVAL  AT  STATION 

51.  Looking  up  the  adjutant.     Upon  arriving  at  your  station  look 
up  the  adjutant  at  once.     If  he  is  not  at  his  office,  go  to  his  quarters. 
If  at  his  office,  he  will  announce  and  present  you  'to  the  commanding 
officer;  if  at  his  quarters,  he  will  advise  you  as  to  the  best  hour  to 
call  on   the   commanding  officer   and,   in   most   cases,   will   accompany 
you. 

52.  Calling  on  the  commanding  officer.     You  are  required  by  the 
Army   Regulations  to   make   both  an   official   and   a  call  of   courtesy 
upon   the    commanding   officer   as    soon   as   practicable.      Should   you 
reach  your  station  during  office  hours,  the  official  call  is,  of  course, 
made  at  once,  immediately  after,  you  have  reported  to  the  adjutant. 
Should  you  reach  your  post  after  office  hours,  but  in  time  to  make  an 
evening   call,   you    should   call   upon    the    commanding   officer   at    his 
quarters  that  evening,  reporting  to  him  officially  at  his  office  the  fol- 
lowing morning. 

Whether  a  married  officer  reporting  at  a  post  with  his  family 
should  be  accompanied  by  his  wife  and  the  adult  members  of  his 
family  in  making  his  first  call  of  courtesy  upon  the  commanding  of- 
ficer, is,  of  course,  a  matter  that  each  one  must  decide  for  himself. 
It  is  thought,  however,  if  the  wife  of  the  commanding  officer  be  an 
elderly  lady,  and  particularly  if  the  commanding  officer  himself  be  a 
man  much  your  senior  in  rank  and  in  age,  it  would  be  but  an  act  of 
courtesy  for  your  wife  and  the  adult  members,  of  your  family  to  ac- 
company you  as  a  mark  of  deference  to  the  age  and  position  of  the 
commanding  officer  and  his  wife. 

53.  Calling  on  intermediate  commanding  officers.     After  report- 
ing officially  to  the  commanding  officer,  you  are  required  by  Army 
Regulations   to    report    as    soon    as   practicable    to   your    intermediate 
commanding    officers, — that    is,    your    battalion    and    company    com- 
manders. 

When  reporting  officially  to  your  commanding  officer,  your  bat- 
talion commander  and  your  company  commander  be  sure  to  have 
with  you  a  copy  of  your  assignment  or  other  duty  order,  and  present 
it  when  in  the  act  of  reporting.  This  is  required  by  regulations. 

[38] 


54-55-56-57 

54.  Uniform  worn  in  reporting.     Uniform  Regulations  prescribe 
that  officers  reporting   for  duty  shall  wear  the  uniform   of   the   com- 
mand, with  sidearms. 

According  to  the  Uniform  Regulations,  the  normal  habitual  uni- 
form between  reveille  and  retreat  is  either  the  cotton  or  the  woolen 
olive-drab, — the  former  during  the  warm  season  and  the  latter  during 
the  cold  season. 

In  making  your  social  calls  you  should  wear  the  proper  evening 
uniform.  (See  par.  4.) 

To  the  end  that  there  may  be  no  doubt  about  your  reporting  for 
duty  in  proper  uniform,  it  is  suggested  that  you  carry  your  uniform 
in  your  dress  suit  case  and  also  have  with  you  your  saber. 

If,  through  some  unavoidable  cause,  you  are  unable  to  report  in 
uniform,  with  sidearms,  be  sure  to  explain  to  the  commanding  officer, 
immediately  upon  entering  his  presence,  why  it  is  you  are  not  in 
proper  uniform. 

See  par.  440-a,  "Reporting  for  duty  in  Washington." 

55.  Entertainment.     It  is  customary  for  the  adjutant  to  see  that 
provision  is  made  for  your  being  looked  after  until  you  can  get  settled 
in  your  own  quarters,  which  you  should  do  just  as  soon  as  possible. 

As  stated  in  par.  25,  it  is  generally  possible  to  get  from  your  com- 
pany commander  for  a  short  time  a  company  bunk,  mattress,  pillow, 
pillow  case  and  a  couple  of  sheets,  and  by  doing  this  you  can  move 
into  your  quarters  promptly,  getting  permanently  settled  later.  Do 
not  fail  to  show  your  appreciation  of  the  hospitality  extended  by  those 
who  entertained  you.  Be  sure  to  call  at  the  house  within  a  week 
after  you  leave. 

After  leaving,  send  your  hostess  a  book,  a  box  of  candy,  or  some 
other  inexpensive  remembrance. 

56.  Application  for  quarters.     Ascertain  from  the   quartermaster 
what  quarters  are  available  for  assignment  to  you,  and  then  submit  a 
written  application  of  this  tenor: 

Fort  Missoula,  Mont., 

March  12,  1917. 

From:         2nd  Lieut.  John  A.  Smith,  50th  Inf. 
To:  Commanding  Officer. 

Subject:     Assignment  of  Quarters. 

1.  I  would  request  that  quarters  No. be  assigned  to  me. 

2.  A  copy  of  the  order  assigning  me  to  duty  at  this  station  is 
enclosed. 

John  A.  Smith. 

57.  Familiarization  with   standing  orders.     Read   the   post,   com- 
pany, and  regimental  and  other  orders  on  file  in  the  company  office, 
familiarizing  yourself  with  all  orders  in  force. 

[39] 


58-59-60-61 

Likewise,  when  changing  station,  an  officer  should  at  once  famil- 
iarize himself  with  the  orders  in  force  at  his  new  post. 

Remember,  however,  that  no  file  of  orders  or  other  records  should 
ever  be  taken  from  the  company  office  without  the  captain's  per- 
mission. 

58.  Familiarization   with    surroundings.     Familiarize    yourself    as 
soon  as  possible  with  the  geography  and  topography  of  the  post  and 
vicinity,  the  points  of  the  compass,  the  source  of  water  supply,  etc. 

Examine  a  map  of  the  post  and  vicinity  and  then  get  some  officer 
to  accompany  you  on  a  walk  or  two,  pointing  out  the  various  build- 
ings, boundaries  of  the  reservation,  topographical  features,  etc. 
Ascertain  from  "Military  Reservations,  etc. — Title  and  Jurisdiction," 
a  copy  of  which  can  be  found  in  the  adjutant's  office,  the  conditions 
under  which  the  reservation  was  acquired  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment. 

59.  First  impressions.     A  young  officer  upon  joining  is  the  cyno- 
sure of  all  eyes,  and  the  impression  that  he  then  makes  will  go  far 
toward  guiding  his  brother  officers  and  others  in  their  present  and 
future  conduct  toward   him.     So,  be   natural   and  courteous    in   your 
deportment;  punctilious  about   social  and  official  matters;  particular 
about  your  dress,  and,  above  all  things,  avoid  being  "fresh." 

Some  youngsters  are  prone  to  believe  that,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
they  really  know  more  than  their  seniors.  Should  you  ever  believe 
this,  take  the  advice  of  a  friend,  and  be  sure  to  break  the  news  to 
your  seniors  gently. 

60.  Calling.     It  is  the  custom  for  all  officers  to   call  upon  you 
within  a  few  days  after  your  arrival.     Be  sure  to  keep  track  of  these 
calls   and  return   them   within   a   week.      You   cannot   be    too    careful 
about  this  matter,  for  it  is  one   concerning  which  most  officers  are 
sticklers. 

Xot  only  does  promptness  in  making  and  returning  calls  save 
time  and  trouble,  but  it  also  produces  a  good  impression. 

In  large  posts  especially,  it  is  not  expected,  nor  is  it  desirable  that 
officers  should  regularly  exchange  calls  with  everyone,  but  the 
younger  officers  should  call  on  the  field  officers  at  least  once  every 
six  months. 

61.  Social  "Customs  of  the  Service."     You  cannot  observe  with 
too  much   care  the   social  customs   of  the   service — the  customs  that 
are  so  essential  to  good  fellowship,  and  contentment,  harmony,  and 
happiness  of  the  garrison.     See  "Customs  of  the  Service,"  par.  427. 

Young  officers  stationed  near  towns  and  cities  sometimes  make 
the  mistake  of  neglecting  post  entertainments  for  town  or  city  so- 
ciety. Regret  for  such  a  course  is  generally  brought  home  sooner 
or  later.  It  is  suggested  that  neither  be  entirely  neglected  for  the 
other. 

.   [40] 


62 

In  our  social  intercourse  there  are  many  little  conventionalities 
which,  although  of  no  apparent  intrinsic  importance,  are  in  the  eyes  of 
the  world  an  index  to  character  and  breeding,  and  these  conven- 
tionalities no  gentleman  can  afford  to  ignore. 

The  author  has  known  young  officers  who  were  very  careless 
about  observing  the  simplest  forms  of  polite  society,  and,  as  natural 
and  just,  consequence,  not  only  did  people  soon  stop  extending  social 
courtesies  to  them,  but  the  officers  in  question  also,  early  in  their 
careers,  made  for  themselves  the  reputation  of  lacking  the  elements 
of  well-bred  and  considerate  gentlemen,  and  of  being  deficient  in 
social  education. 

While  speaking  one  day  to -one  of  our  most  prominent  and  suc- 
cessful generals,  the  writer  asked  him  what  advice  he  would  give  a 
young  ambitious  officer  just  beginning  his  career,  and  he  replied: 
"One  of  the  first  things  I  should  tell  him,  would  be  'Familiarize  your- 
self with  the  conventionalities  and  amenities  of  life, — know  the  proper 
thing  to  do  and  do  it  at  the  proper  time.'  Men,  as  a  rule,  do  not 
realize  the  importance  of  this  in  our  present  scheme  of  civilization." 
Such  were  the  words  of  a  successful  general, — a  thorough  soldier,  a 
man  of  strong  convictions  and  a  gentleman  of  high  ideals.  What  he 
said,  therefore,  must  not  be  misconstrued  as  savoring  of  subserviency 
or  sycophancy, — it  is  merely  manly  deference  to  your  equals,  your 
elders  and  your  superiors, — a  genteel  consideration  of  your  fellow 
beings, — treating  others  as  you  would  have  them  treat  you.  This 
line  of  conduct  is  especially  important  in  the  Army,  where  we  all  live 
like  one  big  family, — where  we  are,  sooner  or  later,  so  dependent  upon 
one  another  for  our  own  happiness  and  contentment.  While  it  is 
true  that  a  knowledge  and  a  practice  of  the  niceties  and  courtesies 
of  life  are  of  little  or  no  value  on  the  field  of  battle,  it  must  also  be 
remembered  that  we  spend  very  nearly  our  entire  lives  in  garrison. 

Gentility  and  true  politeness  should  never  be  mistaken  for  weak- 
ness or  servility. 

The  practices  mentioned  in  the  paragraphs  that  follow  are 
strictly  observed  in  all  well-regulated  society,  both  in  the  Army  and 
in  civil  life. 

62.  Dinner  invitations.  Dinner  invitations  should  be  answered 
within  twenty-four  hours.  It  is  considered  an  incivility  to  permit  a 
dinner  invitation  to  lie  on  your  desk  three  or  four  days  awaiting  an 
answer.  It  is  very  annoying,  to  a  hostess  not  to  receive  an  answer 
until  the  last  minute,  not  only  because  it  may  prevent  her  from  ask- 
ing other  and  more  polite  people,  but  also  for  other  obvious  reasons. 

One  who  fails  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  a  dinner  invitation 
is  rightly  considered  ill-bred  and  ungentlemanly. 

A  dinner  invitation  should  always  be  answered  decisively.  To 
say,  for  instance,  "Mr.  Smith  would  be  very  happy  to  accept  Mrs. 

[41] 


63-64 

Jones'  kind  invitation  for  dinner  on  Tuesday  evening,  January  tentK, 
at  eight  o'clock,  if  his  company  is  not  ordered  into  the  field  before 
that  time,"  would  be  an  unforgiveable  liberty. 

An  invitation  is  answered  in  the  same  person  in  which  it  is  writ- 
ten. Thus: 

Captain  and  Mrs.  John  Smith  request  the  pleasure  of  Mr.  Robert  E. 
Jones's  company  at  dinner  on  Thursday  evening,  January  tcntfy,  at  eight 
o'clock. 

(Answer) 

Mr.  Robert  E.  Jones  accepts  with  pleasure  (or,  regrets  that  a  previous 
engagement  prevents  his  acceptance  of)  Captain  and  Mrs.  John  Smith's 
kind  invitation  to  dinner  on  Thursday  evening,  January  tenth,  at  eight 
o'clock. 

Garrison,  January  tenth. 

Garrison,  January  3,  1908. 
Dear  Mr.  Jones: — 

We  will  be  very  glad  to  have  you  dine  uitJi  us  very  informally  on 
Wednesday,  the  tenth,  at  seven  o'clock. 

Cordially  yours, 

MARY  A.  SMITH. 
(Answer) 

Garrison,  January  4,  1908. 
Dear  Airs.  Smith: — 

I  shall  be  very  glad  to  dine  with  you  and  Captain  Smith  on  Wednes- 
day, the  tenth,  at  seven  o'clock. 

Or 

/  regret  that  a  previous  engagement  to  dine  zi'itJi  Mrs.  Corbin  on  Janu- 
ary tenth  makes  it  impossible  to  accept  your  kind  invitation  for  that 
evening.  Cordially  yours, 

ROBT.  E.  JONES. 

63.  Addressing  of  letters  and  envelopes.     Letters  to  persons  in 
the  post  are  usually  addressed,  "Garrison." 

The  envelope  containing  the  answer  to  an  invitation  extended  by 
a  husband  and  wife  should  always  be  addressed  to  the  wife. 

64.  Answering  invitations.     The  general  rule  about  answering  in- 
vitations is   that   they   should  be   addressed   to   the  person   in   whose 
name  they  are  extended.     Thus: 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas, 

June  I,  /pop. 
Dear  Captain  Ross: — 

Mother  wishes  me  to  say  that  she  would  be  very  glad  to  have  you  dine 
with  us  on  Wednesday  evening,  June  fifth,  at  eight  o'clock. 

Sincerely  yours. 

GLADYS  HOYLE. 

[42] 


65-66-67-68-69-70 
(Answer  to  the  mother.) 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas, 

June  I,  /pop. 
My  dear  Mrs.  Hoyle: — 

//  will  give  me  much  pleasure  to  dine  with  you  on  Wednesday  eve- 
ning, June  fifth,  at  eight  o'clock.  Thanking  you  for  your  kind  thought  of 
me,  I  am.  Sincerely  yours, 

JAS.  A.  ROSS. 

65.  Invitation  to  card  party.    An  invitation  to  a  card  party  should 
always  be   answered   with   the   same   promptness   as  a   dinner  invita- 
tion.   A  hostess  wishes  to  make  up  her  tables  as  soon  as  possible,  but 
this  can  not  be  done  until  she  has  received  answers  to  all  the  invita- 
tions sent  out.    A  call  is  always  made  after  a  card  party,  or  any  other 
form  of  entertainment  to  which  one  is  invited. 

66.  Never  be  late  at  a  dinner.     Never  be  late  at  a  dinner, — such 
action  is  most  inconsiderate  of  your  hostess,  who  has  made  all  prepa- 
rations  to   have   the   meal    served   promptly  at   the    designated   hour. 
When  attending  a  dinner  given  in  honor  of  some  one  who  is  not  a 
house  guest  of  j'our  host  or  hostess,  do  not  leave  before  the  guest  of 
honor  has  gone. 

67.  Invitation  to  ball  or  reception  of  general  nature.     Should  it 
be  impossible  to  accept  an  invitation  to  a  ball  or  reception  of  a  gen- 
eral nature,  which  invitation  has  been  sent  by  an  acquaintance  whose 
card  is  enclosed,  a  note  of  regrets  should  be  written  the  acquaintance, 
and  should  the  invitation  require  an  answer,  a  reply  couched  in  the 
same  terms  as  the  invitation  should  be  sent  the  proper  person. 

68.  Invitations  to  private  balls  and  dances.     Invitations  to  pri- 
vate balls  and  dances  should  always  be  acknowledged  promptly,  the 
form  of  reply  varying  according  to  the  form  of  invitation,  as  in  the 
case  of  dinner  invitations. 

69.  Invitation  to  home  wedding.     An  invitation  to  a  home  wed- 
ding should  be  acknowledged  soon  after  its  receipt  by  a  note  in  the 
third  person  either  accepting  or  declining. 

70.  Invitation    to    church    wedding.     An    invitation    to    a    church 
wedding,   unless   accompanied  by  a   card  inviting  one  to   a  wedding 
reception  at  the  house  later,  requires  no  formal  acknowledgment,  but 
after  the  bride  and   groom  are   established  in  their  home,   a   call,  if 
in  the  same  city,  or  cards  sent  by  post,  if  from  a   distance  and  no 
present  is  sent,  is  a  general,  though  not  an  obligatory,  custom.     In 
such  a  case  cards  would  be  sent  to  the  father  and  mother  of  the  bride  - 
and  to  the  bride  and  groom  also. 

A  bachelor,  to  acknowledge  such  an  invitation  (when  no  wed- 
ding present  is  sent)  places  two  of  his  cards  in  an  envelope  which  is 
addressed,  for  example,  "Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Smith."  If  married, 
twp  cards  of  the  husband  and  one  of  the  wife  are  inclosed. 

[43] 


71-72-73-74-75-76 

The  cards  to  the  parents  should  be  sent  promptly  after  receiving 
the  invitation,  but  those  to  the  bride  and  groom  should  not,  of  course, 
be  sent  until  after  the  wedding.  Some  people,  however,  make  it  a 
rule  not  to  send  the  cards  to  the  parents  until  after  the  wedding. 

If  the  invitation  to  a  church  wedding  incloses  "at  home"  cards 
of  the  bride  and  groom,  the  same  rule  obtains. 

If  there  is  inclosed  a  card  to  a  wedding  reception  following  the 
ceremony  at  the  church,  a  note  in  the  third  person  should  be  sent 
to  the  parents  or  the  person  in  whose  name  the  invitation  is  sent. 

71.  Invitation   to   wedding   breakfast.     In    case    an    invitation  be 
received   to   a   wedding  breakfast,    an   acceptance    or    regrets    should 
always    be    sent.      This    should   be    done    even    though    the    wedding 
breakfast  be  evidently  of  a  more  or  less  general  nature,  and  does  not 
call  specifically  for  an  answer. 

72.  Announcement   of   marriage.    An   announcement   of   a   mar- 
riage should  be  acknowledged  by  cards  sent  to  the  person  or  persons 
making  the  announcement.     A  set  of  cards  for  the  bride  and  groom 
should  be  inclosed,  unless  an  "at  home"  card  of  the  bride  and  groom 
is  inclosed  with  the  announcement,  in  \vhich  case  the  cards  for  them 
are  sent  to  their  address  instead. 

73.  Receptions.     It   is   customary  to   leave   cards    (one    for   each 
person  receiving)   at  receptions,  teas,  and  "at  homes,"  and  to  make 
calls  within  one  week  after  the  functions.     It  is  not  customary  to  an- 
swer "at  home"  cards  or  invitations  to  receptions  and  afternoon  teas, 
unless  an  answer  is  requested.     However,  if  one  can  not  attend,  it  is 
proper,  although  not  customary  in  all  places,  to  send  cards,  by  mail 
or  messenger,  so  that  they  will  arrive  the  afternoon  of  the  function. 
In  case  the  invitation  is  extended  in  the  name  of  the  hostess  alone, 
one  card  is  sent;  if  in  the  name   of  the  hostess   and   husband,  two 
cards;  and  if  in  the  name  of  hostess,   husband  and   daughter,   three 
cards, — that  is,  one  card  for  each  person  in  whose  name  the  invita- 
tion is  extended. 

It  may  be  said  in  this  connection  that  it  is  not  considered  good 
form  to  write  "Regrets,"  "Accepts"  or  "Declines"  on  cards. 

74.  Dinner  and  party  calls.     Dinner  and  party  calls,  whether  or 
not  the  invitation  was  accepted,  should  be  made  within  one  week 
after  the  function. 

75.  Making  calls.     Make   it  an  invariable   rule   to  call  promptly 
on  new  arrivals  in  the  post,  and  also  return  promptly — within   one 
week — all  calls  made  on  you. 

76.  Writing  letter  after  visiting  friends.     If,  upon  visiting  a  post, 
you  should  stop  with  friends,  after  you  leave  write  promptly  a  note 
of  thanks  informing  your  host  or  hostess  of  your  safe  arrival  home 
and   expressing  anew  your   pleasure   at   the  hospitality   enjoyed.      Of 
course,  a  similar  note  would  be  written  if  you  visited  friends  in  civil 

[44] 


77-78-79-80-81 

life.  However,  in  either  case,  prevailing  custom  does  not  require  the 
writing  of  such  a  letter  when  your  stay  has  been  very  brief, — less 
than  forty-eight  hours,  for  instance. 

To  send  your  hostess  a  little  remembrance  in  the  form  of  flowers, 
a  book,  a  box  of  candy,  or  some  dther  inexpensive  gift,  would  be  a 
thoughtful  act  of  gentility. 

77.  Introducing    stranger   at   reception   and   other   functions.     If 
you  take  a   stranger   (man  or  woman),to   a  reception  or  any   other 
function  or  gathering  of  any  kind,  make  it  your  special  business  to 
see  that  your  friend  meets  people.     The  author  has  seen  young  of- 
ficers take  strangers  to  receptions  and  not  introduce  them  to  anyone, 
thus  placing  the  strangers  in  a  stupid,  embarrassing  position. 

78.  Being   attentive    to    hostess    and    visitors.     If    you    attend    a 
dance  given  in  some  one's  honor,  be  sure  to  ask  the  guest  of  honor 
for  a  dance;  if  it  be  a  dinner,  reception,  or  card  party,  pay  the  guest 
of  honor  some  attention  during  the  function.     Of  course,  you  should 
always  pay  your  hostess,  too,  proper  attention.     Also  be  sure  to  pay 
some  attention  to  visiting  girls  and  lady  members  of  families  of  of- 
ficers just  joining  the  garrison. 

If  you  attend  a  hop  after  a  dinner  party,  be  sure  to  ask  your 
hostess  for  a  dance  and  also,  if  possible,  dance  with  the  other  ladies 
of  the  dinner  party. 

79.  Being  attentive  at  social  functions  to  wife  of  commanding 
officer.     At  hops  and  other  social  functions  pay  the  wife  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  especially  if  she  be  an  elderly  woman,  the  attention 
to  which,  her  position  entitles  her.    Also  pay  some  attention  to  any 
guests  she  may  have. 

80.  Deference  to  spectators  at  dances.     If  any  officers  or  ladies, 
especially  if   elderly,   whom,  you  know  are   present  merely  as   spec- 
tators, speak  a  few  words  to  them  during  the  course  of  the  evening. 

81.  Escorting    unattended    girls.     If    invited,    for    instance,    to    a 
dinner  or  card  party,  and  if  you  know  of  any  girl  who  has  been  in- 
vited, but  who  probably  has  no  escort,  ask' her  if  you  may  have  the 
pleasure  of  escorting  her.     In  fact,  it  would  be  very  thoughtful  and 
genteel  to  ask  the  hostess  by  telephone  or  some  other  informal  way 
whether  you  could  be   of  assistance  to  her  in  looking  after  any  of 
her  lady  guests  that  may  not  have  escorts. 

If  you  see  that  a  girl  has  come  to  a  dinner  or  card  party  un- 
attended, ask  her  during  the  course  of  the  evening  if  you  may  have 
the  pleasure  of  seeing  her  home. 

Such  little  acts  of  thoughtfulness  are  always  appreciated  by  your 
hostess  (to  whom  you  are,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  under  social  obliga- 
tion) as  well  as  by  the  girls  themselves. 

Aside  from  the  fact  that  such  acts  of  thoughtfulness  will  mark 
you  as  a  gentleman  of  refined  instincts,  they  are  no  more  than  what 

[45] 


82-83-84 

is  justly  and  fairly  expected  of  you  by  the  hostess  who  asks  you  to 
her  home  to  break  bread  at  her  table. 

82.  Officers'  mess  (Club).     If  one  is  maintained  at  your  station, 
it  is  for  many  reasons  desirable,  and  in  some  sense  a  duty,  to  belong 
to  it. 

83.  Messing.     Officers  just  starting  their  career  should  be  most 
careful  to  make  arrangements  for  messing  which  will  enable  them  to 
live  with  the  quiet  dignity  becoming  their  station.     An  officer's  pay 
is  given  him  for  this  purpose;  it  is  sufficient  to  cover  his  expenses, 
and  he  owes  it  to  the  service  to  dress  and  live,  though  simply,  yet 
always  "like  a  gentleman." 

(NOTE — One  should  be  very  careful  about  his  table  manners.  Those  who, 
owing  to  the  lack  of  early  advantages,  are  not  familiar  with  table  and  other  con- 
ventionalities, should  keep  their  eyes  open  and  observe  those  who  are,  and  then  fol- 
low their  example.  Holding  the  knife  and  fork  in  some  unusual  way,  conveying  food 
to  the  mouth  with  a  knife,  making  peculiar  noises  with  the  mouth  while  eating,  fail- 
ing to  place  the  knife  and  fork  on  his  plate  when  one  is  through, — all  of  these  and 
similar  things  cause  people  to  talk  about  a  person  and  ridicule  his  table  manners. 
In  this  connection  it  may  be  remarked  that  whenever  anything  is  passed  you  by 
another  person  at  the  table  you  should  always  relieve  him  of  the  dish  before  helping  . 
yourself, — do  not  help  yourself  while  he  is  holding  the  dish  as  -a  waiter  would 
hold  it.) 

84.  Gossip.     The  germ  of  gossip  may  be  likened  unto  the  germ 
of  cancer — as  the  latter  contaminates  and  rots  the  healthy  flesh,   so 
the   former   contaminates    and   rots    the    social   fabric,    harmony,   and 
happiness  of  the  post.     Xo  good  can  possibly  come  from  gossiping, 
while   harm  almost  invariably   follows.     Good   breeding,   culture,   re- 
finement, and  manhood  should  forbid  gossiping. 

It  is  not  expected  that  every  one  in  a  garrison  shall  be  con- 
genial. That  would  be  too  much"  to  expect  of  human  beings;  but 
those  who  are  uncongenial  should  each  go  their  way  and  let  one 
another  alone,  before  their  faces  and  behind  their  backs.  Indeed, 
in  the  army,  "Silence  is  golden." 

As  pertinent  to  this  subject,  the  following  is  quoted  from  The 
Crimes  of  the  Tongue,  by  William  George  Jordan: 

"The  second  most  deadly  instrument  of  destruction  is  the  dyna- 
mite gun, — the  first  is  the  human  tongue.  The  gun  merely  kills 
bodies;  the  tongue  kills  reputations  and  ofttimes  ruins  characters. 
Each  gun  works  alone;  each  loaded  tongue  has  a  hundred  accom- 
plices. The  havoc  of  the  gun  is  visible  at  once.  The  full  evil  of  the 
tongue  lives  through  all  the  years,  even  the  eye  of  Omniscience  might 
grow  tired  in  tracing  it  to  its  finality. 

"The  crimes  of  the  tongue  are  words  of  unkindness,  of  anger, 
-of  malice,  of  envy,  of  bitterness,  of  harsh  criticism,  gossip,  lying, 
and  scandal. 

"At  the  hands  of  the  thief  or  murderer  few  of  us  suffer,  even 
indirectly.  But  from  the  careless  tongue  of  friend,  the  cruel  tongue 
of  enemy,  who  is  free?  Xo  human  being  can  live  a  life  so  true,  so 


85-86 

fair,  so  pure,  as  to  be  beyond  the  reach  of  malice  or  immune  from, 
the  poisonous  emanations  of  envy.  The  insidious  attacks  against 
one's  reputation,  the  loathsome  innuendoes,'  slurs,  half  lies  by  which 
the  jealous  mediocrity  seeks  to  ruin  its  superiors,  are  like  those 
insect  parasites  that  kill  the  heart  and  life  of  a  mighty  oak.  So 
cowardly  is  the  method,  so  stealthy  the  shooting  of  the  poisoned 
darts,  so  insignificant  the  separate  acts  in  their  seeming,  that  one  is 
not  on  guard  against  them.  It  is  easier  to  dodge  an  elephant  than  a 
microbe. 

"Scandal  is  one  of  the  crimes  of  the  tongue,  but  it  is  only  one. 
Every  individual  who  breathes  a  word  of  scandal  is  an  active  stock- 
holder in  a  society  for  the  spread  of  moral  contagion.  He  is  in- 
stantly punished  by  nature  by  having  his  mental  eyes  dimmed  to 
sweetness 'and  purity,  and  his  mind  deadened  to  the  sunlight  and 
glow  of  charity.  There  is  developed  a  wondrous,  ingenious  perver- 
sion of  mental  vision  by  which  every  act  of  others  is  explained  and 
interpreted  from  the  lowest  possible  motives.  They  become  like  cer- 
tain carrion  flies  that  pass  lightly  over  acres  of  rose  gardens,  to 
feast  on  a  piece  of  putrid  meat.  They  have  developed  a  keen  scent 
for  the  foul  matter  upon  which  they  feed. 

"One  of  the  most  detestable  characters  in  all  literature  is  lago. 

"lago  still  lives  in  the  hearts  of  thousands,  who  have  all  his 
despicable  meanness  without  his  cleverness." 

85.  Scouting  for  trouble.     Should  there  be  any  trouble  between 
any  of  your  fellow  officers  over  a  matter  that  does  not  concern  you, 
do    not   make  the   mistake    of   getting  yourself   embroiled   by   taking 
sides,  especially  if  the  officers  are  your  superiors.     The  officer  who 
does  so  is  playing  the  part  of  a  busybody,  a  meddler, — he  is  hunting 
trouble, — he  is  going  out  of  his  way  to  find  it,  ofttimes,  he  will  find 
much  more  than  he  bargained  for.     As  a  rule,  sufficient  troubles  of 
our  own  come  to  us  sooner  or  later,  without  our  going  out  scouting 
for  them. 

86.  Growling  and  whining.     Don't  be  a  growler, — there  is  noth- 
ing so  tiresome  and  boresome  as  a  chronic  "kicker"  and  inveterate 
"knocker."      People   are  always   sorry  to   see  him   come    and   always 
glad  to  see  him  go.    Remember  this:  Unless  you  are  ready  and  ABLE 
to  build  up,  don't  tear  down.     The  author  once  heard  one  of  our  most 
prominent   generals    remark,   and   with    so   much   truth,    "Show   me   a 
chronic  'knocker,'  and  I  will  show  you  a  man  who  is  a  public  nuisance 
and  who  has  never  done  anything." 

One  sometimes  hears  an  officer  growling  about  the  amount  of 
work  he  has  to  do,  complaining  he  has  more  than  his  share,  etc.  Re- 
member, your  time  is  not  your  own, — it  belongs  to  the  Government, 
which  pays  you  for  it. 

[47] 


87-88 

Whatever  you  do,  do  not  speak  ill  of  your  regiment  or  any  of 
your  fellow  officers  in  the  presence  of  outsiders,  civilians  or  military, 
and  don't  criticise  officers  or  orders  in  the  presence  of  enlisted  men. 

Akin  to  growling  is  whining.  If  admonished  by  your  captain  or 
your  commanding  officer,  do  not  go  around  telling  everybody  about 
it, — the  chances  are  they  are  not  at  all  interested  in  the  matter,  and 
furthermore  such  action  is  puerile. 

87.  Drinking.     Excessive    drinking   in   the   Army,    like    excessive 
drinking  in   civil  life,   almost  invariably   leads   to  trouble,   and   often 
ruin. 

If  you  feel  like  taking  a  drink,  do  so,  it  matters  'not  who  may 
be  present,  but  do  not  so  far  forget  yourself  as  to  drink  to  excess. 
Reckless  drinking  is  neither  manly,  military,  nor  gentlemanly,  and 
is  always  a  drain  on  the  purse  and  body.  A  good  rule,  even  for 
moderate  drinkers,  is  never  to  touch  a  drop  of  liquor  when  on,  or 
about  to  enter  upon,  any  duty. 

It  may  be  said  in  this  connection  that  the  present  policy  of  the 
War  Department  is  to  treat  with  decided  severity  the  intemperate 
use  of  intoxicants  on  the  part  of  officers.  For  example,  the  former 
practice  of  accepting  pledges  instead  of  trying  officers  in  cases  of 
drunkenness  has  been  discontinued  by  order  of  the  War  Department, 
and  courts  and  reviewing  authorities  have  been  enjoined  to  handle 
with  a  firm  hand  cases  of  drunkenness  on  the  part  of  officers. 

88.  Money  matters  and  debts.     Not  only  can  a  sober  and  frugal 
officer — and  all  officers  should  be  sober  and  frugal — live  well,  dress 
well,    and    enjoy    life    on    the   pay    of   a    second    lieutenant,    but    if   a 
bachelor,  he  can  also  save  money. 

By  all  means  avoid  getting  into  debt, — the  curse  of  many  a  young 
officer, — live  within  your  means.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  during 
the  last  few  years  the  court-martial  of  nearly  every  officer  tried  in 
the  Army  has  been  due  directly  or  indirectly  to  their  living  beyond 
their  means.  Avoid  debt  as  you  would  a  pest,  and,  if  in  debt,  get  out 
of  it  as  soon  as  you  possibly  can.  "Bone  check  book"  in  every  way 
possible  until  3'ou  do  not  owe  a  single  cent. 

If,  however,  jrou  are  so  unfortunate  as  to  be  in  debt,  send  every 
one  of  your  creditors  a  remittance  every  month,  it  matters  not  how 
small  the  amount.  Remember,  the  men  who  sold  you.  the  goods  on 
credit  are  entitled  to  some  consideration  from  you,  and  a  monthly 
remittance,  no  matter  what  the  amount  may  be,  will  show  that  you 
have  not  forgotten  them,  and  that  you  are  trying  to  pay  your  bills.  Al- 
most without  exception  creditors  are  very  patient  and  considerate 
with  debtors  who  show  a  desire  to  pay  their  bills.  The  writer  knows 
of  an  instance  where  a  young  officer  joined  his  regiment  several  hun- 
dred dollars  in  debt,  and  at  the  end  of  every  month  he  would  send 
his  creditors  $50  or  $60  in  $5  and  $10  checks.  At  the  end  of  fourteen 

[48]' 


89-90-91-92-93-94 

months  or  so  he  received  a  very  complimentary  letter  from  one  of 
his  old  creditors  whom  he  had  just  finished  paying  $120  in  $5  and 
$10  checks,  to  the  effect  that  he  always  knew  what  to  exp'ect  of  the 
officer,  for  the  checks  came  regularly  at  the  end  of  every  month,  and 
he  was  not  at  all  worried  about  the  bill, — that  the  officer  thus  showed 
him  that  he  was  trying  hard  to  pay  his  debts,  and  that  he  reckoned 
the  officer  among  his  most  reliable  customers. 

89.  Insurance  of  life  and  property.     Every  young  officer  should' 
carry  life  insurance,  and  the  Army  Mutual  Aid  Association  is  recom- 
mended.    The  energies  and  resources  of  the  Association  are  devoted 
to  caring  for  the  widows,  children,  and  relatives  of  deceased  brother 
officers.      Information    regarding    rates,    etc.,    can    be    obtained    upon 
application  to  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  Army  Mutual  Aid  Asso- 
ciation, Washington,  D.  C. 

Should  you  desire  to  insure  your  household  effects,  communicate 
with  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  Army  Co-Operative  Fire  Associa- 
tion, Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

90.  Punctuality.     Punctuality  is  one  of  the  cardinal  requisites  of 
a  good  soldier.     Cultivate  the  habit  of  being  punctual, — make  it  an 
invariable    rule   always    to   be   at  the  appointed    place    three    or   four 
minutes  before  the  time  ordered.    Get  into  the  habit  of  being  punctual. 

91.  Promptness.     Always   act   promptly,    never   putting   off  until 
tomorrow   what    can   be   done    today.      Procrastination    has    thwarted 
the  advancement  of  many  a  bright,  able  officer.     Get  into  the  habit 
of  being  prompt. 

92.  Industry  and  perseverance.     In  the  profession  of  arms,  as  in 
all  other  professions,  officers  ultimately  take  standing  according  to 
efficiency    and    merit.      Efficiency    requires    time,    labor,    and    perse- 
verance.     Of    course,    ability    such    as    was    possessed    by    Napoleon, 
Wellington,  Grant,  Lee,  and  other  geniuses  is  not  to  be  acquired,  but 
the  officer  of  average  ability  may  educate  himself  to  a  capability,  if 
not  to  command  an  army,  then  a  regiment,  and  if  not  a  regiment, 
then  at  least  a  company. 

Great  and  extraordinary  intellects  may  win  laurels  and  stand 
high  in  their  professions  with  but  little  labor,  but  such  geniuses  are 
very  rare, — the  average  mortal,  without  inspiration  or  natural  gift, 
can  hope  to  gain  success  only  through  industry  and  perseverance. 

93.  Forethought.     Forethought,  a  most  valuable  asset,   is   really 
an  acquired  trait.     Get  into  the  habit  of  cultivating  it, — it  is  astonish- 
ing how  this  quality  can  be  improved  with  practice. 

94.  Attention  to  details.     Get  into  the  habit  of  paying  attention 
to  details.     It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  some   of  our  greatest  gen- 
erals owed  their  success  in  a  large  degree  to  their  strict  attention  to 
details.     A   famous   English  general   once   remarked,   "I   attribute  my 
success  to  the  fact  that  I  attended  in  all  things  in  the  first  instance 

[49] 


95-96-97-98 

to  small  details;  but,  it  is  the  fashion  now  to  think  that  small  details 
are  not  essential.  My  theory  and  practice  have  been  exactly  the 
reverse.  I  maintain  the  small  details  are  essential.  Every  great 
intellect  can  bring  details  to  a  successful  result,  but  without  details 
intellect  can  do  nothing.  That  is  the  principle  I  have  tried  to  in- 
culcate in  the  spirit  and  sentiments  of  the  army,  and  to  this  day, 
when  I  go  about  to  inspect  the  regiments,  I  look  to  these  small 
details  as  much  as  I  used  to  do  formerly.  I  believe  them  to  be  the 
rudiments  and  ground  work  of  our  services,  and  upon  them  we  must 
build  those  enlarged  views,  those  enlarged  requirements." 

Of  course,  it  goes  without  saying  that  one  who  has  subordinates 
that  are  charged  with  certain  duties,  should  not  attend  to  details  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  interfere  with  and  pester  those  under  him, — he 
should  confine  himself  to  general  instructions,  leaving  the  details  to 
the  subordinates,  who  should  be  held  strictly  responsible  for  results. 
However,  one  must  not  forget  it  is  a  well-established  principle  that 
it  is  the  duty  of  an  officer  or  noncommissioned  officer  who  gives  an 
order  to  see  it  is  obeyed.  Carrying  out  orders  received  does  not  end 
in  their  perfunctory  transmission  to  subordinates,  but  one  must  per- 
sonally see  that  orders  transmitted  to  subordinates  are  made  effective. 

95.  System  and  method.     Get  into  the  habit  of  being  systematic 
and  methodical.     A   systematic  and  methodical   man   can   accomplish 
in  a  given  time  two  or  three  times  as  much  as  a  man  of  equal  intel- 
ligence  who   is  not   systematic   and    methodical.      Make   for  yourself 
the  reputation  of  being  careful,  systematic  and  methodical. 

96.  Your  dress.     Always  be   sure   to  turn   out  in  the   regulation 
uniform,   with   your   clothing   properly   brushed,   cleaned   and   pressed 
and  every  article  of  your  equipment  in  shipshape.     Above  all  avoid 
slouchiness. 

97.  Seeking  advice.     In.  case  you  wish  advice  on  any  subject  go 
to    either    the    adjutant    or    your    company    commander, — either    will 
gladly  assist  you.     When  no  officers  are  at  hand,  you  should  not  feel 
backward  or  ashamed  to  ask  old  soldiers,  especia-lly  noncommissioned 
officers,   concerning  matters   you   do   not  understand.     Although   you 
may  have  more  "book-learning"  than  the  old  soldier,  he  knows  more 
about  soldiers  and  soldiering  than  you  will  know  for  several  years 
to  come. 

98.  Treatment  of  enlisted  men.     Young  officers   sometimes   run 
to  one  of  two  extremes  in  the  treatment  of  their  men, — they  either, 
by    undue    familiarity    or   otherwise,    cultivate    popularity    with    their 
men;   or,   they  do   not  treat  them  with   sufficient  consideration, — the 
former  course  will  forfeit  their  esteem;  the  latter,   ensure  their  dis- 
like,   neither    of    which    results    is    conducive    to    commanding    their    re- 
spect. 

[SO] 


98   (contd.) 

Treat  your  soldiers  with  proper  consideration,  dignity,  and  jus- 
tice,— remember  they  are  members  of  your  profession,  the  difference 
being  one  of  education,  rank,  command  and  pay, — but  they  are  men, 
like  yourself,  and  should  be  treated  as  such. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  you  ever  swear  at  a  soldier, — 
not  only  is  this  taking  a  mean,  unfair  advantage  of  your  position,  but 
it  is  undignified,  ungcntlemanly,  and  unmilitary.  It  is  even  more 
improper  for  you  to  swear  at  a  soldier  than  it  is  for  a  superior  to 
swear  at  you, — in  the  latter  case  the  insult  can  be  properly  resented; 
in  the  former,  it  must  be  borne  in  humiliating  silence. 

Remember,  that  if  by  harsh  or  unfair  treatment  you  destroy  a 
man's  self  respect,  you  may  at  the  same  time  destroy  his  usefulness. 

Familiarity  is,  of  course,  most  subversive  of  discipline,  but  you 
can  treat  your  men  with  sympathetic  consjderation  without  being 
familiar  with  them. 

In  dealing  with  enlisted  men,  do  not  use  the  same  standard  of 
intellect  and  morals  that  apply  in  the  case  of  officers.  And  remem- 
ber, too,  that  a  thing  that  may  appear  small  and  trivial  to  an  officer 
may  mean  a  great  deal  to  an  enlisted  man, — study  your  men,  learn 
their  desires,  their  habits,  their  way  of  thinking,  and  then  in  your 
dealings  with  them  try  to  look  at  things  from  their  standpoint  also. 
In  other  words,  in  your  treatment  of  your  men  be  just  as  human  as 
possible. 

On  the  subject  of  the  treatment  of  enlisted  men  by  officers,  the 
Army  Regulations  say:  "Superiors  are  forbidden  to  injure  those 
under  their  authority  by  tyrannical  or  capricious  conduct  or  by 
abusive  language."  While  maintaining  discipline  and  the  thorough 
and  prompt  performance  of  military  duty,  all  officers,  in  dealing  with 
enlisted  men,  will  bear  in  mind  the  absolute  necessity  of  so  treating 
them  as  to  preserve  their  self-respect.  Officers  will  keep  in  close 
touch  as  possible  with  the  men  under  their  command  and  will  strive 
to  build  up  such  relations  of  confidence  and  sympathy  as  will  insure 
the  free  approach  of  their  men  to  them  for  counsel  and  assistance. 
This  relationship  may  be  gained  and  maintained  without  relaxation 
of  the  bonds  of  discipline  and  with  great  benefit  to  the  service  as  a 
whole. 

In  December,  1916,  the  War  Department  issued  the  following 
instructions  on  the  relations  between  officers  and  enlisted  men: 

(a)  While  unquestioned  obedience  and  respect  for  properly  con- 
stituted authority  must  remain  the  corner-stone  of  discipline  and  the 
foundation  on  which  to  build  military  efficiency,  the  advance  in  edu- 
cation and  intelligence  of  our  citizenship  make  it  more  important 
than  ever  to  establish  a  close  and  sympathetic  relationship  between 
the  officer  and  his  men.  Prior  to  1898,  our  army  was  in  great  part 
a  frontier  police;  in  number,  an  insignificant  portion  of  our  total 

[SI] 


99 

population,  and  generally  isolated  from  populous  centers  with  their 
comforts  and  amusements.  The  material  increase  of  our  military 
establishment  has  placed  both  officers  and  men  under  the  observant 
public  eye,  and  in  their  mutual  relations  it  becomes  a  duty  and  an 
hdnor  to  exemplify  our  country's  principles  of  equal  and  exact  jus- 
tice for  all.  While  there  must  be  no  relaxation  of  discipline  in  exact- 
ing a  thorough  and  prompt  performance  of  military  duty,  officers 
when  dealing  with  subordinates  must  bear  in  mind  the  absolute  neces- 
sity of  avoiding  language  and  remarks  or  gestures  which  tend  to  les- 
sen self-respect.  This  is  all  important  if  we  are  to  have  a  cheerful, 
willing,  and  efficient  army.  It  is  not  necessary  to  adopt  a  tone  of 
voice  or  manner  different  from  that  usually  employed  in  general  con- 
versation, and  especial  care  must  be  taken  against  sarcasm  and  un- 
necessary public  rebuke.  These  faults  while  more  often  found  in 
officers  new  to  the  service,  sometimes  exist  in  others  of  more  experi- 
ence. Such  officers  are  unfit  temperamentally  for  command  of  men. 

(b)  All  newly  appointed  officers  must  realize  there  is  much  for 
them  to  learn,  and  the  only  way  to  qualify  themselves  for  higher  and 
independent  command  is  by  constant  intellectual  exercise,  by  sys- 
tematic study  and  sympathetic  knowledge  of  those  entrusted  to  their 
control.  Careful  attention  to  the  instruction  of  these  officers  is 
enjoined  upon  all  commanders.  They  will  be  impressed  with  the 
importance  of  the  faithful  performance  of  every  duty,  however  unim- 
portant it  may  appear,  and  with  the  responsibility  of  their  conduct 
and  bearing  in  all  relations  with  those  under  their  command.  All 
commanders  will  endeavor  to  build  up  such  relations  of  confidence 
and  sympathy  as  will  insure  those  under  their  command  coming  to 
them  freely  for  counsel  and  assistance  without  relaxation  of  the  bonds 
of  discipline.  Any  officer  known  to  be  tactless  in  his  treatment  of 
enlisted  men  will  be  given  special  instruction  and  supervision.  De- 
partment commanders  and  other  officers  will  make  proper  notation 
on  the  efficiency  reports  wherever  officers  are  found  temperamentally 
unfit  to  exercise  command  of  men  as  required  under  this  order. 

99.  Relations  with  civilians  and  National  Guardsmen.  Tt  may  be 
said  that  there  is  a  feeling  amongst  some  civilians,  and  a  feeling  that 
is  not  in  some  cases  entirely  without  foundation,  that  some  Army 
officers  are  at  times  inclined  to  hold  themselves  aloof  from  civilians 
to  the  extent  of  appearing  snobbish.  The  officer  whose  manners 
excite  such  criticism  is  lost  to  his  sense  of  responsibility  to  himself 
and  to  the  service.  To  be  courteous  and  considerate,  in  speech  and 
manner,  in  all  social,  business,  and  official  relations  with  civilians, 
is  incumbent  upon  all  officers.  It  is  to  be  remembered  that  our  Regu- 
lar Army  is  essentially  the  people's  Army  and  that  it  exists  only 
by  their  good  will  and  pleasure;  that  it  is  the  people  who  created 
the  Army  and  that  it  is  the  people  who  maintain  and  support  it. 

[52] 


100-101-102-103 

With  regard  to  our  citizen  soldier}'-,  called  the  National  Guard, 
not  only  should  a  feeling  of  comradery  cause  us  always  to  extend  to 
them  a  sympathetic  hand,  but  it  is  really  a  part  of  our  duty  to  help 
them  in  every  way  possible.  Under  the  present  law,  our  next  war, 
should  it  be  one  of  any  magnitude,  will  be  fought  to  a  great  extent 
by  the  Organized  Militia;  and  it  is,  therefore,  our  duty  to  assist, 
instruct  and  encourage  them  by  willingly  and  freely  giving  them  the 
benefit  of  our  experience  and  training  as  professional  soldiers, — by 
letting  them  have  the  benefit  of  the  knowledge  and  information,  prac- 
tical and  theoretical,  that  we  have  acquired  at  the  expense  of  the 
Government. 

100.  Art   of  War.     One   of  our  ablest    officers  has   given    this 
definition  of  the  art  of  war:     1-5  is  learned  from  books;  1-5  is  com- 
mon sense;  3-5  is  knowing  men  and  how  to  lead  them. 

101.  Don't  go  over  heads  of  people.     In  giving  instructions  or  in 
doing  or  getting  things  be  careful  not  to  go  over  the  heads  of  people, 
— there  is  nothing  that  will  rile  the  average  man  more  than  this. 

In  this  connection  it  may  also  be  said  that  you  should  not  get  a 
company  clerk,  a  clerk  in  the  adjutant's  office,  or  any  other  soldier 
occupying  a  similar  position  to  do  any  clerical  work  for  you  without 
first  speaking  to  the  officer  under  whose  immediate  directions  the 
man  is  working. 

102.  When  assuming  a  new  command  do  not  be  too  hasty  about 
making    changes.     Probably    the    greatest    administrative    officer    the 
Army  has  ever  had  said  to  the  author  one  day,  "In  assuming  a  new 
command   I  always  make  it  a  rule  to  go  slowly  in  changing  things 
my  predecessor  has   done.     He  probably   had   good   reasons   for  his 
acts,  and  after  you  have  been  in  command  a  while  and  gotten  familiar 
with  conditions  your  views   may  be  quite   different  from  what  they 
were  at  first." 

103.  Service    publications.     Officers,    upon    joining    the    service, 
should,  depending  upon  which  branch  of  the  service  they  belong  to, 
become  members  either  of  the  U.  S.  Infantry  association,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.;  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  association,  Fort   Leavenworth,   Kan.; 
Journal  U.  S.  Coast  Artillery,  Fort  Monroe,  Va.;  or  the  U.  S.  Field 
Artillery  association,  Washington,   D.   C.,  and  thus  get  the  journals 
published  by  the  association  which  the  officer  has  joined. 

Officers  should  also  subscribe  to  either  the  Army  and  Navy 
Journal,  20  Vesey  St.,  New  York;  or,  the  Army  and  Navy  Register, 
Washington,  D.  C.  Subscription  to  the  Military  Economist^  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  is  also  recommended.  In  this  way  an  officer  keeps 
posted  on  the  best  current  thought  and  ideas  in  the  Army, — he  sees 
what  his  brother  officers  are  doing  and  keeps  in  touch  with  the 
personnel  of  the  service. 

[53] 


104-105-106-107 

The  Saturday  edition  of  The  Evening  Post,  New  York  ($1.50  per 
year),  devotes  considerable  space  (usually  a  whole  page)  to  Army 
news.  The  Tribune,  New  York  (daily,  including  Sunday  edition),  $8 
per  year,  devotes  more  space  to  Army  than  any  other  daily  of  New 
York. 

The  following  named  newspapers  make  more  or  less  a  specialty 
of  Army  and  National  Guard  news:  Baltimore  Sun,  Kansas  City 
Star,  Leavenworth  Times,  Boston  Evening  Transcript,  Chicago 
Inter-Ocean,  Boston  Globe,  Brooklyn  Daily  Times,  Brooklyn  Eagle, 
Standard  Union  (Brooklyn),  New  York  World,  New  York  Times, 
New  York  Press,  Philadelphia  Ledger,  Philadelphia  Inquirer,  Pitts- 
burgh Press,  Washington  (D.  C.)  Evening  Star,  Washington  (D.  C.) 
Post. 

104.  The  Amy  List  and  Directory,  a  pamphlet  published  the  20th 
of  every  month,  gives  the  names  of  the  commissioned  personnel  of 
the    various    departments,    staff    corps    and    regiments,    and    also    the 
names  and  addresses  of  all  officers  of  the  Army,  active  and  retired. 
It  can  be  obtained  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,   Govern- 
ment Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.,  at  15  cents  a  copy,  or  $1.50 
a  year. 

105.  Translating  professional  books  and  papers.     The  War  Col- 
lege Division  of  the  General  Staff  is  always  glad  to  avail  itself  of  the 
services  of  officers  who  are  good  translators  of  any  foreign  language. 
Officers  doing  translation  work  receive  credit  for  the  same  on  their 
efficiency  record.     Officers  wishing  to   secure  professional  books   or 
papers    for   translation   should    communicate    with    "The    Chief,    War 
College  Division,  General  Staff,  Washington,  D.  C." 

A  dictionary  for  use  in  connection  with  translation  work  is  usually 
furnished,  if  asked  for. 

(NOTE— The  War  Department  has  published  a  splendid  ->  -  -  -SEnglish  Military 
technical  dictionary  (Document  No.  95),  by  Capt.  (now  Color.t  /».  :px,  i  copy  of 
which  would  probably  be  furnished  you  upon  application.) 

106.  Know  where  to  find  information.     Quite  often  matters  come 
up  that  officers  complain  are  not  covered  in  the  Army  Regulations, 
in  some   of  the   Staff  Department   Manuals,   or  in   some    other   way, 
while,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  very  things  in  point  are   so   covered. 
The  trouble   is,    some   people   do   not  know   where   to    find   things, — 
hence,  spend  your  first  few  months  in  the  service  learning  what  sub- 
jects the  Army  Regulations,  the  Staff  Department  Manuals,  etc.,  con- 
tain, so  that  you  will  know  that  they  exist  and  will  be  able  to  find 
them  when  the  occasion  arises. 

107.  "Army  Changes."     In  connection  with  what  has  been  said 
in    the   preceding   paragraph,    it    is    suggested    that    you    subscribe    to 
"Army  Changes"    (published   quarterly, — January    1,   April    1,   July    1, 
and  October  1),  which  will  keep  your  Army  Regulations,  Drill  Regu- 

[54] 


108-109-110 

lations,  Field  Service  Regulations,  Manual  of  Interior  Guafd  Duty 
and  about  thirty  (30)  other  War  Department  publications  "posted" 
up  to  date.  (Annual  subscription,  $1.50;  single  copies,  50  cents.  Geo. 
Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.) 

108.  File  of  personal  orders.     Keep  in  the  form  of  a  scrap  book 
a  file  of  all  company,  post,  regimental,  department,  War  Department, 
and  other  orders  affecting  you.     Not  only  will  you  find  such  a  file 
most  interesting,  especially  in  later  years,  but  it  will  also  be  very  con- 
venient  for   purposes,  of   reference.     A   Weis    Scrap    Book,   No.    105, 
obtainable   from  almost  any  large  stationery  dealer,   is  recommended 
for  this  purpose. 

109.  Legible   signatures.     Of   late   years   there   has  been   consid- 
erable just  criticism  of  the  illegible  signatures  of  many  officers,  espe- 
cially youngsters.     Illegible   signatures  are   often  a  source  of  annoy- 
ance, inconvenience,  and  exasperation  to  others.     Although  a  person 
may  write  more  or  less  illegibly,  there  is  no  excuse  for  illegible  sig- 
natures,  which   can  be  avoided  so  easily  by  the   exercise   of  a   little 
care  and  pains. 

If  through  affectation  or  for  any  other  reason  your  signature  is 
illegible,  then  you  should  follow  the  sensible  custom  that  some  people 
with  illegible  signatures  do,  of  either  typewriting  their  names  under 
their  signatures  or  stamping  them  there  with  a  rubber  stamp. 

110.  THE  YOUNG  OFFICER'S  DON'TS 

The  following  extracts  from  an  English  publication  entitled, 
"THE  YOUNG  OFFICER'S  DON'TS,"  are  considered  worthy  of 
careful  perusal: 

DON'T,  on  joining  your  regiment,  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  you 
are  now  a  young  officer,  and,  therefore,  no  longer  an  old  cadet.  Your 
immediate  seniors  will  be  disposed  to  speedily  remind  you  of  the 
change,  should  it  ever  escape  your  memory. 

DON'T  assert  yourself  or  your  accomplishments.  They  will  be 
the  more  appreciated  when  found  by  others,  and  so,  perhaps,  will  you. 

DON'T  affect  a  superiority  over  your  brother  officers,  either  as 
regards  knowledge  or  ignorance.  Prigs  and  ignoramuses  are  alike 
intolerable;  but  the  latter  predominate. 

DON'T,  however  poor  you  may  be,  dress  shabbily. 

DON'T  affect  any  singularity  in  dress.  This  is  a  monopoly  of 
great  men  who,  presumably,  desire  to  bring  themselves  down  to  the 
level  of  ordinary  mortals.  Knowing  this  instinctively,  men  will  try 
to  find  a  reason  for  your  peculiarities,  should  you  cultivate  any. 

DON'T,  if  you  are  well  off,  perpetually  boast  about  the  largeness 
of  your  purchases.  Nothing  is  more  offensively  vulgar  than  telling 
people  "what  you  gave"  for  this  or  that,  and  the  chances  are  that 
you  are  only  advertising  your  own  folly  and  gullibility.*- 

[55] 


110  (contd.) 

DON'T  sneer  at  anybody,  either  openly  or  behind  their  backs. 
It  is  bad  manners  and  uncharitable;  even  men  with  ridiculously  bad 
memories  will  not  readily  forget  your  having  done  so. 

DON'T  be  captious.  Your  elders  always  think  they  know  better 
than  you,  and,  without  being  sycophantic,  it  is  graceful  to  be  silent 
rather  than  contradict  them  flatly.  It  is  also  politic. 

DON'T  forget  small  debts.  The  shilling  borrowed  at  pool  is 
apt  to  be  sooner  forgotten  than  the  sovereign  lent  at  a  race  meeting 
— by  the  borrower. 

DON'T  openly  despise  a  man,  of  your  own  or  other  standing, 
whom  you  feel  to  be  your  inferior.  Depend  upon  it  there  is  some- 
thing at  which  he  can  beat  you  handsomely,  and  he  will  leave  no 
stone  unturned  till  he  does  it. 

DON'T  recite  your  personal  experiences  too  frequently,  or  with 
wearying  detail.  Unsolicited  anecdotes  of  personal  prowess  have, 
as  a  rule,  more  charm  for  the  teller  than  for  his  audience— some  of 
whom  politeness  may  alone  prevent  from  capping  them. 

DON'T  do  nothing  because  there  is  nothing  to  do.  The  human 
machine  is  a  poor  contrivance  when  it  stops  running  because  nobody 
happens  to  replenish  its  hopper. 

DON'T  parade  a  want  of  interest  in  things  which  may  be  engag- 
ing the  attention  of  your  brother  officers.  Rightly  or  wrongly,  they 
will  expect  your  sympathy,  and  will  resent  its  denial. 

DON'T  allow  yourself  to  have  any  tricks  of  manner,  or  habit, 
if  you  can  help  it. 

DON'T  set  to  undervalue  on  pedigree  or  family  connections. 
Noblesse  oblige  should  be  your  patrician  motto.  Remember  Lord 
St.  Leonards'  answer  to  the  snob  who  reminded  him  that  his  father 
was  a  barber.  "Had  your  father  been  a  barber,"  was  the  rejoinder, 
"you  would  have  been  a  barber  too."  There  is  no  need  to  proclaim 
yourself  a  born  gentleman,  if  you  behave  as  such. 

DON'T,  as  you  value  your  existence,  give  men  a  handle  to  call 
you  a  toady.  He  who  forces  himself  into  the  friendship  of  his  su- 
periors loses  forever  the  esteem  of  his  equals;  and,  under  a  dynasty 
that  knows  not  Joseph,  will  realize  how  hearty  the  dislike  and  con- 
tempt of  his  comrades  can  be. 

DON'T  rely  upon  what  is  termed  "pull"  for  promotion  and  ad- 
vancement. Your  own  exertions  will  procure  you  a  solid  esteem, 
infinitely  more  useful  than  the  recommendation  of  men  in  high  places, 
bestowed  (begrudgingly  more  often  than  not)  upon  your  father's  son. 

DON'T  be  over-anxious  to  kick  down  the  ladder  by  which  you 
may  have  climbed.  Men  who  have  done  you  a  good  turn  at  any  time 
remember  it  and  its  direct  bearing  on  your  success  long  after  they 
and  it  have  faded  from  your  mind. 

[56] 


110  (contd.) 

DON'T  talk  loud  at  mess,  or  monopolize  the  conversation  by 
telling  stories  which,  though  possibly  new  to  you,  may  be  well  known 
to  your  elders.  These  are  the  privileges  of  senior  officers,  and  your 
turn  will  come. 

DON'T,  by  any  chance,  mention  a  lady's  name  at  mess.-  This 
rule  is  as  good  as  it  is  old,  and  can  not  be  too  strictly  adhered  to. 

DON'T  use  strong  language  at  mess.  Rudeness  from  a  boy's  lips 
becomes  an  insult  from  a  man's,  and  its  consequences  are  propor- 
tionately serious. 


[57] 


111-112-113 


CHAPTER  II 

MILITARY  COURTESY 

111.  Importance.     The    importance    of    the    subject    of    military 
courtesy,  especially  for  the  young  officer  just  beginning  his  career, 
can  not  be  emphasized  too  strongly. 

General  Orders  No.  183,  Division  of  the  Philippines,  1901,  says: 
"In  all  armies  the  manner  in  which  military  courtesies  are  observed 
and  rendered  by  officers  and  soldiers,  is  an  index  to  the  manner  in 
which  other  duties  are  performed." 

The  Army  Regulations  tell  us,  "Courtesy  among  military  men  is 
indispensable  to  discipline." 

112.  Military    courtesy   not   confined    to    official    occasions.     To 
quote  from  the  Army  Regulations,  ''Respect  to  superiors  will  not  be 
confined  to  obedience  on  duty,  but  will  be  extended  on  all  occasions." 
In  his  suggestions  to  young  officers,  Captain  Sargent  says:    "Officers 
take  precedence  according  to  rank  as  laid  down  in  the  Regulations, 
and  this  precedence  extends  to  your  social  life,  to  the  mess,  and  to 
the  club.    When  a  senior  enters  the  club,  it  is  just  as  much  an  act  of 
official  courtesy  as  it  is  a  social  one  to  offer  him  a  chair  and  a  paper, 
to  defer  in  a  manly  way  to  his  rank. 

"For  the  same  reason,  if  you  are  out  drilling  your  company,  never 
pass  across  the  front  of  a  company  commanded  by  a  senior  so  as  to 
cause  him  to  halt  or  mark  time  until  you  are  out  of  the  way.  You 
might  be  a  little  in  advance  of  him,  and  so  have  what  is  commonly 
termed  the  right  of  way,  but  it  would  be  a  courteous  thing  to  do  if 
you  took  a  little  longer  route  and  avoid  delaying  him. 

"I  do  not  mean  that  there  should  be  a  servility  or  fawning  to- 
wards a  superior  officer, — such  a  course  is  detestable;  but  that  there 
should  be  deference,  which  in  official  intercourse  should  be  marked." 

113.  The  nature  and  origin  of  the  civilian  salute.     When  a  gentle- 
man raises  his  hat  to  a  lady  he  is  but  continuing  a  custom  that  had  its 
beginning  in  the  days   of  knighthood,    when   every   knight   wore   his 
helmet  as  a  protection  against  foes.     However,  when  coming  among 
friends,  especially  ladies,  the  knight  would   remove  his  helmet  as  a 
mark  of  confidence  and  trust  in  his  friends.     In  those  days  failure  to 
remove   the  helmet   in   the   presence   of  ladies    signified    distrust  and 
want   of  confidence, — today   it   signifies   impoliteness   and   a   want   of 
good  breeding. 


114 

114.  The  nature  and  origin  of  the  military  salute.  From  time 
immemorial  subordinates  have  always  uncovered  befose  superiors, 
and  equals  have  always  acknowledged  each  other's  presence  by  some 
courtesy, — this  seems  to  be  one  of  the  natural,  nobler  instincts  of 
man.  It  was  not  so  many  years  ago  when  a  sentinel  saluted  not 
only  with  his  gun  but  by  taking  off  his  hat  also.  However,  when 
complicated  headgear  like  the  bearskin  and  the  helmet  came  into  use, 
they  could  not  be  readily  removed  and  the  act  of  removing  the  hat 
was  finally  conventionalized  into  the  present  salute, — into  the  move- 
ment of  the  hand  to  the  visor  as  if  the  hat  were  going  to  be  removed. 

Every  once  in  a  while  a  man  is  found  who  has  the  mistaken  idea 
that  he  smothers  the  American  spirit  of  freedom,  that  he  sacrifices 
his  independence,  by  saluting  his  officers.  Of  course,  no  one  but  an 
anarchist  or  a  man  with  a  small,  shrivelled-up  mind  can  have  such 
ideas. 

Manly  deference  to  superiors,  which  in  military  life  is  merely 
recogniton  of  constituted  authority,  does  not  imply  admission  of 
inferiority  any  more  than  respect  for  law  implies  cowardice. 

The  recruit  should  at  once  rid  himself  of  the  idea  that  saluting 
and  other  forms  of  military  courtesy  are  un-American.  The  salute 
is  the  soldier's  claim  from  the  very  highest  in  the  land  to  instant 
recognition  as  a  soldier.  The  raw  recruit,  by  his  simple  act  of  salut- 
ing, commands  like  honor  from  the  ranking  general  of  the  Army, — 
aye,  from  even  the  President  of  the  United  States. 

While  the  personal  element  naturally  enters  into  the  salute  to  a 
certain  extent,  when  a  soldier  salutes  an  officer  he  is  really  saluting 
the  office  rather  than  the  officer  personally, — the  salute  is  rendered 
as  a  mark  of  respect  to  the  rank,  the  position  that  the  officer  holds, 
to  the  authority  with  which  he  is  vested.  A  man  with  the  true  sol- 
dierly instinct  never  misses  an  opportunity  to  salute  his  officers. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  military  courtesy  is  just  simply  an  applica- 
tion of  common,  every-day  courtesy  and  common  sense.  In  com- 
mon every-day  courtesy  no  man  with  the  instincts  of  a  gentleman 
ever  thinks  about  taking  advantage  of  this  thing  and  that  thing  in 
order  to  avoid  paying  to  his  fellow  man  the  ordinary,  conventional 
courtesies  of  life,  and  if  there  is  ever  any  doubt  about  the  matter,  he 
takes  no  chances  but  extends  the  courtesy.  And  this  is  just  exactly 
what  the  man  who  has  the  instincts  of  a  real  soldier  does  in  the  case 
of  military  courtesy.  The  thought  of  "Should  I  salute  or  should  I  not 
salute"  never  enters  the  mind  of  a  soldier  just  because  he  happens 
to  bfe  in  a  wagon,  in  a  post  office,  etc. 

In  all  armies  of  the  world,  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  required 
to  salute  each  other  whenever  they  meet  or  pass,  the  subordinate 
saluting  first.  The  salute  on  the  part  of  the  subordinate  is  not 
intended  in  any  way  as  an  act  of  degradation  or  a  mark  of  inferiority, 

[59] 


115-116 

but  is  simply  a  military  courtesy  that  is  as  binding  on  the  officer  as 
it  is  on  the  private,  and  just  as  the  enlisted  man  is  required  to  salute 
the  officer  first,  so  is  the  officer  required  to  salute  his  superiors  first. 
It  is  a  bond  uniting  all  in  a  common  profession,  marking  the  fact  that 
above  them  there  is  an  authority  that  both  recognize  and  obey, — 
the  country.  Indeed  by  custom  and  regulations,  it  is  as  obligatory  for 
the  ranking  general  of  the  Army  to  return  the  salute  of  the  recruit, 
as  it  is  for  the  latter  to  give  it. 

Let  it  be  remembered  that  the  military  salute  is  a  form  of  greet- 
ing that  belongs  exclusively  to  the  government, — to  the  soldier,  the 
sailor,  the  marine, — it  is  the  mark  and  prerogative  of  the  military  man 
and  he  should  be  proud  of  having  the  privilege  of  using  that  form  of 
salutation, — a  form  of  salutation  that  marks  him  as  a  member  of  the 
Profession  of  Arms, — the  profession  of  Napoleon,  Wellington,  Grant, 
Lee,  Sherman,  Jackson  and  scores  of  others  of  the  greatest  and  most 
famous  men  the  world  has  ever  known.  The  military  salute  is  ours, 
it  is  ours  only.  Moreover,  it  belongs  only  to  the  soldier  who  is  in 
good  standing,  the  prisoner  under  guard,  for  instance,  not  being 
allowed  to  salute.  Ours  is  a  grand  fraternity  of  men-at-arms,  banded 
together  for  national  defense,  for  the  maintenance  of  law  and  order, 
— we  are  bound  together  by  the  love  and  respect  we  bear  the  flag, — 
we  are  pledged  to  loyalty,  to  one  God,  one  country, — our  lives  are 
dedicated  to  the  defense  of  our  country's  flag, — the  officer  and  the 
private  belong  to  a  brotherhood  whose  regalia  is  the  uniform  of  the 
American  soldier,  and  they  are  known  to  one  another  and  to  all  men, 
by  an  honored  sign  and  symbol  of  knighthood  that  has  come  down  to 
us  from  the  ages— THE  MILITARY  SALUTE! 

WHOM  TO  SALUTE 

115.  General  rule.     Day  or  night,  covered  or  uncovered,  whether 
either   or   both    are   in   uniform   or    civilian    clothes,    a     subordinate 
(whether  officer  or  enlisted  man)   not  in  military  formation,  nor  at 
drill,   work,   games,   or  mess,    salute   all   superiors   whom,  they  meet, 
pass   near,   address,   or  who  address   them.     When   not   on   duty   the 
salute  between  officers  is  usually  accompanied  by  a  verbal  salutation. 

116.  Salutes  by  detachment  and  other  commanders.       (a)  When 
one  person  is  in  command  of  a  unit  and  other  is  not.     Commanders 
of  detachments  or  other  commands  salute  officers  of  grades  higher 
than   themselves,    first   bringing  the   unit   to   attention.      However,   if 
the  person  who  not  commanding  the  unit  is  of  junior  or  equal  grade 
to  the  unit  commander,  then  the  unit  need  not  be  brought  to  atten- 
tion. 

(b)  When  both  persons  are  in  command  of  units.  If  two  de- 
tachments or  other  commands  meet,  their  commanders  exchange 
salutes,  both  commands  being  at  attention. 

[60] 


117-118-119-120-121-122 

117.  Navy,   Marine    Corps,   Volunteer   and   National    Guard    Of- 
ficers.    Soldiers  at  all  times  and  in  all  situations  salute  officers  of  the 
Navy,  Marine  Corps,  and  National  Guard  (when  in  uniform)  the  same 
as  they  salute  officers  of  the  Regular  Army. 

118.  Reserve    Corps    Officers.     Although    the    subject    is    not   at 
present  (May,  1917)  covered  by  orders  or  regulations,  it  goes  without 
saying  that  soldiers  would  salute  members  of  the   Officers'   Reserve 
Corps  on  active  duty  the  same  as  they  salute  their  own  officers. 

119.  Foreign   naval   and   military   officers.     The    Manual    of   In- 
terior Guard  Duty  requires  sentinels  to  salute  foreign  naval  and  mili- 
tary officers,  but  there  are  no  instructions  about  other  enlisted  men 
saluting  them.     However,  as   an  act   of  international  courtesy,  they 
should  be  saluted  the  same  as  our  own  officers. 


120.  Saluting   distance.     Saluting   distance   is  that   within   which 
recognition  is  easy.     In  general,  it  does  not  exceed  30  paces. 

As  to  the  distance  at  which  the  salute  should  be  made,  the  fol- 
lowing is  what  has  been  the  practice  in  the  Army: 

In  approaching  or  passing  each  other  within  saluting  distance, 
individuals  or  bodies  of  troops  exchange  salutes  when  at  a  distance 
of  about  six  paces.  If  they  do  not  approach  each  other  that  closely, 
the  salute  is  exchanged  at  the  point  of  nearest  approach.  For 
instance,  if  the  officer  and  soldier  are  approaching  each  other  on  the 
same  sidewalk,  the  hand  is  brought  up  to  the  head-dress  when  about 
six  paces  from  the  officer.  If  they  are  on  opposite  sides  of  the  street, 
the  hand  is  brought  up  when  about  ten  paces  in  advance  of  the 
officer.  If  the  officer  and  soldier  are  not  going  in  opposite  directions 
and  the  officer  does  not  approach  within  six  paces,  the  salute  is  ren- 
dered when  the  officer  reaches  the  nearest  point  to  the  soldier.  If 
a  soldier  passes  an  officer  from  the  rear,  the  hand  is  raised  as  he 
reaches  the  officer;  if  an  officer  passes  a  soldier  from  the  rear,  the 
soldier  salutes  just  as  the  officer  is  about  to  pass  him. 

121.  When  making  or  receiving  reports.    When  making  or  re- 
ceiving official  reports  all  officers  salute.     Military  courtesy  requires 
the  junior  to  salute   first,  but  when  the   salute  is   introductory  to  a 
report  made  at  a  military  ceremony  or  formation  to  the  representative 
of  a  common  superior, — as,  for  example,  to  the  adjutant,  officer  of  the 
day,  etc., — the  officer  making  the  report,  whatever  his  rank,  will  salute 
first;  the  officer  to  whom  the  report  is  made  will  acknowledge,  by 
saluting,  that  he  has  received  and  understood  the  report. 

122.  Officer  entering  room  occupied  by  soldiers.    When  an  of- 
ficer enters  a  room  where  there  are  several  enlisted  men,  the  word 
"attention"  is  given  by  some  one  who  perceives  him,  when  all  rise, 

[61] 


123-124-125-126-127-128-129-130-131-132 

uncover,  and  remain  standing  at  attention  until  the  officer  leaves  the 
room  or  directs  otherwise. 

123.  At  meals.     Enlisted  men  at  meals  stop  eating  and  remain 
seated  at  attention  when  an  officer  enters  the  room. 

124.  When  seated.     An  enlisted  man,  if  seated,  rises  on  the  ap- 
proach   of   an    officer,    faces     toward    him,    stands    at     attention,   and 
salutes.     Standing  he  faces  an  officer  for  the  same  purpose.     If  the 
parties  remain  in  the  same  place  or  on  the  same  ground,  such'  com- 
pliments need  not  be  repeated. 

125.  Soldier    indoors.      Indoors,    an    unarmed    enlisted    man    un- 
covers and  stands  at  attention  upon  the  approach  of  an  officer.     If 
armed  with  rifle,  he  renders  the  rifle  salute  at  the  order  or  trail. 

(NOTE — According    to    custom,    the    term    "indoors"  is    interpreted    as    meaning 

military   offices,   barracks,    quarters   and   similar  places, — it  does   not    mean   such    public 

places    as    stores,    storehouses,    riding    halls,    stables,    post  exchange    buildings,    hotels, 

places  of  amusement,  and  railway  and  steamboat  stations.  In  such  places  an  unarmed 
soldier  renders  the  right  hand  salute.) 

126.  Officer  approaching  number  of  soldiers  in  open.     When  an 
officer  approaches  a  number  of  enlisted  men  out  of  doors,  the  word 
"attention"   should   be   given   by   someone   who   perceives   him,    when 
all  stand  at  attention  and  all  salute.     It  is  customary  for  all  to  salute 
at  or  about  the  same  instant,  taking  the  time  from  the  soldier  nearest 
the  officer,  and  who  salutes  when  the  officer  is  six  paces  from  him. 

127.  At  work.     Soldiers  actually  at  work  do  not  cease  work  to 
salute  an  officer  unless  addressed  by  him. 

128.  Riding  in  wagon.     A  soldier  riding  in  a  wagon  should  salute 
officers  that  he  passes.     He  would  salute  without  rising.     Likewise, 
a    soldier    driving    a    wagon    should    salute,    unless    both    hands    are 
occupied. 

129.  Passing  officer  on  staircase.     It  is  customary  for  a  soldier 
who  is  passed  by  an  officer  on  a  staircase  to  come  to  a  halt  and  stand 
at  attention. 

130.  Addressing  or  being  addressed  by   an  officer.     Before   ad- 
dressing an  officer,  or  when  addressed  by  an  officer,  an  enlisted  man 
makes  the  prescribed  salute  with  the  weapon  with  which  he  is  armed; 
or,. if  unarmed,  with  the  right  hand.     He  also  makes  the  same  salute 
after  receiving  a  reply. 

131.  How  salutes  are  rendered  in  uniform.     In  uniform,  covered 
or  uncovered,  but  not  in  formation,   officers  and  enlisted  men  salute 
military  persons  as  follows:     With  arms  in  hand,  the  salute  prescribed 
for   that   arm    (sentinels    on   interior   guard    duty   excepted);    without 
arms,  the  right  hand  salute. 

132.  Rifle  salute.     Enlisted  men  out  of  doors  and  armed  with  the 
rifle,  salute  with  the  piece  at  the  right  shoulder;  if  indoors,  the  rifle 
salute  is  rendered  at  the  order  or  trail. 

[62] 


-133-134-135-136-137-138-139-140-141 

133.  Saber  salute.     An  enlisted  man  armed  with  the  saber  ren- 
ders the  saber  salute,  if  the  saber  is  drawn;  otherwise,  he  salutes  with 
the  hand. 

134.  Sentinels     on     post.     A    soldier    salutes    with    the    "present 
arms"  only  when  actually  on  post  as  a  sentinel  doing  interior  guard 
duty.     At  all  other  times  when  armed  with  the  rifle  he  -salutes  with 
the  prescribed  rifle  salute. 

The  general  rules  and  principles  of  saluting  apply  to  sentinels  on 
post  doing  interior  guard  duty,  except,  as  just  stated,  they  salute  by 
presenting  arms  when  armed  with  the  rifle.  However,  they  do  not 
salute  if  it  interferes  with  the  proper  performance  of  their  duties. 

135.  How'  salutes    are    rendered    in   civilian   dress.     In    civilian 
dress,    covered    or   uncovered,    officers   and    enlisted   men   will   salute 
military  persons  with  the  right  hand  salute. 

136.  Rendering  salutes  in  military  manner.     Officers  and  enlisted 
men  are  required  by  regulations  to  render  the  prescribed  salutes  in  a 
military  manner,  the  officer  junior  in  rank  or  the  enlisted  man  salut- 
ing first. 

137.  Several  officers  in  company.     When  several  officers  in  com- 
pany are  saluted,  all  entitled  to  the  salute  return  it. 

138.  Mounted  officer  (or  soldier)  dismounting  before  addressing 
superior.     Except  in  the  field  under  campaign  or  simulated  campaign 
conditions,  a  mounted  officer  (or  soldier)   dismounts  before  address- 
ing a  superior  not  mounted. 

139.  Man  addressed  in  formation.     A  man  in  formation  shall  not 
salute  when  directly  addressed,  but  shall  come  to  attention,  if  at  rest 
or  at  ease. 

140.  In  public  places  and   conveyances.     In  public  conveyances, 
such  as  railway  trains  and  street  cars,  and  in  public  places,   such  as 
theaters,  honors  and  personal  salutes  may  be  omitted  when  palpably 
inappropriate  or  apt  to  disturb  or  annoy  civilians  present. 

For  instance,  as  a  rule,  it  may  be  said  that  an  enlisted  man  riding 
in  a  street  car,  or  in' the  act  of  purchasing  goods  in  a  store,  or  eating 
in  a  restaurant,  would  not  salute  unless  addressed  by  an  officer. 
However,  in  case  of  a  soldier  occupying  a  seat  in  a  crowded  street 
or  railway  car,  if  he  recognizes  a  person  standing  to  be  an  officer,  it 
would  be  but  an  act  of  courtesy  for  him  to  rise,  salute  and  offer  the 
officer  his  seat. 

141.  No  saluting  at  double  time,  trot  or  gallop.     Salutes  are  not 
rendered  when  marching  in  double  time  or  at  the.  trot  or  gallop.     The 
soldier  must  first  come  to  quick  time  or  walk  before  saluting. 

The  question  of  gait  applies  to  the  person  saluting  and  not  to 
the  one  saluted, — so,  a  soldier  would  salute  an  officer  who  was  pass- 
ing in  double  time  or  at  a  trot  or  gallop. 

[63] 


142-143-144-145-146 

142.  Enlisted  men  in  command  of  detachment.     A  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  private  in  command  of  a  detachment  without  arms, 
salutes  all  officers  with  the  hand,  but  if  the  detachment  be  on  foot 
and  armed  with  the  rifle,  he  makes  the  rifle  salute,  and  if  armed  with 
a  saber  he  salutes  with  it. 

143.  Salutes    not   rendered   by    troops    at    drill,    on   march,   etc. 
Salutes  and  honors,  as  a  rule,  are  not  paid  by  troops  actually  engaged 
in  drill,  on  the  march,  or  in  the  field  under  campaign  or  simulated 
campaign  conditions.     Troops  on  the  service  of  security  pay  no  com- 
pliments whatever,  and  nor  do  troops   in  trenches  pay  any  honors. 
However,   troops    on   the   march   and   in   trenches   may  be   called   to 
attention. 

144.  Bringing  command  to  present  arms  or  sabers  before  com- 
mander salutes.     If  the  command  is  in  line  at  a  halt  (not  in  the  field) 
and  armed  with  the  rifle,  or  with  sabers  drawn,  it  is  brought  to  pre- 
sent arms  or  present  sabers  before  its  commander  salutes  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases:    When  the  National  Anthem  is  played,  or  when  to  the 
color  or  to  the  standard  is  sounded  during  ceremonies,  or  when  a  per- 
son is  saluted  who  is  its  immediate  or  higher  commander  or  a  gen- 
eral officer,  or  when  the  national  or  regimental  color  is  saluted. 

145.  Saluting  at  parades   and   other  ceremonies   while   National 
Anthem  is  played.     At  parades  and  other  ceremonies,  under  arms,  the 
command  shall  .render  the  prescribed  salute  and  shall  remain  in  the 
position  of  salute  while  the  National  Anthem  is  being  played;  also 
at  retreat  and  during  ceremonies  when  to  the  color  is  played,  if  no 
band  is  present.    If  not  under  arms,  the  organization  shall  be  brought 
to  attention  at  the  first  note  of  the  National  Anthem,  to  the  color  or 
to  the  standard,  and  the  salute  rendered  by  the  officer  or  non-com- 
missioned officer  in  command  as  prescribed  in  regulations. 

146.  Saluting    by    individuals    during    playing    of    the    National 
Anthem;  or  sounding  of  to  the  color;  same  respect  to  national  anthem 
of  other  countries.     Whenever  the  National  Anthem  is  played  at  any 
place   where   persons  belonging  to  the   military   service   are   present, 
all  officers  and  enlisted  men  not  in  formation  shall  stand  at  attention 
facing   toward    the  music    (except   at    retreat,    when    they    shall    face 
toward  the  flag).     If  in  uniform,  covered  or  uncovered,  or  in  civilian 
clothes,  uncovered,  they  shall  salute  at  the  first  note  of  the  anthem, 
retaining  the  position  of  salute  until  the  last  note  of  the  anthem.     If 
not  in  uniform  and  covered,  they  shall  uncover  at  the  first  note  of  the 
anthem,    holding   the    head-dress   opposite    the   left   shoulder    and    so 
remain   until   its  close,   except   that  in   inclement   weather   the   head- 
dress may  be  slightly  raised. 

The  same  rules  apply  when  to  the  color  or  to  the  standard  is 
sounded  as  when  the  National  Anthem  is  played. 

[64] 


147-148-149-150-15>152 

When  played  by  an  Army  band,  the  National  Anthem  shall  be 
played  through  without  repetition  of  any  part  not  required  to  be 
repeated  to  make  it  complete. 

The  same  mark  of  respect  prescribed  for  observance  during  the 
playing  of  the  National  Anthem  of  the  United  States  shall  be  shown 
toward  the  national  anthem  of  any  other  country  when  played  upon, 
official  occasions. 

147.  Saluting  the   color.     Officers   and   enlisted   men  passing  the 
uncased  color  will  render  honors  as  follows:     If  in  uniform,  they  will 
salute  as  required  by  paragraph  131;  if  in  civilian  dress  and  covered, 
they  will  uncover,  holding  the  headdress   opposite   the   left  shoulder 
with   the   right  hand;   if  uncovered,  they  will   salute  with  the  right- 
hand  salute. 

Usual  Mistakes  in  Saluting 

148.  The  following  are  the  mistakes  usually  made  by  soldiers  in 
rendering  salutes: 

(1)  They  do  not  begin  the  salute   soon  enough;  often  they  do 
not  raise  the  hand  to  the  headdress  until  they  are  only  a  pace  or  two 
from  the   officer — the  salute   should  always  begin  when  at  least  six 
paces  from  the  officer. 

(2)  They    do    not    turn   the    head    and    eyes    toward    the    officer 
saluted — the  head  and  eyes  should  always  be  turned  toward  the  officer 
saluted  and  kept  turned  as  long  as  the  hand  is  raised. 

(3)  The   hand  is  not  kept  to   the   headdress  until   the   salute  is 
acknowledged — the  hand  should  always  be  kept  raised  until  the  salute 
has  been  acknowledged,  or  it  is  evident  the  officer  has  not  seen  the 
saluter. 

(4)  The  salute  is  often  rendered  in  an  indifferent,  lax  manner — 
the  salute   should   always  be   rendered  with   life,   snap   and  vim;   the 
soldier  should  always  render  a  salute  as  if  he  meant  it. 

Miscellaneous 

149.  Officer   walking   or   riding   with    senior.     When    walking   or 
horseback   riding  with  a  senior,  remain  on  his   left,  and  if  on   foot, 
keep  step  with  him.     Likewise,  if  riding  in  a  carriage  with  a  superior, 
always  sit  on  his  left. 

150.  Soldier   walking   with    officer.     A    soldier   accompanying  an 
officer  walks  on  the  officer's  left  and  about  one  pace  to  his  rear. 

151.  Prisoners   do   not  salute.     Prisoners    do    not    salute    officers. 
They  merely  stand  at  attention.     In  some  commands  it  is  customary 
for  paroled  prisoners  and  others  who  are  not  under  the   immediate 
charge  of  sentinels,  to  fold  their  arms  when  passing  or  addressing  of- 
ficers. 

152.  Unmilitary  salutes.     It  is  very  unmilitary  to  salute  with  the 
coat  unbuttoned  or  with  hand  in  the  pocket,  or  a  cigarette,  cigar  or 
pipe  in  the  mouth. 

[65] 


153-154 

153.  Saluting    ladies.     Until    recently    (March,    1917)    the    Army 
Regulations    required   officers   and   enlisted    men    to    salute   everyone, 
including  ladies,  with  the  military  salute,  but  a  recent  change  in  the 
Army  Regulations  omitted  this  requirement.     However,  the   require- 
ment that  existed   until  recently  has  established   quite   generally  the 
practice    of    officers    saluting    ladies    with    the    military    salute.      The 
author  would  say  in  this  connection  that  some  of  our  best  and  most 
experienced  officers  have  always  been  of  the  opinion  that  it  is  illogical 
and  unmilitary  for  a  military  man  in  uniform  to  tip  his  hat  to  a  lady. 
The  military  salute  is  the  mark  and  privilege  of  the  military  man  and 
should,    therefore,    be    used   by   him    in    saluting    everyone.      In    fact, 
officers  and  men  of  all  European  armies  without  exception,   and  as 
far  as  the  author  knows,  of  all  the  other  armies  of  the  world  except 
ours,   salute   with   the   military  salute   all   persons,   whether  ladies   or 
civilians,  as  a  form  of  greeting. 

154.  Not  dropping  hand  or  weapon  until  salute  has  been  acknowl- 
edged.    In   saluting,   the  hand  or  weapon  is  held  in   the  position   of 
salute  until  the  salute  has  been  acknowledged  or  until  the  officer  has 
passed  or  has  been  passed. 


[66] 


155 


CHAPTER  III 

HOW  TO  SUCCEED  IN  THE  ARMY 

155.  Make  yourself  useful — that's  the  way  many  of  our  most 
prominent  men  in  the  army  and  in  civil  life  have  succeeded. 

HOW  TO  MAKE  YOURSELF  USEFUL 

1  WHATEVER  You  Do,  it  matters  not  how  unimportant,  Do  THOR- 
OUGHLY— WITH  ALL  YOUR  MIGHT — WITH  YOUR  WHOLE  HEART  AND  SOUL 
— as  if  your  very  life  depended  on  it — and  then  look  for  something  else 
to  do. 

Almost  any  officer  can  do  a  thing  fairly  well.  Many  can  do  a 
thing  very  well.  A  few  can  do  a  thing  superbly  well.  But  the  one 
who,  through  zeal,  energy,  enthusiasm,  patience,  and  persistence,  STAMPS 
EVERYTHING  HE  DOES  WITH  His  PERSONALITY,  MAKING  IT  INDIVIDUAL 
AND  DISTINCT,  is  the  one  who,  in  the  Army  like  in  every  other  field  of 
human  endeavor  will  succeed.  Such  a  man  can't  help  but  succeed — you 
might  as  well  try  to  stop  the  waters  -  of  Niagara  as  to  stop  him  from 
succeeding. 

2  Do   NOT   CONFINE    YOURSELF   TO    DOING    ONLY   WHAT   You   ARE 
TOLD  TO  Do — only  what  your  captain,  your  commanding  officer,  the  Army 
Regulations  or  general  orders  tell  you  to  do — Do  MORE  THAN  You  ARE 
TOLD  TO  Do.     There  are  always  other  things  to  be  done — HUNT  FOR  THEM 
(you'll  be  able  to  find  them)  AND  DO  THEM. 

3  Do    NOT    PROCRASTINATE — whenever   you   have    something   to    do, 
Do  IT,  and  DO  IT  at  once — don't  put  it  off!     Make  it  an  invariable  rule 
at  the  very  beginning  of  your  career  never  to  put  off  until  to-morrow 
what  you  can  do  to-day. 

4  Always  endeavor  to  ANTICIPATE  THE  WISHES  OF  YOUR  SUPERIORS, 
putting  yourself  in  their  place  and  doing  what  you  would  have  your  sub- 
ordinates do  for  you. 

5  When  directed  to  do  a  thing,  if  you  can't  do  it  at  first,  do  not 
then   report  you  can't   do   it,  but  TRY   SOME  OTHER  WAY,  and  keep   on 
TRYING  SOME  OTHER  WAY  until  you  have  either  succeeded  or  have  ex- 
hausted every  possible  means  you  can  think  of.     It  is  really  astonishing 
how  comparatively  few  things  in  this  world  can  not  be  done,  if  one  only 
tries  hard  enough  to  do  them. 

And  when  given  a  task  by  the  commanding  officer  or  any  other 
superior,  do  not  pester  him  by  continually  reporting  what  you  are  doing, 
the  difficulties  that  are  being  encountered,  getting  his  opinion  about  this 

[67] 


155  (contd.) 

and  that,  etc.  RememUpr,  it  is  the  RESULT  that  your  superior  wants — 
the  result  that  it  is  "up' to"  YOU  to  accomplish — he  doesn't  want  his  time 
taken  up  and  his  patience  tried  in  the  manner  stated,  by  sharing  your 
troubles,  etc. — probably  he  has  some  of  his  own.  So,  unless  absolutely 
necessary  in  order  to  get  some  point  cleared  which  can  be  cleared  only 
by  the  superior  himself,  or  to  have  some  obstacle  overcome  which  can 
be  overcome  only  by  the  superior  himself,  keep  away  from  him  until  you 
are  ready  to  "deliver  the  goods." 

6  Do  not  confine  yourself  to  THINKING,  to  DREAMING.    It  is 
not  enough  to  have  ideas — ideas  alone  mean  nothing — they  must  be  put 
into  effect.     One  idea  that  is  carried  out,  that  is  given  body  and  form — 
one  idea  that  assumes  definite,  tangible  form  and  bears  concrete  results,  is 
worth  a  million  ideas  that  are  born  but  to  die. 

Get  into  the  habit  of  following  things  up,  of  "camping  on  a  fellow's 
trail."  If,  for  instance,  you  wish  to  get  something  from  the  Quartermas- 
ter's Corps,  or  if  you  wish  to  have  the  Quartermaster's  Corps  do  some- 
thing for  you,  don't  stop  when  your  request  goes  in,  but  keep  the  matter 
before  you  as  "unfinished  business"  until  you  have  gotten  what  you  went 
after,  or  it  becomes  very  evident  that  the  article  can  not  be  gotten  or  the 
thing  can  not  be  done — and  remember,  as  stated  before,  that  there  are 
comparatively  few  things  in  this  world  that  can  not  be  done,  if  you  only 
try  hard  enough.  The  making  of  a  request  is  only  the  beginning — unless 
you  follow  it  up  it  may  (and  often  does)  mean  nothing. 

7  Last,  but  not  least,  don't  allow  yourself  to  get  into  the  unfor- 
tunate,   annoying,    pestiferous    mental    attitude    of    always    finding    rea- 
sons why  things  can't  be  done.     There  are  some  unfortunate  human  beings 
in  this  world  who,  as  soon  as  a  thing  to  be  done  is  mentioned,  at  once 
and  instinctively  begin  to  think  up  and  advance  reasons  why  it  can't  be 
done.     Such  an  attitude  is  a  mental  condition — a  form  of  mental  disease 
that  stamps  the  man  as  "a  dead  one,"  a  pessimistic  creature  whose  mission 
in  life  is  to  obstruct  and  retard  progress,  and  annoy,  hamper  and  pester 
"the  live  ones"— those  who  DO  THINGS  and   PRODUCE   RESULTS 
in  the  game  of  life. 

If  you  haven't  it  already,  cultivate  and  develop  the  opposite  mental 
attitude — that  is,  as  soon  as  a  thing  to  be  done  is  mentioned  by  a  superior 
begin  at  once  and  instinctively  to  think  up  different  means  and  ways  in 
which  it  can  be  done,  bearing  in  mind  "Stonewall"  Jackson's  motto,  "Any 
man  can  do  anything  that  he  REALLY  wants  to  do." 

Remember,  the  man  who  succeeds  in  this  world  is  the  man  who 
ATTRACTS  ATTENTION  and  the  man  who  ATTRACTS  ATTENTION  is  the  man 
who  DOES  THINGS — not  the  man  who  TALKS  about  doing  things. 

It  is  safe  ^o  say  any  young  officer  who  follows  the  above  prin- 
ciples will  not  only,  in  the  course  of  time,  become  generally  and  favor- 
ably known  throughout  the  Army,  but  he  will  also  ultimately  rise  to 
a  position  of  prominence  and  influence.  It  may  be  a  long  time — per- 

[68] 


156 

haps  five,  ten,  or  even  fifteen  years — before  your  efforts  are  fully 
recognized  and  rewarded,  but  don't  be  discouraged — remember  this  has 
been  the  experience  of  some  of  our  greatest  generals  and  our  greatest 
railroad  presidents,  merchants,  bankers,  and  other  recognized  leaders,  but 
that's  the  way  they  succeeded. 

Pertinent  to  this  subject  the  following  is  reproduced  by  kind  per- 
mission of  the  author,  Mr.  Elbert  Hubbard: 

156.  A  MESSAGE  TO  GARCIA 

In  all  this  Cuban  business  there  is  one  man  stands  out  on  the 
horizon  of  my  memory,  like  Mars  at  perihelion.  When  war  broke  out 
between  Spain  and  the  United  States,  it  was  very  necessary  to  com- 
municate quickly  with  the  leader  of  the  Insurgents.  Garcia  was  some- 
where in  the  mountain  fastnesses  of  Cuba — no  one  knew  where.  No 
mail  nor  telegraph  message  could  reach  him.  The  President  must  secure 
his  co-operation,  and  quickly. 

What  to  do ! 

Some  one  said  to  the  President,  "There's  a  fellow  by  the  name  of 
Rowan  will  find  Garcia  for  you,  if  anybody  can." 

Rowan  was  sent  for  and  given  a  letter  to  be  delivered  to  Garcia. 
How  "the  fellow  by  the  name  of  Rowan"  took  the  letter,  sealed  it  up 
in  an  oil-skin  pouch,  strapped  it  over  his  heart,  in  four  days  landed 
by  night  off  the  coast  of  Cuba  from  an  open  boat,  disappeared  into 
the  jungle,  and  in  three  weeks  came  out  on  the  other  side  of  the  island, 
having  traversed  a  hostile  country  on  foot,  and  delivered  his  letter  to 
Garcia,  are  things  I  have  no  special  desire  now  to  tell  in  detail. 

The  point  I  wish  to  make  is  this:  McKinley  gave  Rowan  a  let- 
ter to  be  delivered  to  Garcia ;  Rowan  took  the  letter  and  did  not  ask, 
"Where  is  he  at?"  By  the  Eternal!  there  is  a  man  whose  form  should 
be  cast  in  deathless  bronze  and  the  statue  placed  in  every  college  of 
the  land.  It  is  not  book  learning  young  men  need,  nor  instruction  about 
this  and  that,  but  a  stiffening  of  the  vertebrae  which  will  cause  them  to  be 
loyal  to  a  trust,  to  act  promptly,  concentrate  their  energies ;  do  the  thing — 
"carry  a  message  to  Garcia  !" 

General  Garcia  is  dead  now,  but  there  are  other  Garcias. 

No  man,  who  has  endeavored  to  carry  out  an  enterprise  where 
many  hands  were  needed,  but  has  been  well-nigh  appalled  at  times  by 
the  imbecility  of  the  average  man — the  inability  or  unwillingness  to  con- 
centrate on  a  thing  and  do  it.  Slip-shod  assistance,  foolish  inattention, 
dowdy  indifference,  and  half-hearted  work  seem  the  rule;  and  no  man 
succeeds,  unless  by  hook  or  crook,  or  threat,  he  forces  or  bribes  other 
men  to  assist  him;  or  mayhap,  God  in  His  goodness  performs  a  miracle, 
and  sends  him  an  Angel  of  Light  for  an  assistant.  You,  reader,  put  this 
matter  to  a  test:  You  are  sitting  now  in  your  office — six  clerks  are 
within  call.  Summon  any  one  and  make  this  request :  "Please  look  in  the 

[69] 


156  (contd.) 

encyclopedia  and  make  a  brief  memorandum  for  me  concerning  the  life 
of  Correggio." 

Will  the  clerk  quietly  say,  "Yes  sir,"  and  go  do  the  task? 

On  your  life,  he  will  not.  He  will  look  at  you  out  of  a  fishy  eye, 
and  ask  one  or  more  of  the  following  questions: 

Who  was  he? 

Which  encyclopedia? 

Where  is  the  encyclopedia? 

Was  I  hired  for  that? 

Don't  you  mean  Bismarck? 

What's  the  matter  with  Charlie  doing  it? 

Is  he  dead? 

Is  there  any  hurry? 

Shan't  I  bring  you  the  book  and  let  you  look  it  up  yourself? 

What  do  you  want  to  know  for? 

And  I  will  lay  you  ten  to  one  that  after  you  have  answered  the 
questions,  and  explained  how  to  find  the  information,  and  why  you 
want  it,  the  clerk  will  go  off  and  get  one  of  the  other  clerks  to  help 
him  try  to  find  Garcia — and  then  come  back  and  tell  you  there  is  no 
such  man.  Of  course,  I  may  lose  my  bet,  but  according  to  the  Law  of 
Average,  I  will  not. 

Now  if  you  are  wise  you  will  not  bother  to  explain  to  your 
"assistant"  that  Correggio  is  indexed  under  the  C's,  not  in  the  K's,  but 
you  will  smile  sweetly  and  say,  "Never  mind,"  and  go  look  it  up  yourself. 

And  this  incapacity  for  independent  action,  this  moral  stupidity,  this 
infirmity  of  the  will,  this  unwillingness  to  cheerfully  catch  hold  and  lift, 
are  the  things  that  put  pure  socialism  so  far  into  the  future.  If  men  will 
not  act  for  themselves,  what  will  they  do  when  the  benefit  of  their  effort 
is  for  all?  A  first  mate  with  knotted  club  seems  necessary;  and  the 
dread  of  getting  "the  bounce"  Saturday  night  holds  many  a  worker  to 
his  place. 

Advertise  for  a  stenographer,  and  nine  out  of  ten  who  apply  can 
neither  spell  nor  punctuate — and  do  not  think  it  necessary  to. 

Can  such  a  one  write  a  letter  to  Garcia? 

"You  see  that  book-keeper,"  said  the  foreman  to  me  in  a  large 
factory. 

"Yes,  what  about  him?" 

"Well,  he's  a  fine  accountant,  but  if  I'd  send  him  up  town  on  an 
errand,  he  might  accomplish  the  errand  all  right  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
might  stop  at  four  saloons  on  the  way,  and  when  he  got  to  Main  street, 
would  forget  what  he  had  been  sent  for." 

Can  such  a  man  be  entrusted  to  carry  a  message  to  Garcia? 

We  have  recently  been  hearing  much  maudlin  sympathy  expressed 
for  the  "down-trodden  denizen  of  the  sweat-shop"  and  the  "homeless 

[70] 


156  (contd.) 

wanderer  searching  for  honest  employment,"  and  with  it  all  often  go 
many  hard  words  for  the  men  in  power. 

Nothing  is  said  about  the  employer  who  grows  old  before  his  time 
in  a  vain  attempt  to  get  frowsy  ne'er-do-wells  to  do  intelligent  work;  and 
his  long,  patient  striving  with  "help"  that  do  nothing  but  loaf  when  his 
back  is  turned.  In  every  store  and  factory  there  is  a  constant  weeding- 
out  process  going  on.  The  employer  is  constantly  sending  away  "help" 
that  have  shown  their  incapacity  to  further  the  interests  of  the  business, 
and  others  are  being  taken  on.  No  matter  how  good  times  are,  this  sort- 
ing continues,  only  if  times  are  hard  and  work  is  scarce,  the  sorting 
is  done  finer — but  out  and  forever  out,  the  incompetent  and  unworthy  go. 
It  is  the  survival  of  the  fittest.  Self-interest  prompts  every  employer  to 
keep  the  best — those  who  can  carry  a  message  to  Garcia. 

I  know  one  man  of  really  brilliant  parts  who  has  not  the  ability 
to  manage  a  business  of  his  own,  and  yet  who  is  absolutely  worthless 
to  anyone  else,  because  he  carries  with  him  constantly  the  insane  sus- 
picion that  his  employer  is  oppressing,  or  intending  to  oppress  him.  He 
can  not  give  orders,  and  he  will  not  receive  them.  Should  a  message 
be  given  him  to  take  to  Garcia,  his  answer  would  probably  be,  "Take  it 
yourself." 

To-night  this  man  walks  the  streets  looking  for  work,  the  wind 
whistling  through  his  threadbare  coat.  No  one  who  knows  him  dare 
employ  him,  for  he  is  a  regular  firebrand  of  discontent.  He  is  im- 
pervious to  reason,  and  the  only  thing  that  can  impress  him  is  the  toe 
of  a  thick-soled  No.  9  boot. 

Of  course  I  know  that  one  so  morally  deformed  is  no  less  to  be 
pitied  than  a  physical  cripple;  but  in  our  pitying,  let  us  drop  a  tear, 
too,  for  the  men  who  are  striving  to  carry  on  a  great  enterprise, 
whose  working  hours  are  not  limited  by  the  whistle,  and  whose  hair 
is  fast  turning  white  through  the  struggle  to  hold  in  line  dowdy  indif- 
ference, slip-shod  imbecility,  and  the  heartless  ingratitude  which,  but  for 
their  enterprise,  would  be  both  hungry  and  homeless. 

Have  I  put  the  matter  too  strongly?  Possibly  I  have;  but  when  all 
the  world  has  gone  a-slumming  I  wish  to  speak  a  word  of  sympathy 
for  the  man  who  succeeds — the  man  who,  against  great  odds,  has  directed 
the  efforts  of  others,  and,  having  succeeded,  finds  there's  nothing  in  it, 
nothing  but  bare  board  and  clothes. 

I  have  carried  a  dinner  pail  and  worked  for  days'  wages,  and  I 
have  also  been  an  employer  of  labor,  and  I  know  there  is  something  to 
be  said  on  both  sides.  There  is  no  excellence,  per  se,  in  poverty;  rags 
are  no  recommendation ;  and  all  employers  are  not  rapacious  and  high- 
handed, any  more  than  all  poor  men  are  virtuous. 

My  heart  goes  out  to  the  man  who  does  his  work  when  the  "boss"  is 
away,  as  well  as  when  he  is  at  home.  'And  the  man  who,  when  given  a 
letter  for  Garcia,  quietly  takes  the  missive,  without  asking  any  idiotic 

[71] 


156  (contd.) 

questions,  and  with  no  lurking  intention  of  chucking  it  into  the  nearest 
sewer,  or  of  doing  aught  else  but  deliver  it,  never  gets  "laid  off,"  nor  has 
to  go  on  a  strike  for  higher  wages.  Civilization  is  one  long,  anxious 
search  for  just  such  individuals.  Anything  such  a  man  asks  shall  be 
granted;  his  kind  are  so  rare  that  no  employer  can  afford  to  let  him  go. 
He  is  wanted  in  every  city,  town  and  village — in  every  office,  shop,  store 
and  factory.  The  world  cries  out  for  such ;  he  is  needed,  and  needed 
badly — the  man  who  can  carry  a  message  to  Garcia. 


[72] 


157-158-159-160-161 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  REGULAR  ARMY 

157.  The  Staff  and  the  Line.     The  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the 
Army  are  divided  into  two  grand  divisions,  viz:     The  Staff  and  the 
Line. 

158.  The     Staff.      The     clothing,     food,     shelter,     transportation, 
armament,    payment,    medical    attendance,    inspection,    administration 
of  justice,  means  of  communication,   etc.,   are   provided   through   the 
Staff    departments    (also    called    supply    departments).     However,    a 
large  portion  of  the  duties  in  this  connection  devolve  upon  officers  of 
the  Line. 

The  Staff  consists  of:  The  General  Staff  Corps,  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral's Department,  Inspection  General's  Department,  Judge  Advocate 
General's  Department,  Quartermaster  Corps,  Engineer  Department, 
Medical  Department,  and  Signal  Corps. 

Although  staff  officers  are  eligible  to  command  according  to 
rank,  they  cannot  assume  command  of  troops  unless  put  on  duty 
under  orders  which  specifically  so  direct,  by  authority  of  the  Presi- 
dent. 

Officers  of  the  Medical  Corps  cannot,  by  law,  exercise  command 
except  in  their  own  department. 

159.  The  Line.     The  Line  is  the  fighting  part  of  the  Army — the 
part  that  does  the  marching,  campaigning  and  fighting,  and  consists  of 
the  Infantry,  Cavalry,   Field  Artillery,   Coast  Artillery,  and  the   Engi- 
neer Regiments,  which  are  called  arms  or  branches  of  the  service. 

(NOTE — Although  aviators  often  do  aerial  fighting,  they  are  not  considered  as 
a  part  of  the  Line.) 

The  Infantry,  Cavalry  and  Field  Artillery  constitute  the  Mobile 
Army. 

160.  Commander-in-Chief.     By    the    Constitution    of   the    United 
States,    the    President    is    Commander-in-Chief    of    the    Army.      This 
power   is   confided  in   him  to   be   exercised   at   his  discretion,   but   is 
habitually  exercised  through  the  Secretary  of  War  and  the  Chief  of 
Staff. 

161.  Secretary  of  War.     The  Secretary  of  War,  who  is  the  head  of 
the  War  Department,  is  charged  with  carrying  out  the  policies  of  the 
President  in  military  matters.    Under  the  supervision  of  the  President, 
he  has  the  care  and  control  of  the  Army. 

[73] 


162-163-164-165-166 

162.  Chief  of  Staff.     The  Chief  of  Staff,  who  is  detailed  by  the 
President,  in  time  of  peace  from  the  major  generals  of  the  line,  for 
four  years,  acts  as  military  adviser  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  tinder 
whose  direction  he  supervises  all  troops  of  the  line,  and  the  various 
staff  departments.     One  of  the  most  important  duties  of  the  Chief  of 
Staff    is    to    co-ordinate   the    work    of   the    various    War    Department 
bureaus.     In  addition  to  his  advisory  and  supervisory  duties  he  is  also 
the  head  of  the  General  Staff  Corps. 

163.  War  Department.     The   Secretary   of  War  administers   and 
directs  the  affairs  of  the  Army  through  the  War  Department,  which 
consists  of  the  War  Department  General  Staff,  the  office  of  the  Chief 
of  Coast  Artillery,  and  the  following  bureaus  or  departments: 
Adjutant  General's  Department  Corps  of  Engineers 
Inspector  General's  Department  Ordnance   Department 
Judge  Advocate  General's  Department     Signal  Corps 
Quartermaster  Corps  Bureau    of    Insular    Affairs 
Medical  Department  Militia  Bureau 

164.  Authorized  enlisted  strength.     The  enlisted  force  of  the  line 
of  the   Regular  Army,   excluding  the   Philippine   Scouts   and   the  en- 
listed men  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  of  the  Medical  Department, 
and  of  the  Signal  Corps  and  the  unassigned  recruits,  shall  not  at  any 
one  time,  except  in  the  event  of  actual  or  threatened  war  or  similar 
emergency,  exceed  175,000.     (Act  of  June  3,  1916.) 

165.  Composition.    The  Regular  Army  consists,  in  the  main,  of — 
The  Infantry  Quartermaster  Corps 

The   Cavalry  Medical  Department 

The  Field  Artillery  Ordnance  Department 

The  Coast  Artillery  Corps  of  Engineers 

Detached  Officers'  List  Signal  Corps 

Additional  Sergeants  Chaplains 

Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry  Regular  Army  Reserve 

General  Staff  Corps  Indian  Scouts 

Adjutant  General's   Department  Retired  Officers 

Inspector  General's  Department  Retired  Enlisted  Men 
Judge  Advocate  General's  Depart- 
ment 

166.  Infantry.     There  are  64  regiments  of  Infantry,  not  including 
the  Porto  Rico  Regiment.     The  24th  and  25th   Infantry  are  colored 
regiments. 

A  regiment  of  Infantry  consists  of  1  colonel,  1  lieutenant  colonel, 
3  majors,  15  captains,  16  first  lieutenants,  15  second  lieutenants,  1 
headquarters  company,  1  machine  gun  company,  1  supply  company, 
12  Infantry  companies  organized  into  three  battalions  of  4  companies 
each. 

[74] 


167-168-169-170-171-172-173-174-175 

Each  battalion  consists  of  1  major,  1  first  lieutenant,  mounted 
(battalion  adjutant),  and  4  companies. 

The  authorized  peace  strength  of  an  Infantry  company  is  100  and 
the  war  strength,  150. 

One  chaplain  and  3  surgeons  (1  with  rank  of  major  and  other 
two  with  rank  of  captain  or  first  lieutenant)  are  attached  to  the 
regiment. 

167.  Cavalry.     There  are  25  regiments  of  Cavalry.     The  9th  and 
10th  Cavalry  are  colored  regiments. 

A  regiment  of  Cavalry  consists  of  1  colonel,  1  lieutenant  colonel, 
3  majors,  15  captains,  16  first  lieutenants,  16  second  lieutenants,  1 
headquarters  troop,  1  machine  gun  troop,  1  supply  troop,  and  12  troops 
organized  into  3  squadrons  of  4  troops  each. 

Each  squadron  consists  of  1  major,  1  first  lieutenant  (squadron 
adjutant),  and  4  troops. 

The  peace  strength  of  a  troop  of  Cavalry  is  70  and  the  war 
Strength  105. 

One  chaplain  and  3  surgeons  (1  with  rank  of  major  and  other 
two  with  rank  of  captain  or  first  lieutenant)  are  attached  to  the 
regiment. 

168.  Field  Artillery.     There  are  21   regiments  of  Field  Artillery. 
Each  regiment  consists  of  1  colonel,   1   lieutenant  colonel,  1  captain, 
1  headquarters  company,  1  supply  company,  and  such  number  of  gun 
and  howiizer  battalions  as  the  President  may  direct. 

169.  Organization   of   Regiments.     The    moral    organization    of  a 
regiment    consists    of    2    battalions,    each    battalion    consisting    of    3 
batteries  of  4  guns  each,  so  that  the  normal  number  of  guns  in  a  regi- 
ment is  24. 

170.  Classification  of  Artillery.     The  regiments  of  Field  Artillery 
are  classified  as  Light,  Mountain,  Heavy  and  Horse. 

171.  Light  Artillery.     The   Light  Artillery  is  armed  with  3-inch 
rifles  or  3.8-inch  howitzers. 

172.  Mountain  Artillery.     The  Mountain  Artillery  is  armed  with 
2.95  Vickers-Maxim  guns  which  are  carried  on  mules. 

(NOTE — These  guns  are  to  be  replaced  as  soon  as  practicable  by  3-inch  mountain 
howitzers.) 

173.  Heavy  Artillery.     In  a  regiment  of  Heavy  Artillery,  1  bat- 
talion is  armed  with  4.7-inch  guns;  1  battalion  with  6-inch  howitzers 
and  1  battalion  with  7-inch  howitzers. 

174.  Horse  Artillery.     The  Horse  Artillery  is  armed  the  same  as 
the  Light  Artillery,  the  only  difference  being  that  in  the  case,  of  Horse 
Artillery    all    the    cannoneers    ride   horses    instead    of   riding    on    the 
caissons. 

175.  Coast  Artillery  Corps.     The  Coast  Artillery  Corps  consists  of 
1,200  officers   (exclusive  of  one  Chief  of  Coast  Artillery  Corps),  and 
30,000  enlisted  men, 

[75] 


176-177-178-179-180-181-182-183-184-185 

176.  Function.     The  Coast  Artillery  Corps  is  charged  with  the  de- 
fense of  our  harbors,  and  has  the  care  and  use  of  the  seacoast  forti- 
fications and  the  mine  defenses. 

177.  Company.     For    purposes    of    administration    and    Infantry 
Drill  the  Coast  Artillery  personnel  at  a  post  is  divided  into  provisional 
companies,    organized    and    equipped    like    Infantry    companies,    and 
whose  strength   is  fixed  by  the  coast  defense  commander.     In   each 
fort   the   companies  are   numbered   serially,    and    are    designated,    for 
instance,  as,  "First  Company,  Fort  Grant,   C.Z.,"  "Second  Company, 
Fort  Adams,  R.I.,"  etc. 

178.  Battery.     A  battery,  which  is  purely  a  tactical  unit,  consists, 
as  a  rule,  of  from  1  to  4  guns  of  the  same  type  and  caliber,  and  is  the 
appropriate  command  for  a  captain. 

179.  Fire  Command.     A  fire   command  consists   of  two  or  more 
similar  batteries,   grouped   together   for  the   purpose   of   fire   control, 
and  is  the  appropriate  command  for  a  major.     Like  the  battery,  it  is 
a  tactical  unit. 

180.  Fort  command.     All  the  armament  pertaining  to  a  fort  con- 
stitutes a  fort  command,  and  is  the  appropriate  command  for  a  major 
or  lieutenant  colonel. 

181.  Coast    defense    command.     The     coast    defense     command, 
which   is   primarily   an  administrative   unit,   consists    of   one    or   more 
forts,   and   is   the  appropriate    command   for   a   lieutenant   colonel   or 
colonel.     It  corresponds  to  a  regiment. 

182.  Artillery  district.     An  artillery   district,  which   is   purely   an 
administrative  unit,  comprises  all  the  coast  defense  commands  within 
a    certain    territorial    limit,    and    is    the    appropriate    command    for    a 
colonel  or  brigadier  general.     It  corresponds  to  a  brigade. ' 

183.  Detached  Officers'  List.     The  Detached  Officers'  List  con- 
sists of  1,020  extra  officers,  of  grades  from  first  lieutenant  to  colonel, 
inclusive    of    Infantry,    Cavalry,    Field    Artillery    and    Coast    Artillery 
Corps.     These  extra  officers  are  available  for  detachment  from  their 
proper  arms  for  duty  with  the  National  Guard,  military  schools  and 
colleges,  or  other  detached  service  the  usual  period  of  which  exceeds 
one  year. 

184.  Additional  Sergeants.     Eleven  hundred  additional  sergeants 
of  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  Corps  of  Engineers,  Coast  Artil- 
lery, Medical  Department?  and  Signal  Corps  are  authorized  for  detail 
with  the  National  Guard  and  one  hundred  for  detail  at  the  U.  S.  Dis- 
ciplinary   Barracks. 

185.  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry.  According  to  the  Na- 
tional Defense  Act  of  June  3.  1916.  the  officers  appointed  (except  the 
colonel),  and  the  men  enlisted  in  the  Porto  Rico  Regiment,  after  the 
passage  of  the  Act  were  to  be  citizens  of  Porto  Rico. 

[76] 


186-187-188-189 

The  colonel  is  detailed  from  among  officers  of  Infantry  of  the 
Army  not  below  the  grade  of  lieutenant  colonel,  for  a  period  of  four 
years. 

The  Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry  has  the  same  organization, 
and  the  same  grades  and  numbers  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  as 
a  regiment  of  Regular  Infantry.  The  promotion  of  officers  is  con- 
fined within  the  regiment. 

The  pay  and  allowances  of  officers  and  men  are  the  same  as  in 
the  Regular  Army. 

186.  General   Staff  Corps.     The   General  Staff  Corps   is   charged 
with  the  preparation  of  plans  for  the   national   defense  and  for  the 
mobilization  of  the  military  forces  in  time  of  war;  the  investigation 
of  all  questions  affecting  the  efficiency  of  the  Army  and  its  state  of 
preparedness   for   military    operations;    the    rendition    of  professional 
aid  and  assistance  to  the  Secretary  of  War  and  to  general  officers  and 
other  superior  commanders,  and  the  acting  as  their  agents  in  inform- 
ing and  co-ordinating  the  action  of  all  the  different  officers  who  are 
subject  to  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  of  Staff. 

187.  Adjutant    General's    Department.     The    Adjutant    General's 
Department  is  the  bureau  of  orders,  correspondence,  and  records  of 
the  Army.     All  orders  and  instructions  emanating  from  the  President 
of  the  United  States,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  or  any 
officer  with  a  command  equal  to  or  greater  than  a  brigade,  are  com- 
municated to  troops  and  individuals  in  the  military  service  through 
this  department. 

The  office  of  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  is  the  repository 
for  the  records  of  the  War  Department  relating  to  the  history  of 
every  officer  and  soldier  in  the  Army  (regular  and  volunteer),  and 
to  the  movements  and  operations  of  troops,  the  records  of  all  appoint- 
ments, promotions,  resignations,  deaths,  and  other  casualties.  The 
preparation  and  distribution  of  commissions,  etc.,  pertain  to  this 
office,  which  also  has  charge  of  the  recruiting  of  the  Army  and  of 
the  records  of  the  volunteer  armies  and  of  the  pension  and  other  busi- 
ness of  the  War  Department  connected  therewith. 

188.  Inspector   General's   Department.    The   Inspector   General's 
Department   exercises,   by   inspections,    general   observation    over   all 
matters  pertaining  to  the  efficiency  of  the  Army,  the  condition  and 
state  of  supplies  of  all  kinds,  of  arms  and  equipments,  of  the  expendi- 
ture of  public  property  and  moneys,  and  the   condition  of  accounts 
of  all  disbursing  officers,  of  the  conduct,  discipline,  and  efficiency  of 
officers  and  troops. 

189.  Judge   Advocate   General's   Department.     The  Judge   Advo- 
cate General's  Department  is  the  law  department  of  the  Army, — the 
bureau  of  military  justice.     The  head  of  the  department  is  called  the 
Judge  Advocate  General. 

[77] 


190-191-192-193-194 

190.  Quartermaster  Corps.     The  Quartermaster  Corps  is  charged 
with  the  duty  of  paying  the  Army,  and  furnishing  it  with  subsistence, 
clothing,   transportation,   animals,   forage,   fuel,   light,   camp   and   gar- 
rison equipage,  barracks,  quarters,   storehouses,  and  other  buildings. 
The    quartermaster    corps    furnishes    all    the    supplies    needed    in    the 
Army,   except  ordnance   stores  and   medical   supplies.     It  attends   to 
all    matters    connected    with    military    operations   which    are    not    ex- 
pressly assigned  to  some  other  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

191.  Medical    Department.     General    Duties.     The    Medical    De- 
partment, whose  head  is  called  the  Surgeon  General,  is  charged  with 
the  supervision  of  the  sanitation  of  the  Army,  the  care  of  the  sick 
and  wounded,  the  physical  examination  of  officers  and  enlisted  men, 
and  the  management  and  control  of  military  hospitals.     It  is  the  most 
independent  of  all  the  staff  departments,  planning  its  own  hospitals, 

-transporting  its  own  sick  and  wounded  in  the  field,  and  supplying  its 
own  medicines,  litters,  blankets,  instruments,  etc. 

Composition.  The  Medical  Department  consists  of  the  Medical 
Corps,  Medical  Reserve  Corps,  Dental  Corps,  Veterinary  Corps, 
Nurse  Corps  and  a  certain  number  of  contract  surgeons. 

192.  Medical   Corps.     The   medical    officers    of   the    Medical   De- 
partment constitute  the   Medical  Corps.     The  law  provides  that  the 
total  number  of  officers  in  the  Corps  shall  be  approximately  equal  to 
seven  for  every   1,000  of  the  total  enlisted  strength  of  the   Regular 
Army  authorized  from  time  to  time  by  law. 

Officers  are  commissioned  as  first  lieutenants  and  are  promoted 
to  captain  after  five  years'  service. 

193.  Dental  Corps.     The  Dental  Corps  consists  of  the  dental  sur- 
geons, who,  at  the  rate   of  one  for  each   1,000  men  of  the   line,  are 
appointed  to   the  Army  with   the   rank,   pay  and  allowances   of   first 
lieutenants.     Dental  surgeons  of  more  than  eight  years2  service  and 
less  than  twenty-four,  receive,  subject  to  examination,  the  rank,  pay 
and  allowances  of  captains.     Not  to  exceed  fifteen  dental  surgeons  of 
more  than  twenty-four  years'  service  shall  receive,  subject  to  exam- 
ination, the  rank,  pay  and  allowances  of  major. 

194.  Veterinary  Corps.     The  number  of  veterinarians  and  assis- 
tant veterinarians  authorized  is  not  to  exceed: 

Two  for  each  regiment  of  Cavalry; 

One  for  every  three  batteries  of  Field  Artillery; 

One  for  each  mounted  battalion  of  Engineers; 

Seventeen  as  inspectors  of  horses  and  mules  and  as  veterinarians 

in  the  Quartermaster  Corps; 

Seven  as  inspectors  of  meats  for  the  Quartermaster  Corps. 
Assistant  veterinarians  have  the  following  rank,  pay  and  allow- 
ances: 

For  the  first  five  years,  those  of  second  lieutenant; 

[78] 


195-196-197-198-199 

After  five  years,  those  of  first  lieutenant; 

After  15  years,  to  be  promoted,  subject  to  examination,  to  vet- 
erinarian with  rank,  pay  and  allowances  of  captain; 
After  20  years,  to  have,   subject  to  examination,   rank,  pay  and 

allowances  of  major. 

Also,  there  may  be  appointed  in  the  Veterinary  Corps,  for  such 
time  as  their  services  may  be  required,  such  number  of  reserve  vet- 
erinarians as  may  be  necessary  to  attend  to  animals  of  the  Quarter- 
master Corps. 

195.  Nurse   Corps.     The   Nurse   Corps    (female)    consists   of  one 
superintendent,  and  as  many  chief  nurses,  nurses  and  reserve  nurses 
as  may  be  needed.     The  reserve  nurses  are  assigned  to  active  duty 
when  the  emergency  of  the  service  demands. 

196.  Ordnance      Department.     The      Ordnance      Department      is 
charged  with  supplying  the  Army,  by  purchase  or  manufacture,  with 
arms,  equipments,  ammunition  and  everything  else  pertaining  to  the 
fighting    material.      It    also    establishes    and    maintains    arsenals    and 
depots  for  the  manufacture,   repairing  and  safe-keeping  of  ordnance 
stores,  and   provides  horse   equipments  and   field   outfits  for   soldiers, 
such  as  haversacks,  canteens,  tin  cups,  meat  ration  cans,  knives,  forks 
and  spoons. 

197.  Corps  of  Engineers  (Engineer  Department).     The  Engineer 
officers  and  the  Engineer  troops, — that  is,  the  Engineer  commissioned 
and  enlisted  personnel, — constitute  the  Corps  of  Engineers. 

The  Engineer  troops  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  consist  of  seven, 
regiments,  two  mounted  battalions  and  one  band. 

The  enlisted  force  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  and  the  officers 
serving  therewith  are  a  part  of  the  line  of  the  Army. 

The  duties  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers  comprise  reconnoitering, 
survejring  and  map-making  for  military  purposes,  including  the  con- 
struction and  repair  of  fortifications,  the  planning  and  superinten- 
dence of  defensive  or  offensive  works  in  the  field,  and  the  construc- 
tion of  military  roads  and  bridges.  A  number  of  officers  of  the  Corps 
are  detailed  to  take  charge  of  river  and  harbor  improvements,  con- 
structing breakwaters,  opening  channels  for  the  navigation  of  rivers, 
superintending  the  erection  of  important  public  buildings,  etc. 

198.  Engineer  Department.    The  War  Department  bureau,  whose 
commissioned  and  enlisted  personnel  is  known  as  the  Corps  of  Engi- 
neers, is  called  the  Engineer  Department.     It  may  be  said  to  be  the 
administrative  bureau  of  the  Corps  of  Engineers. 

199.  Signal  Corps.     The  Signal  Corps,  whose  head  is  called  the 
Chief   Signal    Officer,   is   charged   with   the   construction,    repair,   and 
operation  of  military  telegraph  and  telephone  lines  and  cables,  field 
telegraph   trains,    radio   installations,   balloon   trains,    aeroplanes,    etc. 
The  Chief  Signal  Officer  has  supervision  of  the  instruction  in  mill- 

[79] 


200-201-202 

tary  signaling  and  telegraphy  prescribed  by  the  War  Department, 
and  he  is  also  charged  with  the  procurement,  preservation,  and  dis- 
tribution of  the  necessary  supplies  for  the  Signal  Corps. 

The  aviation  section  of  the  Signal  Corps  has  charge  of  the  avia- 
tion service  of  the  Army. 

200.  Chaplains.     The  Chaplains  are  clergymen  with  military  com- 
missions, by  virtue  of  which  they  have  charge  of  the  spiritual  wel- 
fare of  soldiers.     By  law  they  are  charged  with  holding  appropriate 
religious  services  for  the  benefit  of  the  commands  to  which  they  may 
be  assigned  for  duty;  with  performing  appropriate  religious  services 
at  the  burial  of  officers  and  soldiers  who  may  die  in  such  commands, 
and  with  the  instruction  of  the  enlisted  men  in  the  common  English 
branches  of  education.     They  are   commissioned  officers.     Although 
eligible  to  be  detailed  as  members  of  general  courts-martial  and  other 
duties  required  of  officers,  their  duties  in  practice  are  confined  mostly 
to  those  of  a  religious  nature  and  to  the  superintendence  of  the  Post 
schools. 

Chaplains  are  appointed  to  the  Army  at  the  rate  of  not  to  exceed 
one  to  each  regiment  of  Infantry,  Cavalry,  Field  Artillery,  and  Engi- 
neers, and  one  for  each  1,200  officers  and  men  of  the  Coast  Artillery 
Corps. 

201.  Regular    Army    Reserve.     All    enlistments    in    the    Regular 
Army  are  for  a  period  of  seven  years,  the  first  three  years  being  with 
the  colors,  and  the  last  four  years  in  the  Regular  Army  Reserve,  to 
which    the    soldier   is   furloughed   upon  the    completion   of  his    three 
years'  active   service.     Also,  after  the  expiration  of  one  year's  hon- 
orable service  any  enlisted  man  serving  within  the  continental  limits 
of  the  United  States  whose   company  commander   reports   him  pro- 
ficient  and    sufficiently   trained,   may,    in   the    discretion    of  the   War 
Department,  be  furloughed  to  the  Regular  Army  Reserve. 

The  Regular  Army  Reserve  consists  of  such  men  as  are  fur- 
loughed to  it  as  stated  above  and  also  such  men  as  may  enlist  therein. 

Any  person  holding  an  honorable  discharge  from  the  Regular 
Army,  with  character  of  at  least  good,  who  is  physically  qualified  for 
the  duties  of  a  soldier  and  who  is  not  over  45  years  of  age  may 
enlist  in  the  Regular  Army  Reserve  for  four  years. 

202.  Indian  Scouts.     The  Indian  Scouts  are  enlisted  for  periods 
of  three  3'ears  and  are  discharged  when  the  necessity  for  their  service 
ceases.     Their  principal   duties   consist  in   scouting  in  the  territories 
and  Indian  country.     The  number  now  authorized  is  75,  and  they  are 
apportioned    among    several     departments    west    of    the     Mississippi. 
They  form  a  part  of  the  Regular  Army. 


[80] 


203-204 


CHAPTER  V 

RELATION   OF  THE  MILITARY  TO   THE  CIVIL 

203.  In  times  of  peace  officers  frequently  live  and  perform  their 
duties  in  places  and  under  circumstances  which  require  that  they  shall 
be  familiar  with  the  laws  governing  their  official  conduct  in  relation 
to  the  civil  communities  by  which  they  are  surrounded. 

The  principle  that  military  authority  is  subordinate  to  the  civil 
may  be  taken  as  a  reminder  of  the  fact  that  an  officer  or  soldier  in 
taking  upon  himself  the  additional  responsibilities  and  obligations  of 
the  military  profession,  can  not  thereby  divest  himself  of  his  civil 
responsibilities  as  a  citizen.  See  par.  550. 

While  the  military  state  is  fully  governed  by  its  own  code,  those 
living  in  that  state  are  not  thereby  relieved  of  civil  responsibility  for 
their  civil  acts. 

"From  the  nature  and  source  of  their  respective  jurisdictions 
civil  and  military  courts  can  never  have  concurrent  jurisdiction  in  the 
strict  sense  of  the  term.  The  same  act  or  omission,  however,  may 
give  rise  to  both  a  military  and  a  civil  trial,  but  the  offense  in  each 
case  is  distinct  and  separate,  one  having  been  created  by  the  Articles 
of  War  and  the  other  by  the  common  law,  or  by  statute  in  the  state 
or  district  within  whose  territorial  limits  it  was  committed." — (Davis' 
Mil.  Law,  p.  43.) 

Thus,  an  officer  kills  another  officer  and  is  tried  and  acquitted  by 
a  civil  court,  he  may  still  be  tried  by  a  military  court,  not  for  the 
actual  killing,  but  for  a  violation  of  one  or  more  of  the  Articles  of 
War,  as,  for  instance,  the  64th  or  95th  or  96th,  or  any  other  which 
may  have  been  violated  in  the  actions  which  led  to  the  homicide.  So, 
also,  a  soldier  might  be  tried  by  a  police  judge  for  drunkenness  and 
disorderly  conduct  in  a  city,  having  committed  a  breach  of  municipal 
law,  and  again  be  tried  by  court-martial  for  absence  without  leave, 
or  conduct  to  the  prejudice  of  good  order  and  military  discipline. 
The  difference  between  these  offenses  committed  is  well  illustrated 
by  the  fact  that  one  item  under  the  Executive  order  limiting  punish- 
ments provides  a  limit  of  punishment  for  a  man  tried  under  the  96th 
Article  of  War,  where  drunkenness  and  disorderly  conduct  have 
caused  the  offender's  arrest  and  conviction  by  the  civil  authorities  at 
a  place  within  ten  miles  of  his  station. 

204.  NOTE— In  the  case  of  Homer  E.  Grafton  vs.  The  United  States,  an  appeal 
to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States   from  the   Supreme  Court  of  the  Philippine 
Islands,   the  court  has   held,  notwithstanding  the  general   doctrine  heretofore  obtaining 

[81] 


in  regard  to  the  question  of  dual  jeopardy  where  officers  or  soldiers  have  been  tried 
by  civil  as  well  as  military  courts,  that  a  man  could  not  lawfully  be  tried  for  the  same 
offense  by  two  courts  of  the  same  sovereignty.  In  other  words,  that  a  soldier  tried 
for  homicide  by  a  military  court  under  the  C2d  Article  of  War  could  not  be  again 
placed  on  trial  by  a  court  of  the  Philippine  Islands  for  the  same  offense,  the  courts 
of  the  Philippine  Islands  deriving  their  sole  jurisdiction  from  the  sovereignty  of  the 
United  States.  The  same  rule  would  be  applicable  where  a  soldier  tried  by  a  court- 
martial  was  again  tried  for  the  same  offense  by  a  United  States  court.  However,  in 
its  opinion  the  Supreme  Court  said: 

"It  may  be  difficult  at  times  to  determine  whether  the  offense  for  which  an 
officer  or  soldier  is  being  tried  is,  in  every  substantial  respect,  the  same  offense  for 
which  he  had  been  previously  tried." 

It  is  therefore,  of  course,  impossible  to  lay  down  any  rule  for  the  deter- 
mination of  the  question  at  this  time,  but  it  suggests  the  extreme  importance  of 
attaching  military  jurisdiction  where  an  offense  has  been  committed,  before  the 
civil  jurisdiction  can  take  over  the  case;  and  all  military  officers  having  authority  in 
the  premises  should  be  careful,  where  an  offense  has  been  committed  by  a  soldier  to 
at  once  prefer  charges  and  thus  originate  military  jurisdiction,  subject  to  the  later 
consideration  of  the  case,  perhaps,  by  the  civil  courts. 

The  Grafton  case  was  published  in  full  in  Cir.  43,  W.  D.,   1907. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  this  article  to  enter  into  a  minute 
discussion  of  the  various  matters  which  will  be  touched  upon,  and 
officers  should  consult  and  study,  as  part  of  their  professional  educa- 
tion, the  very  able  treatises  on  the  relations  of  the  military  to  the  civil, 
to  be  found  in  Davis's  Military  Law  and  Winthrop's  Military  Law 
and  Precedents  and  Digest  of  Opinions  of  the  Judge  Advocate  Gen- 
eral. From  the  last-mentioned  work  all  quotations  in  this  article  not 
otherwise  credited  are  taken. 

Our  subject  will  be  considered  under  the  following  heads: 
I.     The  Use  of  the  Army  in  Aid  of  the  Civil  Power. 
II.     Military   Reservations. 

III.  Civil  Jurisdiction  on  a  Military  Reservation. 

IV.  The  Writ  of  Habeas  Corpus. 
V.    The  59th  Article  of  War. 

VI.    Taxation. 
VII.     Citizenship. 
VIII.     Residence  and  Domicile. 
IX.     Voting. 

I. 

205.  THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  IN  AID  OF  THE  CIVIL  POWER 
While  any  citizen,  as  such  (and  this  includes  military  persons), 
may  seek  to  quell  a  disturbance  or  a  riot,  and  assist  in  preserving  the 
peace,  or  in  the  arrest  of  one  committing  a  crime  in  their  presence,  no 
officer  or  soldier  in  his  military  capacity,  may  do  so  excepting  on  a 
military  reservation,  or  where  tha  offenders  are  military  persons, 
otherwise  than  as  provided  in  the  Army  Regulations  (Paragraph 
484-9,  '13).  Should  conditions  arise  requiring  prompt  action  as  pro- 
vided for  in  Paragraph  487,  A.  R.,  '13,  the  officer  on  whom  the  re- 
sponsibility rests  should  very  carefully  consider  the  facts  of  the  case, 
and  be  certain  that  he  is  acting  in  accordance  with  the  regulations 
referred  to. 

[82] 


206 

The  military  forces  of  the  United  States  can  not  be  used  as  a 
posse  comitatus,  nor  can  they  be  used,  except  by  the  authority  of  the 
President,  for  the  maintenance  of  order  in  a  State  or  for  the  uphold- 
ing of  the  State  laws.  Where  the  interests  of  the  United  States  are 
not  involved,  the  military  may  not  take  action,  except  under  orders 
originating  with  the  President.  This  can  not  be  better  expressed  than 
in  the  following  quotation:  "In  case  of  civil  disturbance  in  violation 
of  the  laws  of  a  State,  a  military  commander  can  not  volunteer  to 
intervene  with  his  command  without  incurring  a  personal  responsibil- 
ity for  his  acts.  In  the  absence  of  the  requisite  orders  he  may  not 
even  march  or  array  his  command  for  the  purpose  of  exerting  a  moral 
effect  or  any  effect  in  torrorem;  such  a  demonstration,  indeed,  could 
only  compromise  the  authority  of  the  United  States,  while  insulting 
the  sovereignty  of  the  state." 

(See  Davis  Mil.  Law  Chap.  XVIII,  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  pp.  1347 
et  seq.,  Digest  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s,  Sec.  483-493  and  Appendix  B.) 

II. 

206.  MILITARY  RESERVATIONS 

"The  Congress  shall  have  power  *  *  *  to  exercise  exclu- 
sive legislation,  in  all  cases  whatsoever,  over  such  district  (not 
exceeding  ten  miles  square)  as  may,  by  cession  of  particular  States, 
and  the  acceptance  of  Congress,  become  the  iseat  of  the  Government 
of  the  United  States,  and  to  exercise  like  authority  over  all  places 
purchased  by  the  consent  of  the  Legislature  of  the  State  in  which  the 
same  shall  be,  for  the  erection  of  forts,  magazines,  arsenals,  dock- 
yards, and  other  needful  buildings  *.**."  (Article  1,  Section  8, 
Constitution  of  the  United  States.) 

Under  this  section  of  the  Constitution,  the  exclusive  jurisdiction 
of  the  United  States,  for  legislation  implies  jurisdiction,  exists  over 
all  military  reservations  which  have  been  purchased  with  the  consent 
of  the  State  Legislature.  This  is  also  the  case  where  the  United 
States  has  reserved  exclusive  jurisdiction,  over  a  reservation  previ- 
ously established,  in  the  Act  of  Admission  of  a  State. 

A  number  of  our  military  reservations,  however,  have  been 
acquired  in  other  ways.  Where  this  has  been  the  case,  the  states 
have  generally  "ceded  jurisdiction"  to  the  United  States  over  the  land 
comprised  in  the  reservation. 

The  cessions  of  jurisdiction  differ  in  their  terms  and  in  the  extent 
of  the  jurisdiction  reserved  by  the  state.  In  some  cases  exclusive 
jurisdiction  is  granted;  in  others,  the  right  to  serve  criminal  and  civil 
process,  concurrently  with  the  United  States,  is  reserved.  Again,  as 
in  Kansas,  the  right  to  tax  railroads  and  corporations  on  the  reserva- 
tion is  reserved,  and  finally  there  have  been  cases  where  general  con- 
current jurisdiction  with  that  of  the  United  States  has  been  reserved. 

[83] 


206  (contd.) 

Where  this  is  the  case,  it  has  been  held  that  the  cession  of  jurisdic- 
tion was  of  no  value  to  the  United  States.  Of  course  over  reserva- 
tions situated  in  the. Territories,  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States 
is  paramount. 

Where  an  officer  is  in  command  of  a  military  reservation  he 
should  familiarize  himself  with  the  circumstances  under  which  the 
reservation  was  established,  and  with  the  jurisdiction,  if  any,  reserved 
to  a  state. 

This  may  be  done  by  consulting  the  post  history,  which  should 
be  kept  at  every  post,  or  by  consulting  the  laws  of  the  state  in  which 
the  post  is  situated,  or  by  examining  a  book  published  by  the  War 
Department,  entitled  "Military  Reservations,  National  Military  Parks, 
and  National  Cemeteries." 

All  unauthorized  persons  coming  on  a  military  reservation  are 
trespassers  and  may  be  removed,  by  military  force  if  need  be,  but  the 
use  of  force  should  be  no  greater  than  is  required  to  effect  the  re- 
moval. Attention  is  invited  in  this  connection  to  Par.  212,  A.  R.,  '13. 

"A  post  commander  can,  in  his  discretion,  exclude  all  persons 
other  than  those  belonging  to  his  post  from  post  and  reservation 
grounds,  but  should  he  admit  everybody,  except  One  individual  against 
whom  no  charge  of  wrongdoing  existed,  such  action  would  be  con- 
sidered an  abuse  of  discretion  on  the  part  of  the  commander."* 

"Whoever  shall  go  upon  any  military  reservation,  army  post, 
fort,  or  arsenal,  for  any  purpose  prohibited  by  law  or  military  regula- 
tion made  in  pursuance  of  law,  or  whoever  shall  re-enter  or  be  found 
within  any  such  reservation,  post,  fort,  or  arsenal,  after  having  been 
removed  therefrom  or  ordered  not  to  re-enter  by  any  officer  or  per- 
son in  command  or  charge  thereof,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  five 
hundred  dollars,  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  six  months,  or  both." 
(Sec.  45,  Chap.  321,  Act  of  March  4,  1909.) 

The  unlawful  cutting  or  injury  of  trees  on  a  Government  reser- 
vation is  made  penal  by  United  States  statutes.  Where  on  a  military 
reservation  persons  are  found  injuring  or  cutting  trees,  they  should 
be  put  off  the  reservation,  and  the  department  commander  notified 
and  furnished  with  such  data  as  may  be  obtainable  as  to  the  identity 
of  the  alleged  culprits,  and  with  the  evidence  against  them.  Where 
it  is  found  that  damage  has  been  done  and  the  perpetrators  not  caught 
in  the  act,  every  effort  should  be  made  to  obtain  evidence  in  the  case, 
and  the  department  commander  notified.  The  removal  of  felled  or 
fallen  trees,  or  grass,  etc.,  cut  on  a  reservation,  by  an  unauthorized 
person  is  a  larceny,  and  the  offender  may  be  punished  under  the  stat- 
ute. (The  removal  or  "asportation"  may  be  technical,  such  as  the 

*  In  regulating  the  servant  question  at  posts,  circulars  of  this  tenor  have  been 
issued:  "Gertrude  Smith  is  hereby  prohibited  from  entering  or  remaining  on  the 
reservation.  Should  she  be  employed  at  any  time  on  the  reservation,  she  will  be  at 
once  discharged  and  directed  to  leave  the  post." 

[84] 


207 

placing  of  the  wood  or  hay  upon  a  wagon.)  In  cases  of  this  kind,  the 
nearest  representative  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Justice  should  be 
notified  and  furnished  with  the  evidence  secured. 

Of  course,  when  trespassers  are  put  off  a  reservation  they  should 
not  be  allowed  to  take  with  them  any  property  of  the  United  States. 

"Squatters  and  other  trespassers  and  intruders  may,  and  should 
be  expelled,  by  military  force  if  necessary,  from  a  military  reserva- 
tion. But  persons  when  they  have  been  suffered  to  own  and  occupy 
buildings  on  a  reservation  should  be  allowed  reasonable  time  to 
remove  them.  If  not  removed  after  due  notice  the  same  should  be 
removed  by  the  military.  Material  abandoned  on  a  reservation  by  a 
trespasser  on  vacating,  may  be  lawfully  utilized  by  the  commander  for 
completing  roads,  walks,  etc." 

(See  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Prec.  pp.  1368-1370.  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s, 
see  index  "Reservations"  and  "Cession  of  Jurisdiction.") 

III. 

207.        CIVIL  JURISDICTION  ON  A  MILITARY 
RESERVATION 

Where  the  United  States  has  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  a  reserva- 
tion, the  state  laws  do  not  run  and  no  service  of  civil  or  crim- 
inal process  may  be  had  excepting  such  as  proceeds  from  the  Federal 
Courts.  Where  the  United  States  has  not  exclusive  jurisdiction,  and 
no  cession  of  jurisdiction  has  been  made  by  the  state,  the  laws  of 
such  state  run  on  the  reservation  as  they  do  in  all  other  parts  of  the 
state;  in  this  case  the  service  of  process  must  be  allowed  except  where 
such  interference  and  jurisdiction  of  the  state  would  destroy  or  impair 
the  effective  use  of  the  reservation  for  the  purpose  designed,  consid- 
ering it  as  an  instrumentality  for  the  execution  of  the  powers  of  the 
United  States  Government. 

Where  the  right  to  serve  process  has  been  reserved  by  a  state, 
such  process  can  only  be  the  result  of  acts  committed  outside  of  the 
reservation,  and  obedience  will  be  given  by  all  persons  on  the  reserva- 
tion to  such  process.  Where  it  amounts  to  an  arrest  of  a  military 
person,  the  commanding  officer  will  permit  him  to  be  removed  by  the 
civil  power,  unless  at  the  time  he  be  awaiting  trial  by  a  military  court 
or  serving  a  sentence  of  the  same.  In  this  case  the  commanding 
officer  will  inform  the  civil  authorities  of  this  fact  and  decline  to  sur- 
render the  prisoner.  The  civil  authorities  should  receive  notice,  how- 
ever, of  the  expiration  of  the  term  of  confinement  of  the  soldier  in 
order  that  they  may  take  such  measures  after  his  release  to  vindicate 
the  law  as  they  see  fit. 

Where  the  process  takes  the  form  of  a  writ  of  subpoena  or  of 
a  summons  to  appear  before  a  court,  a  commander  should  assist  the 
court  by  granting  permission,  if  need  be,  to  an  officer  or  soldier,  to 

[85] 


208 

absent  himself  from  the  command  in  order  to  comply  with  the  proc- 
ess, or  in  the  case  of  a  prisoner  who  is  needed  as  a  witness,  by  send- 
ing him  when  he  is  wanted,  under  proper  guard. 

There  is  no  method  laid  down  for  the  service  of  civil  process  on 
an  officer  or  a  soldier.  Where  such  process  is  to  be  obeyed  the  man- 
ner of  service  can  not,  from  a  military  point  of  view,  be  questioned, 
but  much  trouble  may  be  avoided  if  the  process  server  is  familiar 
enough  with  military  requirements  to  apply  in  the  first  place  to  the 
commanding  officer  for  guidance  or  assistance. 

"A  civilian  may  legally  be  arrested  without  a  warrant  as  well  by 
a  military  person  as  by  any  citizen  where  he  commits  a  felony,  or  a 
crime  in  breach  of  the  public  peace  in  such  person's  presence;  or 
where,  a  felony  having  been  committed,  such  person  has  probable 
cause  for' believing  that  the  party  arrested  is  the  felon.  In  a  case  of 
such  an  arrest  at  a  military  post,  the  arresting  officer  or  soldier  should 
use  no  unnecessary  violence,  should  disclose  his  official  character  and 
inform  the  party  of  the  cause  of  his  arrest,  and  should  deliver  him.  as 
soon  as  reasonably  practicable  to  a  civil  officer  authorized  to  hold 
and  bring  him  before,  a  court  or  magistrate  for  disposition." 

Where  the  crime  is  committed  on  a  reservation  by  a  civilian  he 
should  at  once  be  arrested  and  turned  over  with  a  statement  of  the 
case  to  the  nearest  civil  authority,  for  trial  by  the  Federal  courts;  he 
may  be  held  in  the  guardhouse  for  only  such  intervals  as  may  be 
absolutely  necessary. 

Where  a  soldier  cormnits  murder  (a  crime  not  punishable  by 
court-martial  in  time  of  peace)  on  a  military  reservation,  he  may  be 
confined  in  the  guardhouse  until,  after  communication  with  the  near- 
est United  States  attorney,  he  shall  be  turned  over  to  the  civil  au- 
thorities. 

Process  in  civil  suits  issuing  from  the  Federal  courts  and  from 
state  courts  where  such  service  is  permissible,  must  be  accepted  and 
obeyed  by  the  military  on  a  military  reservation  as  it  would  be  else- 
where. Any  defense  there  may  be  should  be  submitted  to  the  civil 
courts. 

(See  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free,,  pp.  1402-1405.  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s, 
see  index  "Reservations.") 

IV. 

208.  THE  WRIT  OF  HABEAS  CORPUS 

A  writ  directed  to  the  person  detaining  another,  and  command- 
ing him  to  produce  the  body  of  the  prisoner  at  a  certain  time  and 
place,  with  the  day  and  cause  of  his  caption  and  detention,  to  do,  sub- 
mit to,  and  receive  whatsoever  the  court  or  judge  awarding  the  writ 
shall  consider  in  that  behalf.  This  writ  has  many  variations  and 
issues  for  a  number  of  purposes.  We  a're  only  concerned  with  the 
case  where  the  writ  is  issued  to  an  officer  and  affects  the  body  of  one 

[86] 


209 

lawfully  held  by  military  authority.  In  all  cases  where  the  writ  is 
served,  the  officer  to  whom  it  is  addressed  will  make  a  respectful 
return.  If  the  writ  issues  from  a  Federal  court  or  judge,  return  will 
be  made  and  the  person  held  produced  at  the  time  and  place  required. 
If  the  writ  issues  from  a  state  court  or  judge,  the  person  will  not  be 
produced,  but  return  will  be  made  giving  the  reason  for  not  com- 
plying with  the  writ.  As  the  question  is  fully  treated  in  the  Manual 
for  Courts-Martial,  and  forms  for  the  returns  given,  it  is  unnecessary 
to  go  more  deeply  into  the  matter  in  this  article. 

(Davis*  Mil.  Law,  Chap.  XVII.  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Prec.,  see  index 
"Habeas  Corpus."  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G.'s,  see  index  "Habeas  Corpus.") 

V. 

209.  THE  74th  ARTICLE  OF  WAR 

"When  any  person  subject  to  military  law,  except  one  who  is 
held  by  the  military  authorities  to  answer,  or  who  is  awaiting  trial 
or  result  of  trial,  or  who  is  undergoing  sentence  for  a  crime  or  of- 
fense punishable  under  these  articles,  is  accused  of  a  crime  or  offense 
committed  within  the  geographical  limits  of  the  States  of  the  Union 
and  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  punishable  by  the  laws  of  the  land, 
the  commanding  officer  is  required  except  in  time  of  war,  upon  ap- 
plication duly  made,  to  use  his  utmost  endeavor  to  deliver  over  such 
accused  person  to  the  civil  authorities,  or  to  aid  the  officers  of  justice 
in  apprehending  and  securing  him,  in  order  that  he  may  be  brought 
to  trial.  Any  commanding  officer  who  upon  such  application  refuses 
or  wilfully  neglects,  except  in  time  of  war,  to  deliver  over  such  ac- 
cused person  to  the  civil  authorities  or  to  aid  the  officers  of  justice 
in  apprehending  and  securing  him  shall  be  dismissed  from  the  service 
or  suffer  such  other  punishment  as  a  court-martial  may  direct." — • 
74th  A.  W. 

The  provisions  of  this  article  are  only  applicable  in  time  of  peace. 

"The  commanding  officer,  before  surrendering  the  party,  is  en- 
titled to  require  that  the  'application'  shall  be  sufficiently  specific  to 
identify  the  accused  and  to  show  that  he  is  charged  with  a  particular 
crime  or  offense  which  is  within  the  class  described  in  the  Article.  It 
has  been  further  held  that  without  a  compliance  with  these  require- 
ments, the  commanding  officer  can  not  properly  surrender  nor  the 
civil  authorities  arrest,  within  a  military  command,  an  accused  officer 
or  soldier.  Where  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  application  is  made  in 
good  faith  and  in  the  interests  of  law  and  justice,  the  commander 
may  demand  that  the  application  be  especially  explicit  and  be  sworn 
to;  and  in  general  the  preferable,  and  indeed  only  satisfactory  course 
will  be  to  require  the  production,  if  practicable,  of  a  due  and  formal 
warrant  or  writ  for  the  arrest  of  the  party.  The  application  required 
by  the  Article  should  be  made  in  a  case  where  the  crime  was  com- 
mitted by  the  party  before  he  entered  the  military  service  equally  as 
when  it  was  committed  by  him  while  in  the  service." 

[87] 


210-211 

The  Article  does  not  apply  to  offenses  committed  on  land  where 
the  United  States  has  exclusive  (excepting  that  the  service  of  process 
may  have  been  reserved)  jurisdiction.  In  cases  where  the  military 
courts  have  concurrent  jurisdiction,  the  requirements  of  the  Article 
will  not  obtain  if  "the  military  jurisdiction  has  already  duly  attached 
(by  means  bi  arrest  or  service  of  charges  with  a  view  to  trial)  in 
which  case  the  prisoner  may  be  surrendered  or  not  as  the  proper 
authority  may  determine."  The  ordinances  or  by-laws  of  a  city  or 
town  are  a  part  of  the  "laws  of  the  land"  within  the  meaning  of  this 
Article.  Where  the  commander  has  reason  to  believe  that  to  deliver 
the  accused  to  the  civil  authority  would  result  in  his  being  exposed 
to  mob  violence,  he  can  only  seek  refuge  in  the  supposition  that  the 
demand  is  not  made  in  good  faith  and  require  all  the  formalities. 
It  is  a  case  for  the  use  of  common  sense  and  firmness. 

An  officer  or  soldier  accused,  though  he  may  be  willing  and  may 
desire  to  surrender  himself,  should  not  in  general  be  permitted  to  do 
so,  but  should  be  required  to  await  a  formal  application.  The  United 
States  is  entitled  to  the  service  of  its  officers  and  men  and  in  the 
absence  of  the  formal  application  there  is  no  authority  which  war- 
rants this  service  being  avoided  by  the  voluntary  act  of  the  accused. 

(See  Davis  Mil.  Law,  pp.  456-461.  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Free.,  pp.  1071- 
1081.  Dig.  of  Op.  J.  A.  G/s,  sees.  94-105.) 

VI. 

210.  TAXATION 

"An  officer  or  soldier  of  the  Army,  though  not  taxable  officially, 
may  be  and  often  is  taxable  personally.  He  is  not  taxable  by  a  state 
for  his  pay,  or  for  the  arms,  instruments,  uniform  clothing,  or  other 
property  pertaining  to  his  military  office  or  capacity,  but  as  to  house- 
hold furniture  and  other  personal  property,  not  military,  he  is  (except 
where  stationed  at  a  place  under  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  the 
United  States)  equally  subject  with  other  residents  or  inhabitants  to 
taxation  under  the  local  law."  On  the  other  hand,  those  who  are 
exempt  from  taxation  as  dwelling  in  places  under  the  exclusive  juris- 
diction of  the  United  States  are  not  entitled  to  enjoy  any  of  the  privi- 
leges of  the  citizens  of  the  state  such  as  the  privilege  of  voting,  or 
the  use  of  the  public  schools,  etc. 

(See  Winthrop's  Mil.  Law  and  Prec.,  pp.  1401-1407.  Dig.  of  Op.  of  T.  A.  C,.'s, 
see  index  "Tax.") 

VII. 

211.  CITIZENSHIP 

An  officer  or  a  soldier  does  not  lose  his  citizenship  by  entering 
the  Army.  However,  he  subjects  himself  to  trial  without  jury  for 
any  military  offense  committed  in  the  service,  and  he  may  forfeit  the 

[88] 


212-213 

privilege  of  voting,  depending  on  the  state  law  of  his  domicile.  He 
also  surrenders  for  the  time  being,  as  far  as  the  military  service  may 
require,  his  rights  of  personal  liberty. 

VIII. 

212.  RESIDENCE   AND    DOMICILE* 

What  is  meant  by  the  "residence"  of  a  person  in  the  military 
service  depends  entirely  upon  the  kind  of  residence  contemplated — 
whether  it  be  "residence"  for  voting,  for  divorce,  for  process,  for 
homestead  rights,  for  school  privileges,  for  taxation,  for  questions  of 
probate,  etc. — and  in  every  case  the  question  must  be  determined  by 
local  law.  Whether,  for  instance,  an  officer  or  a  soldier  stationed  at 
Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  is  a  legal  resident  of  Kansas  for  any  of 
the  purposes  stated,  or  for  any  other  particular  purpose,  depends  on 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  Kansas. 

The  "domicile"  of  an  officer  or  soldier  who  entered  the  service 
at  or  after  majority,  is  the  same  as  the  one  he  had  when  he  entered 
the  Army,  provided,  of  course,  he  has  not  in  the  meantime  changed  it. 

The  "domicile"  of  an  officer  or  soldier  who  entered  the  service 
as  an  unemancipated  minor  is  the  same  as  that  of  his  parent  when 
the  officer  or  soldier  became  of  age,  wherever  the  parent  may  at  that 
particular  time  have  been  domiciled. 

The  general  rule  of  laws  is  that  the  domicile  of  the  father  estab- 
lishes the  domicile  of  the  child. 

A  person  in  the  Army  can  neither  gain  nor  lose  domicile  by 
reason  of  his  presence  or  absence  while  in  the  service.  Of  course, 
any  officer  or  soldier  who  wishes  to  change  his  domicile  may  do  so, 
but  acquisition  of  a  new  domicile  must  be  accomplished  by  a  volun- 
tary and  positive  act — that  is,  by  taking  the  proper  and  appropriate 
steps  to  do  so,  always  bearing  in  mind  the  fact  that  the  question  of 
domicile  is  one  to  be  regulated  by  state  and  not  federal  law. 

IX. 

213.  VOTING 

Officers  and  soldiers  may  vote  at  their  domicile,  provided  the 
local  laws  permit  them  to  do  so.  Whether  a  military  man  may  vote 
in  the  state  in  which  he  may  be  stationed  depends,  as  stated -above, 
on  the  local  law  of  residence.  This  is  true  for  voting  at  federal,  state 
and  municipal  elections.  For  instance,  an  officer  or  soldier  in  the 
Regular  Army  stationed  at  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan.,  can  not  vote 
in  Kansas,  even  though  he  be  a  citizen  of  that  state,  because  the 
statutes  of  Kansas  specifically  so  state. 

*  "Legal  residence"  and  "Domicile"  are  practically  synonymous.  "Residence"  is 
generally  used  in  the  sense  of  "Legal  residence." 

[89] 


214-215-216 


CHAPTER  VI 

(See  "Post  Administration,"  par.  270.) 
THE  POST  ADJUTANT 

214.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  Adjutant,  like  the 
proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  attention  to 
business. 

The  Army  Regulations  are  silent  regarding  the  duties  of  post 
adjutant,  but  the  duties  prescribed  for  the  regimental  adjutant  are 
also  incumbent  upon  the  post  adjutant  in  so  far  as  they  apply  to  posts. 

The  adjutant  is  the  commanding  officer's  mouthpiece — through 
him  is  the  channel  of  communication  with  all  the  officers  and  enlisted 
men  of  the  command.  Under  the  direction  of  the  commanding  of- 
ficer he  issues  all  orders,  makes  all  reports  and  returns,  keeps  all  rec- 
ords and  rosters  and  has  charge  of  all  correspondence  pertaining  to 
the  administration  of  the  post.  He  is  assisted  in  this  work  by  a 
sergeant  major  and  as  many  clerks  as  may  be  necessary. 

He  should  endeavor  at  all  times  to  exert  the  influence  belonging 
to  his  station  in  sustaining  the  reputation,  discipline,  and  harmony 
of  the  command. 

215.  Adjutant  to  promote  contentment  of  command.     It  is  really 
a  part  of  an  adjutant's  duty  to  be  pleasant  and  agreeable  and  to  do 
all  in  his  power  to  promote  the  contentment  of  the  command — it  is 
a  part  of  his  duty  to  serve  the  command  in  every  way  that  he  can. 
By  virtue  of  his  position  and  the  various  means  he  has  at  hand  in  the 
way  of  clerks,  printing  press,  etc.,  there  are  many  things  an  adjutant 
can  do  with  very  little  effort,  which  will  contribute  to  contentment 
and  cordiality  and  in  effect   do  a   great   deal   to   oil   the  official  ma- 
chinery of  the  command,  reducing  friction  and  jar  to  a  minimum. 

216.  Relations  with  the  commanding  officer.     His  relations  with 
the  commanding  officer  are  close  and  confidential,  and  he  should  give 
his  chief  his  entire,  unqualified  support.     His  loj^alty  should  be  abso- 
lute, and  under  no  circumstances  should  he  ever,  by  act  or  word,  criti- 
cise the  action  of  the  commanding  officer,  no  matter  how  much  he 
may  himself,  personally,   disapprove   of  the   same.     As   the   relations 
that  the  adjutant  bears  to  the  commanding  officer  are  in  many   re- 
spects the  same  as  those  that  an  aide-de-camp  bears  to  his  chief,  see 
chapter  "Aides-de-Camp,"  pars.  349-361. 

190] 


217-218-219-220-221-222 

217.  Important.     The   adjutant  should   remember   he    is    not   the 
commanding   officer   and   under   no   circumstances    should    he    appro- 
priate or  appear  to  appropriate  the  powers  of  that  officer.     However, 
an  officer  to  whom  a  certain  amount  of  authority  cannot  be  de'egated, 
and  who  is  not  allowed  to  assume  a  certain  amount  of  respoi  sibility, 
is  not   fit   to   fill   the   position   of   adjutant  and   should   be   rel  ived   at 
once. 

218.  In  case  of  delegated  authority,  e.  g.,  to  what  extent  ma3'  the 
adjutant  send  for  officers  in  the  name  of  the  commanding  officer — 
there  should  always  be  a  distinct  understanding  between  the  adjutant 
and  the  commanding  officer. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  remarked,  an  officer  should  never 
be  sent  for  to  come  to  the  office  if  it  can  be  helped. 

Some  adjutants  have  a  habit  of  sending  for  officers  in  a  most 
promiscuous  way,  to  the  annoyance,  inconvenience,  and  loss  of  time 
of  the  latter. 

Very  often  the  sending  of  a  brief  note  will  obviate  the  necessity 
of  an  officer's  reporting  at  the  adjutant's  office. 

219.  Whenever  officers  are  sent  for  by  the  adjutant  he   should 
always   be   extremely   careful  to    say    (through   the   orderly),    for   in- 
stance,  "The  adjutant  presents  his  compliments  and  says  the  com- 
manding officer  would  like  to  see  Captain  Smith  in  the  office  as  soon 
as  convenient." 

Of  course,  all  orders,  verbal  or  otherwise,  should  be  given  in 
the  name  of  the  commanding  officer,  even  though  on  routine  business 
which  has  been  delegated  to  the  adjutant. 

A  violation  of  this  rule  will  always  cause  trouble  and  friction. 

220.  Dress  and  bearing.     In   neatness   and   correctness   of  dress 
and  in  soldierly  bearing,  he  should  be  faultless,  setting  an  example  to 
the  rest  of  the  command.     He  should  cultivate  soldierly  qualities  and 
amiability,  and  should  be  just,  pleasant  and  courteous   to   everyone, 
performing  his  duties  with  partiality  to  none  and  fairness  to  all. 

221.  He  should  never  talk  outside  about  the  official  business  of 
the  office — this   is   not   only  unbusiness-like,   undignified   and   unmili- 
tary,  but  it  is  also  a  betrayal  of  official  confidence  which  almost  in- 
variably leads  to  pernicious  results.     Nor  should  he  ever  criticise  the 
conduct  of  other  officers. 

222.  As  the  adjutant  occupies  an  office  which  is  regarded  in  the 
service  as   representing  accuracy,   method,   and   precision,  and   as  he 
is  often  required  to  call  the  attention  of  officers  to  the  violation  of, 
and  non-compliance  with,  regulations  and  orders,  he  can  not  himself 
be  too  careful  and  punctilious. 

Two  of  the  most  essential  qualities  required  in  a  good  adjutant 
are  tact  and  common  sense. 

[91] 


223-224-225 

223.  Necessary   knowledge.     An  efficient   adjutant   must   have   a 
general  knowledge  of  the  administrative  duties  of  all  the  other  staff 
officers  and   the  company  commanders,  and  a   special  knowledge   of 
his  own  duties.     He   must  be  a  close  student  of  the  Army   Regula- 
tions, the  Drill  Regulations,  the  Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty,  the 
Courts-Martial  Manual  and  the  manuals  of  the  various  staff  depart- 
ments and  should  read  carefully  all  War  Department,  Division,  and 
Department    orders.      Under    no    circumstances    should    the    adjutant 
permit  any  other  officer  of  the  command  to  be  better  informed  than 
he  is  in  these   subjects.     Unless   the  adjutant   is   well  posted  in   the 
duties  of  his  office,  he  can  not  command  the  respect  and  enjoy  the 
confidence  of  his  fellow  officers.     By  study,  application,  and  observa- 
tion he  should  inform  himself  upon  all  points  of  military  usage  and 
etiquette  and  on  proper  occasions  aid  with  his  advice  and  experience 
the  subalterns  of  the  command,  especially  those  just  joining. 

224.  Army     Regulation     paragraphs     affecting     adjutants.     The 
adjutant    should    be    familiar   with    the    following   paragraphs    of   the 
Army  Regulations  (edition,  1913): 

106-126,  129,  131-133,  135,  146-187,  189,  201-214,  240,  244,  251,  252, 
262,  279,  300,  316-324,  332-448,  464-477,  484-489,  493-498,  515,  516,  593, 
653,  654,  657-703,  707,  726-731,  748,  749,  751,  786-810,  811-824,  826,  828, 
829,  834-877,  888,  894-914,  919,  922-944,  951-962,  969,  970,  973,  982,  987, 
996-999,  1008-1012,  1018-1035,  1050-1053,  1057,  1061,  1075-1094,  1103, 
1104,  1106,  1107,  1144,  1147,  1156,  1168,  1170-1173,  1175,  1177,  1178, 
1181-1185,  1187,  1188,  1208,  1209-1212,  1213-1216,  1219,  1223,  1224-1226, 
1229-1232,  1236,  1237,  1247,  1248,  1285,  1302,  1304,  1315.  1337,  1342,  1360, 
1377,  1381,  1387,  1390,  1394,  1397-1399,  1402,  1403,  1407,  1411-1413,  1415- 
1417,  1419,  1424,  1427-1429,  1432,  1435,  1438,  1446,  1447,  1452,  1453,  1457- 
1459,  1464,  1466,  1468,  1470,  1471,  1474,  1480,  1485,  1528,  1550,  1562,  1563, 
1569-1573. 

225.  The  daily  transaction  of  routine  business  with  the  command- 
ing officer.     Say,  about  10  o'clock  a.  m.,  the  adjutant  presents  the  con- 
solidated  Morning  Report  to  the   commanding  officer  for   signature 
after  which  all  papers  in  the  "Commanding  Officer"  basket  (see  "The 
Four-Basket   System,"   Par.   243)    are   submitted,   the   adjutant   briefly 
explaining  each   as  it  is  placed  before  the  commanding  officer.     Xo 
paper  should  be  submitted: 

First — Unless  the  adjutant  has  carefully  scrutinized  the  same  and 
has  familiarized  himself  with  every  paragraph  in  the  Regulations  and 
every  order  that  may  be  referred  to  in  the  communication. 

Second — Unless  he  knows  that  all  orders  and  Regulations  on  the 
subject  have  been  complied  with.  The  safest  plan  is  to  look  up  in- 
variably the  Regulations  on  the  subject,  and  see  that  all  conditions 
required  have  been  fulfilled,  especially  regarding  allowances,  etc.,  in 
case  of  estimates  and  requisitions. 

[92] 


226 

Say,  about  11:30  a.  m.,  or  just  before  the  commanding  officer 
leaves  the  office  for  the  forenoon,  the  adjutant  should  again  submit 
to  him  all  papers  that  happen  to  be  in  the  "Commanding  Officer" 
basket. 

In  case  of  requisitions,  estimates,  clothing  schedules,  etc.,  see 
that  all  dates  have  been  filled  in  and  that  the  comrrlanding  officer's 
rank  has  been  entered  below  where  he  is  to  sign. 

Of  course,  different  commanding  officers  have  different  ways  of 
transacting  business;  ascertain  the  wishes  of  your  commanding  of- 
ficer and  then  comply  with  them. 

Some  commanding  officers,  for  instance,  let  their  adjutants  open 
all  mail  and  permit  them  to  enter  on  purely  routine  papers  the  usual 
indorsements,  while  other  commanding  officers  desire  to  open  the 
official  mail  and  write  their  own  indorsements  in  all  cases,  or  direct 
the  adjutant  what  to  write.  Again,  some  commanding  officers  let 
their  adjutants  issue  orders  of  routine  nature  without  first  seeing  the 
manuscript,  while  other  commanding  officers  wish  to  see  the  manu- 
script first  or  to  write  the  orders  themselves. 

However,  if  the  proper  relations  of  confidence  exist  between  the 
commanding  officer  and  the  adjutant,  it  is  thought  the  former  should 
allow  the  latter  as  much  latitude  as  possible  in  matters  of  this  kind, 
thus  not  making  the  adjutant  feel  that  he  is  merely  a  clerk. 

In  matters  of  this  kind,  as  well  as  in  all  others,  ascertain  the 
wishes  of  the  commanding  officer  and  then  comply  with  them. 

226.        CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE  AFFECTING 
ADJUTANTS 

1  Cheerfulness,   harmony,   and    contentment   are    important    fac- 
tors in  the  discipline  and  efficiency  of  a  command,  and  the  adjutant 
should  do  everything  possible  to  promote  them.     By  custom  of  the 
service  he  is  regarded  as  the  logical  promoter  and  leader  of  entertain- 
ments, dances,  etc. 

2  Enlisted   men  and   civilian  attaches  desiring  to   speak  to  the 
commanding  officer,  first  see  the  adjutant. 

It  is  also  the  prevailing  custom  for  officers,  except  members  of 
the  staff,  who  wish  to  see  the  commanding  officer  at  his  office,  first 
to  address  themselves  to  the  adjutant,  older  officers  by  usually  ask- 
ing, "Is  the  commanding  officer  occupied?"  and  younger  officers, 
"May  I  see  the  commanding  officer?" 

3  Whenever   an   officer   reports   for   duty,   the   adjutant  usually 
arranges  for  his  care  until  he  gets  settled  temporarily  or  permanently. 
If  the  officer  has  just  entered  the  service,  the  adjutant  should  write 
him  a  friendly  letter  before  he  reports  for  duty,  and  in  a  kindly  and 
diplomatic  manner  convey  to   him   such   information  as  may   relieve 
him  from  the  embarrassment  of  uncertainty  regarding  the  custom  at 

[93] 


226  (cpntd.) 

that  particular  post  of  reporting  to  the  commanding  officer  for  duty, 
etc.,  and  when  the  officer  arrives,  the  adjutant  or  some  other  officer 
should  meet  him  at  the  station.  This  makes  his  reporting  easier  and 
such  courtesies  are  usually  gratefully  appreciated. 

So,  likewise,  if  soldiers  of  other  commands,  especially  those  of 
other  arms  of  t4*e  service  or  of  the  staff  corps,  are  casually  at  a  post, 
the  adjutant  should  make  it  his  special  business  to  see  that  they  are 
properly  cared  for.  Very  often  there  is  a  tendency  to  "run  it"  on 
casuals,  especially  if  they  belong  to  another  branch  of  the  service. 

4  Before  detailing  men  on  special  or  extra  duty,  it  is  customary 
to  ascertain  from  their  company  commander  whether  there  are  any 
military  reasons  why  the  details  should   not  be  made,  and  in  other 
cases,    unless    by    roster,    orders    should    not    specify    individuals    by 
names,  e.  g.,  "The   Commanding  Officer,   Co.   'A,'  24th   Infantry,  will 
send  a  detachment  consisting  of  one  noncommissioned  officer  and  six 
privates,  etc." 

5  Officers  not  under  arms  usually  remove  their  caps  upon  enter- 
ing the  adjutant's  office.     This  is  proper  not  only  because  one  gentle- 
man should  always  remove  his  cap  upon  entering  the  office  of  an- 
other, but  the  adjutant's  office  is,  in  effect,  the  commanding  officer's 
office. 

Regarding  officers  returning  from  drills,  courts-martial,  etc.,  with 
side  arms,  the  prevailing  custom  seems  to  be  for  them  to  remove 
their  caps  upon  entering  the  office  of  the  adjutant. 

It  is  not  usual  for  the  officer  of  the  day  to  remove  his  cap  while 
in  the  adjutant's  office  on  business  not  connected  with  his  duties  as 
officer  of  the  day,  although  some  officers  make  it  a  rule  to  do  so. 
If  in  the  commanding  officer's  office  and  the  official  relations  are  re- 
laxed, the  prevailing  custom  is  to  remove  the  cap. 

6  The  expression   often  used  in  orders  to  "report  to  the  com- 
manding officer"  means  to  "report  to  the  adjutant,"  regardless  of  the 
relative  rank  of  the  officer  reporting  and  the  adjutant. 

7  In  case  of  strange  officers  coming  to  a  post,  the  adjutant  is  by 
custom  the  logical  person  to  see  that  they  are  properly  entertained 
and  looked  after. 

An  inspector  general  is  usually  met  at  the  station  by  the  adjutant 
or  some  other  officer,  and  a  private  reports  to  him  as  orderly.  For 
reception  of  general  officers  and  other  distinguished  officials,  see  par. 
441. 

8  When  an  officer  of  the  command  is  appointed  brigadier  gen- 
eral, a  sergeant   (in  some  regiments  a  corporal)    is  ordered  without 
delay  to  report  to  him  for  duty  as  orderly  as  long  as  he  is  in  the  post. 

9  When  a  general  officer  comes  to  a  post,  a  sergeant  is  at  once 
ordered  to  report  to  him  for  duty  as  orderly. 

[94] 


227-228 

(In  some  regiments  a  sergeant  reports  as  orderly  to  a  major  gen- 
eral and  a  corporal  to  a  brigadier  general.) 


227. 


BUSINESS  ROUTINE  OF  THE  OFFICE 


Everything  about  the  adjutant's  office  should  be  indicative  of 
system,  order  and  neatness,  and  the  business  of  the  office  should  be 
transacted  in  a  prompt,  systematic  and  business-like  manner.  The 
duties  of  the  sergeant  major,  the  clerks,  the  telephone  orderly,  the 
janitor,  and  all  others  connected  with  the  office  should  be  clearly 
defined  and  every  one  made  to  live  up  to  the  requirements  thereof. 


228. 


THE   SERGEANT  MAJOR 


1  Under  the  direction  of  the  adjutant  he  has  immediate  charge 
of  all  books,  records,  and  papers  pertaining  to  the  office. 

2  In  the   clerks'  office  he  is  the  representative   of  the  adjutant 
and  his  orders  must  be  obeyed  without  question. 

3  He  will  keep  the  Army  Regulations  posted  and  every  Monday 
morning  place  on  the  adjutant's  desk  for  signature  all  books  requir- 
ing the  signature  of  the  adjutant  or  the  commanding  officer. 

Should  either  of  these  officers  go  on  leave  or  be  ordered  to  a 
new  station,  he  should  see  that  all  books  are  presented  to  them  for 
signature  before  they  leave. 

4  All  orders  and  communications  of  a  routine  nature  for  organi- 
zation commanders  will  be  delivered  to  the  first   sergeants  at   First 
Sergeants'    Call.      However,    communications,    etc.,    of    an    important 
nature  or  requiring  action  without  delay,  will  be  delivered  direct  to 
the  officers  by  the  orderly  and  duly  signed  for. 

Orders,  circulars,  etc.,  of  a  routine  nature  that  are  to  be  shown 
to  officers  will  be  sent  around  before  noon.  Officers  will  indicate 
by  writing  their  initials  on  back  of  paper  that  they  have  seen  same. 

5  A  receipt  will  be  obtained  for  all  communications  delivered  to 
officers. 

6  A  check  will  be  kept  on  all  communications   that  are  to  be 
returned  to  or  through  the  office,  or  that  are  to  be  answered.     This 
may  be  done  by  means  of  the  adjutant's  "Tickler"   (see  par.  245)  or 
a  memorandum  book,   ruled  as  follows: 


NUMBER 
OF 
COMMUNICATION 

TO      WHOM 

DELIVERED 
OR 
MAILED 

TO     BE    RE- 
TURNED   OR 
ANSWERED     BY 

RETURNED 
OR 
ANSWERED 

100 

Capt.     Jones 

Jan.    5. 

Jan.    10 

fen.   8. 

[95] 


229-230 

7  The  sergeant  major  will  regulate  daily  all  clocks  in  the  office, 
obtaining   the    correct     time,    when    practicable,    from     the    Western 
Union  or  the  Postal  Telegraph  office. 

8  In  case  of  officers  casually  at  post,  the  dates  of  arrival  and 
departure  will  be  entered  on  the  Morning  Report. 

9  The  daily  maximum  and  minimum  temperature,  obtained  from 
the  Morning  Report  of  the  Hospital  Corps  Detachment,  will  be  noted 
on  the  Morning  Report. 

10  A  record  will  be  kept  of  all  blank  forms,  pamphlets,  etc.,  sent 
from  the  office. 

11  Whenever   a    letter   is   written,    an    order   published,    a    com- 
munication   received    or    verbal    instructions    given,    requiring    future 
action  on  the  part  of  the  office  or  some  one  else  to  or  through  the 
office,  a  check  will  be  made  against  such  action. 

12  Every  time  the  sergeant  major  enters  the  office  of  the  adjutant 
for  whatever  purpose,  he  will  empty  the  "Out"  basket.     (See  "Four- 
Basket  System,"  par.  243.) 

13  His  bell  call  is  one  short  ring. 

229.  GENERAL 

All  books,  pamphlets,  etc.,  will  be  plainly  marked,  "Adjutant's 
Office,"  or  "Office  of  Commanding  Officer,"  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
no  books,  pamphlets,  maps  or  records  of  any  description  will  be 
taken  from  the  office  without  the  permission  of  the  adjutant,  and 
in  every  case  the  article  will  be  charged  against  the  proper  person. 

230.  CLERKS 

1  All  clerks  and  other  persons  on  duty  in  the  adjutant's  Office 
are  prohibited  from  furnishing  any  information  whatever  on  subjects 
pertaining  to  the  business  thereof. 

2  The    office   hours    for  the   clerks  will  be  from  7:30  a.  m.   to 
12  m.,  and  from  1:30  to  5:00  p.  m. 

All  clerks  will  report  promptly  at  7:30  a.  m.  and  1:30  p.  m. 
In  case  of  emergency  the  work  will  be  pushed  through  without 
regard  to  hours. 

3  Only  the  necessary  office  work  for  that  day  will  be  done  on 
Sundays  and  holidays,  and  in  the  absence  of  work  requiring  imme- 
diate attention,  the  clerks  will  be  excused  on  holiday  afternoons. 

4  No  clerk  will  leave  the  office  without  first  obtaining  permis- 
sion from  the  senior  noncommissioned  officer  present,  reporting  his 
destination  and  probable  duration  of  absence. 

5  All  bells  will  be  answered  promptly.     In  case  of  the  absence 
of  the  clerk  rung  for,  the  next  junior  in  rank  shall  answer  the  call. 
The  bell  calls  are  as  follows: 

(Draw  up  to  suit  local  conditions.) 

[96] 


231 

6     Loud  talking,  whistling,  singing  and  other  unnecessary  noises 
are  forbidden. 


231. 


BUGLER  OF  THE  GUARD 


1  Immediately  after  marching  on  guard  the  bugler  of  the  new 
guard  will  proceed  to  the  adjutant's  office,  reporting  to  the  adjutant: 

"Sir,  Bugler  —         ,  Company  —  — ,  reports  as  bugler  of  the 

new  guard."    After  having  received  his  instructions  from  the  adjutant 
he  will  relieve  the  bugler  of  the  old  guard,  receiving  from  him  any 
special  instructions  that  he  may  have. 

2  After  having  been  relieved  by  the  bugler  of  the  new  guard, 
the  bugler  of  the  old  guard  will  report  to  the  adjutant,  "Sir,  Bugler 

— ,    Company    -  — ,    reports    having    been    relieved    as 

bugler  of  the  old  guard." 

3  The  bugler  of  the  guard  will  sound  the  first  call  for  all  forma- 
tions, schools  of  instruction,  etc.,  except  for  reveille,  as  follows: 

First — On  the  parade  ground,  about  fifty  yards  in  front  of  the 
adjutant's  office. 

Second — At  such  place  or  places  as  those  concerned  can  hear 
the  call. 

The  Assembly  will  be  sounded  about  fifty  yards  in  front  of  the 
adjutant's  office. 

At  some  posts,  all  calls  are  sounded  through  a  megaphone,  resting  on  a  ver- 
tical, revolving  axis. 

4  The  bugler  of  the  guard  will  remain 
at  the  adjutant's   office  from  the  time  he 
marches  on  until  taps,  and  from  breakfast 
until  the  time  he  marches  off. 

5  The   sounding  of  all   calls  will  be 
regulated   by   the    clock   in  the   adjutant's 
office. 

6  The      bells      will      be      answered 
promptly   and   in   case   the   bugler   of  the 
guard  be  absent,  his  bell  will  be  answered 
by    the    janitor.      In    the    absence    of    the 
janitor,  his  call  will  be  answered  by  the 
bugler  of  the  guard. 

The  bugler  call  is  one  long  ring;  the 
janitor's  one  long  and  one  short. 

7  All     communications    will    be     de- 
livered  promptly,   and    the   initials   of  the 

receiver   obtained   in   the   delivery  book,   with   the  hour  and   date  of 
receipt. 

8  Except  in  urgent  cases,  communications  will  not  be  delivered 
to  officers  in  the  afternoon,  or  at  any  time  while  they  are  at  meals. 

9  The  bugler  of  the  guard  will  at  all  times  wear  the  uniform  of 
the  guard. 

[97] 


232-233 

10  The  instructions  of  the  commanding  officer's  orderly  regard- 
ing the  receipt  and  delivery  of  messages  will  also  be  observed  by  the 
bugler  of  the  guard. 

232.  COMMANDING  OFFICER'S  ORDERLY 

1  If   necessary,   the    new    orderly    will    ascertain    from   the     old 
orderly  the  correct  way  of  reporting  to  the  commanding  officer,  which 
will  be  done  as  prescribed  in  the  Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty. 

2  He  will  report  to  the  commanding  officer  at  his  office   soon 
after  guard  mount. 

3  He  will  receive  orders  from  no  one  except  the  commanding 
officer.     (M.G.D.) 

4  When  ordered  to  carry  a  message,  he  will  be  careful  to  de- 
liver it  exactly  as  it  was  given  to  him.     (M.G.D.)     If  a  message  be 
not  understood,  he  will  ask  that  it  be  repeated.    He  will  acknowledge 
the  receipt  of  orders  by  saying,  "Yes,  sir." 

5  After  having  delivered  a  message  or  returned  from  an  errand, 
he  will  always  report  accordingly  to  the  commanding  officer.     For 
example,  "Sir,  the  commanding  officer's  message  has  been  delivered 
to  Captain  Smith." 

6  At  every  mess  call,  if  in  attendance  on  the  commanding  of- 
ficer, he  will  report  to  him,  "Sir,  mess  call  has  sounded."     He  will  be 
allowed  one  hour  for  each  meal. 

7  To  be  relieved  at  9  o'clock  p.  m.,  he  will  report  to  the  com- 
manding officer,  "Sir,  it  is  9  o'clock." 

8  He  will  sleep  in  his  company  quarters,  and  will  report  at  the 
commanding  officer's  quarters  at  7  a.  m. 

9  His   call  will  be   one   short  ring,  and  when  rung  for  he   will 
enter  the  commanding  officer's  office  without  knocking. 

10  He  may  be  granted  a  pass  from  9  o'clock  a.  m.,  the  day  of 
marching  off,  to  noon  the  following  day.     The  pass  will  be  made  out 
by  the  adjutant  and  will  excuse  the  soldier  from  all  intervening  duties. 

11  He  will  call  the  attention  of  his  successor  to  these  instruc- 
tions. 

233.  TELEPHONE  CLERK 

1  The  telephone  clerk  will  sleep  in  the  telephone  office. 

2  He  will  be  in  the  office  from  immediately  after  breakfast  until 
noon,  and  from  1 :00  p.  m.  until  supper. 

3  The  bugler  of  the  guard  will   remain  in  the  telephone  office 
and   answer   all    calls,   from    supper   until   taps.      (Between    taps    and 
reveille,  the  main  telephone  should  be  connected  with  the  telephone 
in  the  guardhouse,  so  that  the  post  may  be  gotten  at  once  any  time 
during  the  night.) 

[98] 


234 

4  Just  before  going  to  dinner,   the   telephone   clerk  will   report 
to  the  sergeant  major  who  will  designate  one  of  the  clerks  to  remain 
in  the  telephone  office  until  1  o'clock. 

5  In   case  of  going  on  pass,  the   telephone   clerk  will  give   the 
sergeant  major  due  notice,  to  the  end  that  one  or  more  of  the  clerks 
may  be  designated  to  look  after  the  telephone. 

6  All  the  metal  parts  of  the  telephone  instruments  will  be  pol- 
ished and  kept  bright. 

7  All   official   messages   received   will   be    repeated   back   to   the 
sender,  and  all  messages  sent  will  be  repeated  back  to  the  telephone 
clerk. 

8  The   names   of  all  persons   receiving  official  messages   at  the 
other  end  of  the  line  will  be  noted  on  the  messages. 

9  In  case  of  any  trouble  with  the  line  or  the  instruments,  the 
Signal  Officer  will  be  notified  at  once. 

10  In  case  anyone  wishes  to  speak  to  some  member  of  the  gar- 
rison, the  telephone  clerk  will  fill  out  a  notification  slip  and  turn  the 
same  over  to  the  sergeant  major  for  delivery. 

[FORM] 

TELEPHONE      OFFICE 
FORT  HARRISON,   MONT. 

Time     

Mr 

Telephone    No 

wishes   to  speak   to 


11  Telephone  calls  will  be  answered  promptly  and  all  business, 
official  and  unofficial,  will  be  transacted  with  courtesy. 

12  Enlisted  men  are  prohibited  from  smoking  in  the  telephone 
office. 

13  The  telephone  clerk  will  leave  the  office  and  close  the  door 
when  the  telephone  is  being  used  by  an  officer  or  a  member  of  an 
officer's  family.  , 

14  tHis  bell  call  is  two  short  rings. 

'  234.  JANITOR 

1  He  will  look  after  the  furnace  and  have  general  charge  of  the 
policing   of  the   Administration    Building,   keeping   the   offices    of   the 
commanding  officer,  the  adjutant,  the  quartermaster  arid  the  sergeant 
major  in  a  clean  and  orderly  condition. 

2  The   desks   in   particular   will  be   kept   in   a   neat   and   orderly 
condition,  and  care  will  be  taken  not  to  misplace  any  papers  that  it 
may  be  necessary  to  move. 

3.     The  offices  will  be  in  proper  condition  by  7:30  a.  m. 

4  The  lavatory  and  water-closet  will  be  thoroughly  cleaned 
daily;  special  attention  being  given  to  the  urinals.  Brass  door  knobs, 
metal  parts  of  urinals,  etc.,  will  be  kept  polished,  and  the  window 
panes  will  be  kept  clean. 

im 


235 

5  Great  care  against  accident  will  be  exercised  in  operating  the 
furnace. 

6  The  temperature  will  be  noted  frequently,  and  the  offices  and 
other  rooms  will  be  properly  ventilated,  lowering  the  windows  from 
the  top. 

7  The  janitor  will  go  to  his  meals  30  minutes  before  mess  call. 

8  His  bell  call  is  one  long  and  one  short  ring. 

235.        PAPERWORK  AND  CORRESPONDENCE 
(See  "Army  Paperwork,"  par.  512.) 

1  Keep  your  Army  Regulations  posted  up  to  date  and  get  into 
the  habit  of  referring  to  them  whenever  there  comes  up  a  new  matter, 
or  one  concerning  which  the  slightest  doubt  exists,  always  analyzing 
the  paragraphs  involved  and  taking  special  care  to  see  that  all  their 
requirements  are  fulfilled.     For  instance,  in  the  case  of  an  application 
for  appointment  as  ordnance  Sergeant  see: — 

(a)  Whether  the  applicant  has  served  at  least  eight  years  in 
the  Army;  including  four  years  as  a  noncommissioned  officer. 

(b)  If  he  is  less  than  45  years  of  age. 

(c)  That  the  application  is  in  the  applicant's  handwriting. 

(d)  That  the  application  states  the  length  and  nature  of  mili- 
tary service,  and  for  what  time  and  in  what  organizations  service 
has  been  rendered  as  a  noncommissioned  officer. 

(e)  That   the  company   commander   has   indorsed    on   the  ap- 
plication the  character  of  the  applicant  and  his  opinion  as  to  his 
intelligence  and  fitness  for  the  position. 

2  When  a  communication  has  been  returned  through  the  Adju- 
tant's Office  to  an  officer  for  certain  data,  analyze  carefully  all  indorse- 
ments and  see  that  all  the  information  called  for  is  furnished  before 
the  paper  is  returned  to  higher  authority. 

3  Whenever  reference  is  made  to  certain  paragraphs  in  the  Army 
Regulations  or  to  certain  orders,  invariably  look  up  the  paragraphs  or 
orders  referred  to. 

4  In  the  case  of  correspondence  with  officers  under  the  command 
of  the  commanding  officer,  papers  are  always  signed  by  the  adjutant 
and  if  some  such  expression  as  "The  Commanding  Officer  desires," 
etc.,  or  "I  am  directed  by  the   Commanding  Officer,"  etc.,   does  not 
appear  in  the  body  of  the  communication,  then  the  letter  should  end, 
for  example,  "By  order  of  Major  Jones:  John  A.   Smith,   1st  Lieut., 
1st  Infantry,  Adjutant." 

Communications   to  superiors   or   to   other  post   commanders   are 
signed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

5  In   practice,   whether    communications    forwarded,    referred    or 
transmitted  to  civilians,  especially  the  civil  authorities,  are  signed  by 
the  commanding  officer  or  the  adjutant,  depends  upon  circumstances. 


236 

In  case  of  ordinary  inquiries,  etc.,  from  civilians,  the  adjutant  usually 
signs  the  answer,  omitting  "By  order,"  etc.  Communications  ad- 
dressed to  the  civil  authorities  are  generally  signed  by  the  command- 
ing officer — answers  to  clerks  or  other  subordinates  being  signed  by 
the  adjutant,  omitting  "By  order,"  etc. 

Some  commanding  officers,  however,  follow  the  rule  of  signing  all 
communications  addressed  to  parties  not  under  their  command  or 
direction. 

A  recruiting  officer,  so  far  as  his  rendezvous  and  party  are  con- 
cerned, exercises  command  correlative  with  that  of  a  post  commander 
— consequently,  communications  forwarded,  referred  or  transmitted 
to  recruiting  officers  not  under  the  direction  of  the  commanding 
officer,  should  be  signed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

In  case  the  regimental  commander  is  not  stationed  at  the  head- 
quarters of  the  regiment,  the  regimental  adjutant  may  sign  "In  the 
absence  of  the  regimental  commander,"  all  papers  forwarded  to 
higher  authority  that  do  not  require  the  personal  action  of  the  tem- 
porary regimental  commander,  provided  the  latter  delegates  such 
authority  to  the  regimental  adjutant. 

Papers  requiring  the  personal  action  of  the  temporary  regimen- 
tal commander  should  be  sent  to  him  for  consideration  and  can  be 
returned  by  him  to  regimental  headquarters  with  his  directions  as  to 
the  action  to  be  taken.  The  papers  can  then  be  prepared  for  the  signa- 
ture of  the  regimental  adjutant  "In  the  absence  of  the  regimental 
commander." 

The  temporary  regimental  commander  should  be  consulted  as 
to  the  classes  of  papers  that  he  desires  to  see. 

(Indorsement  A.  G.  O.,  July  14,  1909.) 

6  Great  caution  should  be   exercised  in  using  disciplinary  lan- 
guage in  communications  addressed  to  officers  not  under  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  commanding  officer. 

7  It  is   not   necessary  to  return  by  formal   indorsement   all   re- 
ports, returns,  and  other  communications  that  may  be  received  with 
errors,  or  incomplete. 

The  adjutant  may  return  the  papers  informally  to  the  officers 
concerned,  in  person,  or  by  means  of  an  attached  memorandum.  Not 
only  does  this  save  the  adjutant's  office  and  also  the  officer  concerned 
useless  paperwork,  but  it  also  expedites  the  transaction  of  business. 

236.  Reduction  and  simplification  of  paperwork,  (a)  Post  admin- 
istration. The  following  suggestions  for  the  reduction  and  simplifi- 
cation of  paperwork  connected  with  post  administration  are  taken 
from  General  Orders,  No.  1,  Hq.  Eastern  Department,  1915: 

(1)  Verbal  instead  of  written  orders.  The  following  to  be  verbal 
instead  of  written:  Orders  granting  leaves  of  absence  not  exceeding 
five  days;  orders  attaching  officers  to  organizations  for  temporary 

[101] 


236  (contd.) 

duty,  and  relieving  them  from,  such  duty;  orders  appointing  and  re- 
lieving officers  as  summary  court;  orders  detailing  enlisted  men  on 
special  duty  and  relieving  them  from,  such  duty;  orders  for  muster,  in- 
spection and  payment  of  troops — in  general,  orders  that  do  not  involve 
money  or  property  accountability  to  be  verbal  instead  of  written.  (At- 
tention is  invited  to  the  fact  that  orders  affecting  the  status  of  in- 
dividuals are  always  entered  on  the  morning  report  and  thus  made  of 
record.) 

(2)  Formal  written  applications  for   furloughs  not  to  be   sub- 
mitted.*   No  formal  written  applications  for  furloughs  to  be  submitted 
to  post  commanders,  but,  if  desired  by  the  post  commander,  an  in- 
formal memorandum  may  be  attached  to  the   furlough,   giving  such 
information    as    may   be    desired    regarding    the    number    of   men    on 
furlough,  etc. 

(3)  Use  of  telephone.     Judicious  use   of  the  telephone  will  ob- 
viate considerable  writing,  and  many  things  now  done  through  corre- 
spondence can  be  done  equally  as  well  and  much  more  expeditiously 
by  telephone. 

(4)  Efficiency   reports   to   be   kept   at   post  headquarters.     The 
keeping  at  post  headquarters  of  efficiency  reports  of  the  officers  of 
the  command  and  the  reference  of  such  reports  to  the  proper  officers 
upon   the   permanent   departure   of  officers   from   the    command,   will 
obviate  considerable  future  correspondence. 

(5)  Receipts   for   certain   papers   not   necessary.     Many    of   the 
receipts  that  are  now  required  for  orders,  details,  and  other  routine 
papers  could,  with  safety,  be  dispensed  with. 

(6)  Assignment  of  recruits  by  written  orders  unnecessary.     The 
assignments  of  recruits  to  companies  by  written  orders  is  unnecessary 
— the  assignment  as  stated  on  the  D.  and  A.  card,  a  copy  of  which  is 
furnished  the  company  commander,  is  sufficient. 

(7)  Approval  of  commanding  officer  in  case   of   absence  from 
duty  under  General  Orders,  No.  31,  War  Department,  1912.     When- 
ever an  officer  or  enlisted  man  is  absent  from  duty   due   to   causes 
within  the  purview  of  General  Orders,  No.  31,  War  Department,  1912, 
and  the  company  commander  and  the  surgeon  are  in  accord,  the  ap- 
proval of  the  commanding  officer  may  be  noted  and  made  of  record, 
by  writing  "Approved,"  duly  signed,  in  the  column  "Disposition"  of 
the   Daily  Sick   Report,   opposite  the  last  entry   of  the   name  of  the 
officer  or  enlisted  man. 

(8)  Monthly  submission  of  ration  returns.     The  submission   of 
ration  returns  for  a  period  of  one  month  instead  of  a  shorter  period 
reduces  paper  and  other  work. 

(y)  Obtaining  information  by  means  of  informal  memoranda,  by 
personal  interview  and  by  telephone.  Clerical  labor  and  useless  rec- 
ords can  be  saved  by  using  informal  memoranda  instead  of  formal 

[102] 


236  (contd.) 

written  communications  in  communication  between  post  headquarters 
and  organization  commanders  and  others  in  cases  the  nature  of 
which  does  not  require  that  the  matter  be  made  of  permanent  record. 
For  example,  applications  for  the  appointment  and  reduction  of  non- 
commissioned officers,  and  for  ratings  and  disratings;  applications 
for  leaves  of  absence  within  frhe  power  of  post  commanders  to  grant 
(such  applications  might  be  verbal);  certain  information  required  by 
post  headquarters  on  which  to  base  letters  or  indorsements.  In  this 
connection  it  may  be  remarked  that  not  infrequently  certain  papers 
(for  example,  applications  of  enlisted  men  for  transfer)  that  are  sent 
to  post  commanders  for  information  or  expression  of  opinion,  and 
that  are  now  referred  to  organization  commanders  and  others  by 
formal  indorsement  in  which  to  get  desired  information,  need  not, 
unless  the  matter  be  of  such  a  nature  as  to  make  it  desirable  to  make 
of  record  the  statement  of  the  subordinate  to  whom  the  paper  is  re- 
ferred, go  further  than  post  headquarters,  the  necessary  information 
being  obtained  from  organization  commanders  or  others  concerned  by 
personal  interview,  by  telephone  or  by  informal  memoranda,  and  the 
communication  being  returned  by  post  headquarters  by  indorsement 
based  upon  the  information  so  obtained. 

10  Officers  reporting  at  post  headquarters  daily.  Considerable 
business  now  transacted  in  writing  can  be  disposed  of  conveniently 
and  expeditiously  by  personal  interview,  and  orders,  communications, 
etc.,  can  be  delivered  without  messenger  service,  by  having  all  the  of- 
ficers of  the  command  report  daily,  except  Sundays,  at  post  head- 
quarters at  officers'  call,  sounded  shortly  before  1st  sergeants'  call, 
which,  for  the  convenience  of  those  concerned,  might  be  sounded  im- 
mediately after  morning  drill.  Instructions  concerning  muster,  inspec- 
tions, payment,  etc.,  and  information  of  general  interest  now  conveyed 
by  written  communication,  may  be  given  the  assembled  officers  by  the 
commanding  officer  or  the  adjutant,  the  officer  of  the  day  detail 
verbally  announced,  holidays  made  known,  etc.  A  pigeon-hole  box, 
with  a  compartment  labelled  with  each  officer's  name,  is  kept  in 
some  convenient  room  in  the  administration  building,  and  orders, 
communications,  etc.,  intended  for  officers  are  placed  in  their  respec- 
tive compartments.  Should  the  commanding  officer  or  the  adjutant 
desire  to  see  an  officer  about  some  particular  matter,  place  in  the 
officer's  compartment  a  card  or  slip,  bearing,  for  instance,  the  state- 
ment— 

"Capt.  Smith: 

The  C.  O.  (or  Adjt.)  desires  to  see  you  about ." 

(NOTE — See    par.    240,    regarding    use    of    bulletin    board    and    daily    bulletin. — 
Author.) 

(11)  Payment  of  ration  savings  to  organization  commanders.  At 
posts  where  officers  report  daily  at  headquarters  at  a  fixed  hour  a 
representative  of  the  Quartermaster's  office  is  present  once  a  menth 

[103] 


236  (contd.) 

to  pay  there  to  organization  commanders  the  ration  savings  and  have 

them  sign  the  necessary  vouchers. 

(12)  Pass  System.     Any  of  the  following  pass  systems  will  ob- 
viate the  daily  preparation  of  pass  lists  by  organization  commanders, 
and  the  scrutiny  and  signing  of  same  at  post  headquarters: 

(a)  Organization    commanders    to    grant    passes    under    general 
supervision  of  the  post  commander,  a  passbook  or  list  being  kept  in 
the  company  office,  in  which  will  be  entered  daily  the  names  of  the 
men  to  go  on  pass  that  day,  and  the  authorized  hours  of  absence,  the 
book  or  list  to  be  signed  each  day  by  the  organization  commander. 

(b)  Under  general  supervision  of  the  post  commander,  organi- 
zation commanders  to  grant  permanent  passes,  based  on  good  conduct, 
and   revocable   in   the    discretion   of   the   organization   commander   in 
case  of  misconduct. 

(c)  General  permission  to  be  given  by  the  post  commander  to  all 
enlisted  men  to  be  absent  during  stated  hours  that  will  not,  except  by 
special    permission    of    the    organization    commanders    in    each    case, 
exempt    them   from   any    duty,   and    organization    commanders    being 
authorized  to  withhold  this  privilege  from  delinquents. 

(13)  War  Department  Orders.     The  following  are  the  War  De- 
partment orders  on  the  reduction  and  simplification  of  paper  and  other 
administrative  work: 

(1)  In  order  that  the  maximum  amount  of  time  may  be  devoted 
to  the  practical  and  theoretical  instruction  of  troops,  division,  depart- 
ment,  and   post   commanders   will   reduce   official   correspondence   at 
their  headquarters  to  the  minimum  consistent  with  efficient  adminis- 
tration.    To   this    end   post   commanders  will    dispose    of  matters    of 
routine  as  far  as  practicable  by  personal  interview  with  the  individuals 
concerned  at  such  hours  as  will  least  interfere  with  the  instruction  of 
their  commands.   (Par.  5,  G.  O.  195;iO.) 

(2)  Routine  administration  throughout  the  Army  must  be  regu- 
lated on  the  basis  that  training  and  preparation  for  active  service  are 
of   first   importance.     Administrative    duties   are   an   essential   feature 
of  military  life  and  are  not  to  be  neglected;  but  in  every  legitimate 
way  they  must  be  simplified,  reduced  in  amount,  and  adjusted  as  to 
time  of  performance,  so  that  they  will  not  obscure  the  real  purpose 
for  which  the  Army  is  maintained  or  obstruct  the  attainment  of  this 
purpose.     Commanders  of  all  grades  must  so  order  and  arrange  the 
affairs  of  their  organizations  that  the  foregoing  general  principles  are 
given  full  force  and  effect.     (Par.  11,  G.  O.  17J13.) 

(3)  It  is  believed  that  the  custom  of  having  the  morning  reports: 
daily  correspondence,  returns,  etc.,  submitted  in  the  morning  before 
the  tactical  instruction  of  troops  is  completed,  which  prevails  at  many 
posts,    removes    captains,    other    organization    commanders    and    first 
sergeants,    from    other    and    more    important    duties,    or    lessens    the 

[104] 


237-233 

amount  of  personal  supervision  at  a  time  when  such  supervision  is 
most   needed.     This   custom  also   tends,   in  some  cases,   to  the   habit 
of  post  commanders  remaining  at  their  desks  to  attend  to  the  daily 
paperwork  while  their  commands  are  engaged  in  tactical  work. 
***** 

.  These  customs,  which  are  now  in  force  at  certain  posts,  are  con- 
sidered to  violate  the  provisions  of  paragraph  11,  General  Orders,  No. 
17,  War  Department,  1913,  and  steps  will  be  taken  to  regulate  the 
same.  (Letter  A.  G.  O.,  Jan.  17/14.) 

237.  LABOR-SAVING  DEVICES  AND 

CONVENIENCES 

Not  only  can  much  time  and  labor  be  saved,  but  also  the  work 
of  the  office  can  be  greatly  simplified  and  systematized  by  the  use 
of  conveniences  in  the  way  of  rubber  stamps,  mimeographs,  wire 
baskets,  file  cases,  pigeonhole  boxes,  etc. 

238.  Delivery     envelopes.     An    excellent     system     for     delivering 
communications,  orders,  and  other  papers  to  officers,  and  getting  their 


C.   0,  Co.    "A",   1ST  INFTY. 


[105J 


239 

receipt  therefor,  is  to  use  a  heavy  Manila  envelope  about  10x4^ 
inches,  with  the  office  or  the  officer's  name  written  across  the  top  and 
a  slip  of  paper  the  size  of  the  envelope,  with  one  end  pasted  across 

the  envelope,  immedi- 
ately under  the  officer's 
name  or  the  office.  On 
this  slip  of  paper,  ruled 
as  shown  below,  are 
entered  brief  descrip- 
tions of  the  papers  that 
are  put  in  the  envelope, 
and  for  which  the 
o  f fi  c  e  r  acknowledges 
receipt  by  signing  his 
initials  in  the  proper 
.column.  Communica- 
/  Summary  Court  t:onS>for  an  officer  are 

V  Post  Exchange  Officer  pf.  ,m.  th;s    ""elope, 

which  is  placed  in  the 
officer's  compartment 
of  the  pigeon-hole  box 
described  in  Section 
(10),  above.  In  case  a 
paper  must  be  delivered 
at  once,  the  envelope 
is  sent  by  an  orderly 
to  the  officer  concerned, 
who  initials  and  returns 

/KemarK  the     envelope     by     the 

V  Investigation  and  report  orderly. 

239.  Information 
slips.  Time  and  labor 
can  be  saved  by  using 
printed  or  m  i  m  e  o  - 
graphed  Information 
Slips  about  2j4  x  7 
inches,  per  the  model 
shown  to  the  left, 
which,  with  the  officer's 
name,  or  the  office 
concerned  and  the  ac- 
tion to  l)e  taken, 
checked  off  as  indicated 


Attached  referred  to;- 
C.  0 

Quartermaster 
Surgeon 
Police  Officer 
Survey  Officer 
Summary  Court 
Post  Exchange  Officer 
Ordnance  Officer 
Engineer  Officer 
Judge  Advocate 


For:- 

Notation  and  return 
Necessary  action 
Pile 
Remark 

Investigation  and  report 
Recommendation 
Correction  as  indicated 
Information  and  guidance 
Any  objection  to  this  detail 


Capt.,  29th  Infantry 
ADJUTANT. 


[106J 


240 

on  the   model,   are   attached   to   papers    referred    to   officers,  in   cases 
where  formal  indorsements  are  not  necessary. 

240.  Bulletin  board.  Another  convenience  is  to  have  in  .the  Ad- 
jutant's Office  a  bulletin  board  on  which  is  posted  each  day  a  bulletin 
as  shown  below,  announcing  guard  and  other  details  for  the  following 
day,  calling  for  certain  information  from  organization  commanders 
and  others,  and  making  various  announcements;  also,  judge  advocates 
post  on  this  board  notices  of  meetings  of  courts,  and  notices  of  meet- 
ings of  the  post  exchange  council  are  likewise  posted  by  the  president 
of  the  council.  In  other  words,  the  bulletin  board  answers  the  purpose 
of  a  sort  of  daily  official  gazette.  Of  course,  the  use  of  such  a  bulletin 
board  presupposes  that  an  order  has  been  issued  requiring  all  officers 
to  report  at  the  Adjutant's  office  at  a  certain  time  daily  (say,  between 
11:30  and  noon)  and  examine  the  board. 

("Model"  Daily  Bulletin) 

Headquarters  Camp  Gaillard,  Canal  Zone 

December  5,   1916 

DAILY  BULLETIN— NO.  292 

1.  Detail  for  tomorrow,  December  6,  1916: 

Company  H,  29th  Infantry  will  be  for  guard. 
For  officer  of  the  day:     Captain  Keller. 

2.  Captain  Butcher  is  detailed  to  audit  the  accounts  of  the  Post  Ex- 
change this  p.  m. 

3.  Organization  commanders  will  submit  a  list  of  the  names  of  men 
of  their  organizations  that  desire  to  have  dental  work  done.  These 
lists  will  be  submitted  in  duplicate  not  later  than  the  15th  instant. 

4.  There  will  be  a  meeting  of  the  POST  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  at 
2:00  p.  m.  this  date. 

5.  Tomorrow,  Wednesday,  December  6,  there  will  be  general  police 
of  the  garrison,  battalion  commanders  supervising  the  police  of 
the  organizations  in  their  battalions. 

6.  There  will  be  a  meeting  of  the  POST  EXCHANGE  COUNCIL 
at  the  Post  Exchange  at  3:15  p.  m.,  this  date. 

7.  Major  John  J.   Bradley  is  detailed  as  Summary  Court  Officer — 
VOCO  December  5,  1916. 

8.  Two  (2)  fatigue  men  from  each  lettered  company  will  report  for 
fatigue  to  the  range  officer  daily,  except  Sundays  and  holidays, 
from  December  7  until  further  orders. 

9.  There  will  be  a  ball  game  this  p.  m.  at  2:30 — 29th  Infantry  vs.  5th 
Infantry. 

10.  There  will  be  a  regimental  practice  march  tomorrow,  with  full 
pack,  less  rations.  The  regiment  will  form  at  8  a.  m.  in  column 
of  squads,  facing  west,  the  head  of  the  column  in  front  of  the 
guardhouse. 

[107] 


241-242-243 

11.  During  the  remainder  of  the  month,  Friday  is  set  aside  for  regi- 
mental field  work. 

12.  Officers  leaving  the  post  on  leave  will  make  the  reports  required 
by  Par.  64,  A.  R. 

13.  Requisitions    for   blank   forms   from  the   A.   G.   Dept.,    for  period 
January  1-June  30/17,  to  be  submitted  by  the  28th  instant. 

14.  Battalion  commanders  by  making  timely  requests  on  the  Surgeon 
will  be  able  to  secure,  if  desired,  an  ambulance  and  attendant  to 
accompany  their  battalions  on  practice  marches. 

15.  All  Officers  of  this  camp  are  invited  to  attend  a  "Tacky"  party  at 
Corozal,  Friday  night,  December  8. 

By  ORDER  OF  COLONEL  SMITH: 

Jas.  A.  Morris, 
Captain,  29th  Infantry, 

Adjutant. 

241.  Rubber   stamps.     Self-inking   rubber   stamps    (that    is,    those 
mounted  on  metal  frames)  are  considered  the  most  satisfactory,  as  the 
impressions   are   always   clear,    clean-cut,    uniform,   and    well   aligned. 
They  may  be  obtained  upon  requisition  on  the   quartermaster.     The 
following  will  prove  useful: 

1.  (Figure  to  right.) 

2.  APPROVED. 

3.  Colonel,  50th  Inf., 

Comdg. 
(For  commanding  officer.) 

4.  Captain,  50th  Inf., 

Adjutant. 
(For  the  adjutant.) 

5.  TO  THE  QUARTERMASTER. 

6.  TO  THE  ORDNANCE  OFFICER. 

7.  Received  Hq.,  Fort  Niagara,  N.  Y. 

8.  Received  back  Hq.,  Fort  Niagara,  N.  Y. 

9.  JAN.  1,  1917. 
(Dating  stamp.) 

242.  Dating    and   numbering    stamp. 
If  the  office  uses  the  card  record  system 
prescribed  by  G.  O.  92,  1909,  get  a  dating 
and  numbering  stamp,  the  following  be- 
ing an  imprint  of  such  a  stamp: 

243.  Four-basket  system.     The  four- 
basket  system   consists   of  four  wire   or 
wicker  baskets,  or  four  light,  flat,  wooden 
boxes,  kept  on  the  Adjutant's  desk  and 

marked:       "IN,"     "COMMANDING     OFFICER,"     "HOLD,"     and 
"OUT." 


HEADQUARTERS 

02888  I 


O 

LU 

O 


CAMPCAILLARD.CZ. 


[108] 


244-245 

All  mail,  pass-lists,  and  other  incoming  matter  are  placed  in  the 
"In"  basket. 

All  papers  requiring  office  marks,  the  typewriting  of  indorse- 
ments, or  other  action  in  the  Sergeant-Major's  office,  as  well  as  all 
communications  ready  for  mailing,  delivery,  etc.,  are  placed  in  the 
"OUT"  basket,  which  is  emptied  by  the  Sergeant-Major  from  time  to 
time  during  office  hours. 

The  Sergeant-Major  places  in  the  "IN"  basket  all  papers  requir- 
ing the  signature  of  the  Commanding  Officer  or  the  Adjutant. 

Papers  for  the  signature  or  other  action  of  the  Commanding  Of- 
ficer are  placed  in  the '"COMMANDING  OFFICER"  basket  by  the 
Adjutant. 

Communications  which  cannot  be  acted  upon  at  once,  first  have 
entered  upon  them  the  proper  office  marks  and  are  then  placed  in  the 
"HOLD"  basket.  The  contents  of  this  basket  must  be  examined 
daily. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  papers  be  allowed  to  lie  around 
loose  on  the  Adjutant's  desk.  Each  and  every  paper  should  be  placed 
in  its  proper  basket  and  made  fast  with  a  paper-weight. 

244.  Memorandum  slips.     Whenever  the  Adjutant  thinks  of  some- 
thing  requiring   action,   but   which   cannot   be   done   at    the   time,    he 
should   once    note   the    same    on   a   piece    of   paper   which    should   be 
placed  in  the  proper  basket.     Matters,  for  instance,  concerning  which 
he  wishes  to   speak  to   the   commanding   officer  at  some   future  hour 
should  be  placed  in  the  "COMMANDING  OFFICER"  basket. 

It  is  a  very  good  thing  for  the  Adjutant  to  get  into  the  habit  of 
devoting  two  or  three  minutes  each  morning  immediately  after  reach- 
ing his  desk  to  thinking  of,  or  recalling,  things  that  should  be  done 
that  day  or  at  some  future  time,  and  then  make  out  the  proper 
memorandum  slip,  or  slips. 

245.  Adjutant    card-system   "Tickler."     Get    an    Adjutant's    card- 
system  "Tickler,"  which  is  issued  by  the   Quartermaster   Corps,  like 
any  other  article  of  office  furniture  (Cir.  28,  O.  C.  Q.  M.  C.,  1913,  pages 
37  and  113).     It  is  used— 

Primarily,  in  connection  with  the  prompt  rendition  of  all  reports, 
returns,  estimates,  and  requisitions  required  by  Army  Regulations 
and  orders  from  higher  authority  to  be  made  by,  to,  or  through  post 
commanders. 

Secondarily,  as  a  suspended  file,  to  recall  at  the  proper  time  things 
to  be  done  or  matters  to  be  considered  at  any  time  in  the  future. 

[109] 


245  (contd.) 

For  example: 

(a)  Periodical  and  other  reports  and  returns  to  be] 
rendered  to  or  by  the  office. 

(b)  Communications  that  should  be  returned  to  or| 
by  the  office. 

(c)  Information  that  should  be  furnished  to  or  byf 
the  office. 

(d)  Orders,  letters,  and  verbal  directions  requiring) 
action  by  the  office  or  by  subordinates.  J 

If,   for  instance,  communication   number   100,   that   should  be   re- 
turned to  the  office  .not  later  than  the  20th  of  the  month  (November) 


By  a 

certain 

time. 


I.  Officer  of  the  Day  detail. 
9.  Officer  of  the  Guard  detail 


3.  Telegraphic  report  of  enlistment*  during  past   neck,    bi 
RfCruiting  Officer  (mn ally  the  Adjutant),  to  A.  G..  U.  S.  A. 
Telegram  A.  O.  0.,  March  26,  1003.     (Ptrm:  A,lj«ianl 
(itntral,  IKaihi'ni/lon,  I).  C..     Enliilmenli  jmit  utel:  •'.<" 


Tolwiuhmitlcilonly  wlivn  any  enlistment*  have  been  made 


JANUAKYXFEBRU 


orps,    like    any    other 


246-247-248-249 

is  mailed  Captain  John  A.  Smith,  on  the  10th,  then  fill  out  and  file  in 
front  of  the  "20"  guide  card  a  card  like  this: 


Number   of 
communication 

To     whom     sent 

When 

To   be    returned 

Remarks 

100 

Capt.   Smith 

Nov.     10 

Nov.    20 

On  the  morning  of  the  20th,  when  the  "19"  guide  card  is  removed 
from  in  front  and  placed  in  rear,  the  check  card  will  show  up. 

If  the  communication  has  not  been  returned,  just  keep  on  advanc- 
ing the  filing  date  of  the  check  card  until  the  paper  does  return. 

An  alphabetical  list  of  the  names  of  the  persons  to  whom  com- 
munications are  sent  should  be  kept  (preferably  by  means  of  cards) 
with  the  filing  dates  of  the  check  cards  opposite  each  name.  For  in- 
stance, after  Captain  Smith's  name  would  be  noted,  November  "20." 
In  this  manner,  should  the  communication  be  returned  before  No- 
vember 20,  by  reference  to  the  alphabetical  list  the  filing  date  can  be 
ascertained  at  once  and  the  check  card  found  and  removed  from  the 
file  without  having  to  look  over  the  check  cards  of  several  dates. 

A  supply  of  check  cards  with  proper  headings  should  be  printed, 
mimeographed  or  hectographed. 

(Card-system  "Tickler,"  furnished  by  the  Quartermaster  Corps, 
like  any  other  article  of  office  furniture.) 

246.  Printing  press.     When  post  and  regimental  headquarters  are 
located  at  the  same  station,  a  printing  press  purchased  from  the  regi- 
mental fund,  is  a  big  convenience  for  printing  forms,  orders,  concert 
programs,  etc. 

247.  Duplicating  devices.     In  case  it  be  not  possible  to  get  a  print- 
ing press,  a  good  first-class  duplicating  device  can  be  made  to  answer 
the  same  purpose  in  most  cases. 

248.  Typewriter.     It  goes  without  saying  that  now-a-days  no  of- 
fice is  complete  without  at  least  one  typewriting  machine,  which  can 
generally  be  obtained  from  the  Quartermaster  Corps  on  memorandum 
receipt. 

It  is  suggested  that  a  Corona  machine,  which  is  used  throughout 
the  service,  be  obtained  for  field  work.  Not  only  is  this  machine  very 
much  less  bulky  and  very  much  lighter  than  other  machines,  but  it  will 
also  stand  harder  usage.  The  Corona  Folding  Stand  adds  very  much 
to  the  convenience  of  the  machine  for  field  use. 

249.  Electric  bells.     (Generally  obtainable  from  the  Signal  Corps.) 
The  office  of  the  Commanding  Officer  and  the  Adjutant  should  be 
equipped  with  electric  bells,  so  that  the  sergeant-major,  the     clerks, 
orderlies,  and  others  can  be  gotten  without  having  to  hollo  for  them. 

[HI] 


250-251 

A  code  of  rings  should  be 
devised  whereby  each  man 
has  an  individual  call. 

250.  Case  for  refer- 
ence books.  A  flat  case 
like  the  one  shown  in  the 
drawing  adjoining,  made 
by  the  quartermaster,  and 
in  which  are  kept  the 
Army  Regulations,  drill 
regulations,  the  various 
manuals,  etc.,  may  be  fas- 
tened to  the  wall,  back  of 
the  Adjutant's  desk.  One 
is  also  placed  back  of 
the  Commanding  Officer's 
desk,  and  one  back  of  the 
sergeant-major's  desk. 

(Border  is  made  of  1  inch 
material  and  partitions  J4  inch 
material;  receptacles  2J4  inches 
deep;  the  rods  "A"  and  "B" 
extend  out  l/i  inch  from  face  of 
case;  the  grooves  are  2  inches 
deep  and  \l/i  inches  wide.) 

251.  Indices     of    cur- 
rent orders  and  bulletins. 
A    convenient    and    satis- 
factory way   of  keeping  indices   of   the   current   series    of   all   orders 
and  bulletins,  is  by  means  of  cards;  as  shown  in  this  cut: 


[112] 


252 


The  day  received,  all  orders  and  bulletins  are  indexed  on  cards  by 

the  sergeant-major  or  someone  else  especially  charged  with  the  work. 

252.     Blank  forms.     A   supply   of  the   blank  forms  named  below 

should  be  kept  on  hand  in  a  suitable  case,  with  labeled  compartments. 

Furnished  by  the  Adjutant  General's  Department. 

In  addition  to  those  that  a  company  should  have,  the  following 
forms  should  be  kept  on  hand: 
No. 

23.    Return  of  General  Prisoners. 
27.    Post  Return  (with  model). 

27a.  Post  Return  (with  model).     Extra  sheet  to  form  No.  27. 
60.    Interrogatories  and  Depositions.    (Kept  on  hand  for  convenience 

of  judge-advocate.) 
64.    Monthly  Report  of  Chaplain. 

76.  Subpoena  for  Civilian  Witness.     (Kept  on  hand  for  convenience 

of  judge-advocate.) 

77.  Subpoena  for  Deposition,  Civilian  Witness.     (Kept  on  hand  for 

convenience  of  judge-advocate.) 

[113] 


252  (contd.) 

132.     Subpoena  Duces  Tecum,  Civilian  Witness.     (Kept  on  hand  for 

convenience  of  judge-advocate.) 
144.    Annual  Report  of  Books. 

230.    Certificate  of  Proficiency,  Officers'   Garrison  School. 
272.    Warrant    of    Attachment.     (Kept    on    hand    for    convenience    of 

judge-advocate.) 
329.    Report   of  Adjutant   on   Sergeant-Major    (C.   A.   C.)      (Kept   on 

hand  only  at  artillery  posts. > 
336.    Consolidated  Morning  Report.  . 
338.    Guard  Report. 
338-1. Guard  Report.     (Extra  sheets.) 

377.  Report  of  Physical  Examination  and  Test,  Field  Officers.     (Kept 

on  hand  for  convenience  of  surgeon.) 

378.  Report  of  Physical  Examination  and  Test,   Captains  and   Lieu- 

tenants.    (Kept  on  hand  for  convenience  of  surgeon.) 

387.    General  Prisoners,  Report  of. 

423.    Preference  Card.     (Kept  on  hand  for  convenience  of  officers.) 

429.    Efficiency  Report. 

470.    Record  of  Detached  Service.     (Kept  on  hand  for  convenience  of 
officers.) 

470-1. Record  of  Detached  Service — Model.     (Kept  on  hand  for  con- 
venience of  officers.) 

519.    Officers'  Report  of  Detached  Service.     (Kept  on  hand  for  con- 
venience of  officers.) 

War  Department  Forms. 

No. 

366.    Pay  roll  (first  sheet). 

366a.  Pay  roll  (follow  sheet). 

370.    Final   Statement   (To  be  kept  in  personal  custody   of  company 
commander,  A.  R.  150). 

Q.  M.  C.  Forms. 

No. 

8a.  Advice  of  soldier's  deposits. 

38.  Soldier's  allotment. 

39.  Discontinuance  of  soldier's  allotment. 
41.    Soldier's  deposit  book. 

176.    Requisition  for  corn  brooms,  scrubbing  brushes,  etc. 

180.    Abstract   of  clothing  drawn    (or  issued)    on   individual   clothing 

slip. 
180a.  Abstract   of  clothing   drawn    (or  issued)    on   individual  clothing 

slip  (extra  sheet  for  Alaska). 
204.    Requisition  for  issue  of  stationery. 
208.    Statement  of  charges. 
223.    Ration  return. 
227.    Memorandum  receipt. 

[114] 


253-254-255-256-257-258-259-260 

406.  Official  telegram. 
Q.  M.  C.  Field  Forms. 
No. 

3.    Ration  return   (used  only  in  time  of  war  beyond  advanced  de- 
pots). 

Furnished  by  the  Inspector  General's  Department. 
Form. 
No. 

1.    Inventory  and  Inspection  reports. 

la.  Extra  sheets  for  Form  No.  1. 

253.  BOOKS  AND   RECORDS.     The  following  books  and   rec- 
ords are  required  to  be  kept: 

254.  Correspondence  Book,  or  Record-card  System.     A  correspon- 
dence Book,  with  index,  is  kept  at  each  post  which  is  not  required  to 
keep    the    record    card    system    prescribed    in    G.    O.    92/09.     (G.    O. 
109/06.) 

255.  Document  File.     A  Document  File  is  always  kept  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Correspondence  Book,  when  such  a  book  is  kept.     (G.  O. 
109/06.) 

256.  Consolidated  Morning  Report.     (Form  336,  A.  G.  O.)     This 
report   is   consolidated   daily  from   all   the   company  and   detachment 
morning  reports.     (Cir.  33/08;  G.  O.  194/09.) 

257.  Daily  Sick  Report.     (From  339,  A.  G.  O.)     On  the  Daily  Sick 
Report  are  entered  the  names  of  members  of  the  Post  Noncommis- 
sioned Staff  requiring  medical  attention,  and  of  such  officers  who  do 
not  belong  to  any  organization  and  who  are  excused  from  duty  be- 
cause of  sickness. 

258.  Guard    Roster.     When   a    single    organization    furnishes    the 
guard,  a  roster  of  organizations  will  be   kept  by   the   sergeant-major 
under  the  supervision  of  the  adjutant.     (Par.  .11,  M.  I.  G.  D.)     When 
the  guard  is  detailed  from  several  organizations,  rosters  will  be  kept 
by  the  adjutant,  of  officers  of  the  day,  and  officers  of  the  guard  by 
name;  by  the  sergeant-major,  under  the  supervision  of  the  adjutant,  of 
sergeant,  corporals,  musicians,  and  privates   of  the  guard  by  number 
per  organization.     (Par.  12,  M.  I.  G.  D.)     The  model  and  instructions 
in  the  front  of   Form  342,  and  appendices   "A"  and  "B,"   Manual  of 
Interior  Guard  Duty,  show  how  duty  rosters  are  kept. 

259.  Files  of  orders.     Files  of  all  orders  and  bulletins  received. 
Also,  a  file  of  all  orders  issued. 

260.  Guard  Report.     (Form  338,  A.   G.   O.)     This  report  is  sub- 
mitted  to   the   post   commander   daily  by   the   officer  of  the   day.     It 
gives  the   names   of  the  members  of  the   guard   and  prisoners,  and  a 
statement  of  any  unusual  occurrence  with  which  the  guard  or  any  part 
is  in  any  way  concerned. 

[115] 


261-262-263-264-265-266-267-268-269 

261.  Post  Exchange  Council  Book.     In  this  book  are  entered  the 
proceedings  of  the  meetings   of  the  post   exchange   council.     (A.   R. 
211.)     In  practice  the  book  is  kept  at  the  post  exchange  and  is  brought 
to  post  headquarters  after  each  meeting  of  the  council,  for  the  post 
commander's  action  on  the  proceedings. 

262.  Memorandum  receipts.     Memorandum  receipts   showing  all 
articles  of  quartermaster   property   obtained  from  the   quartermaster 
for  the  use  of  the  office. 

263.  Plat  of  land  at  post.     There  will  be  kept  a  copy  of  the  plat 
of  land  at  the  post. 

264.  Desertion    circulars.     Desertion    circulars    are    sent    to    the 
commanding   officers   at   military   posts   with   a  view  to   the    prompt 
identification  of  any  deserter  that  may  be  delivered  there  and  are  not 
intended  to   be  recorded  or  filed  under  the  provisions  of   G.   O.  92, 
W.  D.,  1909.    The  desertion  circulars  sent  to  a  post  will,  however,  be 
kept   on    file    at   post    headquarters   and   will   be    arranged    in    alpha- 
betical order,  or  indexed,  so  that  the  circular  containing  the  descrip- 
tion of  any  particular  deserter  can  be   found  readily  when  wanted. 
(Cir.  3,  1910.) 

265.  School  records.     In   some   departments   those   in   immediate 
charge  of  the  various  schools  are  required  to  keep,  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  post  commander,  such  records  as  will  enable  inspectors 
to  determine  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  work.     Ascertain  if  there 
are  any  special  requirements  in  your  department  and,  if  so,  see  that 
they  are  complied  with. 

266.  Returns  and  reports.     Copies  will  be  kept  of  all  returns  and 
reports.     The  Adjutant  General's  office  furnishes  a  "Model"  showing 
how  the  Post  Return  should  be  prepared. 

267.  Records    of   Post   Noncommissioned   Staff   and    others    not 
belonging  to   organizations.     The   records    of  post   noncommissioned 
staff  officers  and  of  other  enlisted  men  not  belonging  to  organizations 
serving  at  the  post  will  be  kept  at  post  headquarters,  and  as  provided 
for  companies. 

268.  Summary    and    special    court-martial    records.     Copies     of 
charges  tried  by  summary  and  special  -courts  are  filed  at  post  head- 
quarters.    (Note  3  on  Charge  Sheet, — Form  No.  594,  A.  G.  O.) 

269.  Books    of   reference.     The    following-named    books    of   ref- 
erence should  be  kept  in  the  office: 

Army   Register. 

Army  Regulations. 

Army  Transport   Regulations. 

Digest  of  Opinions,  Judge  Advocate  General. 

Drill  Regulations. 

Field  Musicians'  Manual  (Canty). 

Field  Service  Regulations. 

[116] 


269  (contd.) 

Guide  for  Inspectors-General. 

Instructions  for  the  Care  and  Repair  of  Small  Arms  and  Ord- 
nance. 

Equipment.    (Ordnance  Pamphlet  No.  1965.) 

Manual  of  Field  Engineering. 

Manual  for  Courts-martial. 

Manual  for  Medical  Department. 

Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty. 

Manual  of  Physical  Training. 

Military  Laws  of  the  United  States. 

Military  Reservations,  etc. — Title  and  Jurisdiction. 

Officers'  Manual.     (Moss.) 

Ordnance  Property  Regulations. 

Price  List  of  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores.  (Ordnance 
Pamphlet  No.  1897.) 

Quartermasters'  Manual. 

Regulations  for  Field  Firing  and  Proficiency  Test. 

Regulations  for  Field  Maneuvers. 

Regulations  for  Regular  Army  Reserve. 

Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

Signal  Book,  U.  S.  Army. 

Small-Arms  Firing  Manual. 

Soldiers'  Handbook. 

Supply  and  Allowance  Tables.     (Ordnance  Pamphlet  No.   1970.) 

Tables  of  Organization. 

Uniform  Regulations. 

Uniform  Specifications. 

Unit  Equipment  Accountability  Manual. 


[1171 


270 


CHAPTER  VII 

POST  ADMINISTRATION 

270.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  COM- 
MANDER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

The  command  of  a  post,  like  that  of  a  company,  divides  itself  into 
two  kinds  of  duty:  Administration  and  Government. 

The  administration  consists  in  issuing  orders,  rendering  reports 
and  returns,  submitting  estimates  and  requisitions,  the  supervision 
of  the  care  of  Government  property  and  the  disbursement  of  public 
funds,  etc. 

The  government  includes  looking  after  the  instruction  and  disci- 
pline of  the  command,  the  harmony  and  contentment  of  the  garrison, 
and  exercising  a  general  supervision  over  the  means  adopted  by  or- 
ganization commanders  for  the  comfort  and  welfare  of  their  men. 

The  Commanding  Officer.  The  senior  line  officer  on  duty  at  a 
post  is  called  the  commanding  officer.  He  gives  his  orders  and  direc- 
tions through  his  staff  officers — mostly  through  the  adjutant. 

The  Commanding  Officer  should  have  confidence  in  the  members 
of  his  staff  and  he  should  make  them  feel  he  has  confidence  in  them 
— a  staff  officer  in  whom  he  can  not  have  confidence  and  whom  he 
can  not  trust  with  details,  should  be  relieved.  If  a  staff  officer  feels 
his  Commanding  Officer  has  no  confidence  in  him  he  soon  becomes 
discouraged  and  disheartened  and  in  time  indifferent  to  his  duty. 

The  Commanding  Officer  should  surround  himself  with  an  effi- 
cient staff  and  then  content  himself  with  giving  general  instructions, 
leaving  the  details  to  the  different  members  of  his  staff,  whom  he 
should  direct  in  harmony  with  one  another. 

In  the  government  of  a  command,  the  best  results  are  obtained 
when  the  Commanding  Officer  confines  himself  to  the  exercise  of  a 
general  supervision  over  organization  commanders  and  other  officers. 
If  he  attempt  to  interfere  with  the  interior  economy  of  organization  or 
to  do  the  duty  of  all  his  subordinates  by  direction  of  details,  he  will 
find  the  task  exceedingly  difficult  and  the  results  unsatisfactory.  Tht 
main  duty  of  the  Commanding  Officer  should  be  to  make  the  officers 
under  him  do  their  full  duty,  holding  each  and  every  one  of  them 
strictly  responsible  for  the  proper  performance  of  all  duties.  How- 
ever, should  organization  commanders,  for  instance,  fail  to  look 
after  their  organizations  properly,  the  post  commander  would  be 

[118] 


271 

justified  in  taking  into  his  own  hands  the  regulation  of  the  interior 
economy  of  the  organizations  concerned.  In  fact,  under  such  cir- 
cumstances he  should  do  so. 

While,  on  the  one  hand,  both  officers  and  men  should  be  held 
to  a  strict,  invariable  accountability  of  all  rements,  on  the  other  hand, 
they  should  be  given  every  possible  privilege  as  long  as  they  do 
what  is  required  of  them. 

In  official  matters,  the  Commanding  Officer  should  neither  fear 
nor  love — he  should  do  his  duty  as  he  sees  it,  not  as  others  may  see  it. 

Although  human,  he  should  strive  to  rise  above  personal  animosi- 
ties and  petulant  matters — although  strict,  he  should  be  fair  and  im- 
partial. He  should  make  his  subordinates  feel  he  shares  with  them 
their  joys  and  sorrows.  He  should  be  considerate  of  the  welfare, 
comfort  and  happiness  of  his  command,  doing  everything  he  con- 
sistently can  to  promote  harmony — such  policy  is  not  at  all  incon- 
sistent with  good  discipline — on  the  contrary,  it  is  conducive  thereto. 
He  should  encourage  football,  baseball,  dances 'and  other  forms  of 
entertainments— especially  should  he  encourage  amusement  for  the 
soldiers  during  their  idle  hours.  At  some  posts,  as  far  as  practicable, 
all  drills,  schools  of  instruction,  parade,  guard  mounting,  etc.,  are 
held  in  the  forenoon,  thus  leaving  the  entire  afternoon  to  the  pleasure 
and  recreation  of  the  command. 

At  posts  near  towns  and  cities  he  should  make  special  effort  to 
cultivate  the  good  will  and  friendship  of  the  citizens — they  are  always 
willing  to  meet  Army  people  half  way.  See  "Relations  with  civilians 
and  National  Guardsmen,"  par.  99. 

271.  The  staff.  While  it  is  true  that  noblesse  oblige,  that  rank 
imposes  obligation,  that  much  is  rightly  expected  of  those  occupying 
positions  of  authority,  it  is  also  true  that,  on  the  other  hand,  those  in 
authority  are  rightly  entitled  to  proper  deference,  consideration  and 
respect  on  the  part  of  others.  Especially  is  this  true  of  staff  officers 
toward  their  commanding  officers. 

The  staff  officer  who,  under  the  guise  of  the  "gruff  old  soldier," 
of  so-called  "manly  independence,"  or  under  any  other  guise,  fails  to 
pay  his  chief  and  the  members  of  his  family  the  deference  to  which 
they  are  entitled  by  virtue  of  rank,  age  and  position,  and  which  usage 
and  custom  accord  them,  has  but  one  consistent,  manly  course  open 
to  him,  and  that  is  to  ask  to  be  relieved.  He  should  not  continue  to 
enjoy  emoluments  and  advantages  at  the  hands  of  a  man  to  whom 
he  can  not  be  loyal  in  every  way;  if  he  does  so,  he  demeans  himself 
in  his  own  eyes  and  in  the  eyes  of  his  brother  officers. 

There  is  one  thing  above  all  others  that  a  staff  officer  should 
never  do:  He  should  never  make  slighting  remarks  about  his  chief  or 
members  of  his  chief's  family.  The  officer  who  does  this  is  totally 
lacking  in  a  sense  of  propriety  and  proclaims  to  the  world  that  he  is 

[119] 


272-273-274-275 

deficient  in  the  genteel  qualities  that  constitute  the  real  officer  and 
gentleman. 

272.  Parades,    reviews,    and    other    ceremonies,    usually    accom- 
panied  with  martial  music,  the   presence   of  spectators,   etc.,   are   in- 
tended to  stimulate  the  interest  and  excite  the  military  spirit  of  the 
command.     Officers  and  soldiers  should  therefore  be  sufficiently  fond 
of  military  display,  to  show  they  take  a  pride  in  their  profession. 

273.  Inspections.     By  Army  Regulations  the  post  commander  is 
required  to  make  an  inspection  of  his  command  on  the  last  day  of 
every  month.     This  inspection  should  be  most  rigid — he  should  visit 
and  thoroughly  inspect  the  Government  quarters  occupie'd  by  married 
soldiers,     the     hospital,     bakery,     post     exchange,     library,     barracks, 
kitchens,    guardhouse,    sinks,    quartermaster    and    commissary    store- 
houses.    At  these  inspections  the  Commanding  Officer  should  not  con- 
fine himself  to  fault-finding,  but  he  should  also  praise  what  he  thinks 
good.     The  natural  impulse  of  some  military  men  is  to  pick  out  only 
the  flaws  and  never  mention  the  good.     Just  praise  incites  ambition 
and  emulation — continued  admonition  usually  causes  discouragement. 
At  these  monthly  inspections  of  the  command  it  is  a  good  plan  for 
the  Commanding  Officer  to  have  the  officers  of  every  company  join 
and  accompany  him  after  the  inspection  of  their  respective  barracks 
and  quarters. 

Some  commanding  officers,   accompanied  by  the   surgeon,  make 
a  general  inspection  of  premises  every  Sunday  morning. 

274.  Post  Noncommissioned  Staff.     It  is  customary  to  show  the 
post    noncommissioned    staff    considerable     consideration    regarding 
quarters  and  privileges.    They  are  not  required  to  attend  roll  calls,  and 
are  generally  allowed  to  leave  the  post  for  less  than  twenty-four  hours 
without  passes,  merely  reporting  their  departure  to  the  officers  under 
whose  immediate  direction  they  are,  and  whose  duty  it  is  to  see  that 
such  absences  shall  not  interfere  with  any  duty.     They  are  also  given 
the   privilege    of   purchasing   commissary   stores    on   pass   books    and 
keeping  civilian  clothing  in  their  quarters. 

The  post  noncommissioned  staff  is  commanded  by  the  adjutant. 

275.  Rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  a  post.*     In 
every  pdst  there  is  a  multitude  of  things  that  must  be  regulated.     Of 
course,    different     commanding    officers    usually    regulate    them     dif- 
ferently, but  this  in  no  way  affects  the  fundamental  fact  that  these 
matters  should  be  regulated.    The  ideas  and  methods  of  several  com- 
manding officers  of  experience  and  efficiency  under  whom  the  author 
has  served  are  embodied  in  the  following: 

*  When  a  printing  press  is  available,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  publish  about  once  a 
year,  for  the  guidance  and  convenient  reference  of  all  concerned,  an  epitome  of 
the  principal  general  orders  in  force  at  the  post. 

[120] 


276-277-278-279 

276.  The    Commanding    Officer.     The   Commanding    Officer    will 
transact  all  business  at  his  office  from  9  o'clock  a.  m.  to  12  o'clock  m., 
except  in  case  of  emergency. 

277.  Adjutant's    Office.     As    far    as    possible,    all    business    of    a 
routine  nature  connected  with  the  adjutant's  office,  will  be  transacted 
at  the  office  during  the  forenoon,  before  first  sergeants'  call.* 

278.  The  Quartermaster.     The   quartermaster  will  report  to   the 
Commanding  Officer  daily,  at  10  a.  m. 

He  will  submit  in  person  all  estimates  and  requisitions. 

The  Quartermaster  Office  will  be  opened  during  fatigue  hours 
daily,  Sundays  excepted. 

Organization  commanders  will  submit  their  clothing  requisitions 
on  the  15th  of  every  month. 

Requisitions  for  clothing  will  not  be  submitted  at  any  other 
time  except  in  case  of  urgency,  in  which  event  the  urgency  will  be 
stated. 

All  requests  for  repairs  to  buildings,  plumbing  fixtures,  etc.,  must 
be  made  to  the  quartermaster  at  his  office,  either  verbally  or  in  writ- 
ing. None  of  the  employees  of  the  Q.  M.  Corps  are  allowed  to  take 
orders  for  work  of  any  kind,  except  from  the  Q.  M.  office. 

Public  property  in  use  or  inventoried  in  the  public  quarters  at 
this  post,  will  not  be  removed  therefrom,  except  by  the  permission  of 
the  quartermaster. 

The  street  lamps  will  be  cleaned  and  filled  by  10  o'clock  a.  in. 

The  street  lamps  will  be  lit  at  dark  and  'kept  lit  until  daylight  the 
following  morning. 

In  case  the  moon  rises  within  an  hour  after  dark,  and  the  night 
is  not  cloudy,  the  lamps  will  not  be  lit. 

In  case  the  moon  rises  later  than  an  hour  after  dark,  the  lamps 
will  be  lit  at  dark  and  extinguished  at  moon-rise.  If  the  night  be 
cloudy  they  will  burn  until  the  dawn  of  day. 

The  subsistence  sales  branch  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps  will 
be  opened  for  sales  to  officers  and  enlisted  men  from  8  a.  m.  to  noon 
and  from  1  to  3  p.  m.,  daily,  except  Sundays. 

On  Saturdays  it  will  close  at  noon. 

From  the  29th  to  the  last  of  the  month,  it  will  be  closed  for  the 
taking  of  stock. 

279.  Officers.     Officers  not  in  arrest  or  on  sick  report  may  leave 
the  post  for  a  period  not  exceeding  twenty-four  hours,  without  spe- 
cial permission  from  the  Commanding  Officer,  provided  no  duty  inter- 
feres and  no  company  is  left  without  an  officer.     Subalterns  must  first 
obtain  permission  from  their  company  commanders. 

*  All  orders  and  communications  of  a  routine  nature  should  be  delivered  in 
the  forenoon.  Officers  should  not  have  their  afternoons  continually  interrupted  by 
orderlies  delivering  orders  and  communications  of  a  routine  nature. 

[121] 


279  (contd.) 

When  there  are  two  or  more  medical  officers  for  duty,  the  post 
will  not  be  left  without  a  surgeon,  except  by  special  authority  of  the 
commanding  officer. 

Whenever  officers'  call  is  sounded  all  officers  will,  without  delay, 
report  at  the  adjutant's  office. 

All  officers  whose  duty  it  is  to  attend  company  formations  will 
be  not  more  than  twelve  paces  from  their  companies  at  the  sounding 
of  "assembly,"  and  will  observe  that  the  men  fall  in  properly  and 
answer  to  their  names  in  a  soldier-like  manner. 

Officers  who  are  members  of  a  general  court-martial  or  who  are 
undergoing  instruction  in  the  Garrison  School,  must  not  apply  for 
leave  without  calling  attention  to  that  fact. 

In  applying  for  leaves  of  absence,  officers  will  state  the  number, 
kind,  extent  and  dates  of  leave  granted  them  during  the  preceding 
four  years. 

Whenever  permission  is  requested  to  leave  the  post  or  to  do 
anything  else  that  will  interfere  with  any  duty,  routine  or  otherwise, 
the  fact  should  be  stated  to  the  commanding  officer. 

Whenever  an  organization  or  the  guardhouse,  post  exchange,  post 
bakery  or  any  other  place  is  formally  inspected  on  the  last  of  the 
month,  or  any  other,  the  officer  or  officers  responsible  will  be  present. 

The  chaplain  will  not  be  required  to  turn  out  with  troops  for  in- 
spection, reviews,  parades,  musters,  etc.  He  will,  however,  report  to 
the  mustering  officer  for  muster. 

The  name  of  every  officer  excused  from  duty  on  account  of  sick- 
ness must  be  entered  on  the  appropriate  sick  book,  and  be  accounted 
for  by  the  surgeon  on  the  morning  report.  A  sick  book  for  attached 
officers,  not  on  duty  with  troops,  will  be  kept  at  the  post  hospital. 
Whenever  an  entry  is  made  in  this  book,  it  will  be  sent  to  the  adju- 
tant's office  with  the  morning  report. 

Except  in  cases  of  emergency,  when  it  becomes  necessary  for  an 
officer  to  be  excused  on  account  of  sickness,  he  will  obtain  such  au- 
thority through  a  personal  interview  with  the  surgeon  or  one  of  his 
assistants. 

Officers  will  not  be  permitted  to  put  themselves  on  sick  report 
or  to  report  themselves  for  duty  after  having  been  on  the  sick  report, 
except  by  authority  of  the  medical  officer  who  attends  them. 

An  officer  ordering  a  soldier  into  confinement  will  furnish  the 
officer  of  the  day  with  written  charges  before  the  latter  verifies  the 
prisoners  after  guard  mounting. 

In  case  it  be  impracticable  to  thus  submit  written  charges,  the 
officer  will  make  a  written  or  verbal  report  to  the  adjutant  by  9 
o'clock  a.  m.,  the  day  the  Officer  of  the  Day  concerned  marches  off 
guard. 

[122] 


280 

During  military  ceremonies  and  drills,  children  will  not  be  per- 
mitted on  the  parade  or  drill  grounds.  During  military  ceremonies 
and  drills,  dogs  will  not  be  permitted  on  the  parade  or  drill  grounds. 

All  Quartermaster  and  Post  Exchange  bills  will  be  paid  and  the 
vouchers  signed  not  later  than  the  third  day  of  the  month. 

Men  employed  to  operate  heating  plants  in  officers'  quarters  will 
be  thoroughly  instructed  in  the  care  and  management  of  the  furnace 
and  the  officers  will  be  held  responsible  for  any  damage  resulting 
from  negligence  or  mismanagement. 

One  of  the  officers  living  in  the  building  set  aside  as  bachelors' 
quarters,  will  be  held  responsible  for  the  condition  of  the  basement, 
the  heating  plant,  the  public  hallways  and  stairways,  the  porches  and 
the  grounds  and  walks  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  This  responsibility 
will  be  taken  in  turn  by  all  the  officers  occupying  the  building,  in  ac- 
cordance with  some  equitable  agreement  between  themselves.  Should 
there  be  any  difficulty  about  arranging  for  the  assumption  of  respon- 
sibility, the  senior  officer  will  at  once  report  the  fact  to  the  Adjutant 
and  until  such  report  is  made  by  him  he  will  be  held  responsible. 

280.  Organization  commanders.  As  soon  as  the  fact  of  desertion 
is  known  company  commanders  will  complete  the  information  slips 
relative  to  deserters  and  send  the  same  to  the  adjutant. 

Immediately  after  reveille,  first  sergeants  will  send  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  guard,  the  names  of  absentees  reported  to  the  officer  of 
the  day  at  11  o'clock  p.  m.  inspection  and  reveille. 

In  compliance  with  the  110th  Article  of  War,  the  Articles  of  War 
will  be  read  to  every  organization  on  January  15th  and  July  15th  of 
each  year.  The  fact  that  they  have  been  read  will  be  noted  on  the 
morning  report  the  following  day.  In  case  January  15th  or  July  15th 
should  fall  on  Sunday,  the  Articles  will  be  read  the  following  day. 

In  all  barracks,  the  guardhouse,  the  administration  building,  the 
corral,  the  bakery,  the  quartermaster  storehouse,  the  commissary 
storehouse  and  the  exchange  building,  fire  buckets  filled  with  water, 
will  be  kept  in  convenient  places. 

Organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  that  the  quar- 
ters occupied  by  married  men  of  their  commands  are  kept  clean  and 
that  the  premises  are  properly  policed. 

Organization  commanders  and  all  other  officers  in  charge  of 
buildings  will  give  the  necessary  directions  forbidding  all  persons 
from  allowing  faucets  or  hydrants  in  any  part  of  their  barracks, 
stables,  latrines  or  wash  rooms,  to  drip  unnecessarily.  During  ex- 
cessively cold  weather,  water  will  be  turned  off  at  night. 

When  soldiers  are  arrested  by  the  civil  authorities,  their  com- 
pany commanders  will  make  a  thorough  investigation  of  the  case, 
whether  the  men  are  convicted  or  acquitted,  and  charges  will  be  pre- 
ferred for  any  military  offense  that  may  have  been  committed  in  con- 
nection with  the  affair. 

[123] 


281 

At  first  sergeants'  call,  the  first  sergeants  will  proceed  to  the 
adjutant's  office  and  get  their  morning  report  books,  receive  the  de- 
tails for  guard  and  such  other  orders  as  the  sergeant-major  may  have 
for  them. 

Recruits  enlisted  at  this  post  or  received  in  a  company  will  be 
presented  at  the  hospital  for  vaccination  at  9  o'clock  a.  m.  the  day  suc- 
ceeding their  enlistment  or  arrival  at  post.  Every  recruit  thus  vaccin- 
ated will  be  presented  at  the  hospital  for  inspection  one  week  later, 
unless  he  shall  have  been  sent  to  some  other  station. 

281.  Summary  Court.  Cases  will  be  tried  by  the  summary  court 
at  11:30  o'clock  a.  m.  daily  except  Sundays  when  no  case,  unless  of 
an  urgent  nature,  will  be  tried.  When  other  duty  prescribed  by  order 
from  superior  authority  interferes  with  the  sessions  of  the  summary 
court  at  the  hour  prescribed,  the  court  will  try  such  cases  as  may  be 
before  it  at  the  earliest  practicable  time. 

Upon  completion  of  the  trial  of  a  soldier  in  confinement  in  the 
guardhouse,  the  trial  officer  will  send  the  officer  of  the  day,  by  the 
sentinel  who  takes  the  prison  to  the  guardhouse,  a  memorandum  of 
the  sentence  of  confinement;  or,  in  case  of  no  confinement,  a  memo- 
randum to  that  effect  and  directing  the  release  of  the  prisoner  by 
order  of  the  commanding  officer.* 

In  case  of  men  in  arrest  tried  by  summary  court,  and  there  is  no 
confinement,  the  summary  court  will  release  the  prisoner  from  arrest 
by  order  of  the  commanding  officer  and  direct  him  to  report  to  his 
first  sergeant  for  duty.  In  case  the  sentence  should  carry  with  it 
confinement,  the  summary  court  will  order  his  confinement  by  order 
of  the  commanding  officer,  and  notify  the  company  commander  and 
the  officer  of  the  day  accordingly. 

The  summary  court  will  give  orders  to  the  noncommissioned 
officer  in  charge  relative  to  the  disposition  of  the  prisoners  of  his 
company  who  have  been  tried. 

When  an  enlisted  man  is  confined  or  arrested,  the  officer  order- 
ing the  confinement  or  arrest  will  at  once  notify  the  man's  company 
commander  (A.  R.)  who,  in  the  case  of  extra  or  special  duty  men, 
will  notify  the  officer  under  whose  direction  the  soldier  may  be 
working. 

Should  the  man  be  confined  or  arrested  by  order  of  the  com- 
manding officer,  the  officer  of  the  guard  (or,  if  there  be  no  commis- 
sioned officer  on  guard,  then  the  officer  of  the  day)  will  notify  the 
company  commander. 

Men  in  arrest  in  quarters  who  are  to  be  tried  by  the  summary 
court  will  be  reported  to  the  trial  officer  by  a  noncommissioned  of- 

*  Should  this  plan  be  followed,  the  adjutant  should,  of  course,  notify  the 
summary  court  at  once  of  any  man  who,  for  any  reason,  should  not  be  released  in 
case  ot  acquittal. 

[124] 


282 

I 

ficer   (preferably  the  first  sergeant)   wearing  side  arms,  who  will  re- 
main at  the  court  room  until  the  accused  have  been  tried. 

282.  Police  regulations.  The  police  officer  will  report  to  the 
commanding  officer  daily  at  9  o'clock  a.  m. 

The  police  officer  will  make  daily  at  least  one  tour  of  inspection 
of  the  post  and  see  that  all  police  regulations  are  enforced,  reporting 
to  the  adjutant  all  violations  thereof,  as  well  as  all  defacement  of 
Government  property,  broken  window  panes,  etc. 

The  police  sergeant  will  make  a  tour  of  inspection  of  the  post 
every  morning  and  every  afternoon,  noting  all  broken  drains,  fences, 
gates,  etc.,  and  have  the  prisoners  make  such  repairs  as  they  can.  He 
will  also  keep  the  grass  cut  and  the  ground  free  from  leaves,  paper, 
stray  rocks,  brickbats,  etc. 

Peddlers  are  not  to  be  allowed  in  the  garrison  except  by  author- 
ity of  the  commanding  officer. 

Dishonorably  discharged  soldiers  will  not  be  allowed  on  the 
reservation. 

Cigars,  cigarettes,  old  rags,  paper,  water,  etc.,  will  not  be  thrown 
from  the  barracks  and  other  places  occupied  by  soldiers. 

Spitting  on  the  floors  and  pavements  is  forbidden. 

The  company  squad  rooms,  the  sinks,  the  guardhouse,  and  all 
other  places  occupied  by  soldiers,  will  be  provided  with  the  necessary 
number  of  spittoons. 

All  organization  commanders,  the  adjutant,  the  quartermaster, 
and  the  post  exchange  officer,  will  supply  the  quarters  and  buildings 
over  which  they  have  jurisdiction  with  fire  buckets  and  fire  axes. 

The  dump  cart  will  start  on  its  daily  round  at  6:30  o'clock  a.  m. 

The  administration  building,  post  exchange,  the  hospital,  the 
guardhouse,  the  barracks,  the  officers'  quarters,  and  all  other  such 
places  will  be  provided  with  barrels,  boxes,  or  other  suitable  recep- 
tacles, kept  in  some  appropriate,  accessible  place,  in  which  will  be 
placed  all  refuse. 

These  refuse  receptacles  will  be  kept  covered  at  all  times,  and 
those  used  for  swills  will  be  kept  on  elevated  platforms. 

Special  care  and  attention  will  be  given  to  the  cleanliness  of  the 
water-closets  and  bathrooms,  and  only  toilet  paper  will  be  used  in  the 
former. 

Organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  for  the  strict 
enforcement  of  these  regulations  on  the  premises  occupied  and  used 
by  their  men. 

All  persons  are  directed  not  to  throw  pieces  of  paper  on  the 
walks  or  grounds  or  in  places  where  they -can  be  scattered  by  the 
wind,  but  to  deposit  suc«  rubbish  in  covered  boxes  or  barrels  to  be 
kept  for  that  purpose,  and  emptied  under  the  direction  of  the  police 
sergeant. 

[125] 


283-284 

The  hitching  of  horses  or  cattle  to  trees  or  hydrants  is  for- 
bidden. 

Walking  across  the  lawns  is  forbidden.  This  does  not  apply  to 
children  at  play. 

Horses  and  cattle  must  not  be  allowed  to  run  loose  in  the  limits 
of  the  garrison.  This  does  not  apply  to  their  being  taken  back  and 
forth  from  pasture,  but  they  must  be  confined  at  night. 

Lamp-posts  and  trees  must  not  be  used  as  signposts. 

Persons  wishing  crates,  boxes,  etc.,  saved  will  store  the  same  in 
their  cellars  or  arrange  with  the  quartermaster  for  their  storage. 

283.  Uniform.     At   the   payment  of  troops,   officers   and   enlisted 
men  will  wear  side  arms. 

The  old  guard  will  march  off  in  the  same  uniform  as  the  new 
guard. 

Barrack  shoes  must  not  be  worn  when  away  from  barracks,  ex- 
cept in  athletic  exercises. 

All  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  this  command  when  outside  of 
barracks,  will  have  their  coats  or  blouses  buttoned  throughout.  Of- 
ficers noticing  soldiers  with  coats  or  blouses  unbuttoned  will  report 
them  to  their  respective  company  commanders,  who  will  prefer  the 
necessary  charges. 

Enlisted  men  must  not  appear  on  the  porches  of  their  barracks 
without  coats  or  blouses,  or  otherwise  improperly  dressed.  First  ser- 
geants and  noncommissioned  officers  in  charge  of  barracks  will  see  to 
the  execution  of  this  order. 

Soldiers  must  at  all  times  appear  neat,  tidy,  and  in  regulation 
uniform,  and  organization  commanders  will  be  held  responsible  for 
the  appearance  of  their  men. 

GUARD  DUTY 

284.  Officer  of  the  Day.     When  a-n  officer  is  detailed  for  duty  as 
officer  of  the  day  or  guard,  permission  to  exchange  his  tour  will  not 
be  given,  except  for  cogent  reasons,  in  which  case  permission  will  be 
obtained  from  the  commanding  officer  before  marching  on,  and  the 
adjutant  notified  accordingly  by  the  officer  concerned. 

Only  in  case  of  urgent  necessity  will  an  officer  be  allowed  to 
leave  the  post  after  he  has  marched  on  guard. 

The  officer  of  the  day  will  be  excused  from  all  other  post  duties, 
but  when  an'  organization  commander  happens  to  be  on  guard  on  the 
last  day  of  the  month,  he  will  be  present  at  the  muster  and  inspection 
of  his  organization. 

He  will  in  person  examine  all  noncommissioned  officers  and 
privates  of  the  guard  at  the  guardhouse  orisome  other  suitable  place 
regarding  their  orders,  and  will  note  in  his  report  all  who  are  not  con- 
versant with  the  same.  (In  case  there  is  an  officer  of  the  guard,  this 

[126] 


285 

will  be  done  by  him  and  he  will  report  all  who  are  not  conversant 
with  their  orders.) 

Soon  after  guard  mounting  he  will  inspect  the  guardhouse,  in- 
cluding the  cells,  water-closets,  bathroom,  furnace  room,  etc.,  seeing 
that  all  are  clean  and  in  good  order  and  that  nothing  not  pertaining 
to  the  guard  is  present. 

Fire,  escape  of  prisoners,  and  other  unusual  occurrences  will  be 
noted  in  the  guard  report  book. 

The  officer  of  the  day  will  make  an  inspection  of  the  post  dur- 
ing his  tour,  reporting  all  breaches  of  the  police  regulations. 

When  there  is  no  officer  of  the  guard,  the  officer  of  the  day  will 
be  responsible  for  the  proper  making  out  of  the  guard  report  book. 
He  will  be  present  when  the  guard  and  guardhouse  are  inspected  on 
the  last  day  of  the  month. 

(NOTE — The  instructions  for  the  officer  of  the  day  should  be  typewritten  or 
printed  and  kept  in  an  envelope  marked,  "Instructions  for  the  Officer  of  the  Day.  To 
be  handed  in  each  day  to  the  commanding  officer  with  the  guard  report  book.") 

Thorough  familiarity  with  the  contents  of  the  Manual  of  Guard 
Duty  is  presupposed  as  a  matter  of  course,  and  the  commanding  of- 
ficer will  expect  from  the  officer  of  the  day,  a  faithful,  correct  and 
vigilant  performance  of  guard  duty. 

285.  Visits  of  guard  and  sentinels.  In  the  Manual  of  Interior 
Guard  Duty  occur  the  terms,  "Visits  of  inspection,"  and  "Inspect  the 
guard  and  sentinels."  However,  nowhere  is  it  explained  what  con- 
stitutes a  "visit"  or  an  "inspection  of  the  guard  and  sentinels."  The 
trial  by  court-martial  in  the  past  of  certain  officers  charged  with 
dereliction  in  the  performance  of  guard  duty  has  made  evident  the 
difference  of  opinion  on  this  important  point  of  inspection  of  sentinels 
and  guards.  For  instance,  would  an  officer  be  entitled  to  sign  on  the 
guard  report  a  statement  that  he  had  "Visited  Guard  and  Sentinels, 
1 :00-2:00  a.  m.,"  when  he  had  questioned  part  of  the  sentinels  as  to 
their  orders,  and  merely  observed  others,  and  had  gone  to  the  guard- 
house, but  not  turned  out  and  inspected  the  remainder  of  the  guard? 
Custom  of  the  service  must  govern,  since  there  are  no  written  in- 
structions or  orders  on  the  subject. 

The  custom  would  appear  to  be  as  follows:  The  words,  "Visit" 
and  "Inspect"  have  the  same  signification  when  applied  to  guard  duty. 
The  guard  is  visited  or  inspected  at  the  guardhouse.  A  sentinel  is 
inspected  or  visited  only  when  walking  post.  The  inspection  or  visit 
is  made  by  going  on  his  post,  and  questioning  him  as  to  conditions  or 
as  to  orders  or  as  to  both.  Merely  walking  in  the  vicinity  of  his  post 
and  observing  the  sentinel  at  a  distance  is  not  considered  an  "In- 
spection," or  "Visit." 

In  the  case  of  old  and  efficient  sentinels  it  is  often  considered 
sufficient  to  approach,  acknowledge  the  salute  rendered  and  ask, 
"Have  you  anything  to  report?"  or  "Is  everything  all  right  on  your 

[127] 


286-287-288 

post?"    If  the  answer  to  the  first  is  "No,  sir"  or  "to  the  second  "Yes, 
sir,"  it  is  sufficient. 

But  as  a  rule  the  sentinels  are  questioned: 

1.  As  to  General  Orders, 

2.  As  to  Special  Orders. 

These  may  not  be  required  in  full,  but  sufficient  is  demanded  to 
indicate  that  the  man  knows  his  duty.  This  inspection  of  a  sentinel 
does  not  usually  include  an  inspection  of  his  arms.  The  sentinel 
should  not  be  required  to  quit  his  piece. 

The  terms  "Visiting  the  Guard"  and  "Inspecting  the  Guard" 
mean  generally  that  the  guardhouse  has  been  visited,  and  the  pris- 
oners and  members  of  the  guard  verified.  It  does  not  necessarily 
mean  that  the  guard  and  prisoners  have  been  turned  out  and  in- 
spected while  in  formation. 

286.  Persons    entitled    to    inspect    the    guard.     The    Manual    of 
Guard  Duty  does  not  state  what  persons  are  entitled  to  inspect  the 
guard,  but  it  may  be  said  that  the  commander  of  the  guard,  the  of- 
ficer of  the  day,  the  commanding  officer,  and  all  those  who  have  au- 
thority to  give  orders  to  the  commanding  officer,  have  authority  to 
inspect  the  guard.     In  the  Regular  Army  these  are  the  President  of 
the  United  States,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of 
War,   the  Chief  of  Staff,  the  Division  Commander,  and  the   Depart- 
ment Commander. 

287.  The  Commander  of  the  Guard.     He  will  see  that  the  cells, 
corridors,  bathrooms,  water-closets  and  all  other  parts  of  the  guard- 
house are  kept  clean  and  that  nothing  not  pertaining  to  the  guard  is 
present. 

He  will  inspect  the  prisoners  and  their  belongings  and  see  that 
they  have  nothing  but  the  barest  necessities. 

He  will  inspect  shackles  on  prisoners  at  retreat  and  reveille. 

He  will  report  to  the  officer  of  the  day  at  reveille. 

All  soldiers  on  pass  will  report  their  departure  and  return  to  the 
commander  of  the  guard,  who  will  not  permit  dirty,  untidy  or  im- 
properly dressed  men  to  leave.  In  case  of  any  man  returning  late  or 
in  a  dirty  or  drunken  condition,  the  fact  wrill  be  noted  opposite  his 
name,  in  the  column  of  "Remarks." 

Men  who  do  not  take  advantage  of  their  passes  will  so  report 
to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

The  commander  of  the  guard  will  have  indorsed  the  hours  of 
departure  and  return  on  the  pass  lists  and  will  note  in  the  column 
of  "Remarks"  all  delinquencies. 

All  pass  lists  will  be  turned  in  to  the  adjutant's  office  daily,  with 
the  Guard  Report  Book. 

288.  General.     At  first  sergeants'  call,  the  sergeant  of  the  guard 
will  report  at  the  adjutant's  office  with  the  first  sergeants. 

[128] 


289-290 

Members  of  the  guard  will  not  change  the  clothing  in  which 
they  marched  on  guard,  until  after  retreat. 

The  sentinels  will  begin  challenging  at  midnight. 

In  going  to  and  returning  from  work,  etc.,  prisoners  will  be 
marched  in  quick  time  and  not  allowed  to  straggle  along. 

All  bedding  in  the  guardhouse  will  be  aired  every  Friday 
morning. 

In  the  morning,  the  cooks  will  be  awakened  by  the  musician  of 
the  guard. 

Immediately  before  being  posted,  day  and  night,  No.  1  and  the 
noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  the  guard  will  verify  the  pris- 
oners. 

Sentinels  guarding  prisoners  at  work,  will  not  suffer  the  prison- 
ers to  get  any  nearer  than  ten  paces  to  them. 

While  the  prisoners  are  at  their  'meals,  one  sentinel  will  be 
posted  over  the  gun  rack  and  one  at  the  main  entrance  to  the  guard 
house. 

All  rifles  not  in  use  will  be  kept  in  the  gun  rack. 

Every  day  at  noon,  the  clock  in  the  guardhouse  will  be  set  by 
the  clock  in  the  adjutant's  office. 

All  water-closets  will  be  kept  supplied  with  toilet  paper  and  no 
other  kind  of  paper  will  be  used  therein. 

The  guard  will  be  paraded  at  parade. 

While  the  battalion  is  at  "Parade  rest,"  the  guard  will  also  be 
at  "Parade  rest."  The  rest  of  the  time,  except  when  the  band  is 
playing  the  "Star  Spangled  Banner,"  the  guard  will  remain  "At  ease." 

Money  will  not  be  tendered  the  post  baker  for  bread,  nor  will 
the  baker  be  permitted  to  receive  it. 

Riding,  automobiling,  or  driving  at  a  fast  gait  on  the  roads 
within  the  limits  of  the  post  is  forbidden.  Bicycle  riding  is  pro- 
hibited on  all  sidewalks. 

Leaking  faucets  and  defective  plumbing  will  be  promptly  re- 
ported to  the  Quartermaster. 

No  firecrackers  or  other  fireworks  of  any  description  will  be 
fired  or  exploded  in  the  post. 

289.  Special  orders  for  sentinels.     The  special  orders  for  all  sen- 
tinels will   be   typewritten   or   printed   and   posted   in   the   guardhouse 
in  some  convenient,  accessible  place. 

290.  Prisoners.*     The  prisoners  will  be  worked  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  police  officer. 

Prisoners  serving  summary  court  sentences  will  attend  all  drills, 
with  their  respective  companies,  and  members  of  the  band  all  re- 
hearsals and  ceremonies  with  the  band. 

*  See  Chapter  XI  (par.  311).  "The  Post  Prison  Officer."  At  some  posts  the 
prisoners  are  worked  under  the  direction  of  a  prison  officer  and  at  others,  under  the 
direction  of  the  officer  of  the  day. 

[129] 


290  (contd.) 

Such  prisoners  who  are  at  work  will  be  returned  to  the  guard- 
house twenty  minutes  before  the  first  call  to  dress  for  the  formation. 

After  the  assembly  they  will  be  marched  to  their  company 
parades  under  guard  and  turned  over  to  the  first  sergeants,  who  will 
return  them  to  the  guardhouse  under  guard  immediately  after  drill. 

Such  prisoners  on  parole  will  report  at  the  guardhouse  twenty 
minutes  before  the  first  call  to  dress  for  the  formation.  After  the  as- 
sembly, they  will  report  to  the  first  sergeants  of  their  companies, 
reporting  their  return  at  the  guardhouse  immediately  after  drill. 

All  prisoners  will  be  returned  to  the  guardhouse  fifteen  minutes 
before  meals.  Meals  will  be  sent  to  the  guardhouse  promptly  at 
mess  calls. 

The  prisoners  will  eat  at  the  table  furnished  for  that  purpose 
and  will  not  be  allowed  to  carry  any  food  into  the  cells. 

At  no  time  will  singing,  loud  talking  or  other  noise  be  permitted 
amongst  the  prisoners,  nor  will  they  be  allowed  any  books,  smoking 
materials,  playing  cards  or  other  means  of  diversion.* 

Just  before  the  prisoners  are  locked  up  for  the  night,  they  will 
be  given  an  opportunity  to  go  to  the  water-closet,  after  which  a  pail 
will  be  placed  in  every  cell  to  be  used  in  case  of  emergency  during  the 
night.  After  the  prisoners  have  been  locked  up  for  the  night,  no  one 
will  be  allowed  to  leave  the  cells. 

Prisoners  will  be  limited  to  the  barest  necessities  and  will  be 
allowed  to  have  only  the  following  articles  of  clothing: 

One  pair  shoes. 

One  campaign  hat. 

One  blue  coat. 

One  fatigue  coat. 

One  pair  blue  trousers. 

One  pair  fatigue  trousers.    • 

One  complete  suit  of  under- 
wear, besides  the  one  worn. 

One  towel. 

Two  pocket  handkerchiefs. 

One  blanket. 

Additional  articles  in  winter  and  rainy  weather: 

One  poncho. 

One  pair  overshoes. 

One  overcoat. 

One  pair  fur  gloves. 

One  fur  cap. 

One  blanket. 

*  It  is  also  a  good  plan  to  feed  prisoners  on  the  straight  ration.  In  short,  every- 
thing should  be  done  to  make  the  guardhouse  as  disagreeable  as  possible — a  place  to 
be  dreaded  by  offenders. 

[130] 


291-292 

Prisoners  will  be  required  to  bathe  as  soon  as  possible  after  con- 
finement and  thereafter  at  least  once  a  week. 

A  bath  register  will  be  kept  by  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

SOLDIERS 

291.  Behavior,    etc.     Noncommissioned    officers,    clothed    in    the 
proper  uniform  of  their  grade,  are  on  duty  at  all  times  and  places  for 
the    suppression   of   disorderly   conduct   on   the   part    of   soldiers.     If 
belonging  to  the  same  company  as  the  noncommissioned  officer,  men 
guilty  of  disorderly  conduct  will  be  sent  to  their  quarters  in  arrest 
until  the  facts  can  be  reported  to  the  company  commander.     If  be- 
longing to  some  other  company,  the  noncommissioned  officer  order- 
ing the  arrest  will  report  the  case  to  the  adjutant  without  delay. 

Soldiers  returning  from  the  city  at  night  will  not  create  any  dis- 
turbance by  loud  and  boisterous  talking,  singing  and  laughing  after 
entering  the  post  limits.  It  is  made  the  duty  of  all  officers  and  non- 
commissioned officers,  whether  on  guard  or  not,  to  take  notice  of  any 
violation  of  this  order,  arrest  all  offenders  and  make  proper  report  to 
post  headquarters. 

(Drunken,  boisterous  conduct  on  street  cars,  carelessness  in  dress,  negligence 
about  saluting  and  other  similar  delinquencies  that  are  sometimes  found  amongst 
troops  stationed  near  cities,  can,  of  course,  always  and  should  always,  be  stopped  by 
the  post  commander.  Aside  from  the  bad  effect  such  conduct  has  on  the  discipline 
of  a  command  and  the  annoyance  it  causes  the  lady  members  of  the  garrison,  it  also 
prejudices  the  civilians  against  the  Army,  and  failure  to  stop  at  once  and  forever 
such  a  condition  of  affairs,  merely  bespeaks  weakness  on  the  part  of  the  command- 
ing officer.) 

Men  sick  in  quarters  or  otherwise  excused  from  ceremonies  (ex- 
cept guard  mounting)  will  not  loiter  outside  of  their  barracks  during 
the  same. 

Enlisted  men  are  forbidden  to  have  revolvers  in  their  possession 
and  to  carry  revolvers,  razors  and  other  such  weapons. 

Enlisted  men  will  not  bring  intoxicating  liquors  on  the  reser- 
vation. 

Enlisted  men  going  on  furlough  will  leave  their  post-office  ad- 
dress with  the  first  sergeant  before  taking  their  departure.  While  on 
furlough  they  will  not  be  allowed  to  remain  on  the  reservation. 

292.  Special  duty  men.     As  far  as  practicable,  the  working  hours 
for  men  on  special  duty  will  be  the  same  as  the  fatigue  hours.     How- 
ever,  in   case   of   necessity,   men  may  be   worked   without   regard   to 
fatigue  hours. 

All  special  duty  men  will  attend  parades  and  weekly  and  monthly 
inspections,  and  at  least  two  drills  each  week,  unless  especially 
excused  by  the  commanding  officer.* 

The  drills  and  the  days  on  which  they  will  attend  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  company  commanders. 

*  In  the  Coast  Artillery  only  such  extra  and  special  duty  men  as  are  designated 
in  War  Department  orders  can  be  excused  from  artillery  drill. 

[131] 


293-294 

Men  on  extra  or  special  duty  will  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  out  of 
quarters  except  in  urgent  cases  and  then  only  by  permission  of  the 
commanding  officer. 

At  target  practice  men  on  special  and  extra  duty  will  be  per- 
mitted to  shoot  first,  so  as  to  enable  them  to  leave  the  range  as  early 
as  possible. 

Target  practice  for  the  men  attached  to  the  band  must  not  inter- 
fere with  their  attendance  at  guard  mounting  and  at  the  band  re- 
hearsals that  a/e  held  daily  from  9:30  a.  m.  to  12  m. 

293.  Passes.     No  soldier  will  be  allowed  to  leave  the  post,  except 
on  pass. 

The  number  of  men  to  be  given  passes  will  be  left  to  the  dis- 
cretion of  company  commanders. 

All  soldiers  on  pass  will  report  their  departure  and  return  to  the 
commander  of  the  guard,  who  will  not  permit  dirty,  untidy  or  im- 
properly dressed  men  to  leave.  In  case  of  any  man  returning  late  or 
in  a  dirty  or  drunken  condition,  the  fact  will  be  noted  opposite  his 
name,  in  the  column  of  "Remarks,"  and  the  man  shall  not  again  be 
granted  a  pass  for  one  week. 

Soldiers  on  pass  will  report  their  return  as  soon  as  they  return  to 
the  post — they  will  not  remain  in  the  garrison  while  on  pass. 

The  band  leader,  the  members  of  the  post,  regimental  and  bat- 
talion noncommissioned  staff  may  leave  the  post  by  verbal  permission 
of  their  immediate  commanding  officers. 

Men  who  do  not  take  advantage  of  their  passes  will  so  report  to 
the  commander  of  the  guard. 

Men  on  sick  report  will  not  be  granted  passes,  except  in  case  of 
urgent  necessity. 

The  sergeant  of  the  guard  will  indorse  the  hours  of  departure 
and  return  on  the  pass  lists  and  will  note  in  the  column  of  remarks 
all  delinquencies. 

(NOTE — Tt  is  customary  to  grant  passes  for  swell  men  and  such  periods  as 
company  commanders  think  proper.  Some  commanding  officers  leave  the  number 
of  men  to  the  discretion  of  the  company  commanders,  while  others  limit  the  granting 
of  passes  to  a  certain  per  cent  of  the  company,  allowing  a  greater  percentage  just 
after  pay  days  and  on  holidays  than  on  other  days.  The  pass  system  should  be  just 
as  liberal  as  possible.) 

In  some  few  cases,  commanding  officers  leave  the  matter  of 
passes  entirely  in  the  hands  of  company  commanders.  Each  man  re- 
ports to  the  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters  for  inspec- 
tion before  leaving.  He  reports  his  return  also  to  the  same  non- 
commissioned officer,  who  notes  the  time  on  the  pass;  or  he  may  not 
be  required  to  report  his  return  to  anyone,  all  passes  being  made  to 
expire  just  before  reveille,  retreat  or  some  other  regular  company  roll 
call,  which  will  show  whether  any  one  has  overstayed  his  pass. 

294.  Old  guard  pass.     It  is  sometimes  customary  to  give  soldiers 
a  twenty-four  hours'  pass  after  the  completion  of  a  tour  of  guard  duty. 

[132] 


295-296-297 

295.  Correspondence.     Communications    referred    to    officers    for 
explanation,  remark,  investigation,  etc.,  will  be  returned  to  the  adju- 
tant's office  within  twenty-four  hours  after  their  receipt.     In  case  this 
be  impracticable,  a  verbal  report  of  the  circumstances  of  the  case  will 
be  made  before  the  expiration  of  the  twenty-foifr  hours. 

Whenever  called  upon  for  information  by  the  adjutant's  office, 
the  same  will  be  furnished  within  the  next  twenty-four  hours,  unless 
otherwise  stated. 

The  use  of  thin,  manifolding  paper  as  outer  folds  of  official  com- 
munications, is  prohibited.  Heavier  paper  through  which  writing  is 
not  visible  will  be  used. 

Official  communications  for  the  commanding  officer  will  be  de- 
livered to  the  sergeant-major  or  placed  on  the  adjutant's  desk  in  the 
basket  marked  "In." 

When  a  man  on  special  duty  asks  for  a  furlough,  the  request  will 
be  referred  to  the  officer  under  whom  he  is  employed  before  the  ap- 
plication is  sent  to  the  commanding  officer. 

296.  Post  library.     The  post  library  will  be  opened  on  week  days 
from  9  a.  m.  to  11  a.  m.;  1  p.  m.  to  4:30  p.  m.;  after  supper  to  9:30 
p.  m.;  on  Sundays  and  holidays  from  10  to  11  a.  m. 

Officers,    enlisted   men   and    civilian    employees   and  members   of 
their  families  will  be  allowed  to  take  books  from  the  library  for  a ' 
period  of  not  more  than  ten  days,  at  the  end  of  which  the  books  must 
be  returned.     A  failure  to  so  return  a  book  will  cause  suspension  of 
the  rule  as  relates  to  the  offender. 

Anyone  desiring  a  book  not  on  the  shelves  at  the  time,  may 
register  for  and  obtain  it  in  his  turn. 

Free  access  to  the  shelves  is  not  permitted,  but  all  books  must 
be  removed  from  the  shelves  only  by  the  librarian. 

The  librarian  will  enter  in  a  book  kept  for  the  purpose,  the  num- 
ber of  every  book  taken  out,  the  date  of  its  removal,  and  the  name 
of  the  person  taking  it. 

The  person  taking  a  book  from  the  library  must  return  it  and 
not  lend  or  transfer  it  to  another. 

Damage  to  a  book,  or  loss  of  it,  will  be  charged  against  the  per- 
son responsible  for  it. 

Newspapers  and  periodicals  will  not  be  taken  from  the  reading 
room. 

Smoking  in  the  reading  room  is  prohibited. 

Dogs  are  not  allowed  in  the  library. 

Soldiers  visiting  the  library  will  conduct  themselves  in  an  or- 
derly and  soldierly  manner,  and  will  not  indulge  in  loud,  boisterous 
or  obscene  language. 

297.  The  Post  School.     A  book  showing  the  daily  attendance  will 
be  kept. 

[133] 


297  (contd.) 

The  teacher  who  is  required  to  care  for  the  schoolbooks  and 
property,  will  keep  a  book  in  which  will  be  entered  a  list  of  such 
books  and  property. 

The  schoolroom,  benches,  desks,  etc.,  will  be  kept  clean  by  the 
janitor. 

Special  care  will  be  taken  regarding  the  proper  ventilation  of  the 
schoolroom.  Windows  will  be  lowered  from  the  top  and  not  raised 
from  the  bottom. 

Men  whose  names  have  been  placed  upon  the  rolls  will  be  re- 
quired to  attend  all  sessions  unless  prevented  by  sickness  or  duty. 

Absentees  will  be  reported  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  schools  who 
will  in  turn  report  them  to  the  adjutant. 

During  their  attendance  at  school,  the  soldiers  will  be  neatly 
dressed  and  will  behave  themselves  in  a  quiet  and  orderly  manner, 
paying  strict  attention  to  their  studies. 

Misbehavior,  inattention  and  other  violations  of  these  regula- 
tions will  be  reported  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  school,  who,  if 
necessary,  will  report  the  matter  to  the  adjutant. 

Schoolbooks  will  not  be  removed  from  the  schoolroom  without 
the  permission  of  the  teacher  in  charge,  nor  will  they  be  soiled, 
marked  or  mutilated.  The  name  of  the  soldier  using  a  book  may  be 
written  in  small,  plain  letters  near  the  top  of  the  first  blank  page. 

As  far  as  practicable,  company  commanders  will  excuse  men  at- 
tending school  from  fatigue,  kitchen,  police  and  other  duties  during 
school  hours. 

At  school  call,  the  men  will  fall  in  promptly  on  their  respective 
company  parades  and  be  marched  to  the  schoolroom  by  a  noncom- 
missioned officer,  who  will  report  them  to  the  teacher,  accounting 
for  all  absentees. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  school  term,  the  officer  in  charge  of 
schools  will  ascertain  the  names  of  all  enlisted  men's  children  of 
school  age  (usually  from  6' to  21  years). 

Parents  desiring  their  children  excused  from,  attendance  will 
make  application  to  the  commanding  officer. 


£134] 


298 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THE  POST  QUARTERMASTER 

298.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  Quartermaster,  like 
the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and  atten- 
tion to  business. 

Study  carefully  and  master  completely  the  Quartermaster's 
Manual  and  everything  in  the  Army  Regulations  pertaining  to  the 
Quartermaster  Corps.  Study  also  Cir.  1,  O.  C.  Q.  M.  C.,  1912,  and 
Cir.  28  (same  office),  1913. 

Make  it  a  fundamental  principle  and  an  invariable  rule,  never  to 
issue  or  loan  property  of  any  description  without  obtaining  a  receipt 
for  same  and  never  disburse  money  except  for  material  purchased  or 
services  rendered  to  the  government  in  accordance  with  lawful  au- 
thority, which  must  always  be  in  writing,  as  a  copy  must  be  filed  with 
vouchers,  unless  the  authority  emanates  from  the  Quartermaster 
General's  Office. 

Payments  made  on  the  last  of  the  month  for  supplies  purchased 
during  the  month,  are  considered  "cash  sales." 

All  property  in  use  in  the  Quartermaster  Corps  should  be  plainly 
marked,  "Q.  M.  C.,"  and  all  tables,  chairs  and  other  articles  of  wood 
furniture  out  on  memorandum  receipt  should  be  branded  "Q.  M.  C." 

A  quartermaster  should  familiarize  himself  with  his  property, 
know  exactly  where  it  is,  and  keep  everything  in  his  storehouse  sys- 
tematically. 

He  should  keep  his  property  in  good  condition,  and  by  making 
timely  requisitions  have  material  and  spare  parts  on  hand  for  making 
necessary  repairs.  He  should  study  the  needs  of  the  post  or  com- 
mand with  which  he  is  serving,  so  that  his  requisitions  will  call  for 
just  such  articles  as  he  needs,  and  will  omit  the  thousand  and  one 
articles  that  are  not  needed. 

A  quartermaster  should  keep  his  mules,  harness,  wagons,  and 
other  field  supplies  in  the  very  best  condition,  with  the  necessary 
spare  parts  and  repairs  for  same  always  on  hand. 

He  should  make  a  daily  inspection  of  the  animals,  harness, 
wagons,  stables,  forage,  storehouses,  and  shops,  and  a  monthly  in- 
spection of  the  wagon  train  ready  to  go  into  the  field.  Special  atten- 
tion should  be  paid  to  the  shoes  of  the  animals  and  the  quarter- 
master should  be  able  to  give  directions  in  common  sickness  or  ordi- 

[135] 


299 

nary  injury.  He  should  also  make  frequent  rounds  of  the  post, 
examining  the  fences,  bridges,  roads,  ditches,  etc. 

The  wagon  train  should  be  drilled  in  parking,  not  only  in  one  or 
more  lines,  but  in  a  circle,  square,  to  the  front,  rear,  or  either  flank, 
so  that  in  case  of  attack,  the  train  may  be  quickly  placed  in  a  shel- 
tered position,  if  any  is  available. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  judge  of  the  value  of  services  rendered 
the  Government  by  civilian  employees  and  others,  quartermasters 
should  endeavor  to  become  familial  ""with  the  amount  and  quality  of 
work  done  by  good  mechanics  in  the  various  trades,  which  can  be 
done  by  personal  observation  in  shops,  by  inquiry  of  contractors,  the 
study  of  books  on  building  and  engineering,  etc.  (Hodgson's  "Build- 
ers' Guide"  gives  good  information  as  to  carpenters,  masons,  etc.) 

By  carefully  inspecting  all  supplies  that  come  under  his  observa- 
tion, watching  animals  feeding, -noting  their  condition,  etc.,  by  closely 
studying  specifications,  consulting  contractors,  mechanics,  and  deal- 
ers, a  quartermaster  can  soon  get  a  general  idea  of  good  and  bad 
material,  becoming  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  standard  qualities 
of  fuel,  forage,  straw,  lumber,  hardware,  paints,  etc.,  to  act  intel- 
ligently in  the  inspection  of  supplies  purchased  or  otherwise  received. 

Advantage  should  be  taken  of  every  opportunity  to  observe  and 
study  the  construction  of  temporary  buildings  of  all  classes.  Lum- 
ber, mining  and  railroad  construction  camps,  and  other  temporary 
habitations  furnish  useful  lessons  in  the  construction  of  animal  sheds, 
mess  and  bunk  houses.  Quartermasters  should  be  familiar  with  the 
various  routes  of  travel,  so  as  to  be  able  to  issue  transportation  re- 
quests and  bills  of  lading  correctly.  Study  the  trunk  lines  of  the 
United  States,  the  railroad  guide  and  distance  table,  local  time  tables, 
and  also  make  inquiries  amongst  the  local  railroad  officials.  Special 
attention  should  be  given  to  the  matter  of  land-grant  roads. 

Finally,  whatever  duty  a  quartermaster  has  to  do,  he  should  per- 
form to  the  best  of  his  ability,  without  fear  or  favor,  having  always 
in  view  the  best  interests  of  the  service. 

299.  Blank  Forms.  Cir.  12,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1916,  gives  a  complete  list 
of  War  Department  and  Quartermaster  Corps  forms  used  by  a  quar- 
termaster, with  complete  instructions  as  to  their  use  and  preparation. 
The  forms  are  requisitioned  for  to  the  Quartermaster  General  direct, 
on  or  about  May  15  and  November  15  of  each  year,  on  Form  160, 
Q.  M.  C.  (See  page  106,  Cir.  12,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1916.) 

A  supply  of  the  following  blank  forms  should  also  be  kept  on 
hand: 

Report  of  Survey  (Form  No.  196,  A.  G.  O.). 

Descriptive  List  of  Public  Animals  (Form  277  A.  G.  O.). 

Inventory  and  Inspection  Report  (1  and  la,  I.  G.  D.). 

Inventory  and  Inspection  Report  of  Public  Animals  (2  and  2a, 
I.  G.  D.). 

[136] 


Statement  of  Money  Accountability  (Form  3,  I.  G.  D.). 

List  of  Outstanding  Checks  (Form  3a,  I.  G.  D.). 

300.  Blank  forms  to  be  carried  by  an  acting  quartermaster  in 
the  field.  The  blank  forms  that  an  acting  quartermaster  should  carry 
into  the  field  will  depend,  amongst  other  things,  on  the  duration  and 
nature  of  the  service. 

In  the  case  of  an  ordinary  practice  march,  where  provisions  are 
carried  with  the  command  or  are  shipped  from  the  post,  and  when 
arrangement  has  been  made  with  the  post  quartermaster  for  the  pay- 
ment of  vouchers  covering  supplies  purchased  and  services  procured 
on  the  march,  the  following  blank  forms  will  usually  suffice: 

Q.  M.  C. 

Form. 

No. 

101.  Lease.  (To  be  used  when  necessary  to  rent  a  camp  site 
more  than  24  hours.) 

153.  Original  bill  of  lading. 

154.  Memorandum  copy  of  bill  of  lading. 
156.    Shipping  order. 

169.  Letter  of  transmittal  of  memorandum  bill  of  lading  and 
copies  of  transportation  requests  issued  during  day.  (To 
the  Depot  Quartermaster,  Washington,  D.  C.) 

406.    Official  Telegram. 

Transportation  requests.     (Form  not  numbered.) 

W.   D. 

Form. 

No. 

330.    Public  voucher.     Purchases  and  services. 

If  the  acting  field  quartermaster  himself  is  to  disburse  funds  for 
supplies  purchased  and  services  procured  on  the  march,  and  he  will 
not  return  to  the  post  in  time  to  prepare  and  render  his  account  cur- 
rent on  or  before  the  10th  of  the  following  month,  then  in  addition 
to  the  blank  forms  enumerated  above,  he  should  carry: 

Q.  M.  C. 

Form. 

No. 

151.    Report  of  bills  of  lading  and  transportation  requests  issued. 

W.  D. 

Form. 

No. 

320.    Account  Current. 

329.    Abstract  of  disbursements. 

Check  Book.    (Treasury  Department  Form.) 

Experience  has  shown  that  in  the  case  of  the  ordinary  practice 
march,  it  is  always  better  to  have  the  post  quartermaster  requisition 

[137] 


301 

in  advance  for  the  purchase  of  supplies  and  procurement  of  services 

that  will  probably  be  needed  on  the  march,  all  vouchers,  after  accom- 
plishment, being  sent  to  the  post  quartermaster  for  payment. 

301.    Books,   orders,   circulars,   and    other  publications   of   record 

and  of  reference.     The  following  books,  orders,  circulars,  etc.,  should 

be   kept  in   the   office,  some  as   records   and   others   for   purposes   of 

reference: 

Account  of  Electric  Current  and  Incandescent  Lamps.  (Q.  M.  C.  451.) 

Account  of  Property  on  Memorandum  Receipt.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  229, 
in  binder.)  See  Cir.  38,  O.  C.  Q.  M.  C.,  1913,  for  full  instructions. 

Apportionment  of  Allotment  Account,  in  binder.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  74.) 
See  Cir.  26,  O.  C.  Q.  M.  C.,  1913,  for  full  instructions. 

Army  Pay  Table.    (Q.  M.  C.  Form  404.) 

Army  Regulations.     (Keep  posted  to  date.) 

Cash  book.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  80  and  80a  or  80b.)  See  Cir.  26,  Q.  M. 
G.  O.,  1915. 

Burial  Register  (where  there  is  a  cemetery).     (Q.  M.  C.  Form  458.) 

Cash  Sales  Book.     (Q.  M.  C.  Form  69.) 

Cash  Sales  Slips.     (Book,  Q.  M.  C.    Form  67.) 

Charge  Sales  Slips.     (Book,  Q.  M.  C.    Form  66.) 

Contract  Account.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  453  and  455.)  See  Cir.  3,  O.  C.  Q. 
M.  C,  1914. 

Catalogue  File  (with  index).  Catalogues  can  be  obtained  from  manu- 
facturers and  large  dealers  free  of  charge. 

Circulars,  Quartermaster  General's  Office. 

Correspondence  Book  and  Document  File,  if  strength  of  post  is  two 
companies  or  less;  if  strength  of  garrison  is  more  than  two  com- 
panies, use  correspondence  file  prescribed  in  G.  O.  92,  W.  D., 
1909. 

Daily  Report  of  Cash  Sales.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  463.)  See  Cir.  26, 
Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1915. 

Delivery  Order  Receipt.  (Book,  Q.  M.  C.  Form  450.)  Instructions 
on  form. 

Descriptive  List  of  Public  Animals,  file  of  (Form  227  A.  G.  O.)  See 
instructions  on  form. 

Files  of  Bills  of  Lading  Issued.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  153,  154,  155  and 
156.)  See  instructions  on  the  form  and  Cir.  24,  Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1915. 

Fuel  Consumption  Report.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  432.)  See  instructions  on 
form. 

General  Orders  and  Bulletins,  War  Department. 

General  Orders  and  Bulletins,  Department. 

General  Orders,  Memorandums,  etc.,  of  Post. 

Historical  Record  of  Public  Buildings.  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  173a,  in 
binder.) 

Interest  Tables.     (Q.  M.  C.  Form  403.) 

[138] 


301  (contd.) 

Issue  Slip.     (Book,  Q.  M.  C.    Form  224.)     See  Subsistence  Manual, 

par.  285. 
Inventory  Book  of  Subsistence  Stores.    (Q.  M.  C.    Form  233.)     See 

instructions  in  book. 

]  Until      new      manual     for 

Manual  for  the  Pay  Department.  |  Quartermaster     Corps     is 

Manual  for  the  Subsistence  Department,     ^issued.      It    is    understood 
Manual  of  the  Quartermaster  Department.]  this  is  in  course  of  prepa- 

J  ration. 

Official  Railway  Guide.     (Published  monthly.)    Latest  edition. 
Official  Table  of  Distances.    (War  Department  Publication.) 
Order  for  Repairs.     (Book,  Q.  M.  C.    Form  467.) 
Price  List,  subsistence  stores.    (Q.  M.  C.    Form  64.) 
Property  Account.     (Q.    M.   C.    Form   200,   in  binder.)      See   Cir.  38, 

O.  C.  Q.  M.  C.,  1913,  for  full  instructions  as  to  keeping,  posting, 

etc.,  also  for  list  of  debit  and  credit  vouchers  to  same. 
Record  of  Service  of  Civilian  Employes.     (Q.  M.  C.  Form  174.) 
Regulations    for    the    Uniform    for    the    United    States     Army    (with 

changes). 

Reports,  periodical,  file  of  (monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual,  and  an- 
nual reports). 
Return  of  Subsistence  Stores.    (Q.  M.  C.    Form  219.)    See  instructions 

on  form  and  Subsistence  Manual. 
Requisitions  and  Estimates,  numbered  serially  and  filed  accordingly, 

with  index. 
Record  of  Expenditures  on  Public  Buildings.     (Book,  Q.  M.  C.    Form 

457.)    See  Army  Regulations,  par.  1019. 
Register  of  Private  Mounts.    (No  form.)    See  G.  O.  15,  par.  3,  W.  D., 

1916. 
Records  pertaining  to  Detachment  Q.  M.  Corps.    (Same  as  a  company, 

see  par.  207.) 
Ration  and  Savings  Account.    (W.  D.    Form  373.)     See  A.  R,  1220 

and  1221. 

Sales  Ledger.     (Q.  M.  C.    Form  60.) 

Specifications  for  Plumbing  Fixtures,  etc.    (Obtain  from  Q.  M.  G.  O.) 
Specifications  for  Army  Ranges.     (Obtain  from  Q.  M.  G.  O.) 
Specifications  for  the  Uniform  of  the  United  States  Army.     (Q.  M. 

G.  O.) 
Such  other  standard  specifications  as  can  be  obtained  from  time  to 

time. 
Transportation  Requests.     (Book,,  no  number.)     See  page  99,  Cir.  12, 

Q.  M.  G.  O.,  1916,  and  instructions  on  form. 
Typewriter  Descriptive  List,  file  of  (Q.  M.  C.  Form  409). 
Such   reference   books   on    construction    and   repair  of  buildings   and 

roads,  water  and  sewerage  system,  lighting,   etc.,  as  can  be   ob- 

[139] 


302-303 

tained  from  the  office  of  the   Quartermaster  General  and  other 
sources. 

302.  Quartermaster  paperwork.     The  paperwork  of  the  Quarter- 
master  Corps   is  so  extensive  and  complex  that   no   effort  has  been 
made  to  cover  it  in  this  Manual.     However,  the  subject  is  well  cov- 
ered in  "ARMY   PAPERWORK,"  by  the  author,  which  can  be  ob- 
tained   from    the    publishers,    Geo.    Banta    Publishing    Co.,    Menasha, 
Wis.,  or  any  of  the  distributers  named  at  the  beginning  of  this  Man- 
ual.   Price  $2,  postpaid. 

303.  Motto  for  Supply  Troops.     The  following  excellent  "Motto 
for  Supply  Troops,"  by  Capt.  E.  E.  Booth,  Supply  Officer,  1st  U.  S. 
Cavalry,  is  commended  to  the  consideration  of  all  quartermasters  and 
those  under  them: — 

First — Remember  that  the  Supply  Department  is  created  and 
maintained  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  and  serving  the  Regiment. 
Keep  this  constantly  in  mind  and  conduct  yourselves  accordingly. 

Second — Our  aim  should  be  to  grant  every  legitimate  request  for 
supplies,  services,  or  materials  made  by  officers  and  men  of  the  Regi- 
ment. Don't  haggle  over  the  technicalities  or  compliance  with  forms. 
Remember  that  the  troops  have  to  devote  their  time,  thoughts  and 
energies  to  training  for  field  service.  If  the  officers  and  men  of  the 
line  do  all  the  legitimate  work  expected  pf  them,  they  have  not  the 
time  to  inform  themselves  sufficiently  in  the  multitude  of  details, 
forms,  etc.,  to  enable  them  to  prepare  correctly  all  the  papers  con- 
nected with  the  question  of  obtaining  and  accounting  for  supplies. 
Papers  going  to  higher  authority  must  comply  with  all  requirements. 
But  this  is  not  necessary  when  they  stop  in  the  Supply  Office.  All 
that  this  office  requires  is  to  be  told  what  is  wanted. 

Third — Study  all  the  time  for  methods  to  supply  the  troops  with 
everything  they  require  without  any  effort  or  thought  on  their  part 
or  without  calling  on  them  for  assistance. 

Fourth — Heads  of  all  departments  are  authorized  to  grant  re- 
quests. The  Supply  Officer  only  can  decline  them.  When  impos- 
sible for  the  head  of  a  department  to  grant  a  request,  refer  the  of- 
ficer or  man  making  it  to  the  Supply  Officer.  Remember  that  the 
granting  of  a  request  will  be  more  satisfactory  to  the  applicant  than 
a  reason  or  an  excuse  for  not  granting  it,  however  good  the  latter 
may  be. 

Fifth — The  Supply  Department  will  have  fulfilled  its  function 
only  when  it  supplies  promptly  everything  needed  by  the  troops, 
without  any  thought  or  labor  on  their  part. 


[140] 


304-305-306-307 


CHAPTER  IX 


THE  POST  RECRUITING  OFFICER 

304.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  RECRUITING  OF- 
FICER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work 
and  attention  to  business. 

305.  Rules  for  examination  of  recruits.     The  rules  for  examina- 
tion of  recruits  are  published  in  G.  O.  66,   1910. 

306.  Blank  forms.     The  following  A.  G.  O.  forms  should  be  kept 
on  hand: 

No. 

18.    Trimonthly  Report  of  Enlistments. 

22.    Enlistment  Paper. 

25.    Descriptive  and  Assignment  Card. 

78.    Letter  of  Inquiry,  Recruiting  Officer.     (Supplied  directly  by 

A.  G.  O.) 

135.    Report  of  Physical  Examination. 
141.    Application  for  Enlistment.     (Supplied  directly  by  A.  G.  O.) 

260.  Identification  Record  Card. 

261.  Photograph  and  Negative  Jacket. 

262.  Trimonthly  Report  of  Applicants  for  Enlistment.     (Supplied 

directly  by  A.  G.  O.) 
265.    Monthly  Report  of  Medical  Examination  of  Applicants  for 

Enlistment. 
380.    Designation  of  Beneficiary  of  Officer  or  Enlisted  Man. 

307.  Reports  to  be  rendered. 

Monthly 


NATURE 

FORM 

AUTHORITY 

REMARKS 

Report  of  medical  exami- 
nation of  applicants  for 
enlistment 

265    A.    G.    O. 

Note   on    form 

To  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army  not  later  than 
6th  of  the  month.  If  no 
applicant  is  examined  dur- 
ing month,  that  fact  is 
stated  by  letter. 

[141] 


307  (contd.) 


Tenth,  Twentieth,  and  Last  of  Month 


Trimonthly 

report 

of 

en- 

18  A.  G.  O. 

A.   R. 

857  and 

To    the   Adjutant    General    of 

listments 

note 

on   form 

the    Army,   with   enlistment 

papers  of  men  enlisted  dur- 

ing   period. 

Trimonthly 

report 

of 

ap- 

262    A.    G.    O. 

Note 

on    form 

To   the  Adjutant   General   of 

plicants   for  enlistment 

the  Army. 

When  the   Occasion   Arises 


Reenlistment  of  discharged 
soldiers 

Report    of    physical    exami- 
nation 


Letter     or 
postcard 

135    A.    G.    O. 


A.    R.    860 


Note 


form 


To  the  soldier's  last  com- 
pany commander. 

To  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army  the  day  the  man 
is  enlisted.  In  case  of 
first  enlistment,  the  report 
is  accompanied  by  the 
Identification  Record  and 
photograph. 


(NOTE — The  day  a  man  is  enlisted  his  D  and  A  Card  is  sent  to  post  headquarters.) 


[142] 


308 


CHAPTER  X 

THE  POST  EXCHANGE  OFFICER* 

308.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  EXCHANGE 
OFFICER,  like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

Special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the  details  of  stock,  accounts, 
sales,  and  collections. 

The  success  of  an  exchange  depends  on  the  business  instinct  of, 
and  the  care  and  intelligence  exercised  by,  the  officer  in  charge,  and 
also  upon  the  absolute  honesty  of  all  employees.  If  dividends  are  to 
be  declared,  the  exchange  as  constituted  today  must  be  run  as  a  busi- 
ness proposition,  pure  and  simple,  on  strictly  commercial  lines.  As 
the  officer  in  charge  can  not  be  present  at  all  times,  he  must  be  cer- 
tain that  his  representative,  the  exchange  steward,  is  honest,  trust- 
worthy, industrious  and  devoted  to  making  the  exchange  a  success. 

The  following  suggestions  are  based  upon  experience  in  conduct- 
ing an  exchange,  both  at  a  frontier  post  and  at  one  near  a  city: 

A  bookkeeper  is  indispensable  if  the  exchange  is  a  large  one  with 
several  departments,  but  the  exchange  officer  should  understand 
thoroughly  the  system  of  bookkeeping  used. 

Exercise  great  care  and  pains  in  the  selection  and  purchase  of 
stock,  both  as  to  quality  and  quantity.  Endeavor  to  find  out  what 
will  sell  before  making  large  purchases.  What  will  sell  well  at  one 
post  will  prove  to  be  deadstock  at  another.  It  is  a  safe  rule  to  handle 
staples  and  then  only  the  best. 

Be  careful  about  not  overbuying — seductive  offers  of  slightly  re- 
duced prices  on  "deals"  are  apt  to  catch  the  unwary.  However,  good 
deals  on  nonperishable  staple  articles  are  good  investments. 

Get  rid  of  shelf  worn  and  old  stock — "shelf  stickers" — at  a  sac- 
rifice, if  necessary.  The  money  received  is  of  more  value  than  the 
old  stock.  Mark  them  down  and  run  them  off  as  "Special."  Sell 
them  at  below  cost,  if  necessary,  as  even  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  price 
turned  over  profitably  will  pay  for  the  balance  lost. 

Do  not  assume  because  the  exchange  is  an  established  thing  that 
everybody  knows  all  about  the  line  of  goods  handled.  Occasional 
circulars  and  price  lists  properly  distributed  will  increase  patronage 
surprisingly. 

*  In  starting  a  new  exchange  it  is  a  good  plan  for  organizations  to  "buy  in" 
in  shares  equal  to  their  maximum  authorized  strength,  each  share  to  cost  one  or  more 
dollars,  and  the  dividends  to  be  declared  so  much  per  share. 

[143] 


308  (contd.) 

Require  all  credit  sales  to  be  made  on  a  written  order,  same  to 
be  returned  with  the  bill  at  the  end  of  the  month.  This  will  prevent 
many  unpleasant  disputes.  Send  a  bill  with  every  credit  sale  on  de- 
livery. On  the  market  there  are  duplicating  or  triplicating  devices 
that  permit  this  without  any  trouble.  The  retained  bill  can  be  used 
to  enter  the  charge  on  the  proper  books. 

Require  parties  making  special  orders  for  things  not  in  stock,  to 
bear  expense  of  return,  if  found  unsatisfactory,  as  the  exchange  makes 
nothing  on  those  orders  as  a  general  thing. 

Be  obliging.  If  you  do  not  keep  an  article  in  stock,  let  it  be 
known  that  you  operate  a  mail  order  department  and  that  you  will  be 
glad  to  handle  orders  of  any  kind.  The  profits  on  this  class  of  goods 
may  be  small  but  the  residents  of  the  post  will  learn  to  rely  on  the 
exchange. 

Get  catalogues  from  well-known  concerns  of  their  goods  and 
allow  them  to  be  used  by  customers.  Remember  that  the  majority  of 
persons  that  look  through  a  catalogue  see  something  that  they  need. 
You  thereby  increase  your  sales. 

Arrange  the  stock  neatly.  A  well-appearing  exchange  will  induce 
buyers.  Sell  articles  at  a  less  price  than  in  the  neighboring  stores  and 
market  places  for  you  thereby  increase  your  sales  in  number  and  value 
and  the  stock  is  turned  over  quickly. 

Keep  a  private  account  of  all  cash  received  and  paid  out.  A 
memorandum  book,  which  should  be  kept  with  the  cash,  will  do. 
Balance  this  book  and  count  your  cash  daily,  if  possible.  If  not,  it 
should  be  done  at  least  twice  a  week.  Compare  the  amount  shown 
with  the  amount  called  for  by  the  regular  cash  book.  This  will  save 
you  paying  out  money  to  make  up  losses  either  due  to  your  or  the 
bookkeeper's  failure  to  record  the  transaction.  Besides  it  is  a  good 
check. 

The  amount  of  cash  kept  in  the  exchange  should  be  reduced  to 
a  minimum.  If  possible,  there  should  be  two  safes — one  for  the 
steward's  exclusive  use  for  till  change,  jewelry,  papers,  etc., — the 
other  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  exchange  officer,  who,  alone,  should 
know  the  combination.  The  combination  of  the  steward's  safe  should 
be  in  the  possession  of  no  one  but  the  steward. 

If  necessary,  write  to  several  exchange  officers  for  sets  of  blank 
forms  which  they  may  be  using  and  from  these  select  those  which 
suit  your  conditions  best. 

An  inventory  of  stock  in  the  amusement  room  and  restaurant 
should  be  taken  each  night  by  the  steward,  as  the  amount  of  stock 
handled  is  usually  small. 

Take  a  careful  inventory  of  all  departments  on  the  last  of  the 
month  and  compare  same  with  amount  shown  on  stock  book. 

Accept  deposits  of  money.  Its  use  will  more  than  offset  the 
trouble  of  handling  it. 

[144] 


308  (contd.)1 

Discount  all  bills  that  allow  same.  It  is  a  source  of  profit  and 
amounts  to  a  good  deal  in  the  course  of  a  year. 

Sales  sheets  show  every  article  sold  either  for  cash,  credit  checks 
or  credit  account.  They  are  made  out  by  the  steward,  submitted 
daily  to  the  officer  in  charge  and  then  after  entry  in  stock  book  are 
filed  as  part  of  records.  Invoices  are  left  on  desk  file  until  arrival 
of  shipment;  goods  are  then  checked,  bill  entered  in  journal  and 
stock  book  and  the  invoice  then  pasted  in  invoice  book,  having  noted 
date  of  payment  on  it. 

Carbon  copies  should  be  kept  of  all  letters  sent  and  the  answers 
thereto  should  be  filed  therewith.  These  copies  should  be  filed  alpha- 
betically according  to  the  names  of  the  persons  or  firm  addressed. 

Letters  received  can  be  conveniently  pasted  in  a  book  similar  to 
invoice  book,  and  all  receipts  should  be  so  kept. 

Bank  check  book  should  be  similar  in  form  to  the  U.  S.  Trea- 
sury check  books  with  stub  showing  number,  date,  for  what  amount 
and  to  whom  drawn.  Keep  an  account  in  some  good  New  York  bank 
as  these  checks  are  not  ordinarily  subject  to  exchange. 

Use  the  canceled  bank  checks  after  they  are  returned  from  the 
bank  as  vouchers  to  the  cash  account,  numbering  them  with  the 
voucher  number  when  issued.  If  any  question  arises  reference  to  the 
account  and  invoices  will  show  the  expenditures.  This  saves  time  and 
the  constant  worry  over  receipts.  Many  business  houses  do  not  fur- 
nish receipts  when  payment  is  made  by  check  and  are  apt  to  ignore 
a  request  for  a  receipt. 

After  inventory  is  entered  in  stock  book,  compare  it  with  the 
amount  shown  as  on  hand.  The  difference  should  be  more  than  cov- 
ered by  the  excess  cash  on  daily  sales  sheet.  If  not,  something  is 
wrong.  Either  a  mistake  has  been  made  in  the  entries  in  stock  book 
or  the  man  in  charge  of  store  is  not  turning  in  all  money  received. 
The  stock  book  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  ones  to  keep.  Insist  that 
it  be  kept  correctly.  Require  the  bookkeeper  to  take  a  trial  balance 
on  the  10th  and  20th  of  the  month  in  addition  to  closing  books  at 
end  of  month.  Constantly  keep  posted  by  examining  the  books  your- 
self. 

In  some  exchanges  a  balance  statement  book  is  kept  in  addition 
to  the  post  exchange  council  book.  The  latter  will  answer  for  both. 

The  monthly  statement  should  show  the  result  of  the  month's 
work,  giving  the  assets,  liabilities,  loss  or  gain,  worth  of  exchange 
and  amount,  if  any,  to  be  returned  to  the  organizations  as  dividends. 
The  bills  receivable  are  usually  collected  by  the  exchange  officer  at 
the  pay  table.  Arrange  them  in  the  order  that  the  men  appear  on  the 
pay  roll,  and  be  sure  to  have  sufficient  funds  for  change.  If  business 
is  good,  about  $100  per  company  will  be  necessary.  Have  an  assistant 
call  the  amount  of  the  orders  which  should  be  marked  on  the  upper 

[145] 


309-310 

check  with  colored  pencil  so  as  to  be  easily  seen.  Unredeemed  checks 
should  be  deducted  from  the  dividend.  Mistakes  are  easily  made  at 
pay  table  and  hard  to  correct  afterwards.  Arrange  such  checks  on  the 
various  departments  as  to  convince  yourself  that  all  proceeds  are 
turned  in;  see  that  the  stock  book  is  accurately  kept  and  exercise  the 
greatest  care  in  handling  the  funds  of  the  exchange. 

The  exchange  officer  should,  of  course,  be  thoroughly  familiar 
with  the  Post  Exchange  Regulations,  and  everything  in  the  Army 
Regulations  pertaining  to  exchange  matters. 

309.  Books  to  be  kept.     The  Post  Exchange  Regulations   (1916) 
prescribe  and  explain  the  books  to  be  kept  in  all  post  exchanges. 

310.  Reports.     At  present  there  are  no  reports  or  returns  of  any 
kind  required  to  be  submitted  by  the  post  exchange  officer. 


311 


CHAPTER  XI 

THE  POST  PRISON  OFFICER 

311.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  PRISON  OFFICER, 
like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and 
attention  to  business. 

It  is  sometimes  customary  to  make  paroled  prisoners  sign  a 
statement  of  this  tenor: 

FORT    LEAVENWORTH,    KANS., 

May  12,  1909. 

In  consideration  of  this  parole  I  will  go  only  to  such  places  as  may  be  necessary 
in  order  to  do  the  work  assigned  to  me.  I  will  report  back  to  the  guardhouse  at 
recall  from  fatigue,  both  in  the  morning  and  evening,  or  when  my  work  is  completed, 
if  before  recall.  I  further  pledge  my  word  that  I  will  not  attempt  to  escape  from  con- 
finement. 

NAME 

WITNESS 

The  prison  officer  should  always  4)e  witness  to  the  signing  of  the 
parole.  The  signing  of  a  pledge  simplifies  and  facilitates  conviction 
<n  case  the  parole  is  broken. 

In  placing  a  prisoner  on  parole  the  prison  officer  should  explain 
the  nature  of  a  parole  and  caution  the  prisoner  as  to  what  will  con- 
stitute breaking  it. 

When  the  guardhouse  is  inspected  on  the  last  of  the  month,  the 
prison  officer  should  be  present.  He  should  also  be  present  at  all 
other  formal  inspections. 

In  forwarding  applications  from  prisoners  for  clemency,  favors, 
etc.,  the  prison  officer  should  verify  all  statements  made  in  such 
applications. 

He  should  see  that  no  loose  pieces  of  iron,  etc.,  are  left  in  any 
of  the  cells. 

He  should  examine  daily,  by  actual  test,  all  window  bars  and 
should  see  that  no  articles  not  properly  belonging  to  the  guardhouse 
are  allowed  to  remain  in  or  about  the  premises. 

Paroled  prisoners  should  be  given,  whenever  practicable,  the 
most  agreeable  work,  and  they  should  also  be  allowed  as  many,  priv- 
ileges as  possible,  thus  making  the  parole  a  thing  to  be  sought  by  all 
prisoners. 

The  guardhouse  should  be  made  just  as  unattractive,  disagree- 
able and  unpopular  as  possible,  especially  for  old  offenders. 

Whenever  practicable  general  prisoners,  garrison  prisoners, 
prisoners  awaiting  result  of  trial,  prisoners  awaiting  trial,  casual  pris- 
oners, and  paroled  prisoners  should  be  separated  in  the  guardhouse. 

[147] 


However,  because  of  the  construction  of  our  guardhouses,  this  is 
seldom  possible,  but  it  is  usually  possible  to  place  paroled  prisoners 
in  one  room,  and  then  separate  the  prisoners  of  bad  character  and 
deserters  from  the  remaining  prisoners. 

The  prison  officer  should  request  the  commanding  officer  to  issue 
such  <•  -ders  as  will  prevent  the  officer  of  the  day,  the  officer  of  the 
guard,  and  others,  from  interfering  in  any  way  with  the  manner  in 
which  the  prison  officer  controls  the  prisoners. 

All  applications  to  speak  to  the  commanding  officer,  to  go  to 
the  company  quarters,  etc.,  should  be  made  to  the  prison  officer. 

It  is  sometimes  a  good  plan,  in  order  to  prevent  prisoners  from 
having  their  names  placed  on  the  sick  report  just  to  get  out  of  work, 
for  the  Surgeon  to  take  the  sick  call  at  the  guardhouse  every  day 
just  before  the  fatigue  hour. 

At  large  posts  especially,  experience  has  shown  that  in  some 
cases  it  is  much  more  satisfactory  to  have  the  prisoners  guarded  by 
a  provost  guard,  under  the  directions  of  the  prison  officer.  The 
provost  guard  should  be  detailed  for  at  least  one  week  at  a  time  and 
each  member  thereof  should  be  left  on  the  same  piece  of  work,  so 
that  he  may  actually  superintend  the  work  intelligently  instead  of 
merely  guarding  prisoners  in  a  perfunctory  manner. 

Much  valuable  information  regarding  the  handling  of  prisoners 
is  contained  in  the  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Prison, 
Fort  Leavenworth,  Kans.,  a  copy  of  which  would  probably  be  fur- 
nished upon  application. 

312.  Returns  and  requisitions. 

Last  of  Month 


NATURE 

FORM 

AUTHORITY 

REMARKS 

Return  of  general  prisoners 

23    A.    G.    0. 

A.    R.   937 

Prepared  in  triplicate;  one 
copy  forwarded  by  post 
commander  to  Department 
Headquarters;  one  to  The 
Adjutant  General  of  the 
Army;  and  one  retained 

(NOTE: — A.  R.  937,  states  that  above  return  shall  be  submitted  by  the  post  com- 
mander. In  practice  it  is  generally  prepared  by  the  post  prison  officer,  who  submits  it 
to  the  post  commander  for  signature  and  transmission.) 


[148] 


(312  (contd.) 


Fifteenth  of  Month 


NATURE 

FORM 

AUTHORITY 

REMARKS 

Requisition  for  certain 
Quartermaster  supplies 
or  general  prisoners 

228    Q.    M.    C. 

A.     R.     1216 

Submitted  in   duplicate 

Requisition  for  clothing  for 
general    prisoners 

213   Q.    M.    C. 

A.   R.   1170 

Submitted  in  duplicate 

[149] 


313 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE  POST  ORDNANCE  OFFICER 

313.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  ORDNANCE  OF- 
FICER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

Post  ordnance  officers  are  responsible  and  accountable  for  tar- 
gets and  target  material  for  small  arms  and  mobile  artillery  practice, 
for  ammunition  and  spare  parts  for  small  arms,  for  all  ordnance  prop- 
erty for  the  general  use  of  the  post  (except  the  modern  armament  and 
equipment  of  Coast  Artillery  posts),  and  for  such  surplus  ordnance 
and  ordnance  stores  as  are  not  in  the  hands  of  troops. 

When  ordnance  property  is  received  by  responsible  ordnance 
officers  it  should  be  personally  checked  and  the  quantities  compared 
with  the  entries  on  the  invoices,  and  they  should  receipt  only  for  the 
property  actually  received  by  them,  noting  on  the  receipt  its  condi- 
tion, whether  serviceable,  unserviceable,  or  damaged.  If  there  are 
discrepancies  between  these  receipts  and  the  invoices,  they  are  re- 
quired to  be  covered  by  reports  of  surveying  officers,  one  copy  of 
which  should  be  furnished  the  invoicing  officer  as  authority  for  not 
receipting  for  all  the  property  invoiced.  The  property  will  be  taken 
up  by  the  receiving  officer,  but  the  invoice  will  not  be  altered,  the 
report  of  survey  being  the  voucher  to  account  for  the  discrepancy. 

Post  ordnance  officers  are  required  to  make  timely  requisitions 
for  all  materials  necessary  for  the  complete  equipment  of  the  target 
range,  as  well  as  all  supplies,  including  iron  targets,  used  in  target 
practice. 

Spare  parts  for  small  arms  should  be  invoiced  by  post  ordnance 
officers  to  the  commanding  officers  of  organizations  for  the  purpose 
of  making  necessary  repairs.  Post  ordnance  officers  are  authorized 
to  drop  certain  parts  as  expended  for  the  repair  of  arms  in  the  hands 
of  troops. 

These  expendable  articles  are  marked  with  an  asterisk  in 
pamphlets  issued  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 

Post  ordnance  officers  are  required  to  see  that  all  property  for 
which  they  are  accountable  is  properly  stored  and  cared  for,  with  the 
view  of  insuring  safety  and  reducing  deterioration  to  a  minimum. 
They  should  assure  themselves  on  this  point  by  frequent  personal 
inspections. 

[ISO] 


314-315-316-317 

All  powders  and  ammunition  should  be  kept  separate  from  other 
Stores — in  the  magazine,  if  one  is  provided,  which  should  be  opened 
and  ventilated  at  least  once  a  week. 

In  issuing  ammunition,  or  its  components,  that  longest  on  hanc 
should  be  issued  first. 

BLANK  FORMS  TO  BE  KEPT  ON  HAND 

314.  Furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Department 

Form 
No. 

18.  Inside  and  Outside  sheets  to  Ordnance  Return; 

19.  Certificate  of  Expenditure; 
86.    Statement  of  Charges; 

94.    Report  of  Ordnance  Charges; 
146.    Transfer  of  Ordnance  Property; 

152.    Transfer  of  Ordnance  Property  under  1535  Army  Regulations, 
1519.    Personal  Report,  Ordnance,  Sergeants; 
386.    Requisitions. 

315.  Furnished  by  the  Inspector  General's  Department 
Form 

No. 

1.    Outside  sheet,  Inspection  Report; 
la.  Inside  sheet,  Inspection  Report; 

316.  Furnished  by  The  Adjutant  General's  Department 
Form 

No. 

196.    Report  of  Survey; 

332.    Abstract  of  Sales; 

448.    Memorandum  receipt; 

448b.  Abstract  Record  of  memorandum  receipt; 

543.  Combination  requisition;   invoice  and  receipt  for  Issue  of  Ex 

pendable  articles  to  organizations  with  Unit  Equipment; 

544.  Credit  Voucher  for  Replacement  of  Articles  of  Unit  Account 

ability. 

317.  Ordnance  Department  Books  and  Pamphlets  to  be  kept  ii 
office. 

Form 
No. 

1957.    Description  of  Telescopic  Musket  Sights; 
1926.    Automatic  Machine  Rifles; 

1926a.  Description  of  automatic  machine  rifles  and  accessories; 
1866.    Automatic  Pistol; 
1658.    Blank  ammunition; 
1890.    Price  list  of  machine  rifles; 

[151] 


318 

1719.  Horse  equipments; 
1715.    Cavalry  equipments; 

1718.  Description  of  Infantry  equipment; 

1717.  Instruction  for  assembling  Infantry  equipments; 

1992.  Small  arms  targets,  etc.; 

1990.  Decapping  and  Cleaning  tools; 

1925.  Gallery  practice  rifles; 

1923.  U.  S.  rifles; 

1797.  Range  Finders; 

1741.  Rifle  and  Hand  Grenades; 

1720.  Regulations  for  Transportation  of  Explosives; 
1768.  3-inch  Saluting  gun; 

1879.    Price  list  of  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores; 

Ordnance  Property  Regulations; 
1970.    Supply  and  Allowance  Tables; 

1965.    Instruction  for  the  Care  and  Repair  of  Small  arms,  etc.; 
1871.    Disposition  of  unserviceable  property. 

(NOTE — A  Unit  Equipment  Accountability  Manual  for  each  branch  of  the  service 
at  the  post,  furnished  by  The  Adjutant  General  cf  the  Army,  should  be  kept  on  hand.) 

318.  Reports,   Returns,  and   Requisitions 

JUNE  30  AND  DECEMBER  31 


NATURE 

FORM 

AUTHORITY 

REMARKS 

0.  D. 

Semi-annual       Return       of 
Ordnance     and      Ordnance 
Stores 

18 

A.    R.   1511, 
Cir.  10,  Hdqrs. 
\rrny  1903  and 
note    5    on 
form 

To  be  mailed  to  Chief  of 
Ordnance  U.  S.  A.,  by 
20th  of  next  month.  In 
the  Philippines,  to  be 
mailed  to  the  Chief  Ord- 
nance Officer  of  the  Divi- 

sion 

DECEMBER    31 


Personal    report   to   be   ren- 
dered   by    Ordnance    Ser- 
geant 

1539 

A.    R.    100 

To  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the      Army,      through      the 
Ordnance    Officer    and    the 
post  commander.      This  re- 
port    is     also    made    upor 
arrival    at    a    new    station, 
and      upon      return      frorr. 
detached    service,    furlough 
or  other  absence 

[152] 


318  (contd.) 


JULY    1 


Requisition    for    target    ma- 
terial, ammunition,  clean- 
ing   material,    and    spare 
parts   for  small  arms 

386 

Pages  594,  616, 
and    627,    Ord- 
nance     Supply 
Manual,     and 
G.    O.    89,    '06 

To    the    Chief    of    Ordnance, 
U.  S.  A.,  through  channels. 
In   the    Philippines,    to    the 
Chief   Ordnance   Officer   of 
the    Division 

WHENEVER    NECESSARY 


Requisition     for     Ordnance 

386 

d. 

O.    52, 

To    the    Chief    of    Ordnance, 

Stores 

vv. 

D.,     'IS 

U.  S.  A.,  through  channels. 

In    the    Philippines,    to   the 

Dept.   Ordnance   Officer 

[153] 


319-320-321-322 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  POST  ENGINEER  OFFICER 

319.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  ENGINEER  OFFI- 
CER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work 
and  attention  to  business. 

The  duties  of  the  post  engineer  officer  relative  to  the  account- 
ability and  care  of  property,  are  practically  the  same  as  those  of  the 
ordnance  officer.  See  Chapter  XII. 

He  should  keep  on  hand  all  instruments  necessary  for  the  making 
of  minor  surveys,  and  military  map  making,  as  well  as  all  instruments 
and  materials  necessary  for  instruction  in  officers'  schools. 

320.  Returns.     Property    returns    are    submitted    March    31    and 
September  30  of  each  year,  and  upon  being  relieved,  Form   No.   13, 
Eng.   Dept.  being  used.     See  A.   R.   665   regarding  direct   entries   on 
returns  in  case  of  complete  transfer  of  property.     The  returns  are  to 
be  forwarded  to  the   Chief  of   Engineers  direct,   within  twenty   days 
after  close  of  period  for  which  rendered.     In  the  Philippine  Depart- 
ment   the    return   is    transmitted    through   the    Department    Engineer 
Officer. 

321.  Requisitions.     Property  and  supplies  are  requisitioned  for  on 
Form  39,  Eng.  Dept. 

322.  Reconnaissance    instruments.     The    allowance    of    reconnais- 
sance instruments  for  use  at  each  Infantry,  Cavalry,  and  Field  Artil- 
lery post,  is  prescribed  by  Par.  Ill,  G.  O.  20,  1913. 


[154] 


323-324-325 


CHAPTER  XIV 

THE  POST  SIGNAL  OFFICER 

323.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  SIGNAL  OFFICER 
like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and 
attention  to  business. 

The  post  signal  officer  is  in  charge  of  the  post  and  the  target 
range  telephone  systems.  Complete  information  regarding  the  in- 
stallation and  maintenance  of  these  systems  is  contained  in  Signal 
Corps  Manual  No.  3. 

Complete  information  regarding  all  property  issued  by  the  Signal 
Corps,  the  manner  of  rendering  accounts  for  Signal  Corps  funds,  ac- 
counting for  property,  rendering  reports  and  making  estimates  is 
contained  in  Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  7.  This  manual  contains  a 
list  of  all  property  issued  by  the  Signal  Corps.  It  prescribes  the 
standard  electrical  equipment  for  target  ranges. 

324.  Books  of  reference.     Which  of  the  following-named  manuals, 
obtainable  from  the  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army,  should  be  kept 
on  hand,   will   depend   upon   the   post  at   which   the   signal   officer   is 
stationed: 

No.  2    Regulations  for  Military  Telegraph  Lines. 
No.  2a.  Regulations  Governing  Commercial  Radio  Service  between 
Ship  and  Shore  Stations,  U.  S.  Army. 

No.  3.    Electrical  Instruments  and  Equipments. 

No.  5.    Photography  (out  of  print). 

No.  7.    General  Regulations,  Disbursing,  and  Property  Manual. 

No.  8.    Fire-control  Equipment. 

Also,  Signal  Book,  U.  S.  Army  (1914). 

325.  Survey  and  disposition  of  Signal  Corps  property.     The  fol- 
lowing references  bear  on  the  survey  and  disposition  of  Signal  Corps 
property: 

Disposition  of  unserviceable  property:  Pars.  243;  248;  270;  295; 
300;  302;  303;  305;  308;  309;  311;  317;  359,  Signal  Corps  Manual  No.  7. 

Survey  of  damaged  property:  Pars.  300;  306;  307,  Signal  Corps 
Manual  No.  7.  See  also,  A.  R.  1566  (modified  by  Changes  No.  35). 

List  of  expendable  articles  of  Signal  Corps  property  (in  connec- 
tion with  section  [b],  Par.  7,  G.  O.  52/15),  G.  O.  53,  1915. 

[155] 


326 


326. 


Reports,  returns,  estimates,  and  requisitions 


JUNE  30  AND  DECEMBER  31 


NATURE 

FORM  NO. 

AUTHORITY 

K     MARKS 

Return      of      Signal      Corps 
property 

66,   or 
31a,     b,     c,     d 

Par.    262,    Sig. 
Corps     Manual 
No.     7 

To  Chief  bignal  Officer  of 
the  Army,  within  20  days 
after  termination  of  ac- 
counting period.  Return  is 
also  submitted  when  re- 
lieved. Form  No.  66  is 
used  when  number  of  items 
does  not  exceed  25 

SEMI-ANNUALLY 

(After    completion    of    the    prescribed    inspection    of    post    telephone    system.) 


Requisition 

for      mainte- 

64 

Par.    332,    Sig. 

In     duplicate     to    department 

nance    supplies 

Corps     Manual 

signal      officer,      who      for- 

No. 7 

wards    one    copy    to    Chief 

(Changes     No. 

Signal  Officer  of  the  Army 

6/14) 

ANNUALLY 

(Date  of  rendition  not  specified.) 


Requisition  for  blank  form; 

57 

Par.    402     (d), 
Sig.  Corps 
Manual 
No.  7 

To      property      officer,      Fort 
Wood,    N.    Y.       In    Philip- 
pines,    requisition     is     sent 
to     Signal     Corps     General 
Supply    Depot,    Manila 

[156] 


327 


CHAPTER  XV 

THE  POST  ATHLETIC  OFFICER 

327.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  ATHLETIC 
OFFICER,  like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

The  post  athletic  officer  has  general  charge  of  all  athletics  at 
the  post,  including  gymnasium  work.  His  management  of  them  will 
depend  not  only  upon  his  tact  and  his  knowledge  of  athletics,  but 
also  upon  the  scope  which  is  allowed  him  by  the  commanding  officer, 
and  upon  the  enthusiasm  which  he  can  inspire  in  the  company  of- 
ficers and  men. 

He  should  endeavor,  as  far  as  possible,  to  avoid  a  feeling  amongst 
the  men  that  athletics  is  a  drill,  for  the  moment  men  so  regard  it, 
just  that  moment  they  may  begin  to  do  it  in  a  perfunctory  way. 

Skill  and  tact  must  be  used  in  creating  rivalry  among  the  va- 
rious organizations,  and  everything  possible  should  be  done  to  bring 
into  the  competitions  as  many  men  as  possible.  Handicaps,  the  bar- 
ring of  former  winners  from  certain  events,  and  awarding  prizes  will 
do  much  toward  accomplishing  these  ends. 

He  should  encourage  amongst  the  officers  and  the  enlisted  men 
of  the  command  such  games  as  tennis,  golf,  quoits,  polo,  baseball, 
football,  skating,  snowshoeing,  swimming,  etc. 

The  exercises  should  be  short  (from  15  to  20  minutes)  and  con- 
stantly varied  so  that  interest  may  not  lag. 

He  is  also  charged  with  the  preparation  of  the  program  for 
the  various  field  days,  and  he  also  looks  after  all  apparatus,  the 
grounds,  etc. 

The  post  athletic  officer  should  be  thoroughly  familiar  with 
all  the  rules  of  the  Amateur  Athletic  Association,  and  he  should  study 
the  standard  authorities  on  athletics.  (A  copy  of  the  rules  of  the 
Amateur  Athletic  Association  can  be  obtained  from  A.  G.  Spalding  & 
Bros.,  New  York,  or  almost  any  other  athletic  dealer,  at  a  cost  of 
about  25  cents.) 

It  is  thought  the  best  results  are  obtained  when  the  plan  of 
instruction  is  based  on  these  general  principles: 

1  The  strength  of  the  soldier  is  determined  by  the  strength 
of  his  weakest  physical  part — hence,  every  effort  should  be  made 
toward  strengthening  the  weak  points  of  the  soldier  and  not  toward 
increasing  the  power  of  muscles  already  strong. 

[157] 


328-329 

2  Everything    possible    should    be    done    to    produce    all-around 
athletes,  and  not  specialists  in  particular  lines  or  in  a  limited  number 
of  athletic  exercises — hence,  exercises  which  result  in  moderate  benefit 
to  many  are  preferable  to  those  which  result  in  great  benefit  to  only 
a  few. 

3  With  a  view  to  obtaining  the  best  results  for  the  greatest  num- 
ber, contests  should  be  so  arranged  and  managed  as  to  arouse  interest 
and   friendly   rivalry   between    squads,   platoons,   companies   and   bat- 
talions, rather  than  between  individuals — consequently  special  atten- 
tion should  be  given  to  team  work,  and  to  team  competition. 

4  Whenever  practicable,  instruction  should  be  held  out  of  doors. 

5  The  mind  must  be  put  into  the  work,  and  the  will  power  con- 
centrated upon  the  exercises,  that  the  muscles  may  feel  the   strain. 
This  is  the  fundamental  principle  of  successful  physical  training. 

328.  Field  Days.     Every  effort  should  be  made  to  give  the  day  the 
air  of  a  holiday,  devoted  to  amusement  and  recreation,  and  whenever 
practicable,  music  should  be  furnished  for  the  occasion. 

The  contests  on  the  various  field  days  should  be  of  a  progres- 
sive nature,  sufficiently  limited  to  avoid  being  tiresome,  varied  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  afford  diversion  and  amusement,  and  of  a  kind 
to  arouse  emulation,  friendly  rivalry  and  general  interest  in  physical 
culture,  while  at  the  same  time  developing  muscular  strength,  agility 
and  endurance  in  performing  functions  pertaining  to  legitimate  mili- 
tary training. 

As  far  as  possible  the  contests  should  be  conducted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  rules  of  the  Amateur  Athletic  Union,  and  as  far  as 
practicable  the  officials  should  be  those  prescribed  by  these  rules. 

In  planning  and  in  managing  field  days,  the  post  athletic  officer 
should  try  to  forget  that  he  is  ordering  a  lot  of  soldiers — he  should 
act  on  the  principle  of  handling  a  lot  of  athletes  belonging  to  differ- 
ent clubs,  regarding  each  organization  as  a  club. 

A  system  of  handicapping  conforming  to  the  Amateur  Athletic 
Union  rules  should  apply,  and  in  addition  to  the  open  handicap  events 
there  should  be  a  separate  set  of  events  open  to  maiden  entries,  or 
men  who  have  not  been  placed  in  these  events  in  former  competitions. 

All  details  should  be  carefully  prearranged  so  that  the  pro- 
gram will  be  carried  out  without  any  hitch  or  delays  between  events — 
that  is  to  say,  by  foresight  and  otherwise  everything  possible  should 
be  done  to  inject  life,  snap  and  vim  into  the  program. 

329.  SAMPLE  ORDER  FOR  A  FIELD  DAY 
General  Orders, 

No 

1  In  compliance  with  General  Orders  No.  121,  current  series, 
Department  of  Texas,  Field  Day  will  be  held  at  this  post  on  December 
30,  1907. 

[158] 


329  (contd.) 

The  following  named  officers  are  detailed  as  officials  for  the  day 
Referee: 

Major     ,  9th  Infantry. 

Judges: 

Major     ,  9th  Infantry. 

Major     ,  3rd   Field  Artillery. 

Captain    ; ,  9th  Infantry. 

Starter: 

Captain    ,  9th  Infantry. 

Time-keepers: 

1st  Lieut.    9th  Infantry. 

1st  Lieut ,  9th  Infantry. 

Clerk  of  the  course: 

1st  Lieut ,  Battalion  Adjutant,  9th  Infantry. 

Inspectors: 

Captain    ,  9th  Infantry. 

Captain    ,  9th  Infantry. 

Captain    ,  3rd  Field  Artillery. 

Scorer  and  reporter: 

1st   Lieut ,   Battalion  Adjutant,  9th  Infantry. 

The  following  events  will  be  contested  for,  the  value  in  points 
for  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd  place  and  number  of  entries  per  company  or  bat- 
tery being  set  after  each: 

ATHLETICS  FOR  ALL  TROOPS 

Place       Place  Place       Entries 

1st  2nd  3rd 

1.  100  yard  dash     2  1  #         1 

2.  120  yard  hurdles,    10    hurdles    2   ft. 

6  in.  high   3  l*/2         1  1 

3.  Relay  race 5  2  1 

Teams  of  four  men  from  each  battalion,  one  man  to  be  posted 
at  scratch  and  others  at  110  yard  intervals.  The  message  to  be  car- 
ried by  relays  to  a  point  440  yards  from  scratch.  Relays  must  start 
from  mark.  Message  must  not  be  passed  before  mark  is  reached. 
Running  pass  permitted. 

4.  Litter  bearer's  race:     4211 

Uniform:  Olive-drab  breeches,  woolen  shirt,  leggins,  and  regu- 
lation shoes  for  both  men.  Hats  not  required.  Supposed  wounded 
man,  weight  not  less  than  140  pounds,  to  be  placed  on  ground  75 
yards  from  scratch.  Contestant  to  run  to  man,  pick  him  up  and  carry 
him  back  to  scratch.  Wounded  man  to  have  his  legs  strapped  to- 
gether, and  to  render  no  assistance.  Body  not  to  be  stiffened. 

5.  Pitching  single  shelter  tent:     5311 
Uniform:     Olive-drab   breeches,   woolen   shirt,   leggins,   campaign 

hat  and  regulation  shoes.       Teams  to  consist  of  two  (2)  enlisted  men 

[159] 


330-331 

placed  on  line,  rear  rank  man  on  right,  right  heel  of  front  rank  man 
marking  positions  of  front  tent  pole.  Each  man  to  be  equipped  with 
blanket  roll  consisting  of  shelter  half,  pole,  pins  and  guy  rope  not 
fastened  in  eyelet.  Signal  for  starting,  a  pistol  shot.  Tent  to  be 
buttoned.  Blanket  to  be  neatly  folded  and  placed  in  entrance  of  tent, 
each  man's  blanket  on  his  side  of  tent. 

330.  MILITARY   EVENTS   FOR   INFANTRY   ONLY 

1.  Blank  cartridge  race:         4211 

Uniform:  Olive-drab  breeches  and  shirt,  leggins,  service  cap, 
regulation  shoes,  belt  with  bayonet  in  scabbard.  Five  blank  car- 
tridges on  small  sheet  of  paper,  five  yard  intervals,  to  be  brought  one 
at  a  time  and  placed  in  clip,  left  on  ground  at  scratch  at  side  of  rifle. 
After  last  cartridge  has  been  placed  in  clip,  the  clip  to  be  inserted  in 
magazine,  rifle  loaded  and  fired  in  air  as  signal  of  completion. 

2.  Equipment   race:         5311 

Competitors  to  be  on  stretch  dressed  in  olive-drab  breeches, 
olive-drab  shirts  and  issue  stockings.  Shoes  to  be  placed  on  ground 
at  scratch;  leggins  at  20-yard  mark;  olive-drab  blouse  and  cap  at 
40-yard  mark;  belt,  bayonet  and  scabbard  (bayonet  to  be  out  of  scab- 
bard) at  60-yard  mark;  five  rounds  blank  ammunition  and  clip  (am- 
munition not  in  clip)  at  80-yard  mark,  rifle  with  bolt  taken  out  and 
apart  at  100-yard  mark.  At  pistol  shot,  competitor  puts  on  his  shoes, 
fully  lacing  same,  then  runs  to  20-yard  mark;  puts  on  his  leggins, 
fully  lacing  same;  then  runs  to  40-yard  mark,  puts  on  his  cap  and 
blouse  (blouse  to  be  fully  buttoned  and  hooked);  then  runs  to  60-yard 
mark,  puts  on  his  belt  and  places  bayonet  in  scabbard;  then  runs  to 
80-yard  mark;  inserts  five  blank  cartridges  in  clip  and  plac*es  clip  in 
cartridge  box;  then  runs  to  100-yard  mark,  assembles  bolt,  puts  bolt  in 
rifle  and  returns  to  scratch;  inserts  clip  in  magazine,  loads  and  fires 
his  rifle  as  signal  of  completion.  All  things  prescribed  to  be  done 
at  a  certain  mark,  must  be  completed  before  starting  for  the  next 
mark. 

3.  Competitive   squad  drill:         10  5  2y2  1 
Squad  to  consist  of  one  corporal  and  seven  privates,  to  be  drilled 

by  the  corporal  in  the  manual  of  arms  and  bayonet  exercise  as  laid 
down  in  authorized  drill  regulations  for  infantry.  Each  competing 
squad  to  be  allowed  five  minutes.  Uniform:  Olive-drab  blouse, 
breeches,  leggins,  regulation  shoes,  service  cap,  belt  with  bayonet  in 
scabbard,  and  rifle. 

331.  MILITARY  EVENTS  FOR  ARTILLERY  ONLY 
1.     Section  contests:         10  5  0  1 

Teams  to  consist  of  one  composite  section  from  each  battery. 
At  start,  section  to  be  placed  in  park,  harness  disposed  of  as  in  field, 

[160] 


331  (contd.) 

paragraph  298,  drill  regulations.  Horses  to  wear  halter  and  to  be 
tied  to  wheels.  Chief  of  section's  horse  tied  to  gun  wheels.  Caisson 
corporal's  horse  tied  to  caisson  wheels.  Squad,  consisting  of  chief  of 
section,  caisson  corporal,  six  drivers  and  five  cannoneers,  to  fall  in  in 
front  of  pole.  Chief  of  section  and  drivers  on  the  right.  At  pistol 
shot,  section  to  harness,  drivers  and  cannoneers  to  mount  and  section 
to  proceed  to  mark  100  yards  in  advance  of  start,  unlimber  and  fire 
one  shot.  Sights  will  be  set  for  deflection  924,  range  1,750  yards. 
Quadrant  sight  to  be  set  for  same  range,  and  angle  of  sight  to  be 
304.  All  corrections  for  difference  in  level  of  wheels,  etc.,  to  be  made. 
(Piece  to  be  laid  for  range  only.)  Section  will  go  into  action  as 
prescribed  in  drill  regulations.  Caisson  to  be  in  its  prescribed  place, 
and  guns  and  caissons  prepared  for  action.  Before  the  start,  the 
section  will  be  at  "March  Order":  muzzle  covers,  sight  covers,  etc., 
on  as  prescribed.  Time  to  be  taken  from  starting  shot  to  first  shot 
fired  by  piece.  After  finishing,  each  section  to  be  inspected  by  judges 
and  penalties  in  seconds  given  for  each  defect  in  harnessing  and 
irregularity  in  sight  seeing,  laying,  or  position  of  carriages.  Fire 
will  be  to  the  front.  (Action  front.) 

2     Driving  contest:         5  3  0  1 

Caisson  and  limber  fully  harnessed,  to  drive  at  trot  and  gallop 
over  figure  8  course,  the  figure  8  to  be  100  yards  long,  and  wheel 
course  to  have  six  inches  clearance  on  both  sides.  Course  to  be 
marked  by  twelve  stakes.  Five  seconds  to  be  added  to  the  time  of  the 
run  for  each  stake  knocked  down. 

Any  athletic  dress  may  be  worn  in  events  Nos.  1,  2  and  3  in 
athletics  for  all  troops. 

Whenever  blank  cartridges  are  prescribed,  the  competitors  will 
be  furnished  same  by  organizations  to  which  they  belong. 

In  "Events  for  Infantry  only"  and  in  "Athletics  for  all  Troops," 
no  one  man  will  be  permitted  to  enter  more  than  one  event. 

In  "Events  for  Artillery  only,"  it  is  discretionary  with  battery 
commanders  as  to  whether  or  not  more  than  one  man  will  enter  more 
than  one  event. 

A  list  of  all  entries  from  each  company  and  battalion  will  be 
submitted  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  post  athletics  by  noon  of  Decem- 
ber 29,  1907. 

Each  organization  will  have  a  team  captain,  either  an  officer 
or  a  noncommissioned  officer,  who  will  be  responsible  that  all  con- 
testants from  his  organization  are  present  at  the  beginning  of  the 
meet,  and  that  in  each  event  all  contestants  report  promptly  to  the 
clerk  of  the  course  as  the  event  is  called. 

On  the  day  of  the  meet  all  duties  at  the  post,  except  the  neces- 
sary guard  and  fatigue,  will  be  suspended.  On  this  day  guard  mount 
will  be  as  follows:  1st  Call  at  8  a.  m.,  Assembly  at  8:05  a.  m. 

[161] 


332 

The  meet  will  start  at  8:30  a.  m.,  and  be  held  on  the  parade 
ground.  The  band  will  furnish  appropriate  music  for  the  occasion. 

In  case  of  inclement  weather,  the  field  day  will  be  held  on  the 
first  good  day  after  January  1,  1908. 

NOTES. 

1.  When  prizes   are    given   they   should   be   announced   in   the   order,    after    each 
event. 

2.  The    order    should    be    issued   at    least    two    weeks   before   hand   so    as    to    allow 
the  contestants  sufficient  time  for  training. 

332.  Construction  of  an  Athletic  Field.  The  following  diagram 
shows  an  athletic  field  that  has  been  used  with  most  satisfactory 
results: 


©  1 


332  (contd.) 

The  entire  field  is  about  500  yards  by  300  yards,  and  quite  level. 
The  track  is  one-fourth  mile  (440  yards)  long,  consisting  of  two  sides, 
each  100  yards,  connected  by  two  semicircles  (radius  about  38.197 
yards),  each  120  yards. 

The  various  starting  points  are  marked  by  iron  pipes  painted 
white  and  black,  one  on  each  side  of  the  track,  and  bearing  pennants. 
Similar  pipes  mark  every  25  yards  of  the  last  100  yards,  and  every 
10  yards  of  the  last  50. 

Inside  of  the  track  are  the  jumping  boxes  (dug  out  and  filled 
in  with  light  loam)  and  the  shot  and  hammer  rings. 

Inside  the  track,  near  the  finish,  is  a  small  house  ("a")  with  a 
gallery  around  it,  which  is  used  as  a  storehouse  for  apparatus  and  as  a 
view  point  from  which  the  referees  can  watch  the  entire  track. 

In  building  the  track  the  ground  should  be  dug  out  to  a  depth 
of  18  inches,  then  6  inches  of  sand  filled  in,  oiled  and  rolled;  on  this, 
successive  layers  of  coarse  cinders  are  laid  and  rolled  until  the  whole 
track  is  above  the  ground  surface. 

Railroad  clinker  cinders  make  an  excellent  top  dressing. 

All  corners  should,  of  course,  be  banked  to  a  proper  angle. 


[163] 


333-334 


CHAPTER  XVI 

THE  POST  RANGE  OFFICER 

333.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  POST  RANGE  OF- 
FICER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires  work 
and  attention  to  business. 

The  duties  of  range  officer  in  a  large  post  are  onerous,  exact- 
ing, and  oftentimes  annoying.  It  should  be  his  aim  to  know  the 
firing  regulations,  and  in  so  far  as  his  duties  are  concerned,  to  carry 
them  out  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  as  little  friction,  delay  and  trouble 
as  possible.  He  should  post  himself  concerning  all  adjuncts  in  the 
way  of  anemometers,  wind  clocks,  stop  watches,  etc.,  that  will  facili- 
tate target  practice.  When  such  articles  can  be  obtained  from  the 
supply  departments  it  should  be  done;  sometimes  the  articles  needed 
can  be  made  at  the  post. 

It  should  appeal  to  his  professional  pride  to  furnish  the  troops 
firing  on  his  range  with  all  the  aids  and  facilities  that  the  regulations 
allow.  Success  in  target  practice  is  most  easily  attained  on  ranges 
where  everything  is  arranged  for  the  ease  and  convenience  of  the 
troops  firing. 

He  is  responsible  for  the  preparation,  care,  equipment  and  police 
of  the  range,  and  during  the  target  season  is  charged  with  making 
proper  arrangements  for  daily  firing. 

334.  Repair  and  Preparation  of  Range.     As   soon   as   practicable 
after    being    detailed,    the    range    officer    should    ascertain    from    the 
Quartermaster  how  much  of  an  appropriation  is  available,  within  what 
time  the  money  must  be  expended  and  what  class  of  work  may  be 
done,  or  what  kind  of  material  may  be  purchased  from  this  appropria- 
tion.    For  instance,  a  camp  site. or  the  water  supply  can  not  be  im- 
proved from  the  ordinary  appropriation  for  "shooting  galleries  and 
ranges,"  but  must  be  done  with  money  available  from  the  appropria- 
tion for  "barracks  and  quarters,"  or  "army  transportation." 

He  should  then  ascertain  from  the  Post  Commander  what  plans, 
if  any,  he  desires  carried  out.  He  should  also  consult  with  the  com- 
pany commanders  who  have  fired  on  the  range- as  to  any  suggestions 
they  may  have  to  make  regarding  the  improvement  of  the  range. 

The  range  officer  should  then  carefully  inspect  the"  range. 

With  a  transit  and  chain,  or  with  a  chain  alone,  all  distances  and 
directions  should  be  verified,  even  though  the  range  appears  to  be 
carefully  laid  out,  special  care  being  taken  to  see  that  all  firing 
points  are  in  lines  at  right  angles  to  the  face  of  the  target. 

When  the  ground  is  not  level  a  contour  map  is  a  great  aid  in 
determining  heights  to  which  the  firing  points  must  be  raised,  etc. 

[164] 


334  (contd.) 

He  is  now  ready  to  determine  what  repairs,  alterations  or  addi- 
tions are  needed.  Lists  describing  accurately  and  in  detail  all  material 
and  labor  needed  are  then  prepared — dimensions,  kind,  amount,  etc., 
should  be  stated.  For  such  of  the  material  and  labor  as  the  Quarter- 
master is  expected  to  furnish,  the  range  officer  sends  him  a  list 
through  the  Adjutant,  keeping  a  copy  himself.  It  should  be  stated 
when  the  articles  enumerated  are  needed  on  the  range. 

The  telephones,  or  the  system  of  signals,  should  be  tested  and, 
if  necessary,  the  Signal  Officer  should  be  requested,  through  the  Ad- 
jutant, to  make  such  repairs  or  to  obtain  and  install  such  apparatus 
as  may  be  necessary. 

A  system  which  enables  the  scorer  to  notify  the  pit  detail  the 
moment  the  target  has  been  fired  at  will  save  much  time,  especially 
at  long  ranges.  A  system  of  bells  and  push  buttons  or  a  system  based 
on  the  "responsive  ring"  of  the  telephone  may  be  practicable. 

The  streamers,  target  frames,  marking  disks,  etc.,  should  be  ex- 
amined and  those  found  to  be  in  poor  condition  should  be  sent  to  the 
Post  Ordnance  Officer  for  repair. 

The  range  officer  should  consult  with  the  Ordnance  Officer  aYid 
make  a  memorandum  of  all  target  material  and  supplies  that  are  avail- 
able. In  case  enough  are  not  on  hand,  the  Ordnance  Officer  should 
be  requested  to  make  early  requisition  for  material  and  supplies  up  to 
the  full  allowance  for  the  post. 

All  ordnance  material  for  the  range  is  obtained  from  the  Ord- 
nance Officer  on  memorandum  receipt,  the  expendable  articles  being 
canceled  from  time  to  time. 

All  the  preliminary  work  of  inspection  having  been  made  and 
the  estimates  and  requisitions  submitted,  the  range  officer  should  not 
content  himself  with  this,  but  should,  after  a  reasonable  time,  ascer- 
tain if  the  things  requested  have  been  obtained  or  allowed.  In  this 
matter  as  well  as  in  all  others,  we  should  not  lose  sight  of  the  as- 
surance that  "The  Lord  helps  those  who  help  themselves." 

Then,  in  sufficient  time  to  have  the  range  ready  for  use  on  the 
day  designated  for  the  firing  to  commence,  he  proceeds  to  the  range 
with  his  laborers  and  material. 

After  locating  the  firing  points,  he  should  see  that  stakes  plainly 
marked  with  the  number  of  the  target  and  the  range  are  placed  at 
each  fitting  point.  As  stated  before,  he  should  be  sure  to  see  that  the 
firing  points  are  in  lines  perpendicular  to  the  face -of  the  target. 

Stakes  three  inches  wide,  painted  white,  having  the  number  of 
the  targets  in  black  figures,  near  the  top  and  about  an  inch  below  the 
numbers  indicating  the  range,  have  been  found  to  answer  well  the 
purpose.  The  stakes  should  be  placed  so  the  firers  can  see  them  with- 
out changing  their  position.  The  firers  should  be  behind  the  stakes, 
which  should  be  firmly  driven. 

[1651  ' 


335-336 

Experience  has  shown  that  white  numbers  on  a  black  back- 
ground are  much  better  than  black  numbers  on  a  white  background 
for  showing  the  numbers  of  target  and  the  skirmish  groups.  A  good 
way  to  designate  targets  is  to  suspend  on  a  cable,  light  black  boards 
with  white  arabic  .numerals  on  them,  placing  them  in  such  a  way  that 
they  will  be  directly  over  the  targets  when  they  are  up,  and  yet  high 
enough  above  so  that  moderately  high  shots  will  pass  below  the 
boards. 

The  range  officer  should  apply  for  an  efficient,  reliable  non- 
commissioned officer  who  should  report  to  him  at  the  beginning  of 
this  work  and  should  continue  on  duty  through  the  season's  practice. 

Should  the  range  cover  a  large  area,  this  noncommissioned 
officer  should  have  one  or  more  noncommissioned  officers  as  assist- 
ants, the  range  being  divided  into  sections  with  a  noncommissioned 
officer  in  charge  of  each,  and  each  noncommissioned  officer  being 
held  responsible  for  all  property,  the  police  and  the  readiness  of  the 
targets  in  his  section. 

335.  The  target  practice.    When  the  troops  arrive  at  the  range 
there  should  be  on  hand  a  sufficient  number  of  targets  pasted  and 
ready. 

Each  organization  should  furnish  on  special  duty  one  man  to 
report  to  the  range  sergeant.  These  men  should  be  excused  from, 
all  other  duties,  for  their  work  will  begin  early  and  end  late. 

The  necessary  number  of  men  should  be  detailed  on  special 
duty  to  look  after  telephones,  being  relieved  only  when  necessary, 
and  then  by  regularly  detailed  men  who  understand  the  manipulation 
of  the  telephones. 

If  there  be  any  need  for  stationing  men  on  roads  or  elsewhere 
to  warn  passers-by,  the  posting  of  these  men  should  be  provided  for. 
Should  it  be  necessary  to  stop  firing  in  order  to  allow  persons  to 
pass  behind  the  butts,  the  necessary  arrangements  should  be  made 
therefor. 

A  list  of  regulations  governing  the  conduct  of  parties  in  the 
pit  and  elsewhere  on  the  range,  especially  to  guard  against  accidents, 
should  be  carefully  drawn  up,  and,  on  approval  or  publication  in  orders 
by  the  Commanding  Officer,  be  conspicuously  posted  in  the  pit  and 
other  places.  Great  care  must  be  exercised  in  this,  as  the  responsibil- 
ity for  any  accident  will  fall  heavily  on  the  range  officer  unless  he  has 
taken  proper  precautions. 

336.  The  status  of  the  range  officer.     He  is  in  reality  in  the  posi- 
tion of  a  staff  officer  so  far  as  duties  on  the  range  are  concerned,  and 
he  has  no  authority  over  the  personnel  on  the  range  except  such  as 
is  outlined  below  or  as  may  be  especially  given  him  by  the  Command- 
ing officer.     In   these   cases,   if  he   gives   any   orders,    he   gives   them 
as  orders  of  the  Commanding  Officer. 

•  [166] 


336  (contd.) 

The  range  officer  has  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  super- 
vision of  the  practice  firing  of  any  organization,  nor  has  he  any 
authority,  unless  such  is  specially  given  him.  by  the  Commanding 
Officer,  to  interfere  in  the  practice  of  any  organization,  except  such 
interference  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  safety  and  freedom  from 
accident."  He  is,  however,  charged  with  all  arrangements  and  with 
the  personnel  at  the  butts,  and  also  is  responsible  in  everything  that 
pertains  to  the  safety  of  persons  on  the  range;  in  this  respect  he  is 
in  fifll  charge  and  has  authority  to  give  orders. 

In  cases  of  violations  of  the  firing  regulations,  particularly  where 
the  question  of  accuracy  or  fairness  comes  up,  the  range  officer  has 
no  authority,  to  interfere.  In  these  cases  he  should  at  once  report  to 
the  Commanding  Officer  such  violations  of  regulations  as  have  come 
under  his  notice  or  as  have  been  reported  to  him,  and  the  Command- 
ing Officer  will  take  the  necessary  steps  for  correction  and  punish- 
ment. 

The  Post  or  Camp  Commander  usually  exercises  supervisory 
control  over  the  firing,  while  the  range  officer  works  out  the  details, 
allotting  targets  to  organizations  or  individuals,  specifying  the  hours 
for  practice,  assigning  markers  and  scorers  to  organizations,  etc. 

Each  day,  before  the  completion  of  the  firing,  preparation  should 
be  made  for  the  firing  the  following  day.  The  following  is  a  good 
plan: 

Ask  the  Post  or  Camp  Commander  to  direct  that  company  com- 
manders notify  you  each  day,  say  prior  to  5  o'clock  p.  m.,  of  the  ranges 
and  classes  of  fire  they  desire  the  following  day.  If  you  have  time, 
it  is  suggested  that  you  go  along  the  firing  line  toward  the  close  of 
the  firing  and  take  notes  of  the  information  concerning  the  next  day's 
needs. 

Then  on  slips  which  you  may  get  the  adjutant  to  print  or 
mimeograph  for  you,  make  up  the  schedule  for  the  following  day, 
bearing  in  mind  the  greatest  good  to  the  greatest  number. 

Each  organization  is  given  a  slip  as  follows  * 


Sept.  28,  1917. 

Company  A 

Targets   3   and   4 

Ranges  200,  300  and  500 
Time— 200— 7:30  to  9:00  a.  m. 

300—9:00  to  11:30  a.  m. 

500—1:30  p.  m. 

Skirmish    , 

Non-Com.  Officers  from  Co.  B 


*  This    plan   contemplates    that    all    organizations    shall    fire    from    the    same    ranges 
at  the  same  time. 


336  (contd.) 

The  information  regarding  ranges  and  time  h  furnished  the 
range  sergeant,  who  should  report  to  you  daily,  at  some  designated 
time  and  place — after  supper  at  your  quarters,  for  instance. 

It  is  best  to  so  assign  targets  that  at  some  time  or  other  each 
organization  will  have  fired  on  all  the  different  targets.  A  go'od  plan 
to  follow  is  to  give  target  numbers  one  and  two  to  the  first  company 
the  first  day,  the  next  day  targets  three  and  four  and  so  on. 

However,  on  ranges  where  the  targets  are  sufficiently  numerous 
to  give  each  organization  one  or  more  targets  every  day,  and  where 
there  is  practically  no  difference  in  individual  ranges,  company  com- 
manders will  frequently  be  willing  to  draw  lots  for  targets, for  per- 
manent assignment  during  the  season;  in  such  cases  each*  company 
can  look  after  its  own  targets  and  the  policing  of  its  own  range  under 
the  supervision  of  the  range  officer  and  his  noncommissioned  offi- 
cers. A  saving  of  labor  and  trouble  can  also  be  made,  if  company 
commanders  agree  to  it,  by  assigning  noncommissioned  officers  as 
markers  and  scorers,  etc.,  taking  care  that  no  two  organizations  ex- 
9hange  markers  and  scorers,  e.  g.,  Cos.  A,  B,  C  and  D  have  target 
practice  together;  A  can  furnish  markers  and  scorers  to  B,  B  to  C, 
C  to  D  and  D  to  A.  There  is  no  more  chance  for  collusion  in  such 
an  arrangement  than  in  the  ordinary  arrangement  of  shifting  about 
in  the  assignment  of  markers  and  scorers.  A  company  commander 
then  knows  where  his  markers  are  to  come  from  and  the  markers  and 
scorers  always  know  to  whom  and  where  to  report.  This  arrange- 
ment saves  much  time  and  annoyance. 

When  only  instruction  practice  is  being  had,  company  com- 
manders may  either  come  or  send  to  you  at  some  designated  time 
and  place  and  each  is  given  his  slip.  Each  company  commander  is 
then  responsible  that  his  pit  detail  goes  to  the  proper  target  and  puts 
the  target  in  working  order.  (The  pasting  of  papers  on  and  the 
repairs  to  targets,  putting  up  streamers,  etc.,  is  done  by  special  duty 
men.  Each  company  puts  up  and  takes  down  targets  and  puts  the 
disks,  pasters,  etc.,  away.) 

When  an  organization  is  firing  record  practice,  two  noncom- 
missioned officers  for  each  target — one  for  duty  in  the  pit  as  marker 
and  the  other  for  duty  at  the  firing  point  as  scorer — should  report  to 
you  from  each  organization,  say  every  day  after  supper,  for  assign- 
ment to  the  various  companies.  The  slips  before  referred  to  are  then 
given  to  the  noncommissioned  officers,  who  are  directed  to  report 
at  once  with  same  to  the  company  commanders  to  which  assigned. 
In  cases  where  ranges  are  so  close  that  companies  must  all  move  at 
the  same  time  from  one  distance  to  another,  the  range  officer  should, 
before  the  season  actually  begins,  try  to  get  the  organization  com- 
manders together  and  fix  upon  rules  that  will  govern  in  such  cases; 
these  rules  should  thereafter  be  strictly  adhered  to  without  partiality. 

[168] 


336  (contd.) 

In  order  that  firing  may  cease  at  a  given  time  it  is  necessary 
that  the  watches  of  £.11  agree,  or  that  notice  be  given  a  few  minutes 
before  firing  is  to  cease,  so  that  no  new  scores  will  be  commenced,. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood,  and  always  enforced,  that 
the  firing  shall  cease  at  the  designated  hour.  Unless  this  rule  is  en- 
forced, one  man  firing  often  holds  up  the  firing  of  ten  or  more  who 
are  waiting  to  fregin  the  next  range. 

At  the  end  of  the  practice  season  the  range  officer  should  have 
all  property  stored  away,  putting  aside  such  articles  as  need  repairing. 
Iron  parts  that  can  not  be  taken  in  should  be  painted. 


[169] 


337 


CHAPTER  XVII 

SUMMARY  COURT 

337.  The  author  has  heard  of  some  few  summary  court  officers 
who  made  it  a  rule  always  to  give  the  maximum  punishment.  On  the 
other  hand,  there  are  some  summary  court  officers  who  are  entirely 
too  lenient.  The  ends  of  justice  and  the  ends  of  discipline  are  better 
served  by  not  running  to  either  extreme,  but  by  trying  each  case  on 
its  own  individual  merits  and  awarding  in  every  case  a  punishment 
that  will  tend  to  prevent  a  repetition  of  the  offense.  While  perfectly 
fair  and  just,  the  summary  court  should  be  firm  and  strict,  making  al- 
lowances in  the  case  of  first  offenses,  but  showing  no  leniency  to  old 
offenders.  . 

As  company  commanders  know  their  men  better  than  the  sum- 
mary court  does,  and  as  they  often  know  what  form  of  punishment 
would  answer  best  in  individual  cases,  some  summary  courts,  in 
certain  cases,  especially  where  noncommissioned  officers  are  con- 
cerned, make  it  a  practice  to  consult  the  man's  company  commander 
before  passing  sentence. 

A  summary  court  officer  should  be  thoroughly  familiar  with  such 
parts  of  the  Manual  for  Courts-Martial  as  pertain  to  summary  courts, 
and  in  awarding  sentence  should  be  careful  not  to  exceed,  in  time 
of  peace,  the  maximum  limits  prescribed  in  par.  348,  Manual  for 
Courts-Martial. 

The  finding  and  sentence  are  entered  on  the  face  of  the  charge 
sheet.  For  example — 

Findings: 

Of  the  Specifications, — Guilty. 
Of  the  Charges, — Guilty. 

Sentence: 

•To  forfeit  two-thirds  of  his  pay  per  month  for  three  months. 

John  A.  Smith, 
Major,  50th   Inf., 
Summary  Court. 

Always  use  the  correct  form  of  sentence,  as  given  on  page  367, 
Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

Be  sure  invariably  to  ask  the  accused  whether  he  wishes  to  call 
any  witnesses  in  his  defense,  and  whether  he  wishes  to  make  a  state- 
ment himself.  See  "Summary  Court,"  paragraph  281. 

[170] 


338-339-340-341 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

SURVEYING  OFFICER 

338.  Necessary  knowledge.     In  order  to  be  able  to  act  with  in- 
telligence and   thoroughness,   a   surveying   officer   should   be  familiar 
with  the  existing  regulations  covering  the  duties  of  surveying  officers, 
the  general  provisions  of  public  property  accountability  and  responsi- 
bility, and  the   orders  and   regulations  about  the  care  and  preserva- 
tion of  property. 

339.  Army  Regulations.     The  following  paragraphs  of  the  Army 
Regulations  pertain  to  surveys  and  surveying  officers:     116;  203;  710- 
726;  907;  1023;  1073;  1094;  1179;  1520;  1534;  1537.     See  also  Pars.  657- 
692,  covering   the   general   provisions   of   property  responsibility   and 
accountability. 

ORDNANCE  PROPERTY 

340.  Ordnance    Pamphlets.     In    order   to   act  intelligently   on   ar- 
ticles  of   ordnance   property,  a    surveying   officer   should  be    familiar 
with  Ordnance  Pamphlet  No.  1871,  "Instructions  Regarding  the  Dis- 
position of  Unserviceable   Ordnance   Property  and  Tables  of  Allow- 
ances," and  Pars.  98-233  Ordnance  Pamphlet  No.  1965,  "Instructions 
for  the  Care  and  Repair  of  Small  Arms  and  Ordnance  Equipment." 

341.  Ordnance  property  that  may  be  turned  in  to  an  arsenal  upon 
the  recommendation  of  a  surveying  officer.     A.  R.  1537  (modified  by 
Changes  No.  30)  states,  "Ordnance  repairs  can  usually  be  made  in  the 
organization,  post  or  district  with  the  means  provided  for  that  pur- 
pose by  the  Ordnance  Department.     When  the  repairs  required  can 
not  be  thus  made  certain  articles  or  classes  of  articles,  designated  by 
the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  may  be  turned  over  to  the  post  ordnance  of- 
ficer or  other  supply  officer  for  shipment  to  a  designated  arsenal  on 
the  approved  recommendation  of  an  inspector,  or  surveying  officer, 
as  provided  in  paragraphs  678  and  717." 

Ordnance  Pamphlet  No. -1871,  "Instructions  Regarding  the  Dis- 
position of  Unserviceable  Ordnance  Property  and  Tables  of  Credit 
Allowances,"  gives  a  list  of  the  articles  designated  by  the  Chief  of 
Ordnance  that  may  be  turned  into  an  arsenal  upon  the  approved  rec- 
ommendation of  a  surveying  officer.  It  also  gives  information  as 
to  what  condition  of  various  articles  of  ordnance  will  warrant  cer- 
tain action  by  surveying  officers. 

[171] 


342-343-344 

342.  Only  ordnance  property  beyond  repair  in  organization  should 
be  recommended  to  be  replaced  or  destroyed.     With  the  tools,  spare 
parts,  and  other  material  now  furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Department, 
the  life  of  ordnance  property  can  be  greatly  prolonged  by  repair  with- 
in the  organization  and  the  cost  of  maintenance  of  the  organization 
greatly  reduced.     Complete  instructions  for  repairing  equipment  are 
given  in  Pars.  98-233,  Ordnance  Pamphlet  Xo.  1965,  with  which  para- 
graphs surveying  officers  should  be  thoroughly  familiar,  and  before 
ordnance   property   is   ordered   destroyed  or   replaced,   the    surveying 
officer  should  satisfy  himself  that  it  is  beyond  repair  within  the  or- 
ganization.    This   is   what   the   regulations   and    Ordnance    Pamphlet 
No.  1965  contemplate. 

Also,  survey  officers  should,  by  visiting  the  storehouse  of  the  post 
ordnance  officer,  become  familiar  with  the  tools  and  material  avail- 
able to  organization  commanders  for  repairing  property  within  their 
organizations. 

343.  Usual   recommendations   of   surveying   officers.     As   a    rule, 
the  following  are  some   of  the  usual  recommendations  of  surveying 
officers  acting  on  damaged  or  unserviceable  property: 

1.  That  the  property  be  destroyed. 

2.  That  it  be  submitted  to  the  action  of  an  inspector. 

3.  (In  case  of  ordnance  property.)     That  it  be  turned  in  to  an 
arsenal. 

344.  Property  that  may  be   recommended   for   destruction.     The 
following  classes  of  property  may  be   destroyed  upon  the  approved 
recommendation  of  a  surveying  officer: 

(a)  Clothing  infected  with  contagious  disease. 

(b)  Stores   that   have   become   so    deteriorated   as   to   endanger 
health  or  injure  other  stores. 

(c)  Unserviceable  property,   whatever  it  may  be,  and  regardless 
of  whether   it   may   have   been    rendered   unserviceable    through    fair 
wear  and  tear  or  otherwise,  which  has  no  salable  value.     In   other 
words,  any  property  that  has  no  salable  value  may  be  recommended 
for  destruction.     (See  A.   R.  717,  modified  by  Changes  No.  30.)     It 
may   be    remarked    that    surveying   officers    quite    frequently    recom- 
mend to  the  action  of  an  inspector  property  that  has  absolutely  no 
salable  value,  which  is,   of  course,  an  incorrect  recommendation,   as 
such  property  should  be  recommended  to  be  destroyed.     Whenever 
a  surveying  officer  recommends  the  destruction  of  property,  his  find- 
ings should  always  state  specifically  that,   (1)   the  property  is  utterly 
worthless  and  has  no  salable  value,  or  (2)  in  case  of  clothing,  that  it 
is  infected  with  contagious  disease,  or  (3)  that  the  stores  have  become 
so  deteriorated  as  to  endanger  health  or  injure  other  stores. 

[172] 


345-346-347-348 

345.  Property   that   should   be   recommended   for   action   of   an 
inspector.     Property,  except  public  animals,  which  has  been  rendered 
unserviceable,  otherwise  than  through  fair  wear  and  tear,  and  that  is 
not  recommended  for  destruction  because  of  having  no  salable  value, 
or  because  of  being  infected  with  contagious  disease  (in  case  of  cloth- 
ing), or  having  become  so  deteriorated  as  to  endanger  health  or  other 
stores,   should   be   recommended   for  submission  to  the  action   of  an 
inspector. 

A.  R.  678  prescribes  that  property  rendered  unserviceable  through 
fair  wear  and  tear,  which  has  some  salable  value,  shall  be  submitted 
to  an  inspector  without  prior  action  of  a  surveying  officer.  However, 
should  such  property  be  submitted  to  a  surveying  officer,  he  should 
recommend  that  it  be  submitted  to  the  action  of  an  inspector. 

346.  Property  should  not  be  turned  in  to  post  ordnance  officer 
for  repairs*     Surveying  officers  should  not  recommend  that  ordnance 
stores  be  turned  in  to  the  post  ordnance  officer  for  repairs,  as  he  is 
not  supposed  to  make  repairs.     All  repairs  at  posts  are  supposed  to 
be  made  within  the  organizations,  which,  if  necessary,  may  borrow 
certain  repairing  tools  from  the  post  ordnance  officer.     If  property  is 
repairable  at  the  post,  it  should  be  ordered  continued  in  service  and 
repaired  in  the  company. 

347.  Relieving  officers  from  responsibility.     In  order  for  a  survey- 
ing officer  to  recommend  that  an  officer  be  relieved  from  responsi- 
bility  for  property   damaged,   lost,   or   destroyed,   the   evidence  must 
show  that  the  damage,  loss,  or  destruction  was  occasioned  by  unavoid- 
able causes  and  without  fault  or  neglect  on  the  part  of  the  responsible 
officer.     (See  A.  R.  683.) 

348.  Paperwork.     The  paperwork  connected  with  surveying  prop- 
erty, including  numerous  "models"  in  the  way  of  findings  and  recom- 
mendations, is  fully  covered  in  "ARMY  PAPERWORK,"  which  can 
be  obtained  from  Geo.  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.,  or  from 
any  of  the  distributers  named  at  the  beginning  of  this  Manual.     Price, 
$2  postpaid. 


[173] 


349-350-351-352 


CHAPTER  XIX 

AIDE-DE-CAMP 

349.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  AIDE-DE-CAMP, 
like  the  proper  performance   of  any  other  duty,  requires  work  and 
attention  to  business. 

350.  Requisites    of   a   successful   aide-de-camp.     A    man's    success 
as  an  aide-de-camp — his  usefulness  to  his  general — depends  upon  two 
things:  his  intelligence  and  professional  ability,  and  his  tact.     If  he 
combines  both  in  a  high  degree  his  success  is  assured  under  almost 
all  conditions;  if  he  has  only  the  former  he  will  be  a  useful  officer 
to  a  hard-working  general,  but  not  an  ideal  aide-de-camp;  if  serving 
with  a  general  who  occupies  himself  with  merely  routine  affairs,  his 
ability  may  count  for  little  in  the  absence  of  tact.     This  quality,  tact, 
is  the  oil  which  makes  the  official  machine  run  smoothly,  even  when 
the  parts  are  badly  worn  and  ill-adjusted;  it  is   the  lubricant  which 
diminishes   the  jar  and   friction   of  heavy  bodies   working  in   contact. 
If  this  quality  is  important  to  all  the  members  of  a  staff,  it  may  be 
said  without  exaggeration  that  the  aide-de-camp  is  especially  charged 
with  the  diffusion  of  its  soothing  influence. 

351.  The    Chief    of    Staff.      An    aide's    relations    with    his    gen- 
eral's chief  of  staff  often  present  some  difficulties,  especially  if  both 
are  men  of  character  and  decided  ideas.     It  is  more  the  duty  of  the 
former  than  of  the  latter  to  take  pains  to  keep  these  relations  agree- 
able.    An  aide   may  often  keep   secrets  from   the  chief  of  staff,   but 
rarely  from  his  general;   the  relations   of  the   chief  of  staff  may  be 
strictly  official  with  the  general— those  of  the  aide  are  always  personal 
as  well.     A  chief  of  staff  may'  sometimes   resent  what  he  considers 
the  preponderating  influence  "of  the  aide  with  the  general,  and,  con- 
sidering the  greater  intimacy  of  the  latter's  relations,  it  is  his  business 
to  avoid  any  such  appearance  of  predominating  influence.     His  tact 
and  good  sense  can  never  be  shown  better  than  by  disposing  of  this 
feeling  before  it  becomes  pronounced  in  the  mind  of  any  other  mem- 
ber of  the  staff. 

352.  Loyalty.     It  is  needless  to  say  that  an  aide's  loyalty  should 
be  absolute.     No  word  or  act  of  his  should  ever  betray  a  weakness  or 
a   foible   of  his   chief   to   even   the   most   intimate   friend   or   relative. 
Honor  demands  this  as  well  as  prudence,  for  the  intimacy  permitted 
him  with  his  chief  makes   him  the  repository  of  a   confidence  which 
the  outside  world  does  not  share. 

[174] 


353-354-355 

Some  generals  are  regarded  by  the  public  as  military  heroes. 
An  aide  may  find  that  for  him,  worship  is  replaced  by  admiration, 
respect,  and  love,  much  more  lasting  and  useful  sentiments;  but  he 
should  always  be  very  sympathetic  toward  the  hero-worship  of  those 
more  distantly  placed. 

It  is  the  duty  of  an  aide-de-camp  to  study  his  chief's  imperfec- 
tions, prejudices,  and  foibles,  if  he  have  such,  that  he  may  the  better 
understand,  protect  and  serve  him. 

353.  Frankness.     While  it  is  the  duty  of  an  aide  to  be  agreeable, 
he  should  not  descend  to  servility;  often  an  aide  is  called  upon  to  say 
most  difficult  and  disagreeable  things  to  his  chief.     He  should  be  sure 
that  he  is  right  and  then  not  hesitate,  even  if  he  knows  that  his  advice 
will  be  distasteful  or  lead  to  an  angry  outburst.     The  intimacy  of  his 
relations  demands  sometimes  that  he  should,  in  loyalty,  give  the  sort 
of  advice  which  a  chief  of  staff  may  not  offer. 

These  occasions  are  most  rare,  but  when  they  occur  they  should 
be  met  unflinchingly.  It  has  been  said  more  than  once  that  a  char- 
acteristic of  General  Grant's  staff  officers,  as  differing  from  those  of 
several  other  generals,  was  the  frank  way  in  which  they  gave  their 
opinion  when  asked  and  their  freedom  in  differing  with  their  chief. 
This  is  worthy  of  being  pondered  over  by  young  aides-de-camp. 
General  Grant  was  a  great  and  successful  general;  but  he  listened  to 
the  opinions  of  others  even  if  he  did  not  accept  them;  he  encouraged 
his  staff  to  say  what  they  really  thought  rather  than  to  agree  with  his 
own  ideas. 

354.  The  General's  wife.     The  position  of  an  aide  with  regard  to 
his  general's  wife  is  sometimes  said  to  be  difficult.     It  may  be,  de- 
pending on  the  ta'ct  of  all  concerned.     The  simplest  way  to  look  at 
this  question  is  that  the  aide  should  be  animated  by  a  feeling  of  per- 
sonal attachment  to  his  chief — if  he  has  not  that  feeling  he  ought  not 
to  remain  his  aide;  the  wife,  then,  of  that  chief  is  preeminently  the 
woman  whom  he  should  wish  to  serve  in  all  the  ways  that  a  gentleman 
may  serve  a  lady.     This  principle  being  accepted,  its  application  is 
purely  one  of  good  manners  and  thoughtfulness  on  both  sides. 

355.  Duties,    With  the  exception  of  the  paragraphs  of  Army  Regu- 
lations which  prescribe  that  aides  or  other  members  of  the  staff  shall 
be  placed  in  charge  of  small  arms  target  practice  at  division  and  de- 
partment headquarters,  the  Army  Regulations  are  silent  on  the  sub- 
ject of  the  duties  of  aides.     The  duties  of  aides  are  what  their  chiefs 
make    them,    some    generals    giving    their    aides    considerable    work, 
others  requiring  them  to  do  very  little. 

An  aide  is  always  on  duty  and  this  duty  is  always  personal 
and  always  official.  The  limits  of  this  personal  and  official  service 
can  not  and  need  not  be  defined,  since  they  are  coincident  and  con- 
tinuous. 

[175] 


356-357 

This  double  relation  of  personal  and  official  service  which  an 
aide-de-camp  bears  to  his  chief  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  im- 
aginable between  soldiers  who  esteem  each  other  and  one  of  the  most 
instructive  to  a  young  officer  serving  with  an  able  man.  Whether  in 
battle  or  at  a  ball,  whether  at  the  desk  or  at  the  table,  in  company  or 
alone,  an  aide's  first  thought  should  be  his  chief's  safety,  reputation 
and  pleasure.  Any  general  who  continually  abuses  this  relationship, 
by  requiring  servile  attention,  would  find  his  aide,  if  the  latter  was  a 
man  of  character,  applying  for  his  relief.  There  should,  however,  be 
no  failure  on  the  aide's  part  to  promptly  perform  any  service  sug- 
gested by  the  general.  Likewise  should  the  aide  refrain  from  any 
expression  of  dislike  of  the  duty  or  service  suggested.  An  appli- 
cation for  relief,  on  the  grounds  referred  to  above,  should  be  in 
writing,  but  should  contain  no  reference  to  this  abuse  of  the  rela- 
tionship. If,  however,  the  general  requested  a  full  explanation  of  the 
reasons  for  the  application,  it  would  not  be  improper  for  the  aide  to 
inform  him,  in  a  respectful  manner,  of  his  reason  for  applying  for 
relief. 

356.  Personal    reports.     Immediately    upon    reporting    for    duty, 
make  to  The  Adjutant-General,  U.  S.  A.,  and  to  the  commanding  of- 
ficer   of   your    regiment    the    report    required    by   Army    Regulations. 

357.  Usefulness.     As  far  as  it  is  possible  for  one  human  being  to 
think  for  another,   an  aide   should   think  for   his   chief,   especially   in 
matters  of  detail.     An  officer  can  not  be  a  good  aide  without  initia- 
tive in  thought  and  in  action — he  should  cultivate  and  get  into  the 
habit  of  doing  things  without  being  told — he  should  devote  time,  at- 
tention and  thought  to  anticipating  the  needs  and  wishes  of  his  chief, 
making  it  his   special  business   to   think  of  things   and  to  do  things 
that  will  add  to  his   chief's  comfort  and   save  him  from  worry  and 
annoyance,   thus   relieving  him   from  details,    that   his   mind   may  be 
free  to  attend  to  larger  matters — in  short,  an  aide  should  make  him- 
self useful.     For  instance,  if  going  on  a  trip  of  inspection: 

1     Before  leaving: 

{a)     See  that  the  report  required  by  the  Army  Regula- 
tions is  made  to  the  next  higher  commander. 

(b)  Make  an  itinerary  of  the  proposed  journey,  giving 
the  hours  of  arrival  and  departure  at  the  principal  points  en 
route  and  furnish  copies  to  the   chief  of  staff,   the  adjutant 
general  and  others  who  should  have  copies. 

(c)  Give  the  necessary  directions  for  forwarding  mail. 

With  some  generals,  when  going  on  a  Journey  of  any  kind  the  aide  takes 
along  enough  cash  to  defray  all  expenses  (transportation,  meals,  street  car  fare, 
tips,  etc.)  for  both  himself  and  his  chief,  and  upon  return  to  their  station  submits 
an  itemized  expense  account  to  the  general  for  reimbursement.  If  the  aide  has  not 
enough  cash  available  before  beginning  the  journey,  he  should  so  inform  the  general. 

[176] 


358 

2  Take    along    a    railroad    time    table    and    familiarize    yourself 
with  the  hours  of  arrival  at'  and  departure  from  the  principal  points 
en  route. 

3  If  connections  are  to  be  made  at  any  point,  ascertain  the  hour 
of  departure,  station,  etc.,  of  the  connecting  train. 

4  If    government    transportation    is    to    be    used    at    destination, 
telegraph  ahead  for  the  same. 

5  If   provision  is   to   be   made   for  meals    or   quarters   at  a   post 
notify  the  commanding  officer  in  advance  of  the  number  in  the  party, 
and  if  there  are  any  ladies,  that  fact  should  be  stated. 

6  Look  after  getting  the  railroad  transportation,  street  car  and 
ferry  tickets  and  any  other  transportation  that  may  be  necessary. 

7  See  that  the  general's  baggage  is  checked  and  properly  cared 
for.     In  case  there  is  more  than  one  piece  of  baggage,  note  on  the 
back  of  each  check  the  article  checked. 

8  See  that  copies  of  the  daily  papers  published  at  the  principal 
places  en  route  are  gotten  for  your  chief. 

9  Take  along  in  your  valise: 

(a)  A  roster  of  the  troops  of  the  department,  and  be- 
fore reaching  a  post,  look  up  the  names  of  all  officers  there, 
their  duties,  etc. 

(b)  The  Army  Register. 

(c)  The  latest  Army  List  and  Directory. 

(d)  The  Army  Regulations. 

(e)  The  Drill  Regulations. 

(f)  Official  envelopes  and  some  letter  paper. 

(g)  Some  official  and  ordinary  telegraph  blanks. 

(h)     Some  carbon  paper,  a  note  book,  fountain  pen,  in- 
delible pencil,  and  postage  stamps. 

(i)     A  supply  of  the  general's  visiting  cards. 

10  In  case  of  possible  use,  take  along  the  general's  personal  flag. 

11  After  returning  from  a  trip: 

(a)  Write,    at   the    direction    of    the    general,    letters   to 
every  one  who  extended  special  courtesies  to  him. 

(b)  Make  out  and  submit  to  him  his  mileage  voucher. 
And  do  these  things  WITHOUT  BEING  TOLD! 

358.  Pointers: 

1  An  aide   can  not  be  too  punctilious  about  the  neatness  and 
correctness  of  his  dress. 

2  Courtesy  is  an  indispensable  quality  of  a  good  aide.     In  your 
office  and  everywhere  else,  be  invariably  polite  and  courteous  to  every 
one.     An  aide  should  never  be  too  busy  to  be  courteous.     Politeness 
costs  nothing  and  it  always  brings  good  returns. 

3  Stay  as  much  as  possible  within  the  call  of  the  general. 

4  Cultivate   thoughtfulness   in   all   matters,    especially  the   civili- 
ties of  life. 

[177] 


358  (contd.) 

5  In  case  the  general  has  gentleman  visitors,  see  that  they  get 
cards  to  all  clubs  of  which  the  general  is  a  member. 

6  Carry  some  of  the  general's  visiting  cards  in  your  card  case. 

7  Calls,  etc. 

(a)  Make  note  of  your  chief's  engagements,  calls  to  be 
returned,  etc.,  and  remind  him  of  them  at  the  proper  time. 

(b)  In  the  case  of  official  visits,  it  is  customary  to  ascer- 
tain beforehand  whether  the  hour  the  general  wishes  to  call 
would  be  agreeable  to  the  official  concerned. 

(c)  Always  leave  cards  for  those  called  on.     When  there 
is  more   than  one  person    (for  instance,  an  admiral  and  his 
personal   staff,   and   the   captain   of  the   admiral's   ship)    their 
names  should  be  written  on  the  cards. 

(d)  When  visiting  a  man-of-war,  it  is  customary  for  the 
general's   launch  to  "lay  to"  and  every  one  stand  while  his 
personal  salute  is  being  fired. 

(e)  The  general's  personal  flag  should  fly  only  during 
the  time   the  general   is  actually  aboard  his  launch.     Conse- 
quently  it   should   always  be   lowered   as    soon   as  he   leaves 
and  hoisted  again  as  soon  as  he  returns. 

(f)  In   boarding   a    ship,   the    senior   goes   first   and   the 
junior  last,  and  on  leaving,  the  junior  first  and  the  senior  last, 
so  that  the  senior  shall  not  be  kept  waiting  in  the  launch  in 
either  case. 

(g)  Whenever  anyone  calls  upon  the  general  officially  or 
semi-officially,  accompany  the  caller  out  of  the  building — if 
his  carriage   or   other  means   of  transportation  be   near,   see 
him  to  same. 

8  Carry  some  postage  stamps  in  your  pocketbook. 

9  It  is  perfectly  proper  for  an  aide  to  invite  his  chief's  atten- 
tion to  anything  that  may  be  wrong  about  his  dress,  and  also  to  invite 
his  attention  to  any  social  amenities  or  courtesies  that  might  be  over- 
looked.    In  fact,  an  aide  should  study  the  shortcomings  of  his  chief, 
if  he  have  any,  and  see  that  he  guards  himself  against  them. 

10  It  is  customary  for  an  aide  to  enter  his  chief's  office  with- 
out knocking. 

Some  aides  address  their  chiefs  in  the  third  person.  For  exam- 
ple, "What  does  the  general  wish  me  to  do  in  this  matter?"  "Is  the 
general  going  to  call  on  the  admiral  today?" 

11  Familiarize  yourself  with   the   military   record   of  your  chief 
and  be  posted  in  matters  in  which  he  is  known  to  be  interested.     If  in 
general  conversation  or  otherwise  he  should  express  a  desire  to  know 
anything  about  something,  or  if  he  should  seem  interested  in  any  par- 
ticular subject,  study  it  up  and  tell  him  about  it  at  the  first  opportune 
occasion. 

[178] 


359 

12  At  reviews,  inspections  and  all  other  formal  military  forma- 
tions, the  chief  of  staff,  the  adjutant  general  and  the  aides  take  the 
relative  positions  prescribed  in  the  Drill  Regulations.     However,   on 
social,    or    semi-social    occasions,    the    aides    should    be    next    to    the 
general. 

13  If  mounted,  an  aide  should  always  dismount  when  the  gen- 
eral dismounts  and  should  never  mount  before  the  general  does. 

14  It  is  customary  for  aides  who  may  be  in  attendance  on  dis- 
tinguished persons  to  wear  white  gloves  when  in  dress  uniform,  with- 
out side  arms. 

15  In    presenting   people   at   a    social   or    official    function,    it   is 
customary  to  stand  in  the  receiving  line,  at  the  end  toward  which  the 
guests  approach.     It  is  not  necessary  to  shake  hands  with  all  guests, 
although   it  is  usual   to   do   so  with  persons  you  know.     Great  care 
should  be   taken  to  announce  ALL  names   in  a   clear,   distinct  tone, 
always  speaking  directly  at  the  person  to  whom  the  announcements 
are  made. 

Members  of  the  Cabinet,  and,  in  their  own  territorial  jurisdiction, 
ambassadors,  governors  general,  vice  governors  general,  commanding 
generals,  commanding  admirals  and  other  such  dignitaries,  are  an- 
nounced as.  for  instance,  "The  Secretary  of  War,"  "The  British  Am- 
bassador," "The  Governor  General,"  "The  Vice  Governor  General," 
"The  Commanding  General,"  "The  Admiral  Commanding,"  etc.,  and 
not  as  "Secretary  Smith,"  "Governor  Jones,"  etc. 

16  Officers  (except  members  of  the  staff)  and  others  who  wish 
to  see  the  general,  first  address  themselves  to  one  of  the  aides  (or  to 
the  chief  of  staff  or  the  adjutant  general)  to  ascertain  whether  it  is 
convenient  for  the  general  to  receive  them. 

17  It  is  customary  for  aides  and  other  officers  who  may  be  in  at- 
tendance on  distinguished  persons  to  wear  white  gloves  when  in  dress 
uniform,  without  side  arms. 

359.  Correspondence.  It  is  thought  that  an  aide  in  writing  by  the 
general's  directions  to  an  officer,  esp£cially  to  a  field  officer,  should 
generally  use  the  term  "General  Smith  directs  that  you  will  please  do 
so  and  so."  This  term  is  too  often  absent  in  our  official  correspond- 
ence; it  detracts  in  no  way  from  the  force  of  the  orders  given  and  it 
leaves  an  agreeable  impression  of  politeness  in  the  mind  of  an  officer 
of  some  rank  addressed  by  a  junior  using  his  general  authority. 

An  ordinary  letter  written  by  the  general's  direction  would  seem 
best  to  be  signed: 

JOHN  SMITH, 

Captain,   30th    Infantry, 

Aidc-de-Camp. 

If  the  letter  is  more  personal  than  official  and  the  statement  does 
not  occur,  "I  am  instructed  by  General  Smith,"  etc.,  or  "General 

[179] 


360-361 

Smith  requests  to  me  to  answer  your  letter,"  etc.,  then  this  signature 
would  seem  best: 

JOHN  SMITH, 

Captain,   30th  Infantry, 
Aide-de-Camp  to  Major  General   Smith. 

360.        Stationery.     This   letterhead   and   envelope   return-address 
are  considered  to  be  in  good  form: 


HEADQUARTERS   EASTERN   DEPARTMENT 

OFFICE  OF  THE  AIDES-DE-CAMP 
GOVERNOR'S  ISLAND,  NEW  YORK 


(Letterhead) 


HEADQUARTERS  EASTERN  DEPARTMENT 

OFFICE  OF  THE  AIDES-DE-CAMP 
GOVERNOR'S   ISLAND,  NEW  YORK 


(Envelope    Return-Address) 

361.  Visiting  cards.  There  is  no  established  custom  regarding 
the  form  of  visiting  cards  for  aides-de-camp.  The  following  are  often 
used  and  are  considered  in  good  taste. 


LIEUTENANT  COLONEL  JAMES  ALFRED  Ross 

UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
AIDE-DE-CAMP  TO  THE   LIEUTENANT   GENERAL. 


[180] 


361  (contd.) 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  ROBERT  SMITH 

TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED    STATES    INFANTRY 


LIEUTENANT  JOHN  ROBERT  SMITH 

TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED    STATES    INFANTRY 


(NOTE: — On  a  visiting  card  it  matters  not  whether  an  officer  is  a  first  or  second 
lieutenant. 

Some  young  officers  now  put  on  their  card,  for  example, 
Mr.    John    Robert    Smith, 

United    States    Army. 

"Mr.    Smith"    might   be    a   Q.    M.    Sergeant,    a    civilian    employee    or    anyone    else   con- 
nected  with   the   army.) 


[181] 


362-363-364 


CHAPTER  XX 

MILITARY  ATTACHE 

362.  The   proper  performance   of  the    duty   of   MILITARY   AT- 
TACHfi,  like   the   proper   performance   of   any    other  duty,   requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

363.  Requisites   of  a  successful  military  attache.     Good  address, 
intelligence,    tact   and    industry;    knowledge    of   the    language    of   the 
country  where  he  is  stationed,  especially  a  speaking  knowledge,  and 
a  sufficient  income  to  live  in  a  fitting  manner  and  associate  with  his 
fellows  of  the  diplomatic  corps,  in  a  (European)  capital. 

Officers  who  have  had  experience  as  Military  Attache  say  a 
bachelor  attached  to  an  embassy  should  have  an  annual  income  of 
four  to  eight  thousand  dollars,  and  married  men  should  have  twice 
that  amount.  At  most  of  our  legations  something  less  than  this 
would  suffice. 

364.  General  Duties.     In  general,  it  may  be  said  the  duties  of  a 
Military   Attache    consist   in   collecting   whatever    information    would 
be  useful,   directly   or   indirectly    (to   our    General   Staff),   concerning 
the    country   where    he   is    stationed;    organization,    improvements    in 
weapons,  inventions,  all  new  ideas  and  old  ones  not  yet  familiar  to 
us.     Some  of  his  reports  are  in  answer  to  questions  from  his  chief, 
but  his  most  useful  ones  will  generally  be  original.     A  good  Military 
Attache  usually  finds  his  own  work. 

When  an  officer  is  appointed  Military  Attache  he  receives  a  memo- 
randum of  instructions  from  the  War  Department  regarding  the 
nature  of  his  duties,  reports  to  be  rendered,  etc.  He  is  at  the  same 
time  designated  as  a  special  disbursing  agent,  Pay  Department,  and 
may  thus  pay  himself  while  abroad.  However,  whether  or  not  he 
takes  funds  and  acts  as  a  disbursing  officer,  is  optional.  If  he  does  not 
choose  to  act  as  a  disbursing  officer,  he  may  arrange  as  follows  about 
his  pay:  Under  the  provisions  of  Par.  1282,  A.  R.,  1910,  arrange  with 
the  Paymaster  General  to  deposit  your  pay  from  month  to  month 
to  your  credit  with  some  bank  in  the  United  States;  upon  reaching 
your  post  of  duty,  get  the  ambassador  or  minister  to  introduce  you  at 
some  bank  and  have  your  personal  checks  on  your  bank  in  the  United 
States  cashed  there,  the  same  as  you  would  in  the  States. 

While  his  first  duty  is  the  acquirement  of  professional  and  tech- 
nical information  a  military  attache  is  also  expected  to  familiarize 
himself  as  quickly  as  possible  with  the  court  etiquette  and  social 

[182] 


Robert  Alexander  Bell 

O-8928O2 

365-366-367-368 

usages  of  his  post.  A  thorough  knowledge  of  these  will  be  of  the 
greatest  value  to  him  in  all  his  relations  with  local  officials,  with  the 
diplomatic  corps  (of  which  he  is  a  member)  and  with  influential  in- 
dividuals. 

Many  calls  are  made  on  military  attaches  by  officers  of  our  Army 
for  information  relating  to  the  country  to  which  the  Attaches  are  as- 
signed. However,  experience  has  shown  that  much  trouble  and  an- 
noyance are  avoided  if  no  such  requests  are  complied  with  unless  for- 
warded through  the  proper  channels. 

365.  Relations    (social  and   official)    to  the  ambassador  or  min- 
ister.    He  is  a  member  of  the  Ambassador's   official   family,   directly 
responsible   to  him   for  his   conduct,   though   his  reports    do   not  go 
through  him. 

He  must  comply  with  such  instructions  as  the  Ambassador  may 
give  him,  but  should  the  duties  thus  assigned  him  conflict  with  those 
assigned  by  the  War  Department,  or  should  friction  or  strained  rela- 
tions arise,  the  attache  should  report  the  matter  to  the  War  Depart- 
ment immediately,  and  ask  to  be  recalled.  In  fact,  a  military  at- 
tache, who,  for  any  reason  is  not  on  good  terms  with  his  Ambassador 
or  Minister,  should  ask  to  be  relieved. 

366.  Calls,  etc.,  to  be  made  upon  reporting  for  duty.     No  rule 
can  be  laid  down,  as  customs  vary  in  various  countries.     A  new  at- 
tache should  have  all  this  from  his  predecessor,  or  from  a  member 
of  the  embassy   (generally  the  Senior  Secretary),  or  from  the  dean 
of  his  own  body,  or  if  all  these  fail  him,  from  an  officer  of  the  army 
of  the  country  to  which  he  is  accredited. 

It  is  perhaps  regrettable  that  so  much  time  must  be  consumed 
in  calling,  but  the  mandates  of  society  in  this  respect  are  imperative. 

367.  Stationery    (letterheads,   etc.)     This   depends   somewhat   on 
the  country.     Sometimes  it  is  in  English,  sometimes  in  French.    The 
military  attache  usually  has  his  letter  headed,  for  instance: 

American   Embassy    (or   Legation). 
Office   of   Military  Attache. 

London 

While  it  might  seem  affected  to  put  a  letterhead  in  French,  it 
must  be  remembered  that  diplomatic  agreement  and  custom  have  au- 
thorized the  use  of  this  language,  and  therefore  all  diplomats  are  sup- 
posed to  have  a  knowledge  of  it.  If  each  nation  should  use  only  its 
own  language  for  letterheads,  the  inconvenience  that  would  follow 
is  evident.  However,  in  spite  of  this  there  are  few  places  where  it 
would  not  be  correct  to  use  English. 

368.  Visiting  cards.     These  are  practically  always  in  French,  ex- 
cept in  London.     A  correct  card  would  be: 

[183] 


369 

Lieutenant  Joseph  Jones, 

Or 

Le  Capitaine  Jones, 
Attache  Militaire  a  1'Ambassade  des  Etats  Unis 

d'Amerique,  25  rue  Ollivier. 

It  is  not  uncommon  for  bachelors  to  leave  the  address  off,  in 
>vhich  case  the  Embassy  suffices.  As  a  rule  embassies  are  centrally 
located,  and  are  therefore  convenient  to  persons  having  communica- 
tions for  military  attache. 

It  is  sometimes  convenient  to  have  three  different  kinds  of  cards; 
one  in  English,  for  Americans  and  Englishmen;  one  in  French,  for 
the  diplomatic  corps,  and  one  in  the  language  of  the  country,  to  be 
used  in  social  intercourse  with  the  people  of.  that  country. 

369.  Miscellaneous.  A  military  attache  represents  on  every  oc- 
casion his  country  and  its  Army;  he  must  not  do  or  appear  to  do 
anything  which  can  lower  their  prestige.  He  can  afford  to  go  only 
with  the  best  company;  frequent  only  the  best  places  of  amusement, 
hotels,  etc.,  and  present  the  appearance  of  a  man  of  rank  and  dig- 
nity. This  does  not  mean  that  he  must  ever  seem  to  bother  about 
either. 

Whatever  he  does  not  know  in  the  way  of  customs  he  should 
ask  the  Senior  Secretary  of  his  Embassy  or  the  dean  of  the  attaches;, 
cultivate  cordial  relations  with  comrades  and  army  officers;  go  about 
much  and  be  seen  and  know.  Work  hard  at  home  and  give  the  ap- 
pearance outside  of  being  a  man  of  leisure,  not  over-zealous  as  to 
military  things.  It  is  entirely  unnecessary  for  him  to  let  others 
know  that  he  is  working  hard  in  his  office. 


T184] 


370-371 


CHAPTER  XXI 

THE  COMPANY* 

370.  The  proper  performance  of  the  duty  of  COMPANY  COM- 
MANDER, like  the  proper  performance  of  any  other  duty,  requires 
work  and  attention  to  business. 

The  command  of  a  company  divides  itself  into  two  kinds  of  duty: 
Government  and  Administration. 

The  Government  includes  the  instruction,  discipline,  content- 
ment, and  harmony  of  the  organization,  involving,  as  it  does,  esprit 
de  corps,  rewards,  privileges,  and  punishments. 

The    Administration    includes    the    providing     of    clothing,    arms, 
ammunition,   equipage,   and   subsistence;   the  keeping  of  records,   in- 
.  eluding  the   rendition   of  reports  and  returns;   and   the   care  and  a'c- 
countability  of  Government  and  company  property,  and  the  disburse- 
ment of  the  company  fund. 

System  and  care  are  prerequisites  of  good  administration. 

The  efficient  administration  of  a  company  greatly  facilitates  its 
government. 

THE  CAPTAINt 

371.  With    regard    to    his    company    the    Captain    stands    in    the 
same  light  as  a  father  to  a  large  family  of  children.     It  is  his  duty 
to  provide  for  their  comfort,  sustenance,  and  pleasure;  enforce  strict 
rules  of   obedience,  punish  the   refractory  and   reward  the   deserving. 

He  should  be  considerate  and  just  to  his  officers  and  men  and 
should  know  every  soldier  personally  and  make  him  feel  that  he  so 
knows  him. 

He  should  by  word  and  act  make  every  man  in  the  company  feel 
that  the  Captain  is  his  protector. 

The  Captain  should  not  be  indifferent  to  the  personal  welfare 
of  his  men,  and  when  solicited,  being  a  man  of  greater  experience, 
education,  and  information,  he  should  aid  and  counsel  them  in  such  a 
way  as  to  show  he  takes  an  interest  in  their  joys  and  sorrows. 

When  any  men  are  sick  he  should  do  everything  possible  for 
them  until  they  can  be  taken  care  of  by  the  surgeon.  He  can  add 

*  The  term  "company"  is  here  used  as  in  the  Army  Regulations — I.  e.,  as  apply- 
ing to  troops  of  calvalry,  batteries  of  field  artillery,  companies  of  infantry  and  coast 
artillery  and  bands  of  all  arms. 

t  Some  of  the  statements  in  "The  Prussian  Campaign — A  Tactical  Retrospect," 
Kautz's  "Customs  of  the_  Service"  and  Hamilton's  "Art  of  War,"  are  in  such  accord 
with  the  views  and  experience  of  the  writer  that  they  are  here  reproduced  very  nearly 
verbatim. 

[185] 


371  (contd.) 

much  to  the  comfort  and  pleasure  of  men  in  the  hospital  by  visiting1 
them  from  time  to  time  and  otherwise  showing  an  interest  in  their 
condition. 

In  fact,  one  of  the  officer's  most  important  duties  is  to  look 
after  the  welfare  of  his  men — to  see  that  they  are  well  fed.  well 
clothed  and  properly  cared  for  in  every  other  way — to  see  that  they 
are  happy  and  contented.  The  officer  who  does  not  look  after  the 
welfare  of  his  men  to  the  best  of  his  ability,  giving  the  matter  his 
earnest  personal  attention,  neglects  one  of  the  principal  things  that 
the  Government  pays  him  to  do. 

While  an  officer  can  gruffly  order  a  soldier  to  do  a  thing  and 
have  his  order  obeyed,  it  should  be  remembered  that,  as  a  rule,  human 
nature,  especially  American  human  nature,  responds  best  to  an  appeal 
to  pride,  fairness,  justice,  reason,  and  the  other  nobler  instincts  of 
man.  It  is  only  in  rare  instances  that  the  average  man  will  give  the 
best  there  is  in  him  under  coercion  or  pressure  of  authority. 

There  are  but  few  men  who  have  not  some  good  in  them,  and 
this  good  can  generally  be  gotten  at,  if  one  only  goes  about  it  in 
the  right  way.  Study  your  men  and  try  to  arouse  in  them  pride  and 
interest  in  their  work. 

The  soldier  first  learns  to  respect,  then  to  honor  and  finally  to 
love  the  officer  who  is  strict  but  just;  firm  but  kind — and  this  is  the 
officer  who  will  draw  out  of  his  men  the  very  best  there  is  in  them. 

Treat  your  men  like  men,  and  remember  there  is  nothing  that 
will  so  completely  take  the  spirit  out  of  a  man  as  to  find  fault  with 
him  when  he  is  doing  his  best. 

(See  Pars.  98  and  426  on  the  treatment  of  enlisted  men.) 

The  soldier  usually  has  a  decided  feeling  for  his  Captain,  even 
though  it  be  one  of  hatred.  With  regard  to  the  higher  grade  of  of- 
ficers, he  has  respect  for  them  according  to  regulation;  otherwise, 
for  the  most  part,  he  is  indifferent.  At  the  very  most,  he_  knows 
whether  his  post  or  regimental  commander  keeps  him  long  at  drill, 
and  particularly  whether  he  has  any  peculiar  habits.  The  average 
soldier  looks  upon  his  Captain  as  by  far  the  most  important  person- 
age in  the  command. 

There  is  no  position  in  the  army  that  will  give  as  much  satis- 
faction in  return  for  an  honest,  capable  and  conscientious  discharge 
of  duty,  as  that  of  Captain.  There  is  a  reward  in  having  done  his 
,full  duty  to  his  company  that  no  disappointment  of  distinction,  no 
failure,  can  deprive  him  of;  his  seniors  may  overlook  him  in  giving 
credits,  unfortunate  circumstances  may  defeat  his  fondest  hopes,  and 
the  crown  of  laurel  may  never  rest  upon  his  brow,  but  the  reward 
that  follows  upon  the  faithful  discharge  of  his  duty  to  his  company 
he  can  not  be  deprived  of  by  any  disaster,  neglect  or  injustice. 

He  is  a  small  sovereign,  powerful  and  great,  within  his  little 
domain. 

[186] 


372 

THE  LIEUTENANT 

372.  To  be  able  to  perform  well  the  duties  of  captain  when  the 
responsibility  falls  upon  him,  should  be  the  constant  study  and  ambi- 
tion of  the  Lieutenant. 

He  is  the  assistant  of  the  captain  and  should  be  required  by  the 
captain  to  assist  in  the  performance  of  all  company  duties,  including 
the  keeping  of  records  and  the  preparation  of  the  necessary  reports, 
returns,  estimates  and  requisitions.  The  captain  should  give  him  lots 
to  do,  and  should  throw  him  on  his  own  responsibility  just  as  much 
as  possible.  He  should  be  required  to  drill  the  company,  attend  the 
daily  inspection  of  the  company  quarters,  instruct  the  noncommis- 
sioned officers,  brief  communications,  enter  letters  in  the  Correspond- 
ence Book,'  make  out  ration  returns,  reports,  muster  and  pay  rolls, 
etc.,  and  all  in  his  own  handwriting  until  he  shows  perfect  familiarity 
therewith. 

Some  captains  do  all  the  company  work  themselves,  allowing 
their  Lieutenants  to  do  practically  nothing.  This,  it  is  thought,  is  a 
mistake — it  robs  the  Lieutenant  of  all  initiative,  causes  him  to  lose  in- 
terest in  the  company,  makes  him  feel  like  a  nonentity,  like  a  kind  of 
"fifth  wheel" — it  prevents  him  from  getting  a  practical,  working 
knowledge  of  company  administration — it  makes  him  feel  that  he  is 
not,  in  reality,  a  part  of  the  company. 

By  allowing  his  Lieutenants  to  participate  to  the  greatest  extent 
possible  in  the  government  and  administration  of  the  company,  and 
by  not  hampering  and  pestering  them  with  unnecessary  instructions 
about  details,  the  captain  will  get  out  of  his  Lieutenants  the  very  best 
that  there  is  in  them. 

The  captain  should  require  RESULTS  from  his  lieutenants,  and 
the  mere  fact  that  a  Lieutenant  is  considered  inefficient  and  unable 
to  do  things  properly,  is  no  reason  why  he  should  not  be  required  to 
do  them.  The  captain  is  by  Army  Regulations  responsible  for  the 
efficiency  and  instruction  of  his  Lieutenants  regarding  all  matters 
pertaining  to  the  company,  and  he  should  require  them  to  perform 
all  their  duties  properly,  resorting  to  such  disciplinary  measures  as 
may  be  considered  necessary.  The  Lieutenant  who  can  not,  or  who 
will  not,  perform  his  duties  properly  is  a  drag  on  the  company,  and 
such  a  man  has  no  business  in  the  Army. 

Whenever  told  to  do  a  thing  by  your  captain,  do  it  yourself  or  see 
personally  that  it  is  done.  Do  not  turn  it  over  to  some  noncommis- 
sioned officer  and  let  it  go  at  that.  If  your  captain  wants  some  non- 
commissioned officer  to  do  the  thing,  he  himself  will  tell  him  to  do 
it — he  will  not  ask  you  to  do  it. 

It  is  customary  in  the  Army  to  regard  the  company  as  the  prop- 
erty of  the  captain.  Should  the  Lieutenant,  therefore,  be  in  temporary 
command  of  the  company  he  should  not  make  any  changes,  especially 

[187] 


873 

in  the  reduction  or  promotion  of  noncommissioned  officers  without 
first  having  consulted  the  captain's  wishes  in  the  matter. 

It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  explain  definitely  the  authority  a 
Lieutenant  exercises  over  the  men  in  the  company  when  the  captain 
is  present.  In  general  terms,  however,  it  may  be  stated  the  Lieutenant 
can  not  make  any  changes  around  the  barracks,  inflict  any  punish- 
ments or  put  men  on,  or  relieve  them  from  any  duty  without  the  con- 
sent of  the  captain.  It  is  always  better  if  there  be  a  definite  under- 
standing between  the  captain  and  his  Lieutenants  as  to  what  he  ex- 
pects of  them,  how  he  wishes  to  have  certain  things  done  and  to  what 
extent  he  will  sustain  them. 

If  the  Lieutenant  wants  anything  from  the  company  in  the  way 
of  working  parties,  the  services  of  the  company  artificer  or  company 
clerk,  the  use  of  ordnance  stores  or  quartermaster  articles,  he  should 
always  speak  to  the  captain  about  the  matter. 

THE  CAPTAIN  AND  THE  LIEUTENANTS 

373.  The  company  officers  should  set  an  example  to  their  men 
in  dress,  military  bearing,  system,  punctuality  and  other  soldierly 
qualities.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  negligence  of  superiors 
is  the  cue  for  juniors  to  be  negligent. 

If  the  men  of  a  company  are  careless  and  indifferent  about  salut- 
ing and  if  they  are  shabby  and  lax  in  their  dress,  the  company  com- 
mander is  to  blame  for  it — company  officers  can  always  correct  de- 
fects of  this  kind,  if  they  will  only  try. 

The  character  and  efficiency  of  officers  and  the  manner  in  which 
they  perform  their  duties  are  reflected  in  the  conduct  and  deportment 
of  their  men. 

Of  course,  courage  is  a  prerequisite  quality  for  a  good  officer, 
and  every  officer  should  seek  to  impress  his  men  that  he  would  direct 
them  to  do  nothing  involving  danger  that  he  would  not  himself  be 
willing  to  do  under  similar  circumstances. 

If  a  company  officer  be  ignorant  of  his  duties,  his  men  will  soon 
find  it  out,  and  when  they  do  they  will  have  neither  respect  for,  nor 
confidence  in,  him. 

Company  officers  should  take  an  active  interest  in  everything 
that  affects  the  amusement,  recreation,  happiness  and  welfare  of  their 
men. 

An  officer  just  joining  a  company  should  learn"  without  delay 
the  names  of  all  the  men.  A  roll  of  the  organization  should  be  gotten 
and  studied. 

The  responsibility  devolving  upon  company  and  other  officers  in 
time  of  war  is  great  and  serious — they  are  entrusted  with  the  lives 
of  men,  and  the  lives  of  their  fellow-beings  often  depend  upon  their 
judgment  and  efficiency.  Their  mistakes  are  paid  for  in  human  blood. 
Officers  should,  therefore,  in  time  of  peace  by  study,  application  and 

[188] 


374 

otherwise,  do  everything  possible  to  qualify  themselves  for  their 
duties  and  responsibilities  in  time  of  war. 

What  would  you  think  of  a  pilot  who  is  not  capable  of  piloting  a 
boat  trying  to  pilot  a  boat  loaded  with  passengers,  or  of  an  engineer 
who  is  not  capable  of  running  a  locomotive  trying  to  run  a  passenger 
train?  You  would  of  course,  think  him  criminal,  but  do  you  think 
he  would  be  more  criminal  than  the  officer  who  is  not  capable  of  com- 
manding a  company  in  battle  but  who  tries  to  do  so,  thereby  sacri- 
ficing the  lives  of  those  under  him? 

Every  officer  should  study  himself  carefully,  he  should  analyze 
himself,  he  should  place  himself  under  a  microscopic  glass,  so  as  to 
discover  his  weak  points — and  he  should  then  try  with  his  whole 
might  and  soul  to  make  these  weak  points  strong  points.  If,  for  in- 
stance, you  realize  that  you  are  weak  in  applied  minor  tactics,  or  that 
you  have  no  "bump  of  locality,"  or  that  you  have  a  poor  memory, 
or  that  you  have  a  weak  will,  do  what  you  can  to  correct  these  de- 
fects in  your  make-up.  Remember  "Stonewall"  Jackson's  motto:  "A 
man  can  do  anything  he  makes  up  his  mind  to  do." 

The  Progress  Company,  Chicago,  111.,  publishes  "Mind  Power," 
"Memory,"  "The  Will,"  "The  Art  of  Logical  Thinking"  (all  by  W. 
W.  Atkinson),  and  several  other  books  of  a  similar  nature,  that  are 
both  interesting  and  instructive.  "The  Power  of  the  Will,"  by  Had- 
dock, for  sale  by  Albert  Lewis  Pelton,  Mer.iden,  Conn.,  is  an  excel- 
lent book  of  its  kind. 

THE  FIRST  SERGEANT* 

374.  It  has  been  said  the  captain  is  the  proprietor  of  the  com- 
pany and  the  First  Sergeant  is  the  foreman. 

Under  supervision  of  the  captain,  he  has  immediate  charge  of 
all  routine  matters  pertaining  to  the  company. 

In  some  companies  it  is  customary  for  soldiers,  except  in  cases 
of  emergency,  to  get  permission  from  the  First  Sergeant  to  speak  to 
the  company  commander  at  any  time.  In  other  organizations  soldiers 
who  wish  to  speak  to  the  company  commander  away  from  the  com- 
pany quarters  must  first  obtain  the  First  Sergeant's  permission,  but 
it  is  not  necessary  to  get  this  permission  to  speak  to  the  company 
commander  when  he  is  at  the  barracks. 

The  First  Sergeant  is  sometimes  authorized  to  place  noncom- 
missioned officers  in  arrest  in  quarters  and  privates  in  confinement  in 
the  guardhouse,  assuming  such  action  to  be  by  order  of  the  captain, 
to  whom  he  at  once  reports  the  facts.  However,  with  regard  to  the 
confinement  of  soldiers  by  noncommissioned  officers,  attention  is 
invited  to  the  Army  Regulations  on  the  subject.  See  also  Par.  375A, 

*  In  the  absence  of  the  First  Sergeant  the  senior  duty  sergeant  must  be  ap 
pointed  Acting  First  Sergeant.  (War  Dept.  decision,  May,  1907.) 

[189] 


375 

375.         THE  NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

(The  status,  duties,  etc.,  of  noncommissioned  officers  are  covered  in 
greater  detail  in  "Xoxco.\i. MISSIONED  OFFICERS'  MANUAL,"  by  the  author. 
Obtainable  from  Geo.  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Mcnasha,  Wis.,  or  any  of  the 
distributers  named  in  the  front  of  this  manual.  Price,  $1.50  postpaid.) 

The  efficiency  and  discipline  of  a  company  depend  to  such  an 
extent  on  the  noncommissioned  officers  that  the  greatest  care  and 
judgment  should  be  exercised  in  their  selection.  They  should  be 
men  possessing  such  soldierly  qualities  as  a  high  sense  of  duty,  cheer- 
ful obedience  to  orders,  force  of  character,  honesty,  sobriety  and 
steadiness,  together  with  an  intelligent  knowledge  of  drills,  regula- 
tions and  orders. 

They  should  exact  prompt  obedience  from  those  to  whom  they 
give  orders,  and  should  see  that  all  soldiers  under  them  perform  their 
military  duties  properly.  They  must  not  hesitate  to  reprove  them 
when  necessary,  but  such  reproof  must  not  be  any  more  severe  than 
the  occasion  demands. 

The  company  officers  must  sustain  the  noncommissioned  offi- 
cers in  the  exercise  of  their  authority,  except,  of  course,  when  such 
authority  is  improperly  or  unjustly  exercised.  If  they  do  wrong,  they 
should  be  punished  the  same  as  the  privates,  but  if  it  be  simply  an 
error  of  judgment  they  should  merely  be  admonished.  A  noncom- 
missioned officer  should  never  be  admonished  in  the  presence  of  pri- 
vates. 

Judicious  praising  of  noncommissioned  officers  in  the  presence 
of  privates  is  not  only  gratifying  to  the  noncommissioned  officer,  but 
it  also  tends  to  enhance  the  respect  and  esteem  of  the  privates  for 
him. 

In  addition  to  dividing  the  company  into  squads,  each  squad 
being  under  a  noncommissioned  officer  as  required  by  the  Army 
Regulations,  the  company  should  also  be  divided  into  sections,  each 
section  being  in  charge  of  a  sergeant.  The  squads  and  sections 
should,  as  far  as  possible,  be  quartered  together  in  barracks,  and  the 
chiefs  of  squads  and  the  chiefs  of  sections  should  be  held  strictly  re- 
sponsible for  the  conduct,  dress,  cleanliness,  and  the  care  of  arms  of 
the  members  of  their  respective  squads  and  sections.  Not  only  does 
this  throw  the  corporals  and  the  sergeants  upon  their  own  responsi- 
bility to  a  certain  extent,  but  it  also  impresses  upon  them  the  im- 
portance of  their  position,  and  gets  the  privates  in  the  habit  of  real- 
izing and  appreciating  the  authority  exercised  by  noncommissioned 
officers. 

When  practicable,  the  noncommissioned  officers  should  have 
separate  rooms  or  tents,  and  should  mess  together  at  tables  separate 

t  A  Lance  Corporal  is  not  a  noncommissioned  officer,  and  hence  it  is  not 
necessary  to  obtain  authority  to  detail  him  on  extra  duty.  T.  A.  G.  and  Sec'y  of 
War,  July,  1896. 

[190] 


375  (contd.) 

from  the  privates;  for,  everything  that  conduces  to  familiarity  with 
inferiors  tends  to  lower  the  dignity  of  the  noncommissioned  officers' 
position. 

Throw  your  noncommissioned  officers  upon  their  own  responsi- 
bility— throw  them  into  deep  water,  so  to  speak,  where  they  will 
either  have  to  swim  or  sink.  You  can  never  tell  what  a  man  can 
really  do  until  you  have  given  him  a  chance  to  show  you — until  you 
have  pujt  him  on  his  mettle — until  you  have  tried  him  out.  And  very 
often  men  who  seem  to  have  nothing  in  them,  men  who  have  never 
before  been  thrown  upon  their  own  responsibility,  will  surprise  you. 

Do  all  you  can  to  make  your  noncommissioned  officers  realize 
and  appreciate  the  importance  of  their  position.  Consult  them  about 
different  matters — get  their  opinions  about  various  things.  When 
going  through  the  barracks  at  Saturday  morning  inspection,  for  in- 
stance, as  you  come  to  the  different  squads,  have  the  squad  leaders 
step  to  the  front  and  follow  you  while  you  are  inspecting  their  respect- 
ive squads.  If  you  find  anything  wrong  with  a  man's  bunk,  speak  to 
the  squad  leader  about  it.  Also  ask  the  squad  leaders  various  ques- 
tions about  their  squads. 

Not  only  does  such,  treatment  of  noncommissioned  officers  make 
them  appreciate  the  importance,  responsibility  and  dignity  of  their 
position,  but  it  also  gives  them  more  confidence  in  themselves  and 
raises  them  in  the  eyes  of  the  privates. 

Noncommissioned  officers  should  always  be  addressed  by  their 
titles,  by  both  officers  and  soldiers. 

'Noncommissioned  officers  are  forbidden  to  act  as  barbers,  or  as 
agents  for  laundries,  or  in  any  other  position  of  a  similar  character. 
(Cir.  34,  '07.) 

Everything  possible  should  be  done  by  the  company  officers  to 
instruct  the  noncommissioned  officers  properly  in  their  duties.* 

So  far  as  the  company  is  concerned,  the  noncommissioned  offi- 
cers are  expected  to  assist  the  company  commander  in  carrying  out 
his  own  orders  and  those  of  his  superiors — they  should  see  that  all 
company  orders  are  obeyed  and  that  the  known  wishes  of  the  captain 
are  carried  out.  If,  for  instance,  the  captain  should  tell  the  first  ser- 
geant that  the  men  in  the  company  may  play  cards  among  them- 
selves, but  that  noncommissioned  officers  are  not  to  play  with  pri- 
vates and  that  men  from  other  companies  are  not  allowed  to  take 
part  in,  or  to  be  present  at  the  games,  then  it  is  the  duty  of  the  first 
sergeant  to  see  that  these  instructions  are  carried  out — it  is  his  duty  to 
make  frequent  inspections  of  the  tables  at  which  the  men  may  be 
playing  and  see  that  no  noncommissioned  officers  are  playing  and 

*  Silicate  Roll  Blackboards,  which  are  perfectly  flexible  and  can  be  rolled  tightly, 
like  a  map,  without  injury,  may  be  obtained  from  the  New  York  Silicate  Book  Slate 
Co.,  20  Vesey  St.,  New  York.  They  are  made  in  various  sizes,  but  about  the  most 
convenient  for  use  in  noncommissioned  officers'  school  is  No.  3,  three  by  four  feet. 

[191] 


375a-376 

that  no  outsiders  are  present.  The  first  sergeant  who  confined  him- 
self to  publishing  the  order  to  the  company  and  then  doing  nothing 
more,  would  be  neglectful  of  his  proper  duty.  (See  Par.  424-7.) 

Noncommissioned  officers  clothed  in  the  proper  uniform  of  their 
grade  are  on  duty  at  all  times  and  places  for  the  suppression  of 
disorderly  conduct  on  the  part  of  members  of  the  company  in  public 
places.  Men  creating  disorder  will  be  sent  to  their  quarters  in  arrest 
and  the  facts  reported  to  the  company  commander  without  delay. 

Noncomniissioned  officers  can  do  much  to  prevent  the  commis- 
sion of  offenses,  by  members  of  their  commands,  both  when  on  and 
when  off  duty,  and  such  prevention  is  as  much  their  duty  as  report- 
ing offenses  after  they  are  committed;  in  fact,  it  is  much  better  to 
prevent  the  offense  than  to  bring  the- offender  to  trial. 

Company  commanders  should  drill  their  noncommissioned  of- 
ficers thoroughly  in  the  principles  of  discipline,  Chapter  XXII,  Par. 
420. 

375A.  Noncommissioned  officers  authorized  to  confine  enlisted 
men.  A  company  or  detachment  commander  may  delegate  to  his 
noncommissioned  officers  the  authority  to  confine  enlisted  men  in 
the  guardhouse  and  to  place  them  in  arrest  in  quarters,  provided  the 
case  is  immediately  reported  to  the  company  or  detachment  com- 
mander, who  confirms  the  act  of  the  noncommissioned  officer  and 
adopts  it  as  his  own. — W.  D.  decision,  December,  1905. 

376.  Appointment.  The  appointment  of  noncommissioned  offi- 
cers is  generally  made  upon  the  mere  recommendation  of  the  com- 
pany commander.  In  some  regiments,  however,  as  a  precaution 
against  unjust  overslaughing,  a  full  explanation  is  required  when  the 
appointment  recommended  is  out  of  the  regular  order  of  promotion. 

In  the  case  of  promotion  of  corporals  to  sergeants,  the  rank  of 
the  corporal  relative  to  the  other  corporals  of  the  company  should 
be  stated,  and  if  the  man  recommended  is  not  the  senior  corporal 
of  the  company,  the  reasons  for  his  preferment  should  be  given. 

In  a  few  regiments  company  commanders  are  required  to  give 
the  reason  inducing  them  to  make  the  recommendation,  length  of 
service  as  private  and  previous  service,  if  any,  as  noncommissioned 
officer,  etc. 

The  provision  in  the  Army  Regulations  that  company  noncom- 
missioned officers  shall  be  appointed  by  the  regimental  commander 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  company  commander,  makes  the 
men  dependent  upon  the  captain  for  promotion  on  one  hand  and  on 
the  other  hand  places  the  appointment  so  far  within  the  control  of 
the  regimental  commander  that  the  company  commander  can  exercise 
arbitrary  or  unjust  power.  The  same  principle  is  true  in  the  reduction 
of  noncommissioned  officers. 

The  company  commander  being  most  interested  and  having 
greater  opportunities  to  know  of  the  merits  of  the  case,  the  r.egi- 

[192] 


377-378 

mental  commander  usually  has  little  else  to  do  than  merely  to  con- 
firm the  recommendation.  The  recommendation  of  the  company 
commander  should  not  be  opposed  except  for  manifest  and  excel- 
lent reasons.  The  appointing  power  is  intended  as  a  check  to  be 
used  only  when  it  is  manifest  there  is  injustice  or  vindictiveness  or 
the  appointment  is  not  in  the  interests  of  the  service. 

A  wholesome,  beneficial  spirit  of  competition  may  be  made  to 
obtain  in  the  company  by  appointing  noncommissioned  officers  by 
competitive  examinations,  care  being  taken  to  make  the  examinations 
oral  and  practical  and  not  written  and  "bookish."  For  example,  in 
the  case  of  a  prospective  vacancy  in  the  grade  of  sergeant,  announce- 
ment is  made  to  the  corporals  as  long  ahead  of  time  as  possible,  that 
a  competitive  examination  in  certain  subjects  will  be  held  on  a  cer- 
tain Say,  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

Vacancies  in  the  grade  of  corporal  are  likewise  filled  by  competi- 
tive examination,  only  such  privates  as  are  recommended  by  one  or 
more  noncommissioned  officers  and  such  as  are  designated  by  the 
company  commander,  being  allowed  to  compete. 

Of  course,  in  these  examinations  soldierly  qualities  and  military 
record  are  given  a  proper  rating. 

377.  Reduction    and    resignation.    A    noncommissioned     officer 
should   never   be   reduced  to   ranks,   except   for   grave   and   sufficient 
reasons.      Nothing    demoralizes    the    noncommissioned    officers    of   a 
company  so  much  and  upsets  discipline  to  such  an  extent  as  the  feel- 
ing that  upon  the  slightest  pretext  or  fancy  one  is  to  be  sent  back 
to  the  ranks,  to  associate  with  the  privates  he  has  been  required  to 
discipline. 

In  some  regiments  noncommissioned  officers  are  permitted  to 
send  in  formal  resignations,  while  in  other  regiments  they  are  not, 
but,  with  the  approval  of  the  company  commander,  they  may  ask  for 
reduction,  giving  proper,  satisfactory  and  specific  reasons.  Of  course, 
resignations  submitted  in  a  spirit  of  insubordination  or  pique  should 
not  be  considered,  nor  should  they  ever  be  in  substitution  for  de- 
served disciplinary  punishment.  If  a  noncommissioned  officer  has 
good  reasons  for  requesting  reduction  and  the  granting  of  the  re- 
quest would  not  result  in  detriment  to  the  company,  there  is  no  rea- 
son why  his  application  should  not  be  favorably  considered.  How- 
ever, in  such  a  case,  the  noncommissioned  officer  should  consult  his 
company  commander  before  submitting  his  request  in  writing.  It 
is  thought  the  preponderance  of  custom  is  against  considering  formal 
resignations. 

THE  DUTIES  OF  THE  NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS 

378.  The  duties  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  should  be  clearly 
and  definitely  defined,  being  reduced  to  print  or  writing,  and  posted 
in  some  convenient,  accessible  place. 

[193] 


379 

The  following  are  those  usually  outlined: 

The  First  Sergeant.  1  He  has  immediate  charge  of  all  com- 
pany property,  books,  papers  and  records,  in  the  care  and  keeping 
of  which  he  is  assisted  by  the  other  noncommissioned  officers  and 
the  company  clerk. 

2  Every   day   at   "First    Sergeant's    Call"   he   will    repair   to   the 
adjutant's    office    and    get    the    company    morning    report,    together 
with  a  list  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  and  the  number  of  pri- 
vates required   for  guard  the  next   day.     He  will  also   receive   from 
the    sergeant    major    such    orders,    communications,    etc.,    as    may    be 
given  him  for  the  company  officers.     He  will  show  the  company  of- 
ficers,  without   delay,   all   orders   and   instructions   affecting   then;   or 
the  company  and  deliver  to  them   such  communications  as  may  be 
addressed  to  them. 

3  After   "First   Sergeants'    Call"   he   will   prepare   a   list    of   the 
names  of  the  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  detailed  for  guard 
the    following   day.     This   will    be    posted    on    the    company    bulletin 
board*,  and  published  at  retreat. 

He  will  publish  to  the  company  at  retreat  all  post  general  orders 
received  that  day,  or  that  have  not  yet  been  read  to  the  men. 

4.  Every  morning,  immediately  after  breakfast,  he  will  turn  out 
as  many  men  as  may  be  necessary  to  police  the  barracks  and  the 
grounds  around  the  quarters.  (This  is  sometimes  done  by"  the  non- 
commissioned officer  in  charge  of  quarters.) 

5  Every  Friday  he  will  ascertain  from  the  company  commander 
the  uniform  for  Saturday  morning  inspection  and  will  notify  the  com- 
pany officers  and  the  company  accordingly. 

6  He  will  notify  the  mess  sergeant  of  the  soldiers  who  are  ab- 
sent on  duty  and  for  whom  meals  must  be  saved. 

7  He  will   see  that   all  drawers,  lockers  and  boxes  are  opened 
at  the  weekly,  monthly  and  other  formal  inspections  of  quarters  and 
that   the   Morning   Report,   the   Correspondence    Book   and   all    other 
record  books  are  laid  out  and  opened  for  examination  on   such  oc- 
casions. 

8  He  will  see  that  camphor  balls  (or  coal  oil  and  lye)  are  kept 
in  the  urinals  and  that  all  metal  door  knobs,  faucets  and  other  metal 
parts  around  the  quarters  are  kept  properly  polished.     He  will  also 
see  that  all  window  panes  are  kept  clean.     (Sometimes  done  by  the 
noncommissioned   officer   in   charge   of   quarters.) 

9  He  will  see  that  members  of  the  company  who  appear  as  wit- 
nesses before  general  courts-martial  wear  the  proper  uniform. 

10  He  will  see  that  no  liquor  of  any  description  is  brought  into 
the  quarters. 

379.    The  Supply  Sergeant.     He  is  charged  with;  (a)  Proper  care 
and  police  of  the  storerooms;   (b)   care  and  custody  of  all  company 
*  Every  company   should   have   a   large   bulletin    board,    hung   in    some  convenient 
place,  on  which  will  be  posted  all  orders,  notices,  etc.,  affecting  the  company. 

[194] 


380-381 

Ordnance,  Quartermaster,  and  other  property  and  equipment,  to- 
gether with  the  records  pertaining  to  same. 

He  will  familiarize  himself  thoroughly  with  Ordnance  Dept. 
pamphlet  Xo.  1965,  "Instructions  for  the  Care  and  Repair  of  Small 
Arms  and  Ordnance  Equipment,"  and  with  G.  O.  26,  War  Dept.,  1917, 
giving  table  of  credit  allowances  and  instructions  regarding  the  dis- 
position of  unserviceable  Ordnance  property.  Also,  by  visiting  the 
office  of  the  post  ordnance  officer  and  conferring  with  the  ordnance 
sergeant  he  will  ascertain  just  exactly  what  spare  parts  may  be  ob- 
tained and  what  tools  may  be  borrowed  from  the  ordnance  office  for 
the  repair  of  ordnance  property. 

The  company  mechanic  is  under  his  orders. 

380.  The  Mess  Sergeant.     He  is  charged  with  the  proper  prepa- 
ration and  supply  of  food,  and  will  constantly  endeavor  to  improve 
the  company  mess  by  effecting  variety  and  better  cooking. 

He  will  daily  submit  to  the  company  commander  a  bill  of  fare 
for  the  day. 

He  is  responsible  for  the  cleanliness  of  the  dining  room,  and 
everything  pertaining  thereto  in  the  way  of  tables,  tableware,  etc.; 
he  is  responsible,  too,  for  the  cleanliness  of  the  kitchen  and  store- 
room and  the  porch  pertaining  to  same;  also,  the  garbage  and  ash 
cans,  and  their  platforms. 

He  is  especially  charged  with  seeing  that  the  dining  room, 
kitchen  and  storeroom  and  everything  pertaining  thereto,  are  in  a 
clean,  ship-shape  condition  for  Saturday  morning  and  other  inspec- 
tions, and  that  all  boxes,  barrels  and  other  receptacle's  containing 
supplies  are  opened  at  inspections. 

Once  each  week  (usually  on  Friday)  he  will  have  everything  re- 
moved from  all  shelves  in  the  storeroom,  dining  room  and  kitchen, 
and  have  the  shelves  thoroughly  cleaned. 

He  will  see  that  no  men  loiter  in  the  dining  room  or  kitchen, 
and  that  no  food  is  given  to  unauthorized  persons. 

He  will  familiarize  himself  with  the  duties  of  the  Mess  Sergeant 
as  laid  down  in  the  Manual  for  Army  Cooks. 

The  cooks  and  kitchen  police  are  subject  to  his  orders. 

381.  The   noncommissioned    officer   in   charge    of  quarters.     The 
old  noncommissioned   officer  in   charge   of  quarters,  accompanied   by 
the  new  noncommissioned   officer  in   charge  of  quarters,   both  wear- 
ing side  arms  and  white  gloves,  will  report  every  morning  to  the  com- 
pany commander. 

Form  of  Reporting. 

Old  N.  C.   O.  in  Charge  of  Quarters,    saluting:  "Sir,    Sergeant 
Smith  reports  as  old  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters. 
There  is  nothing  special  to  report"  (or  "I  would  report  that,  etc., 
reporting  absentees  from  check  inspection,  from  inspection  for  men 
in  confinement,  etc.). 

[195] 


381  (contd.) 

Captain:  Very  well,  you  are  relieved.  (The  N.  C.  O.  salutes  and 
leaves.) 

New  N.  C.  O.  in  Charge  of  Quarters:  "Sir,  Corporal  Jones  reports 
as  new  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters." 

Captain:  Carry  out  the  usual  instructions.  (The  X.  C.  O.  salutes 
and  leaves.) 

To  receive  the  instructions  from  the  old  noncommissioned  officer 
in  charge  of  quarters. 

To  visit  at  various  times  the  different  squad  rooms,  the  amuse- 
ment room,  the  lavatory,  the  kitchen  and  other  parts  of  the  barracks 
to  see  whether  everything  is  all  right. 

To  report  to  the  company  commander  when  relieved  any  ab- 
sentees from  inspection  for  men  in  arrest  or  confinement;«any  broken, 
injured  or  damaged  property  in  the  barracks;  all  violations  of  bar- 
rack regulations  and  all  unusual  occurrences  of  whatever  nature. 

To  report  a'll  special  fatigue  parties  to  the  provost  sergeant. 

To  take  the  sick  and  the  sick  report  to  the  hospital  at  sick  call 
and  other  times. 

To  ascertain  from  the  first  sergeant  the  names  of  the  men  in 
arrest  or  confined  to  barracks  and  to  see  that  they  do  not  leave  same 
without  proper  authority. 

To  see  that  all  the  faucets  are  properly  turned  off  when  not  in 
use  and  that  no  water  is  wasted. 

To  avoid  the  unnecessary  use  of  electric  lights  and  to  see  that 
no  unauthorized  lights  burn  in  barracks  after  hours. 

From  the  time  he  marches  on  until  9  p.  m.,  to  be  within  hearing 
of  the  telephone  as  much  as  possible  and  when  without  hearing  of 
the  telephone  ring  to  see  that  someone  is  within  such  hearing. 

Proper  policing  of  quarters,  other  than  that  portion  otherwise 
assigned. 

Proper  policing  of  grounds  around  company.  (Sometimes  done 
by  the  first  sergeant.) 

He  will  accompany  the  company  commander  on  his  daily  in- 
spection of  the  barracks. 

To  see  that  no  loud  noise,  disturbance  or  disorder  occurs  in 
quarters,  and  that  no  unauthorized  persons  enter  the  barracks. 

The  new  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  accom- 
panied by  the  old  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters  will 
verify  the  number  of  rifles  in  the  arm-racks  and  he  will  keep  the  arm- 
racks  locked  at  all  times,  retaining  the  keys.* 

To  see  that  no  liquor  of  any  description  is  brought  into  quarters. 

He  will  have  charge  of  the  company  mail,  collecting,  mailing  and 
distributing  the  same.t  (Often  done  by  the  company  clerk.) 

*  Some  company  commanders  require  the  new  N.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  quarters 
to  verify  and  give  written  receipt  to  the  old  N.  C.  O.  for  (so  many)  rifles  and  llio 
keys.  x 

t  In  every  company  there  should  be  kept  in  some  convenient  place  a  mail  box 
with  a  lock. 

I196J 


382-383 

He  will  not  leave  the  barracks  during  his  tour  of  duty  unless  his 
duties  require  him  to  do  so. 

The  room  orderlies  are  subject  to  his  orders. 

He  will  be  present  at  all  meals  and  will  be  responsible  for  order 
in  the  dining  room.  He  will  report  all  misconduct,  waste,  etc. 

He  will  familiarize  himself  with  all  barrack  regulations  and  com- 
pany orders,  verbal  and  written,  and  not  only  will  he  report  all  vio- 
lations of  same,  but  he  will  also  see  that  the  known  wishes  of  the 
company  commander  as  well  as  all  known  orders  from  whatever 
source  affecting  the  company,  are  carried  out. 

382.  Noncommissioned  officers  in  charge  of  squad  rooms.     The 
senior   noncommissioned   officer   in   each   squad   room   is  in   charge. 

He  is  responsible  that  corporals  in  charge  of  squads  perform 
the  duties  assigned  them  and  in  the  temporary  absence  of  corporals 
may  designate  privates  to  perform  their  duties. 

He  will  see  that  all  post  and  company  orders  in  regard  to  uni- 
formity of  bunks,  bedding,  clothing,  etc.,  are  strictly  carried  out. 

He  will  see  that  the  lights  in  his  squad  room  are  extinguished 
at  the  proper  time. 

He  will  see  that  no  liquor  of  any  description  is  brought  into  his 
squad  room. 

He  will  see  that  the  room  is  properly  ventilated  and  in  cold  or 
windy  weather  that  the  windows  are  lowered  from  the  top  and  not 
raised  from  the  bottom. 

He  will  be  in  charge  of  the  policing  of  his  squad  room  when 
general  policing  is  ordered. 

He  will  be  present  at  the  check  of  each  man's  clothing  and  will 
report  any  shortage  to  the  company  commander.  (Clothing  should 
be  checked  about  once  a  month.) 

He  will  keep  posted  in  the  squad  room  the  number  of  rifles  in 
each  rack. 

383.  Chiefs  of  squads.     To  inspect  their  squads  on  the  company 
parade  before  all  inspections  under  arms. 

To  see  that  each  man  polices  about  his  bunk,  folding  his  bed- 
ding in  the  prescribed  manner,  immediately  after  breakfast.  They 
will  designate  soldiers  to  look  after  the  bunks,  floor  space,  etc.,  of 
members  of  the  squads  who  may  be  absent. 

Every  Saturday  morning  before  the  regular  inspection,  every 
chief  of  squad  will  inspect  the  bunks,  lockers,  shoes  and  barrack  bags 
of  the  members  of  his  squad.  Not  only  will  he  see  that  every  man 
has  everything  that  he  is  supposed  to  have,  but  he  will  also  see  that 
every  article  of  equipment  is  in  good  condition.  When  his  squad 
is  inspected  at  inspection  of  barracks  he  will  report  to  the  company 
commander  any  deficiencies  in  the  equipments. 

To  make  an  accurate  check  once  a  month,  immediately  after 
muster,  of  all  clothing  in  possession  of  soldiers  and  all  equipment 

[197] 


384 

issued  them.     They  will  report  the  result  of  this  check  to  the  non- 
commissioned officer  in  charge  of  squad  room. 

They  will  be  in  charge  of  their  respective  squads  when  general 
policing  is  ordered. 

384.  Company  clerk.  All  work  in  the  company  office  is  strictly 
confidential,  and  under  no  circumstances  will  any  information  per- 
taining to  the  business  of  the  office  be  divulged. 

The  following  are  the  duties  of  the  company  clerk: 

1  Preparation    of   returns,   rolls,   reports,    requisitions,   etc.     To 
prepare  the  company  morning  report,  the  sick  report,  ration  returns, 
company   returns,   the   pay   rolls,    the   muster   rolls,    discharges,    final 
statements,  reports,  requisitions,  etc.,  and  to  keep  the  data  necessary 
with  which  to  make  out  these  papers.     It  is  his  duty  to  keep  track 
of  the  time  when  periodical  reports  are  to  be  made  and  to  see  that 
they  are  prepared  and  submitted  on  time. 

2  Correspondence   Book,   Document   File,   and   Correspondence. 
He  is  also  charged  with  looking  after  the  Correspondence  Book  and 
Document    File    and   under    the    supervision     of   the    company    com- 
mander he   writes   all   letters   and   indorsements   connected   with   the 
administration  of  the  company. 

3  Files  of  Orders.     To  file  all  War  Department  and  other  orders 
received  and  to  see  that  the  files  are  complete,  reporting  to  the  com- 
pany  commander   any   missing   orders.     When   an   order   is   received 
revoking  or  modifying  in  any  way  a  previous  order,  the  fact  of  revo- 
cation or  modification,  with  number  and  year  of  revoking  or  modify- 
ing order,  will  be  noted  on  the  order  revoked  or  modified. 

4  Keeping  War  Department  publications  posted.     To  keep  the 
Army   Regulations,   Drill   Regulations,   Uniform   Regulations,   and  all 
other  War  Department  publications  in  the  company  posted  to  date 
by  pasting  therein  the  changes,  as  required  by  G.  O.  11,  W.  D.,  1912. 

5  Blank  Forms.     To  see  that  there  is  always  on  hand  a  supply 
of  all  blank  forms.     In  case  any  form  is  about  to  be  exhausted,  he 
will  at  once  notify  the  company  commander. 

6  Writing  official  letters  for  members  of  company.     Under  the 
supervision  of  the  First  Sergeant,  to  write  for  members  of  the  com- 
pany  applications    for    furlough,    applications    for    discharge    by   pur- 
chase and  other  letters  of  an  official  nature. 

7  Furnishing  information  to  members  of  the  company.     To  fur- 
nish members  of  the  company  such  information  as  they  may  desire 
regarding  orders,  Army  Regulations,  and  other  kindred  matters. 

Observance  of  the  following  will  add  to  the  efficiency  and  use- 
fulness of  the  company  clerk: 

(a)  When  an  officer  severs  his  connection  with  the  company, 
or  when  the  company  commander  is  to  be  absent  from  the  company 
for  a  month  or  more,  remind  the  company  commander  about  com- 
pleting the  efficiency  reports  to  date. 

[198] 


385-386 

(b)  Enter  in  the  correspondence  book  the  fact  and  the  date  of 
mailing   of   muster   rolls,    pay   rolls,    company   returns,   and  all    other 
papers,  reports,  and  returns  that  are  not  made  of  record  in  the  Docu- 
ment File. 

(c)  Open  at  the  proper  place  deposit  books  or  other  books  or 
any   folded  paper   that  you   may   put   on   the   company   commander's 
desk  or  that  you  may  present  to  him  for  his  signature. 

(d)  Always  read  every  post,  regimental,  department,  War  De- 
partment order,  and  all  bulletins  and  changes,  that  are  received. 

385.  Usual  duties  of  room  orderlies.     To  be  present  at  all  times, 
particularly   when   the   company   is   away   from   quarters    on    drill   or 
other  duty;  to  guard  the  property  of  the  company  as  well  as  that  of 
the  members  of  the  company,  seeing  that  no  person  interferes  with 
property  that  does  not  belong  to  him,  and  that  no  unauthorized  per- 
sons enter  the  barracks;  to  look  after  fires  and  lights,  extinguishing 
them  at  taps;*  to  police  such  parts   of  the  barracks  as  are  not  as- 
signed  individual   soldiers;   to  keep  the   spittoons   clean;   to   see  that 
the  rooms  are  properly  ventilated;*  to  look  after  the  company  amuse- 
ment room,  having  charge  of  the  pool  table,  phonograph,  etc.;  to  have 
charge  of  the  library,  keeping  the  papers,  books,  etc.,  in  order;t  to 
report  to  the  noncommissioned  officer  in  charge  of  quarters  any  ir- 
regularities that  occur. 

386.  General.:}:     Every    soldier   will    take  at  least   one   bath    each 
week,  reporting  to  his  squad  leader  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable. 

No  one  is  allowed  in  the  kitchen  except  on  duty. 

No  books,  papers  or  magazines  will  be  taken  from  the  company 
library,  except  by  authority  from  the  person  in  charge. 

The  hair  must  be  cut  short,  beard  neatly  trimmed  or  face  cleanly 
shaved. 

Only  the  articles  issued  to  a  soldier  are  authorized  to  be  worn. 

Intoxicating  liquors  will  not  be  introduced  into  the  barracks. 

No  women  are  allowed  in  the  barracks,  kitchen  or  other,  quarters 
pertaining  to  the  company,  except  with  written  permission. 

Gambling  in  the  barracks  is  prohioited.§ 

No  loud  or  boisterous  noise  is  permitted. 

(NOTE — Room  orderlies  are  usually  placed  on  special  duty,  being  excused  from 
drills,  ceremonies  and  all  other  duties  that  will  take  them  away  from  barracks.) 

In  the  afternoon  from  1  to  4  o'clock,  there  shall  be  absolute  quiet 
in  the  squad  rooms,  so  that  the  men  who  wish  to  take  a  nap  may  do 
so.  Shoes  will  be  removed  before  entering  the  squad  rooms  after 
tattoo,  and  no  noise  will  be  permitted  after  that  hour. 

*  Sometimes  done  by  the  N.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  the  squad  room. 

f  In  case  of  extensive  libraries,  sometimes  a  specially  designated  noncommis- 
sioned officer  is  placed  in  charge. 

These    general     regulations     should    be    kept    posted    on    the    company    bulletin 


I ' 

board. 


§  There  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  in  the  Army  as  to  what  action,  if 
any,  should  be  taken  to  regulate  gambling  in  the  barracks.  Some  of  our  best  officers 
never  give  any  orders  either  for  or  against  gambling. 

[199] 


386  (contd.) 

The  bunks  must  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  vermin. 

Bedding  will  be  aired  every  Friday. 

Each  soldier's  name  will  be  hung  at  the  foot  of  his  bunk. 

Each  soldier  must  keep  the  floor  under  his  bunk  and  on  each 
side  clean;  it  will  be  swept  daily. 

No  spitting  on  the  floors  or  throwing  pieces  of  cigars  or  cigarettes 
on  them. 

Articles  that  are  to  be  thrown  away  will  be  put  in  the  receptacle 
provided  for  the  purpose,  and  no  refuse  or  trash  will  be  thrown  on 
the  floor,  out  of  windows  on  the  roofs  of  porches,  or  on  the  ground 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  buildings. 

Lockers  will  be  neatly  kept  and  at  inspections  will  be  opened 
with  tray  arranged  as  prescribed  by  the  company  commander. 

Doors  and  drawers  to  wardrobes  must  be  opened  at  inspections. 

Shoes,  particularly  overshoes,  must  be  carefully  cleaned  before 
entering  the  barracks. 

Shoes,  mattress,  and  bedding  will  be  kept  as  directed  by  the  com- 
pany commander. 

The  walls  and  woodwork  of  the  barracks  will  not  be  defaced  by 
driving  nails,  or  in  any  other  manner. 

Civilian  clothing  must  not  be  kept  in  a  soldier's  possession.  It 
should  be  turned  in  and  put  in  the  store  room. 

Soldiers  are  forbidden  to  have  revolvers  in  their  possession  and 
to  carry  pistols,  razors  and  other  such  weapons. 

Soldiers  will  not  appear  on  the  porch  of  barracks  in  white  or 
fancy  colored  shirts,  without  blouses. 

At  school  call  soldiers  detailed  for  instruction  will  fall  in  on  the 
company  parade  and  be  marched  to  the  school-room  by  the  noncom- 
missioned officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  who  will  report  them  to  the 
teacher,  accounting  for  absentees. 

Soldiers  who  get  married  will  at  once  notify  the  company  com- 
mander. (Those  intending  to  reenlist  should  get  the  regimental  com- 
mander's permission  to  marry,  as  he  may  otherwise  prevent  their  re- 
enlistment.) 

Soldiers  desiring  to  see  the  surgeon  will  report  to  the  first  ser- 
geant immediately  after  reveille  and  have  their  names  entered  on  the 
Sick  Report  Book.  At  sick  call  they  will  be  marched  to  the  hospital 
by  a  noncommissioned  officer. 

Soldiers  wishing  to  speak  to  the  first  sergeant,  will  knock  and 
uncover  before  entering  the  company  office,  and  will  leave  as  soon 
as  they  have  stated  their  business. 

Soldiers  will  go  to  their  meals  in  an  orderly  manner,  properly 
dressed  and  in  regulation  uniform. 

In  muddy  or  snowy  weather  soldiers  will  use  the  mud  scrapers 
and  mats  near  the  entrances  to  barracks. 

Men  who  do  not  take  advantage  of  their  passes  will  so  report  to 
the  commander  of  the  guard,  and  men  whose  names  are  on  the  pass 

[200] 


.    .  387 

•list  must  attend  all  drills,  exercises  and  schools  of  instruction  while 
they  are  in  the  post,  unless  especially  excused  by  the  company  com- 
mander. 

Soldiers  suffering  with  venereal  diseases  will  use  the  water- 
closet  and  the  bath  room  marked  "For  Venereal  Patients  Only."  The 
violation  of  this  regulation  will  be  severely  punished  and  all  soldiers 
in  protection  to  themselves  are  enjoined  to  report  at  once  all  of- 
fenders. 

No  loitering  will  be  allowed  in  the  company  office.  However, 
soldiers  will  always  have  access  to  the  office  for  the  purpose  of  seek- 
ing information  from  the  company  clerk  or  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
sulting, under  the  supervision  of  the  first  sergeant  or  the  company 
clerk,  the  files  of  orders  and  circulars — the  first  sergeant  or  company 
clerk  must  always  be  present.  In  their  absence  no  soldier  must  enter 
the  office  unless  sent  there  by  an  officer. 

The  soldiers  of  the  company  may  have  their  application  for  fur- 
loughs and  other  communications  written  or  typewritten  by  the  com- 
pany clerk,  and  under  no  circumstances  will  he  ever  charge  or  accept 
any  fee  for  the  work. 

The  articles  in  the  wall  locker  will  be  arranged  as  follows; 

Top  shelf — Caps  and  campaign  hats. 

Middle  compartment,  hung  on  hooks — Overcoat,  blouse,  trousers, 
haversack  (containing  meat  can,  knife,  fork  and  spoon),  pistol  holster, 
saber  and  attachments,  spurs,  cartridge  belt,  canteen  and  belt.  Cloth- 
ing in  center,  equipment  on  the  sides. 

Middle  compartment,  on  the  bottom — Stable  and  fatigue  clothing 
in  daily  use.  These  should  be  neatly  folded.  Leggings. 

Bottom  drawers,  neatly  folded  to  the  same  size  and  placed  with 
folded  edges  up- — Undershirts,  drawers,  extra  stable  clothes,  mattress 
cover,  fatigue  clothes,  shelter  half,  blue  shirts. 

The  articles  in  the  foot  locker  will  be  arranged  as  follows: 

Beneath  tray,  folded  and  arranged  as  above — Shirts,  sheets,  pil- 
low cases,  summer  and  extra  underclothing,  towels,  stockings,  furs. 

Tray — Cleaning  and  toilet  and  other  small  articles. 

Equipment  must  be  marked  with  soldier's  number,  and  clothing 
with  name. 

387.  Laundry.  All  soiled  clothes  with  a  list  of  articles,  will  be 
sent  to  the  laundry  every  Saturday  morning. 

All  articles  will  be  plainly  marked  in  indelible  ink,  with  the  name 
of  the  owner. 

Under  no  circumstances  will  soiled  clothing  be  allowed  to  accu- 
mulate for  two  or  more  weeks.  No  allowance  will  be  made  by  the 
laundry  when  laundry  is  not  sent  in  for  two  or  more  weeks. 

Claims  for  articles  lost  must  be  made  within  two  days  after  the 
return  of  the"  laundry. 

Soldiers  who  fail  to  send  in  itemized  lists  will  accept  the  laundry 
count. 

[201] 


388-389 

Chiefs  of  squads  will  see  that  their  men  mark  their  clothing  as 
directed. 

388.  Contentment   and   harmony.     The   officers   of  the   company 
should    do    everything   possible    to    make   the    organization    contented 
and  harmonious.     Contentment  and  harmony  are  not  only  conducive 
to  good  discipline  and  efficiency,  but  they  also  make  the  government 
of  the  company  easy  and  reduce  desertions  to  a  minimum. 

The  showing  of  favoritism  on  the  part  of  the  captain  is  always 
a  cause  of  great  dissatisfaction  amongst  the  soldiers  in  the  company. 
Soldiers  do  not  care  how  strict  the  captain  is,  just  so  he  is  fair  and 
impartial,  treating  all  men  alike. 

389.  The  mess.     The  captain  should  give  the  mess  his  constant 
personal  attention,  making  frequent  visits  to  the  kitchen  and  dining 
room  while  the  soldiers  are  at  meals  so  as  to  see  for  himself  what 
they  are  getting,  how  it  is  served,  etc. 

It  is  not  saying  too  much  to  state  that,  in  time  of  peace,  a  good 
mess  is  the  real  basis  of  the  contentment  of  a  company. 

Ascertain  what  the  soldiers  like  to  eat  and  then  gratify  their 
appetites  as  far  as  practicable. 

Be  careful  that  the  cook  or  the  quartermaster  sergeant  doesn't 
fall  into  a  rut  and  satiate  the  soldiers  day  after  day  with  the  same 
dishes. 

Some  company  commanders  require  the  noncommissioned  offi- 
cer in  charge  of  the  mess  to  submit  to  them  every  morning,  on 
printed  blank  slips,  the  menu  for  the  next  three  meals. 

(Form) 

Company  "A,"  24th  Infantry 

BILL  OF  FARE 

1907 

DINNER. 

(8  lines.) 
SUPPER. 

(6   lines.) 

BREAKFAST. 

(7  lines.) 


In  charge  of  mess. 

Give  the  ration  your  personal  attention— know  yourself  what  the 
company  is  entitled  to,  how  much  it  is  actually  getting,  what  the 
savings  amount  to,  etc.  The  following  plan  has  been  tried  and  found 
excellent: 

[202] 


390 

The  running  of  a  company  mess  affords  a  good  field  for  initiative 
and  ingenuity.  When  practicable  a  cow  or  two  may  be  kept  and  a 
few  pigs  fatted  with  slops  from  the  kitchen. 

The  raising  of  hogs,  if  properly  conducted,  is  a  fine  paying  propo- 
sition for  the  company  fund.  Not  only  is  the  company  kept  supplied 
with  fresh  pork  and  lard,  but  all,  or  nearly  all,  the  bacon  component 
of  the  ration  can  be  saved. 

In  many  places  chickens  can  be  raised  with  but  little  expense 
and  trouble.  Some  officers  have  been  known  to  use  chicken  incu- 
bators with  splendid  results.  In  localities  where  there  is  much  fish, 
a  fish  net  will  be  found  a  good  investment.  (In  some  States,  how- 
ever, the  use  of  nets  is  prohibited.) 

"THE  HANDLING  OF  THE  STRAIGHT  RATION  AND 
BAKING  BREAD,"  by  Capt.  Holbrook  (Franklin  Hudson  Pub.  Co., 
Kansas  City,  Mo.,  publishers),  is  also  an  excellent  book  on  the  sub- 
ject. 

"The  Mess  Officers'  Assistant,"  by  Capt.  Holbrook,  is  recom- 
mended to  officers  desiring  to  study  food  values,  elementary  princi- 
ples of  nutrition  and  cooking  and  the  handling  of  the  ration.  Bulle- 
tin No.  100,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  entitled  "Some  Forms  of  Food 
Adulteration  and  Simple  Methods  for  their  Detection,"  published  by 
the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  and  "Select  Methods  of  Food 
Analysis"  by  Leffman  &  Beam,  published  by  P.  Blakiston's  Son  & 
Co.,  Philadelphia,  go  into  the  subject  of  food  much  more  exhaustively 
than  "The  Mess  Officers'  Assistant"  does. 

390.  Library  and  amusement  room.  A  library  and  an  amuse- 
ment room,  supplied  with  good  books,  magazines,  papers-,  a  billiard 
or  pool  table,  and  a  phonograph,  are  a  source  of  much  pleasure  and 
contentment. 

Before  purchasing  books  for  a  company  library,  it  will  be  well 
to  bear  in  mind  that  the  average  man  in  the  company  has  but  a  fair 
common-school  education.  It  takes  something  more  than  a  high- 
school  education  to  develop  the  average  mind  to  an  appreciation  of 
the  true  worth  of  good  literature.  But  there  is  one  thing  that  the 
average  enlisted  man  will  be  found  to  have  developed  to  a  remark- 
able degree,  and  that  is  the  spirit  of  adventure — the  spirit  that  in- 
duces the  average  man  or  youth  to  leave  his  home  to  become  a 
soldier. 

There  is  no  reason  why  this  spirit  should  not  be  cultivated  to 
a  greater  extent  by  giving  the  men  of  the  company  books  suitable 
to  their  tastes.  For  this  reason,  instead  of  loading  up  the  library 
with  ancient  and  modern  classics,  books  on  geography,  travel,  ad- 
venture, outdoor  and  indoor  amusements,  as  well  as  short  stories  and 
good,  stimulating  essays,  should  occupy  a  prominent  place  on  the 
library  shelves.  Of  course,  professional  books  must  on  no  account 
be  lost  sight  of;  for  what  professional  man  would  attempt  to  build 

(203] 


391-392-393-394-395 

up  a  library  and  leave  out  the  ones  most  essential  to  his  art  or  craft? 
For  instance,  for  purposes  of  instruction,  as  well  as  to  give  the  men 
a  better  taste  for  their  profession,  what  better  type  of  book  on  the 
minor  operations  of  war  could  be  procured  than  Baden-Powell's 
"War  in  Practice"?  This  is  only  one  book  of  dozens  that  the  aver- 
age enlisted  man  simply  craves  to  get  hold  of.  There  is  an  account 
of  the  Spanish-American  War  published  by  the  Navy  Department, 
under  the  title  of  Spanish-American  War  Notes,  which  should  be  in 
the  library  of  every  organization  of  the  Regular  Army  and  the  Na- 
tional Guard.  History  and  biography,  especially  American  Military 
History  and  Biography;  "books  about  books,  such  as  Cody's  "How  to 
Read  and  What  to  Read";  books  of  reference,  such  as  Webster's 
Dictionary  and  the  International  Encyclopaedia,  should  not  be  for- 
gotten in  the  building  up  of  a  company  library. 

One  great  advantage  of  having  a  number  of  professional  books 
in  the  company  would  be  to  develop  in  the  mind  of  the  average  en- 
listed man  a  great  respect  for  his  officers  and  noncommissioned 
officers;  because  these  very  books  on  his  own  profession  would  make 
it  clear  to  him  that  those  placed  over  him  must  possess  more  than 
ordinary  knowledge  of  their  profession  before  they  can  be  promoted 
to  hold  any  position  of  authority.  This  reason  alone  should  serve  to 
cause  the  building  up  of  a  sort  of  military  library,  not  of  the  books 
of  one  branch  of  the  service  either,  but  books  belonging  to  all 
branches  of  the  service.  The  very  fact  of  the  men  having  access  to 
books  of  all  branches  of  the  service  would  develop  in  them  a  far 
greater  interest  in  the  service;  they  would  soon  learn  what  relation 
each  particular  branch  bears  to  the  others — what  their  particular  roles 
are  in  time  of  war — how  impossible  it  is  to  wage  any  kind  of  suc- 
cessful warfare  without  the  co-operation  of  all  arms,  and  so  on.  An- 
other result,  too,  perhaps,  would  be  a  deeper  and  broader  sympathy 
for  the  other  arms  of  the  service — a  sympathy  that  would  soon  de- 
velop into  greater  intercourse,  comradery  and  army  esprit  de  corps. 

391.  Athletic  apparatus.     A  judicious  investment  of  the  company 
fund  in  base  balls,  bats,  dumb  bells,  Indian  clubs,  boxing  gloves  and 
other  athletic  goods,  and  the  encouragement  of  baseball,  basketball, 
quoits,  etc.,  are  in  the  interest  of  harmony  and  happiness. 

392.  Carpenters'  tools.     A  chest  of  carpenters'  tools,  or  any  other 
mechanical  tools  and  implements  that  will  furnish  occupation  during 
leisure  hours  for  the  mechanically  inclined  soldiers  in  the  company, 
is  also  a  good  investment. 

393.  Grindstone.     A  small  grindstone  about  six  inches  in  diame- 
ter, to  sharpen  kitchen  knives,  etc.,  is  a  convenience. 

394.  Potato  parer.     An  economical  potato  parer,  which  not  only 
saves  times,  but  also  wastes  less  of  the  potato  than  paring  by  hand, 
can  be  put  to  good  use  in  the  kitchen. 

395.  Handcart.     If  the  company  has  not  a  handcart,  effort  should 
be  made  to  get  one  from  the  Quartermaster  Corps.     A  handcart  is 

[204] 


396-397-398 

one  of  the  greatest  conveniences  that  a  company  can  have.  Not  only 
is  it  always  at  hand  for  the  transportation  of  rations,  clothing  and 
other  supplies  drawn  by  the  company,  but  it  can  also  be  used  con- 
tinually around  the  company  for  various  purposes. 

396.  Rewards  and  Privileges. 

1  Deny    all    passes    and    requests    for    privileges    of   men    whose 
conduct  is  not  good,  and  on  the  other  hand  grant  to  men  whose  con- 
duct is  good  as  many  indulgences  as  is  consistent  with  discipline. 

2  Judicious  praise  in  the  presence  of  the  first   sergeant,  a  few 
noncommissioned    officers,    or    the    entire    company,    depending   upon 
circumstances,  very  often  accomplishes  a  great  deal.     After  the  ac- 
cording of  such  praise,  let  your  action  toward  the  man  show  that  his 
good  conduct  is  appreciated  and  that  it  has  raised  him  in  your  estima- 
tion, and   make   him   feel  you  are   keeping  your   eye   on   him   to   see 
whether  he  will  continue  in  his  well  doing. 

3  Publication    of   commendatory   orders,   desirable    special    duty 
details,  etc. 

4  Appointment  as  noncommissioned  officer. 

5  Meritorious    conduct    of   importance    should   be    noted    in    the 
soldier's  military  record  and  also  on  his  discharge. 

6  At  the  weekly  company  inspection,  each  chief  of  squad  picks 
out  the  neatest  and  cleanest  man  in  his  squad — the  captain  then  in- 
spects the  men  so   selected,  the  neatest  and   cleanest  one  being  ex- 
cused from  one  or  two  hours  of  kitchen  police,  and  some  other  dis- 
agreeable duty;  or  given  a  two  days'  pass. 

NOTE — Some  officers  do  not  think  that  good  conduct  should  be  especially  re- 
warded, but  that  if  all  soldiers  be  held  strictly  accountable  for  their  actions  by  a  system 
of  strict  discipline,  good  conduct  attains  its  own  reward  in  the  immunities  it  enjoys. 
However,  the  author  does  not  share  this  view  of  the  matter. 

397.  Company  punishment.     The  104th  Article  of  War  authorizes 
company  commanders,  in  the  case  of  minor  offenses*  not  denied  by 
the  accused,  to  impose  disciplinary  punishment  without  trial,  unless 
the  accused  demands  trial. 

398.  Some  Efficacious  Forms  of  Extra  Fatigue. 

1  Extra  fatigue  under  the  mess  sergeant  or  the  noncommis- 
sioned officer  in  charge  of  quarters,  cleaning  up  around  and  in  the 
company  quarters,  scrubbing  pots,  scouring  tin  pans,  polishing  stoves, 
cutting  wood,  policing  the  rears,  cutting  grass,  pulling  weeds,  polish- 
ing the  brass  and  nickel  parts  in  the  water-closets  and  bath  rooms, 
washing  and  greasing  leather,  cleaning  guns,  boiling  greasy  haversacks 
and  polishing  the  brass  buckles,  etc.,  and  in  camp,  digging  drains 
and  working  around  slop  holes. 

If  the  work  be  done  well  the  offender  may  be  let  off  sooner — if 
the  work  be  not  done  well,  he  may  be  tried  for  it. 

*  For  example,  noisy  or  disorderly  conduct  in  quarters,  failure  to  salute  offi- 
cers, slovcn'y  dressed  at  formations,  rifle  equipments  net  properly  cleaned  at  inspec- 
tion or  other  formations,  overstaying  pass,  short  absences  without  leave  and  absences 
from  formations  (especially  for  first  offense). 

[205] 


399-400-401 

2  Men  may  not  be  allowed  to  leave  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  barracks  for  periods  ranging  from  one  to  ten  days,  during  which 
time  they  are  subject  to  all  kinds  of  disagreeable  fatigue,  and  required 
to  report  to  the  X.  C.  O.  in  charge  of  quarters  at  stated  hours. 

3  Breaking  rocks  for  a  given  number  of  days.     For  every  man 
so  punished,  a  private  of  the  same  company  is  detailed  as  a  sentinel 
and  for  every  four  men  a  corporal  is  detailed  in  addition — the  idea 
being  to  cause  every  man  in  each  organization  to  take  an  interest  in 
preventing  his   own   comrades   from  violating  rules  and   regulations. 

4  When  two   soldiers   get  into  a  row  that   is  not  of  a   serious 
nature,  a  good  plan   is  to   set  them  at   work   scrubbing  the   barrack 
windows — one  on   the   outside  and  one  on   the   inside,   making  them 
clean  the  same  pane  at  the   same  time.     They  are   thus   constantly 
looking  in  each  other's  faces  and  before  the  second  window  is  cleaned 
they  will  probably  be  laughing  at  each  other  and  part  friends  rather 
than  nursing  their  wrath. 

NOTE — Some  company  commanders  follow,  for  moral  effect,  the  practice  of 
publishing  to  their  companies  all  summary  court  convictions  of  soldiers  belonging  to 
the  organization. 

399.  Withholding  of  Privileges. 

1  Withholding  of  passes  and  of  credit  at  the  post  exchange. 

2  Withholding  of  furloughs. 

400.  Control  of  drunken  and  obscene  men.     In  order  to  control 
drunken  and  obscene  men,  they  have  been  bucked  and  gagged  until 
sufficiently   sober   to   regain    self-control   and    quiet   down.     The   use 
of  a  cold  water  hose  in  such  cases  has  been  known   to   accomplish 
good   results.      Great   care   and  judgment,   however,    should   be   exer- 
cised and  no  more  force  used  than  is  absolutely  necessary. 

It  may  also  be  said  that  persistently  filthy  men  have  been  washed 
and  scrubbed. 

401.  Payment   of  debts.     It   is   neither   desirable   nor   customary 
that  company  commanders  should  act  as  collectors  of  private  debts 
owed  soldiers  or  civilians  by  members  of  their  companies.     However, 
in  the  case  of  just,  proper  and  lawful  debts,  it  is  customary  for  a  com- 
pany commander  to  use  his  persuasive  powers  to  make  the  soldier 
meet  his  obligations.     Where  it  is  evident  a  soldier  has  contracted  a 
debt  with  fraudulent  intent,  or  that  his  action  in  the  matter  is  such 
as  to  reflect  discredit  upon  the  character  and  standing  of  the  Army, 
the  question  .becomes  one  of  conduct  to  the  prejudice  of  good  order 
and   military   discipline,   and    suitable   action   for   payment    should   be 
taken.     In  aggravated  cases,  charges  are  sometimes  preferred  under 
the  62d  Article  of  War. 

Under  date  of  June  2,  1910,  concurred  in  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
June  6,  1910,  the  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the  Army  decided  that 
when  an  enlisted  man  fails  to  pay  a  just  debt  after  his  attention  has 
been  drawn  thereto  by  his  company  commander,  it  is  within  the  au- 
thority of  the  latter  to  prefer  charges  against  the  soldier. 

[206] 


402-403 

402.  Saturday  morning  and   other  company  inspections  are  in- 
tended to  show  the  condition  of  the  organization  regarding  its  equip- 
ment,  military   appearance   and    general    fitness   for   service,   and   the 
condition  of  the  quarters  as  regards  cleanliness,  order,  etc.     Usually 
everyone  except  the  guard,  one  cook,  and  others  whose  presence  else- 
where can  not  be  spared,  are  required  to  attend  inspections,  appear- 
ing in  their  best  clothes,  their  arms  and  accoutrements  being  ship- 
shape and  spick  and  span  in  every  respect. 

A  man  appearing  at  inspection  with  arms  and  equipments  not 
in  proper  shape,  especially  if  he  be  a  recruit  or  if  it  be  his  first  of- 
fense, may  be  turned  out  again  several  hours  later,  fully  armed  and 
equipped,  for  another  inspection,  instead  of  being  tried  by  summary 
court. 

403.  Property  Responsibility.     Special  attention  should  be  given 
to  the  care  and  accountability  of  all  company  property. 

1  All  property  (tents,  axes,  spades,  chairs,  hatchets,  etc.),  should 
be  plainly  marked  with  the  letter  of  the  company. 

2  Keep   a   duplicate   copy   of  every   memorandum   receipt   given 
for  property,  and  when  such  property  is  turned  in  or  another  officer's 
memorandum  receipt  is  given  covering  the  property,  don't  fail  to  get 
your  original  memorandum  from  the  quartermaster. 

3  See   that   the   quartermaster   gives   you   credit   for   all   articles 
turned  in,  or  property  accounted  for  on  statement  of  charges,  pro- 
ceedings of  a  surveying  officer  or  otherwise. 

4  Have  a  settlement  with  the  quartermaster  at  the  end  of  every 
quarter  as  required  by  Army  Regulations,  taking  an  inventory  of  all 
property  held  on  memorandum  receipt  and  submitting  to  the  quarter- 
master a  statement  of  charges  and  a  certified  list  of  the  china  and 
glassware  unavoidably  broken  during  the  quarter. 

5  Keep  an  account  of  all  articles  issued  to  the  men,  turned  in 
to  the  quartermaster,  condemned,  expended,  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed. 

6  Worn  out  and  unserviceable  property  should  be  submitted  to 
the  action  of  a  surveying  officer  as  soon  as  practicable. 

7  Property  that  is  to  be  submitted  to  the  action  of  a  surveying 
officer  or  an  inspector  should  always  first  be  carefully  examined  by 
the  responsible  officer  in  person,  who  should  be  prepared  to  give  all 
necessary  information  in  regard  to  it. 

The  property  should  be  arranged  in  the  order  of  enumeration 
in  the  survey  or  the  inventory  report,  and  should  be  arranged  in  rows 
of  five,  ten,  or  some  other  number,  so  that  the  numbers  of  the  various 
articles  can  be  counted  at  a  glance. 

The  Army  Regulations  require  that  the  responsible  officer  shall 
be  present  at  the  inspection  of  property  by  a  regular  inspector.  He 
should  also  be  present  when  property  is  acted  on  by  a  surveying 
officer. 

[207] 


404-405 

404.  Sale    of   clothing.     Company   commanders   sometimes   have 
considerable  trouble  with  soldiers  selling  their  clothing.     The  follow- 
ing has  been  found  very  efficacious  in  stopping  the  practice: 

1  Have    Sections   3748   and   5438,    Revised    Statutes,   U.    S.,   pub- 
lished where  they  will  be  seen  by  civilians  likely  to  buy  clothing. 

2  Under  the  supervision  of  the  chiefs  of  squads,  have  all  cloth- 
ing plainly  marked  as  soon  as  drawn. 

3  Prohibit   men   from  loaning  any  article  of  clothing. 

4  Require  the  chiefs  of  squads  to  keep  an  accurate  record  of  all 
clothing  in  possession  of  their  men,  verifying  the  same  by  frequent 
inspections. 

5  Require   every  man  to  report  at  once  to  his   chief  of  squad 
and  then  to  his  company  commander  any  alleged  loss  of  clothing. 

6  Old   and   worn-out   clothing  must   not   be   thrown   away  until 
inspected  and  condemned  by  the  company  commander. 

Designate  one  day  each  week  for  the  condemning  of  clothing. 

7  Every  Saturday  morning,  after  inspection,  check  up  the  cloth- 
ing of  two  or  three  men  selected  at  random. 

8  Men  should  invariably  be  punished  for  selling,   giving  away, 
or  negligently  losing  their  clothing. 

405.  In  the  matter  of  the  procedure  to  be  taken  in  securing  evi- 
dence against  purchasers  of  uniform  clothing,  etc.,  from  enlisted  men, 
and   in  prosecuting   such   purchasers,    the   following   steps    (resulting 
most  successfully  in  convictions  in  several  cases)    were  pursued  by 
Captain  J.  J.  Bradley,  14th  Infantry,  Judge  Advocate,  Department  of 
the  Columbia: 

First,  it  was  found  that  the  undivided  attention  of  an  officer  in 
entire  sympathy  with  the  object  and  willing  to  heartily  co-operate  in 
the  undertaking  was  essential,  and  one  should  be  detailed  on  special 
duty  for  that  purpose. 

Second,  the  names  and  exact  descriptions  of  the  locations  of  those 
engaged  in  the  business  of  buying  clothing,  etc.,  from  soldiers  should 
be  obtained,  to  be  used  when  applying  for  Search  Warrants  and  War- 
rants of  Arrest.  This  information  may  be  obtained  by  inquiries  among 
company  commanders,  enlisted  men  and  civilians,  by  reference  to 
records  of  trials  by  summary  courts  for  violations  of  the  17th  Article 
of  War,  and  by  passing  and  visiting  (incog.)  the  places  suspected. 

Third,  having  learned  who  the  offenders  are,  decide  upon  two  or 
three  of  the  principal  ones  for  prosecution,  whose  convictions  would 
have  the  most  deterrent  effect  upon  others. 

Property  owners  who  have  something  at  stake  should  be  selected 
rather  than  those  who  have  nothing.  Saloon  keepers  should  be 
avoided  if  possible.  The  conviction  of  two  or  three  well  selected, 
vigorously  prosecuted  habitual  offenders  will  be  more  effective  in 
breaking  up  the  traffic  than  attempts  at  conviction  of  a  number  of 
doubtful  or  occasional  offenders. 

1208] 


405  (contd.) 

Fourth,  if  the  offender  is  positively  known  to  have  certain  clothing 
that  can  be  identified  as  having  been  unlawfully  purchased  by  him, 
and  the  witnesses  are  available  to  testify  to  his  having  purchased  it 
while  they  were  in  uniform,  an  application  for  a  Search  Warrant 
should  be  made  and  the  clothing  seized. 

If  the  offender  selected  is  known  to  have  clothing  unlawfully 
purchased,  but  the  evidence  is  not  available  for  identifying  such,  nor 
the  fact  of  its  purchase,  evidence  may  be  procured  by  having  one  or 
more  enlisted  men  in  sympathy  with  the  undertaking  take  certain 
marked  articles  to  the  offender  to  sell  or  pledge  to  him,  such  sale 
or  pledge  furnishing  a  specific  offense  to  set  forth  in  the  application 
for  a  Search  Warrant,  and  the  evidence  of  such  sale  can  be  used 
before  both  the  grand  jury  for  the  indictment  and  the  petit  jury  on 
trial. 

In  making  the  application  of  the  Search  Warrant,  state  the  full 
name  of  the  offender,  give  an  accurate  description  of  the  premises  to 
be  searched,  and  give  a  list  of  all  the  articles  of  clothing,  arms,  ac- 
coutrements, etc.,  that  the  offender  can  possibly  have  unlawfully 
purchased  from,  the  soldiers  or  that  may  be  found  upon  his  premises, 
and  seize  all,  but  limit  the  prosecution  to  those  articles  that  can  be 
positively  identified  by  witness  as  to  who  are  available  to  testify  to 
the  offender  purchasing  them. 

In  the  application  for  Search  Warrants  and  Warrants  of  Arrests 
by  the  officer  making  the  complaint,  after  specifying  the  particular 
features  on  which  the  applications  are  based,  the  following  should  be 
included:  "The  affiant  further  states  that  he  believes  that  the  said 

has  at  divers  other  times  than  on  the  date  above 

set  forth,  purchased  other  articles  of  clothing,  etc.,  to  wit:  hats,  caps, 
etc.,  etc.,  (naming  them),  from  soldiers  in  the  military  service  of  the 
United  States  contrary  to  law."  This  is  very  important. 

Fifth,  to  obtain  the  Search  Warrant.  Do  not  apply  to  local  or 
State  authorities  for  it,  but  go  to  the  United  States  Commissioner  of 
the  District  or  to  the  United  States  Judge.  If  there  is  an  United 
States  District  Attorney  near  consult  with  and  work  through  him. 

Section  3748,  Revised  Statutes,  confers  a  right  to  search,  but 
Article  IV,  Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  requires  that  a  warrant 
shall  issue  in  every  case  of  search.  The  Criminal  Procedure  of  the 
State  Code  is  followed,  and  upon  probable  cause,  etc.,  the  United 
States  Commissioner  or  United  States  Judge  will  issue  such  warrants. 
The  entire  proceedings  should  be  before  the  United  States  Court, 
aided  by  the  United  States  District  Attorney. 

A  charge  of  violating  Section  5438  is  a  sufficient  one  upon  which 
to  base  an  application  for  a  Search  Warrant  and  Warrant  of  Arrest. 
Violations  of  other  sections,  such  as  receiving  stolen  property,  etc., 
may  be  presented  to  the  grand  jury  when  asking  for  indictments. 

[209] 


405  (contd.) 

Sixth,  having  procured  t!>2  Search  Warrants  and  Warrants  of 
Arrest,  obtain  the  name  of  the  marshal  or  deputy  who  is  to  serve 
them  and  request  him  to  call  upon  the  Commanding  Officer  for  assis- 
tance in  serving  the  warrants.  The  officer  making  the  investigation 
and  such  other  officers  and  enlisted  men  as  may  be  necessary  should 
be  detailed,  also  an  officer  designated  by  the  Commanding  Officer,  to 
receive  the  property  seized  under  Section  3748  Revised  Statutes, 
enough  being  detailed  to  collect  and  guard  the  property  until  it  can 
be  removed. 

When  more  than  one  place  is  to  be  searched,  efforts  should  be. 
made  to  keep  the  facts  of  searches  from  becoming  known,  and  when 
the  search  is  begun,  of  that  fact  reaching  the  other  places.  Make  all 
the  searches  in  the  same  day,  if  possible. 

Immediately  before  making  a  search  a  soldier  may  be  sent  to 
the  place  to  sell  an  article  of  clothing,  so  this  article  may  be  seized 
before  it  can  be  hidden  or  removed.  In  the  execution  of  the  search 
warrant  the  officer  detailed  accompanies  the  marshal  and  points  out 
the  articles  to  be  seized,  turning  them  over  to  the  enlisted  men  to  col- 
lect and  guard.  A  receipt  for  all  clothing  seized  should  be  given  to 
the  marshal  that  he  may  make  his  return  on  the  writ. 

The  clothing  is  then  taken  to  the  post,  each  article  tagged  with 
the  name  of  the  party  from  whom  seized,  the  date  and  all  marks  of 
identification  found  upon  it,  and  stored  in  a  safe  place.  The  clothing 
thus  seized,  if  properly  marked,  will  lead  to  the  identification  of  the 
owners. 

Seventh,  in  the  preliminary  hearing  before  the  United  States  Com- 
missioner, proof  of  one  violation  of  Section  5438,  Revised  Statutes,  is 
sufficient. 

At  this  time  do  not  expose  witnesses  to  attempts  of  offenders  to 
induce  them  to  desert  or  swear  falsely.  The  identity  of  witnesses 
being  kept  secret  as  long  as  possible. 

Eighth,  to  prepare  the  evidence  for  the  grand  jury  it  will  be 
necessary  to  find  the  owners  of  the  property  seized,  for  use  as  wit- 
nesses. 

In  this  will  be  experienced  the  greatest  difficulty,  even  on  offer- 
ing immunity  from  trial,  unless  some  method  has  been  followed  when 
issuing  clothing  to  insure  its  being  properly  marked  so  it  can  be 
identified.  That  which  can  be  identified  as  having  belonged  to  desert- 
ers may  be  charged  as  bought  from  them. 

A  list  of  witnesses  (civil  and  military),  is  furnished  the  United 
States  District  Attorney,  who  will  cause  them  to  be  suspended. 

Transportation  in  kind  can  be  furnished  officers  and  men  under 
paragraph  75;  Army  Regulations,  1911. 

It  should  be  made  to  appear  to  the  grand  jury  that  the  cases 
presented  are  not  isolated  nor  rare  ones,  but  samples  of  what  are 
regular  and  frequent  practices  by  those  accused,  of  buying  and  receiv- 

[210] 


406 

ing  in  pledge  Government  property,  that  a  considerable  amount  was 
recovered  in  the  seizures,  and  that  those  accused  knew  that  they  were 
purchasing  from  soldiers.  The  clothing  received  should  be  exhibited, 
and  the  soldier  who  sold  the  clothing  as  witnesses. 

By  consulting  with  the  United  States  District  Attorney,  concern- 
ing the  counts  to  be  presented,  information  may  be  obtained  from 
him  as  to  how  little  evidence  the  grand  jury  will  require  to  bring  in 
the  indictments.  Even  at  this  time  it  is  not  advisable  to  unduly 
expose  witnesses. 

The  United  States  Court  has  decided  in  case  of  United  States  vs. 
Hart,  that  the  clothing  of  the  soldier  while  in  the  service  is  public 
property;  and  in  case  of  United  States  vs.  Smith,  that  Revised 
Statutes  3748,  1242  contain  a  rule  of  evidence;  that  is,  that  the  bare 
lossession  of  the  property  of  the  United  States  is  prima  facie  evidence, 
that  it  has  been  sold  or  pledged;  that  is  a  rule  which  a  jury  has  a  right 
to  construe  as  supplying  evidence  in  the  case. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  prove  the  soldier  had  no  rights  to  sell  his 
clothing,  because  it  adds  nothing  to  the  declaration  of  the  law. 

The  following  sections  of  the  Revised  Statutes  bear  on  this 
subject: 

SEC.  3748.  The  clothes,  arms,  military  outfits,  a"nd  accoutrements  furnished  by 
the  United  States  to  any  soldier  shall  not  be  sold,  bartered,  exchanged,  pledged, 
loaned  or  given  away;  and  no  person,  not  a  soldier,  or  duly  authorized  officer  of  the 
United  States,  who  has  possession  of  any  such  clothes,  arms,  military  outfits,  or 
accoutrements,  so  furnished  and  which  have  been  the  subjects  of  any  such  sale,  bar- 
ter, exchange,  pledge,  loan  or  gift,  shall  have  any  right,  title,  or  interest  therein;  but 
the  same  may  be  seized  and  taken  wherever  found  by  any  officer  of  the  United  States, 
civil  or  military,  and  shall  thereupon  be  delivered  to  any  quartermaster,  or  other 
officer  authorized  to  receive  the  same.  The  possession  of  any  such  clothes,  arms, 
military  outfits,  or  accoutrements  by  any  person  not  a  soldier  or  officer  of  the  United 
States  shall  be  presumptive  evidence  of  such  a  sale,  barter,  exchange,  pledge,  loan 
or  gift. 

SEC.  5438.  every  person  who  knowingly  purchases 

or  receives  in  pledge  for  any  obligation  or  indebtedness  from  any  soldier,  officer, 
sailor,  or  other  person  called  into  or  employed  in  the  military  or  naval  service,  any 
arms,  equipments,  ammunition,  clothes,  military  stores,  or  other  public  property,  such 
soldier,  sailor,  officer,  or  other  person  not  having  the  lawful  right  to  pledge  or  sell 
the  same,  every  person  so  offending  in  any  of  the  matters  set  forth  in  this  section 
shall  be  imprisoned  at  hard  labor  for  not  less  than  one  nor  more  than  five  years,  or 
fined  not  more  than  one  thousand  nor  less  than  five  hundred  dollars. 

THE  COMPANY  FUND 

406.  Different  officers  entertain  different  opinions  as  to  the  man- 
agement of  the  company  fund. 

While  the  fund  should  be  economically  administered,  it  is  not 
thought  good  policy  to  .hoard  up  a  large  fund  for  the  company  com- 
mander's successor  to  spend  on  men  who,  perhaps,  were  not  in  the 
company  when  the  money  accrued. 

The  company  commander  should  bear  in  mind  that  he  is  only 
the  custodian  of  the  company  fund — it  belongs  to  the  men  of  the 
company. 

[211) 


407-408-409 

Some  company  commanders  follow  the  excellent  practice  of 
keeping  the  company  fund  book  in  the  company  office,  where  any 
member  of  the  company  who  may  wish  to  see  it  may  do  so,  and  of 
posting  a  statement  of  the  fund  on  the  company  bulletin  board  the 
end  of  every  month. 

A  company  commander  should  not  keep  on  hand  more  money 
than  is  necessary  to  meet  the  current  cash  demands  that  are  made 
upon  him;  the  bulk  of  the  fund  should  be  kept  in  the  bank.  In  fact, 
the  best  plan  is  to  pay  everything  by  check. 

THINGS    OF    INTEREST   TO    COMPANY    COMMANDERS 

407.  Marriage  of  enlisted  men.     There  is  no  law  to  prevent  the 
marriage  of  enlisted  men,  but  when  they  marry  without  the  consent 
of  the  company  commander  they  may  forfeit  extra  privileges  which 
are  sometimes  granted  to  married  soldiers.     For  instance,  it  may  ex- 
clude the  wife  from  residence  within  the  garrison.     (Remarks  of  A.  G. 
and  C.  G.  A.  on  various  cases  from  1884  to  1902.) 

A  soldier  who  marries  without  the  permission  of  his  Regimental 
Commander  may  also  be  denied  reenlistment. 

Married  soldiers  who  are  good  and  worthy  men  are  usually  per- 
mitted to  sleep  out  of  quarters,  on  or  off  the  reservation,  but  attending 
all  calls  and  formations;  draw  rations  separately  and  occupy  available 
vacant  quarters. 

408.  Soldier  shoemakers  and  tailors.     It  is  not  seen  why  a  soldier 
who  happens  to  be  a  shoemaker  or  tailor  can  not  justly  and  without 
cause  of  complaint  (on  part  of  civilians),  after  having  performed  his 
military  duties,  do  outside  work  and  take  pay  for  it.     His  rights  to 
live  are  just  as  sacred  to  him,  and  his  wife  and  children  are  just  as 
dear  to  him,  and  their  support  just  as  important  to  him  as  they  should 
have  been  had  he  not  enlisted.    Besides  a  soldier's  rate  of  pay  is  small. 
(Ruling  of  War  Dept.  Sept.,  '92.) 

409.  Venereal  diseases.     Young  soldiers  disabled,  or  about  to  be- 
come disabled  by  reason  of  venereal  diseases  should  be  encouraged  by 
officers  and   noncommissioned   officers   to   report   sick  and  effect  an 
early   cure — they   should  be   taught    mildly   the   pernicious   effects    of 
such  diseases,  etc.     (Surgeon  General  and  A.  G.  O.) 

Enlisted  men  who  contract  venereal  diseases  and  report  them- 
selves to  the  post  surgeon  for  treatment  will  be  allowed  a  reasonable 
time  for  recovery,  provided  their  previous  good  service  and  char- 
acter so  warrant;  but  men  who  are  found  to  be  incurable  and  men 
who  fail  to  report  for  treatment  will  be  discharged  on  surgeon's  cer- 
tificate of  disability.  (Decision  Sec'y  of  War,  Oct.,  '95.) 

Discharge  for  venereal  diseases  should  not  be  without  honor  and 
there  should  be  no  objection  to  the  reenlistment  of  a  man  discharged 
for  such  disease  if  he  has  entirely  recovered.  If  it  is  considered  in 

[212] 


410-411 

the  interest  of  the  service  to  discharge  him  rather  than  retain  him 
until  recovery  he  should  be  given  the  usual  discharge  on  surgeon's 
certificate  of  disability,  but  there  is  no  authority  for  indorsing  the 
nature  of  the  disease  upon  the  soldier's  discharge. 

410.  Crimes  against  nature.     Formerly  it  was  the  policy  of  the 
War  Department  to  discharge  without  honor,  upon  conclusive  presen- 
tation of  the  facts,  soldiers  guilty  of  sodomy  or  other  crimes  against 
nature,   thus   avoiding  the  scandal   of   a   public   trial.     However,   the 
present  policy  is  not  to  discharge  such  men  without  honor,  but  instead 
to  bring  them  to  trial. 

411.  "In  Line  of  Duty."     The  expression  "In  Line  of  Duty"  is  a 
very  comprehensive  term;  it  does  not  mean  a  status  of  actual  present 
performance  of  some  specific  military  duty,  but  it  relates  to  a  condi- 
tion under  which  military  duty  may  be  regularly  performed,  in  con- 
tradistinction to  a  condition  inconsistent  with  the  performance  of  any 
ordinary  duty — such,  for  instance,  as  the  condition  of  being  on  leave 
of  absence.     It  is  not,  therefore,  necessary  in  order  to  be  "In  Line  of 
Duty,"  that  a  soldier  should,  at  the  time  of  an  injury,  be  engaged  in 
the  execution  of  a  specific  act  of  military  duty,  but  he  must  not  be 
doing  something  quite  unconnected  with  duty  and  inconsistent  with 
his  proper  military  function. 

"It  is  just  to  assume  that  all  diseases  contracted  or  injuries  re- 
ceived while  an  officer  or  soldier  is  in  the  military  service  of  the 
United  States,  occur  in  the  line  of  duty,  unless  the  surgeon  knows 
first  that  the  disease  or  injury  existed  before  entering  the  service; 
second,  that  it  was  contracted  while  absent  from  duty  on  furlough  or 
otherwise;  or,  third,  that  it  occurred  in  consequence  of  willful  neglect 
or  immoral  conduct  of  the  sick  man  himself."- — (Opinion  of  the  Sur- 
geon General,  May  n,  1893,  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  War  ) 

Injuries  received  under  the  following  conditions  and  through  no  fault 
of  negligence  of  the  injured,  and  not  as  a  result,  directly  or  indirectly,  of 
any  unlawful  or  unauthorized  act  were  held  to  be  "In  Line  of  Duty": 

1  On  pass,  including  hunting  pass. 

2  While   bicycle    riding,    which   was   indulged   in   as   an  athletic 
exercise. 

3  In  a  game  of  baseball,  played  by  permission,  as  part  of  athletic 
exercise. 

4  In  athletic  sports  properly  indulged  in. 

5  While  in  confinement  for  a  military  offense. 

6  While  on  sick  furlough. 

(NOTE — It  is  the  practice  of  the  War  Department  to  consider  _a  soldier  on  pass 
as  being  "In  Line  of  Duty,"  but  when  on  regular  furlough  as  "Not  in  Line  of  Duty." 
However,  it  has  been  held  a  soldier  on  furlough  may  be  "In  Line  of  Duty,"  as 
when  en  route  to  his  station,  or  when  during  his  furlough  he  is,  in  compliance  with 
orders,  on  his  way  to  a  placs  to  report  his  whereabouts.) 

Injuries  received  under  the  following  conditions  ivere  held  to  have 
been  received  "Not  in  Line  of  Duty": 

[213] 


412-413 

1  In  rough  play  or  friendly  scuffle. 

2  By  the  accidental  discharge  of  a  pistol,  the  personal  property 
of  a  fellow  soldier,  who  was  at  the  time  trying  to  sell  it  to  the  party 
injured,  in  violation,  in  fact,  of  a  post  order  forbidding  the  use  or  pro- 
duction of  arms  other  than  those  furnished  by  the  Government. 

3  The  result  of  an  unlawful  or  unauthorized  act  as  a  direct  or 
contributory  cause. 

4  Through  the  soldier's  gross  carelessness 

5  Illicit  fornication. 

6  A  soldier  on  pass  assaulted  a  policeman  and  was  shot. 

7  In  a  civilian  game  of  baseball  outside  of  military  reservation, 
while  on  pass,  and  accepting  compensation  for  services. 

(For  a  full  discussion  of  the  subject,  see  1617-162^,,  Digest  of  Opinions 
of  the  Judge  Advocate  General.) 

412.  Drills.     Company  drills  naturally  become  monotonous.    The 
monotony,   however,   can  be  greatly   reduced  by   repeating   the   drills 
under  varying  circumstances.     In  the  manual  of  arms,  for  instance, 
the  company  may  be  brought  to  open  ranks  and  the  officers  and  ser- 
geants directed  to  superintend  the  drill  in  the  front  and  rear  ranks. 
As  the  men  make  mistakes  they  are  fallen  out  and  drilled  nearby  by 
an    officer    or   noncommissioned   officer.      Or,    the    company   may   be 
divided  into  squads,  each  squad  leader  drilling  his  squad,  falling  out 
the  men  as  they  make  mistakes,  the  men  thus  fallen  out   reporting 
to   a   designated   officer   or   noncommissioned   officer   for    drill.     The 
men  who  have  drilled  the   longest   in  the   different   squads  are   then 
formed  into  one  squad  and  drilled  and  fallen  out  in  like  manner.    The 
variety  thus  introduced  stimulates  a  spirit  of  interest  and  rivalry  that 
robs  the  drill  of  much  of  its  monotony. 

It  is  thought  the  instruction  of  a  company  in  drill  is  best  at- 
tained by  placing  special  stress  on  squad  drill.  The  noncommissioned 
officers  should  be  thoroughly  instructed,  practically  and  theoretically, 
by  one  of  the  company  officers  and  then  be  required  to  instruct  their 
squads.  The  squads  are  then  united  and  drilled  in  the  school  of  the 
company. 

In  this  connection  "Manual  of  Military  Training,"  by  the  author, 
is  recommended  for  use  in  training  and  instructing  the  company. 
Not  only  has  this  book  been  officially  adopted  by  over  one  hundred 
(100)  of  our  military  schools  and  colleges,  but  it  is  also  in  general 
use  throughout  the  Regular  Army  and  the  National  Guard  and 
amongst  those  attending  military  training  camps.  For  sale  by  Geo. 
Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.,  and  all  the  distributers  named 
at  the  beginning  of  this  manual.  Price,  $2.25  postpaid. 

413.  In  case  of  temporary  absence  of  the  company  commander, 
he  should  leave  a  memorandum  suggesting  the  character  he  would  like 
to  have  given  to  men  to  be  discharged  during  his  absence. 

[214] 


414-415-416-417 

414.  Relinquishing  command.     Upon  relinquishing  command  of  a 
company,   be   sure   to   sign   up   all   books.     Close   up   all   property   ac- 
countability.    The  retained  Ordnance  Returns  are  the  personal  prop- 
erty  of  the   company   commander   and   may  very  properly   be   taken 
away  by  him.     (Decision  A.  G.  O.,  Dec.  10,  1907.)     However,  he  must 
leave  certified  copies  with  the  company  (Cir.  84,  '09). 

415.  Posting  travel  allowances  on  company  bulletin  board.     As  a 
convenience  and  an  accommodation  to  the  members  of  the  company, 
it  is  a  good  plan  for  the  company  commander  to  get  from  some  quar- 
termaster the  distances  from  the  post  to  the  various  places  of  enlist- 
ment of  the  different  men  in  the  company,  and  post  this  information, 
together  with  the  travel  allowances,  on  the  company  bulletin  board, 
or  place  it  in  the  possession  of  the  company  clerk  from  whom  the 
men  may  get  the  information  when  wanted.     This  prevents  persons 
around  the  post  who  cash  final  statements,  from  imposing  upon  the 
soldiers  in  regard  to  travel  allowances. 

416.  Cleaning  slate  and  urinals.     See  par.  611. 

THE  RECRUIT 

417.  The  life  of  the  recruit  is  generally  the  most  trying  part  of  a 
soldier's  career — the  work  and  requirements  being  new  and  strange, 
they  seem  to  him  in  many  ways  useless  and  at  times  even  degrading. 
Some  recruits,  for  instance,  misunderstand  the  nature  of  the  salute, 
and  failing  to  see  any  necessity  therefor,  are  averse  to  saluting  offi- 
cers.    It  should,  therefore,  be  explained  to  them  that  in  all  armies  of 
the  world,  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  required  to  salute  each  other 
whenever   they    meet    or   pass,    the    subordinate    saluting   first.     This 
salute  on  the  part  of  the  subordinate  is  not  intended  in  any  way  as  an 
act  of  degradation  or  a  mark  of  inferiority,  but  it  is  simply  a  military 
courtesy  that  is  as  binding  on  the  officer  as  it  is  on  the  private.     It  is 
a  bond  uniting  all   in  a  common  profession,   marking  the   fact  that 
above  them  there  is  an  authority  that  both  recognize  and  obey — the 
Country!     Indeed,  by  custom  and  by  regulations,  it  is  as  obligatory 
on  the  ranking  general  of  the  army  to  return  the  salute  of  the  recruit, 
as  it  is  on  the  latter  to  give  it. 

The  recruit  is,  of  course,  ignorant  of  all  military  matters,  but 
he  is  usually  willing  to  learn  and  will  submit  without  complaint  to 
more  hours  of  instruction  than  ever  afterwards  in  his  military  career. 
Much  of  his  unsoldierly  conduct  and  awkwardness — from  which  he 
frequently  reaps  humiliation  through  harsh  and  ill-considered  correc- 
tion— is  the  direct  result  of  ignorance  for  which  he  is  in  no  way  re- 
sponsible. He  should  not  be  left  to  absorb  a  knowledge  of  military 
propriety  from  contact  with  older  soldiers  (whose  habits  and  manners 
in  this  regard  too  often  furnish  very  poor  examples),  but  his  ignor- 
ance should  be  removed  by  patient  and  systematic  instruction. 

[215] 


418 

As  a  rule,  an  infantry  recruit  is  given  instruction  about  three 
hours  a  day  for  thirty  days  or  so,  before  being  taken  up  for  guard, 
police  or  other  duty;  cavalry  and  artillery  recruits  generally  require 
longer  periods  of  instruction.  The  several  daily  periods  of  instruction 
should  not  exceed  45  minutes  each — if  they  do,  the  recruit's  mind  will 
become  tired  and  his  attention  will  lag. 

Recruits  should  be  instructed  by  noncommissioned  officers  espe- 
cially fitted  for  the  work,  who,  if  practicable,  should  be  placed  on 
such  duty  permanently. 

The  use  of  "Privates'  Manual"  and  of  "Peace  and  War  Duties  of 
the  Enlisted  Man"  in  connection  with  the  training  and  instruction  of 
recruits  will  systematize  and  greatly  facilitate  the  work.  These  books 
can  be  gotten  from  Geo.  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.,  or 
from  any  of  the  distributers  named  at  the  beginning  of  this  manual — 
"Privates'  Manual"  at  a  cost  of  $1,  and  "Peace  and  War  Duties  of  the 
Enlisted  Man"  at  a  cost  of  50  cents. 

418.  BOOKS  OF  REFERENCE  AND  INSTRUCTION 
TO  BE  KEPT  IN  THE  COMPANY  OFFICE 

Army  Horse  in  Action  and  Disease.  (Mounted  organizations 
only.) 

Army  Rations,  Issue  and  Conversion  Table. 

Army  Regulations. 

Army  Register. 

Army  Transport  Regulations. 

Conventional  Signs.     (Used  on  maps.) 

Description  and  rules  for  the  management  of  the  U.  S.  Rifle. 
(Pamphlet  No.  1923,  From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Description  of  the  Automatic  Pistol.  (Pamphlet  No.  1715.  From 
Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Description  of  the  Infantry  Equipment.  (Pamphlet  1718.  From 
the  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Digest  of  Opinions,  Judge  Advocate  General. 

Drill  Regulations. 

Elements  of  Military  Hygiene.     (Ashburn.) 

Equipment  and  Horse  Training,  notes  on.  (For  mounted  organi- 
zations only.) 

Field  Musicians'  Manual.     (Canty.) 

Field  Sanitation.     (Wilson.) 

Field  Service  Regulations. 

Guide,  Inspector  General's  Department. 

Hand  Book  of  Range  Finders  for  use  of  Infantry  and  Cavalry. 
(Pamphlet  No.  1797.  From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Instructions  for  Assembling  the  Infantry  Equipment.  (Pamphlet 
No.  1717.  From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

[216] 


418  (contd.) 

Instructions  for  the  Care  and  Repair  of  Small  Arms  and  Ord- 
nance Equipment.  (Pamphlet  No.  1965.  From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Instructions  regarding  the  Disposition  of  Unserviceable  Ordnance 
Property  and  Table  of  Credit  Allowances.  (Pamphlet  No.  1871.  From 
Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

List  of  Blanks,  Pamphlets,  etc.,  furnished  by  the  Ordnance  Depart- 
ment. (Form  1467.  From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Manual  for  Army  Bakers. 

Manual  for  Army  Cooks. 

Manual  of  Field  Engineering. 

Manual  of  Army  Horseshoer.     (Mounted  organizations  only.) 

Manual  for  Courts-martial. 

Manual  for  Medical  Department.     (From  Surgeon  General.) 

Manual  of  Interior  Guard  Duty. 

Manual  of  Physical  Training. 

Mess  Sergeants'  Hand  Book.     (Holbrook.) 

Military  Laws  of  the  United  States. 

Military  Sketching  and  Map  Reading  for  Noncommissioned  Offi- 
cers. (Grieves.) 

Noncommissioned  Officers'  Manual.     (Moss.) 

Notes  on  Field  Fortification.     (Army  Field  Engineering  School.) 

Officers'  Manual.     (Moss.) 

Ordnance  Property  Regulations.     (From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Pack  Transportation.     (Daly.) 

Price  List  of  Ordnance  and  Ordnance  Stores.  (Pamphlet  No. 
1897.  From  Chief  of  Ordnance.) 

Quartermaster  Corps  Manual.  (Probably  ready  for  issue  the  be- 
ginning of  1917.) 

Regulations  for  Field  Firing  and  Proficiency  Test. 

Regulations  for  Field  Maneuvers,  U.  S.  Army. 

Regulations  for  Regular  Army  Reserve. 

Rules  of  Land  Warfare. 

Sabre  Exercises.     (Mounted  organizations  only.) 

Score  Book,  Bull's  Eye. 

Signal  Book,  U.  S.  Army. 

Small-arms  Firing  Manual. 

Soldier's  Foot  and  Military  Shoe.     (Munson.) 

Soldiers'  Hand  Book. 

Supply  and  Allowance  Tables.  (Pamphlet  No.  1970.  From  Chief 
of  Ordnance.) 

Tables  of  Organization. 

Uniform  Regulations. 

Uniform  Specifications. 

Unit  Equipment  Accountability  Manual. 

[217] 


419 

419.  Company  paperwork.  The  subject  of  company  paperwork, 
including  the  preparation  of  muster  and  pay  rolls  and  all  other  com- 
pany papers,  together  with  numerous  "models,"  is  fully  covered  in 
"Army  Paperwork,"  a  copy  of  which  can  be  gotten  from  Geo.  Banta, 
Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.,  or  from  any  of  the  distributers 
named  at  the  beginning  of  this  manual.  Price,  $2  postpaid. 


[218] 


420-421-422 


CHAPTER  XXII 

DISCIPLINE 

420.  Definition.     Discipline  is   not  merely  preservation  of  order, 
faithful   performance    of  duty,   and   prevention    of    offenses — in   other 
words,   discipline   is  not  merely  compliance   with  a   set  of   rules  and 
regulations  drawn  up  for  the  purpose  of  preserving  order  in  an  organi- 
zation.    This  is  only  one  phase  of  discipline.     In  its  deeper  and  more 
important  sense  discipline  may  be  defined  as  the  habit  of  instantane- 
ous and  instinctive  obedience  under  any  and  all  circumstances — it  is 
the  habit  whereby  the  very  muscles  of  the  soldier  instinctively  obey 
the  word  of  command,  so  that  under  whatever  circumstances  of  danger 
or  death  the  soldier  may  hear  that  word  of  command,  even  though 
his    mind    be    too    confused    to    work,   his    muscles    will    obey.      It   is 
toward  this  ultimate  object  that  all  rules  of  discipline  tend.     In  war, 
the  value  of  this  habit  of  instantaneous  and  instinctive  obedience  is 
invaluable,  and  during  time   of  peace   everything  possible   should  be 
done  to  ingrain  into  the  very  blood  of  the  soldier  this  spirit,  this  habit, 
of  instantaneous,  instinctive  obedience  to  the  word  of  command. 

421.  Methods    of    attaining    good    discipline.     Experience    shows 
that  drill,  routine,  military  courtesy,  attention  to  details,  proper  re- 
wards for  good  conduct,  and  invariable  admonition  or  punishment  of 
all  derelictions  of  duty,  are  the  best  methods  of  attaining  good  disci- 
pline— that  they  are  the  most  effective  means  to  that  end. 

Importance.  History  shows  that  the  chief  factor  of  success  in 
war  is  discipline,  and  that  without  discipline  no  body  of  troops  can 
hold  their  own  against  a  well-directed,  well-disciplined  force. 

422.  Sound  system.     We  must  bear  in  mind  that  what  may  be 
considered  a  sound  system  of  discipline  at  one  epoch  or  for  one  na- 
tion, may  be  inapplicable  at  another  epoch  or  for  another  nation.     In 
other  words,  sound  discipline  depends  upon  the  existing  state  of  civi- 
lization and  education,   the  political  institutions   of  the   country,  the 
national   trait   and   the   national   military   system.      For   example,   the 
system  of  discipline  that  existed  in  the  days  of  Frederick  the  Great, 
and  which,  in  modified  form,  exists  today  in  certain  European  armies, 
whereby  the  soldier  was  so  inured  to  a  habit  of  subjection  that  he 
became  a  sort  of  machine — a  kind  of  automaton.     Such  a  system  of 
discipline,   while   answering   admirably   well   its   purpose  at   that   time 
and  for  those  nations,  would  not  do  at  all  in  this  day  and  generation, 
and  with  a  people  like  ours,  in  whom  the  spirit  of  personal  freedom 
and  individual  initiative  are  born.     Of  course,  the  discipline  that  will 

[219] 


423-424 

insure  obedience  under  any  and  all  conditions — the  discipline  that 
will  insure  prompt  and  unhesitating  obedience  to  march,  to  attack, 
to  charge — is  just  as  important  today  as  it  was  a  thousand  years  ago, 
but  we  can  not  attain  it  by  the  machine-making  methods  of  former 
times.  The  system  we  use  must  be  in  keeping  with  the  national 
characteristics  of  our  people  and  the  tactical  necessities  of  the  day, 
the  latter  requiring  individual  initiative.  According  to  the  old  system, 
the  company  commander  imposed  his  will  upon  a  body  of  submissive 
units;  under  the  new  system  the  company  commander,  backed  by 
authority  and  greater  knowledge,  leads  obedient,  willing  units, 
exacting  ready  obedience  and  loyal  co-operation.  The  company  com- 
mander used  to  drive;  now  he  leads. 

What  are  the  means  of  attaining  and  maintaining  such  discipline? 

1  Explain  to  the  men  the  importance  of  discipline  and  its  value 
on  the  field  of  battle,  and  give  the  reasons  that  make  it  necessary  to 
subject  soldiers  to  restrictions  that  they  were  not  subjected  to  in  civil 
life. 

2  Do  not  impose  unnecessary  restrictions  or  hardships  on  your 
men,  nor  issue  orders  that  have  no  bearing  on  their  efficiency,  health, 
cleanliness,  orderliness,  etc. 

3  Demand  a  high  standard  of  excellence  in  the  performance  of 
all  duties  whatsoever,  and  exact  the  utmost  display  of  energy.. 

A  system  of  discipline  based  on  the  above  principles  develops 
habits  of  self-control,  self-reliance,  neatness,  order,  and  punctuality, 
and  creates  respect  for  authority  and  confidence  in  superiors. 

423.  Punishment.     In  maintaining  discipline,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered the  object  of  punishment  should  be  two-fold:  (a)   To  prevent 
the  commission  of  offenses,  and  (b)  to  reform  the  offender.     Punish- 
ment   should   therefore,    in    degree    and    character    depend    upon    the 
nature  of  the  offense.     Punishment  should  not  be  debasing  or  illegal, 
and  the  penalty  should  be  proportionate  to  the  nature  of  the  offense. 
If  too  great,  it  tends  to  arouse  sympathy,  and  foster  friends  for  the 
offender,  thus  encouraging  a  repetition  of  the  offense.     A  distinction, 
therefore  should  be  made  between  the  deliberate  disregard  of  orders 
and  regulations,  and   offenses  which  are  the   result   of   ignorance   or 
thoughtlessness.    In  the  latter  case  the  punishment  should  be  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction  and  should  not  go  to  the  extent  of  inflicting 
unnecessary  humiliation  and  discouragement  upon  the  offender. 

424.  General  Principles.     In  the  administration  of  discipline  the 
following  principles  should  be  observed: 

1  Every  one,  officers  and  soldiers,  should  be  required  and  made 
to  perform  their  full  duty.  If  the  post  commander,  for  instance, 
requires  the  company  commanders  to  do  their  full  duty,  they  will 
require  their  noncommissioned  officers  to  do  their  full  duty,  and  the 
noncommissioned  officers  will  in  turn  require  the  men  to  do  the  same. 

[220] 


424  (contct) 

2  Subordinates  should  be  held  strictly  responsible  for  the  proper 
government  and  administration  of  their  respective  commands,  and  a!l 
changes  or  corrections  should  be  made  through  them. 

3  Subordinates  should  have  exclusive  control  of  their  respective 
commands,  and  all  orders,  instructions  and   directions  affecting  the:/ 
commands  should  be  given  through  them. 

4  If,  in  case  of  emergency,  it  be  not  practicable  to  make  certain 
changes  or  corrections,  or  to  give  certain  orders,  instructions  or  dire«  • 
tions,  through  the  suuurdinates,  they  should   be   notified  at  once  OT 
what  has  been  done. 

5  After   a   subordinate   has  been  placed  in   charge   of   a   certain 
duty,  all  instructions  pertaining  thereto,  should  be  given  through  him, 
and  all  meddling  and  interfering  should  be  avoided.     Interference  by 
superiors   relieves   the   subordinate   of   responsibility,   and   causes   him 
to  lose  interest,  become  indifferent,  and  do  no  more  than  he  is  obliged 
to  do. 

6  The  certainty  of  reward  and  appreciation  for  meritorious  con- 
duct, should  equal  the  certainty  of  punishment  for  dereliction  of  duty. 

7  It  is   the   duty  of  an   officer   or   noncommissioned   officer  who 
gives  an  order  to  see  that  it  is  obeyed;  carrying  out  orders  received 
by  him  does  not  end  with  their  perfunctory  transmission  to  subordi- 
nates-— this  is  only  a  small  part  of  his  duty.     He  must  personally  see 
that  the  orders  so  transmitted  are  made  effective. 

8  The   treatment   of   soldiers    should  be   uniform  and  just,   and 
under  no  circumstances  should  a  man  be  humiliated  unnecessarily  or 
abused.     Reproof  and  punishment  must  be  administered  with  discre- 
tion  and  judgment,   and   without   passion,    for   the    officer   who   loses 
his  temper  and  flies  into  a  tantrum  has  failed  to  obtain  his  first  tri- 
umph in  discipline.     He  who  can  not  control  himself  can  not  control 
others. 

9  Punishment  should  invariably  follow  derelictions  of  duty;  for 
the  frequency  of  offenses  depends,  as  a  general  rule,  on  the  degree 
of   certainty   with   which   their   commission   is   attended   with   punish- 
ment.    When  men  know  that  their  derelictions  and  neglects  will  be 
observed  and   reproved,   they  will  be   much  more   careful  than  they 
would  be  otherwise— that's  human  nature. 


1221] 


425 


CHAPTER  XXIII 

ESPRIT  DE  CORPS 

425.  Esprit  de  Corps  is  that  feeling  of  loyalty,  pride,  and  enthusi- 
asm of  the  officer  and  the  soldier,  first  and  especially  for  his  own 
particular  regiment  or  corps;  second  and  generally  for  the  army  to 
which  he  belongs — founded  in  each  case  on  the  glorious  traditions  of 
the  past,  on  the  patriotism  and  efficiency  of  the  present,  and  on  the 
determined  resolve  in  future  war  and  peace,  to  uphold  the  prestige, 
the  honor,  the  tradition  of  the  army  and  of  his  regiment  or  corps — 
nay,  more,  to  go  further  and  increase  the  prestige,  the  honor,  the 
tradition  by  adding  something  thereto  through  individual  acts  of  his 
own. 

Whatever  means  tend  to  bring  to  bear  and  render  potent  the 
glorious  traditions  of  the  past;  whatever  means  tend  to  promote 
patriotism  and  efficiency  in  the  individual,  the  regiment  or  corps  and 
the  army;  whatever  means  tend  to  uphold  and  increase  prestige, 
honor,  tradition,  must  of  necessity  preserve  and  strengthen  Esprit  de 
Corps,  for  these  are  the  living  springs  that  give  it  its  life  and  it  has 
need  of  them  all. 

No  two  officers,  no  two  soldiers  are  alike,  however  much  they 
may  appear  to  be  animated  by  the  same  spirit.  Though  in  order  to 
possess  Esprit  de  Corps  all  must  have  loyalty,  pride  and  enthusiasm 
in  their  regiment  or  corps,  and  in  the  army  to  which  they  belong,  yet 
the  controlling  influence  in  each  individual  varies  with  and  depends 
upon  his  antecedents,  his  temperament,  his  character  and  his  training. 
One  will  receive  more  encouragement  and  stimulus  from  the  past, 
from  tradition;  for  such  the  study  of  the  history  of  the  army  and  of 
his  regiment,  their  deeds,  their  distinguished  names,  their  banners, 
their  trophies,  their  traditions  will  be  the  awakening  and  sustaining 
influence.  Another  will  receive  more  stimulus  from  the  present;  him 
the  drill,  the  discipline,  the  care  and  comfort  of  troops,  the  fighting 
capacity  of  his  regiment  or  corps  will  make  enthusiastic  in  his  life  of 
soldier.  While  a  third  will  have  his  pride  and  enthusiasm  aroused 
more  by  contemplating  the  future;  he  is  not  content  with  tradition, 
with  efficiency,  with  the  past,  with  the  day's  work;  he  looks  forward 
to  promotion  and  longs  and  sighs  for  opportunities  to  win  reputation 
and  glory.  The  officer  and  the  soldier  imbued  with  true  Esprit  de  Corps 
receives  a  proper  stimulus  from  all  three  sources. 

It  is  customary  in  speaking  of  Esprit  de  Corps  to  restrict  it  to 
regimental  or  corps  feeling,  but  this  is  taking  into  account  only  the 

[222] 


425  (contd.) 

narrower  though  more  intense  development  of  which  Esprit  de  Corps 
is  capable,  and  is  neglecting  the  broader  feeling,  army  Esprit  de  Corps, 
that  makes  the  regimental  feeling  possible.  True  Esprit  de  Corps  is  a 
combination  feeling  of  pride  and  enthusiasm  in  the  army  as  a  whole  and 
of  pride  and  enthusiasm  in  one's  particular  regiment  or  corps.  Take  the 
case  of  officers  promoted  to  regiments  other  than  their  own. 

The  army  feeling  permits  and  enables  the  officer  to  go  from 
regiment  to  regiment  in  the  same  branch  of  service,  where,  amidst 
conditions  not  necessarily  very  different  from  those  existing  in  his 
former  regiment,  he  can  accommodate  himself  to  his  new  surround- 
ings and  imbibe  the  special  traditions  of  his  new  regiment  and  eventu- 
ally get  to  feel  nearly,  if  not  entirely,  as  much  at  home  as  with  his 
former  comrades. 

The  same  is  the  case,  in  somewhat  less  degree,  with  officers 
detailed  to  Staff  Corps,  under  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  Congress, 
approved  February  2,  1901,  and  with  the  officers  detailed  to  the  Gen- 
eral Staff  Corps.  The  army  feeling  enables  the  officer  to  serve  with 
credit  in  any  capacity,  anywhere  in  the  world,  and  forms  the  founda- 
tion on  which  is  built  the  special  superstructure,  occasioned  by  his 
regimental  or  corps  surroundings— a  superstructure  insensibly  chang- 
ing to  meet  existing  conditions. 

There  is  a  potent  influence  in  the  monumental  past  that  has  not 
been  fully  recognized  in  our  practical  army  because  that  influence  is 
an  unmeasurable  quantity,  a  sentiment  called  tradition — the  tradition 
of  our  army  as  a  whole,  of  our  regiments  and  corps,  the  tradition  that 
attaches  to  the  great  soldiers  who  have  added  dignity  to  our  profes- 
sion and  luster  to  our  arms. 

It  can  not  be  denied  that  a  full  and  complete  knowledge  from 
private  to  colonel  of  the  various  steps  that  have  made  the  regiment 
or  corps  what  it  now  is,  that  a  full  display  of  the  noble  deeds  to  be 
found  in  the  history  of  all,  can  fail  to  have  a  great  influence  for  good, 
on  the  zeal  and  ardor,  on  the  spirit  of  emulation,  which  is  the  very 
foundation  of  the  character  and  reputation  of  our  army. 

Study  the  history  of  the  army  and  of  your  regiment  or  corps, 
that  you  may  know  how  it  came  to  be  what  it  is — that  you  may  un- 
derstand how  perfect  discipline,  efficiency  and  brilliant  courage  com- 
bine to  give  success  in  war.  Venerate  the  past  for  the  good  there  is 
in  it.  Though  you  do  not  see  emblazoned  on  your  regimental  color  01 
standard  the  names  of  the  battles  in  which  the  regiment  participated 
keep  those  names  so  emblazoned  on  your  heart  that  when  your  flag 
goes  by  at  the  side  of  the  National  Color  you  will  involuntarily  caK 
to  mind  those  past  deeds  and  the  courage  and  honor  of  your  regimenl 
or  corps  that  made  those  deeds  possible. 

Always  show  the  greatest  respect  for  and  take  the  greatest  pride 
in  the  national  flag,  the  national  anthem  and  the  national  uniform — 
by  so  doing  you  will  instill  this  respect  and  pride  in  the  hearts  of  your 
subordinates. 

[223] 


425  (contd.) 

Remember  that  the  most  characteristic  factor  in  a  regimental 
organization  for  fostering  regimental  Esprit  dc  Corps  is  the  Regi- 
mental Mess.  Do  not  consider  it  merely  as  a  place  where  the  bache- 
lor officers  dine,  but  rather  as  the  regimental  hearthstone  where  at 
certain  intervals  it  is  compulsory  on  all  the  regimental  officers  present 
to  dine  together.  It  should  be  the  place  where  the  old  regimental 
colors  are  displayed,  where  all  the  old  regimental  relics  in  the  shape 
of  books,  pictures,  plates,  etc.,  are  on  file  to  be  looked  up  and  referred 

to  when  Colonel spins  his  yarn  about  General  —  — ,  who 

commanded  the  regiment  in  17 — ;  it  should  be  the  place  where 
colonel  and  lieutenant  meet  in  the  social  equality  of  gentlemen  in  that 
camaraderie  and  good  fellowship  which  teaches  the  youngster  respect 
and  affection  for  his  seniors,  and  the  elders  kindness  and  considera- 
tion for  the  juniors;  it  should  be  the  place  where  are  forged  the  links 
that  bind  the  regimental  front  unbroken  to  the  outside  world,  and 
where  in  their  own  privacy  they  can  deal  with  questions  affecting  the 
honor  and  tradition  so  dear  to  them;  it  should  be  the  place  where 
'  dwells  the  spirit  and  the  soul  of  the  principles  that  have  made  the 
regiment  and  that  have  preserved  intact  its  prestige,  its  honor,  its 
tradition. 

There  is  no  other  single  means  more  full  of  bright  and  promising 
good  for  Esprit  de  Corps  than  your  regimental  mess  on  a  firm  and 
zeal-inspiring  basis. 

Tradition,  up  to  the  present,  has  been  a  more  or  less  minor  char- 
acteristic of  our  Esprit  de  Corps,  efficiency  has  been  its  keynote — 
efficiency  in  the  individual  and  in  the  various  combinations  of  indi- 
viduals from  the  lowest,  or  squad,  to  the  highest,  or  army. 

Each  private,  each  noncommissioned  officer,  each  and  every 
commissioned  officer  in  our  army,  owes  it  to  his  government,  in 
whatever  position  he  may  be  placed,  to  strive  to  his  uttermost  to 
fulfill  his  duties  and  responsibilities  faithfully,  unhesitatingly,  loyally. 
He  has  duties  to  perform  toward  his  government  as  far  as  he  him- 
self is  concerned;  he  has  duties  and  responsibilities  as  far  as  his  inferi- 
ors and  as  far  as  his  superiors  are  concerned.  The  officer,  the  soldier 
that  recognizes  his  threefold  task  and  that  lives  up  to  it  willingly, 
cheerfully  and  to  the  best  of  his  ability  has  the  proper  feeling,  the 
proper  professional  spirit,  the  proper  army  Esprit  de  Corps. 

The  soldier  when  he  enlists  and  the  officer  when  he  receives 
his  commission  must  write  down  three  cardinal  principles  that  are  to 
be  his  guide  in  his  chosen  profession — "Self-control,  s«lf-culture,  self- 
sacrifice."  He  must  strive  actively  and  manfully  to  maintain  the  high- 
est standard  of  physical,  mental  and  moral  discipline;  in  other  words, 
self-control;  he  must  make  the  best  use  of  his  opportunities  under  all 
circumstances,  that  will  enable  him  by  self-culture  to  be  the  best  offi- 
cer or  soldier,  in  every  way,  that  he  is  capable  of  becoming;  but  self- 

F224] 


426 

control  and  self-culture  are  simply  preparatory  to  the  third  and  last 
cardinal  principle,  self-sacrifice.  The  officer  and  the  soldier  by  their 
oath  have  made  a  solemn  vow  to  sacrifice  self  upon  the  altar  of  their 
country  wherever  its  law  is  to  be  upheld,  its  honor  defended  or  its 
-existence  secured.  It  is  a  vow  not  to  be  taken  lightly,  for  it  means 
many  duties,  many  responsibilities,  hardships,  privations,  mayhaps, 
torture,  or  death  itself. 

Such  are  the  duties  of  the  individual  to  the  State  as  far  as  he  him- 
self is  concerned.  That  these  duties  are  not  always  lived  up  to  can 
be  seen  by  a  reference  to  court-martial  orders  and  suspension  from 
promotion,  showing  in  individual  cases  lack  of  self-control  and  of  self- 
culture. 

Esprit  de  Corps  is  still  capable  of  improvement  in  our  army,  but 
the  healthiest  sign  of  progress  is  the  very  sloughing  of  the  unhealthy 
members  through  the  army's  own  disciplinary  methods. 

Every  individual  in  the  service  has  an  influence  for  good  or  evil 
on  Esprit  de  Corps.  The  influence  of  the  commissioned  officers  is 
greater  than  that  of  the  enlisted  men,  not  only  because  of  their  more 
exalted  position,  but  also  because  of  the  fact  that  they  make  the 
army  their  lifelong  career.  It  becomes  a  matter  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance to  make  the  military  service  a  lifelong  profession  for  the 
trained  enlisted  man — getting  him  to  reenlist  and  reenlist,  preferably 
in  the  same  regiment  or  corps,  until  he  is  finally  retired  for  length  of 
service.  It  can  be  stated  as  a  general  proposition  that  that  regiment 
whose  commissioned  officers  on  promotion  seek  to  return  to  it  by 
transfer,  whose  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  reenlist  and 
reenlist  on  expiration  of  term  of  service,  and  whose  enlisted  men 
rarely  desert,  has  true  regimental  Esprit  de  Corps. 

426.  While  army  Esprit  de  Corps  depends  in  great  measure  upon 
the  acts  of  Congress  and  the  actions  of  the  War  Department  in  the 
matter  of  pay,  clothing,  food,  equipment,  justice,  and  equality  of 
opportunity,  regimental  Esprit  de  Corps  depends  in  great  measure  on 
TREATMENT— kindly,  just  and  considerate  treatment — of  the  offi- 
cers and  enlisted  men  by  the  colonel  and  others  of  the  regiment,  each 
within  his  own  sphere  of  influence  and  authority. 

You  can  not  be  too  correct  in  your  treatment  of  the  noncom- 
missioned officers  in  the  presence  of  the  men.  Be  careful  in  the 
treatment  of  the  married  soldiers;  do  what  lies  in  your  power  for  the 
comfort  of  them  and  their  families.  Be  careful  in  your  treatment  of 
the  bachelor  sergeants — give  them  a  sergeants'  mess  if  you  can,  so 
as  to  distinguish  them  in  the  eyes  of  others.  Remember  that  nothing 
so  influences  a  man's  moral  nature  for  good  as  physical  training  and 
healthy  recreation;  encourage  all  athletic  sports  and  contests  indoors 
and  out  of  doors,  so  as  to  instill  a  spirit  of  rivalry  and  emulation; 
regulate  and  foster  amusements,  such  as  dances,  minstrel  and  other 

[225] 


426  (contd.) 

shows.  By  doing  these  things  you  will  find  the  influence  of  it  all  will 
be  to  make  the  soldier  contented  and  pleased  with  his  life  and  sur- 
roundings, and  to  diminish  his  desire  for  improper  pastimes  when 
off  duty.  Show  an  interest  in  everything  pertaining  to  the  joys  and 
sorrows,  besides  the  drill  and  efficiency,  of  your  men  and  you  will 
be  repaid  in  the  noblest  of  all  coin — Esprit  dc  Corps — love  for  the 
regiment  by  the  men  who  want  to  make  it  their  home  for  life. 

Remember  by  all  means  that  military  merit  alone  should  give  you 
any  claim  to  military  preferment  or  to  military  reward.  Always  do 
the  work  that  lies  nearest  to  you  and  do  it  to  the  very  best  of  your 
ability.  Let  your  merit  make  you  indispensable,  the  rest  will  follow 
in  due  course  of  time  without  your  worrying  over  it.  It  is  always 
wrong  to  appeal  to  Congressmen  or  Senators  or  anybody  else  for 
personal  favors. 

If  you  succeed  in  gaining  in  this  way  any  improper  advantage 
over  your  brother  officers,  you  deal  Esprit  de  Corps  a  blow  below  the 
belt  that  may  require  the  count  to  be  taken;  and,  though  one  or  two 
may  bow  down  to  you  for  the  "influence"  you  are  supposed  to  have 
back  of  you,  there  will  come  a  time,  and  that  only  too  soon,  when 
your  "influence"  having  vanished,  you  will  wish  unavailingly  for  the 
unattainable  respect  and  affection  of  those  same  brother  officers. 

Let  the  words  of  General  Sherman  on  this  subject  sink  deeply 
into  your  brain:  "The  army  has  its  common  /ore-  as  well  as  its  statute 
law;  each  officer  is  weighed  in  the  balance  by  his  fclloivs,  and  these 
rarely  err.  In  the  barrack,  in  the  mess,  on  the  scout,  and  especially  in 
battle,  a  man  can  not — successfully — enact  the  part  of  a  hypocrite  or  flat- 
terer, and  his  fellows  will  measure  him  pretty  fairly  for  what  he  is." 

Finally,  remember  that  true  Esprit  de  Corps  never  conflicts  with 
the  "Good  of  the  Service."  If  you  do  anything  personally  that  does 
not  measure  up  to  that  standard;  if  you  see  or  permit  things  to  be 
done  in  your  platoon,  your  troop,  battery  or  company,  or  your  regi- 
ment, that  is  subversive  of  that  standard,  it  is  your  duty  as  far  as  you 
properly  can  to  make  every  effort  to  right  the  wrong. 

Be  slow  to  think  evil,  but  when  you  are  sure  that  there  is  evil, 
then  let  only  the  "Good  of  the  Service"  govern  your  conduct. 

You  must  not  go  backward;  you  can  not  stop;  you  should  ad- 
vance along  lines  that  lead  only  to  the  good  of  the  army  and  neces- 
sarily the  good  of  the  State.  Be  loyal  to  yourself  and  to  your  superi- 
ors, take  pride  in  your  profession  and  go  gladly  and  enthusiastically 
to  the  extreme  of  self-sacrifice. 


[226] 


427-428 


CHAPTER  XXIV 

CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE 

427.  Definition.     "Sometimes    called   common   law   of   the   Army. 
Signifies  generally  a  right  or  law  not  written,  but  established  by  long 
usage.     To  render  a  custom  valid  it  is  said  the  following  qualities  are 
requisite:  1,  habitual  or  long-established  practice;  2,  continuance  with- 
out interruption;  3,  without  dispute;  4,  it  must  be  reasonable;  5,  cer- 
tain; 6,  compulsory;  7,  customs  must  be  consistent  with  each  other. 
It  may  be  said  that  the  common  law  of  the  Army  derives  its  force 
from  the  tacit  consent  of  those  in  the  secvice.     General  Kautz  states 
that   officers   of  the   Army   have   certain   duties   to   perform   that  are 
governed  by  certain  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  which  are  interpreted 
and  executed  in  a  certain  way,  called  'Customs   of  the   Service.'     A 
knowledge  of  these  rules  of  the  service,  and  their  application,  con- 
stitutes the  military  profession,  and  is  the  true  art  of  war.     To  this 
extent  it  is  an  exact  science,  and  may  be  acquired  by  application  and 
experience."     (Wilhelm's  Military  Dictionary  and  Gazeteer.) 

428.  General.     The  military  establishment  of  the  United  States  is 
governed  in  its  administration  and  intercourse  within  and  without  the 
service  by  rules  derived  from  three  sources,  viz:     First,  the  statutes 
enacted  by  Congress,  which  permit  of  no  deviation.    Second,  the  Army 
Regulations,  which  have  the  force  of  law;  they  are  promulgated  by  the 
Secretary  of  War  and  may  be  amended,  suspended  or  abrogated  by 
the   same   power,  and  in    cases   of   emergency  may  be   neglected   by 
independent  commanders  subject  to  subsequent  approval.     Third,  by 
the    subtle    though    no    less    forceful    and    binding    code    included    in 
"Customs  of  the  Service" — a  code  which  governs  in  cases  where  law 
and  regulations  are  silent  and  which  can  only  be  modified  by  drastic 
action   or  through   the  slow  process   of  a   change  of  sentiment.     So 
powerful   is   "custom"   that  it   receives   legal   recognition   in   the   19th 
Article  of  War.* 

The  statute  laws  and  the  regulations  are  published  and  are  so 
available  that  a  knowledge  of  them  may  be  acquired  by  any  student. 
With  the  "Customs  of  the  Service"  it  is  different.  To  acquire  a  knowl- 
edge of  them  requires  long  association  with  the  military  establishment 
and  usually  involves  many  embarrassments  and  chagrins.  For  in- 
stance, how  natural  it  would  be  for  an  inexperienced  officer  to  avail 
himself  of  the  shelter  of  an  umbrella,  but  how  mortifying  to  receive 
the  jibes  of  his  comrades  and  the  reprimand  of  his  commanding  offi- 
*  The  oath  administered  to  members  of  a  court-martial. 

[227]' 


429-430 

cer — yet  against  the  use  of  the  umbrella  by  soldiers  in  uniform  there 
is  nothing  but  "custom." 

Likewise,  if  a  commanding  officer  should  say  to  one  of  his  officers, 
"I  desire  that  you  do  so  and  so,"  or  "I  wish  that  you  do  so  and  so," 
and  should  the  officer  fail  or  refuse  to  do  "so  and  so,"  he  would  be 
found  by  a  court-martial  as  guilty  of  a  breach  of  discipline  as  if  the 
commanding  officer  had  said,  "I  hereby  order  that  you  do  so  and  so." 

Well  might  an  impostor  succeed  in  passing  for  a  'member  of  the 
Army  if  only  law  and  regulations  were  to  be  considered.  But  at 
every  turn  he  would  reveal  to  the  experienced  ones  his  fraud  through 
the  constant  transgression  of  those  subtle  laws  described  by  the  com- 
prehensive though  hazy  term,  "Customs  of  the  Service" — a  code  of 
laws  so  unconsciously  learned,  and  as  unconsciously  practiced,  that 
their  existence  is  scarcely  observed  and  of  such  remote  antiquity  that 
their  origin  is  frequently  lost  in  the  misty  dawn  of  war's  beginning. 

Customs  of  the  Service  are  of  two  kinds.  Official  and  Social,  and 
sometimes  it  is  not  easy  to  differentiate  between  the  two. 

The  following  compilation  of  Customs  of  the  Service,  gathered 
from  various  sources,  is  the  result  of  a  sincere  and  faithful  effort  to 
cover  the  ground  in  a  complete  and  accurate  manner: 

429.  Calling.     In  the  Army,  calls  are  most  frequently  made  in  the 
evening.     Afternoon  calls  should  not  be  made  on  week  days,  as  you 
will  generally  interrupt  and  disturb  people  who  are  occupied. 

At  the  smaller  posts  the  old  Army  custom  which  prescribes  that 
everyone  shall  call  on  a  visitor  the  first  or  second  night  after  his 
arrival,  is  rigidly  maintained,  but  at  the  very  large  posts  this  custom 
can  hardly  be  kept  up.  At  such  posts  the  visitor  is  called  upon  by  all 
those  having  close  personal  or  official  relations  with  the  person 
visited. 

When  an  officer  is  invited  to  call  on  a  visitor  by  the  host,  he 
should  be  careful  to  do  so. 

(NOTE — If  you  call  at  a  house  and  the  servant  who  answers  the  door  bell  tells  you 
that  the  people  are  at  dinner,  do  not  go  in;  merely  leave  your  name  and  say  you  will 
call  again.  To  go  in  and  wait  will  but  interrupt,  hurry  and  annoy  those  at  dinner — it 
shows  a  lack  of  savoir  fairs.) 

430.  In  small  garrisons,  when  an  officer  returns  from  a  long  leave 
or  detached  service   of  any  duration,  the  officers  of  the  garrison  call 
upon  him  within  a  day  or  so  after  his  return. 

An  officer  returning  from  leave  or  detached  service  calls  with- 
out delay  on  the  commanding  officer  and  on  his  company  commander. 
If  for  any  reason  it  is  impracticable  to  get  into  uniform  without  delay, 
the  calls  are  made  in  civilian  dress,  explaining  why  it  was  not  practi- 
cable to  report  in  uniform.  The  officer  also  officially  reports  his  re- 
turn to  the  adjutant  at  once. 

[228] 


431-432-433-434-435 

431.  Officers  who  may  be  temporarily  absent  on  leave   or  de- 
tached service  should  upon  their  return  to  the  post  call  promptly  on 
any  new  officers  who  may  have  joined  during  their  absence. 

The  idea  of  a  "first  call,"  is,  of  course,  to  welcome  the  newcomer, 
to  make  him  "feel  at  home";  consequently  in  a  case  like  this  there  is 
no  question  as  to  who  should  call  first. 

432.  Whether  or  not  an   officer  in   the  United   States,  who  has 
been  promoted  into  a  regiment  stationed  in  the  Philippines  and  who 
is  ordered  to  join  the  station  of  his  command  in  the  United  States  to 
await  its  arrival,  should  call  first  on  the  incoming  officers,  or  whether 
they  should  call  first  on  him,  this  is  a  matter  concerning  which  there 
is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  amongst  the  older  officers.     It  is 
thought  the  best  course  to  pursue  in  a  case  like  this  is  to  ascertain 
from  the  adjutant  or  from  the  commanding  officer  the  custom  in  that 
particular  command  and  then  comply  with  it.     If  there  is  no  estab- 
lished custom  in  the  command,  it  is  always  best,  especially  for  young 
officers  just  beginning  their  career,  to  give  themselves  the  benefit  of 
the  doubt  and  call  first. 

433.  Some  people  coming  to  a  place  make  it  a  rule  not  to  accept 
dinner  or  other  invitations  from  persons  who  have  not  yet  called  on 
them.      However,    there  are   other   people    who   take    a    more    broad- 
minded  view  of  the  matter,  holding  that  an  invitation,  for  instance,  to 
break  bread  at  one's  table,  is,  in  fact,  even  a  greater  manifestation  of 
friendliness  than  a  call,  and  they  do  not  hesitate  to  accept. 

It  sometimes  happens  in  the  service  that  an  officer  whom  you 
know  asks  you  to  dinner  before  he  has  called  on  you,  and,  whether 
or  not  the  invitation  is  accepted,  according  to  best  usage  you  owe  this 
officer  a  call  and  should  call  on  him  within  a  reasonable  time. 

434.  In  small  posts,  officers  leaving  for  any  length  of  time,  on 
leave  or  detached  service,  call  on  everyone  to  say  good-bye;  in  large 
posts,  they  call  on  their  intimates  only. 

435.  The  Army  Regulations  require  an  officer  visiting  a  post  to 
call  on  the  commanding  officer  and  to  register  at  the  adjutant's  office. 
However,    if    the   visiting    officer    be    senior    to    the    commander,    the 
former  may  send  a  card,  in  which  case  it  becomes  the  duty  of  the 
commander  to  make  the   first  call,  but  if  the  visiting  officer  be  the 
junior  he  should  call  without  delay.     If  the  commanding  officer  is  not 
at  his  office,  the  prevailing  custom  is  to  call  on  him  at  his  quarters, 
thus  making  a  semi-social  call.     When  the  relations  between  the  visi- 
tor and  the  commanding  officer  are  strained,  it  is  sometimes  custom- 
ary for  all  concerned  to  be  relieved  from  embarrassment  by  leaving 
a  card  at  the  adjutant's  office  for  t!:e  comrrr.nding  officer  during  the 
absence  of  the  latter  froni  his  office. 

Recent  graduates  of  the  Academy  should  remember  that  upon 
visiting  West  Point  they  should  call  at  headquarters  and  also  upon 

[229] 


436-437-438 

the  Commandant  of  Cadets.  They  should  call  upon  the  Officer  in 
Charge  before  visiting  the  Cadet  Camp.  Officers  when  returning  to 
West  Point  after  graduation  should  make  themselves  known  to  their 
former  professors  and  instructors.  Their  introduction  should  not  be, 
"Colonel  So-and-so,  do  you  remember  me?"  but  preferably,  "Colonel 
So-and-so,  I  am  Lieutenant  Brown,  21st  Infantry,  class  of  1903."  It 
may  be  said  in  this  connection  that  some  young  officers  have  the  fool- 
ish and  annoying  habit  of  approaching  seniors  who  do  not  remember 
them,  with  some  such  greeting  as,  "You  don't  remember  me,  do  you?" 
and  then  wait  for  the  senior  to  guess  the  name.  If  you  see,  or  if  you 
have  any  reason  to  believe,  that  you  are  not  remembered,  you  should 
approach  the  officer  with  these  words,  for  instance,  "Major,  I  am  Mr. 
Smith,  of  the  24th  Infantry,  etc." 

Graduates  of  West  Point  who  may  see  away  from  the  Academy 
any  of  the  professors  or  other  officers  who  were  on  duty  there  when 
such  ..graduates  were  cadets,  should,  when  practicable,  go  up  and 
speak  to  them.  Little  marks  of  attention  like  this  are  always  appre- 
ciated. 

436.  While  not  required,  it  is  courteous  and  proper,  as  well  as 
customary,  for  a  civilian  visiting  an  Army  post  to  pay  his  respects, 
accompanied   by  the   officer  whose  guest  he   is,   to   the   commanding 
officer  at  his  office  before  the  latter  has  called  on  him. 

437.  Calling  aboard  ship.     Sailors  approach  and  board  vessels  of 
war  by  the  port   (left)  side  and  gangway;  officers  of  the  Army  and 
Militia  approach  and  board  vessels  of  war  by  the  starboard   (right) 
side  and   gangway.     Upon   boarding  a   ship   one    is   received   by   the 
Officer  of  the  Deck,  or  some  one  else.     Ask  the  officer  who  receives 
you  for  the  person  you  wish  to  see  and  your  card  will  be  sent  or  you 
will  be  shown  down. 

If  your  call  is  made  as  a  welcome  to  the  port,  either  from  your 
post,  your  mess  or  personally,  it  would  be  polite  and  proper  to  call 
on  the  captain  as  well  as  on  the  officers'  mess.  However,  if  your  call 
is  a  personal  one  on  a  friend,  then  you  are  not  expected  to  call  on 
the  captain  or  anyone  else. 

438.  New  Year's  Day.     At  some  posts,  on  New  Year's  Day  the 
officers  of  the  command,  in  dress  or  full  dress  uniform  with  side  arms, 
call  in  a  body  on  the  commanding  officer  to  exchange  the  compliments 
of  the  season,  the  officer  next  in  rank  to  the  commanding  officer  desig- 
nating the  uniform,  hour,  place  of  meeting,  etc.     At  regimental  head- 
quarters, the  band  plays  in  front  of  the  commanding  officer's  quarters 
during  the  call.     Should  an  officer,  through  illness  or  some  other  un- 
avoidable  cause,   be  unable   to   attend,    it   would   be   perfectly   proper 
for  him  to  ask  the  adjutant  or  some  other  officer  to  present  his  regrets 
to   the   commanding  officer,   at   the   same   time   explaining  the   reason 

[230] 


439-440 

for  his  absence;  or,  the  officer  might  with  perfect  propriety  send  his 
card. 

It  is  not  customary  to  leave  cards  when  thus  calling  on  the 
commanding  officer,  although  it  would  be  proper  to  do  so. 

At  posts  where  there  are  two  or  more  different  arms  of  the 
service,  it  is  customary  to  call  on  the  senior  officer  of  each  arm. 

However,  this  custom  of  calling  on  the  commanding  officer  in 
a  body  is  not  now  as  general  as  it  used  to  be.  In  some  garrisons  the 
officers  drop  in  individually  some  time  during  the  day  at  his  quarters. 

Some  department  commanders  located  in  the  capitals  of  States, 
and  also  some  post  commanders  stationed  near  such  cities,  accom- 
panied by  their  staff  in  fullrdress  uniform,  pay  their  respects  to  the 
governor  on  New  Year's  Day.  In  the  case  of  cities  of  considerable 
size  they  also  sometimes  call  on  the  mayor. 

439.  Dancing  old  year  out  and  new  year  in.    At   garrisons   of 
some   size,   especially  a   regimental  headquarters,   it  is   customary  to 
"dance  the  old  year  out  and  the  new  one  in."     About  11:50  p.  m.,  a 
trumpeter  sounds  the  tattoo  of  the  old  year,  and  at  12  o'clock  taps  is 
sounded,  immediately  after  which  the  orchestra  plays  the  reveille  of 
the  New  Year. 

440.  The  President's  New  Year  Reception.    It  is  customary  for 
the  President  of  the  United  States  to  receive  on  New  Year's  Day  the 
officers  of  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  the  members  of  the  Cabinet,  the 
Diplomatic  Corps,  the  Members  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
States,  Congressmen  and  others.     The  reception  usually  begins  at  11 
a.  m.  and  ends  about  1:30  p.  m.,  in  this  order:  (a)  The  Vice  President, 
the  members  of  the  Cabinet,  the  Diplomatic  Corps;  (b)  the  members 
of  the  Supreme  Court  and  certain  others;  ~(c)  members  of  Congress; 
(d)   Officers  of  the  Army,  Navy,  Marine  Corps,  and  Militia  of  the 
District  of  Columbia;    (e)   The   Solicitor   General,   assistant  attorney 
general,  assistant  secretaries  of  departments  and  various  other  Gov- 
ernment officials;  (f)  various  military  societies;  (g)  citizens. 

It  is  customary  for  the  staff  officers  of  the  Army  to  assemble 
before  11:25  a.  m.  at  the  rooms  of  their  respective  chiefs — that  is,  the 
quartermasters  assemble  at  the  office  of  the  Quartermaster  General; 
commissaries  at  the  office  of  the  Commissary  General,  etc.  They 
then  proceed  to  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  Staff  and  informally  pay 
their  respects  to  him. 

The  line  officers  assemble  in  the  hall  in  front  of  the  office  of  the 
Chief  of  Staff  and  pay  their  respects  to  him  informally  before  the  line 
is  formed  to  proceed  to  the  White  House.  The  time  selected  by 
individual  officers  to  thus  pay  their  respects  to  the  Chief  of  Staff,  is 
when  he  is  not  occupied  receiving  any  of  the  groups  of  staff  officers 
from  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  the  Commissary  Department 
or  any  of  the  other  staff  departments.  After  the  reception  at  the 

1231] 


440a 

White  House,  the  officers  of  the  Army,  Navy  and  Marine  Corps,  who 
are  members  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Club  go  to  the  club  for  a  buffet 
luncheon. 

The  custom  of  making  New  Year  calls  still  obtains  in  Washing- 
ton. It  is,  in  fact,  one  of  the  features  of  Washington  life.  The  calling 
is  generally  confined  between  the  hours  of  2  and  7  p.  m.  Every  Army 
officer  is  expected  to  call  on  the  Vice  President,  every  cabinet  officer, 
the  Chief  of  Staff,  the  Assistant  Chief  of  Staff,  the  Adjutant  General, 
and  if  he  be  a  staff  officer,  on  the  chief  of  his  bureau.  It  is  also  cus- 
tomary to  call  on  the  Chairman  of  the  Military  Committee  of  the 
Senate  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Military  Committee  of  the  House. 

Officers  wear  the  full-dress  uniform  and  side  arms  at  the  Presi- 
dent's reception  and  in  making  New  Year  calls  afterwards. 

440a.  Reporting  for  duty  in  Washington.  It  is  customary  for 
officers  who  are  ordered  to  Washington  for  duty  to  report  at  the  War 
Department  in  civilian  clothes,  although  some  very  few  officers  who 
are  very  punctilious  about  such  matters  report  in  uniform,  with  side 
arms.  After  reporting  officially,  the  officer  is  expected  to  call  socially 
at  the  residences  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of 
War,  the  Chief  of  Staff,  and  the  chief  of  his  own  corps.  It  is  also 
customary  to  call  on  the  chiefs  of  bureau  that  one  knows  personally. 
Sometimes  this  courtesy  is  extended  to  other  general  officers  of  promi- 
nence. In  making  these  calls  on  the  officials  named  and  their  fami- 
lies, married  officers  are  accompanied  by  their  wives,  and  the  calls 
should  be  made  without  unreasonable  delay,  whether  or  not  it  is  the 
social  season.  During  the  social  season,  that  is,  from  about  Decem- 
ber 1  until  Lent,  care  should  be  taken  to  learn  and  observe  in  each 
case  the  "calling  day"  of  the  mistress  of  the  house.  Outside  of  the 
social  season  calls  may  be  made  any  day  of  the  week,  from  about 
4:30  to  6:30  o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  The  same  hours  for  calling 
obtain  during  the  social  season.  In  Washington  society  it  is  not  cus- 
tomary to  call  in  the  evening  except  on  people  with  whom  one  is  on 
intimate  terms.  The  frock  or  cutaway  should  be  worn  when  calling 
during  the  social  season;  outside  of  the  social  season  the  sack  coat 
may  be  worn.  If  not  known,  the  proper  number  of  cards  to  be  left  in 
each  case  should  be  ascertained  before  calling. 

Officers  are  also  expected  to  call  and  leave  their  cards  at  the 
White  House.  Married  officers  need  not  be  accompanied  by  their 
wives  in  making  this  call.  Very  often  the  wives  go  to  the  White 
House  alone  to  leave  with  the  attendant  at  the  door  their  cards  and 
that  of  the  husband.  The  absence  of  the  President  from  Washington 
is  supposed  to  be  a  matter  of  common  knowledge  and,  therefore,  it  is 
considered  better  form  not  to  call  at  the  White  House  when  he  is 
absent,  although  it  would  be  perfectly  good  form  to  call  if  the  mistress 
of  the  White  House  were  in  Washington  and  the  President  were 
known  to  be  absent. 

[2321 


441-442 

Officers  or  their  wives,  when  desiring  to  pay  their  respects  per- 
sonally to  the  wife  or  family  of  the  President,  should  write  a  note 
to  the  social  secretary  at  the  White  House,  stating  his  or  her  desire 
in  the  matter.  If  the  wife  of  the  President  desires  to  receive  such 
officer  or  his  family,  they  will  be  so  notified  and  an  appointment  made. 

Officers  calling  by  appointment  on  the  President  or  upon  any 
member  of  his  family  in  the  afternoon  should  wear  the  prescribed 
uniform  with  side  arms. 

441.  Receiving   distinguished   persons    at   posts.     Whenever    the 
Secretary   of   War,    the    Chief   of    Staff,    the    department   commander, 
or  any  other  distinguished  official  visits  a  post,  the  post  commander, 
accompanied  by  one  or  more  members  of  his  staff  (all  in  dress  or  full- 
dress    uniform    with    side    arms),    meets    the    visitor    at    the    railroad 
station    with    the    necessary    transportation.      If    there    be    mounted 
troops   in  the   command,   an   appropriate    escort   is    sent   to    the    sta- 
tion, whether  it  be  on  the  reservation  or  some   distance   therefrom. 
If  there  be  no  mounted  troops  in  the  post,  foot  troops  are  sometimes 
formed  in  line  in  front  of  the  quarters  where  the  visitor  is  to  stop, 
presenting  arms  as  soon  as  he  reaches  the  line,  and  remaining  in  that 
position    until    he    has    alighted    from    his    carriage.      Sometimes    the 
troops  are  formed,  in  the  place  stated,  in  single  rank,  one  rank  on 
each  side  of  the  road,  presenting  arms  as  described. 

At  the  station  a  sergeant  in  dress  or  full-dress  uniform  reports  to 
the  visitor  as  orderly  during  his  stay. 

The  firing  of  the  salute  is  commenced  just  as  soon  as  the  visitor 
enters  the  garrison  proper. 

A  reception,  the  dress,  full-dress  or  white  uniform  being  worn, 
is  often  given  at  the  commanding  officer's  quarters,  at  some  conve- 
nient time,  and  if  there  be  any  ladies  in  the  visiting  party,  the  ladies 
of  the  garrison  are  also  invited  to  attend.  This  reception  is  some- 
times followed  by  a  formal  dinner  in  the  evening  at  the  commanding 
officer's  quarters.  In  some  cases,  instead  of  an  informal  reception,  a 
formal  reception  and  dance  are  given  in  the  evening.  Again,  there 
may  be  no  regular  reception,  but  in  order  to  lessen  for  everybody  the 
labor  of  making  and  receiving  visits,  the  commanding  officer  may 
designate  a  time  when  the  visitor  will  receive  the  members  of  the  gar- 
rison. 

It  is  usually  impossible  for  such  officials  during  a  short  stay  to 
return  all  calls  in  person  and  they  frequently  acknowledge  calls  made 
upon  them  by  sending  their  cards  before  departing. 

The  commanding  officer  and  one  or  more  members  of  his  staff 
accompany  the  visitor  to  the  station. 

442.  Complimentary   concerts.    When    captains   or    field    officers 
are  visiting  at  a  post  where  there  is  a  band,  it  is  sometimes  custom- 
ary to  give  them  an  informal  complimentary  concert  in  front  of  their 

[233] 


443 

quarters  after  the  first  or  second  guard  mount  following  their  arrival. 
The  same  compliment  is  paid  newly  arrived  brides,  visiting  organiza- 
tions and  the  wives  of  officers  reporting  for  duty  the  first  time,  or 
rejoining  after  long  detached  service.  In  some  commands  the  regular 
weekly  concert  following  the  arrival  of  the  person  or  persons  in  ques- 
tion, is  given  in  front  of  their  quarters,  and,  "Concert  complimentary 
to  Major  So-and-So"  (or  "Captain  and  Mrs.  So-and-So"),  is  printed 
on  the  program.  The  same  practice  obtains  in  winter  when  the  regu- 
lar weekly  concerts  are  given  in  the  post  hall,  except  that  the  band 
does  not  play  in  front  of  the  quarters. 

In  some  regiments,  especially  at  small  posts,  informal  compli- 
mentary concerts  are  given  to  visiting  girls  and  ladies. 

In  some  regiments  the  band  turns  out  and  plays  for  companies 
arriving  at  or  leaving  the  post,  and  at  reveille  on  the  4th  of  July  and 
the  22d  of  February,  making  a  circuit  of  the  garrison. 

443.  Titles.  1  When  not  on  duty  a  lieutenant  is  addressed  as 
"Mister,"  but  when  on  duty,  especially  with  troops,  the  title  "Lieuten- 
ant" is  usually  used.  Enlisted  men  always  address  lieutenants  as 
"Lieutenant."  Some  officers  follow  the  custom  of  using  the  military 
title  when  introducing  lieutenants.  Thus,  for  example,  ''I  should  like 
to  present  to  you  Lieutenant  Smith,  of  the  Army,"  thereby  fixing  the 
official  identity  and  status  of  the  officer.  However,  after  the  introduc- 
tion the  title  "Mister"  would  be  used. 

2  When    off   duty   older    officers    sometimes   address   juniors   as 
"Smith,"  "Jones,"  etc.,  but  this  does  not  give  the  junior  the  privilege 
of  addressing  his  senior  in  any  other  way  than  by  his  proper  title. 
In  this  connection  it  may  be  added  a  certain  amount  of  familiarity 
is  necessary  between   seniors   and  juniors   in  social   intercourse,   but 
young  officers  should  be  exceedingly  careful  not  to  be  "fresh"  with 
their  superiors  just  because  the  latter,  in  order  to  make  post  life  har- 
monious and  agreeable,  adapt  themselves  to  amusements  engaged  in 
by  the  former,  or  address  them  by  their  surnames. 

3  Officers  with  the  grade  of  captain   and  above,   are  addressed 
as  "Captain,"  "Major,"  etc.,  although  one  sometimes  hears  the  wives 
of  such  officers  who  married  them  when  they  were  lieutenants,  refer 
to  them,  especially  in  conversation  with  friends,  as  "Mister  Jones," 
etc.     It  is  said  that  with  intimate  friends  Mrs.  Grant  usually  referred 
to  the  General  as  "Mr.  Grant." 

4  In  conversations  and  in  nonofficial  correspondence,  brigadier 
generals,  major  generals  and  lieutenant  generals  are  referred  to  and 
addressed  as  "General."     Lieutenant  colonels,  under  the  same  condi- 
tions, are  referred  to  and  addressed  as  "Colonel." 

5  Whenever  there  is  a  difference  in  title,  except  in  the  case  of 
officers  that  are  intimate  and  of  about  the  same  age  or  length  of  serv- 
ice, the  junior  addresses  the  senior  by  his  title.     Thus  lieutenants  ad- 

[234] 


444-445 

dress  captains  as  "Captain";  captains  address  majors  as  "Major,"  etc. 
Some  captains,  irrespective  of  intimacy  or  former  associations,  always 
address  majors  as  "Major,"  taking  the  ground  that  propriety  demands 
this,  because  of  the  decided  line  of  demarcation  between  the  grade 
of  major  (field  officer)  and  that  of  captain. 

Officers  of  the  same  grade,  except-  where  there  is  considerable 
difference  in  age  or  in  date  of  commission,  generally  address  one  an- 
other by  their  surnames. 

6  Chaplains    are    addressed    as    "Chaplain."     Chaplains    of    the 
Roman  Catholic  faith  are  sometimes  addressed  as  "Father." 

7  In  speaking  to  the  professors  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy, 
they  are  always  addressed,  except  by  the  cadets,  as  "Colonel."     The 
cadets  address  the  professors  as  "Professor."     In  written  communica- 
tions they  are  addressed,  for  instance,  as  "Colonel  John  A.  Smith,  U. 
S.  A.,  Professor  of  Modern  Languages.     All  communications  at  West 
Point  that  are   intended   for  the   professors   in   the   line   of  academic 
work,     are    addressed,     for     instance,     "The     Professor     of     Modern 
Languages." 

West  Point  cadets  are  addressed  as  "Mister"  in  conversation  and 
as  "Cadets"  in  written  communications. 

8  Officers  dismissed  from  the  service  are  addressed  as  "Mister," 
and  never  by  their  former  titles. 

The  general  rule  that  when  a  man  has  once  been  entitled  to  a  military  title 
he  never  loses  it,  does  not  apply  in  the  case  of  officers  dismissed  from  the  service. 
Such  men  are  cut  out  of  the  service  in  every  respect — title  and  all.  To  address  a  dis- 
missed officer  by  his  former  military  title  serves  only  to  remind  him  of  his  disgrace. 

CNOTE — When  an  officer  is  dismissed  from  the  service  for  cowardice  or  fraud, 
it  is  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associate  with  him. — 44th  Article  of  War.) 

444.  Officers   of  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  grade  of  captain  and 
above  are  addressed  socially  by  their  military  title  ("Captain,"  "Major," 
"Colonel"),  although  some  officers  follow  the  practice  of  addressing 
captain  surgeons  as  "Doctor." 

Lieutenants  of  the  Medical  Corps  are  addressed  as  "Doctor." 
In   addressing   surgeons    dressed    in    civilian    clothes,    and    whose 
branch  of  the  service  is,  therefore,  not  recognizable  by  insignia,  some 
officers  use  this  form  of  introduction:     "I  would  like  to  present  to  you 
Major  Jones,  of  the  Medical  Corps." 

445.  There  is  no  uniform  custom  regarding  the  use  of  titles  in  the 
National  Guard.     The  subject  may  be  summed  up  as  follows: 

Officers  of  the  rank  of  captain  and  above  are  usually  addressed  by 
their  titles  by  other  military  men  and  by  civilians  who  are  punctilious 
about  matters  of  military  etiquette.  However,  there  are  many  civilians 
who  always  address  National  Guard  officers  as  "Mister." 

Some  National  Guard  officers  in  introducing  another  officer  of  the 
Guard  at  a  social  function  or  elsewhere,  would  address  the  officer  by 
his  military  title,  while  others  would  not. 

[235] 


446-447-448-449-450-45 1-452-453 

A  good  form  of  introduction  in  presenting  a  National  Guard 
officer,  is,  for  instance,  "I  would  like  to  present  to  you  Captain  Smith, 
of  the  7th  New  York."  The  identity  of  the  person  introduced  is  thus 
fixed,  and  he  is  not  confused  with  an  officer  of  the  Regular  Army, 
Marine  Corps  or  Navy. 

446.  Officers    who   have    held    volunteer    commissions    of    grades 
higher  than  those  they  have  in  the  regular  army,  are  sometimes  ad- 
dressed socially  by  the  titles  of  their  volunteer  rank.     For  instance,  a 
captain  who  held  the  volunteer  commission  of  colonel  or  lieutenant 
colonel   during   the   Spanish-American    War   is    sometimes    addressed 
socially  as  "Colonel."     Likewise,  officers  who  have  been  breveted,  or 
who  have  held  temporarily  rank  higher  than  that  which  they  actually 
have,  are  sometimes  addressed  by  the  title  of  their  brevet  or  former 
higher    rank.      However,    the   custom    of    thus   addressing    officers    is 
not  as  general  as  it  was  before  the  Spanish-American  War — in  fact,  it 
is  quite  rare. 

447.  Ex-volunteer  officers  above  the  rank  of  captain  in  civil  life, 
are  addressed  by  their  titles.     However,  this  practice  does  not  seem 
to  obtain  so  generally  in  the  case  of  captains. 

448.  All  officers  who  have  served  during  the  war  with  Spain,  or 
since,  as  officers  of  the   Regular  or  Volunteer  Army  of  the   United 
States,    and    have    been    honorably    discharged    from    the    service    by 
resignation  or  otherwise,  shall  be  entitled  to  bear  the  official  title,  and, 
upon   occasions    of   ceremony,    to    wear   the    uniform    of    the    highest 
grade  they  have  held  by  brevet  or  other  commission  in  the  regular 
or  volunteer  service.     Act  of  Congress,   approved    Feb.   2,   1910,  and 
published  in  G.  O.  9,  '01.     The  veterans  of  the  Civil  War  are  by  law 
entitled  to  the  same  privilege. 

449.  Noncommissioned   officers  are  addressed  as  "Sergeant"  and 
"Corporal,"    while    privates,    cooks,    artificers,    buglers,    etc.,    are    ad- 
dressed as  "Smith,"  "Jones,"  etc. 

450.  Lance    corporals    are    addressed    as    "Corporals."     Sergeants 
major,     quartermaster     sergeants,     commissary     sergeants,     ordnance 
sergeants  and  color  sergeants  are  addressed  as  "Sergeant." 

451.  In  speaking  to  an  officer  of  an  enlisted  man,  a  soldier  uses 
the  proper  title.     Thus,  "Sergeant  Smith,"  "Corporal  Jones,"  "Private 
Wilson." 

452.  Although   band   leaders   are   enlisted   men,   having   the    same 
rank   as    regimental    quartermaster   and    regimental    commissary    ser- 
geants, it  is  customary  to  address  them  as  "Mister." 

453.  Noncommissioned  staff  officers  of  the  Coast  Artillery  are  ad- 
dressed as  follows:     Master  electricians,  as  "Electrician";  Engineers, 
as   "Engineer";    electrician    sergeants    (1st    and    2nd    class),    as    "Ser- 
geant"; master  gunner,  as  "Gunner";  fireman,  as  "Fireman."     (G.  O. 
21,  '08.) 

1236J 


454-455 
Master  Signal  Electricians  are  addressed  as  "Sergeant." 

454.  The  word  "soldier,"  in  conversation  and  in  writing,  is  general- 
ly used  in  contradistinction  to  the  term  "officer."     Soldiers  are  usually 
spoken  of  as  "enlisted  men." 

455.  1     In  the  Navy,  officers  with  the  rank  of  commander  and 
above  are  addressed  socially  by  naval  titles,  while  those  with  the  rank 
of  lieutenant  commander  and  below  are  addressed  as  "Mister."  *     For 
example,  admirals,  vice  admirals  and  rear  admirals  are  addressed  as 
"Admiral";   commodores,   as   "Commodore"    (grade   no   longer   exists 
on    active    list);    Captains    as    "Captain";    commanders,    generally    as 
"Captain,"  but  sometimes  as  "Commander";   lieutenant  commanders, 
lieutenants  and  ensigns,  as  "Mister." 

2  Any  officer  in  command  of  a  ship  of  whatever  size  or  class  is, 
while  exercising  such  command,  addressed  by  courtesy  as  "Captain," 
especially  by  those  serving  on  the  ship. 

3  Paymasters,  past  assistant  paymasters  and  assistant  paymasters 
are  addressed  either  a-s  "Paymaster"  or  "Mister" — generally  as  "Pay- 
master." 

4  Assistant  surgeons  (with  rank  of  junior  lieutenant),  past  as- 
sistant surgeons  (lieutenant),  surgeons  (lieutenant  commander),  medi- 
cal inspector  (commander),  and  medical  directors   (captain),  are  ad- 
dressed as  "Doctor." 

The  Surgeon  General  of  the  Navy  on  more  or  less  formal  occa- 
sions is  addressed  as  "Surgeon  General";  informally  he  is  generally 
addressed  as  "Doctor." 

The  information  contained  in  this  section  has  been  corroborated  by  the  Surgeon- 
General's  Office,  U.  S.  Navy. 

5  Naval   constructors   and   assistant    naval   constructors   are   ad- 
dressed as  "Mister." 

6  Chaplains  are  addressed  as  "Chaplain,"  Roman  Catholic  Chap- 
lains being  often  addressed  as  "Father." 

7  In  introducing  officers  below  the  rank  of  commander  quite  a 
number  of  officers  follow  the  very  sensible  practice   of  using  naval 
titles,  thus  fixing  the  official  identity  and  status  of  those  presented.    For 
example:     Lieutenant   Commander   Smith,   Lieutenant   Smith,    Ensign 
Smith,   Midshipman   Smith,  Assistant  Surgeon   Smith,   Past  Assistant 
Surgeon    Smith,    Surgeon    Smith,    Medical    Inspector    Smith,    Medical 
Director  Smith.     However,  after  the  introduction  they  would  be  ad- 
dressed as  stated  above.     In  introducing  captains  and  lieutenants  of 
the  Navy,  "of  the  Navy"  should  always  be  added  after  the  name,  thus 
indicating  that  they  belong  to  the  Navy  and  not  the  Army,   Marine 
Corps   or    National   Guard.      Likewise    in    introducing   officers   of   the 
Marine  Corps,  "of  the  Marine  Corps"  should  be  added  after  the  name. 

8  Midshipmen  at  the  Naval  Academy  are  addressed  as  "Mister." 

*  Of  course,  officially  every  officer  is  entitled  to  be  addressed  by  his  naval  title. 
In  official  correspondence  they  are  always  so  addressed. 

[237] 


456-457-458-459 

Midshipmen  for  two  years  after  leaving  the  Naval  Academy  are 
still  called  "Midshipmen"  officially  and  sometimes  but  not  often, 
."Passed  Midshipmen"  colloquially. 

9  Chief  Warrant  Officers.     The  Chief  Boatswain,  Chief  Gunner, 
Chief  Carpenter,  Chief  Sailmaker,  Chief  Machinist,  and  Chief  Pharma- 
cist are  commissioned  officers,  having  commissions  with  the  rank  of 
ensign   signed   by  the   President.     They   rank  with  but  after  ensigns 
and  are  addressed  as  "Mister."     There  is  no  corresponding  grade  in 
the  Army. 

10  Warrant     Officers.     Boatswain,     Gunners,     Carpenters,     Sail- 
makers,   Machinists,  and  Pharmacists  hold  warrants  or  appointments 
signed  by  the   Secretary  of  the   Navy  and4  are   addressed   always   as 
"Mister." 

What  has  been  said  regarding  the  use  of  titles  in  the  United  States 
Navy  applies  in  general  to  the  navies  of  all  other  nations. 

456.  The  relative  rank  between  officers  of  the  Army  and  Navy  is 
as  follows:     General  with  admiral;  lieutenant  general,  vice  admiral; 
major  general,  rear  admiral  of  the  upper  nine,  brigadier  general,  rear 
admiral  of  the  lower  nine,  and  commodore,  colonel,  captain;  lieuten- 
"ant  colonel,  commander;  major,  lieutenant  commander;  captain,  lieu- 
tenant; first  lieutenant,  lieutenant   (junior  grade);   second  lieutenant, 
ensign. 

(NOTE — Cadet  at  West  Point  ranks  with  midshipman  at  the  Naval  Academy.) 
The  grade  of  commodore  no  longer  exists  on  the  active  list  of  the 
Navy.     The  nine  junior  rear  admirals  receive  the  pay  and  allowances 
of  a  brigadier  general  of  the  army. 

457.  Wearing  of  uniforms  when  not  serving  with  troops.     Because 
of  the  uncommonness  of  uniforms  in  this  country,  when  seen  in  civil 
life  they  make  the  wearer  conspicuous,  and  consequently  officers  sel- 
dom, if  ever,  wear  them  when  on  leave,  or  when  visiting  near-by  cities, 
etc.,    although    officers    usually    wear    their    uniforms    when    visiting 
towns  near  which  they  may  be  stationed. 

Officers  not  serving  with  troops  are  required  to  wear  the  pre- 
scribed uniform,  during  hours  of  duty,  unless  authorized  by  the  War 
Department  to  wear  civilian  clothing. 

458.  Cavalryman  thrown  from  his  horse.    It  is  customary  in  some 
regiments  for  a  cavalry  officer  who  is  thrown  from  his  horse  to  "set  up 
champagne  for  the  crowd."     However,  for  the  penalty  to  be  exacted, 
the  officer,  before  being  thrown,  must  have  been  fairly  seated  in  the 
saddle — i.  e.,  to  be  thrown  while  in  the  act  of  mounting  does  not  call 
forth  the  penalty.     It  is  sometimes  customary  to  have  a  committee  of 
officers  sit   (generally  at  the  club)   to  determine  whether  the  officer 
was  fairly  mounted  before  being  thrown.     (This  custom  is  not  now  as 
general  as  it  used  to  be,  and  is  more  often  disregarded  than  observed.) 

459.  Funerals.     The  Cavalry  Drill  Regulations  require  that  at  the 
funeral  of  a  mounted  officer  or  enlisted  man,  his  horse,  in  mourning 

[238] 


460-461 

caparison,  shall  follow  the  hearse.  It  is  sometimes  customary  for  the 
boots  of  the  deceased  officer  to  be  slung  across  the  saddle,  heels  to  the 
front,  thus  signifying  that  his  march  is  ended.  When  enlisted  men 
wore  boats,  the  same  custom  obtained  in  their  case.  The  spurs  are 
put  on  the  boots,  which  are  placed  in  the  stirrups,  hoods  to  the  rear. 
The  saber  of  the  deceased  soldier  is  sometimes  fastened  to  the  saddle, 
on  the  same  side  as  worn  in  life,  but  slanting  to  the  front — that  is, 
with  the  upper  saber  strap  attached  to  the  cantle  ring  and  the  lower 
saber  strap  to  the  spider  ring.  The  saddle  is  placed  over  the  caparison. 
In  the  case  of  an  officer,  the  saber  of  the  deceased  is  sometimes  placed 
on  the  coffin  and  sometimes  attached  to  the  saddle.  Sometimes  the 
caparisoned  horse  of  the  deceased  is  the  only  horse  allowed  to  enter 
the  cemetery. 

The  following  is  the  prevailing  custom:  In  the  case  of  the  funeral 
of  an  officer  the  officers  and  enlisted  men  of  the  officer's  regiment  are 
directed  to  attend;  in  the  case  of  the  funeral  of  a  noncommissioned 
officer,  or  private,  the  officers  are  in  some  commands  directed  to  attend 
and  in  others  they  are  requested;  in  case  of  the  funeral  of  a  private, 
in  some  regiments  the  company  of  the  deceased  is  ordered  to  attend 
and  the  rest  of  the  command,  officers  and  men,  are  invited — in  other 
commands  all  enlisted  men  are  ordered  to  attend  and  the  officers  other 
than  those  belonging  to  the  command  of  the  deceased,  are  invited; 
and,  again,  sometimes  all  officers  are  directed  to  attend. 

Either  in  case  of  the  funeral  of  an  officer  or  of  an  enlisted  man, 
all  enlisted  men  attending,  other  than  those  belonging  to  the  company 
of  the  deceased,  whether  ordered  or  invited  to  attend,  are  usually  com- 
manded by  the  senior  noncommissioned  officer  present — generally  the 
sergeant-major. 

The  formation  of  a  funeral  procession  is  prescribed  in  the  Drill 
Regulations. 

It  may  be  said  that  in  some  regiments  the  officers  belonging  to  the 
company  of  the  deceased  wear  sabers,  while  the  others  do  not.  How- 
ever, this  practice  is  contrary  to  the  Army  Regulations. 

460.  Umbrellas.     It  is  considered  unmilitary  for  an  officer  or  a 
soldier  in  uniform  to  use  an  umbrella.     Several  years  ago  the  colonel 
and  some  of  the  officers  of  a  certain  infantry  regiment  used  umbrellas 
while  in  uniform.     The  regiment  was  soon  jocularly  dubbed  through- 
out the  service  "The  — th  Umbrella,"  and  even  to  this  day  it  is  some- 
times referred  to  in  this  manner. 

461.  Officers  resigning  at  end  of  leave.     When  their  services  can 
be  spared,  officers  are  allowed  leaves  of  absence  on  full  pay  at  the  rate 
of  one  month  a  year,  and  they  may  allow  such  leave  to  accumulate 
for  four  years. 

Officers  resigning  from  the  Army  generally  first  take  all  the 
leave  due  them,  submitting  their  resignations  to  take  effect  at  the 
expiration  of  their  leaves. 

[239] 


426-463-464 

462.  Receptions.     In  the  case  of  receptions  at  which  officers  wear 
side  arms,  upon  reaching  the  room  (if  not  the  drill  floor  of  an  armory 
or  some  other  room  not  by  custom  considered  as  "Indoors")  in  which 
the  officers  are  to  be  presented,  the  cap  should  be  removed  and  held 
in  the  left  hand,  top  uppermost  and  visor  pointing  left  oblique,   the 
forearm  being  held  horizontal  and  against  the  left  side  of  the  body. 
If  the  receiving  party  is  on  the  drill  floor  of  an  armory  or  any  other 
room  not  by  custom  considered  "Indoors,"  and  where  it  is  customary 
to  wear  the  cap,  the  cap  should  be   removed  when  the  officers   fall 
in  line  to  pass  the  receiving  party.     After  the  reception  line  has  been 
passed,  the  cap  may  be  held  in  either  hand  and  in  any  position.     If  the 
reception  takes   place  in  the  headquarters   room  or  any  other  room 
considered  by  custom  as  "Indoors"  the  cap  should  be  kept  removed 
as  long  as  you  are  in  the  room.     If  the  reception  takes  place  on  the 
drill   floor   of  an  armory   or  any   other  room  where   it   is   customary 
to  wear  the  cap,  you  should  remain  uncovered  as  long  as  you  are  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  receiving  party,  but  when  away  from  it 
wear  the  cap  as  customarily. 

463.  Muster.     It  is  customary  for  the  mustering  officer  to  muster, 
when  he  inspects  their  posts  of  duty,  such  cooks,  janitors  and  others 
as  may  not  have  been  able  to  attend  muster.     Sentinels  on  post  usually 
report  to  the  mustering  officer  as  soon  as  they  are  relieved.     Others 
whom  it  is  not  practicable  to  muster  at  their  posts  of  duty,  report 
to  the  mustering  officer  as  soon  as  practicable,  or  at  some  specified 
time  and  place. 

At  muster  it  is  customary  in  some  regiments  for  recruits  not  yet 
instructed  in  the  use  of  the  rifle,  and  also  for  others  whose  duties 
may  require  their  presence  elsewhere  as  soon  as  practicable,  to  form 
in  the  line  of  file  closers  without  arms.  When  their  names  are  called 
they  answer  "Here,"  and  then,  by  way  of  the  right  flank  of  the  com- 
pany, pass  between  the  company  and  the  mustering  officer,  saluting 
him  as  they  pass,  after  which,  by  way  of  the  left  flank,  the  recruits 
resume  their  places  in  the  line  of  file  closers,  while  those  who  may 
have  any  special  work  to  do  are  usually  permitted  to  leave  the  com- 
pany and  repair  to  their  places  of  duty  after  saluting  the  mustering 
officer.  (Sometimes  these  soldiers  form  in  line,  on  the  left  of  the 
ranks,  and  when  their  names  are  called  they  pass  between  the  com- 
pany and  the  mustering  officer,  after  which  they  take  their  places  in 
the  line  of  file  closers.) 

464.  Folding  the  flag.     When  the  flag  is  lowered  at  the  sounding 
of  the  last  note  of  retreat  every  day,  great  care  should  be  taken  that 
it  shall  not  touch  the  ground.     It  should  be  carefully  folded  into  the 
shape  of  a  cocked  hat.     The  usual  method  of  folding,  which  is  done 


[240] 


465-466-467 

by  two  members  of  the  guard  under  the  direction  of  a  noncommis- 
sioned officer,  is  shown  in  these  illustrations: 


******* 
******* 


******* 
******* 


FOLDED    TLA& 


(NOTE  —  The  post  flag  may  be  folded  into  either  three  or   four   folds,  each  f 
thus  being  either  about  2]/2   ft.  or  3l/$   ft) 


old 


465.  Resignation  of  regimental  staff  officers.     In  some  few  regi- 
ments it  is  customary  for  the  adjutant,  and  the  supply  officer  to  tender 
their   resignations   when   a   new   colonel   assumes    command.     Some- 
times  the   resignations   are  verbal   and  somewhat   informal,  the  new 
colonel,  in  order  to  enable  him  to  select  his  own  staff,  being  informed 
that  the  resignations  of  the  present  staff  are  at  his  disposal.     General- 
ly, however,  they  are  in  writing,  being  couched,  for  instance,  in  these 
words: 

In  view  of  the  advent  of  a  new  regimental  commander,  following  a  custom  of  the 
service  I  hereby  tender  my  resignation   as  adjutant  of  the  regiment. 

If  the  new  colonel  does  not  desire  to  accept  the  resignations, 
they  are  personally  returned  and  not  made  of  record.  This  custom 
is  considered  a  matter  involving  the  very  essence  of  stately  military 
courtesy,  touching,  as  it  does,  the  personal  chord  of  staff  relations. 

466.  Presents.     The    custom   prevails   in    some   few   regiments   of 
presenting  wedding  presents    (usually  suitably  inscribed)    to  officers 
of  the  regiment  getting  married,  and  also  of  presenting  suitably  in- 
scribed  mementos   in   the   way   of  loving  cups,    silver   trays,   etc.,   to 
colonels  leaving  the  regiment»by  retirement  or  promotion. 

467.  Army  bands  and  members  thereof  are  not  permitted  to  re- 
ceive remuneration  for  furnishing  music  outside  the  limits  of  military 
posts  when  the  furnishing  of  such  music  places  them  in  competition 
with  local  civilian  bands.     (G.  O.  80,   '08,  page  8.)     However,  under 
other  conditions  they  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  commanding  of- 
ficer, accept  outside  engagements. 

[241] 


As  a  rule,  10  per  cent  of  the  gross  receipts  from  such  engage- 
ments goes  to  the  Regimental  Fund,  but  in  some  regiments  it  is  10 
per  cent  of  the  net  receipts,  i.  e.,  10  per  cent  of  what  is  left  after 
street-car  fare,  railway  fare,  hotel  expenses,  and  other  reasonable 
expenditures  have  been  deducted. 

The  author,  however,  knows  of  one  regiment  in  which  25  per 
cent  goes  to  the  Regimental  Fund,  and  in  another  regiment,  50  per 
cent. 

After  the  share  of  the  Regimental  Fund  has  been  deducted  from 
the  proceeds,  the  balance  is  divided  amongst  the  members  of  the  band 
in  various  ways  in  different  regiments.  For  example,  (a)  pro  rata 
amongst  the  members  of  the  band,  except  that  the  band  leader  gets 
twice  as  much  as  the  others;  (b),the  band  leader  receives  four  times 
as  much  as  a  private,  and  the  other  noncommissioned  officers  receive 
amounts  in  proportion  to  their  rates  of  pay  proper;  (c)  all  are  paid 
in  proportion  to  their  rates  of  pay  proper;  (d)  the  amount  is  divided 
equally  amongst  those  who  participated  in  the  engagement;  (e)  the 
amount  is  distributed  by  the  band  leader,  each  man  being  paid,  as  is 
customary  in  civilian  bands  and  orchestras,  i.  e.,  according  to  the  in- 
strument played  and  the  work  done. 

It  is  also  customary  to  show  the  band  as  much  consideration 
as  possible.  In  one  or  more  regiments,  for  instance,  the  band  is  not 
required  to  attend  reveille — in  other  regiments,  members  of  the  band 
who  have  filled  an  engagement  the  night  before  are  excused  from 
reveille  roll  call. 

468.  Band  leaders.  In  some  regiments  the  band  leaders  are  paid 
from  $10  to  $20  a  month  extra,  depending  upon  their  merits,  the  con- 
dition of  the  Regimental  Fund  and  the  amount  of  money  they  make 
on  the  outside.  However,  in  at  least  six  regiments  the  author  knows 
of  the  band  leaders  receive  no  extra  compensation. 

Band  leaders,  being,  as  a  rule,  above  the  average  enlisted  man 
in  education,  refinement  and  artistic  temperament,  they  are  generally 
shown  a  certain  amount  of  cordiality  by  officers.  Naturally  enough, 
the  treatment  of  a  band  leader  depends  in  a  great  measure  upon  his 
personality;  if  he  is  a  worthy,  self-respecting,  modest  man,  there  is  no 
reason  why  he  should  not  receive  the  greatest  respect  and  considera- 
tion, without,  of  course,  being  accorded  familiar  social  recognition. 

Band  leaders,  like  all  other  enlisted  men,  are  required  to  salute 
officers.  Many  officers,  however,  in  acknowledging  the  salute,  make 
some  such  remark  as  "Good  morning,  Mr.  Smith." 

It  is  customary  to  accord  band  leaders  as  many  privileges  and 
grant  them  as  many  reasonable  requests  as  is  consistent  with  discipline 
and  the  best  interests  of  the  service.  For  example,  they  are  generally 
given  separate  quarters;  permitted  to  leave  the  post  without  written 
passes,  but  merely  by  verbal  permission  of  the  adjutant;  not  required 
to  attend  roll  calls,  etc. 

[242] 


469-470-471-472-473-474 

469.  The  colors.     In  some  regiments  it  is  customary  for  the  Na- 
tional and  the  Regimental  Colors  to  be  kept  at  the  Colonel's  quarters 
and  not  at  his  office. 

P.y  "colors"  is  meant  the  national  and  the  regimental  flags  that  are  carried  by 
foot  troops;  by  "standards"  is  meant  the  national  and  the  regimental  flags  that  ar: 
carried  by  mounted  troops,  and  which  are  smaller  than  "colors."  Colors  and  stand- 
ards may  be  of  either  silk  or  bunting. 

By  "flag"  is  meant  the  national  emblem  that  waves  from  ,the  flagstaff  and  other 
stationary  poles.  "Flags"  are  always  of  bunting  and  one  does  not  uncover  to  them. 

Webster's  Unabridged  Dictionary  gives  "Color"  (singular)  as  meaning  a  hue, 
dye,  tint,  and  "Colors"  (plural)  as  meaning  a  flag,  ensign  or  standard,  such  as  is 
borne  by  troops,  or  by  a  ship.  The  Century  Dictionary  states  that  the  word  is 
"Sometimes  used  as  a  singular  noun."  A  flag,  ensign  or  standard  is  called  "colors" 
from  being  usually  marked  by  a  particular  combination  of  colors.  In  the  military 
profession,  however,  it  is  customary  to  use  the  word  "Color"  when  one  flag,  ensign 
or  standard  is  meant,  and- "Colors"  when  more  than  one  are  meant. 

Whenever  in  a  battalion  review,  the  troops  pass  in  review  the 
second  time,  at  double  time,  the  reviewing  officer  and  his  staff  should 
salute  the  color.  The  provisions  of  Paragraph  712,  Infantry  Drill 
Regulations  (1911),  that  "The  reviewing  officer,  and  others  at  the 
reviewing  stand  salute  the  color  as  it  passes,"  means  that  the  color 
is  to  be  saluted  whenever  (every  time)  it  passes.  Furthermore,  it  is 
customary  for  the  reviewing  officer  and  those  who  accompany  him 
to  salute  the  color  when  ths  troops  pass  in  review  the  second  time. 

Should  a  person  be  in  a  position  where  the  colors  pass  and  repass 
several  times,  at  short  intervals,  he  would  not  uncover  every  time  they 
passed.  For  instance,  when  troops  are  at  drill  in  an  armory  or  else- 
where, the  color  would  be  saluted  the  first  time  it  passes  but  not  after 
that.  At  a  review  when  the  reviewing  officer  passes  in  rear  of  the 
color  while  walking  or  riding  around  the  troops,  he  and  those  who 
accompany  him  do  not  salute  the  color.  (Par.  712,  Infantry  Drill 
Regulation,  1911,  states:  "The  reviewing  officer  and  those  accom- 
panying him  salute  the  color  when  passing  in  front  of  it,"  from  which 
it  is  inferred  that  they  should  not  salute  when  passing  in  rear.) 

MISCELLANEOUS 

470.  A  junior  walks,  rides  or  drives  on  the  left  of  a  senior  and 
in  the  first  case  always  keeps  step  with  him. 

471.  It  is  customary  for  troops  to  be  paid  under  side  arms.    All  of- 
ficers attending  payment,  except  the  quartermaster,  wear  sabers. 

472.  "I  desire,"  "I  wish,"  and  similar  expressions,  when  used  by 
the  commanding  officer,   or,  "The   commanding   officer  desires,"   etc., 
when  used  by  the  adjutant,  are  tantamount  to  orders. 

473.  In    delivering  verbal    messages    from   a    senior    to    a   junior, 
soldiers   use   the  form,   "Captain  Jones   presents   his   compliments   to 
Lieutenant    Smith,    and    says,"    etc.     A    junior    officer    should    never 
"present  his  compliments"  to  a  senior. 

474.  One  knock  before  entering  a  room  is  considered  "the  official 
knock"  and  is  a  signal  for  everyone  within  to  come  to  attention. 

[243] 


475-476-477-478-479-480 

475.  Formal  dances  given  by  soldiers  are  sometimes  opened  by  of- 
ficers and  ladies  dancing  the  first  dance. 

476.  In  one  or  two  regiments,  a  regimental  punch,  "The  

Infantry   Punch,"    the    recipe   for   which   has   been    handed    down  for 
many  years,  is  served  on  all  regimental  social   occasions  and  every 
year  the  officers   send   out  regimental  New  Year's  remembrances   in 
the  form  of  special  cards. 

477.  In   some  commands,  the   riding  of  public  horses  about  the 
post,  by  either  officers  or  enlisted  men,  at  gaits  faster  than  the  trot, 
is  forbidden. 

478.  At  military  weddings  the  bridegroom,  best  man  and  ushers 
wear  side  arms,  and  the  bride  cuts  the  wedding  cake  with  her  hus- 
band's sword. 

In  marching  out  of  the  church,  the  bridegroom,  the  best  man  and 
the  groomsmen  offer  their  right  arm  to  the  bride,  the  maid  of  honor, 
and  the  bridesmaids,  thus  avoiding  the  entanglement  of  sabers  and 
dresses,  and  leaving  the  left  hand  free  to  carry  the  cap,  which  is 
held  with  the  visor  pointing  left  oblique. 

Sometimes  the  decorations  are  so  arranged  that  during  the  mar- 
riage ceremony  the  bride  and  groom  stand  under  the  national  colors 
and  the  regimental  colors  of  the  groom,  crossed. 

At  some  few  weddings  that  the  author  has  heard  of,  the  follow- 
ing feature  constituted  a  part  of  the  ceremony:  The  members  of  the 
bridal  party  take  their  places  as  here  indicated: 


After  the  ceremony  has  been  performed  and  the  married  couple 
start  to  leave,  the  groomsmen  draw  sabers  and  cross  them  aloft,  the 
couple  passing  beneath.  All  then  return  sabers  and  follow  out  as 
usual. 

479.  "The  Army  Toast  to  the  Bride,"  usually  preceded  by  some 
appropriate  remarks  welcoming  her  into  the  Army,  is  drunk  by  hav- 
ing the  best  man  and  groomsmen  draw  their  sabers  together,  at  the 
command,  "1.    Draw,   2.   Saber,"   and   then   crossing   them  above   the 
bride's  head,  after  which  the  glasses,  passed  by  a  waiter,  are  taken  in 
the  left  hand.     The  toast  may  be  concluded  with,  "How!" 

480.  A  very  pretty   old   Army  custom   that   one    sometimes   sees, 
is  the  baptizing  and  christening  of  a  baby  under  the  regimental  color 
of  its  father,  the   function  taking  place  at  home,  with  something  to 
drink  to  the  "recruit's"  health. 

[244] 


481-482-483 

481.  At  some  posts  there  is  a  daily  "matinee"  of  officers  at  the  ad- 
jutant office — that  is,  the  officers  gather  informally  at  the  adjutant's 
office   for  a  few  minutes   soon  after  guard   mount,   exchange   saluta- 
tions,   discuss    current    topics,    etc.     At    other    posts    it    is    sometimes 
customary  to  sound  officers'  call  at  a  given  hour,  when  all  officers 
repair  to  the  adjutant's  office  to  receive  orders,  etc. 

482.  Some  officers  upon  joining  as  commanding  officer  of  &  post, 
situated  near  a  town  or  city,  call  officially  on  the  mayor.     Should  the 
place  be  the  capital  of  the  State,  a  call  is  also  made  on  the  governor. 
In  making  this  call,  the  commanding  officer  is  accompanied  by  the 
adjutant,  or  by  the  entire  staff.     This  idea  of  furthering  a  feeling  of 
cordiality  between  the  military  and  the  civil,  is  excellent,  and  should 
be    encouraged.     A    general    officer,    or    the    commanding    officer    of 
troops  passing  through  Honolulu,  to  or  from  the  Philippines,  might, 
for  example,  very  properly  call  on  the  Governor. 

483.  WORDS  TO  THE  ARMY  BUGLE  CALLS 
Reveille: 

I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up  in  the  morning; 
I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up  at  all: 

Corp'rals  worse  than   the  privates; 

Sergeants  worse  than  the  corporals; 

Lieutenants  worse  than  the  sergeants, 

And  the  capt'ns  the  worst  of  all. 

Chorus — 
I  can't  get  'em  up,  I  can't  get  'em  up,  etc. 

Mess  Call: 

Soup-y,  soup-y,  soup, 

Without   a   single  bean; 
Pork-y,   pork-y,   pork, 

Without  a   streak   of  lean; 
Coffee,    coffee,   coffee, 

Without  any  cream ! 

(Or,  the  weakest  ever  seen!) 

Sick  Call: 

Come  and  get  your  quinine,  come  and  get  your  pills, 
Oh!  come  and  get  your  quinine,  come  and  get  your  pills. 

Stable  Call: 

Come  all  who  are  able  and  go  to  the  stable, 

And  water  your  horses  and  give  'em  some  corn; 

For  if  you   don't  do  it,   the  Col'nel   will  know  it. 
And  then  you  will  rue  it,  sure  as  you're  born. 

Taps: 

1  2  Another  Version. 

Fades  the   light;  Love,   good  night.  When    your  last 

And  afar  Must   thou    go  Day   is   past, 

Goeth    day,  When   the   day  From  afar 

Cometh   night;  And  the  night  Some   bright    star 

And   a  star  Leave   me  so?  O'er  your   grave 

Leadeth   all,  Fare   thee   well;  Watch  will  keep, 

Speedeth  all  Day  is  done,  While  you  sleep 

To  their  rest.  Night  is  on.  With  the  brave. 

[245] 


484 

484.  ARMY  SLANG 

BEANS — the  commissary  sergeant. 

BEAN-SHOOTER — a  commissary  officer. 

B-ACHE — to  complain. 

BELLY-ACHE — to  complain. 

BLACK   STRAP- — liquid   coffee. 

BLIND — sentenced  by  court-martial  to   forfeiture   of  pay   without  confinement. 

BOB-TAIL — a  dishonorable  discharge,  or  a  discharge  without  honor;  to  be  "bob- 
tailed" — ^o  be  dishonorably  discharged  or  to  be  given  a  discharge  without  honor. 

BONE — to  study;  to  try;  to  cultivate. 

BONE  BOOTLICK  ON — to  cultivate  the  favor  of. 

BOOTLICK — to  flatter. 

BOW-LEGS — cavalrymen. 

BUCK-PRIVATE — a   term  sometimes   used   in    referring  to   a   private. 

BUCKING  FOR  ORDERLY — giving  clothing  and  accoutrements  extra  cleaning  so  as 
to  complete  for  orderly. 

BUNKIE — a  soldier  who  shares  the  shelter  of  a  comrade. 

BUST — to   reduce  a  noncommissioned  officer  to  the  grade  of  private. 

BUTCHER — the  company  barber. 

CANNED  HORSE — canned  beef. 

CHIEF — name  by  which  the  chief  musician  of  the  band  is  usually  called  by 
the  enlisted  men. 

CIT — a  civilian. 

CITS — civilian  clothes. 

C.  O. — commanding  officer. 

COFFEE  COOLER — one  who  seeks  easy  details  away  from  troops;  one  who  is 
always  looking  for  an  easy  job. 

COLD-FEET — fear,  lack  of  courage  (to  have  cold  feet  is  to  be  afraid,  to  lack 
courage.) 

COMMISSARIES — groceries. 

CRAWL — to  admonish. 

DOG-ROBBER — name  by  which  the  enlisted  men  call  a  soldier  who  works  for  an 
officer.  (An  offensive  term,  the  use  of  which  generally  results  in  trouble.) 

DOUGH-BOY — infantryman. 

DOUGH-PUNCHER — the  baker. 

DUFF — any  sweet  edible. 

FILE — a   number   on  the   lineal   list. 

FOGY — ten  per  cent  increase  of  officers'  pay  for  each  five  years'  servic:. 

FOUND — to   be   found   deficient   or   wanting  in   anything,   especially   an    examination. 

FRENCH  LEAVE- — unauthorized  absence.  Absent  on  French  leave — absent  with- 
out authority. 

GOLD   BRICK — an  unattractive  girl. 

GOLD  FISH — salmon. 

GOAT — junior  officer  in  post,   regiment,  etc. 

GOATY — awkward,   ignorant. 

GUARDHOUSE  LAWYER — a  soldier  with  a  smattering  knowledge  of  regulations  and 
military  law;  quite  loquacious  and  liberal  with  advice  and  counsel  to  men  in  the 
guardhouse  or  other  trouble. 

HARDTACK— hardbread,  biscuits. 

HIKE — a  march;  to  hike,  to  march. 

HIVE — to  discover,  to  catch. 

HOBO — the   provost   sergeant. 

HOLY  JOE — the  chaplain. 

HOP — a   dance. 

How — form  of  salutation  in  drinking,  meaning  "Here's  to,  your  health,"  "My 
regards,"  etc. 

I.   C. — condemned  by  an  inspector. 

JAW-BONE-— credit   (to  get  things  on  "jaw-bone,"-  to  buy  on  credit). 

JUMP — to  admonish. 

K.   O. — the   commanding  officer. 

MAJOR — name  by  which    the   sergeant-major   is  usually   called   by   the   enlisted  men. 

MULE-SKINNER — -a   teamster. 

NON-CoM. — non-commissioned   officer. 

O.  D.— the  officer  .of  the  day. 

O.   G. — the  officer   of  .the   guard.      (Rare.) 

OFFICERS'  •RoWE~"the'  row  of  houses  where  the  officers  and  their  families  live. 

[246] 


485 


OLD  ISSUE — an  old  soldier. 
OLD  FILE — an  old  officer. 


VJLIJ  riLE — an  oiu  oincer. 
ON   OFFICIAL  TERMS — not   to  be   on   speaking  terms   except  officially. 
ON   THE   CARPET — called   before  the  commanding  officer   for  admonition. 
OPENERS — cathartic   pills. 

ORDERLY    BUCKER — a    soldier,    who,    when    going    on    guard,    strives   by   extra   neat- 
of  appearance  to   be  designated   as   orderly  for   the   commanding  officer. 


ORDERLY  ROOM — company  office. 

PILLS — sometimes  used  in  reference  to  the  surgeon. 

PUNK— light  bread. 

Q.   M. — the  quartermaster. 

Q.  M.  C. — quartermaster  corps. 

RANKED-OUT — to  be  compelled  to  vacate  by  a  senior,  as  "to  be  ranked-out  of 
quarters." 

RED-TAPE — official  formality;  that  is,  the  close  or  excessive  observance  of  forms 
and  routine  in  the  transaction  of  business. 

REGIMENTAL  MONKEY — the  drum  major. 

RE-UP — to  reenlist  at  once. 

ROOKIE — a  new  recruit. 

SAND-RAT — an  officer  or  soldier  on  duty  in  the  rifle  pit  at  target  practice. 

SAW-BONE — the  doctor. 

SHAVE-TAIL — a  new  second  lieutenant.  So  called  after  the  young,  unbroken 
mules  in  the  Quartermaster  Corps.  ("Shave-tails.") 

SHUTTERS — camphor  or  opium  pills. 

SINKERS — dumplings. 

SKY-SCOUT — the  chaplajn. 

SKY-PILOT — the   chaplain. 

SLAP-JACKS — pan  cakes. 

SLUM — a  stew  of  meat,  potatoes  and  onions,  mostly  potatoes  and  onions. 

SOAP   SUDS   Row — the   laundresses'   quarters. 

SOLDIER,  TO — To  soldier,  to  serve;  also  to  shirk. 

SOLDIERS'   ONE   PER   CENT — one  hundred  per   cent. 

SOW-BELLY — bacon. 

STARS  AND  STRIPES — beans. 

STRIKER — a  soldier  who  works  for  an  officer. 
TAKE-ON — to   reenlist  before   the   expiration   of  three   months   after   discharge. 

THE  OLD  MAN — term  sometimes  used  by  officers  and  soldiers  in  referring  to 
the  commanding  officer;  sometimes  used  by  soldiers  in  referring  to  their  company  com- 
mander. 

To  TAKE  ANOTHER  BLANKET — same  as  "Take-on." 

TOP  SERGEANT — first  sergeant. 

YELLOW-LEG — cavalryman. 

YOUNGSTER — a  young  officer  (a  first  or  second  lieutenant). 

WAGON-SOLDIER — light  or  field  artilleryman. 

WIND-JAMMER — a   trumpeter  or  bandsman. 

WOOD-BUTCHER — company  artificer. 

485.  VISITING  CARDS  AND  WEDDING  INVITATIONS 

There  is  no  general,  settled  form  for  visiting  cards  and  wedding 
invitations,  except,  as  a  rule,  according  to  comparatively  recent  cus- 
tom, below  the  rank  of  captain  the  name  is  prefixed  by  "Mr.,"  and 
with  the  rank  of  captain  and  above,  by  the  military  title. 

However,  some  of  our  older  officers  who  are  well  posted  on 
such  matters,  do  not  think  this  recent  custom  is  in  accord  with 
good  military  usage,  believing  that  on  anything  as  formal  as  a  visit- 
ing card  or  a  wedding  invitation,  a  lieutenant,  just  as  does  a  captain 
or  a  colonel,  should  have  his  rank  appear:  thus — 

LIEUTENANT  WILLIAM  BRONSON  LIVINGSTON, 
Twenty-fourth   United   States   Infantry. 

[247] 


485  (contd.) 

The  stocks  of  Black,  Starr  &  Frost,  and  Tiffany  &  Co.,  show  the 
following  forms  to  be  in  use  today: 


MR.  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


LIEUTENANT   TWENTY-FOURTH   INFANTRY, 
UNITED   STATES   ARMY. 


CAPTAIN   JOHN    ALFRED    SMITH 


TWENTY-FOURTH    INFANTRY, 
UNITED   STATES   ARMY. 


CAPTAIN   JOHN    ALFRED   SMITH 


COAST   ARTILLERY  CORPS, 
UNITED  STATES   ARMY. 


MR.  JOHN   ALFRED   SMITH 


Many   officers  who   are  very   particular   about   such    matters,    prefer   the    forms   on 
the  following  page. 

[248] 


486 


LIEUTENANT  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 

TWENTY-FOURTH    UNITED    STATES    INFANTRY 


Personally,   the  author  prefers  the  two  forms  above. 


MAJOR  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
(R  ETI  RED) 


486.  Visiting  cards  in  the  National  Guard.  Regarding  the  use  and 
form  of  visiting  cards  amongst  officers  of  the  National  Guard,  usage 
is  very  unsettled,  the  customs  and  the  forms  in  the  different  States 
and  also  in  different  organizations  of  the  same  State,  differing  ma- 
terially. In  some  regiments  visiting  cards  with  military  titles  are 
seldom,  if  ever,  used,  while  in  "other  regiments  they  are  used  on  all 
occasions  of  an  official  or  military  character,  and  also  on  other  occa- 
sions, when  for  any  reason  it  is  desirable  that  one's  rank  and  regiment 


[249] 


486  (contd.) 

should  be  known,  e.  g.,  in  attending  receptions  or  making  social  visits 
when  away  on  duty  as  escort  to  the  President,  governor  or  other 
public  personage;  when  visiting  Army  posts  or  armies  of  other  or- 
ganizations, etc. 

The  following  forms,  selected  from  cards  used  in  three  or  four 
of  the  leading  National  Guard  organizations  of  the  country,  are  con- 
sidered in  good  taste: 


COLONEL  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


7TH  REGT.,  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


ADJTTANT 
7xH  REGT.,  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


MR.  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


2ND  LIEUTENANT,  7TH  REGT.,  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


[250] 


186  (contd.) 


CAPTAIN  JOHN   ALFRED   SMITH 


COMPANY  A,  IST  REGT.,  INFANTRY 
NATIONAL    GUARD  OF   PENNSYLVANIA 


CAPTAIN  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


COMPANY  A,  IST  REGT.  INF.,  N.  G.  P. 


MAJOR  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


ARMORY 
MADISON  AVE.  AND  94TH  ST.  COMMANDING 

NEW  YORK  SQUADRON  "A,"  N.  G.,  N.  Y. 


MR.  JOHN  ALFRED  SMITH 


FIRST  LIEUTENANT,  SQUADRON  "A" 
N.   G.,  N.   Y. 


[251] 


486  (contd.) 


MR.  AND  MRS.  WILLIAM   HENRY  FAIRFIELD 

REQUEST  THE  HONOR  OF  YOUR  PRESENCE 

ATTHE  MARRIAGE  OF  THEIR  DAUGHTER 

LILLIAN   FENSMITH 
TO 

MR.  WILLIAM   BRONSON   LIVINGSTON 
LIEUTENANT,  UNITED  STATES  ARMY 

ON  TUESDAY  THE  FIRST  OF  JULY 

AT  TWELVE  O'CLOCK 

AT  TRINITY  CHURCH 

CAMBRIDGE.   MASSACHUSETTS 


Although  this  is  the  form  that  appears  to  be  most  commonly  used  at  present, 
many  officers  who  are  particular  about  such  matters,  prefer  the  form,  for  example, 
"Lieutenant  William  Bronson  Livingston,  Twenty-fourth  United  States  Infantry." 

[252] 


487 

487.  Visiting  cards.  Social  etiquette  regarding  visiting  cards  is 
about  the  same  in  the  Army  as  in  civil  life,  being: 

(a)  One  card  to  be  left  for  each  person  called  on,  whether  at 
home  or  out — for  instance,  if  calling  on  an  officer,  his  wife,  daughter, 
and  guests,  four  cards  should  be  left;  in  case  the  person  called  on  is 
out,  it  is  customary  with  some  people  to  fold  one  corner  of  the  card 
to  indicate  the  call  was   made  in  person.     The  leaving  of  one  card 
folded  in  the  middle  signifies  the  call  was  intended  for  everyone  in  the 
house.     It  is,  however,  considered  better  form  to  leave  one  card  for 
every  person. 

Whenever  calling  on  an  officer  who  has  fust  joined  be  sure  always 
to  leave  your  card  whether  or  not  the  officer  is  in.  Remember  he  is 
receiving  numerous  callers  and  the  leaving  of  your  card  will  enable 
him  to  keep  track  of  your  call — otherwise,  he  must  rely  on  his  memory 
and  may  overlook  it. 

It  is  not  customary  to  leave  cards  when  calling  on  people  on 
whom  you  call  quite  regularly. 

(b)  When  calling  on  a  young  lady  who  is  a  guest  a  card  should 
also  be  left  for  the  lady  of  the  house  and  her  husband,  whether  or 
not  you  have  ever  met  them. 

(c)  When  one  of  two  persons  who  are  calling  together  has  no 
cards,  it  is  permissible  for  the  one  to  write  his  name  in  pencil  on  the 
cards  of  the  other. 

(d)  In  case  of  calls  on  persons  who  are  sick,  "To  inquire"  or 
"Kindly  inquiry"  is  usually  written  on  the  card;  in  case  flowers  or 
other  remembrances  are  sent,  "Best  wishes  for  a  speedy  recovery," 
or  some  similar  sentiment,  may  be  written  on  the  card;  in  the  case 
of  a  call  after  a  recent  death  in  the  house,  "Deepest  sympathy."     As  an 
acknowledgment    of   a    "Deepest    sympathy"    card,    the    receiver   may 
send  his  mourning  card  with  p.  r.   (pour  remercier),  written  in  the 
lower  left  hand  corner. 

After  a  death,  visiting  cards  may  be  sent  with  some  such  state- 
ment as  this  written  thereon  in  ink:  "Please  accept  my  heartfelt 
thanks  for  your  kind  inquiries  and  favors  during  my  hour  of  trouble." 

(e)  When  attending  a  reception,  a  tea  or  an  "at  home,"  it  is  cus- 
tomary to   leave  the  proper  number  of  cards    (one  for  each   person 
receiving)   in  the  hall  or  other  suitable  place.     In  this  connection  it 
may  be  stated  at  large  receptions  it  is  neither  necessary  nor  desirable 
to  say  good-bye  to  the  host  and  hostess  before  leaving.     Upon  ap- 
proaching the   person   doing  the   introducing  always  give  your  name 
in  a  slow,  distinct  voice,  although  you  may  be  fairly  well  acquainted 
with  him. 

(f)  Whenever  going  away  for  any  length  of  time,  cards  with  "P.  p. 
c."   (pour  pcndre  conge — to  take  leave)    written  in  the  lower  left  corner 
should  be  left  with  everyone  in  the  post  with  whom  you  have  close 

[253] 


488-489 

personal  or  official  relations,  and  such  cards  should  also  be  mailed 
to  near-by  friends  on  whom  it  is  not  possible  to  call.  It  is  some- 
times customary  to  write  your  destination  on  the  lower  or  upper  part 
of  the  card.  With  intimate  friends  this  less  formal  expression  may  be 
used:  "Good-bye.  Sorry  not  to  have  seen  you  before  leaving." 

(g)  If  the  privileges  of  a  club  have  been  extended  to  you  while 
on  a  visit,  just  before  leaving  the  place  post  one  of  your  "P.  p.  c." 
cards  on  the  club  bulletin  board. 

"To  the  President  and  members  of  the  Army  and  Navy  Club,"  for 
example,  or  some  similar  remark,  is  sometimes  written  on  the  card  in 
addition  to  "P.  p.  c." 

(h)  When  paying  calls  in  a  strange  city  or  neighborhood,  write 
your  temporary  address  on  your  card. 

(i)     In  calling  at  a  hotel,  write  on  the  card  sent  up,  or  left,  the 
name  of  the  person  for  whom  it  is  intended,  thus  making  sure  that 
it  will  be  delivered  to  the  proper  person. 
THE  ORIGIN  OF  CERTAIN  PRACTICES  IN  THE  SERVICE 

488.  Firing  three  volleys  at  military  funerals.     In  the  funeral  rites 
of  the  Romans  the  casting  of  the  earth  THREE  times  upon  the  coffin 
constituted  "the   burial."     It  was   customary   among   the    Romans   to 
call  the  dead  THREE  times  by  name,  which  ended  the  funeral  cere- 
mony, after  which  the  friends  and  relatives  of  the  deceased  pronounced 
the  word  "Vale"  (farewell)  THREE  times  as  they  departed  from  the 
tomb.     So  that  today,  when  a  squad  of  soldiers  fires  THREE  volleys 
over  a  grave,  they  are,  in  accordance  with  this  old   Roman  custom, 
bidding  their  dead  comrade  "Farewell,"  THREE  times. 

The  number  THREE  was  doubtless  selected  by  the  Romans  be- 
cause of  its  symbolical  and  mystical  significance,  3,  5,  and  7  being  so 
considered  in  all  recorded  history.  We  have,  for  instance,  the  Holy 
Trinity,  the  Three  Graces,  the  frequent  recurrence  of  THREE  in  the 
Masonic  ritual,  etc.  In  the  old  Army  it  was  customary  in  some  regi- 
ments when  a  soldier  was  absent  from  roll  call  for  the  first  sergeant 
to  call  the  absentee's  name  again  THREE  times  at  the  end  of  the  roll. 
It  is  really  interesting  to  note  to  what  extent  the  number  THREE 
enters  our  daily  lives:  Boys  start  their  races  by  "One,  two,  THREE 
— Go!";  the  baseball  fan  says  "THREE  strikes — and  out!";  a  ship 
before  leaving  her  berth  blows  her  whistle  THREE  times  and  gives 
the  same  number  of  whistles  as  a  salute  when  passing  another  ship 
at  sea;  the  enthusiast  gives  his  "THREE  cheers!"  etc. 

489.  Sounding  taps  at  military  funerals.     This  practice  involves  a 
deeply  felt  sentiment — "rest  in  peace."     In  the  daily  life  of  the  soldier 
the  sounding  of  taps  at  11  o'clock  p.  m.,  signifying  "Lights  out,"  an- 
nounces the  end  of  the  day,  implying  that  the  cares  and  labors  of  the 
soldier  are  ended  for  that  day.     So  does  the  sounding  of  taps  at  his 
funeral  signify  the  end  of  his  day — the  "Lights  out"  of  his  life — his 
"rest  in  peace." 

[254] 


490 

There  is  no  other  call  so  beautiful, -so  significant,  so  replete  with 
associations  of  comrades  dead  and  gone — there  is  no  other  call 
that  arouses  so  much  sentiment,  so  many  emotions  in  the  soul  of  the 
soldier  as  the  sounding  of  "Taps."  Indeed, 

"Fades  the  light; 
And  afar 
Goeth    day, 
Cometh    night; 
And  a  star 
Leadeth  all 
To  their  rest." 

It  is  known  that  the  custom  of  sounding  taps  at  military  funerals 
obtained  in  some  regiments  during  the  Mexican  War,  and  there 
is  an  impression  in  some  quarters  that  the  practice  existed  prior  to 
that  time,  it  having  been  formally  inaugurated  at  West  Point  about 
1840.  However,  be  that  as  it  may,  it  is  evident  that  the  custom  in 
its  present  form  did  not  become  general  until  after  the  Civil  War,  as 
the  following  from  the  regimental  history  of  the  old  2d  Artillery 
shows: 

During  the  Peninsular  Campaign  in  1862  a  soldier  of  Tidball's 
Battery — "A"  of  the  2d  Artillery- — was  buried  at  a  time  when  the 
battery  occupied  an  advanced  position,  concealed  in  the  woods.  It 
was  unsafe  to  fire  the  customary  three  rounds  over  the  grave,  on  ac- 
count of  the  proximity  of  the  enemy,  and  it  occurred  to  Captain  Tid- 
ball  that  the  sounding  of  Taps  would  be  the  most  appropriate  cere- 
mony that  could  be  substituted.  The  custom  thus  originated  was 
taken  up  throughout  the  Army  of  the  Potomac,  and  finally  confirmed 
by  orders. 

490.  The  Practice  of  Saluting. 
1  With  the  hand. 

(a)  The   custom   is    supposed  by   some   to   have   come   from   a 
Roman  practice  dating  back  to  the  Borgias,  or  even  earlier.     In  those 
days  assassination  was  so  common  by  the  dagger  that  inferiors  com- 
ing into  the  presence  of  superiors  were  required  to   raise  the  hand, 
palm  to  the  front,  thus  showing  there  was  no  dagger  concealed  in  it. 
Time    and    custom    have    modified    the    requirement    to    the    present 
method  of  saluting. 

(b)  There  are  others  who  are  inclined  to  this  view:     From  the 
beginning   of    time   inferiors    have  been    required   to    uncover   before 
their  superiors,  and  equals  to  acknowledge  each  other's  presence  by 
some  courtesy.     It  was  not  so  very  long  ago  when  a  sentinel  saluted 
not   only  with  his   gun  but  by  taking  off  his   hat  also    (viz.,   in   the 
British  army  during  the  Revolution).     Complicated  headgear  like  the 
bearskin  and  the  helmet  could  not  be  readily  removed,  and  the  act 
of  removing  the  hat  degenerated  into  the  movement  of  the  hand  to 
the  visor  as  if  the  hat  were  going  to  be  removed,  and  finally  became 
conventionalized  as  at  present. 

[255] 


491-492-493 

(c)  And  there  are  those  of  a  romantic  turn  of  mind  who  favor 
this  version:  In  the  days  of  the  jousts  and  tournaments,  after  the 
crowning  of  the  Queen  of  Love  and  Beauty  the  knights  passed  in  re- 
view before  her  throne.  Each  as  he  drew  near  raised  his  mailed  right 
hand  to  shade  his  eyes — a  chivalric  way  of  intimating  that  he  would 
be  dazzled  by  her  beauty.  This  knightly  homage  passed  on  down  the 
ages  to  become  the  soldier's  salute. 
2  With  the  saber. 

The  practice  comes  from  the  custom  during  the  Crusades,  of 
knights,  when  receiving  orders,  always  to  call  upon  God  to  witness 
their  assumption  of  the  duty  imposed,  by  raising  the  sword  to  the 
lips  and  kissing  the  cross  formed  by  the  guard  and  body  of  the 
weapon.  Originally  the  sword  was  inverted  when  kissed — that  is  to 
say,  the  guard  was  up  and  the  point  down. 

The  dipping  of  the  saber  point  in  saluting  signifies  submission. 

491.  Removing  right  hand  glove  when  sworn  as  a  witness  before 
a   court-martial.     The    raising  of   the    hands   and    eyes    to    heaven    in 
taking  an   oath  is   of  great  antiquity,   being  a  sort   of   prayer.     The 
head  was  bared  because  of  respect  for  Deity,  to  whom  appeal  was 
made.     After  Christianity  developed  and  the  Bible  was  printed,  oaths 
were  taken  by  placing  the  bare  hand  on  the  book,  head  uncovered, 
during  the  administration  of  the  oath,  and  at  its  completion  the  per- 
sons  swearing  kissed  the  Bible;   all  this   reverently  in  an   appeal  to 
Deity  to  witness  the  obligation  taken.    This  ceremony  was  introduced 
in  this  country  and  continued  until  twenty  or  thirty  years  ago.    But  the 
Bible  was  not  always  at  hand  and  the  general  custom  has  reverted  to 
the  raising  of  the  bared  right  hand  with  the  head  uncovered. 

The  practice  or  removing  the  right  hand  glove  comes  from  the 
fact  that  in  olden  times  all  criminals  were  branded  in  the  palm  of  the 
right  hand,  and  consequently,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  a  witness 
was  a  criminal,  all  witnesses  wearing  gloves  were  required  to  bare  the 
right  hand  before  being  sworn. 

492.  Medals  and  other  insignia  are  worn  on  the  left  breast  be- 
cause it  was  the  shield  side  of  the  Crusaders,  and  furthermore,  because 
it  was  near  the  loyal  heart  that  the  knight  placed  his  badge  of  honor 
and  fealty  to  his  king. 

493.  Twenty-one  guns  the  international  salute.     This  practice,  like 
many  of  our  others,  we  got  from  the  British. 

A  proposition  originating  with  the  British  Government  and 
adopted  by  the  United  States,  August  18,  1875,  provides  for  "Salutes 

(NOTE — In  the  personal  salutes  is  also  seen  the  survival  of  the  custom  of  the 
saluter  placing  himself  unarmed  in  the  power  of  the  saluted.  The  touching  or 
removal  of  the  cap,  dropping  the  point  of  the  sword,  presenting  arms,  firing  cannon 
and  small  arms,  manning  yards,  etc.,  symbolize  the  removal  of  the  helmet,  giving 
up  the  weapon,  exposing  the  crews,  abandoning  the  guns,  etc.) 

[256] 


494 

to  be  returned  gun  for  gun,"  the  British  salute  at  that  time  consisting 
of  21  guns. 

So,  that  is  the  reason  why  our  international  salute  consists  of 
twenty-one  guns.  The  question  now  arises,  "Why  did  the  British 
select  the  particular  number  twenty-one?" 

Originally  war-ships  fired  salutes  of  seven  guns,  the  number  seven, 
"The  Sacred  Number,"  having  probably  been  selected  because  of  the 
mystical  and  symbolical  significance  given  it  in  the  Bible  as  well  as 
among  the  principal  nations  of  antiquity.  The  origin  of  the  mys&Sb 
and  symbolical  significance  is  doubtless  astronomical  or  rather  asttolo- 
gical,  viz.,  the  observation  of  the  seven  planets  and  the  phases  of  the 
moon  changing  every  seventh  day.  In  the  Bible  we  find  the  Creation 
was  completed  in  seven  days;  every  seventh  year  was  sabbatical  and 
the  seven  times  seventh  year  ushered  in  the  jubilee  year,  etc. 

Although  by  regulation  the  s?.lute  at  sea  was  seven  guns,  shore 
batteries  were  allowed  to  fire  three  guns  to  the  ship's  one.  The  dif- 
ference was  due  to  the  fact  that  in  those  days  sodium  nitrate,  which 
easily  deliquesces,  was  largely  used  in  the  manufacture  of  powder  and 
consequently  the  powder  easily  spoiled  at  sea,  whereas  it  could  be 
better  kept  on  land, .where  three  times  as  many  guns  were,  therefore, 
prescribed.  The  multiplier,  three,  was  probably  selected  because,  like 
seven,  it  has  been  from  remote  antiquity,  a  number  of  mystical  and 
symbolical  significance. 

After  potassium  nitrate,  which  is  not  as  perishable  as  sodium 
nitrate,  came  into  general  use  in  the  manufacture  of  powder,  and  it 
was  not,  therefore,  SO'  difficult  to  keep  powder  at  sea,  the  number  of 
g:ms  for  the  naval  international  salute  was  raised  to  equal  the  number 
of  guns  given  by  land  forces — that  is  twenty-one. 

By  common  agreement,  the  international  salutes  of  all  nations 
are  now  21  guns.  International  salutes  grew  out  of  custom  and  usage, 
ar.d  therefore  have  a  basis  similar  to  that  of  the  common  law  of 
England.  The  custom  began  with  the  requirement  of  strong  nations 
to  exact  from  foreign  vessels  acts  of  submission,  even  by  force,  but 
in  the  17th  century  the  question  of  ceremonial  became  a  matter  of 
negotiation  and  frequently  of  hostility  between  the  states  of  Europe. 
Although  saluting  was  originally  forced  upon  the  vessels  of  smaller 
nations  to  compel  them  to  recognize  the  superiority  of  the  greater, 
in  the  final  recognition  of  the  principle  of  equality  between  nations 
it  became  customary  to  render  salutes  "gun  for  gun." 

494.  Twenty-one  guns  the  Presidential  salute.  The  Presidential 
salute  has  not  always,  been  21  guns.  For  instance,  in  1812  and  1821  it 
was  the  same  as 'the  number  of  states,  i.  e.,  18  and  24,  respectively, 
which  was  also  our  international  salute. 

In  1821  the  President  and  the  Vice-President  received  the  same 
number  of  guns.  Before  this  time  the  Vice-President  had  received 
only  15  guns. 

[257] 


495-496-497-498 

Since   1841    the   President  has   received  a   salute  of  21   guns   and 
the  Vice-President  17. 

495.  The  "Salute  to  the  Union,"  commemorative  of  the  Declara- 
tion  of   Independence   and   consisting   of   one   gun   for   each    State,   is 
fired  at  noon  on  July  4  at  every  post  provided  with  suitable  artillery. 
The  salute  at  present  (July,  1911)  consists  of  46  guns. 

496.  Dough  boy.     The  following  versions  are  given  of  the  deriva- 
tti$n  of  the.  expression  "Dough  boy"  as  meaning  "Infantryman": 

.  1     In  olden  times,  when  infantrymen  used  to  clean   their  white 
trimmings   with   pipe-clay,   if  caught   in   the   rain   the   whiting  would 
.  run,  forming  a  kind  of  dough — hence  the  sobriquet  "dough  boy." 

2  The   tramp   of  infantry   marching  in   mud    sounds   as   if  their 
shoes  were  being  worked  and  pressed  in  "dough." 

3  From  "Adobe"  (mud)  then  "Dobie" — the  idea  being  infantry- 
men are  the  soldiers  who  have  to  march  in  the  mud;  hence  the  ex- 
pressions used  in  the  sixties  and  early  seventies  in  referring  to  in- 
fantrymen as  "Dobie  crushers,"  "Dobie  makers"  and  "Mud  crushers." 

4  However    some    Infantrymen    think    they    are    called    "Dough 
boys"  because  they  are  always  "kneaded"   (needed),  while  other  In- 
fantrymen   think  they  are   so  called   because    they   are    the    "flower" 
(flour)  of  the  Army. 

(Probably  loyal  infantrymen  think  this  for  the  same  reason  that  good  artillery- 
men say  artillerymen  are  called  "Wagon  soldiers"  because  they  are  the  ones  who  al- 
ways "deliver  the  goods.") 

497.  Meaning  of  the  word  "Infantry."     The  Infantry  is  the  oldest 
of  the  "arms"  into  which  armies  are  conventionally  divided.  The  word 
"Infantry"   conies   from  a   Latin   word   meaning   child,    boy,    servant, 
foot  soldier — foot  soldiers  being  formerly  the  servants  and  followers 
of  knights.     It  is   said  that  in  German  reviews  the   Infantry  always 
comes   first  and   is   greeted  by   the    Emperor   as   "My   children,"   the 
"Mes   enfants"    of   the    French — hence    "Infantry,"   an  assemblage   of 
children. 

498.  How.     The  expression  "How,"  used  by  Army  men  in  drink- 
ing, is  equivalent   to  the   expressions  "Here's   to  your  health,"   "My 
best  regards,"  etc. 

There  is  a  humorous  version  of  the  significance  of  "HOW"  to 
the  effect  HO  standing  for  water,  the  HO  stands  for  y2  water  and  the 
W  stands  for  whiskey — i.  e.,  "l/2  water  and  l/2  whiskey." 

Some  think  it  is  merely  the  Indian  corruption  of  "How  d'ye  do?" 
— the  usual  salutation  of  the  white  man,  abbreviated  by  the  Indian 
into  "How,"  and  taken  up  and  used  by  officers  and  soldiers  who  in 
the  early  days  of  frontier  service  were  thrown  in  constant  contact 
with  the  Indians. 

However,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  others  who  believe  the 
expression  is  derived  from  the  Indian  language  direct.  Colonel  H. 

[258] 


498  (contd.) 

L.  Scott,  Superintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  and  a  recog- 
nized authority  on  the  Indian  language,  says: 

"The  word  has  been  widely  used  by  the  Indians  of  many  tribes 
having  different  spoken  languages.  The  earliest  reference  is  from 
Alexander  McKenzie  (discoverer  of  the  McKenzie  River),  1789,  speak- 
ing of  the  Cree  Indians,  p.  71:  He  then  sits  down  and  the  whole 
company  declare  their  approbation  and  thanks  by  uttering  the  word 
'ho.'  The  next  reference  is  found  in  Bradbury's  Travels  in  the  In- 
terior of  North  America,  1809-1811.  This  book  has  been  reprinted 
in  Early  Western  Travels,  edited  by  Reuben  Goldthwaite,  vol.  V., 
116:  Whenever  their  performance  (Ricarees,  Mandans,  Gros  Ventres 
of  the  Missouri  singing)  ceased  the  termination  was  extremely  abrupt 
by  pronouncing  the  word  'how'  in  a  quick  elevated  tone.  Consult 
also  Alice  Fletcher's  Indian  Songs.  Century  Magazine,  vol.  XXV,  p. 
421,  and  Archaeological  and  Ethnological  papers,  Peabody  Museum, 
No.  5. 

"Governor  I.  I.  Stevens  in  Pac.  R.  R.  Report,  vol.  12,  part  1,  p. 
75,  1853,  Among  the  Assinniboines — 'My  remarks  seemed  to  make  a 
very  favorable  impression  and  were  received  with  every  mark  of 
respect.  Their  approbation  was  shown  as  each  paragraph  was  inter- 
preted by  the  ejaculation  "how" — a  common  word  answering  every 
purpose  of  salutation,  approval,  concurrence. 

"Dr.  Washington  Matthews  in  his  able  monograph  on  the  Hi- 
datsa  Indians,  written  probably  about  1868,  has,  p.  147,  'H-a-o,'  a 
word  used  to  denote  approbation,  gratification,  agreement,  assent — a 
greeting.  It  is  common  to  many  Indian  languages.  It  is  usually 
written  'how'  by  travelers,  the  same  as  the  English  word  'how.'  It 
is  difficult  to  determine  the  best  mode  of  spelling.  Mr.  Riggs  in  his 
Dakota  dictionary  writes  it  'hao'  and  'ho,'  both  of  which  forms  are 
used  here  also,  although  the  Tidatsas  rarely  say  'ho.'  I  have  heard 
it  myself  with  the  above  signification  used  among  the  Indians  of  the 
Southern  Plains — sometimes  with  the  form  'ehow,  ehow' — 'thanks,' 
among  the  Kiowas,  Comanches,  Kiowa  Apaches,  Caddos,  Wichitas 
and  Delawares,  Southern  Cheyennes  and  Arapahoes  in  Oklahoma. 

"The  above  references  show  the  use  of  the  word  on  the  plains 
from  the  Saskatchewan  River  to  the  Rio  Grande,  from.  1798  at  least 
until  the  present  day.  The  following  from  Colonel  Rodenbough's 
book  From  Everglade  to  Canon  with  the  2nd  Dragoons,  p.  55,  is  an 
account  of  the  origin  of  the  use  of  the  word  how  in  the  Army: 

"Coacoochee,  a  chief  of  the  Seminoles  in  Florida,  was  invited  to 
meet  Col.  Worth  at  Fort  Cummings  near  Big  Cypress  Swamp  in 
Florida,  March  5,  1841.  Coacoochee  came  to  the  meeting  and  for  cer- 
tain reasons  was  treated  with  great  consideration.  *  *  *  On  this 
occasion  originated  the  expression  'Hough,'  which,  as  an  army  senti- 
ment, has  been  uttered  by  countless  lips  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to 

J259J 


499-500-501-502 

the  St.  Lawrence,  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific;  and  even  the 
banqueting  halls  of  foreign  lands  have  not  been  strangers  to  the  little 
word,  so  full  of  joyous  memories  to  the  American  soldiers,  although 
few  know  when,  how,  or  where  it  was  coined. 

"Coacoochee,  observing  that  the  officers  of  the  garrison  used 
certain  expressions,  such  as  'Here's  luck!'  ^The  Old  Grudge!'  etc., 
before  drinking,  asked  Gopher  John,  a  negro  interpreter,  wh:.i 
said.  John  was  puzzled  but  finally  explained  by  saying,  'It  means 
How  D'ye  do!'  Whereupon  the  chief  with  great  dignity  lifted  his 
cup,  and,  elevating  it  above  his  head,  exclaimed  in  a  deep  guttural 
and  triumphant  voice,  'Hough!' 

"The  word  was  at  once  adopted  by  the  officers  of  the  Infantry 
and  Second  Dragoons,  and  its  use  has  spread  rapidly  through  the 
whole  Army." 

499.  "Sounding  Off"  at  parade  and  guard  mount.     At  parade  and 
at  guard  mount  when  the  adjutant  gives  the  command,  "Sound  off," 
it  is  customary  for  the  band  to  play  three  chords  or  flourishes,  called 
"THE  THREE  CHEERS,"  before  beginning  to  play  the  march  and 
inarching  up  and  down  in  front  of  the  command.     After  the  br.nd  has 
returned  to  its  place  and  finished  playing  the  march,  the  "THREE 
CHEERS"  are  again  sounded. 

This  practice  comes  from  the  following  custom  that  obtained 
during  the  Crusades: 

Soldiers  that  had  been  selected  to  go  on  the  Crusades  were 
often  formed  in  line  with  troops  not  so  selected.  The  band  would 
march  past  and  countermarch  only  in  front  of  the  soldiers  designated 
for  Crusade  service,  thus  signaling  out  and  dedicating  to  the  cause 
these  particular  men.  It  is  very  probable  that  the  assembled  populace 
did  considerable  cheering  during  this  part  of  the  ceremony  and  it  is 
quite  likely  that  "THE  THREE  CHEERS"  are  symbolical  of  that 
cheering. 

500.  Parades   and  reviews   originated   in  the   days   of  feudalism 
when  rulers,  as  a  suggestive  display  of  their  strength,  were  wont  to 
parade  their  soldiers  in  the  presence  of  other  rulers. 

501.  The  practice  of  hoisting  the  flag  to  the  peak  of  the  flag- 
staff before  lowering  it  to  and  from  half-staff  comes  from  the  Xavy, 
where   the   flag   is   invariably   saluted   when   hoisted  and    also    before 
being  lowered.     The  saluting  position  of  the  flag  is  at  the  peak  of  the 
flagstaff — hence  the  flag  must  be  raised  to  that  position  before  it  can 
be  saluted  upon  being  placed  at  half-staff  or  lowered  therefrom. 

502.  Significance  of  our  insignia  of  rank.     The  second  lieutenant 
stands   on   the   level  ground,   looking   up   to   his   superiors   at   varying 
altitudes   above   him.      He   begins   to   climb   toward   the   top,    his    first 
step  being  the  lower  bar  of  the  fence,  which  position  is  typified  by 

[260] 


503 

the  one  bar  of  the  first  lieutenant.  Upon  reaching  the  top  of  the 
fence,  the  officer  wears  two  bars,  which  represent  the  bottom  and  the 
top  bars  of  the  fence,  from  which  point  of  vantage  he  can  now  sur- 
vey the  field.  From  the  fence,  the  officer  must  climb  to  the  branches 
of  the  oak,  the  tree  of  might  and  strength.  It  is  a  long  climb  and 
symbolizes  the  marked  difference  that  exists  between  the  company 
and  the  field  officer.  The  gold  oak  leaf  on  the  major's  shoulder  strap 
symbolizes  this  position.  The  next  step  is  to  the  tallest  tree  of  the 
forest,  the  straight,  towering  silver  poplar,  with  no  branches  for  many 
feet  from  the  ground.  Although  this  point  of  vantage  is  somewhat 
higher  than  that  of  the  oak,  it  is  not  materially  so,  and  the  duties  and 
responsibilities  of  the  position  are  about  the  same.  The  officer  is  now 
among  the  silver  leaves  of  the  poplar,  which  fact  is  typified  by  the 
silver  leaf  of  the  lieutenant-colonel.  The  silver  eagle  of  the  colonel 
symbolizes  the  bird  that  soars  above  the  top  of  the  towering  poplar. 
The  next  step  is  the  greatest  of  all:  To  the  stars  up  in  the  firmament, 
far,  far  above  the  eagle's  flight,  which  position  is  typified  by  the  star 
on  the  general  officer's  shoulder  strap. 

This  description  of  the  significance  of  our  insignia  of  rank  is,  of 
course,  merely  a  romantic  explanation. 

503.  The  origin  of  the  aiguillette.  The  several  origins  which 
have  been  attributed  to  the  aiguillette  possess  no  authenticity;  the 
following  is,  however,  the  most  probable: 

"The  Duke  of  Alva,  a  Spanish  General,  having  had  cause  to  com- 
plain of  the  conduct  of  a  body  of  Flemish  troops,  which  had  taken 
flight,  ordered  that  any  future  misconduct  on  the  part  of  these  troops 
should  be  punished 'by  hanging  the  delinquent,  without  regard  to 
rank  or  grade. 

"The  Flemings  replied  that  to  facilitate  the  execution  of  this  order, 
they  would  hereafter  wear  on  the  shoulder  a  rope  and  a  nail,  which 
they  did,  but  their  conduct  became  so  brilliant  and  exemplary,  that 
this  rope  was  transformed  into  a  braid  of  passementerie,  and  became 
a  badge  of  honor,  to  be  worn  by  the  officers  of  princely  households, 
the  pages,  and  corps  d'elite,"  etc.,  etc.  (Translated  from  LAROUSSE'S 
GRAND  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  XIX  CENTURY." 

The  following  is  another  version: 

In  the  very  early  days  before  Knights  wore  metal  armor,  they 
wore  coats  of  thick  bull  hide  or  sole  leather  which  laced  up  the  back. 
As  it  was  impossible  for  them  to  "button"  such  a  coat,  the  act  had  to 
be  performed  by  their  squires,  who  were  required  to  carry  a  supply 
of  stout  leathern  thongs  pointed  with  the  "tooth-pick  bones"  taken 
from  the  leg  of  a  buck,  or  with  some  kind  of  a  metal  point  such  as 
our  common  shoe-string  has  at  this  day.  The  story  goes  that  the 
squire  carried  these  thongs  in  a  small  roll  or  bundle  hanging  over 

[261] 


504-505-506 

his   shoulder  and  from  this  has  gradually  developed  the  idea   of  an 
aide  or  adjutant  wearing  the  aiguillette  as  the  badge  of  his  office. 

504.  Plumes.     Originally,    plumes    were    worn   on    the   helmet   to 
protect  the  neck  from  sword  cuts. 

505.  Sashes.     Sashes,   in   the  beginning,   were   used  for   carrying 
the  wounded  off  the  field  of  battle. 

506.  Guard  of  honor  over  remains  lying  in  state.     Practice  re- 
garding  the    details   of   this   custom   is    not   uniform.      The    following 
statements  are  based  on  what  was  done  in  the  cases  of  the  remains 
of  President  Garfield,  Generals  Grant  and  Lawton,  Secretary  of  State 
John  Hay  and  several  other  persons  of  less  note: 

The  number  of  sentinels,  never  less  than  two,  depends  upon  the 
prominence  of  the  deceased.  These  diagrams  show  various  numbers 
of  sentinels  and  their  disposition: 


f"$' 


\tp 


°d-\ 

PRES 

,  00 

/  \ 

N>              a 
z 
•u 
5 

k 
O 

z 
0 
0 

»- 

/    "X>        a 

ARFIELD          0 

It 

4 

o> 

ft 

7T 

i 
i  \ 

PLATOON  OP  INFANTRY 

CASKET 

CASKET 

/ 
DEMTC 

>s  anc 

1,1,30.4  FIELD  OFFICERS. 

L  the   dotted   lines   indicate   the   line   of 

\ 

*     5    X 

W«VI"~NT-  PERSON  OF  V 

CPEAT  PROMINENCE 

Sentries   are   represented   thus,   O->  > 
march  of   the  public. 

The  guard  is  always  under  the  command  of  an  officer,  the  en- 
listed personnel  consisting  of  as  many  noncommissioned  officers  and 
privates  as  may  be  necessary.  In  the  case  of  dignitaries  the  sen- 
tinels may  be  officers.*  In  the  case  of  an  officer  serving  with  troops, 
men  of  his  command  are  selected  for  the  duty,  and  preferably  men 
who  have  shared  personal  danger  with  him  or  who  are  attached  to 
him.  In  other  cases,  the  only  things  considered  in  selecting  the 
guard,  are  soldierly  bearing,  steadiness  and  discipline. 

The  sentinels,  in  full  dress,  are  posted  as  soon  as  the  casket, 
flags,  flowers,  etc.,  are  arranged  and  before  the  doors  are  opened  to 
the  public.  They  always  face  the  casket,  and  remain  at  parade  rest, 
with  the  head  bowed.  (If  in  a  church,  they  always  face  the  altar.) 
During  the  hours  that  the  public  is  excluded  from  the  building,  the 
sentinels  may  appear  in  dress  uniform  and  may  be  allowed  to  sit  and 

*  This  was  the  case  with  the  remains  of  General  Grant,  President  Carnot  (of 
France)  and  Queen  Victoria. 

[262] 


507 

walk — they  would  then  be  relieved  every  hour.  Overcoats  may  be 
worn  if  the  weather  is  sufficiently  cold  and  the  building  can  not  be 
kept  warm.  When  there  are  no  people  around,  the  sentinels  might 
very  properly  be  allowed  to  stand  at  ease. 

The  usual  instructions  for  the  sentinels  are  to  allow  no  one  to 
interfere  with  or  touch  the  casket,  and  to  see  that  the  public  do  not 
stop,  but  that  the  line  moves  on  continuously.  One  or  more  non- 
commissioned officers  should  exercise  general  supervision  over  the 
line  of  passing  people,  and  see  that  it  does  not  stop. 

Sentinels  are  relieved  every  thirty  minutes.  Sometimes  bay- 
onets are  fixed  and  other  times  not.  In  case  of  mounted  troops,  the 
sentinels  are  posted  with  the  saber  drawn.  The  sentinels  render  no 
salute  whatsoever.  Sometimes  the  sentinels  present  arms  when  the 
pallbearers  are  leaving  the  room  with  the  casket. 

An  atmosphere  of  silent  dignity  should  surround  the  remains  of 
the  honored  dead,  and  consequently  the  sentinels  should  be  relieved 
in  silence,  the  commalnds  being  murmured.  The  corporal  and  sen- 
tinels should  move  to  and  fro  at  trail  and  the  sentinels  do  not  port 
arms  in  exchanging  post.  In  coming  to  the  order,  the  rifle  is  gently 
lowered  to  the  floor.  The  old  sentinel  comes  to  attention  as  the  new 
one  halts  at  his  left,  and  faces  about  at  the  murmured  command  of 
the  corporal,  the  new  sentinel  side-stepping  into  the  old  sentinel's 
place  as  soon  as  the  latter  marches  away. 

When  the  pallbearers  take  their  places  at  the  handles — just  before 
the  signal  "Raise"  or  "Lift,"  is  given — the  sentinels  stand  relieved. 
They  may,  if  it  be  so  desired,  march  out  immediately  in  rear  of  the 
casket  and  join  the  escort  outside. 

507.  Seating  guests  at  dinner.  If  a  dinner  is  given  in  honor  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  A,  then  Mr.  A  sits  at  the  right  of  the  hostess,  and  Mrs. 
A  at  the  right  of  the  host,  irrespective  of  the  social,  political  or  of- 
ficial importance  of  Mr.  and  Airs.  A. 

(Although  it  is  the  prevailing  custom  to  place  the  "guests  of 
honor"  on  the  right  of  the  host  and  hostess,  it  should  be  said  that 
when  there  are  present  persons  of  considerably  greater  prominence 
than  the  "guests  of  honor,"  it  is  thought  that  the  former  should  be 
given  precedence.  Abroad  the  rank  of  individuals  determines  the 
position  at  table,  regardless  of  the  "guest  of  honor,"  unless  the  latter 
be  a  great  celebrity.  In  Washington  and  other  large  cities  the  Ameri- 
can usage  is  giving  way  to  that  of  the  rest  of  the  world.) 

If  a  dinner  is  not  given  in  honor  of  some  particular  person,  then, 
when  military  and  civil  officials  are  present,  the  hostess  places  the 
most  important  civil  functionary  on  her  right  and  the  highest  ranking 
officer  on  her  left,  or  vice  versa,  depending  upon  circumstances,  which 
the  occasion  alone  can  decide.  Their  wives  should  have  the  cor- 
responding seats  of  honor  next  to  the  host.  For  example,  in  the 

[263] 


507  (contd.) 

Philippines  a  Department  Commander  would  be  given  precedence 
over  a  Provincial  Governor,  and  ordinarily  a  post  commander  would 
be  given  precedence  over  a  presidente.  Department  Commanders 
should  rank  next  to  Commissioners,  Colonels  next^to  Provincial  Gov- 
ernors, and  other  field  officers  (not  commanding  posts)  next  to  presi- 
dentes.  Common  sense  and  custom  must  be  exercised  in  determining 
precedence,  but  in  a  gathering  of  civil  and  military  officials  this  gen- 
eral principle  should  always  be  borne  in  mind:  In  our  form  of  gov- 
ernment the  military  is  subordinate  to  the  civil;  so,  where  the  posi- 
tions of  a  military  and  of  a  civil  official  are  so  nearly  the  same  in 
importance  as  to  cause  doubt  as  to  precedence,  it  is  always  safer  to 
give  precedence  to  the  civil  official. 

The  other  civilians,  the  officers  and  the  ladies  should  be  assigned 
to  seats  according  to  rank  or  position,  social  or  official  (ladies  and 
gentlemen  alternating)  from  the  two  ends  to  the  center  of  the  table, 
but  the  hostess  must  use  good  judgment  and  consider  the  congeniality 
of  neighbors.  It  goes  without  saying  that  when  natives  in  the 
Philippines  are  invited  to  dinner,  there  can  be  no  discrimination  in 
assigning  them  seats. 

If  no  ladies  are  present,  as  for  instance,  at  a  military  dinner,  the 
host  might  select  an  officer  of  his  own  rank — ordinarily  an  intimate 
friend — or  the  senior  officer  present,  and  place  him  at  the  opposite 
end  of  the  table.  Then  the  host  would  assign  the  highest  in  rank  to 
the  seat  on  his  right,  the  next  to  the  seat  on  his  friend's  (or  senior's) 
right,  the  third  on  his  left,  the  fourth  on  his  friend's  (or  senior's) 
left,  etc.  If  an  Army  officer  were  governor  of  a  province,  he  would 
ordinarily,  at  a  "stag"  dinner,  place  the  highest  civil  functionary  at 
the  other  end  of  the  table;  No.  2  civil  at  his  right,  No.  3  civil  at  his 
left;  Nos.  1  and  2  Army,  at  the  right  and  left  of  the  civil  functionary, 
etc.,  alternating  officers  and  civilians  with  due  regard  to  importance, 
but  being  careful  to  arrange  neighbors  that  will  probably  be  con- 
genial. 

The  hostess  should  be  served  first,  or,  in  her  absence,  the  host 
— the  latter  is  always  served  first  with  the  wine.  The  reason  being 
that  the  hosts  are  thus  able  to  see  that  everything  is  as  it  should  be 
before  being  served  to  the  guests.* 

The  servant  should  then  pass  to  the  hostess'  right  and  down  that 
side  around  and  back  up  the  other  side,  helping  the  guests  in  reg- 
ular order  irrespective  of  sex  or  rank. 

If  there  are  two  serving  the  same  dish,  they  should  both  repair 
to  the  hostess  and  then  pass  around  the  two  sides  simultaneously. 

If  two  servants  are  passing  the  different  parts  of  the  same  course, 
one  proceeds  as  above  and  the  other  follows: 

*  The  Romans  did  likewise  but  with  them  it  was  done  to  prove  to  their  guests 
that  food  and  drink  were  not  poisoned. 

[264] 


508-509 

If  the  table  is  not  long  but  is  round,  the  seating  and  serving  con- 
form as  nearly  as  possible  to  the  principles  above  cited. 

At  even  small  dinners  of  eight  people  it  is  customary  to  use 
"place  cards"  on  the  table  at  each  napkin,  neatly  written:  "Mrs. 
Blue,"  "Colonel  Yellow,"  etc. 

"Place  cards"  should  always  be  used  at  large  dinners  so  as  to 
avoid  confusion. 

At  very  formal  and  rather  large  dinners,  the  gentlemen,  on  enter- 
ing the  host's  home  are  handed  by  the  maid  at  the  door,  a  small 
envelope  inclosing  a  card  bearing  in  writing  the  name  of  the  lady  to 
be  escorted  by  him  to  dinner.  It  becomes  his  duty  to  seek  her  "place 
card"  and  draw  back  and  push  up  her  chair. 

At  very  large  dinners  for  men  a  diagram  of  tables  and  seats  show- 
ing the  place  of  each  guest  is  prepared  for  consultation  by  guests 
before  entering  the  dining  hall.  Great  confusion  and  endless  wander- 
ing about  might  otherwise  result. 

See  "Dinner"  in  the  index. 

508.  Treatment  of  guests  at  receptions.    At  a  reception  no  one 
in   particular   can  be   served    first — it   is   a   case    of  "First   come,   first 
served."    Soon  after  the  guests  pass  the  receiving  line  they  are  shown 
to  the   dining  room  where   they  are   served  and  looked  after  by   the 
assistants  and  attendants. 

Special  attention  should  always  be  paid  to  persons  of  prominence. 
See  "Receptions"  in  the  index. 

509.  The  regimental  mess.     The  main  purpose  of  a   regimental 
mess   is   to   promote  cordiality,   comradeship   and   Esprit   de   Corps,   and 
while  such  a  mess  is  social  in  its  nature,  the  meals,  especially  dinner, 
are  in  a  way  semi-official  functions.     In  order  to  give  a  regimental 
mess    the    proper   atmosphere,    it   should    be   the    repository    of    regi- 
mental trophies  and  regimental  souvenirs  collected  during  the  service 
of  the  regiment. 

The  regimental  mess  in  our  Army  is  not  a  general  and  established 
institution  as  it  is  in  European  armies;  consequently  our  mess  cus- 
toms are  not  uniform.-  In  most  European  regimental  messes,  par- 
ticularly the  English  and  German,  there  is  considerable  formality, 
especially  at  dinner,  where  the  English  wear  the  mess  jacket  and  the 
Germans  their  double  breasted  frock  coats  or  full  dress  if  distin- 
guished guests  are  present,  toasts  are  made  to  the  sovereign  and 
others,  and  many  customs  observed.  The  following  is  the  consensus 
of  opinion  of  various  officers  who  have  been  in  regimental  messes 
both  in  this  country  and  abroad: 

The  colonel  (or  the  senior  officer)  presides  and  sits  at  the  head 
of  the  table,  the  lieutenant  colonel  on  his  right,  the  adjutant  on  his 
left,  the  other  officers  being  seated  on  both  sides  of  the  table  accord- 

[265] 


509  (contd.) 

ing  to  rank.  The  caterer  sometimes  sits  at  the  end  of  the  table 
opposite  the  presiding  officer. 

Dinner  is  a  formal  meal,  everyone  wearing  the  uniform  pre- 
scribed. The  members  of  the  mess  assemble  at  some  convenient 
place  and  await  if  necessary  the  arrival  of  the  presiding  officer.  They 
follow  him  into  the  mess  and  take  their  seats  when  he  takes  his. 
Should  he  know  that  he  will  be  late,  he  ordinarily  sends  word  to  the 
officers  not  to  wait  for  him;  but  to  proceed  with  the  meal.  Should 
he  arrive  during  the  meal,  everyone  rises  and  remains  standing  until 
he  has  taken  his  seat,  and  likewise  when  he  leaves  the  table,  those 
who  remain,  rise.  This,  of  course,  applies  to  all  meals. 

The  cloth  is  considered  "removed"  when  the  presiding  officer  re- 
ceives his  cup  of  coffee;  this  ends  the  "formal"  part  of  the  meal,  and 
smoking  is  in  order.  Before  the  cloth  is  "removed"  no  officer  may 
leave  the  table  without  making  his  excuses  to  the  presiding  officer. 
At  very  important  dinners  no  officer  may  leave  the  table  until  the 
presiding  officer  himself  sets  the  example. 

In  case  a  junior  officer  is  late  at  dinner  he  should,  before  taking 
his  place  at  table,  approach  the  presiding  officer  with  a  gentlemanly 
word  of  apology  for  his  lateness.  This,  however,  is  not  necessary  at 
the  informal  meals  of  breakfast  and  luncheon. 

Should  the  presiding  officer  so  desire,  it  would  not  be  amiss  to 
invite  the  regimental  chaplain,  by  a  mere  inclination  of  the  head,  to 
say  grace  before  dinner.  Should  a  bishop  or  prelate  be  present  as  a 
guest,  he  might  be  invited  to  say  grace. 

Guests  should  be  introduced  to  the  presiding  officer  before  the 
meal. 

Breakfast  and  lunch  are  informal  meals  and  all  officers  come  and 
go  at  their  own  pleasure,  within  the  hours  fixed  for  the  meals,  wear- 
ing the  uniforms  that  may  be  required  by  their  various  duties. 

Regulations  for  a  Regimental  Mess 

(Compiled   from  those   of  two   regimental   messes.) 

1.  All   officers   of  the    regiment    (which    includes   the   chaplain)    and  the   surgeons 
on  duty  with  the  regiment,  are  eligible  to  membership. 

2.  Breakfast    and    lunch    being    informal    meals,    will    be    served     from    6:30    to 
8:30  a.   m.   and   from   12  m.   to   1:30  p.   m.   and   may  be  partaken,  of   individually,   each 
officer   selecting  the  hour  most  convenient.      The  dress  will  be  that   prescribed   for  the 
day's  duty. 

3.  Dinner  will  be  served  at  p.  m.,  and  the  mess  jacket  will  be  worn. 

4.  Political,     personal    and    religious     discussions     and     the    criticism     of     orders, 
are    interdicted    as    being   contrary    to    the    spirit    of    the    occasion.      Officers    will    also 
refrain    from    conversation    that    may    possibly    be    misinterpreted    by    servants    in    the 
room. 

5.  Officers    having    guests   will    notify   the    steward    in    advance,    and,_  in    order 
that    proper    attention    may    be    shown    them,    will    present    them    to    the    senior    officer 
immediately  upon  his  arrival. 

6.  Expenses,    except    for    liquors    and    tobaccos,    will    be    divided    pro   rata,    and 
guests  will  be  paid  for  by  their  entertainers. 

7.  The  office  of  caterer  will  rotate  monthly  amongst  the  members  of  the  mess, 

[266] 


510-511 

8.  Those   who   are   late   will   be   served   with   the   course  then   in   progress,    unless 
unavoidably  detained,   in   which  event,   after   having  made  his  excuses  to   the  presiding 
officer,  the  latter  remarks,  "Let  the  gentleman  be  served  with  the  first  course. 

9.  Xo    orderlies,    messengers,    etc.,    will    be    allowed    to    enter    the    mess    during 
meals. 

510.  Flag  at  half-staff.     The   exact  position   of  the  flag  at  half- 
staff   is   not   fixed   in   the   Army    Regulations,   the    Manual   of    Guard 
Duty,  or  the  Navy  Regulations,  nor  has  it  ever  been  defined  in  orders. 
In  practice  the  position  of  the  flag  at  half-staff  is  as  follows: 

(a)  In  the  case  of  a  cylindrical  iron  flag-staff,  the  middle  of  the 
hoist*  is  half  way  between  the  top  of  the  top-staff  and  the  band  to 
which  the  top  of  the  guy  anchors  are  fastened; 

(b)  In  the  case  of  a  flag  staff  with  cross-tress,  the  middle  of  the 
hoist  is  half  way  between  the  top  of  the  top-staff  and  the  top  of  the 
lower-staff; 

(c)  In  the  case  of  a  flag-staff  of  one  piece,  the  middle  of  the 
hoist  is  half  way  between  the  top  of  the  flag-staff  and  the  foot  of  the 
flag-staff. 

511.  Special    dinners.     On    Christmas    day,    Thanksgiving,    July 
Fourth,  and  sometimes  February  22,  special  dinners  are  served  to  the 
soldiers,   in   many  cases   the   dining   rooms   being  appropriately   dec- 
orated.    As  a  rule  the  decorations  remain  during  the  whole  of  Christ- 
mas week  and  a  special  dinner,  but  not  as  elaborate  as  the  Christmas 
dinner,  is  served  N'ew  Year's  day.    The  company  commander  and  the 
lieutenants   of  the   company,  accompanied   by   the   lady   members    of 
their  families  as  well  as  by  others,  visit  the  dining  room  and  kitchen 
just  before  the  dinner  is  served.     In  some  few  companies  the  soldiers 
are  permitted  to  invite  their  wives  and  other  ladies  to  dinner. 

In  some  commands  the  post  commander,  accompanied  by  his 
staff,  other  officers  and  some  of  the  ladies  of  the  garrison,  visit  all 
the  dining  rooms  and  kitchens  just  previous  to  the  dinner  hour. 

At  some  posts  the  soldiers  give  a  dance  that  evening  or  the 
evening  before,  in  the  post  hall  or  in  the  barracks. 

*  The  dimension  of  a  flag  that  extends  along  the  flag-staff  is  called  the  "hoist," 
while  the  other  dimension  is  called  the  "fly."  In  case  of  a  flag  that  is  fastened 
to  a  staff,  like  a  guidon,  for  instance,  the  dimensions  are  called  the  "pike"  and  the 
"hoist."  When  a  flag-staff  consists  of  two  parts  or  sections,  the  upper  part  is  called 
the  top-staff  (or  topmast)  and  the  lower  part  the  lower-staff  (or  lower-mast  or  main- 
mast). The  term  "staff"  is  military,  while  the  term  "mast"  is  naval  or  nautical. 


[267] 


512-513-514 


CHAPTER  XXV 

ARMY  PAPERWORK 

512.  Paperwork  an  essential  feature  of  military  life.     As  irksome 
£S  paperwork  may  be  to  many  people,  it  is  nevertheless  an  essential 
feature  of  military  life,  being  as  necessary,  in  its  way,  as  any  other 
part  of  the  military  profession,  forming,  as  it  does,  an  important  part 
of  Army  administration.     It  is,  therefore,  a  subject  in  which  officers, 
sergeants-major,   first   sergeants,   company  clerks,  and   others  should 
be  proficient.      However,  it  must  be  remembered  that  proficiency  in  paper- 
work, like  proficiency  in   anything   else,  requires  work   and  attention   to 
business. 

513.  Scope  of  subject.     The   subject  of  Army  paperwork,  in  all 
its  various  phases,  is  so  extensive  that  no  effort  will  be  made  to  cover 
it  in  a  manual  of  this  nature,  the  author  merely  confining  himself  to 
going   into   the   correspondence   phase   of   the   subject    sufficiently   to 
enable   the   inexperienced   officer   to  write  correctly  an  official  letter 
and  indorsment,  and  to  handle  properly  inclosures. 

It  is  recommended  that  every  officer  get  a  copy  of  "ARMY 
PAPERWORK,"  which  covers  in  an  exhaustive  and  comprehensive 
way  all  phases  of  Army  paperwork.  The  book  is  invaluable  to  those 
who  are  not  familiar  with  Army  administration,  while  to  those  of 
experience  it  is  a  great  assistance  as  a  guide  and  book  of  reference. 
For  sale  by  Geo.  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.,  and  all  the 
distributers  whose  names  appear  at  the  beginning  of  this  manual. 

514.  Heading,    subject,    and    number    of   letter.     The    letter   will 
begin  with  the  place  and  date,  written  as  at  present;  below  this,  be- 
ginning at  the  left  margin,  will  come  the  word  "From,"  followed  by 
the  official  designation  of  the  writer,  or,  in  the  absence  of  any  official 
designation,  the  name  of  the  writer  with  his  rank  and  regiment,  corps 
or   department;   below  this,   also   beginning  at   the   left   margin,   will 
come   the  word   "To,"   followed   by  the   official  designation   or  name 
of  the  person   addressed.     Next   will  come  the   subject   of  the   com- 
munication, indicated  as  briefly  as  possible  and  in  not  to  exceed   10 
words.     The  words  "From,"   "To,"  and   "Subject"   will  begin   on  the 
same  vertical  line.     The  sending  office  number  of  the  communication 
will  appear  in  the  upper  left-hand  corner. 

[268] 


515-516 

(Example.) 
176. 

Hq.  Eastern  Division, 
Governors  Island,  N.  Y.,  May  25,  1911. 
From:         The  Adjutant  General. 
To:  Captain  John  A.  Smith,  1st  Inf. 

(Through  C.  O.,  Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y.) 
Subject:     Delay  in  submitting  reports. 

The  Division  Commander  directs  that  you  submit  without  further 
delay  the  reports  of  your  recent  inspection  of  the  Organized  Militia 
of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  that  you  submit  an  explanation  of 
your  failure  to  comply  with  Par.  6,  S.  O.  25,  c.  s.,  these  headquarters. 

J.  R.  HENRY. 


In  case  of  letter  paper,  the  upper  third,  and  in  case  of  foolscap, 
the  upper  fourth  of  the  sheet,  will  be  devoted  solely  to  the  matter  de- 
scribed in  this  paragraph.  (See  Par.  7,  this  order.) 

515.  Body.     Then  will  come  the  body  of  the  letter,  which,  when 
typewritten,   will  be   written   single-spaced,   with   a   double   space  be- 
tween paragraphs,  which  will  be  numbered  consecutively. 

516.  Signature.     The  body  of  the  letter  will  be  followed  by  the 
signature.     If  the  rank  and  the  regiment,  corps  or  department  of  the 
writer  appear  at  the  beginning  of  the  letter,  they  will  not  appear  after 
his  name;   but  if  they  do   not  appear  at   the   beginning  of  the  letter, 
they  will  follow  under  his  name  as  at  present.     For  example: 

Company  A.  24th  Infantry, 

200.  Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3,  1911. 

From:         Commanding  Officer,  Co.  A,  24th  Inf. 
To:  The   Commanding  Officer. 

Subject:     Pvt.  Smith's  case. 

The  case  of  Pvt.  Smith  has  been  investigated  and  charges  have 
been  preferred  under  the  62  A.  W. 

ROBERT  JONES. 
1st  Lt.,  24th  Inf. 


Madison  Barracks,  N.  Y. 
Jan.  10,  1911. 

From:         Capt.  John  A.  Smith,  24th  Inf. 
To:  The  Adjutant  General,  U.  S.  A. 

Subject:     Leave  of  absence. 

I  have  this  day  taken  advantage  of  the  leave  granted  me  by  Par. 
1,  S.  O.  I,  Hq.  D.  E.,  1911.  My  address  will  be  c/o  Army  and  Navy 
Club,  107  West  43d  St.,  New  York. 

JOHN  A.  SMITH. 

[269] 


517-518-519-520-521 

517.  Use  of  only  one  side  of  sheet.     Only  one  side  of  the  paper 
will  be  used,  the  writing  beginning  about  one  inch  from  the  top. 

518.  Brief.     The    matter    described    in    paragraph    514    will    con- 
stitute the  brief  of  the  letter. 

519.  Folding.     Letter  paper  will  be  folded  in  three,  and  foolscap 
in  four,   equal   folds,  parallel  with  the  writing;   the  top   fold  will  be 
folded  toward  the  back  of  the  letter  and  the  lower  fold  over  the  face 
of  the  letter.     In  three-fold  letters  both  the  brief  and  the  office  mark 
will  be  on  the  outside.     In  three-fold  letters  of  more  than  one  sheet 
the  two  lower  folds  of  the  sheets  other  than  the  first  will  be  placed 
between  the  first  and  second  folds  of  the  first  sheet,  thus  exposing 
to   view   both   the   brief   and   the    office    mark.      In   four-fold    letters, 
whether  of  one  or  more  sheets,  the  brief  will  be  exposed  to  view  by 
covering  the  office  mark  fold,  or  the  office  mark  be  exposed  to  view 
by  covering  the  brief,  according  as  it  is  desired   to  keep  either  the 
one  or  the  other  exposed  to  view  for  the  purpose  in  hand. 

520.  Inclosures.     All    inclosures    will   be   numbered   and   wfll   be 
given  the  proper  office  marks.     Inclosures  to  the  original  communica- 
tion will  be  noted  on  the  face  of  the  letter  to  the  left  of  the  signature. 
If  others  are  added  when  an  indorsement  is  made,  their  number  will 
be  noted  at  the  foot  of  the  indorsement  to  which  they  pertain  and 
also  on  the  back  of  the  lower  fold  of  the  first  sheet  of  the  original 
communication.     To   the  latter   notation   will   be   added    the    number 
of  the  indorsement  to  which  they  belong,  thus  "One  inclosure — fifth 
indorsement."    Inclosures  to  indorsements  are  numbered  in  the  same 
series  as  those  to  the  original  paper  and  the  number  of  the  indorse- 
ment to  which  they  belong  is  added  below.     If  few  in  number  and 
not  bulky,  inclosures  may  be  kept  inside  the  original  paper;   other- 
wise they  will  be  folded  together  in  a  wrapper  marked  "Inclosures." 
Officers  through  whose  hands  official  papers  pass  will  make  the  in- 
closures secure  when  they  are  not  so. 

INDORSEMENTS 

521.  Form.     The  writing  width  of  indorsements  will  be  the  same 
as  that  of  letters.     The  first  indorsement  will  begin  about   one-half 
inch  below  the  rank  after  the  signature  of  the  writer  of  the  letter, 
and   succeeding   indorsements   will   follow   one   another   serially,   with 
a  space  of  about  one-half  inch  between  indorsements. 

The  serial  number  of  the  indorsement,  the  place,  the  date,  and  to 
whom  written,  will  be  written  as  shown  in  the  example.  (See  par. 
522.) 

When  typewritten,  indorsements  will  be  written  single-spaced 
with  a  double  space  between  paragraphs.  The  paragraphs  will  be 
numbered  consecutively. 

[270] 


522-523-524-525 

522.  Additional  sheets.     Should  one  or  more  additional  sheets  be 
necessary  for  indorsements,  sheets  of  the  same  size  as  the  letter  with 
be  used. 

523.  Routine  indorsements  to  be  signed  with  initials.     Indorse- 
ments   of   a    routine    nature,   referring,    transmitting,    forwarding,   and 
returning  papers,  will  not  be  signed  with  the  full  name,  but  with  the 
initials.     For  example: 

1st  Ind. 
Hq.  24  Inf.,  Madison  Bks.,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  1,  1911— To  C.  O.,  Co.  C,  24 

Inf. 
To  note  and  return.     M.  A.  R. 

2nd  Ind. 

Co.  C,  24  Inf.,  Madison  Bks.,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  2,  1911— To  the  Command- 
ing Officer. 
Returned.     Contents  noted.     I.  K.  S. 

524.  Numbering  of  pages.     The  pages,  beginning  with  the  first, 
will  be  numbered  midway,  about  one-half  inch  from  the  bottom.     In 
referring  to  an  indorsement  by  number  the  number  of  the  page  will 
also  be  given.    Thus:    "5th  Ind.,  page  3." 

525.  Carbon  copies.     All  letters  and  indorsements  that  are  type- 
written,  excepting  letters   of   transmittal,   reports   of  taking  leave   of 
absence,   periodical    reports   and    other   communications    of  a    similar 
nature,  will  be  made  with  two  carbon  copies;   one  copy  will  be  re- 
tained for  the  records  of  the  office  in  which  the  letter  was  written, 
and  the  other  will  be  forwarded  with  the  communication  for  the  files 
of  the  first  office  in  which  a  complete  copy  of  the  communication  is 
required  for  the   records,  but   such   forwarded   copy   will  not  be   re- 
garded as  an   inclosure  within  the -meaning  of  paragraph  9,  of  this 
order.    The  carbon  copy  retained  for  the  office  record  will  be  initialed 
by  the  person  responsible  for  the  letter,  and  such  person  is  charged 
with  the  duty  of  seeing  that  the  name  of  the  official  who  signs  the 
letter  and  any  changes  made  before  signature  are  inserted  in  the  car- 
bon.    (Note:     The  name  of  the  writer  should  be  typewritten  in  the 
case  of  the  carbon  copy  sent  forward. — Author.) 

(Model) 
2039  Company  B,  40th  Infantry, 

Fort  William  H.  Seward,  Alaska,  July  19,  1912. 
From:         The  Commanding  Officer,  Co.  B,  40th  Inf. 
To:  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army. 

(Through  military  channels.) 
Subject:     Philippine  campaign  badge,  Corporal  John  Doe. 

Inclosed  are  lists  in  duplicate  of  enlisted  men  of  Company  B,  40th 
Infantry,  entitled  to  the  Philippine  campaign  badge. 

JOHN  A.  BROWN, 
2  Incls.  Capt.,  4Oth  Inf. 


526 

824  1st  Ind. 

Hq.  Ft.  William  H.   Seward,  Alaska,  July   19,   1912— To  the   Comdg. 
Gen.,  Dept.  of  the  Columbia. 

S.  F.  T., 

2  Incls.  Col.,  4Oth  Inf.,  Comdg. 

(Stamp)   Rec'd  Dept.  Columbia,  July  27,  1912. 

526.  Penalty  envelope.  Official  letters  are  mailed  in  penalty 
envelopes.  In  the  absence  of  the  printed  penalty  envelope,  any  plain 
envelope  may  be  made  a  penalty  envelope  by  typewriting  or  writing 
by  hand  on  the  face  of  the  envelope  the  matter  shown  below. 

[PENALTY  ENVELOPE] 


WAR   DEPARTMENT  Penalty  for  private  use  $300. 

Official  Business 
JOHN  A.  SMITH 
2nd  Lieut.,  24th  Infantry 


[272] 


527 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ARMY  AND 
PROFESSIONAL  STUDY 

527.  It  may  be  said  the  general  plan,  the  purpose,  of  our  present 
military  educational  system  is  twofold: 

1.  By   means   of   a   carefully   prepared,   comprehensive   and   pro- 
gressive scheme  of  practical  and  theoretical  instruction,  to  stimulate 
interest   in   technical   education,   thus    improving   the   minds   of   all   in 
the    service — the    officers    and    men    alike — with    a    corresponding    in- 
crease in  the  efficiency  of  our  military  establishment; 

2.  To  amplify  the  military   education  of  specially  selected  offi- 
cers, the  underlying  principle  of  the  plan  being  "THE  SURVIVAL 
OF  THE  FITTEST" — that  is  to  say,  the  officers  who  excel  in  the 
garrison  schools  are  to  be  given  preference  in  the  details  of  the  vari- 
ous  special  service  schools;   those  who  excel  in  the  various  special 
service  schools  are  to  be  detailed  for  courses  of  higher  instruction — 
for  example,  those  who  excel  in  the  Army  School  of  the  Line  are  to 
be  detailed  for  the  Staff  College;  those  who  excel  in  the  Staff  Col- 
lege are  to  be  sent  to  the  Army  War  College.     Graduates  of  the  Staff 
College  and  the  Army  War  College  are  to  be  selected  for  important 
details,  such  as  the   General  Staff,  Military  Attaches,  etc.     In  case  of 
war,  these  graduates  would  be  assigned  important  duties. 

The  present  system  is  so  broad,  comprehensive  and  far-reaching 
that  it  has  not  been  in  existence  long  enough  for  the  theory  of  "The 
survival  of  the  fittest"  to  have  crystallized,  but  things,  with  the  power 
and  the  certainty  of  a  moving  glacier,  are  gradually  molding  them- 
selves that  way,  and  the  object  in  view  will  doubtless  be  attained 
within  the  next  few  years,  and  when  it  does  come  those  who  have 
neglected  their  technical  education  will  find  themselves  greatly  handi- 
capped. It  is,  therefore,  suggested  that  young  officers  just  entering 
the  service  begin  to  prepare  themselves  at  once,  by  study  and  by 
practical  work,  for  the  educational  competition  that  is  now  manifest- 
ing itself  everywhere  in  the  Army,  and  that  is  working  on  the  cumula- 
tive principle  of  a  snowball  rolling  down  the  side  of  a  mountain. 

Aside  from  the  natural  and  commendable  pride  which  every  of- 
ficer should  take  in  wishing  to  keep  pace  with  his  fellow-officers — 
aside  from  the  power,  confidence  and  satisfaction  which  knowledge 

*  In  the  preparation  of  this  chapter  valuable  assistance  was  received  from  Colonel 
Ciustav  J.  Fiebeger,  Professor  of  Civil  and  Military  Engineering,  U.  S.  Military 
Academy. 

[273] 


528 

gives — there  is  also  another  phase  of  the  matter  which  should  appeal 
to  every  ambitious  officer: 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  Spanish  War,  for  instance,  it  fell  to  the  lot 
of  many  junior  officers  to  muster  in  the  volunteer  regiments.  Such 
officers  were  constantly  asked  questions  relating  to  company  and 
regimental  administration,  by  commanders  and  staff  officers  not  famil- 
iar with  the  requirements  of  the  bureaus  of  the  War  Department.  In 
no  other  way  can  a  young  officer  more  rapidly  advance  himself  in 
time  of  war,  than  by  demonstrating  to  the  volunteers  his  thorough 
familiarity  with  the  details  of  his  profession.  Many  an  officer  of  the 
Civil  War  received  his  first  regiment,  because  he  had  shown  his 
mastery  of  the  art  of  caring  for  one. 

The  mastery  of  the  details  of  company  and  post  administration, 
the  mastery  of  the  evolutions  of  the  drill  book,  etc.,  are  valuable 
assets  in  the  education  of  an  officer,  but  they  are  far  short  of  con- 
stituting such  a  military  education  as  fits  an  officer  for  the  respon- 
sible duties  of  a  general  staff  officer,  or  for  high  command  in  time  of 
war.  These  should  be  the  ultimate  aim  of  every  young  officer.  How 
puny  are  the  weightiest  questions  of  post  administration  when  com- 
pared with  the  military  policy  of  a  nation,  the  organization  and 
mobilization  of  its  armies,  the  strategy  of  a  war,  the  tactics  of  a 
modern  battle,  the  organization  of  the  lines  of  supply! 

528.  Professional  study  and  reading.  In  commenting  upon  one 
of  the  works  on  the  art  of  war,  published  while  he  was  on  the  Island 
of  Saint  Helena,  Xapoleon  gave  the  following  as  the  means  of  acquir- 
ing a  knowledge  of  leadership: 

"Read  and  reread  the  campaigns  of  Alexander,  Hannibal,  Gus- 
"tavus  Adolphus,  Turenne,  Eugene  of  Savoy,  and  Frederick 
"the  Great.  Model  yourself  on  them.  This  is  the  only  means 
"of  becoming  a  great  captain  and  of  discovering  the  secrets 
"of  the  art.  Evolutions,  the  science-  of  the  engineer  and  of 
"the  artillerist  may  be  learned  from  treatises,  as  geometry  is 
"learned,  but  leadership  can  be  acquired  only  by  experience 
"and  by  the  study  of  the  history  of  the  wars  of  the  great 
"captains." 

The  young  officer  who  has  the  leisure  and  the  inclination  will 
find  himself  well  repaid  by  a  careful  reading  of  the  campaigns  of  the 
great  captains  mentioned  by  Napoleon.  It  must  be  remembered  that 
when  Napoleon  gave  this  advice,  he  was  farther  away  from  the  period 
of  war  chariots,  the  shield  and  pike  than  we  are  from  the  flint-locks 
and  smoothbore  cannon  of  Frederick  the  Great. 

Napoleon  no  doubt  meant  that  while  the  means  of  prosecuting 
the  art  of  war  had  changed,  the  problem  of  war  as  it  presents  itself 
to  the  responsible  commander  is  ever  the  same — to  form  a  plan  of 
action  when  confronted  by  conflicting  reports  and  hazy  information; 

[274] 


529 

to  act  on  it  with  a  confidence  which  gives  assurance  to  subordinates 
and  dismay  to  the  enemy;  and  to  meet  every  unexpected  difficulty 
and  even  disaster  with  nerves  and  brain  well  under  control.  Did  ever 
modern  commander  need  these  qualities  to  a  higher  degree  than 
Hannibal  who  for  fifteen  years  maintained  himself  in  the  Italian 
peninsula  defying  the  power  of  the  great  Roman  republic;  or  Caesar 
when  he  spent  eight  years  in  Gaul  upholding  the  power  of  Rome 
against  the  continuous  attacks  by  the  hordes  of  Gaul  and  Germany, 
with  no  other  weapons  than  the  sword  and  pilum;  or  Frederick  the 
Great,  who  in  the  seven  years  war  had  to  defend  his  territory  against 
the  combined  powers  of  Austria,  Germany  and  Russia? 

To  those  who  have  the  time  and  inclination  to  learn  the  art  as 
practiced  by  these  captains  the  following  books  are  recommended: 

1.  Alexander,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  680  pages). 

2.  Hannibal,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  670  pages). 

3.  Caesar,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  778  pages). 

4.  Gustavus  Adolphus,  Colonel  Theodore  A.  Dodge — (8-vo,  850 
pages). 

(These  four  books  are  well  illustrated,  and  give  a  complete 
account  of  the  development  of  the  art  of  war  from  the  time  of  Alex- 
ander to  that  of  Frederick  the  Great.  The  series  is  to  be  completed 
with  the  lives  of  Frederick  the  Great  and  Napoleon.  The  latter  has 
been  published  but  not  the  former.) 

5.  Turenne,  H.  M.  Hozier — (4-2,  198  pages,  London). 

6.  Eugene  of  Savoy,  Col.  Malleson — (264  pages,  London). 

7.  Frederick    the    Great — Battles    of    Frederick    the    Great   from 
Carlisle,  Ransome — (237  pages,  London). 

529.  Experience  and  study,  according  to  Napoleon,  are  the  rules 
that  lead  to  military  success.  And  yet  if  we  are  to  accept  the  story 
told  by  Marshal  Gouvion  St.  Cyr,  Napoleon  did  not  place  a  high  value 
on  experience. 

In  1813,  in  a  conversation  between  the  two,  St.  Cyr  told  the 
Emperor,  that  he,  St.  Cyr,  did  not  believe  that  either  experience  or 
long  practice  was  of  much  value  in  acquiring  the  science  of  war.  That 
of  all  men,  friends  and  foes,  who  had  commanded  armies  during  the 
wars  caused  by  the  French  Revolution,  he  did  not  find  one  who  had 
learned  much  by  experience.  He  would  not  except  even  Napoleon 
from  this  category,  for  he  still  considered  the  first  Italian^  campaign 
as  Napoleon's  masterpiece. 

The  Emperor  replied  that  St.  Cyr  was  right.  Considering  the 
small  means  at  his  disposal,  he,  Napoleon,  also  regarded  this  as  his 
finest  campaign.  Furthermore,  he  knew  but  one  general  who  had 
uninterruptedly  learned  by  experience, — and  that  was  Turenne,  whose 
great  talents  were  the  fruit  of  the  deepest  study.  Turenne,  .himself, 

[275] 


530 

thought  that  the  art  of  war  was  learned  more  from  books  than  from 
battlefields. 

Popular  writers  are  prone  to  attribute  every  act  of  a  great  cap- 
tain to  inspiration.  The  masters  of  the  art,  however,  attribute  their 
success  to  careful  calculation,  based  on  study  and  experience.  In- 
spiration seems  to  be  only  calculation  made  so  rapidly  that  it  be- 
wilders the  ordinary  mind.  The  same  qualities  are  shown  by  the 
masters  of  any  other  art  or  profession. 

Students  of  the  art  of  war  have  as  a  rule  accepted  the  dictum 
of  Napoleon  above  given,  and  agree  that  correct  principles  of  the  art 
can  be  deduced  only  from  military  history  and  that  each  principle 
must  be  supported  by  examples  drawn  from  actual  warfare. 

Von  Moltke,  for  example,  never  commanded  troops  in  war  until 
he  was  66  or  68  years  old — he  karned  all  he  knew  from  the  study 
of  military  history,  solving  map  problems,  playing  the  war  game  and 
staff  rides. 

530.  A  course  of  reading  and  study.*  The  following  is  given 
merely  as  a  general  guide  for  a  beginner — as  a  plan  that  may  be 
extended  almost  indefinitely  by  supplementary  reading  and  study 
under  the  different  headings: 

1.  As  soon  as  possible  after  receiving  your  appointment  read 
carefully  and  intelligently  these  books: 

(a)  Army  Regulations. 

(b)  Manual  of  Guard  duty. 

(c)  Manual  for  Courts-Martial. 

(d)  Field  Service  Regulations. 

(e)  Studies    in    Minor    Tactics,    by    the    Dept.    of    Military   Art, 
Service   Schools,   Fort  Leavenworth,   Kan.,  75  cts.    (with   2   maps). 

(NOTE — The  best  way  to  learn  the  Drill  Regulations  is  to  study  them  from  day 
to  day  in  connection  with  your  drills;  the  Small  Arms  Firing  Manual,  in  con- 
nection with  target  practice;  the  manuals  of  the  various  departments,  when  one  has 
quartermaster,  commissary  and  other  similar  duties  to  perform:  military  law,  hippol- 
pgy,  military  hygiene,  topography,  field  engineering,  etc.,  in  the  regular  course  of 
instruction  in  the  Officers'  Garrison  School.) 

(f)  Shaw's    "Elements    of    Modern    Tactics."     (Latest    edition, 
1906.)     $2.50. 

•   (g)     If    a    cavalry    officer,    De    Biensen's    "Conduct    of    Contact 
Squadron."    $1.20. 

(h)     Griepenkerl's  "  Letters  on  Applied  Tactics."   $2.00. 

*  NOTES 

1  Any   military   book   in    print,    domestic    or    foreign,    can   be    purchased   from    Geo. 
Banta   Publishing  Co.,   Menasha,  Wis. 

2  As   soon   as  an    officer   is   appointed   he   should   apply   to   The   Adjutant   General, 
U.    S.    Army.    Washington,    D.    C.,.  for   the    following    named    Government    publications, 
which  will  be  furnished  him   free  of  cost:    1,   Army  Regulations;   J.   Manual   of  Interior 
Guard    Duty;    3,    Manual    for    Courts-martial;    4,    Field    Service    Regulations;    5,    Small- 
Arms  Firing  Manual;  6,  Medical  Department  Manual;   7.   Quartermaster  Corps  Manual; 
8,  Army  Transport  Regulations;   9,   Drill   Regulations;   10,   Uniform   Regulations. 

[276] 


530  (contd.) 

(i)     Hamley's  "Operations  of  War."    (2  vols.)  $9. 
(j)     Napoleon's   Maxims,  75  cts.      ("Stonewall"  Jackson  used  to 
always  carry  this  little  book  in  his  saddlebags.) 

CXOTE — Every  officer  should  read  Upton's  "Military  Policy  of  the  United  States" 
— a  Government  publication.) 

2.  Having  thus  grounded  himself  in  the  principles  of  tactics 
and  strategy,  the  young  officer  is  now  prepared  to  take  up  the  study 
of  campaign — in  other  words,  he  is  now  ready  to  begin  orienting  him- 
self in  military  history — that  is,  by  familiarizing  himself  with  the  cam- 
paigns and  battles  which  are  most  frequently  employed  by  military 
writers  to  illustrate  the  principles  of  the  art  of  war. 

It  is  thought  that  he  should  begin  by  studying  the  history  and 
the  campaigns  of  his  own  country. 

The  following  course  of  reading  is  suggested:    • 

(a)  A  reliable,  connected  history  of  the  United  States. 
Wilson's  "A  History  of  American  People."    (5  vols.,  $17.50.   Har- 
per &  Bros.);  or  any  other  standard  work  is  recommended. 

(See  footnote,  page  37.) 

(b)  Fiske's  "History  of  the  Revolution."    (2  Vols.  $3.     Hough- 
ton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston.) 

(c)  An  excellent  account  of  the  War  of  1812  can  be  found  in 
Adams'  "History  of  the  United  States,  from  1801  to  1817,"   (Vols.  5 
and  6;  $2  each,  Scribner).     And  in  McMaste'r's  "History  of  the  Peo- 
ple  of  the  United   States"    (Vol.  4;  $2.25,   D.  Appleton   &   Co.,  New 
York). 

However,  there  is  not  much  to  be  learned  from  this  war,  either 
tactically  or  strategically,  but  a  great  deal  to  be  learned  by  Congress 
and  the'people. 

(d)  1  Wilcox's  History  of  the  Mexican  War.    (Out  of  print.) 

2  Howard's  "Life   of   Zachary   Taylor"   and  Wright's   "Life 
of  Winfield  Scott." 

(e)  THE  AMERICAN  CIVIL  WAR,  in  the  length  of  its  dura- 
tion and  the  extent  of  the  territory  covered  by  it,  is  second  in  impor- 
tance to  the  Napoleonic  Wars.     The  study  of  its  operations  confirms 
the  principles  of  warfare  as  developed  by  Napoleon,  and  teaches  the 
American    officer    the   military   geography    of   much    of   this    country. 
The  study  of  the  recruiting  of  the  armies,  and  their  tactical  employ- 
ment on  the  battlefield  and  on  the  march,  teach  the  officer  the  dif- 
ficulties he  will  have  to  contend  with  in  operating  with  volunteers  of 
the  future  war. 

Books  recommended: 

(a)  Ropes's  "Story  of  the  Civil  War."  $3.     (Does  not  go  beyond 
battle  of  Stone's  River,  Dec.  31,  1862.) 

(b)  Alexander's  Memoirs,  $4. 

(c)  Henderson's  "Stonewall  Jackson."    (2  Vols.  $4.) 

[277] 


530  (contd.) 

(d)  The  Scribner  series  covering  the  campaigns  of  Vicksburg, 
Atlanta,  Franklin  and  Nashville,  the  Wilderness  and  the  Valley.  (The 
Scribner  Campaigns  of  the  Civil  War  Series  is  complete  in  13  vol- 
umes. They  can  be  purchased  separately  at  $1  each.) 

The  above  books  give  all  of  the  principal  campaigns  of  the  Civil 
War. 

(f)  THE  SPANISH-AMERICAN  WAR. 
Books  recommended: 

"The  Campaign  of  Santiago,"  by  Sargent.    (3  Vols.  $5.) 

(g)  NAPOLEONIC    WARS.      Because    of    the    length    of    the 
period  covered  by  the  Napoleonic  Wars,  the  extent  of  the  territory 
covered  by  the  operations,  the  variety  in  the  campaigns,  the  brilliancy 
of  its  military  feats,  these  wars  are  quoted  by  military  writers  more 
than  the  wars   of  any   other  period   of  history.     This   probably   will 
always   be   quoted   as    standards    of    strategy   and   leadership;    as    the 
origin  of  the  modern  tactics  of  the  three  arms;  and  as  the  origin  of 
modern  military  organization. 

Books  recommended: 

Jomini's  "Life  of  Napoleon."  $12. 

(Ropes's  Battle  of  Waterloo  is  considered  by  some  the  best  book 
ever  written  on  the  subject.) 

(h)  THE  FRANCO-GERMAN  WAR  teaches  the  value  of 
thorough  preparation  in  time  of  peace  and  the  difficulties  encountered 
in  operating  with  hastily  raised  levies  against  a  thoroughly  organized 
army,  backed  by  the  morale  of  repeated  victories. 

Books  recommended: 

"The  Franco-German  War."— Von  Moltke— $2.20. 

(i)  THE  BRITISH-BOER  AND  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WARS 
are  valuable  in  teaching  the  effect  upon  tactics  of  modern  firearms 
and  fortification. 

Books  recommended: 

1.  The  British-Boer  War. 

"German  General  Staff  Account."    2  Vols.  $7.20. 

2.  The  Russo-Japanese  War. 

"The  War  in  the  Far  East,"  by  Military  Correspondents  of  the 
London  Times  ($5).  "The  Battle  of  Mukden,"  by  German  General 
Staff  ($1.50).  "The  Battle  of  Shaho,"  by  German  General  Staff  ($1.50). 

3.  Having  oriented  himself  in  military  history,  the  young  officer 
is  then  prepared  to  study  the  various  standard  military  writers  who 
elucidate  the  principles  of  tactics,  strategy,  supply,  fortification,  organi- 
zation, and   the  many  other  subdivisions   into  which   the   art  of  war 
may  be  subdivided. 

Of  the  many  excellent  books  on  the  subjects,  the  following  are, 
recommended: 

[278] 


530  (contcl.) 

(a)  TACTICS. 

A  History  of  Tactics — Johnstone  (Small  8-vo,  220  pages  with  27 
plates,  1906,  London). 

The  Development  of  Tactics — Maguire  (8-vo,  218  pages,  Lon- 
don). 

(b)  STRATEGY. 

The  Conduct  of  War — Von  der  Golz  (8-vo,  216  pages). 
Evolution    of    Modern    Strategy — Maude    (8-vo,    134   pages,    Lon- 
don). 

Elements   of  Strategy — Fiebeger   (8-vo,   138  pages);   West   Point. 

(c)  SUPPLY. 

Provisioning  of  Modern  Armies — Sharpe   (8-vo,   115  pages). 

Provisioning  Armies  in  the  Field— Furse  (8-vo,  300  pages,  Lon- 
don). 

Lines  of  Communication  in  War — Furse  (8-vo,  510  pages,  Lon- 
don). 

(d)  FORTIFICATION. 
Fortification — Clarke,  (8-vo,  London,  1907). 
Field  Fortification — Fiebeger  (8-vo,  150  pages). 

Permanent  Fortification — Fiebeger   (8-vo,  102  pages,  West  Point, 

1907). 

Annals  of  a  Fortress — Violet  le  Due  (8-vo,  380  pages). 
Principles  of  Land  Defense — Thuillier  (8-vo,  380  pages,  London). 

(e)  ORGANIZATION. 

Armies  of  Today — Harper's  (8-vo,  438  pages). 

The  young  officer  will  naturally  desire  to  perfect  himself  first 
in  the  tactical  development  of  his  own  army,  and  for  this  purpose  the 
following  books  are  suggested: 

Modern  European  Tactics  (infantry),  Balck  (8-vo,  386  pages, 
London,  1899). 

The  Art  of  Marching — Furse  (8-vo,  576  pages,  London). 

Cavalry  in  Action — Trans,  from  French  (8-vo,  271  pages,  Lon- 
don, 1905). 

Cavalry  in  Future  Wars — Trans,  from  German  (8-vo,  293  pages, 
London,  1906). 

Tactical  Employment  of  Quick  Firing  Field  Artillery — Rou- 
querol  (8-vo,  231  pages,  London,  1905). 

Tactics  of  Seacoast  Defense — Wisser  (232  pages). 

(f)  MILITARY  MEMOIRS.     Much   light  is   often  thrown   on 
military  operations  by  the  memoirs  of  the  participants  in  the  events. 
Some  of  the  most  fascinating  of  military  literature  is  found  in  these 
memoirs    which    should    not    be    neglected.      Even    historical    novels, 
whose  epoch  is  that  of  a  great  war,  throw  light  upon  the  conditions 
of  the  time  and  the  attitude  of  the  participants  in  the  struggle. 

[279] 


530  (contd.) 

The  following  memoirs  are  recommended: 
NAPOLEONIC  ERA 

Memoirs  of  Baron  Marbot. 
Recollections  of  Marshal  MacDonald. 
Memoirs  of  Marshal  Oudinot. 

Memoirs  of  Baron  Le  Jeune — (Aide  to  Berthier,  Davout  and 
Oudinot). 

An  Aide-de-Camp  of  Napoleon — Segur. 

Memoirs  of  Baron  Meneval.    (Secretary  to  Napoleon.) 

CIVIL  WAR 

Memoirs  of  Regular  Officers — Grant,  Sherman,  Sheridan,  Long- 
street,  Johnston,  E.  P.  Alexander,  Schofield,  and  Howard. 

Memoirs  of  Volunteer  Officers — 

From  Bull  Run  to  Chancellorsville — Curtis;  Volunteer  Soldier  of 
America — Logan;  Military  Reminiscences  of  Civil  War — Cox;  Story 
of  a  Cavalry  Regiment— AV.  F.  Scott;  Reminiscences  of  the  Civil  War 
— J.  B.  Gordon;  Four  Years  Under  Marse  Robert — Stiles. 

5.  CLUB  STUDY.  Small  clubs  organized  for  the  purpose  of 
studying  military  topics  will  be  of  great  value  to  its  members.  The 
discussions  that  take  place  in  such  a  club  are  certain  to  bring  out  im- 
portant points  which  would  have  escaped  any  individual  member. 

War  games  are  of  great  value  in  the  study  of  tactics.  They 
combine  with  tactics  the  reading  of  maps,  and  impress  upon  the  stu- 
dent more  strongly  than  can  be  impressed  by  a  printed  page,  the  time 
required  to  move  and  deploy  troops,  and  the  losses  inflicted  by 
modern  firearms.  Sayre's  "Map  Maneuvers"  is  recommended. 

Excellent  results  can  be  obtained  from  Staff  Rides.  Tactical  Rides 
and  Tactical  Walks,  in  which  you  practice  quickening  }-our  powers 
of  decision  by  assuming  military  situations  and  then  drafting  the 
necessary  field  orders.  The  power  of  rapidly  grasping  a  situation,  of 
coming  quickly  to  a  decision  and  of  being  able  to  issue  clear  and 
easily  executed  orders — such  a  faculty,  more  than  anything  else, 
brings  success  to  a  commander  in  the  field. 

A  Staff  Ride  consists  in  working  out  on  the  ground  and  without  troops,  the 
problems  in  staff  duties  which  arise  in  large  units,  such  as  divisions.  The  problems 
relate  to  strategy,  tactics,  transportation,  supply,  and  sanitary  service.  The  com- 
manders and  the  staff  officers,  including  the  heads  of  the  various  supply  departments, 
are  represented  by  officers,  the  troops  and  their  impedimenta  being  imaainary.  The 
officers  are  mounted  xand  the  operations  cover  considerable  time  and  territory.  Each 
officer  works  put  the'  problem  which  falls  to  his  specialty.  The  work  of  all  is  then 
studied  and  discussed  on  the  ground.  The  work  is  conducted  under  a  director,  who 
states  -the  problem,  and  conducts  the  discussion,  etc.  The  purpose  of  a  staff  ride  is 
to  practice  staff  officers  in  working  together  and  in  carrying  out  and  coordinating  the 
various  duties  they  would  be  required  to  perform  on  a  campaign, 

"STAFF  RIDES,"  by  Capt.  A.  H.  Marindin,  published  by  Hugh  Rees,  Lon- 
don, explains  in  detail  the  conduct  of  a  staff  ride.  "Training  and  Maneuver  Regula- 
tions" (British  Army),  1909,  gives  general  instructions  for  the  conduct  of  staff  rides, 
war  games  and  maneuvers. 

[280] 


530  (contd.) 

A  Tactical  Ride  consists  of  operations  by  a  small  party  of  officers  mounted, 
without  troops  operating  against  an  imaginary  enemy.  It  concerns  itself  only  with 
the  tactics  of  the  operations,  and  extends  over  a  briefer  period  than  a  staff  ride.  Un- 
like a  staff  ride,  it  is  applicable  to  the  instruction  of  junior  officers  and  noncommis- 
sioned officers,  the  range  of  problems  extending  from  simple  patrols  to  attacks  by 
large  forces. 

"\  TACTICAL  RIDE,"  by  Verdy  du  Vernois,  translated  by  Major  Swift, 
explains  in  detail  the  conduct  of  a  tactical  ride. 

A  Tactical  Walk  is  similar  to  a  tactical  ride.     Officers  are  dismounted. 

A  Map  Problem  consists  of  a  written  solution  of  a  given  problem.  The  troops 
are  assumed  to  be  as  stated  in  the  situations.  The  terrain  is  exactly  as  represented  by 
the  map  employed. 

A  War  Game  (sometimes  called  a  Map  Maneuver)  is  a  contest  in  which  com- 
manders and  subordinates,  beginning  with  a  stated  problem,  conduct  their  operations 
with  imaginary  troops,  on  a  terrain  represented  by  a  large-scale  map.  Troops  are 
represented  by  blocks.  An  umpire  renders  decisions  as  to  the  effects  obtained  by 
fire,  the  results  of  the  various  movements  of  troops,  etc. 

The  object  of  a  war  game  is  to  afford  an  opportunity  of  studying  strategical 
and  tactical  problems  and  to  develop  initiative,  the  power  of  decision  and  skill  in 
formulating  tactical  orders,  etc. 

"MAP  MANEUVERS,"  by  Major  Sayre,  obtainable  from  the  Army  Service 
Schools,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan.,  explains  in  detail  the  conduct  of  a  war  game. 
(Book,  45  cts. ;  one  war  game  set,  SO  cts. ;  one  12-inch  map,  $1.25.) 

Maneuvers  are  actual  operations  of  troops  using  blank  cartridges,  in  which  the 
results  of  the  operations  are  decided  by  umpires. 

6  SUGGESTIONS  ON  READING  OF  MILITARY  HIS- 
TORY. 

(a)  From  the  very  beginning  of  your  service,   set  aside  a  few 
hours  of  each  day  for  a  regular  and  systematic  course  of  study; 

(b)  The  books  you  read  should  not  be  skimmed,  like  a  novel, 
but  you  should  peruse  them  carefully,  making  mental  pictures  of  the 
situations  as  they  probably  appeared  to  the  participants,  and  make  up 
your  mind  what  jrou  would  do  in  like  circumstances.     In  reading  dis- 
cussions about  tactics,  do  not  blindly  accept  what  the  writer  may  say, 
but  think  over  the  matter  carefully,  and  make  up  your  mind  whether 
the  reasoning  is  based  on  sufficient  facts  to  warrant  the  conclusions 
drawn; 

(c)  The   study   of  any   particular  battle   or  campaign,   must  al- 
ways be  considered  in  its  relation  to  the  rest  of  the  war; 

(d)  After    completing   any    one    subject,    some    time    should    be 
spent  thinking  over  it — digesting  it — before  proceeding  to  another.     It 
is  a  good  plan  to  write  out  a  general  synopsis  of  it.     General  Grant 
used  to  do  this  when  he  was  a  second  lieutenant. 

(e)  A  prominent  general  officer  who  has  the  reputation  of  beinj 
one  of  our  best  military  students,  says: 

"I  find  it  to  have  been  a  misfortune  in  my  own  early  reading, 
and  one  that  is  common  with  most  officers  with  whom  I  have  dis- 
cussed the  subject,  that  too  much  attention  is  paid  to  the  prowccs 
of  individual  commanders  and  the  movement  of  units,  and  too  little 
time  is  spent  in  grasping  the  situation.  If  an  officer,  in  reading  boo1  3 
on  campaigns,  would  shut  his  eyes  to  the  names  of  the  generals  r.r.d 
the  movements  of  individual  units,  and  gain  an  insight  into  the  situa- 
tions which  cause  those  movements,  he  would  then  be  able  to  proceed 

[2S1] 


530  (contd.) 

to  a  critical  study  of  the  campaigns  as  recorded  in  history.  In  other 
words,  I  mean  that  each  battle  and  campaign  is  a  series  of  situations 
which  the  general  meets  by  certain  movements  of  his  troops.  If  these 
movements  are  ill  judged,  the  battle  or  campaign  is  a  failure;  if  they 
are  well  judged,  he  meets  with  success.  This  idea  is  particularly  valu- 
able, in  my  opinion,  when  it  comes  to  the  solution  of  map  problems, 
which  are  themselves  a  series  of  situations." 


[2821 


531-5f)2 


CHAPTER  XXVII 

PERSONAL  MILITARY  LIBRARY 

531.  The  list  of  books  given  below  is  intended  as  an  aid  to  young 
officers  who  may  desire  to  accumulate  a  useful  military  library  with- 
out an  unnecessary  expenditure  of  time  and  money.     The  list  is  not  a 
bibliography  of  the  wars  and  other  subjects  considered,  but  has  for  its 
object  the  naming  of  a  limited  number  of  v/orks  which  are  known  to 
possess  military  value  and  interest. 

Cir.  6,  Division  of  Militia  Affairs,  March  31,  1911,  gives  a  list  of 
books  suggested  as  a  guide  for  a  militia  library. 

The  books  named,  or  any  others,  foreign  or  domestic,  can  be  ob- 
tained from  Geo.  Banta  Publishing  Co.,  Menasha,  Wis.,  whose  excel- 
lent Military  Department  can  get  promptly  any  book  printed  in  any 
language,  anywhere  in  the  world.  It  is  suggested  that  you  write  to  the 
Banta  Co.,  for  one  of  their  catalogues  of  standard  military  books. 

MILITARY   HISTORY* 

532.  All  study  of  war,  strategy,  tactics,  military  supplies  and  trans- 
port, and  every  other  branch,  brings  us  sooner  or  later  to  the  study  of 
Military  History.     For  professional  purposes  the  descriptions  of  cam- 
paigns .and  battles  found  in  general  histories,  as  well  as  in  a  good 
many  so-called  military  histories,  are  of  little  value.  We  require  either 
the  work  of  a  competent  trained  historical  writer,  who  is  at  the  same 
time  possessed  of  sufficient  professional  knowledge  and  ability  to  point 
out  both  the  facts  of  importance  and  the  deductions  to  be  drawn  from 
thejn,    or   else   the   necessary    documents,    records,    orders,    messages, 
diaries,  etc.,  to  enable  us  to  study  the  facts  for  ourselves  and  deduce 
our  own  lessons  therefrom. 

The  systematic  writing  of  military  history  was  first  begun  by 
Napoleon  I,  who  established  a  War  Department  Historical  Bureau 
charged  with  writing  histories  of  the  campaigns  of  his  time.f  This 
was  abandoned,  however,  at  the  restoration  of  the  French  monarchy. 
The  Germans  were  next  to  undertake  the  systematic  writing  of  mili- 
tary history.  An  historical  section  of  the  German  Great  General  Staff 
was  founded  about  1870,  and  its  first  great  work,  "The  History  of  the 
Franco-German  War  of  1870-71,":):  was  published  soon  after  the  con- 

*  In  the  preparation  of  this  subject  valuable  assistance  was  received  from 
Captain  Arthur  L.  Conger,  29th  U.  S.  Infantry. 

(NOTE — The  Annotated  Guide  of  American  History,  published  by  Houghton, 
Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston,  is  a  most  excellent  reference  book  which  gives  the  scope, 
character,  and  comparative  worth  of  books  on  American  history.) 

t  Some  of  these  have  been  published  under  the  title  "Memorial  du  Depot  de  la 
Guerre." 

J  Translated,   but   out   of   print  and   hard   to   obtain. 

[283] 


533 

elusion  of  that  war.  This  was  followed  by  a  series  of  "Monographs 
on  War  History,"  of  which  forty-four  have  appeared  up  to  the  present 
time.  The  earlier  volumes  are  devoted  to  the  Prussian  Wars  of  '64, 
'66,  the  Napoleonic  Wars  and  wars  of  Frederick  the  Great.  The  latter 
volumes,  however,  have  been  devoted  to  studies  of  the  Boer  War  and 
the  Russo-Japanese  War.* 

More  recently  a  series  of  "Studies  in  War  History  and  Tactics" 
have  been  undertaken,  six  volumes  of  which  have  appeared  thus  far, 
dealing  with  such  subjects  as  "The  Movement  of  an  Army  in  Cam- 
paign;" "The  Withdrawal  from  Battle;"  "Success  in  Battle"  and  "The 
Fortress  in  Wars  of  the  Time  of  Napoleon  and  Wars  of  Our  Own 
Time."  Other  publications  deal  with  subjects  of  less  general  interest, 
such  as  the  history  of  the  German  Army. 

The  above  works  are  published  as  the  work  of  the  General  Staff, 
the  names  of  the  writers  not  being  given. 

As  might  be  expected  all  works  dealing  with  wars  in  which  Ger- 
many has  taken  part,  are  written  with  a  strong  bias,  and  with  a  view 
to  conserving  and  fostering  the  prestige  and  esprit  of  the  German 
Army.  Other  wars  are  discussed  with  a  fair  degree  of  accuracy  and 
impartiality,  though  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  references  to  sources 
are  infrequent. 

In  1899  an  historical  section  of  the  French  General  Staff  was 
formed  and  began  the  publication  of  a  monthly  magazine,  Le  Revue 
d'Histoire,  devoted  to  studies  of  the  Franco-German  War  of  1870, 
earlier  French  wars,  including  those  of  Napoleon,  and  recent  foreign 
wars,  including  the  Boer  and  Russo-Japanese  wars. 

Most  of  these  studies  have  since  been  republished  in  book  form, 
including  a  history  of  the  Franco-German  War  of  1870,  and  the  cam- 
paigns of  1800  and  1805  (not  yet  completed). 

These  publications  differ  from  the  German  in  that  the  names  of 
the  writers  are  given  and  all  important  documents  available  are  pub- 
lished in  full. 

The  general  staffs  of  the  Holland  and  Belgian  armies  have  re- 
cently established  "Historical  Sections"  modeled  on  the  French  plan. 
The  Russian  General  Staff  likewise  has  an  historical  section.  The 
British  General  Staff  has  no  historical  section  but  an  officer  (Colonel 
Maurice)  was  recently  detailed  to  write  "An  Official  History  of  the 
South  African  War." 

In  the  United  States  Army  little  attention  has  thus  far  been 
given  to  study  of  writing  of  military  history,  but  Congress  has  pro- 
vided for  its  study  in  the  "Official  Records  of  the  War  of  the  Rebel- 
lion," the  most  complete  set  of  documents  ever  published  regarding 
any  war. 

*  The  volumes  on  the  Boer  War  and  the  Russo-Japanese  war,  have  been  translated 
and  published  in  English. 

[284] 


533  (contd.) 

As  can  be  readily  surmised  from  the  foregoing,  there  is  compara- 
tively little  in  English,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  translations,  of 
great  value  on  modern  European  wars. 

THE  WARS  OF  FREDERICK  THE  GREAT 

(Tiooks  marked  with  an  asterisk  are  out  of  print,  but  second-hand  copies  can  be 
obtained.) 

Carlyle's  "Frederick  the  Great"  is  the  standard  work  in  English. 
The  battles  have  been  collected  and  published  separately  in  "Carlyle's 
Battles  of  Frederick  the  Great,"  by  Ransome,  but  the  whole  of  Car- 
lyle's works  is  of  interest  to  the  military  student. 

THE  NAPOLEONIC  WARS 

Rose's  "Napoleon  I." 

Fournier's  "Napoleon  I." 

"The  Cambridge  Modern  History,"      [•    Good  general  histories. 
Vol.  IX,  "Napoleon." 

Jomini's  "Life  of  Napoleon." 

"Napoleon  As  a  General,"  by  Count  Wartenburg;  a  valuable  mili- 
tary estimate. 

''Napoleon  Bonaparte's  First  Campaign."    ] 

"The  Marengo  Campaign."  }•    by  Sargent. 

"The  Conquest  of  Prussia."  J 

"The  Campaign  of  Poland."  } 

"Napoleon  and  the  Archduke  Charles."        j    by  F.  L.  Petre. 

"History  of  the  Peninsular  War." — Napier.  (Considered  by  some 
as  the  best  military  history  ever  written.) 

"1815 — Waterloo,"  by  Houssaye.     (Translated  from  the  French.) 

"Campaign  of  1815,"  by  James. 

"History  of  the  Waterloo  Campaign,"  by  Ropes. 

There  are  numerous  memoirs  which  are  interesting  as  throwing 
light  on  the  customs,  personalities,  morale  of  the  armies,  etc.,  though 
of  slight  specific  historical  value,  such  as  those  of  Baron  de  Marbot,1 
MacDonald,  Oudinot,  Le  Jeune,  Rapp,  Segur  and  Meneval,  but  among 
the  best  of  these  the  memoirs  of  St.  Cyr  have  unfortunately  not  been 
translated,  and  the  translation  of  Marmont's  Memoirs  is  out  of  print. 

The  so-called  St.  Helena  Memoirs,  by  Las  Casas,  Gourgand, 
Monthalon,  etc.,  have  little  historical  reliability,  but  are  of  interest  as 
giving  Napoleon's  later  criticisms  on  his  own  campaigns. 

The  "Correspondence  of  Napoleon"  (32  vols.),  published  by  direction  of  Napoleon 
III,  1858-1869  (in  French),  forms  the  real  basis  for  the  study  of  the  Napoleonic 
campaigns,  taken  in  connection  with  the  more  recent  publications  of  the  French  and 
(lerman  general  staffs. 

THE  CRIMEAN  WAR 

"The  War  in  the  Crimea,"  by  Hamley.  An  excellent  work.  Con- 
cise and  accurate. 

1  Memories  of  Baron  de  Marbot  is  an  extremely  interesting  work  which  throws 
much  light  upon  the  military  methods  and  life  in  the  armies  of  Napoleon. 

[285] 


533  (contd.) 

Kinglake's  "History  of  the  Crimean  War."  Student  edition,  by 
Clarke. 

THE  ITALIAN  WAR  OF  1859 
"Magenta  and  Solferino" — Wylly  (London). 

THE  AUSTRO-PRUSSIAN  WAR 

Hozier's  "Seven  Weeks'  War."     An  excellent  work. 
Wagner's  "The  Campaign  of  Koniggratz."    A  study  of  the  Austro- 
Prussian  conflict  in  light  of  the  American  Civil  War. 

THE  FRANCO-GERMAN  WAR 

*"The  German  Official  Account."  A  voluminous  and  costly  work. 
It  is  the  standard  work  on  which  all  other  histories  of  this  war  must 
necessarily  be  mainly  founded. 

*  Borbstaedt's  "History  of  the  Franco-German  War."  An  excel- 
lent work  but  it  ends  with  the  fall  of  Strassburg  and  the  annihilation 
of  the  French  regular  armies. 

"The  Franco-German  War,"  by  Von  Moltke.  A  brief  history, 
good  in  the  original,  but  the  English  translation  contains  a  number  of 
minor  inaccuracies. 

"The  Franco-German  War" — Maurice.  (By  German  officers — cor- 
responds to  our  "Battles  and  Leaders  of  the  Civil  War.") 

The  following  translations  from  the  German  do  not  pretend  to  be 
histories,  but  throw  considerable  light  on  certain  phases  of  the  opera- 
tions: 

"With  the  Royal  Headquarters,"  by  Von  Verdy. 

"Blumenthal's  Journal  of  the  Wars  of  1866  and  1870-71." 

"Twenty-four  Hours  of  Von  Moltke's  Strategy."  | 

"Tactics  of  the  Future."  $  Fritz  Hoenig. 

From  the  French  point  of  view  nothing  of  consequence  on  the  Franco-German 
War  has  yet  been  written  in  English  or  translated,  but  Bonnal's  "Froeschwiller"  and 
"Manoeuvre  de  St.  Privat"  as  well  as  the  French  General  Staff  History,  are  excellent 
works  recommended  for  those  who  read  French.  Lehautcourt's  "L'Histoire  de  la 
Guerre  de  1870-71"  is  probably  the  best  general  history  of  the  war.  A  good  impartial 
account  as  well  as  a  valuable  military  criticism  is  found  in  the  Russian  General  Von 
Woyde's  "Causes  of  Success  and  Failure  in  the  Franco-German  War";  this  work  is  pub- 
lished in  both  French  and  German,  but  not  yet  in  English.  Von  Moltke's  correspond- 
ence, recently  published  by  the  German  General  Staff,  throws  much  new  light  on 
this  campaign. 

THE  RUSSO-TURKISH  WAR 

Greene's  "Russian  Campaigns  in  Turkey."    An  excellent  work. 
"The  Russo-Turkish  War" — Maurice. 
"Army  Life  in  Russia" — Greene. 

EARLY  AMERICAN  WARS 

Parkman's  "Montcalm  and  Wolfe."  A  deeply  interesting  history 
of  the  "Old  French  War." 

[286] 


533  (contd.) 

Fiske's  "History  of  the  American  Revolution."  An  excellent 
work. 

Lossing's  "Field  Book  of  the  War  of  1812."  A  large  volume, 
minute  in  many  details,  and  somewhat  discursive. 

An  excellent  account  of  the  War  of  1812  can  be  found  in  Adams' 
"History  of  the  United  States,  from  1801  to  1817,"  and  in  McMaster's 
"History  of  the  People  of  the  United  States." 

"War  of  1812"— Johnston. 

"Naval  War  of  1812"— Roosevelt. 

THE  MEXICAN  WAR 

*"History  of  the  Mexican  War,"  by  Major  General  C.  M.  Wilcox; 
Church  News  Pub.  Co.,  Washington;  1892.  A  good  military  history. 

"The  War  With  Mexico,"  by  Brigadier  General  R.  S.  Ripley; 
Harper,  N.  Y.,  1849;  2  volumes.  A  good  military  history  in  a  more 
popular  style  than  the  above. 

"Autobiography  of  General  Winfield  Scott,"  Sheldon,  N.  Y.,  1864; 
2  volumes. 

"General  Scott,"  by  Brigadier  General  M.  I.  Wright. 

"General  Zachary  Taylor,"  by  Major  General  O.  O.  Howard. 

The  last  two  volumes  are  popular  biographies  published  by  Ap- 
pleton,  Xew  York,  1892-94,  in  the  "Great  Commander"  series.  Price 
$1.50  each. 

THE  CIVIL  WAR  OF  1861-64 

The  "Official  Records  of  the  Union  and  Confederate  Armies  in 
the  War  of  the  Rebellion"  (128  volumes  and  atlas),  published  by  act 
of  Congress  at  a  cost  of  nearly  three  million  dollars  and  distributed 
free  of  charge  to  field  officers  of  the  Army  and  members  of  Congress 
and  their  friends,  is  now  out  of  print,  but  a  set  will  be  found  in  the 
post  library  of  nearly  every  military  post  in  the  United  States,  and 
sets  with  the  atlas  may  be  obtained  from  second-hand  book  dealers 
for  from  $15  to  $40. 

The  best  general  history  of  the  Civil  War  is  "Abraham  Lincoln; 
A  History,"  by  Nicolay  and  Hay,  10  volumes;  The  Century  Co. 

"The  Campaigns  of  the  Civil  War,"  13  volumes,  Scribner's,  form 
the  best  introduction  to  the  study  of  particular  campaigns. 

"A  Bird's  Eye  View  of  the  Civil  War,"  by  Dodge,  gives  a  brief 
summary  of  events  of  the  War.  Baker  &  Taylor,  New  York,  $1. 

Other  histories  are: 

"History  of  the  Civil  War  in  America,"  by  the  Comte  de  Paris;  4 
volumes  (to  the  spring  of  1864,  only). 

"Story  of  the  Civil  War,"  by  J.  C.  Ropes,  2  volumes.  (1861  and 
1862,  only.) 

"Life  of  Stonewall  Jackson,"  by  Henderson  (English).  Strong 
Southern  bias  and  unreliable. 

"Grant's  Virginia  Campaign  in  1864,"  by  Atkinson  (English). 
Good. 

[287] 


533  (contd.) 

Memoirs.* 

Many  memoirs  have  been  published,  of  which  only  a  few  will  be 
mentioned  here. 

"Personal  Memoirs  of  U.  S.  Grant"  is  an  exceptionally  able  and 
careful  work  and  should  be  in  the  library  of  every  officer. 

The  memoirs  of  Sherman  and  of  Sheridan  are  of  great  interest  on 
account  of  the  prominent  part  in  events  taken  by  these  generals. 

"McClellan's  Own  Story,"  "Johnston's  Narrative"  and  "Advance 
and  Retreat,"  by  Hood,  are  mainly  controversial  in  character,  and  the 
two  last  are  particularly  unreliable.  "From  Manassas  to  Appomat- 
tox,"  by  Longstreet,  is  an  excellent  work,  but  written  with  a  strong 
bias. 

Two  memoirs  have  appeared  recently  which  have  a  special  value 
because  written  after  years  of  careful  study  of  the  campaigns  in  which 
the  writers  participated.  These  are: 

"Military  Reminiscences  of  the  Civil  War,"  by  Cox  (2  volumes, 
Scribner's),  and  "Military  Memoirs  of  a  Confederate,"  by  Alexander 
(1  volume,  Scribner's,  $4  net).  The  latter  presents  a  searching  and 
fearless  analysis  of  each  of  the  great  campaigns.  It  is  one  of  the 
ablest  and  most  valuable  books  on  the  Civil  War. 

THE  CHINA-JAPANESE  WAR  OF  1894 
"The  China-Japan  War,"  by  Vladimir,  Scribner's. 

THE  SPANISH-AMERICAN  WAR 

Lodge's  "History  of  the  War  With  Spain."  An  ably  written  book, 
but  produced  almost  contemporaneously  with  the  events  which  it  de- 
scribes, and,  consequently,  not  free  from  inaccuracies. 

The  "Fight  for  Santiago,"  by  Stephen  Bonsai.  A  readable  narra- 
tive, but  the  military  criticisms  are  of  little  value. 

"In  Cuba  With  Shafter,"  by  Miley.  A  concise  narrative,  supposed 
to  reflect  to  a  considerable  degree  the  views  of  General  Shafter. 

"The  Cuban  and  Porto  Rican  Campaigns,"  by  Richard  Harding 
Davis. 

"Battles  and  Capitulation  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,"  by  Lieut.  Jose 
Miiller  y  Tejiero. 

"The  Campaign  of  Santiago,"  by  Sargent.  The  best  history  of  the 
war  written  so  far  (3  vols.). 

*  "Battles  and  Leaders  of  the  Civil  War"  (4  volumes;  The  Century  Co.)  contain 
numerous  short  stories,  originally  published  in  the  Century  Magazine,  which  are 
mainly  controversial  or  anecdotal  and  of  slight  historic  or  military  value.  Some 
of  the  many  illustrations  are,  however,  excellent. 

("XOTE — An  excellent  and  fairly  complete  bibliography  of  the  Civil  \Var  will  be 
found  in  the  "Literature  of  American  History,  American  Library  Association,  An- 
notated Guide."  (Edited  by  J.  N.  Tarned.) 


[288] 


533  (contd.) 
MINOR  WARS 

*  Sprague's  "History  of  the  Florida  War." 

Malleson's  "History  of  the  Indian  Mutiny  of  1857."  (The  "Sepoy 
War.") 

Forbes'  "History  of  the  Afghan  Wars." 

Stevens'  "With  Kitchener  to  Omdurman." 

Churchill's  "The  River  War." 

"War  Path  and  Bivouac,  or  the  Conquest  of  the  Sioux,"  by  Fin- 
erty.  While  this  book  scarcely  rises  to  the  dignity  of  history,  it  gives 
a  readable  and  reliable  account  of  the  Sioux  War  of  1876-77. 

"Narrative  of  the  Field  Operations  Connected  With  the  Zulu 
War  of  1879." 

Carter's  "Narrative  of  the  Boer  War."     (The  First  Boer  War.) 

Maurice's  "Military  History  of  the  Campaign  of  1882  in   Egypt." 

"History  of  the  Soudan  Campaign."     Colvile. 

THE  CHINESE' CAMPAIGN  OF  1900 

"China  and  Allies."     Landor. 

"Reports  on  Military  Operations  in  South  Africa  and  China,"  pub- 
lished by  the  MilitaTy  Information  Division,  Adjutant  General's 
Office. 

(Now  War  College  Division,  General  Staff.) 

"America  With  the  Chinese  Expedition." — Daggett. 

THE  BOER  WAR 

"German  General  Staff  Account."  2  vols.  Best  work  in  print  on 
subject.  Should  be  carefully  read  by  every  military  student. 

"The  History  of  the  Boer  War,"  by  Cunliffe;  2  vols.  (about  650 
pages  each).  An  excellent  account  with  many  illustrations.  Origi- 
nally published  at  $10,  now  sold  for  $2. 

"The  Times  History  of  the  War  in  South  Africa;"  5  vols.,  illus- 
trated (about  350  pages  each).  A  very  complete  account  originally 
published  at  $50,  but  second-hand  copies  can  now  be  had  for  about 
$10. 

"History  of  the  War  in  South  Africa,  1899-1902,"  by  Maurice 
(semi-official  account).  Five  volumes  have  appeared  thus  far  (about 
500  pages  each),  with  a  box  of  excellent  maps  to  accompany  each 
volume.  It  is  sold  at  $10  per  volume,  including  the  maps. 

"The  Great  Boer  War,"  by  Conan  Doyle.  An  excellent  brief 
history. 

"The  Second  Boer  War,"  by  Wisser. 

"Reports  on  Military  Operations  in  South  Africa  and  China,"  pub- 
lished by  the  Military  Information  Division,  Adjutant  General's  Office. 

(Now  War  College  Division,  General  Staff.) 

[289] 


533  (contd.) 

THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR 

Two  volumes  of  the  German  Official  Account  have  thus  far  been 
translated  into  English  and  form  the  best  general  history  so  far  as 
they  go.  Other  volumes  will  appear  soon. 

The  Russian  General  Staff  Official  History  has  been  translated 
into  German  and  French.  The  German  edition  is  somewhat  abridged 
in  8  vols.  The  French  (unabridged)  edition  is  not  yet  completed. 

The  report  of  U.  S.  Army  observers  has  been  published  by  the 
War  Department  in  numerous  volumes  and  contains  valuable  infor- 
mation for  the  study  of  this  war.  The  same  may  be  said  of  Sir  Ian 
Hamilton's  "A  Staff  Officer's  Scrap  Book";  2  volumes  (about  350 
pages  each).  Among  the  many  monographs  and  accounts  of  special 
operations  may  be  mentioned: 

"The  Siege  and  Fall  of  Port  Arthur,"  by  Bartlett — The  best  Eng- 
lish narrative  of  the  siege. 

"The  Battle  of  Mukden" — a  summary  by  the  German  General 
Staff,  published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London,  1906;  72  pages;  $1.50  (good 
maps). 

"The  Battle  of  Shaho,"  the  same. 

"Lessons  of  the  Russo-Japanese  War,"  by  De  Negrier;  Hugh 
Rees,  London. 

"The  Truth  About  the  War,"  by  Tarbuno. 

WORKS  COVERING  SEVERAL  HISTORICAL  EPOCHS 

"Annals  of  the  Wars  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries," 
by  Cust.  This  work  includes  the  campaigns  of  Marlborough,  Fred- 
erick the  Great,  and  Napoleon,  besides  giving  a  good  account  of  the 
"Old  French  War,"  the  Revolution,  and  the  War  of  1812.  It  is  a 
valuable  work,  and  can  be  purchased  at  a  very  reasonable  price. 

VARIOUS  WORKS  PERTAFNING  TO  THE  ART  OF  WAR 

General  Works  on  the  Art  of  War. 

"On  War,"  by  Clausewitz;  translated  from  the  German  by  Colonel 
Graham;  published  by  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Triibner  &  Co.,  London, 
3  volumes. 

Although  written  nearly  a  century  ago  this  book  remains  the 
standard  work  on  the  art  of  war  and  is  one  which  every  officer  who 
wishes  to  become  master  of  his  profession  should  know  thoroughly. 

"The  Conduct  of  War,"  by  Von  der  Goltz;  translated  from  the 
German  by  Colonel  Dickman;  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas 
City,  Mo. 

A  valuable  and  concise  statement  of  the  principles   of  strategy. 

"The  Nation  in  Arms,"  by  Von  der  Goltz;  translated  from  the 
German  by  Von  Donat;  published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London.  An  im- 
portant supplement  to  the  above. 

[290] 


533  (contcl.) 

"The  Development  of  Strategical  Science  During-  the  19th  Cen- 
tury," by  Von  Caemmerer;  translated  from  the  German  by  Von 
Donat;  published  by  Hugh  Rees,  London. 

A  valuable  work,  especially  if  studied  after  or  in  connection  with 
those  given  above. 

"Napoleon's  Maxims  of  War."  Many  translations  exist  of  this 
military  classic  which  every  officer  should  know. 

"Operations  of  War,"  by  Hamley.  This  book  was  published  forty 
years  ago  and  gives  numerous  historical  illustrations  of  the  main 
principles  of  strategy,  taken  chiefly  from  Napoleonic  campaigns.  Al- 
though somewhat  out  of  date  and  inexact  as  to  the  facts  of  some  of 
the  campaigns  cited,  this  work  remains  a  valuable  introduction  to  the 
subjects  of  strategy.  A  work  on  the  same  order,  but  greatly  superior, 
by  Von  Verdy,  has  just  been  published  in  Germany,  of  which  it  is 
hoped  that  an  English  translation  will  soon  be  published. 

"Modern  War,"  by  Derrecagaix,  a  work  on  the  same  plan  by  a 
French  writer. 

"The  Duties  of  the  General  Staff,"  by  Von  Schellendorf,  trans- 
lated for  the  British  General  Staff,  London.  The  best  introduction  to 
the  study  of  military  staff  duties  and  of  the  problems  which  confront 
the  higher  commanders  in  campaign. 

Fortification. 

"Applied  Principles  of  Field  Fortification,"  by  Captain  J.  A.  Wood- 
ruff, is  a  brief  but  good  introduction  to  this  subject. 

Military  Topography  and  Sketching. 

"Individual  and  Combined  Military  Sketching,"  by  Cole  and 
Stuart;  published  by  the  Cavalry  Journal,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

"Military  Topography"  (including  Map  Reading,  Surveying  and 
Sketching),  by  Sherrill. 

"Noncommissioned  Officers'  Manual/*  by  Moss,  contains  excellent 
chapters  on  map-reading  and  map-sketching,  presenting  the  subjects 
in  a  simple,  practical  way. 

Supply  and  Transport. 

"Military  Transport."  | 

"Lines  of  Communication."    J    by  Furse. 

"Notes  on  the  Supply  of  an  Army";  translated  by  Captain  Kendell 
and  Colonel  Sharpe. 

No  subject  connected  with  the  art  of  war  is  of  greater  importance 
than  this,  but  there  is  little  thus  far  printed  on  it  in  English.  Every 
officer  should  investigate  deeply  this  subject  in  books  and  out  of 
them. 

Tactics. 

The  study  of  tactics  is  best  pursued  by  (a)  reading  general  works 
on  the  subject,  such  as  those  cited  below;  (b)  studying  and  solving 

4291] 


^33  (contd.) 

tactical  problems;  and  (c)  studying  military  history.  These  three 
lines  of  study  should  go  hand  in  hand  and  when  possible  be  supple- 
mented by  participating  in  tactical  and  staff  rides,  maneuvers,  and 
war  games. 

(See  Chapter  XXIX,  page  379,  "The  Educational  System  of  the 
Army  and  Professional  Study.") 

The  standard  modern  work  on  tactics  is  by  Balck,  a  German 
writer,  published  in  6  volumes,  two  of  which,  "Infantry  Tactics,"  and 
"Cavalry  &  Artillery,"  have  been  translated  into  English. 

Other  works  on  tactics  recommended  are: 

"Tactical  Principles,"  by  J.  Biirde;  published  by  Hugh  Rces, 
London,  1908. 

"A  Summer  Night's  Dream,"  anonymous;  published  by  Franklin 
Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

"Inquiries  into  the  Tactics  of  the  Future,"  by  Fritz  Hoenig;  trans- 
lated by  Reichmann  and  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City, 
Mo. 

"Etudes  sur  le  Combat,"  by  Ardant  du  Picq.     (French.) 

"Notes  on  Field  Artillery  for  Officers  of  All  Arms,"  by  Captain 
O.  L.  Spaulding,  Jr. 

"Cavalry  Studies  from  Two  Great  Wars,"  by  Bowie,  Koehler  and 
Davis. 

"Cavalry  in  Future  Wars,"  Bernhardi. 

Works  on  Applied  Tactics. 

"Tactical  Principles  and  Problems,"  by  Hanna;  453  pages,  $2.50. 
An-  interesting  and  thorough  discussion  of  marches,  advance  and  rear 
guards,  combats,  outposts,  and  other  ordinary  operations  of  small 
commands  of  infantry  and  cavalry.  This  book  is  highly  recommended. 

"Studies  in  Minor  Tactics,''  by  instructors  in  the  Military  Art 
Department,  Army  School  of  the  Line.  This  book  deals  with  small 
forces,  from  a  small  patrol  up  to  and  including  a  regiment. 

"Letters  on  Applied  Tactics,"  by  Griepenkerl;  American  transla- 
tion by  Earth;  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  This 
work  deals  with  the  reenforced  brigade. 

The  following  three  works  deal  with  an  infantry  division: 

"Studies  in  the  Leading  of  Troops,"  by  Von  Verdy  (Franklin 
Hudson). 

"Tactical  Divisions  and  Orders,"  by  Buddecke  (Franklin  Hudson). 

"Selected  Problems  Relating  to  the  Conduct  of  a  Division"  (by 
Gizycki  and  Fitzman) ;  privately  printed  at  the  Army  Service  Schools 
for  use  in  the  Staff  College  but  for  sale  to  Army  officers. 

The  following  are  of  special  interest  to  cavalry  officers: 

"Conduct  of  a  Contact  Squadron,"  by  de  Biensan. 

"Studies  in  Applied  Tactics,"  by  Von  Alten;  translated  by  Earth 
and  published  by  Franklin  Hudson,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

[292] 


533-534 

"Cavalry  in    C^ivice,"  by   Pellt-Narbonne;   translated   by   Legard 
and  published  by   Hugh   Rees,   London.      (Studies  based  on  the  em- 
ployment of  the  German  Cavalry  at  the  outbreak  of  the  Franco-Ger- 
man War  of  1870-71.) 
Miscellaneous. 

"History  of  the  Indian  Mutiny  of  1857,"  (the  Sepoy  Rebellion), 
by  Malleson. 

"History  of  the  Afghan  Wars,"  by  Forbes. 

"Narrative  of  the  Field  Operations  connected  with  the  Zulu  War 
of  1879." 

"Narrative  of  the  Boer  War,"  by  Carter  (First  Boer  War). 

"Military  History  of  the  Campaign  of  1882  in  Egypt,"  by  Maurice. 

"History  of  the  Soudan  Campaign,"  by  Colvile. 

"With  Kitchener  to  Omdurman,"  by  Stevens. 

"The  River  War,"  by  Churchill. 

"Forty-one  Years  in  India,"  by  General  Lord  Roberts. 

"History  of  the  Florida  War,"  by  Sprague. 

"War  Path  and  Bivouac,"  by  Finerty  (Sioux  War  of  1876-77). 

"Chief  Joseph,  His  Pursuit  and  Capture,"  by  Howard. 

533.  The  War  Department  and  the  Military  Information  Division 
Libraries.     Upon  direct  application  to  the  Librarian  of  the  War  De- 
partment  officers   may   obtain    such    books   in   the   War    Department 
Library  as   are  not   necessary  for  reference  purposes   in   the  library 
rooms.     Books  so  obtained  can  be  retained  thirty  days  from  date  of 
their  receipt,  at  the  expiration  of  which  period  they  will  be  returned 
by  registered  mail  to  the  Librarian  of  the  War  Department. 

The  officer  must  prepay  the  registry  fee. 

Transfers  of  any  volume  to  an  officer  serving  at  the  same  post 
may  be  made  for  a  period  of  fifteen  days,  in  which  case  the  librarian 
will  be  promptly  advised.  (Instructions  of  the  officer  in  supervisory 
charge  of  the  library.) 

Under  the  same  conditions  books  may  be  obtained  from  the  Mili- 
tary Information  Division  Library  (War  College  Division,  General 
Staff). 

Catalogues  of  books  on  hand  in  both  libraries  may  be  found  in  the 
Post  Library. 

534.  Library  of  the  Military  Information  Division,  General  Staff, 
Manila,    P.    I.     Officers    serving    in    the    Philippine    Division    can    get 
books  from  this  library  on  conditions  similar  to  those  on  which  pub- 
lications can  be  obtained  from  the  War  Department  Library. 


[2931 


535 


CHAPTER  XXVIII 

EMPLOYMENT   OF  THE  REGULAR  ARMY 

535.     The    Regular  Army  may  be  used: 

1st.     In  time  of  War. 

2d.     In  time  of  Peace. 

In  time  of  War  the  use  of  the  Regular  Army  needs  little  dis- 
cussion. 

In  time  of  Peace  the  Regular  Army  has  two  uses: 

1st.  In  its  capacity  as  a  distinct  community — that  is,  in  the  per- 
formance of  its  ordinary  duties. 

2d.  In  the  execution  of  the  laws.  The  word  laws  here  refers 
to  both  State  and  Federal  laws. 

It  is  the  use  of  the  Regular  Army  in  execution  of  the  laws  that 
we  are  to  consider  under  this  chapter. 

In  what  manner  may  the  Regular  Army  be  used  in  execution  of 
the  laws?  It  may  be  used  in  the  following  manner  and  not  other- 
wise: 

1st.     As  a  posse  comitatus. 

2d.     As  an  aid  to  the  civil  authority. 

3d.     For  the  protection  of  government  property. 

4th.     Under  martial  law. 

5th.     Under   military   government.      (Military   government   arises 
only  in  time  of  war  but  it  may  continue  after  war  has  ceased.) 
1st.     As  a  posse  comitatus. 

Posse  comitatus  is  a  Latin  expression  meaning  the  power  of  the 
country.  "The  sheriff,  or  other  peace  officer,  has  authority  by  the 
common  law,  while  acting  under  the  authority  of  the  wrk  of  the 
United  States,  commonwealth  or  people,  as  the  case  may  be.  and  for 
the  purpose  of  preserving  the  public  peace,  to  call  to  his  aid  the  posse 
comitatus. 

"Having  authority  to  call  in  the  assistance  of  all  citizens,  he 
may  equally  require  that  of  any  individual;  but  to  this  general  rule 
there  are  some  exceptions;  persons  of  infirm  health  or  who  lack  un- 
derstanding, minors  under  the  age  of  fifteen  years,  women,  and  per-, 
haps  some  others,  it  seems,  can  not  be  required  to  assist  the  sheriff 
and  are  not.  therefore,  considered  as  a  part  of  the  power  of  the 
county." — (Bouvier.) 

The  act  of  June  18,  1878,*  a  part  of  which  is  given  below  and 

*  From  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  it  shall  not  be  lawful  -to  employ 
any  part  of  the  Army  of  the  United  States,  as  a  posse  comitatus  or  otherwise,  for 
the  purpose  of  executing  the  laws,  except  in  such  cases  and  under  such  circum- 
stances as  such  employment  of  said  force  may  be  expressly  authorized  by  the 
Constitution  or  by  act  of  Congress;  and  no  money  appropriated  by  this  act  shall 
be  used  to  pay  any  of  the  expenses  incurred  in  the  employment  of  any  troops  in 
violation  of  this  section. — Act  of  June  18,  1878.  (20  Stat.  L.) 

[294] 


535  (contd.) 

which  part  will  be  found  in  Army  Regulations,  Article  XLVII,  took 
away  the  power  of  the  U.  S.  marshals  and  their  deputies-  to  call  upon 
the  military  forces  of  the  United  States  as  a  posse  to  assist  them  in 
the  execution  of  the  process  of  the  U.  S.  Courts.  This  authority  was 
resorted  to  in  numerous  cases  before  the  passage  of  the  act.  Since 
the  passage  of  this  act  the  Federal  troops  can  be  used  as  a  posse 
comitatus  in  a  very  limited  number  of  cases  only.  What  those  cases 
are  will  be  found  in  Article  XLVII,  Army  Regulations.  Consequently, 
when  an  army  officer,  receives  orders  to  take  his  force,  or  a  part 
thereof,  and  act  as  a  posse  comitatus,  he  should  carefully  read  Article 
XLVII  for  instructions. 

2d.     As  an  aid  to  the  civil  authority. 

Attention  is  directed  to  Article  XLVII,  Army  Regulations,  and 
to  paragraph  486  of  that  Article,  as  well  as  to  the  wording  of  the  Act 
of  June  18,  1878.  Paragraph  486,  based  upon  said  act,  is  as  follows: 
"Officers  of  the  Army  will  not  permit  troops  under  their  command 
to  be  used  to  aid  the  civil  authorities  as  a  posse  comitatus,  or  in  exe- 
cution of  the  laws,  except  as  provided  in  the  foregoing  paragraph." 

Now,  what  is  the  foregoing  paragraph?  It  is  a  selection  of  the 
Statutes  of  the  Federal  Government  giving  all  cases  where  the  Regu- 
lar Army  may  be  used  in  time  of  peace.  And  as  stated  in  paragraph 
485,  the  Regular  Army  can  be  used  in  no  other  circumstances  and  in 
no  other  manner.  Consequently,  when  an  army  officer  receives  orders 
to  take  his  force,  or  part  thereof,  and  use  it  in  the  execution  of  the 
laws,  he  should  carefully  read  Article  XLVII  for  instructions. 

Now,  it  will  not  always  be  possible  for  subordinate  officers  to 
see  the  orders  under  which  they  are  placed  in  situations  aiding  the 
civil  authorities.  However,  a  presumption  of  legality  attends  their 
duties  under  such  circumstances  that  will  be  of  some  help  to  them 
should  they  subsequently  be  called  before  civil  tribunals  in  criminal 
actions  or  actions  for  damages.  But  as  every  individual  member  of 
the  Regular  Army,  from  the  commanding  officer  to  the  lowest  ranking 
private,  is  answerable  legally  for  any  act  he  may  do  not  in  conformity 
v.-ith  Article  XLVII,  it  is  considered  the  duty  of  commanding  officers 
to  inform  their  subordinates  of  the  legal  status  of  the  circumstances 
surrounding  them,  unless  there  is  some  tactical  reason  why  this  should 
not  be  done. 

Presumably  the  President,  or  other  lawfully  constituted  author- 
ity, will  never  place  the  Regular  Army  in  a  position  not  in  conformity 
with  Article  XLVII.  The  presumption  of  legality  is  very  strong  and 
orders  should  not  be  disobeyed  as  not  being  covered  by  Article 
XLVII  unless  palpably  illegal. 

Questions  arising  concerning  the  employment  of  the  Regular 
Army  under  this  head,  the  aid  of  the  civil  authorities,  arise  most  fre- 
quently, if  not  entirely,  not  from  the  illegality  of  the  use  of  the  force, 
but  from  the  excessive  and  unwarranted  action  of  some  officer  or 
officers  of  the  Army. 

[2951 


535  (contd.) 

As  to  their  responsibility  for  their  acts,  officers  should  remem- 
ber that  necessity  is  always  and  forever  the  measure  of  their  actions. 
Now,  when  a  person  acts  through  necessity  he  must,  naturally,  be 
the  judge  of  what  that  necessity  is.  As  long  as  his  judgment  is  rea- 
sonable, what  most  men  would  judge  was  necessary  under  the  same 
circumstances,  he  will  probably  be  protected  by  the  law. 

But  army  officers  may  rest  assured  that  in  ninety-nine  cases 
out  of  one  hundred  where  life  or  limb  has  been  taken,  or  property 
has  been  destroyed,  they  will  subsequently  be  called  upon  to  justify 
their  acts  before  the  civil  courts.  For  this  is  a  government  of  the 
laws  and  no  man  can  take  life  or  destroy  property  without  being 
called  upon  to  defend  his  actions.  It  is  well  to  remember  that  this 
is  true  under  every  phase  in  which  the  Regular  Army  can  be  used 
in  time  of  peace,  and  also  in  many  cases  in  time  of  war. 

As  to  the  tactical  propositions  that  arise  in  the  performance  of 
this  duty  of  aiding  the  civil  authority,  these  are  purely  tactical  ques- 
tions and  are  to  be  decided  by  you  as  such.  Whether  you  will  take 
life  or  destroy  property  must  depend  upon  the  circumstances  of  each 
separate  case.  Whether  you  shall  fire  into  a  mob  or  not  depends 
upon  the  circumstances  at  that  very  moment  existing",  and  these  you 
must  view  as  would  a  reasonable  man  under  the  same  condition.  Xo 
two  cases  will  ever  be  exactly  the  same.  So  while  a  study  of  the 
cases  where  the  Federal  Power  has  been  used  in  domestic  disturb- 
ances is  of  vital  necessity  to  make  you  familiar  with  such  questions,* 
yet  the  exact  circumstances  confronting  you  at  any  time  will  have  no 
exact  precedent.  Attention  is  directed  to  paragraph  489,  Article 
XLVII,  Army  Regulations,  as  to  the  tactical  employment  of  troops  in 
such  cases. 

3d.     For  the  protection  of  government  property. 

This  duty  will  ordinarily  arise  either  when  the  troops  are  being 
used  under  the  heading  above  given,  when  they  are  already  called 
into  action  as  an  aid  to  the  civil  authorities,  or  when  martial  law 
exists.  But  cases  may  arise  when  it  will  be  an  officer's  duty  to  pro- 
tect government  property  when  he  has  not  been  called  upon  under 
any  of  the  other  classes  of  action. 

For  instance,  an  officer  may  be  informed  that  a  postoffice  build- 
ing is  threatened,  and  this  when  no  state  of  riot  or  insurrection  exists, 
and  also  when  he  has  not  been  requested  by  the  civil  authority  to 
protect  the  building.  Yet  his  duty  to  protect  the  building  is  plain. 
and  the  measure  of  his  responsibility  here  is  the  same  as  it  is  in 
every  other  form  of  the  employment  of  the  military — he  will  use  only 
that  amount  of  force  that  is  necessary  under  the  circumstances  to 
accomplish  his  object  or  to  perform  his  duty. 

*  Officers  flioti1d  secure  a  copy  of  the  government  publication  entitled  "Federal 
Aid  in  Domestic  Disturbances." 

[296] 


535  (contd.) 
4th.     Under  martial  law. 

When  the  civil  authorities  are  unable  to  meet  a  disturbed  con- 
dition of  affairs,  and  instead  of  matters  getting  better  they  are  con- 
stantly growing  worse,  the  military  power,  the  only  one  capable  of 
coping  with  the  situation  must  step  in  and  for  the  time  being  be- 
come supreme.  Now,  the  civil  authorities  may  be  unable  to  control 
the  situation  even  when  they  have  the  appearance  of  being  able  to 
perform  their  usual  functions.  Judges  may  be  willing  and  able  to 
proceed  with  trials  but  yet  it  may  be  impossible  to  secure  juries  to 
act.  Men  may  be  unable  to  render  just  verdicts  on  account  of  terror 
hanging  over  them.  Sheriffs  or  marshals  may  not  be  able  to  carry 
out  the  writs  and  mandates  of  the  courts.  This  is  equally  a  suspen- 
sion of  the  civil  authority  as  is  the  inability  of  the  judges  to  perform 
their  usual  duties. 

As  to  the  manner  of  performing  the  duties  that  arise  under  martial 
law,  in  most  cases  there  will  exist  a  hearty  cooperation  between  the 
civil  and  the  military  authorities.  While  the  civil  authorities  have 
been  forced  from  their  wonted  duties,  yet  they  should  be  consulted 
for  advice  and  suggestions.  When  acting  as  "an  aid  to  the  civil"  the 
military  asks  the  civil  authorities  what  they  wish  done,  and  then  the 
military  do  it,  only,  of  course,  in  their  own  way.  Under  martial  law 
the  military  may  and  generally  will  ask  opinions  of  the  civil  authori- 
ties regarding  measures  tending  to  restore  tranquillity.  This,  how- 
ever, is  advice  merely. 

Under  martial  law  the  military  generally  continues  in  existence 
all  civil  powers  possible,  such  as  the  various  departments,  fire,  police, 
sanitation,  etc.  The  military  makes  use  of  all  the  customary  methods 
of  municipal  business,  using  the  officialdom  of  municipal  government, 
because  the  military  is  not  familiar  with  such  work  and  it  will  seldom 
be  in  sufficient  force  to  handle  all  the  civil  duties  in  a  disturbed  com- 
munity. This  is  also  in  keeping  with  the  general  idea  of  martial 
law,  that  there  should  be  as  little  upsetting  of  the  customary  run  of 
affairs  as  possible.  The  duty  of  the  military  is  to  bolster  up  the  civil 
authority  and  as  speedily  as  possible  restore  the  usual  conditions. 

The  legal  responsibility  of  officers  under  martial  law  is  exactly 
the  same  as  when  the  troops  are  being  used  "in  aid  of  the  .civil." 
Necessity  is  the  measure  of  responsibility  here  as  in  every  other 
occasion  of  the  use  of  the  military.  What  was  said  above  as  to 
responsibilities  applies  equally  here  and  applies  equally  well  to  every 
phase  of  military  action  that  we  are  here  discussing. 

5th.     Under  Military  Government. 

Military  Government  arises  only  in  time  of  war  but  it  may  con- 
tinue after  war  has  ceased.  It  relates  to  the  power  and  duties  of  a 
belligerent  as  a  governor.  It  is  the  government  applied  to  occupied 
enemy  territory.  This  may  be  either  foreign  territory  or  our  own 

[297] 


535  (contd.) 

territory  where  the  status  of  belligerency  exists,  as  in  certain  sections 
during  the  civil  war. 

This  form  of  government  is  "exercised  by  the  military  com- 
mander under  the  direction  of  the  President,  with  the  express  or 
implied  sanction  of  Congress."*  Its  limitations  are  practically  the 
Laws  of  War.  But  there  is  this  thought  that  officers  should  bear  in 
mind — the  responsibility  of  officers  here  is  the  same  as  in  other  forms 
of  the  use  of  the  military.  If  in  exercising  military  government  an 
officer  unnecessarily  injures  a  loyal  citizen  of  our  country  he  will  be 
held  responsible.!  He  might  not  be  held  responsible  for  injuries  to 
an  enemy,  for  it  is  doubtful  if  any  court  would  ever  hear  complaints 
from  an  enemy.  But  his  responsibility  to  those  who  have  the  right 
to  sue  in  the  established  courts  of  this  country  is  the  same  as  stated 
above.  Hence  here,  as  elsewhere,  necessity  is  the  measure  of  an  offi- 
cer's responsibility. 

The  above  is  a  discussion  of  the  use  of  the  Regular  Army.  The 
measure  of  responsibility,  however,  is  the  same  for  the  Militia  in  its 
several  uses  as  above  described  for  the  regular  forces.  The  legality 
of  the  use  of  the  Militia  in  regard  to  the  manner  of  its  calling  out  when 
done  by  a  state,  must  be  measured  by  the  laws  of  the  state.  When 
called  into  use  by  the  -federal  government  the  militia  becomes  federal 
forces  and  subject  to  the  law  as  given  in  this  chapter. 

*  Ex  parte  Milligan.     4  Wall, 
t  Mitchell  v.  Harmony.     13  Howard. 

An   excellent   book,   "The   Laws   and   Customs   of   Riot   Duty,"   by   Colonel   Byron 
L.  Barger,  N.  G.,  Ohio,  is  recommended  to  all  National  Guard  officers. 
See  Chapter  XXX,  par.  549,  on  "Riot  Duty." 


[298] 


536-537 


CHAPTER  XXIX  ' 

THE  USE  OF  THE  ARMY  FOR  RELIEF  PURPOSES 
IN  PUBLIC  CATASTROPHES 

536.  Nature  of  obligation.     On  occasions  of  great  public  catas- 
trophes, such  as  fire,  flood,  earthquake,  etc.,  beyond  the  power  of  the 
civil  authorities  to  properly  alleviate,   it  is  not  a  legal   duty  of  the 
Army  to  offer  assistance,  but  there  may  be  a  moral  obligation  to  do  so. 

There  is  no  authority,  general  or  otherwise,  for  the  use  of  the 
Army  in  such  emergencies — the  only  justification  is  an  absolute  neces- 
sity to  protect  life  and  alleviate  human  suffering. 

Custom  alone  has  sanctioned  the  action  of  commanding  officers 
in  offering  assistance  under  such  circumstances,  but  each  case  is  a 
special  one  and  must  be  solved  by  the  commanding  officer  himself, 
who  -in  all  such  cases  acts  on  his  own  responsibility.  In  all  cases 
where  discretion  and  good  judgment  have  been  displayed,  the  War 
Department,  and  when  necessary  the  Congress,  has  accorded  approval 
and  support. 

537.  How  to  proffer  assistance.     Proffer  of  aid  should  be  made 
to  the  chief  administrative  official  of  the  town  or  city,  and,  except  in 
very  grave  emergencies  involving  loss  of  life  or  other  great,  immediate 
and  irreparable  disaster,  no  action  should  be  taken  without  the  ex- 
pressed wish  of  said  official.     When  time  permits  such  aid  should  be 
tendered  in  writing,  and  in  all  cases  should  be  so  recorded  at  the  ear- 
liest practicable  moment. 

Art.  IV,  Sec.  IV,  of  the  Constitution  provides  that  "The  United 

States shall  protect  each  one  of  them  [the  states] 

against  invasion,  and  on  application  of  the  legislature,  or  of  the  execu- 
tive (when  the  legislature  can  not  be  convened),  from  domestic 
"violence." 

This  article  is  the  only  one  which  authorizes  the  use  of  the  forces 
of  the  general  government  in  time  of  peace  to  assist  a  state  govern- 
ment, or  a  municipality  within  a  state,  in  case  of  any  kind  of  domestic 
violence. 

A  public  calamity,  such  as  flood,  fire,  earthquake  or  pestilence,  in 
itself  is  not  "domestic  violence"  in  the  terms  of  the  articles  but 
might  be  productive  of  violence  by  rendering  powerless  the  civil 
authorities  and  tempting  the  lawless  element  of  our  population  to 
commit  crimes  of  violence. 

A  commanding  officer  of  troops,  who  has  proffered  assistance  to 
the  civil  authorities  should  report  at  once  his  action  in  full  to  the 
War  Department,  through  the  next  higher  commander,  by  telegraph, 

1299] 


538-539-540 

including  his  communication  to  the  state  executive,  and  should  request 
orders.  He  should  also  immediately  take  steps  to  assure  his  position 
by  communicating  with  the  executive  of  the  state,  informing  him 
that  the  troops  have  been  employed  in  the  manner  stated,  at  the 
request  of,  or  after  the  acceptance  of  proffered  services  by  the  civil 
authorities  at  the  place  of  calamity;  that  the  troops  are  there  without 
legal  sanction  and  must  be  withdrawn  unless  the  executive,  by  his 
action,  obtains  constitutional  authorization  for  their  further  use  under 
Art.  IV,  Sec.  IV  of  the  Constitution;  that  he  has  communicated  his 
action  to  the  War  Department  and  awaits  orders  from  the  same,  by 
which  he  must  regulate  his  future  conduct;  that  he  desires  to  assist 
the  local  authorities  in  every  way,  but  is  totally  without  police  power 
unless  the  status  of  the  troops  be  determined  in  the  proper  manner; 
that  he  will  give  a  reasonable  time  to  the  executive  for  obtaining  the 
action  of  the  federal  government,  and  that  he  is  unwilling  to  remain 
longer  without  legal  status. 

His  action  is  then  complete  and  he  may  abide  by  the  later  orders 
of  his  immediate  superior  or  of  the  War  Department. 

The  troops  should  be  directed  thereupon  to  r.ender  assistance  but 
not  to  assume  police  authority,  relying  on  the  moral  effect  of  their 
presence  to  preserve  order,  until  proper  instructions  may  have  been 
issued  by  the  proper  commander. 

(NOTE — The  local  civil  authorities  have  no  power  to  clothe  troops  or  indi- 
viduals of  the  army  with  power  to  act  as  police  or  sheriff's  posse,  nor  does  their 
request  for  assistance  legalize  in  any  way  the  presence  or  action  of  troops.) 

538.  Report  of  action.     Such   emergent  action  on  the  part  of  a 
military  commander  should  be  immediately  reported. by  telegraph  to 
superior  authority,  with  a  clear  statement  of  the  extent  of  disaster, 
the  services  rendered,  the  probable  length  of  duty,  etc. 

539.  Gratuitous  issue  of  supplies.     A  commanding  officer  has  no 
authority  to  issue  rations,  medicines,  clothing,  and  other  government 
property  to  sufferers.     An   effort   should   be   made   to   obtain   special 
authority  by  telegraph.    If  all  communication  is  cut  off,  the  command- 
ing officer  must  use  his   own  judgment   and   take   the   chances — the 
assumption  of  such  responsibility  shows  the  quality  of  the  man. 

When  the  necessary  authority  has  been  obtained  supplies  issued 
are  dropped  on  the  certificate  of  the  issuing  officer  without  receipt, 
as  expended  by  order  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  who  must,  of  course, 
look  to  Congress  for  relief,  as  was  done  in  the  case  of  the  San  Fran- 
cisco disaster. 

540.  Status  of  the  Army.    Until  the  executive  or  legislature  of  a 
state  shall  have  made  the  request  required  in  Art.  IV,  Sec.  IV,  of  the 
Constitution,  the  army  has  no  legal  status.     Its  use  for  any  purpose 
except  relief  would,  as  a  principle,  be  pernicious.     For  example,  the 
local  civil  authorities  could  not  properly  request   the  aid  of  troops, 
nor  could  such  aid  be  proffered  by  the  military  commander  to  suppress. 

[300] 


541 

a  serious  riot  or  sedition,  though  such  riot  or  sedition  might  result 
in  an  exceedingly  disastrous  fire  or  other  public  calamity.  Aid  in  this 
or  any  other  case  should  be  limited  to  relief  of  the  helpless  sufferers 
of  the  calamity. 

The  wishes  of  the  civil  authorities  should  be  carried  out  as  regards 
relief  of  persons  and  salvage  of  property,  but  the  army  should  not 
usurp  the  police  power  until  its  status  is  legalized  as  provided  for  in 
the  Constitution.  It  can  then  cooperate  with  the  civil  authorities  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  law  and  regulations. 

Of  course,  the  civil  authorities  can  exercise  no  authority  what- 
soever over  the  troops,  nor  should  they  under  any  circumstances  be 
permitted  to  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  manner  of  their  employ- 
ment. Having  received  from  the  civil  authorities  the  purpose  and 
object  they  would  like  to  have  accomplished  (which  should  always  be 
given  in  writing,  but  if  that  be  not  practicable,  then  in  the  presence 
of  witnesses)  the  military  commander  alone  is  to  be  the  sole  judge  of 
the  best  mode  and  means  of  accomplishing  the  duty  required  of  him. 

\A£here  the  case  is  one  such  that  the  President  has  under  the  Con- 
stitution and  the  U.  S.  laws  authority  to  intervene  (e.  g.,  to  protect 
federal  property,  insure  the  transmission  of  U.  S.  mail,  etc.),  and  one 
in  which,  by  reason  of  broken  communications  with  higher  authorities, 
it  is  impossible  to  obtain  authority,  the  military  commander  must  de- 
termine whether  the  case  is  of  sufficient  gravity  to  warrant  his  inter- 
vening. While  the  exercise  of  discretion  is  demanded  when  it  comes 
to  protecting  railroad  trains  carrying  the  U.  S.  mails  or.  otherwise 
protecting  federal  interests  in  what  we  may  call  an  indirect  manner, 
there  can  be  no  question  of  the  duty  imposed  upon  the  military  in  a 
case  of  emergency  to  directly  protect  government  property.  Thus,  for 
instance,  it  becomes  an  immediate  duty  to  protect  a  sub-treasury  of 
the  United  States,  a  post  office,  or  a  custom  house.  A  garrison  may 
therefore  be  established  in  one  of  these,  even  where  no  other  action 
is  deemed  advisable. 

Whenever  the  military  commander  is  unwilling  to  conform  to  the 
wishes  of  the  supreme  civil  official,  as  expressed  personally  or  through 
certain  designated  assistants,  the  army  should  be  promptly  with- 
drawn, and  in  no  event  should  it  remain  on  such  duty  beyond  a  time 
of  recognized  necessity.  A  command  should  be  withdrawn  invariably 
on  the  initiative  of  the  military  commander,  remembering  it  is  better 
to  be  a  day  early  rather  than  an  hour  late  in  restoring  settled  forms 
of  government. 

All  power  exercised  has  its  origin  in  civil  officials,  and,  apart 
from  the  first  grave  emergencies,  no  specific  duties  should  be  assumed 
except  after  discussion,  and  under  a  definite  agreement  which  should 
always  be  reduced  to  writing. 

541.  Military  Regulations.  When  important  duties  are  assumed 
under  such  agreement,  specific  military  regulations  for  their  perform- 

[301] 


542-543 

ance  should  be  published  to  the  command,  copies  being  furnished  the 
civil  administration  chief  and  also  posted  for  public  information  and 
guidance. 

542.  Orders  about  firing  on  people.     This  is  a  very  delicate  sub- 
ject and  one  that  should  be  handled  with  the  greatest  judgment  and 
discretion. 

The  army  having  no  legal  status,  excepting  as  above  stated  in 
regard  to  federal  property,  strict  orders  should  be  given  against  firing 
on  any  person,  even  for  the  prevention  of  crime,  though  assistance 
short  of  killing  or  maiming  individuals  could  be  rendered  the  civil 
authorities  to  protect  life  and  prevent  crimes  of  violence  to  persons. 

Until  properly  vested  with  police  power,  each  individual  of  the 
Army  must  understand  that  he  stands  as  any  other  citizen,  amenable 
to  prosecution  in  a  civil  suit  for  damages  and  amenable  to  trial  for 
commission  of  crime  by  either  a  civil  or  a  military  court  for  any 
action  committed  by  him,  and  that  violence  to  the  individuals  is  done 
in  such  cases  not  under  legal  orders,  but  only  on  his  own  responsi- 
bility. 

The  power  to  take  life  would  be  limited  to  the  right  of  a  private 
citizen  under  similar  circumstances. 

The  request  of  local  civil  authorities  would  in  no  way  modify  the 
legal  status  of  the  Army  so  as  to  permit  firing  on  persons  for  rioting, 
looting  or  for  any  other  reason. 

After  the  status  of  the  Army  has  been  properly  legalized  as  pro- 
vided for  in  Art.  IV,  Section  IV,  of  the  Constitution,  troops  can  be 
ordered  to  fire  on  persons  committing  crimes  of  violence.  Under 
such  conditions  the  duties  and  powers  of  the  civil  government  de- 
volve, temporarily,  upon  the  army,  and  among  such  is  that  of  police 
authority. 

The  clearest  statement  bearing  on  such  cases  that  the  author 
knows  of  is  by  Tiedman  in  his  "Limitation  of  Police  Power." 

"If  there  be  any  valid  ground  of  justification  in  the  taking  of 
human  life,  it  can  only  rest  upon  its  necessity  as  a  means  of  protection 
to  the  community  against  the  perpetration  of  dangerous  and  terrible 
crimes  by  the  person  whose  life  is  to  be  forfeited." 

In  short,  the  same  conditions  which  would  justify  a  policeman 
in  firing  on  civilians,  or  in  taking  their  lives, .would  equally  justify  the 
soldier,  when  acting  as  a  policeman  in  taking  similar  action. 

543.  Seizure  of  private  property  for  public  uses.     The  extent  of  a 
public    calamity    would    determine    the    propriety    of    seizing    private 
property  for  the  relief  of  sufferers. 

There  is  no  right,  constitutional  or  legal,  for  such  seizures,  but 
a  commanding  officer  might  be  justified  in  so  doing  if  he  could  there- 
by prevent  death  or  suffering  among  the  victims  of  the  calamity. 

[301] 


544-545 

He  would  do  so  on  his  own  personal  responsibility,  with  the  full 
knowledge  that,  in  case  he  were  not  relieved  by  public  contribution  or 
otherwise,  he  would  become  personally  liable  for  his  acts. 

Such  seizure,  if  made,  should  be  limited  to  the  minimum  neces- 
sary for  the  relief  desired  and  receipts  for  supplies,  and  certificates 
of  services,  in  cases  of  transportation  or  labor  requisitioned,  should 
always  be  given.  Such  receipts  and  certificates  should  be  given  in  as 
full  detail  as  possible;  for  they  will  be  used  subsequently  in  this  settle- 
ment of  claims. 

Liquor,  if  there  should  be  fear  of  this  being  distributed  and  result- 
ing in  riot,  should  be  carefully  guarded  and  its  sale  or  gift  prevented. 
It  should  never  be  destroyed  unless  abandoned  or  in  danger  of  falling 
into  the  hands  of  a  mob,  and  when  destroyed  the  destruction  as  far 
as  possible  should  be  made  the  subject  of  careful  memoranda  having 
in  view  the  claims  which  are  sure  to  arise  later. 

If  there  should  be  any  destruction  or  requisition  of  property, 
those  charged  therewith  should  receive  detailed  instructions,  in  writ- 
ing if  possible,  as  to  just  how  far  they  are  to  go.  They  should  also  be 
informed  of  the  reason  for  requisitioning  or  destroying  the  property. 
Receipts  with  full  detail  should  be  given  for  property  destroyed. 

544.  Relief  Work.     Such  supplies  as  may  have  been  requisitioned 
from  private  stores,  those  gratuitously  issued  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment, and  such  as  may  have  been  contributed,  should  be  issued  daily 
to  sufferers  in  quantities  necessary  for  their  temporary  subsistence. 

The  locality  should  be  districted,  each  district  being  placed  for 
relief  and  other  purposes,  under  the  command  of  an  officer  of  suitable 
rank. 

A  central  supply  depot  should  also  be  designated  and  placed 
under  the  charge  of  a  competent  officer.  Proper  staff  officers  should 
be  designated  at  headquarters  to  manage  the  various  bureaus  of  relief, 
sanitation,  hospitals  and  police,  when  this  power  is  exercised. 

Each  district  commander  should  make  the  most  efficient  dis- 
tribution of  the  troops  under  his  command  for  the  purposes  which 
he  is  required  to  execute;  he  should  establish  relief  stations  at  central 
points  and  designate  officers  in  charge  of  them,  giving  them  general 
instructions  as  to  their  duties;  he  should  establish  a  service  of  sani- 
tation and  public  health  in  his  district,  organizing  dispensaries  and 
temporary  hospitals  if  necessary,  and  assigning  military  surgeons  and 
volunteer  civil  physicians  and  nurses;  he  should  send  in  reports  of 
his  actions,  with  estimates  of  number  of  refugees  and  requests  for 
necessary  supplies,  so  that  the  needs  of  his  district  may  be  supplied 
from  the  central  distributing  station.  In  general,  he  would  obtain 
transportation  and  send  an  officer  for  supplies,  rather  than  wait  till 
they  were  sent  him. 

545.  Inspectors.     Military  inspectors  should  be  appointed  in  such 
numbers  as  to  keep   the   command   fully  informed  as   to   conditions, 

[303] 


546-547-548 

etc.  They  should  report  verbally  and  in  a  body  at  fixed  hours  so 
that  all  inspectors  may  be  familiar  with  the  conditions  in  other  dis- 
tricts, atrd  especially  as  to  relief  extended,  evils  corrected,  precautions 
taken,  etc.  Where  commanders  can  not  cover  the  whole  area  satisfac- 
torily, suitable  districts  should  be  assigned  to  competent  officers  with 
full  power  to  act. 

546.  Complaints.     All   complaints,  of  whatever  character,   should 
be  patiently  heard.     When  they  are  reduced  to  writing,  or  on  verbal 
representation  when  serious,  investigations  by   inspectors,   preferably 
those  authorized  to  administer  an  oath,  should  be  immediately  made 
and  the  substance  of  the  report  furnished  to  the  complainant.     Public 
confidence,  a  factor  of  extreme  importance,  is  ensured  by  prompt  cor- 
rection of  existing  evils  and  proper  publicity  of  official  investigation. 

547.  Main  lines   of  action.     In  brief,   complete   subordination   to 
civil  authority,  considerate  action  toward  the  distressed,  the  prompt 
arrest  and  transfer  to  the  civil  authorities   of  criminals   actively   dis- 
turbing the  public  peace,  are  the  main  lines  of  action  and  principles 
underlying  successful  active  administration  by  the  Army  of  relief  in 
public  disasters. 

548.  The  principal  qualities  needed  in  an  officer  in  all  cases  of 
public  calamity  are  good  judgment  and  tact,  energy,  zeal  and  insensi- 
bility to  fatigue,  consideration  for  sufferers,  and  for  his   own   troops, 
and  more  than  all,  initiative  and  a  willingness  to  accept  responsibility. 

CNOTE — Those   wishing   to   go  into  this  subject   more   fully  should   read   "Federal 
Aid  in  Domestic  Disturbances" — a   War   Department  publication.) 


[304] 


549-550 


CHAPTER  XXX 

RIOT   DUTY* 

549.  General  considerations.    Riot  duty  is  without  doubt  the  most 
disagreeable,   distasteful,   obnoxious   and   unsatisfactory   duty   that   an 
officer  may  ever  be  called  upon  to  perform. 

The  liability  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  to  civil  action  and  crimi- 
nal prosecution  for  acts  performed  in  the  execution  of  their  duty;  the 
submission  to  insults  from  men,  women  and  children,  and,  sometimes, 
even  to  bodily  attack  by  women;  the  use  of  dynamite  by  rioters,  and, 
especially  in  the  case  of  the  Organized  Militia,  the  injection  of  local 
politics  into  tactical  considerations — all  these  things  conspire  to  make 
riot  duty  most  distasteful  and  disagreeable  to  the  soldier.  However, 
there  is  no  duty  more  vitally  important  than  that  of  suppressing  law- 
lessness that  threatens,  as  riot  often  does,  the  stability  of  our  institu- 
tions and  the  safety  of  our  homes.  Because  of  its  nature  on  the  one 
hand  and  its  importance  on  the  other,  it  is  a  subject  that  should  re- 
ceive the  careful  thought  and  consideration  of  all  military  men. 

The  subject  of  riot  duty  possesses  two  separate  and  distinct  sides: 
the  legal  side  and  the  tactical  side. 

THE  LEGAL  SIDE 

550.  The  military  subordinate  to  the  civil.     In  this  country  the 
military  is  normally  subordinate  to  the  civil. 

Considering  the  military  power  (Regulars,  Militia  and  Volunteers) 
as  an  organization,  this  means  that  the  military  power  is  created  by 
the  civil  authorities;  that  after  organization  it  is  subject  to  the  laws 
enacted  by  the  civil  authorities  and  can  be  disbanded  by  the  civil 
authorities;  that  it  can  not  of  its  oWn  initiative  undertake  any 
action  and  especially  none  to  enforce  the  laws  or  suppress  disorder,  or 
to  aid  the  civil  authorities  in  the  enforcement  of  law  or  the  suppres- . 
sion  of  disorder,  but  that  any  action  taken  can  be  pursuant  only  to  the 
procedure  established  by  the  civil  authorities;  that  the  military  power 
can  neither  declare  war  nor  make  peace,  but  the  civil  authorities  alone 
possess  that  power;  that  the  military  must  always  be  kept  in  subjec- 

*  In  the  preparation  of  this  chapter  extracts  were  freely  made  from  "The  Rela- 
tions of  the  Military  to  the  Civil  Authority,"  by  General  Chas.  B.  Hall,  U.  S.  Army, 
"Street  Riot  Duty/'  by  General  Albert  Ordway,  N.  G..  D.  C,  "Legal  and  Tactical 
Considerations  Affecting  the  Employment  of  the  Military  in  the  Suppression  of 
"Mobs,"  by  Lieut.  R.  W.  Young  (Journal  Military  Service  Institution,  June,  1888),  and 
the  U.  S.  Army  Regulations.  '"'The  Law  and  Customs  of  Riot  Duty,"  by  Colonel 
Bryon  L.  Barger,  N.  G.,  Ohio,  the  most  complete  work  ever  published  on  the  subject, 
was  also  consulted.  The  article  was  carefully  reviewed  by  General  C.  B.  Dougherty, 
:<".  (',.,  Penna.,  one  of  the  leading  authorities  of  this  country  on  riot  duty. 

[305] 


551 

tion  to  the  laws  of  the  country;  that  the  law  alone  governs  and  to  it 
the  military  must  yield. 

Considering  the  individual  officers  and  soldiers  who  unite  to  con- 
stitute the  military  power  the  military  being  subordinate  to  the  civil, 
means  that  an  officer  or  soldier  in  taking  upon  himself  the  additional 
responsibilities  and  obligations  of  the  military  profession,  can  not  or- 
dinarily divest  himself,  as  an  individual,  of  civil  responsibility  to  other 
citizens  and  criminal  responsibility  before  the  courts  of  the  country 
for  his  private  individual  acts;  that,  if  a  member  of  the  Regular  Army, 
he  is  liable  to  civil  and  criminal  prosecution  also,  for  his  official  acts  in 
the  performance  of  his  military  duties. 

However,  the  laws  of  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  York, 
Wisconsin,  Alabama,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  several  other 
states  provide  that  no  officer  of  their  militia  shall  be  held  liable  to 
civil  or  criminal  prosecution  for  his  acts  while  rendering  aid  to  the 
civil  authority.*  But  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  Regular  Army  and 
also  of  the  Militia  of  States  that  have  no  laws  giving  them  immunity 
from  prosecution,  should  remember  this:  As  long  as  you  act  within 
the  scope  of  your  authority,  or  do  not  show  "malice,  corruption  or 
cruelty,"  this  law  of  civil  authority  to  which  you  are  required  to  sub- 
ject yourself  will  protect  you;  remember  also  that  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United  States  has  decided  that  in  order  to  obtain  judgment 
against  an  officer  for  acts  alleged  to  have  been  done  while  on  duty, 
the  burden  of  proof  is  upon  the  party  complaining  to  show  that  the 
officer  exceeded  his  authority;  and  remember,  too,  that  his  acts  are 
presumed  to  be  legal.  To  overcome  this  presumption  it  is  necessary 
to  show  that  the  officer  or  soldier  committed  more  than  an  error  of 
judgment — it  must  be  shown  that  he  committed  a  malicious  and  willful 
error. 

There  are,  however,  occasions  when  the  fundamental  principle  of 
subordination  of  military  power  to  civil  authority  is  either  modified  or 
suspended.  It  is  modified  when  civil  authority  calls  military  force  to 
its  aid;  it  is  suspended  when  civil  authority  declares  martial  law. 

551.    When  the  Regular  Army  may  be  called  out  for  riot  duty. 

"In  all  cases  of  civil  disorder  or  domestic  violence,  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  Army  to  preserve  an  attitude  of  indifference  and  inaction  till 
ordered  to  act  by  the  President.  *  *  *  *  In  a  case  of  civil  dis- 
turbance in  violation  of  the  laws  of  a  state,  a  military  commander 
can  not  volunteer  to  intervene  with  his  command  without  incurring 
a  personal  responsibility  for  his  acts.  In  the  absence  of  the  requisite 
orders  he  may  not  even  march  of  array  his  command  for  the  purpose 
of  exerting  a  moral  effect  or  an  effect  in  terrorem;  such  a  demonstra- 

*  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  even  though  there  may  be  a  State  law 
conferring  immunity  upon  officers  and  soldiers  for  their  acts  while  on  duty  i-i  aid  of 
the  civil,  such  a  law  does  not  shield  them  from  responsibility  for  acts  committed 
through  malice  or  with  corrupt  intent.  Otherwise  officers  and  soldiers  on  such  duty 
could  commit  rape,  arson,  theft  and  what  not,  with  impunity. 

[306] 


Robert  Alexander  Bel! 

0-892802  552 

tion  indeed  could  only  compromise  the  authority  of  the  United  States 
while  insulting  the  sovereignty  of  the  State."  (Digest  of  Opinions  of 
the  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the  Army,  igoi  Edition.) 

Troops  of  the  Regular  Army  may  be  ordered  out  for  riot  duty 
under  the  following  conditions: 

1.  By  the  President. 

a.  If  requested  by  any  State  and  if  after  investigation  the  facts 
warrant  it.     If  the  legislature  is  in  session,  the  request  must  be  made 
by  that  body;  if  not  .in  session,  then  the  governor  may  make  the  re- 
quest. 

b.  If  property  of  the  United  States  is  being  endangered  or  de- 
stroyed, or  if  the  rioters  are  interfering  with  the  execution  of  Federal 
Laws  or  with1  the  mails  of  the  United  States.     Of  course,  in  this  case 
the  troops  would  confine  themselves  absolutely  to  matters  affecting 
the  Federal  Government. 

2.  By  the  Commanding  Officer  of  Troops  under  the  circumstances 
cited  in   (b),  provided  the  emergency  is  so  imminent  as  to  render  it 
dangerous    to    await    instructions    requested    through    the    speediest 
means  of  communication.     In  this  case  the  commanding  officer  will 
at  once  report  in  detail,  by  the  quickest  way  his  actions  to  the  Adju- 
tant General  of  the  Army  and  the  Adjutant  General  of  his  Depart- 
ment. 

Any  person  employing  any  part  of  the  Regular  Army  in  riots 
except  under  these  conditions  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and,  on 
conviction  thereof,  will  be  punishable  by  a  fine  not  exceeding  $10,000, 
or  imprisonment  not  exceeding  two  years,  or  by  both  such  fine  and 
imprisonment. 

After  the  troops  have  been  called  out,  the  military  alone  must 
decide  how  its  power  shall  be  used — the  civil  merely  says  what  it 
wishes  done,  the  military  decides  how  it  shall  be  done.  Under  no  cir- 
cumstances can  Regular  troops  act  under  any  civil  officer. 

552.   A  supposed  case. 

Let  us  suppose  that  a  riot  has  broken  out  in  a  city  and  that, 
having  assumed  proportions  beyond  the  control  of  the  civil  authori- 
ties and  the  Militia  of  the  State,  the  governor  (the  legislature  not  be-' 
ing  in  session)  has  called  upon  the  President  for  the  assistance  of  the 
Regular  troops.  The  President,  after  satisfying  himself  that  the  con- 
ditions of  affairs  warranted  it,  would  issue  his  proclamation  command- 
ing the  rioters  to  disperse  and  order  to  the  scene  of  disturbance  the 
troops  most  available.  In  the  absence  of  any  specific  instructions  to 
the  contrary,  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troops  would  march  his 
command  to  the  vicinity  of  the  trouble  and  then  report  his  arrival  to 
the  civil  officer  calling  for  assistance,  and  request  of  him  a  written 
report  of  what  he  desires  accomplished;  if  a  written  statement  can 
not  be  obtained,  then  a  verbal  one  should  be  required  and  made  in 

[307] 


553-554 

the  presence  of  witnesses.  The  power  of  the  civil  officer  ends  here 
and  he  can  not  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  manner  in  which  the 
troops  operate,  nor  give  them  any  orders,  nor  make  any  suggestion 
the  commanding  officer  is  bound  to  accept — the  military  officer  is  the 
sole  judge  of  how  the  end  desired  by  the  civil  shall  be  accomplished. 
The  commanding  officer  should  ascertain  from  the  civil  authori- 
ties what  steps,  if  any,  have  been  taken  to  protect  the  gas-works  and 
gas-mains,  the  water-works  and  water-mains,  engine  houses,  etc.,  to 
guard  the  gun  stores  and  ammunition  and  explosive  factories.  Every- 
thing possible  should  be  done  at  once  to  prevent  arms  and  ammuni- 
tion from  falling  into  the  hands  of  the  rioters  and  if  it  is  found  impos- 
sible to  defend  a  gun-store,  armory  or  other  place  containing  arms 
and  ammunition  and  it  is  feared  that  these  supplies  may  fall  into  the 
hands  of  the  rioters,  then  measures  should  be  taken  to  render  the 
arms  useless  (which  may  be  done  by  removing  important  parts). 

553.  When  the  Militia  may  be  called  out  for  riot  duty. 

(a)  Within  Its  Own  State.     It  may  be  called  out  by  such  civil 
officers  of  the  State  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  laws  to  do.  so.     In 
some  states  only  the  governor  can  call  out  the  Militia,  while  in  others, 
various  county,  city  or  town  authorities,  civil  magistrates,  the  sheriff, 
and  other  civil  officers  may  do  so;  and  in  others,  the  local  military 
commander   may   call    out    the    troops   if,   in   his   own   judgment,   the 
danger  appears  sufficiently  great. 

Militia  officers  should  familiarize  themselves  with  the  laws  of 
their  respective  States  on  this  point  so  that  they  may  know  when 
called  upon  that  the  call  is  made  in  a  legal  manner.  However,  the 
officer  having  been  legally  called  out,  he  can  not  question  the  reason 
or  the  necessity  for  the  call — he  has  no  alternative  but  to  obey — and 
whatever  he  may  order  his  troops  to  do  in  obedience  to  such  call 
must  be  done  by  all  subordinate  officers  and  soldiers,  all  of  whom 
have  nothing  whatsoever  to  do  with  or  question  whether  the  call  was 
made  in  a  legal  manner — the  order  to  them  is  purely  a  military  order, 
and  must  be  obeyed  without  question. 

It  is  vitally  important  that  officers  and  soldiers  should  familiarize 
themselves  with  all  their  local  State  laws  on  the  subject  of  the  mili- 
tary in  aid  of  the  civil.  As  a  rule  these  laws  are  embodied  in  the 
regulations  for  the  military  force  of  the  State. 

(b)  Outside   Its   Own  State.     The   Militia  may  be   called  out  by 
the   President   of   the    United    States   upon   application    of   any    other 
State.     Militia  so  called  out  is  then  in  the  service  of  the  United  States 
and  is  governed  by  the  same  laws  and  regulations  as  those  by  which 
the  Regular  Army  is  governed. 

554.  Civil  control  of  the  troops. 

(a)  Regular  Troops.  After  the  troops  have  been  ordered  out 
and  the  commanding  officer  has  ascertained  from  the  civil  authorities 

[308] 


555 

the  ends  they  desire  accomplished,  the  military  alone  must  decide 
how  its  power  shall  be  employed.  While  the  commanding  officer 
should  do  all  in  his  power  to  promote  harmony  and  cooperation 
between  the  military  and  the  civil,  he  is  not  required  to  accept  any 
suggestions  even,  much  less  instruction,  from  the  civil  as  to  how  the 
troops  shall  be  handled  and  the  end  desired  attained. 

(b)  The  Militia.  In  some  States  there  are  detailed  regulations 
governing  the  Militia  when  on  riot  duty.  All  Militia  officers  should 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  laws  and  regulations  of  their  respec- 
tive States  and  they  should  not  wait  until  ordered  out  on  riot  duty 
before  doing  so.  However,  should  a  State  have  no  specific  laws  or 
regulations  on  the  subject,  the  regulations  of  Massachusetts,  which 
cover  the  subject  most  thoroughly,  may  be  followed  with  safety. 
They  are: 

"Par.  2298.  The  civil  officer  is  not  authorized  to  interfere  in  any 
way  with  the -formation  or  details  of  the  force,  the  military  officer 
being  held  responsible  for  the  success  of  the  operations  to  be  under- 
taken; and  it  is  for  the  latter,  and  for  him  alone,  to  judge  in  what 
manner  the  troops  shall  effect  the  object  which  the  civil  officer  has 
indicated,  and  to  direct  the  force  in  the  execution  of  the  service  in 
which  it  is  engaged." 

"Par.  2299.  While  the  instructions  of  the  civil  officer  are  given 
in  general  terms  to  accomplish  a  particular  purpose,  and  the  mode 
and  means  are  within  the  discretion  of  the  military  commander,  the 
latter,  to  prevent  misunderstanding,  should  request-  to  have  his  in- 
structions reduced  to  writing." 

555.  Liability  for  acts  done  in  obedience  to  orders.  It  is  a  prin- 
ciple of  law  that  no  subordinate  can  be  punished  for  refusing  to  obey 
an  illegal  order,  and  it  is  also  true  that  both  the  superior  who  gives 
such  an'  order  and  the  subordinate  who  obeys  it  lay  themselves  liable 
to  civil  and  military  prosecution.  However,  the  courts  have  held  that 
"except  in  a  plain  case  of  excess  of  authority  where  at  first  blush  it  is 
palpable  to  the  commonest  understanding  that  the  order  given  is 
illegal,  a  military  subordinate  should  be  held  excused,  in  law,  for  acts 
done  in  obedience  to  the  orders  of  his  commander."  While  it  is  true 
that  soldiers  can  not  be  punished  for  refusing  to  obey  illegal  orders, 
the  question  arises,  who  is  to  judge  of  the  legality  of  the  order?  It 
is  evident  that  if  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  to  judge  when  an  order 
is  lawful  and  when  not,  the  captious  and  mutinous  would  never  be  at 
a  loss  for  a  plea  to  justify  their  insubordination.  It  is  therefore  an 
established  principle,  that  unless  an  order  is  so  manifestly  against 
law  that  the  question  does  not  admit  of  dispute,  the  order  must  first 
be  obeyed  by  the  inferior,  and  he  must  only  subsequently  seek  such 
redress  against  his  superior  as  the  law  allows.  If  the  inferior  dis- 

[309] 


556-557 

putes   its   legality  before   obedience,  error  of  judgment  is   never  ad- 
mitted in  mitigation  of  the  offense. 

556.  The  seizure,  use  and  destruction  of  private  property.     It  is 
sometimes  necessary  to  seize,  use  or  destroy  private  property.     For 
instance,  it  may  be  necessary  to  seize  food  or  means  of  transportation 
for  the  troops,  to  convert  the  nearest  available  material  into  barri- 
cades, or  to  destroy  a  building  occupied  by  rioters.     If  the  danger  is 
great   or   the    necessity   urgent,    the   commanding   officer    should    not 
hesitate.     While  it  is  true  that  he  may  thus  render  himself  liable  to 
civil  action,  he  need  have  no  fear  if  he  has  not  exercised  his  power  in 
a  corrupt  or  malicious  manner. 

Whenever  practicable  receipts  in  detail  should  be  given  for  sup- 
plies and  property  seized  and  transportation  or  labor  requisitioned — 
and  such  receipts  will  assist  materially  in  adjusting  the  claims  that  are 
sure  to  follow. 

557.  Firing  by  troops  on  riot  duty.     A  riot  may  be  denned  as 
"An  unlawful  assemblage  of  people  of  threatening  attitude,  acting  in 
concert,   with    disorder   and    violence   and    determined    to   accomplish 
some  injury  to  persons  or  property  in  spite  of  any  resistance  which 
may  be  offered,"  and  under  the  law  the  killing  of  any  participant  in 
the  riot  is  clearly  justifiable,  if  the  riot  can  not  be  suppressed  by  less 
violent  means. 

The  question  whether  a  person  killed  was  a  participant  is  settled 
by  the  rule  of  law  that  "those  present  at  the  commission  of  a  riotous 
felony  are  principals,"  and  is  put  beyond  all  question  if  the  proper 
officer  has  commanded  the  assembly  to  disperse  before  the  firing  was 
ordered. 

After  the  troops  have  been  called  out  for  riot  duty,  the  question 
of  firing  upon  rioters  is  purely  a  tactical  question — a  question  to  be 
decided  by  the  immediate  commander  of  the  troops,  according  to  his 
judgment  of  the  situation.  However,  at  all  times  and  under  all  cir- 
cumstances, must  the  firing  be  under  absolute  control  of  the  imme- 
diate commanding  officer,  with  whom  rests  the  responsibility  of  de- 
termining whether  the  situation  presented  is  such  as  to  warrant  such  a 
severe  course  as  firing  on  the  rioters.  By  giving  selected  sharp- 
shooters general  instruction  to  fire  on  rioters  throwing  missiles  at, 
or  firing  upon,  the  troops,  the  commanding  officer  does  not  in  any 
way  lose  control  of  the  firing,  nor  is  he  in  any  way  relieved  of  re- 
sponsibility. 

The  strictest  kind  of  orders  should  be  given  that  no  one  shall  fire 
a  single  shot  except  upon  an  order  from  an  officer.  (Of  course,  in 
individual  cases  of  self-defense  soldiers  would  not  have  to  wait  for 
orders  to  fire.) 

(a)  Under  the  law  any  citizen  has  the  right  to  use  the  force 
necessary  in  order  to  prevent  the  perpetration  of  a  felony,  or  to 
arrest  a  felonious  culprit. 

[310] 


557  (contd.) 

(b)  Par.  498  of  the  1910  Army  Regulations  says,  "Single  selected 
sharpshooters  may  shoot  down  individual  rioters  who  have  fired  upon 
or  thrown  missiles  at  the  troops."*  With  the  exception  of  the  state- 
ments (a)  and  (b),  there  is  nothing  else  definite  and  specific  in  the 
Army  Regulations,  in  law  books  or  elsewhere,  as  to  the  circum- 
stances under  which  the  commanding  officer  may  give  the  command 
to  fire.f 

These  are  the  general  principles  of  the  common  law  on  the 
subject: 

1.  The  justification  allowed  by  the  common  law  to  the  taking  of 
life  in  cases  of  riot  is  limited  to  the  necessity  of  the  case; 

2.  The  infliction  of  death  or  bodily  harm  is  not  a  crime  when  it 
is  done  "for  the  purpose  of  suppressing  a  general  and  dangerous  riot 
which  can  not  otherwise  be  suppressed"; 

3.  The  taking  of  life  can  only  be  justified  by  the  necessity  for 
protecting  persons  or  property  against  various  forms  of  violent  crime 
or  by  the  necessity  of  dispersing  a  riotous  crowd  which  is  dangerous 
unless  dispersed." 

From  this,  therefore,  we  see  that  the  fundamental  question  for  the 
immediate  commanding  officer  to  decide  is  whether  the  taking  of  life 
is  NECESSARY  for  the  effectual  performance  of  the  duty  imposed 
upon  him. 

I»  deciding  this  question  he  must,  of  course,  exercise  the  judg- 
ment of  a  man  of  some  discretion  and  prudence,  upon  trie  facts  as  they 
appear  to  him  at  that  time,  and  not  as  they  may  appear  to  others  in 
the  light  of  subsequent  events.  He  must  bring  to  the  solution  of  the 
question  an  honest  determination  to  do  his  duty;  he  must  not  act 
"from  recklessness- or  a  love  of  power  or  to  gratify  any  passion";  he 
must  not  be  influenced  by  a  desire  to  retaliate  or  to  -inflict  punish- 
ment. He  must  also  bear  in  mind  that  the  mere  use  of  insulting  or 
abusive  words  is  not  of  itself  enough  to  justify  extreme  force.  It  has 
been  well  said  by  Sir  Charles  J.  Napier  that,  "The  Government  has  a 
right  to  expect  the  troops  to  bear  some  insult  from  a  mob;  strength 
should  not  be  waspish  and  put  forth  to  act  hastily." 

*  However,  this  does  not  give  the  commanding  officer  an  unqualified  right  to 
have  selected  sharpshooters  shoot  down  rioters — the  responsibility  still  remains  with 
him  to  determine  whether  such  a  course  of  procedure  is  justified  by  the  situation  that 
confronts  him. 

t(XOTE — It  should  be  remarked  that  the  provisions  of  the  U.  S.  Army  Regu- 
lations on  the  subject  of  riot  duty  apply  to  the  Organized  Militia  only  if  it  be  in  the 
service  of  the  United  States,  or  if  such  Regulations  have  been  embodied  in  the  laws  and 
Militia  regulations  of  the  State.  But  where,  as  is  more  frequently  the  case,  the  pro- 
visions of  the  U.  S.  Army  Regulations  have  not  been  embodied  in  the  laws  of  the 
State,  they  are  only  of  indirect 'benefit  to  the  Militia.  Should  criminal  or  civil  suit, 
for  instance,  be  brought  against  an  officer  of  the  Militia  who  had  acted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  U.  S.  Army  Regulations,  the  officer  would  have  the  opportunity  to 
justify  his  act  by  showing  that  it  was  a  course  recognized  as  proper  to  be  pursued 
by  those  who  are  looked  upon  as  experts  in  such  matters,  viz.,  the  officers  of  the 
Regular  Army. 

[311] 


557  (contd.) 

Remember  that  an  officer  who  is  by  law  authorized  to  suppress  a 
mob  is  by  the  nature  of  things  given  discretionary  power  and  can  not, 
therefore,  be  held  responsible  for  errors  of  judgment  or  mistakes  of 
law,  as  long  as  he  acts  in  good  faith  and  without  malice,  corruption 
or  cruelty,  and  keeps  within  the  scope  of  his  authority. 

Remember  also  that  it  has  been  held  by  the  courts  of  law  that  an 
officer  who  acts  "amid  the  noise  and  danger,  the  uncertainties  and 
perplexities  of  the  field  of  action,  must  not  be  judged  by  facts  as  they 
appear  in  the  calm,  judicial  atmosphere  of  the  forum." 

Having  decided  that  it  is  necessary  to  fire  upon  a  mob,  the  officer 
in  command  should,  if  practicable,  first  call  upon  the  mob  to  dis- 
perse, as  this  will  afford  the  innocent  persons  who  from  idle  curiosity 
or  other  motives  almost  invariably  form  a  part  of  mobs,  an  oppor- 
tunity to  withdraw.  However,  circumstances  may  be  such  as  to  make 
the  giving  of  such  notice  impracticable — for  example,  in  the  case  of 
an  aggressive  mob  attacking  the  troops,  or  'in  the  case  of  a  mob  en- 
gaged in  a  felony  that  prohibits  the  waste  of  time. 

However,  when  it  becomes  necessary  to  fire  upon  a  mob,  it  is 
merciful  to  make  the  fire  short,  relentless,  and  effective.  Under  no 
circumstances  should  blank  cartridges  ever  be  fired,  nor  should  the 
troops  ever  fire  over  the  heads  of  the  rioters — such  tactics  almost  in- 
variably give  the  mob  a  courage  and  confidence  that  only  aggravate 
the  situation.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  tendency,  especially  on  the 
part  of  inexperienced  troops,  is  to  fire  high,  the  firing  should  «be  de- 
livered kneeling,  and  by  volleys,  as  this  form  of  fire  not  only  enables 
better  fire  discipline  but  it  also  has  a  very  demoralizing  effect  on  the 
mob. 

While  the  taking  of  human  life  under  the  conditions  cited  does 
not  involve  legal  responsibilities,  it  entails  moral  responsibilities,  and 
the  order  to  fire  should  not  be  given  unless  it  is  clearly  evident  that 
the  end  desired  can  not  be  attained  in  any  other  way. 

No  more  firing  should  be  employed  than  is  necessary  to  accom- 
plish the  object  in  view — that  is,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  commanding 
officer  the  firing  of  two  or  three  men  or  a  squad  can  accomplish  his 
purpose,  then  only  two  or  three  or  a  squad  are  ordered  to  fire;  if  in 
his  opinion  the  whole  company  is  necessary  in  order  to  accomplish  his 
purpose,  then  the  whole  company  is  ordered  to  fire. 

Remember,  whatever  the  number  firing  may  be,  all  firing  must 
cease  the  very  instant  it  is  no  longer  necessary — the  very  instant  the 
commanding  officer's  object  has  been  accomplished. 

The  commander  of  the  troops  must  always  bear  in  mind  these 
three  things: 

1st.  As  the  use  of  force  is  only  justified  by  the  necessity  of  the 
occasion  it  follows  that  only  so  much  force  should  be  used  as  the 
necessity  of  each  case  requires  and  that  force  should  not  be  continued 
longer  than  is  absolutely  necessary. 

[312] 


558-559 

2d.  Under  no  circumstances  should  troops  attempt  to  punish 
anyone — as  stated  in  Par.  498,  of  the  1910  Army  Regulations,  "Punish- 
ment belongs,  not  to  the  troops,  but  to  the  courts  of  justice." 

3d.  Every  endeavor  should  first  be  made  to  induce  or  force  the 
rioters  to  disperse  before  ordering  the  troops  to  fire  on  them. 

Now,  to  sum  up  what  has  been  said  on  this  subject: 

The  law  and  the  Army  Regulations  give  only  four  concrete  cases 
where  troops  may  fire  on  rioters: 

1.  To  prevent  the  perpetration  of  a  felony,  if  it  can  not  be  stopped 
otherwise. 

2.  To  arrest  one  who  has  committed  a  felony,  if  he  can  not  be 
arrested   otherwise; 

3.  In  case  any  individual  rioter  fires  upon  the  troops,  he  may  be 
shot  down. 

4.  In  case  any  individual  rioter  throws  missiles  at  the  troops,  he 
may  be  shot  down. 

Remember,  however,  that  this  does  not  relieve  the  commanding 
officer  from  the  exercise  of  sound  discretion  and  the  responsibility-  of 
using  no  more  force  than  is  necessary  to  accomplish  the  desired  end. 

Whether  he  be  called  on  to  disperse  a  riotous  assembly  engaged 
in  committing  crimes  or  to  protect  life  or  property  from  attack  by 
such  a  body,  the  question  will  in  each  particular  case  be  whether  it  is 
necessary  to  take  life  to  properly  discharge  his  duty. 

No  set  of  rules  exists  which  governs  every  instance  or  defines 
beforehand  every  contingency  that  may  arise. 

558.  Arresting  rioters  in  private  houses.       If,  during  the  actual 
progress  of  a  riot,  a  rioter  commits  a  felony  or  breach  of  the  peace, 
or  a  felony  is  committed  and  there  is  reasonable  grounds  to  believe 
a  particular  rioter  has  committed  it,  a  member  of  the  Regular  Army 
or  Militia  who  is  present  on  riot  duty  may,  without  warrant,  arrest 
the  rioters  at  once.     If  the  rioter,  after  committing  a  felony,  flees  to 
a  private  house  he  may  be  pursued  and  an  entrance  may  be  forced, 
to  make  the  arrest,  but  as  a  matter  of  lawful  cautjon,  a  demand  for 
the  surrender  of  the   culprit  should  be  made   before   forcing  an  en- 
trance.    If  necessary  to  force  an  entrance,  before  doing  so  the  person 
seeking  to  make  the  arrest  should  announce  to  the  inmates  his  official 
character  and  his  business  and  demand  admission,  unless  it  is  quite 
certain  these  are  alre*  dy  known,  in  order  that,  knowing  his  official 
character,  there  may  be  no  resistance  to  him.    If,  however,  an  interval 
of  say  a  number  of  hours  or  a  day  elapses  between  the  commission 
of  the  felony  and  the  effort  to  apprehend,  then  a  warrant  should  be 
obtained    from    the    civil    authorities,    and    the    civil    authorities,    sup- 
ported by  the  troops,  would  have  every  power  to  make  the  arrest. 

559.  Disposition   of  persons  arrested.     Civilian   prisoners   should 
always   be   turned   over   to   the   civil   authorities   without   unnecessary 

[313] 


560-561-562 

delay.  Should  it  not  be  practicable  to  turn  the  prisoner  over  to  the 
civil  authorities  immediately  he  may  be  detained  by  the  military  so 
long,  and  so  long  only,  as  the  necessity  of  the  situation  requires. 

These  restrictions  upon  the  detention  of  civilians  as  prisoners  by 
the  military  do  not  apply  where  by  the  declaration  of  martial  law  the 
civil  power  has  been  superseded  by  military  authority. 

560.  Difference  between  a  felony  and  a  misdemeanor.    A  felony 
may  generally  be  defined  as  an  offense  that  is  punishable  by  imprison- 
ment in  a  penitentiary  or  state  prison — for  example:  homicide  assault 
with  a  dangerous  weapon,  highway  robbery,  burglary,  larceny,  rape, 
arson.     Crimes  that  are  not  punishable  by  imprisonment  in  a  peni- 
tentiary or  state  prison  may  be  generally  defined  as  misdemeanors — 
for  example,  drunkenness,  disorderly  conduct,  carrying  of  concealed 
weapons,    trespassing,    violations    of   city   ordinances. 

561.  Arrest  of  officers  and  enlisted  men.     During  their  tour  of 
duty  in  aid  of  the  civil  authorities,  officers  and  enlisted  men,  of  either 
the  Regular  Army  or  the  Organized   Militia,  can  not,  with  the  two 
exceptions    stated   below,    be   arrested    or    compelled    to    answer    the 
process  of  civil  courts  on  account  of  any  act  committed  during  such 
tour  of  service.     (However,  they  may  be  served  with  summons  in  a 
suit  for  damages.)     Any  other  rule  of  law  would  expose  the  military 
power  to  practical  nullification  at  the  hands  of  the  civil  courts. 

The  two  exceptions: 

(a)  In  the  case  of  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  requiring  a  mili- 
tary officer  to  produce  in  court  the  body  of  a  prisoner; 

(b)  When  an  officer  or  an  enlisted  man,  acting  outside  the 
scope  of  his  military  duties,  commits  an  offense  mentioned  in 
the  59th  Article  of  War,  which  reads,  "When  any  officer  or  sol- 
dier is  accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  any  offense  against  the 
person  or  property  of  any  citizen  of  any  of  the  United  States, 
which  is  punishable  by  the  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding 
officer,  and  the  officers   of  the  regiment,  troop,  battery,  com- 
pany, or  detachment,  to  which  the  person  so  accused  belongs, 
are  required,  except  in  time  of  war,  upon  application  duly  made 
by  or  in  behalf  of  the  party  injured,  to  use  their  utmost  en- 
deavors to  deliver  him  over  to  the  civil  magistrate,  and  to  aid 
the  officers  of  justice  in  apprehending  and  securing  him,  in  or- 
der to  bring  him  to  trial." 

However,  the  commanding  officer  should  not  turn  the  accused 
over  to  the  civil  authorities  unless  the  application,  or  accompanying 
evidence,  identifies  him  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  officer,  and  until  the 
latter  is  convinced  after  careful  investigation,  that  the  application  is 
made  in  good  faith  and  in  the  interests  of  law  and  justice. 

562.  Habeas   Corpus.     It  must  be  remembered  that  the  writ  of 
habeas  corpus  is  in  no  way  suspended  or  modified  just  because  troops, 

[314] 


562  (contd.) 

either  Regular  or  Militia,  are  acting  in  aid  of  the  civil  authorities,  and 
that  respectful  return  must  be  made  to  all  such  writs. 

FORM  OF  RETURN 

In  re  John  Doe 

(Writ  of  habeas  corpus — Return  of  Respondent) 

To   the (Court    or   Judge). 

The  respondent,  Major  John  Smith,  24th  U.  S.  Infantry,  upon 
whom  has  been  served  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  for  the  production  of 
John  Doe,  respectfully  makes  return  and  states  that  he  holds  the  said 
John  Doe  by  authority  of -. under  the  fol- 
lowing circumstances: 

(State  orders  under  which  the  troops  are  serving,  cause  of  arrest, 
and  reasons  for  holding  the  prisoner  in  custody.  Give  the 
circumstances  as  fully  as  possible  so  as  to  enable  the  court 
to  determine  the  question  of  jurisdiction.) 

Wherefore  without  intending  any  disrespect  to  this  Court,  but 
for  the  reason  that  he  is  advised  and  believes  that  said  writ,  under  the 
circumstances,  should  not  be  enforced,  and  that  this  Court  has  no 

jurisdiction  in  the  premises  and  in  obedience  to  the  order 

this  respondent  respectfully  declines  to  produce  to  this 

Court  the  body  of  said  John  Doe;  or, 

However,  in  obedience  to  the  said  writ  of  habeas  corpus  the 
respondent  herewith  produces  before  the  Court  the  body  of  the  said 
John  Doe,  but  for  the  reasons  set  forth  in  this  return  prays  this  hon- 
orable court  to  dismiss  the  said  writ. 

JOHN  SMITH, 
Major,  24th  U.  S.  Infantry, 
Officer  in  Charge  of  Prisoners. 

If  an  officer  of  the  Regular  Army  had  in  custody  a  rioter  that  he 
had  arrested,  but  had  not  yet  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities,  and 
if  he  were  served  with  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  by  a  Federal  court, 
he  would  at  once  obey  the  writ,  produce  the  body  in  court  and  make 
return,  setting  forth  the  reasons  for  restraining  the  rioter.  He  would 
report,  by  wire,  the  fact  of  such  service  direct  to  The  Adjutant  Gen- 
eral of  the  Army  and  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Department,  as 
required  by  A.  R.  1016,  '10.  If  the  writ  were  issued  by  a  State  court, 
the  officer  would  at  once  telegraph  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army 
and  the  Adjutant  General  of  the  Department  that  such  a  writ  had 
been  served.  If  the  rioter  were  held  for  an  offense  against  the  United 
States,  respectful  return  should  at  once  be  made  showing  cause  of 
detention,  claiming  that  the  State  is  without  jurisdiction  to  issue  the 
writ,  and  asking  that  same  be  dismissed,  but  the  body  need  not  be 
produced.  If'the  rioter  were  held  for  an  offense  against  the  State  the 

[315] 


563-564-565-566-567 

court  would  doubtless  have  jurisdiction  and  return  should  be  made 
and  the  body  produced  after  being  so  advised  by  superior  authority. 

If  an  officer  of  the  Organized  Militia  had  in  custody  a  rioter  that 
he  had  arrested  but  had  not  yet  turned  over  to  the  civil  authorities, 
and  if  he  were  served  with  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus  by  either  a  Federal 
court  or  a  State  court,  he  would  at  once  report  the  matter  by  wire  to 
proper  superior  authority,  make  return  and  produce  the  body. 

563.  Relations  with  the  civil  authorities.     In  their  relations  with 
the  civil  authorities  officers  should  always  be  courteous,  obliging  and 
cheerful,  showing  at  all  times  a  disposition  to  assist  and  cooperate. 

564.  Conduct  toward  civilians  on  the  part  of  both  officers  and  en- 
listed  men   should   be   courteous   and  considerate,   except,   of   course, 
when  civilians  affiliate  with  the  rioters,  in  which  case  they  should  be 
treated  accordingly. 

565.  Private  property  must  be  respected.     In  case  of  injury,  de- 
struction or  appropriation  by  individuals,  the  guilty  parties  may  be 
made  to  make  reparation  from  their  pay,  as  provided  for  by  the  54th 
Article  of  War.*     Should  it  be  impossible  because,   for  instance,   of 
indifference  on  the  part  of  the  company  officers  and  the  men.  to  ascer- 
tain the  names  of  any  members  of  their  company  that  have  appro- 
priated, injured  or  destroyed  any  property,  damages  might  very  prop- 
erly" be  assessed  against  the  entire  organization. 

566.  Camp  grounds.     Although   military  necessity  might  require 
a  commanding  officer  to  camp  on  grounds  against  the  wishes  of  the 
owner,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  commanding  officer  has  no 
legal   right   to   do   this,  and   that   it    should   not    be    done    whenever 
avoidable. 

THE  TACTICAL  SIDE 

567.  "In  time  of  peace  prepare  for  war."     This  injunction  is  quite 
as  valuable  in  a  local  as  it  is  in  a  national  sense.     In  every  city  where 
Militia    is    stationed,    the   commanding    officer    of   the    troops    should 
divide   the   city   into   military   districts,    detailing   officers   to   map   the 
various    districts,    submitting    with    their    maps    descriptions    of    the 
streets,  buildings,  character  of  the  inhabitants,  means  of  barricading 
or  other  resistance  by  a  mob,  points  of  advantage,  quickest  and  least 
exposed  avenues  of  approach,  with  plans  as  to  the  best  disposition  of 
troops,  whether  acting  offensively  or  defensively,  etc. 

*  Every  officer  commanding  in  quarters,  garrison,  or  on  the  march,  shall  keep 
good  order,  and,  to  the  utmost  of  his  power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may 
be  committed  by  any  officer  or  soldier  under  his  command;  and  if,  upon  complaint  made 
to  him  of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  otherwise  illtreating  any  person,  disturbing 
fairs  or  markets,  or  committing  any  kind  of  riot,  to  the  disquieting  of  the  citizens  of 
the  United  States,  he  refuses  or  omits  to  see  justice  done  to  the  offender,  and  repara- 
tion made  to  the  party  injured,  so  far  as  part  of  the  offender's  pay  shall  go  toward 
such  reparation,  he  shall  be  dismissed  from  the  service,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a 
court-martial  may  direct. — 5-ftli  Article  of  War. 

[316] 


568 

The  locations  of  all  armories,  police  stations,  engine  houses,  gas 
plants,  electric-light  plants,  water-mains,  hydrants,  gun  stores,  ex- 
plosive factories,  .etc.,  should  be  plainly  indicated  on  the  map  and  plans 
to  protect  them  should  be  formulated.  The  heights  and  material  of 
buildings,  their  strategic  importance,  if  any;  whether  flat  or  pitched 
roofed,  with  or  without  openings  in  party-walls  and  other  peculiarities 
of  construction,  etc.,  should  be  noted.  The  ranges  from  all  important 
buildings  to  all  points  commanded  by  them  and  the  points  at  which 
gas  and  water  can  be  shut  off  should  also  be  indicated. 

Signal  stations  at  various  points  should  be  selected  and  a  system 
of  rapid  communication  with  the  armories,  headquarters,  police  sta- 
tions and  other  points  should  be  devised.  A  cipher  code  should  be 
adopted. 

The  question  of  getting  troops  from  outside  the  city  in  case  of 
serious  trouble  should  also  be  considered  and  a  plan  for  their  de- 
barkation should  be  prepared. 

Public  buildings  should  not  be  without  facilities  for  lighting  and 
for  procuring  water  in  case  of  the  shutting  off  of  the  water  and  the 
lighting  facilities. 

In  order  to  provide  for  the  certain  and  rapid  assembly  of  the 
troops  at  the  armory  a  system  of  notification  should  be  adopted. 
The  plan  of  ringing  bells  has  the  disadvantage  of  notifying  the  rioters 
as  well  as  the  Militiamen  and  consequently  should  not  be  adopted. 
A  good  plan  is  for  every  captain  to  divide  his  company  into  squads, 
each  under  the  charge  of  a  noncommissioned  officer,  who  is  to  carry 
at  all  times  with  him  a  list  of  hia  squad  and  their  addresses  and  tele- 
phone numbers,  the  squads  being  grouped  geographically  so  that 
there  will  be  no  loss  of  time  in  warning  them.  When  the  company 
is  ordered  to  assemble  the  captains  notify  the  squad  leaders,  who  in 
turn  at  once  notify  the  members  of  their  respective  squads. 

568.  The  importance  of  quelling  riots  in  their  incipient  stage. 
Mobs  are,  by  their  very  nature,  peculiarly  liable  to  dejection  or  ela- 
tion; they  sneak  into  their  hiding-places  or  swarm  into  the  streets 
directly  as  they  fail  or  succeed.  Without  discipline  they  can  neither 
be  checked  in  the  excesses  that  follow  victory,  nor  rallied  from  the 
discouragement  that  follows  defeat. 

Victorious  or  temporized  with,  the  rioter  finds  a  thousand  venal 
wretches  at  his  back;  beaten,  or  energetically  handled,  he  is  deserted 
by  his  erstwhile  friends.  The  fact  that  there  are  in  society  so  many 
professional  agitators,  so  many  anarchists,  socialists,  thieves,  cut- 
throats, vagabonds,  and  ruffians,  who,  with  the  instinct  of  the  vulture, 
will  seek  the  field  of  prey  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the  other,  with  the 
instinct  of  the  rat,  desert  the  sinking  ship,  renders  it  absolutely  neces- 
sary that  the  mob  shall  not  be  trifled  with  to  the  extent  even  of  per- 
mitting them  to  seem  to  be  victorious  for  a  single  day. 

[317]' 


569-570 

Mobs  are  cowards  at  first.  They  only  gain  courage  as  they  find 
that  those  whose  duty  it  is  to  suppress  them  are  themselves  cowards. 
A  mob  is  not  to  be  feared  when  it  is  first  aroused. 

It  is  only  as  its  passion  for  carnage  is  whetted  by  taste  of  blood, 
or  its  greed  for  pillage  is  gratified,  that  it  becomes  dangerous.  Upon 
whomsoever  devolves  the  duty  of  suppression,  let  this  be  his  first 
effort:  Check  at  the  very  beginning;  allow  no  tumultuous  gatherings; 
permit  no  delay;  a  few  stern  resolute  words;  if  these  be  not  heeded, 
then  strike  resolutely,  boldly;  let  there  be  no  hesitation;  if  necessary, 
take  life  at  the  outset.  It  will  be  more  merciful  to  take  one  life  than 
to  suffer  the  mob  to  take  the  lives  of  many  later. 

Nothing  so  emboldens  a  crowd  as  passive  resistance  and  it  should 
never  be  allowed.  Any  man  in  a  crowd,  on  a  roof,  or  at  a  window, 
who  is  seen  to  fire  a  shot,  throw  a  stone  or  other  missile,  or  assault 
a  soldier  should  be  shot  down  by  a  sharpshooter. 

569.  Mobs   as   a   rule   are   made   up   of  cowards — not   necessarily 
physical  cowards  but  moral  cowards — moral  cowards  because  of  their 
consciousness   of  being   in   the   wrong,    of  being   lawless.     The    most 
cowardly  members  of  a  mob  are  generally  in  the  rear,  which  is,  there- 
fore, the  weakest,  the  most  vulnerable  part.     Having  neither  discipline 
nor  organization,  the  very  moment  a  break  is  started,  the  rest  will 
follow   like   so  many   sheep.     The   logical   point   to   attack    mobs,    is, 
therefore,  the  rear  and-  flank.     If  it  be  not  practicable  to  send  a  part 
of  the  command  to  attack  in  rear,  practically  the  same  result  can  be 
obtained   by   dispatching,    if   practicable,    sharpshooters   to    the    roofs 
or  upper  stories  of  houses,  from  which  they  can  pick  off  rioters  in 
the  rear  of  the  mob.     The  picking  off  of  a  few  rioters  there  will  gen- 
erally cause  others  to  flee    and  they  in  turn  will  be  joined  by  the  rest 
of  the  mob. 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  fact  that  although  a  number  of  persons 
in  the  front  of  a  mob  might  be  killed  and  wounded,  the  rest  would  not 
be  able  to  get  away  because  the  crowd  in  rear,  many  of  whom  would 
not  even  know  what  had  happened  in  front,  would  act  as  a  barrier, 
while,  of  course,  those  in  front  would  not  flee  in  the  direction  of  the 
main  body  of  soldiers. 

A  "The  Crowd;  A  Study  of  The  Popular  Mind,"  by  Gustave  Le  Bon.  is  a  very  in- 
teresting book.  It  is  a  foreign  publication,  but  can  be  gotten  through  Tice  &  Lynch, 
18  Beaver  St.,  New  York.  Cost,  85  cts. 

570.  Army    Regulations.     After    having   been    called    into    action 
against  a  mob  the  troops  are  governed  by  the  general  regulations  of 
the  Army  and  apply  military  tactics  in  respect  to  the  manner  in  which 
they  shall  act  to  accomplish  the  desired  end.     It  is  purely  a  tactical 
question  in  what  manner  they  shall  use  the  weapon  with  which  they  are 
armed — whether  by  fire  of  musketry  and  artillery  or  by  the  use  of  the 
bayonet  and  saber,  or  by  both,  and  at  what  stage  of  the  operations 
each  or  either  mode  of  attack  shall  be  employed.     This  tactical  ques- 

[318] 


571 

tion  will  be  decided  by  the  immediate  commander  of  the  troops,  ac- 
cording to  his  judgment  of  the  situation.  (Par.  489,  A.  R.,  1913.) 

571.  Assembling  of  Militia  Organizations.  If  there  are  indications 
that  the  Militia  may  be  called  out,  a  detachment  should  be  quietly  kept 
in  the  armory  to  guard  the  building  against  surprise  and  if  necessary, 
to  protect  the  assembly  of  the  troops. 

If  a  call  is  made  for  the  troops,  this  armory  guard  should  be 
deployed  a  sufficient  distance  from  the  building  to  protect  it  on  every 
side  and  to  prevent  unauthorized  persons  from  approaching.  Should 
the  crowd  become  hostile  or  threatening  the  guard  should  be  reen- 
forced  as  rapidly  as  possible. 

Should  the  command  be  ordered  out  unexpectedly  and  the  pre- 
caution just  cited  therefore  not  taken,  the  police  authorities  should  at 
once  send  a  squad  of  policemen  to  the  armory  to  perform  the  duties 
described  until  the  arrival  of  enough  soldiers  to  relieve  them. 

There  should  be  two  methods  of  calling  out  troops:  (a)  By 
verbal  orders  to  individuals,  sent  through  their  squad  leaders;  (b)  by 
a  prescribed  signal  on  the  fire-alarm  bells,  to  be  used  only  in  case  of 
emergency. 

Every  man  should  take  with  him  from  home  sufficient  food  for  a 
day,  in  order  to  provide  against  contingency. 

Uniforms,  arms,  and  equipments  should  always  be  kept  in  the 
armory;  otherwise  men  in  uniform  attempting  to  reach  the  armory 
might  be  waylaid  by  rioters. 

After  the  troops  are  assembled  in  the  armory,  the  company  should 
be  carefully  inspected  to  see  that  every  man  is  properly  equipped — 
that  he  has  been  supplied  with  ball  cartridges,*  that  his  canteen  is 
filled  with  water,  that  his  rifle  is  in  perfect  order,  etc. 

The  commanding  officer  of  all  the  troops  should  assemble  his 
officers  and  explain  to  them  the  nature  of  the  duty  he  has  been  or- 
dered to  perform  and  outline  the  manner  in  which  he  intends  to  carry 
out  his  orders.  He  should  caution  his  officers  against  the  use  of 
intoxicants  and  give  strict  orders  that  all  enlisted  men  must  keep  out 
of  saloons  and  not  drink  intoxicants. 

Before  leaving  the  armory  special  care  must  be  taken  to  see  that 
the  ammunition  supply  has  been  looked  after. 

Since  it  is  always  probable  that  in  a  general  riot,  troops  will  have 
to  attack  barricaded  buildings,  the  command  should  in  such  cases  be 
supplied  with  axes,  crowbars,  ropes,  sledge  hammers,  short  ladders, 
bags  of  powder  (6  to  10  pounds)  and  hand  grenades. 

Every  company  commander  should  give  to  his  men  some  general 
instructions  and  precautions,  especially  about  firing  upon  people. 

*  Guard  cartridges,  instead  of  the  regular  ones,  are  more  suitable  for  riot  duty, 
although  troops  might  very  advisably  be  supplied  with  both. 

[319] 


572-573 

Attention  should  be  called  to  the  following  fire  discipline  rules 
from  the  Drill  Regulations: 

a.  Never  fire  unless  ordered. 

b.  Never  exceed  the  number  of  cartridges  indicated. 

c.  Never  fire  after  the  command  or  signal,  cease  firing. 

d.  Always   fire  at  the  named  objection;   if  so  situated  as  to  be 
unable  to  see  the  objective,  do  not  fire. 

e.  Always  aim  at  the  bottom  line  of  the  objective;  if  it  be  a  line 
of  men,  aim  at  the  feet,  if  a  clump  of  trees,  aim  at  the  junction  of  the 
tree  trunks  and  ground. 

The  men  should  also  be  instructed  about  respecting  private  prop- 
erty and  treating  all  law-abiding  citizens  with  proper  courtesy. 

A  detachment  commanded  by  an  officer  should  be  detailed  to 
remain  at  the  armory  after  the  troops  leave. 

572.  Leaving  the  Armory.     Should  there  be  a  hostile  or  threaten- 
ing crowd  in  the  street  at  the  exit  of  the  armory,  the  troops,  consisting 
for   instance,   of   four   companies,   may   make   their   exit   and   form   as 
follows: 

A  company  in  columns  of  squads,  at  port  arms,  with  bayonets  fixed, 
and  rifles  loaded,  is  formed  facing  the  exit;  just  as  soon  as  the  doors 
are  thrown  open  the  company  marches  forward,  Nos.  1  and  2  (front 
and  rear  file)  of  the  first  squad  turning  to  the  right  and  forming  single 
rank,  and  Nos.  3  and  4  doing  the  same,  to  the  left,  at  the  same  time 
clearing  the  street;  as  soon  as  the  second  squad  has  passed  the  first 
squad,  it  separates  in  a  similar  manner;  the  second  squad  is  followed 
by  the  third,  and  so  on,  until  the  entire  company  is  out.  As  soon  as 
the  space  in  front  of  the  exit  has  been  cleared,  the  second  company 
marches  out  in  column  of  squads,  forming  line  crosswise  of  the  street 
(i.  e.  at  right  angles  to  the  armory),  to  the  right  or  left;  it  is  followed 
by  the  third,  which  forms  line  crosswise  of  the  street,  to  the  left  or 
right;  the  fourth  company  then  follows,  forming  line  along  the  curb 
line,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  street;  the  first  company  is  in  the 
meantime  assembled  along  the  curb  line  near  the  exit,  between  the 
second  and  third  companies,  the  four  companies  thus  forming  a  hol- 
low square,  which  may  be  marched  by  forming  the  first  and  fourth 
companies  in  column  of  squads,  with  the  second  and  third  facing  the 
same  direction. 

Sometimes  it  might  be  possible  to  work  a  ruse  on  the  mob  and 
have  the  command  leave  the  armory  by  an  exit  of  which  the  crowd 
knows  nothing,  but  under  no  circumstances  should  the  exit  be  so  made 
as  to  show  timidity.  It  is  much  better  to  come  right  out  and  face  the 
mob  with  determination,  giving  it,  if  necessary,  a  severe  lesson,  which 
at  this  junction  may  prevent  much  trouble  later  on. 

573.  Marching  to  the   scene   of  trouble.     The   troops   should,   of 
course,  be  marched  through  the  streets  without  music  or  colors,  and 

[320] 


573  (contd.) 

if  the  riot  be  local  and  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  armory, 
the  command  should  be  marched  in  column  of  squads  by  the  least 
frequented  streets,  so  as  not  to  create  excitement  and  interfere  with 
public  traffic. 

However,  if  the  riot  is  of  a  general  nature,  the  troops  should  be 
marched  upon  whatever  streets  military  policy  may  require. 

A  squad  of  police  should  accompany  each  body  of  troops  for  the 
purpose  of  making  arrests.  They  may  march  in  the  line  of  file  closers 
or  inside  the  hollow  square,  sallying  forth  from  time  to  time  to  make 
such  arrests  as  may  be  necessary  and  returning  with  their  prisoners. 

When  approaching  the  scene  of  trouble,  the  hollow  square  for- 
mation just  described  (or  some  other  suitable  formation)  should  be 
assumed,  the  front  and  rear  companies  extending  from  curb  line  to 
curb  line,  and  selected  sharpshooters  walking  on  both  sidewalks  so  as 
to  be  able  to  cover  the  windows  and  roofs  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  street.  These  sharpshooters  should  be  under  the  command  of 
an  officer  especially  fitted  for  the  work  and,  if  so  instructed,  they 
should  shoot  down  anyone  firing  or  throwing  missiles  at  the  troops. 

The  sharpshooters  must  be  constantly  on  the  alert,  watching  the 
roofs  and  windows  on  the  opposite  side,  and.  at  a  halt,  seize  any 
prominence  affording  them  a  view  of  the  mob.  They  must  not  fire 
until  individually  ordered,  unless,  of  course,  special  instructions  have 
been  given  to  the  contrary.  During  a  general  engagement  they  may 
be  instructed  to  pick  off  the  leaders.  The  knowledge  that  sharpshoot- 
ers are  present  with  special  instructions  to  shoot  the  leading  spirits 
among  the  aggressors,  would  have  a  salutary  effect. 

When  the  troops  do  not  assume  the  hollow  square  formation, 
competent  noncommissioned  officers  or  selected  privates,  should 
march  on  both  flanks  of  every  company  to  keep  an  observant  eye  for 
any  overt  act  committed  against  the  troops,  and  they  should  be  in- 
structed to  pick  out  and  fire  upon  the  offending  rioters.  The  act  com- 
mitted against  the  troops,  however,  should  be  of  sufficient  aggravation 
to  warrant  the  rioter  being  fired  upon. 

In  a  movement  along  the  streets,  in  the  face  of  opposition,  the 
troops  are  not  to  be  crowded,  as  a  repulse  of  those  in  front  might 
lead  to  a  terrible  slaughter  and  confusion.  The  advance  should  be 
made  by  successive  companies  or  platoons  at  considerable  intervals, 
those  not  actually  engaged  being  kept  under  cover  as  much  as  pos- 
sible. There  must  always  be  advance  and  rear  guards  and  flanking 
parties,  which  should  be  in  force  and  which  should  march  in  streets 
parallel  to  the  street  of  main  attack.  This  will  result  in  outflanking 
the  crowd,  and  will  lessen  the  casualties  from  a  heavy  column  pro- 
ceeding along  a  single  street. 

Skirmishers  should  be  advanced  and  instructed  to  slip  along  the 
sidewalks  and  thus  protect  themselves  by  the  projections  from  the 
buildings. 

[321] 


574 

When  an  advancing  column  is  fired  upon  from  a  house,  the  house 
should  be  forced  and  the  rioters  captured  or  driven  therefrom.  Small 
bodies  of  troops  should  be  detached  from  the  main  column  to  enter  the 
buildings,  which  may  be  done  by  the  front,  the  back,  the  side  or  roof. 
The  back  is  apt  to  be  unguarded;  to  enter  from  the  top,  either  from 
the  roof  or  through  the  party-wall  of  the  top  story,  possesses  the  ad- 
vantage of  generally  catching  the  occupants  unaware,  and  of  enabling 
the  attacking  party  to  fight  down  rather  than  up. 

The  sidewalks  being  protected  on  one  flank  and  being  more 
elevated  than  the  street,  are  places  of  vantage,  and  when  a  small  body 
of  troops  is  advancing  along  a  wide  street,  they  should  march  along 
the  sidewalks  in  preference  to  the  middle  of  the  street. 

Under  no  circumstances  should  a  crowd  be  permitted  to  stand  on 
the  sidewalks  while  troops  are  marching  through  the  streets. 

If  troops  are  being  moved  to  the  scene  of  trouble  by  rail,  the 
train  should  be  stopped  at  a  distance,  where  the  command  can  be 
disembarked  and  formed  without  confusion.  Should  the  engineer 
decline  to  obey  the  commanding  officer's  orders  in  this  respect,  the 
train  should  be  seized  immediately.  It  would  be  suicidal  to  attempt 
to  unload  troops  and  to  form  companies  in  the  midst  of  an  ugly  mob. 

When  troops  are  approaching  by  train  a  community  to  which 
they  have  been  ordered  for  riot  duty,  a  number  of  sharpshooters 
should  be  placed  on  the  pilot,  as  well  as  on  the  tank,  of  the  engine, 
and  on  the  tops  of  the  coaches,  with  instructions  to  fire  upon  any 
person  committing  an  overt  act  against  the  troop  train.  When  near- 
ing  the  scene  of  disturbance,  the  train  should  be  slowed  down,  and  if 
there  is  any  reason  to  believe  that  dynamite  may  have  been  placed 
on  the  track,  two  or  three  flat  cars  should  be  placed  in  front  of  the 
engine. 

574.  Dispersing  or  attacking  a  mob.  Upon  approaching  a  mob  to 
be  dispersed,  halt  at  a  point  from  which  its  position  can  be  observed 
and  reconnoitered,  and  then  form  your  plans  for  dealing  with  it.  If 
the  mob  starts  to  advance  on  you,  keep  it  at  a  distance  by  rifle  fire, 
if  necessary. 

If  the  mob  is  inclined  to  be  timid  and  undetermined,  the  appear- 
ance of  a  military  force,  especially  if  equipped  with  a  Catling  gun  or 
two,  may  induce  it  to  listen  to  the  order  to  disperse. 

Mounted  troops  armed  with  ax  handles  or  sticks  are  very  ef- 
fective in  dispersing  mobs.  Water  from  a1  fire  hose  may  sometimes  be 
used  with  good  results.  The  use  of  the  butt  of  the  rifle  on  the  toes 
of  the  front  rank  of  a  timid  mob  has  been  known  to  work  well. 

We  will  now  consider  these  cases  in  which  the  mob  refuses  to 
disperse: 

1.  The  mob  being  in  an  open  street,  without  barricades,  and  not 
occupying  houses.  Although  the  Army  Regulations  state,  "As  a  gen- 

1322] 


574  (contd.) 

eral  rule  the  bayonet  alone  should  be  used  against  mixed  crowds  in 
the  first  stage  of  a  revolt,"  it  is  thought  that  only  if  the  mob  be  very 
timid  or  the  troops  be  numerically  stronger  should  dismounted  sol- 
diers be  brought  in  immediate  contact  with  a  mob,  lest  they  should 
be  crushed  and  disarmed  by  mere  weight  of  numbers.  In  any  event, 
whenever  dismounted  troops  are  brought  in  immediate  contact  with 
the  mob,  a  support  of  reserve  should  be  held  at  a  convenient  distance. 

After  determining  how  many  troops  are  necessary  to  hold  the 
mob  in  check,  the  balance  of  the  command  is  divided  into  two  de- 
tachments, which  move  down  the  streets  parallel  to  the  one  held  by 
the  mob  and  on  each  of  its  flanks;  the  detachments  come  in  on  the 
flanks  of  the  mob  by  alternate  streets  so  as  not  to  fire  into  each  other, 
and,  if  possible,  a  squad  is  sent  to  attack  the  mob  in  rear.  The  flank- 
ing and  rear  detachments  should  begin  their  work  first,  after  which  a 
determined  advance  or  a  volley  or  two  on  its  front  will  end  the  work. 

Whenever  it  becomes  necessary  to  fire  on  a  mob,  sharpshooters 
should,  if  practicable,  as  stated  before,  be  dispatched  to  the  roofs  of 
houses  from  which  they  can  pick  off  rioters  in  the  rear  of  the  mob. 
Mobs  are  cowardly  and  the  rearmost  portion  is  the  most  cowardly. 
If  a  break  can  be  started  in  the  rear  of  the  mob,  and  the  picking  off 
of  a  few  rioters  there  will  generally  do  this,  the  rear  members  will  at 
once  begin  to  flee  and  will  be  joined  by  the  rest. 

In  some  cases  women  and  children,  a  number  of  the  former  car- 
rying babes  in  their  arms,  have  been  placed  at  the  head  of  the  mobs. 
In  such  cases  the  mob  should  be  attacked  in  rear.  A  small  force  can 
almost  always  completely  demoralize  the  rear  of  a  mob,  and  mobs 
should,  whenever  practicable,  be  so  attacked. 

2.  The  Mob  Being  Entrenched  by  Means  of  Barricades.  Direct 
attacks  of  barricades  should  never  be  made  until  all  other  means  of 
capturing  them  have  failed  or  are  evidently  useless. 

A  reconnaissance  should  be  made  to  determine  whether  the  barri- 
cade can  be  attacked  in  the  rear  or  on  the  flanks.  If  necessary,  houses 
may  be  destroyed  in  order  to  give  a  direct  access  to  one  of  the  flanks. 
Barricades  may  also  sometimes  be  made  untenable  by  infantry  fire 
directed  from  the  windows  and  tops  of  near-by  houses.  Again,  condi- 
tions might  be  such  that  the  barricaded  position  could  be  cut  off  and 
isolated  while  the  work  of  suppressing  the  riot  in  other  parts  of  the 
city  proceeded. 

If,  however,  it  becomes  necessary  to  make  a  direct  attack  on  a 
barricade,  artillery  is  indispensable.  The  artillery  is  supported  by  the 
infantry  designated  to  make  the  assault,  and  which  is  kept  under  cover 
as  much  as  possible.  The  artillerymen  are  protected  from  the  fire 
of  rioters  on  overlooking  houses  by  improvised  epaulements.  Sharp- 
shooters properly  stationed  prevent  any  return  fire  from  the  barricade 
and  any  attempt  by  its  defenders  to  repair  breaches.  Detachments  of 

[3231 


575 

infantry  are  started  from  the  first  available  house  on  each  side  of  the 
street,  fighting  their  way  from  house  to  house  until  they  reach  the 
houses  flanking  and  overlooking  the  barricade.  When  they  have 
reached  that  point  the  infantry  in  support  of  the  artillery  makes  a  di- 
rect assault  on  the  barricade  unless  it  has  been  abandoned  by  this  time. 

An  enterprising  commander,  with  a  small  force  of  courageous 
men,  may  sometimes  surprise  and  capture  a  barricade  in  the  night  by 
watching  the  opportunities  offered  through  lack  of  discipline  and 
improper  guard  duty  on  the  part  of  its  defenders. 

Captured  barricades  are  immediately  removed  or  destroyed. 

575.  Attack  of  houses.  A  house  occupied  by  rioters  may  be  either 
avoided,  isolated  or  attacked,  depending  upon  circumstances. 

Avoided.  If  a  house  is  occupied  as  a  place  of  refuge  and  does  not 
annoy  the  passage  of  troops  ordered  to  a  designated  point  for  a  speci- 
fic purpose,  it  is  better  to  avoid  the  house  by  marching  around  it. 

Isolated.  However,  if  a  house  so  occupied  would  be  a  menace 
in  the  rear  of  the  troops,  or  an  obstacle  to  their  retreat  in  case  of 
defeat,  it  would  be  better  to  isolate  or  blockade  it,  or  the  square  in 
which  it  is  located. 

Attacked.  But  if  a  house  is  occupied  as  a  place  of  refuge  or  de- 
fense by  defeated  rioters,  or  as  a  flank  defense  of  a  barricaded  posi- 
tion or  as  a  vantage  ground  for  fighting;  or  if  for  any  other  reason  it 
becomes  necessary  to  dislodge  the  occupants,  the  house  must  be  at- 
tacked. A  direct  attack  should  never  be  made  if  it  can  be  avoided,  but 
if  made  the  interior  defenses  should  first  be  destroyed  by  artillery  fire. 

If  the  houses  occupied  are  a  part  of  a  block  of  houses,  possession 
is  gotten  of  the  first  unoccupied  house  in  the  block.  If  the  roofs  are 
flat,  the  first  occupied  house  is  attacked  by  way  of  the  roof,  gain- 
ing access  through  the  scuttles  or  by  cutting  holes  in  the  roof.  If 
the  roofs  are  steep,  holes  are  made  through  the  walls  of  the  top  story. 
It  is  infinitely  better  to  fight  downward  than  upwards,  and  the  latter 
should  not  be  attempted  if  there  is  any  way  of  avoiding  it. 

Hand  grenades  or  light  dynamite  bombs  dropped  down  the  roof 
scuttles  or  chimneys  are  good  preliminaries  to  the  descent  of  the 
troops. 

After  getting  into  a  house,  there  must  be  no  pause  in  the  attack; 
the  defenders  must  be  closely  followed  from  room  to  room  and  floor 
to  floor  until  resistance  ceases  or  they  have  been  driven  into  the 
hands  of  the  troops  in  the  streets. 

The  first  house  attacked  having  been  cleared  the  next  adjoining  is 
attacked  in  the  same  manner,  and  so  on  until  they  are  all  cleared. 

Let  us  now  take  the  case  in  which  all  the  houses  in  a  block  are 
occupied  and  it  is  necessary  to  make  a  direct  attack  on  one  of  them 
in  order  to  get  a  foothold  from  which  to  attack  the  others  as  described. 
If  the  houses  on  both  sides  of  the  street  are  occupied  by  rioters,  it  is 

[324] 


576 

better  to  attack  from  the  rear,  in  which  event  the  attacking  party  is 
protected  by  sharpshooters  stationed  in  the  rear  of  the  house  back 
of  the  one  attacked.  If  only  the  houses  on  one  side  of  the  street  are 
occupied,  then  the  sharpshooters  are  stationed  in  the  houses  on  the 
opposite  side. 

Troops  attacking  a  house  should,  if  possible,  always  approach 
from  the  right  and  keep  close  to  the  wall,  as  this  will  compel  the  de- 
fenders to  expose  a  large  part  of  their  own  bodies  in  order  to  fire, 
thus  affording  a  better  target  for  the  sharpshooters  in  the  building 
opposite. 

To  force  an  entrance  into  a  house  under  these  conditions,  small 
bags  of  gunpowder  nailed  against  the  doors  and  windows,  and  ex- 
ploded, are  very  effective,  but,  of  course,  artillery  is  the  best  means 
with  which  to  open  a  passage  into  a  block  of  houses. 

A  very  strong  door,  even  if  barred  and  bolted,  can  be  blown  open 
by  ten  pounds  of  powder.  A  rifle  bullet  fired  into  a  lock  will  generally 
destroy  it. 

576.  The  defense  of  houses.  In  preparing  a  building  for  defense, 
first  of  all  it  should  be  supplied  with  water,  and  food,  and  means  of 
lighting,  and  facilities  for  extinguishing  fire.  Then  as  many  of  the 
entrances  as  possible  should  be  closed,  and  all  the  outer  doors  and 
windows  of  the  basement  and  first  floor  should  be  barricaded  with  fur- 
niture, mattresses,  piles  of  books,  and  any  other  available  material. 
The  loopholes  should  be  so  high  that  they  can  not  be  used  from  the 
outside,  boxes  and  chairs  being  employed  by  the  defenders  to  enable 
them  to  use  the  loopholes.  If  the  building  is  accessible  from  adjoin- 
ing buildings,  the  roof  should  be  occupied  and  the  partition  walls  on 
each  floor  loopholed.  In  extreme  cases  the  stairways  should  be  de- 
molished and  ladders  substituted,  all  interior  doors  and  partitions 
loopholed  and  long  halls  or  passageways  barricaded. 

If  the  building  to  be  defended  is  isolated,  a  first  or  outer  line  of 
defense  should  be  provided  for  by  means  of  trenches  and  of  barri- 
cades constructed  on  all  avenues  of  approach  and  at  such  distances 
away  that  neither  dynamite  nor  fire  can  be  used  against  the  building; 
and  all  surrounding  buildings  that  command  the  fronts  and  entrances 
to  the  house  defended  should  be  occupied  as  a  second  or  interior 
line  of  defense.  A  reserve  should  occupy  the  house  itself  to  protect, 
if  necessary,  the  retreat  of  the  outlying  troops  and  to  assist  in  the 
defense  of  the  building  in  case  the  other  troops  are  driven  in. 

This  general  principle  should  govern  the  defense  of  isolated 
buildings:  No  building  should  be  defended  from  within  itself  until 
all  its  outlying  defenses  have  been  forced. 

The  first  defense  should  be  made  outside  and  at  considerable 
distance  from  the  building,  the  building  itself  being  regarded  as  the 
last  refuge  of  the  defenders. 

[325] 


577-578-579-580-581 

A  defense  of  a  building  must  always  be  most  obstinate  and  des- 
perate, as  capture  usually  means  annihilation. 

577.  Construction  of  barricades.     Barricades  may  be  constructed 
by  plankings  filled  with  earth,  dung,   stones;  wagons  and   carnages, 
their  wheels  removed,  filled  with  earth,  etc.;  alternate  layers  of  paving 
stones  and  earth,   with   the   steep   side  toward  the   enemy,  and   with 
ditch  and  pits;  barrels,  boxes  and  bales  of  merchandise;  casks  filled 
with  stones;  counters,  trees,  signs,  rolls  of  carpet  and  matting;  sacks 
filled  with  earth,  etc. 

Barricades  should  be  located  at  elevated  points  so  as  to  command 
the  street  in  front,  and  at  the  middle  of  the  block  because  at  the  end 
they  would  be  more  easily  turned.  The  buildings  at  the  flanks  of 
barricades  should  be  loopholed  and  garrisoned. 

578.  Defense  of  railways. 

Passenger  Stations  and  Freight  Depots  may  be  defended  in  the 
manner  above  described  for  other  buildings. 

The  Rolling  Stock,  especially  loaded  freight  cars,  should  be  placed 
in  mass  on  parallel  tracks  and  then  treated  as  a  building,  being  de- 
fended in  the  same  manner — that  is,  the  first  line  of  defense  being 
at  some  distance  from  the  mass  of  cars.  Open  or  flat  cars  should  be 
placed  on  the  outer  tracks  and  at  the  ends  of  each  line  of  cars,  with 
bales  of  hay,  barrels  or  boxes  of  merchandise  on  them  forming 
breastworks. 

The  Tracks  may  be  best  guarded  by  constantly  running  back  and 
forth  a  locomotive  with  open  cars  attached  to  its  front  and  rear,  car- 
rying sharpshooters  and  a  detachment  of  troops. 

In  order  to  guard  against  dynamite  on  the  tracks,  a  couple  of 
unoccupied  flat  cars  should  precede  the  first  car  carrying  troops. 

579.  Troops  not  to  be  separated  into  small  detachments  and  the 
avoidance  of  promiscuous  clashes.     Care  must  be  taken  not  to  divide 
the  troops  into  small  detachments  and  send  them  out  on  various  mis- 
sions, as  this  may  result  in  their  being  defeated  in  detail  by  the  rioters. 
It  must  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  small,  promiscuous  clashes  between 
the  troops  and  rioters  really  accomplish  nothing,  and  merely  tend  to 
excite  the  rioters  and  urge  them  on  to  acts  of  lawlessness. 

580.  Traffic  routes.     In  the  case  of  express  and  similar  strikes, 
where  stores  are  to  be  transported  through  the  city,  "traffic  routes" 
should  be  established — that  is,  certain  streets   should  be   thoroughly 
guarded  and  patrolled,  and  all  traffic  confined  to  these  routes. 

581.  Never  harangue  a  mob.     It  almost  invariably  has  a  brad* effect 
on  them — it  generally  does  nothing  but  incite  them.     If  you  have  oc- 
casion to  address  them,  do  so  in  a  calm,  firm,  resolute  manner,  catch- 
ing, if  possible,  the  eyes  of  those  who  are  nearest  to  you — show  them, 
make  them  feel,  by  your  speech  and  manner  that  you  are  not  vindic- 

[326] 


582-583-584-585 

tive  and  you  are  not  anxious  to  punish  anyone,  but  you  mean  business 
and  that  you  are  going  to  do  just  exactly  what  you  say. 

582.  Never  try  to  bluff  a  mob.     Never  threaten  to  do  things  you 
do  not  intend  to  do,  or  that  you  can  not  do,  or  that  you  know  would  be 
illegal  if  you  did  do  them.     Should  your  "bluff"  be  called,  the  mob 
would  then  neither  respect  nor  fear  you  and  the  result  would  probably 
be  that  the  mob  would  become  more  lawless  and  outrageous. 

583.  The  ruffian  element  of  a  community  always  takes  advantage 
of  a  riot  to   commit  acts  of  lawlessness,  and   frequently  they  cause 
more  trouble  than  anyone  else.    These  people  are  entitled  to  absolute- 
ly no  consideration  and  should  be  handled  with  a  severe  hand. 

It  is  said  that  in  the  railroad  riots  of  1877,  the  most  extensive 
riots  that  have  ever  occurred  in  this  country,  not  15  per  cent  of  the 
railroad  employees  were  participants  or  sympathizers  with  the  mob, 
which  consisted  almost  entirely  of  roughs,  tramps,  pickpockets, 
thieves  and  unknown  men. 

584.  RIOT   STRATEGY 

In  case  of  a  general  riot,  the  troops  should  not  be  divided  into 
numerous  small  detachments  to  quell  minor  disorders  at  various  scat- 
tered points.  Detached  engagements  without  decisive  or  material 
results  do  nothing  but  exhaust  the  troops  and  encourage  the  rioters. 

Militia  officers  stationed  in  cities  should  study  its  strategic  points 
and  in  case  of  a  general  riot  the  troops  should  be  concentrated  as 
rapidly  as  possible  at  these  points,  instead  of  being  scattered  through- 
out the  city. 

In  occupying  strategic  points  the  mass  of  the  troops  should  be 
concealed  as  much  as  possible  until  the  time  of  action  arrives,  so  that 
their  sudden  appearance  may  come  as  a  surprise. 

By  means  of  detectives,  or  scouts  in  civilian  clothing,  the  com- 
manding officer  should  keep  himself  constantly  informed  of  the  move- 
ments and  purposes  of  the  rioters. 

VARIOUS  MEASURES 

585.  Closing   saloons.     Not    only    do    saloons   afford    opportunity 
for  intoxication  and  consequent  disorders,  but  they  also  offer  a  place 
for  rioters  to  congregate,  talk  and  plan. 

Except  under  martial  law,  the  commander  of  the  military  forces 
has  no  authority  to  order  the  closing  of  saloons,  unless,  of  course, 
such  authority  is  given  him  by  the  laws  of  the  State.  This  must,  as 
a  rule,  be  done  by  the  civil  authorities,  and  in  some  States  there  are 
laws  requiring  that  all  saloons  shall  be  closed  during  riots.  In  States 
where  no  such  laws  have  been  enacted,  the  matter  is  discretionary 
with  the  civil  authorities,  and^hould  the  military  commander  consider 

[327] 


586-587-588-589 

the  closing  of  saloons  advisable,  he  should  request  the  civil  authorities 
to  issue  the  necessary  orders. 

Whenever  a  saloon  keeper  harbors  disorderly  crowds  that  become 
a  menace  to  the  public  peace,  the  commanding  officer  in  person  or  a 
duly  authorized  officer  should  visit  the  saloon  with  a  detachment  of 
soldiers  and  notify  the  proprietor  that  the  place  is  a  disorderly  one, 
and  that  unless  he  rid  his  place  immediately  of  all  disorderly  and 
undesirable  characters,  and  then  maintain  it  in  a  peaceful,  orderly, 
law-abiding  manner,  he,  the  officer,  will  close  the  place  (or  have  the 
place  closed  by  the  civil  authorities,  or  lay  the  matter  before  the 
proper,  authorities  with  a  view  to  having  his  license  rescinded,  de- 
pending upon  the  law  of  the  State). 

As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  command  arrives,  saloon  keepers 
should  be  instructed  not  to  sell  liquor  to  soldiers.  If,  however,  they 
should  do  so  after  such  instructions  have  been  given,  then  steps  should 
be  taken  to  have  the  saloons  closed. 

586.  Public  meetings,   especially  at  night,  are   almost   invariably 
a  source  of  trouble.     They  afford  splendid   opportunity  for  trouble- 
making  oratory.     They  should  be  prohibited,  but,  as  in  the  case   of 
closing  saloons,  the  order  must  come  from  the  civil  authorities. 

587.  Theaters  and  other  places  of  amusement  may  or  may  not  be 
permitted  to  remain  open,  depending  upon  circumstances,  but  if  per- 
mitted, the  managers  should  be  instructed  that  no  sentiments  antag- 
onistic to   the   restoration   of  peace  and   order   will   be   tolerated,  and 
should  .these  instructions  be  disregarded,  the  place  should  be  closed 
by  the  civil  authorities. 

588.  Curfew.     It  is  sometimes  necessary  for  the  civil  authorities 
to  issue  orders  requiring  all  persons  without  permits  to  repair  to  and 
remain  in  their  homes  after  a  certain  hour  at  night.     Curfews  are,  at 
best,  very  obnoxious  and  annoying  to  the  inhabitants  and  should  they 
be   necessary,    they    should    be    enforced   as   considerately   as   is    con- 
sistent with  the  end  desired. 

It  should  be  remarked  in  this  connection  that,  as  a  matter  of 
policy,  no  more  hardships  than  are  absolutely  necessary  should  be 
imposed  upon  the  inhabitants  of  the  community.  Unnecessary  hard- 
ships will  only  tend  to  create  public  sentiment  against  the  military 
and,  in  many  cases,  arouse  sympathy  for  the  rioters. 

589.  Ministers,  from  the  pulpit  and  otherwise,  are  very  often  able 
to  assist  materially  in  restoring  law  and  order,  and,  when  necessary, 
their    good    offices    should    be    sought.     However,    should    a   minister 
endeavor  to  assist  the  rioters  in  any  way,  he  should  then  be  treated 
like  any  other  rioter. 


[328] 


589  (contd.) 
IN  CONCLUSION 
Let  it  be  said: 

1.  Under  no  circumstances   should  an  officer  of  the   Organized 
Militia  (or  of  the  Regular  Army)  ever  allow  his  command  to  be  placed 
on  riot  duty  except  by  competent  authority,  nor  should  he  ever  allow 
himself  to  be  persuaded  to  do  police  duty,  by  any  civil  officials  except 
those  who  by  law  are  authorized  to  place  him  on  such  duty. 

2.  The  conduct  of  both  officers  and  men  should  at  all  times  and 
under  all  conditions  be  such  as  to  inspire  the  confidence  of  all  law- 
abiding  citizens  and  promote  respect  for  the  military. 

3.  From  the  very  beginning  everything  should  be  done  to  create 
public  sentiment  in  favor  of  the  restoration  of  law  and  order. 

4.  In  dealing  with  mobs  offensive  measures  are  better  than  de- 
fensive ones  and  should  always  be  adopted,  if  warranted  by  the  size  of 
the   military   force.     Defensive    measures   generally   give  mobs    heart 
and  courage. 

5.  In  facing  a  mob  all  officers  must  exercise  good  judgment,  cool- 
ness and  courage,  and  remember  first,  last  and  always,  that  under  no 
circumstances  should  a  mob  ever  be  temporized  with.     While  no  more 
force  than  is  necessary  should  be  used,  mobs  should  be  handled  with  a 
strong,   firm,   decisive,   relentless  hand.     The   officer  who  temporizes 
with  a  mob  is  sure  to  meet  with  disaster. 


[329] 


590-591-592-593 


CHAPTER  XXXI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

590.  Publication  of  books  and  articles.  The  authority  of  the  War 
Department  for  an  officer  or  a  soldier  to  publish  a  book  or  an  article 
of  any  kind,  is  not  necessary.  However,  should  such  book  or  article 
contain  matter  of  a  nature  considered  subversive  of  good  order  and 
military  discipline,  this  would  be  cause  for  action  by  the  Department. 

501.  Officers  engaging  in  business.  With  the  exception  of  A.  R. 
521,  '13,  which  prohibits  officers  from  furnishing  supplies  or  services 
to  the  Government,  there  is  nothing  in  law  or  in  the  Army  Regula- 
tions on  this  subject,  which  is  a  matter  entirely  within  the  regulation 
of  the  War  Department.  It  is  quite  common  for  officers  to  make  in- 
vestments and  sometimes  to  engage  passively  in  reputable  business 
that  in  no  way  interferes  with  the  proper  performance  of  their  duties. 
However,  there  is  considerable  doubt  of  the  propriety  of  an  officer's 
engaging  actively  in  business,  even  though  such  act  in  no  way  inter- 
fered with  the  proper  performance  of  his  military  duties.  Of  course, 
should  an  officer  engage  in  a  disreputable  or  fraudulent  business,  or 
should  he  use  his  official  position  to  further  an  undertaking  of  any 
kind,  he  would  lay  himself  liable  to  trial  under  the  Articles  of  War. 

On  the  ground  that  retired  pay  is  hardly  sufficient  for  an  officer 
to  support  himself  and  family,  retired  officers  are  permitted  to  engage 
actively  in  business,  and  a  number  of  them  do  this. 

592.  Dropping  "jr"  after  name.     If  an  officer  or  enlisted  man,  in 
case  of  the  death  of  his  father,  for  instance,  wishes  to  drop  the  "jr" 
after  his  name,  it  is  only  necessary  to  write  to  The  Adjutant  General 
of  the  Army,   stating  the  circumstances   of  the   case   and   requesting 
authority  to  drop  the  "jr."     The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army  may 
give  such  authority. 

593.  Changing    name.     An    officer    desiring    to    have    his    name 
changed  may  do  do   so  by  going  before  a  court  and   procuring  the 
necessary  judicial  decree  and  then  notifying  The  Adjutant  General  of 
the  Army  of  same,  with  the  request  that  the  proper  changes  be  made 
on  the  records  of  the  War  Department. 

An  enlisted  man  desiring  to  have  his  name  changed  may  dp  so  by 
applying  to  The  Adjutant  General  of  the  Army,  through  his  com- 
pany commander,  setting  forth  in  his  letter  all  the  circumstances  of 
the  case. 

[330] 


594-595 

594.  Changing  date  of  birth.     An  officer  or  enlisted  man  desiring 
to  have  changed  the  date  of  his  birth  as  recorded  in  the  War  Depart- 
ment,  may  do  so  upon  application  to  The  Adjutant   General   of  the 
Army,  furnishing  with   his  application  a  copy  of  his  birth  certificate 
or  baptismal  record,  or  an  affidavit  of  parent. 

595.  HOW  TO  TAKE  CARE  OF  UNIFORMS;  SUG- 

GESTIONS  REGARDING  VARIOUS 
ARTICLES  OF  EQUIPMENT 

(1.)     Coats,  Blouses  and  Trousers: 

(a)  When  not  in  use  should  be  kept  on  hangers. 

The  best  coat  hanger  on  the  market  to-day  is  "The  Tourist"    (price  35  cts.). 

The  best  trouser  hanger  (will  ho'd  six  pair  of  trousers)  is  "The  Portable  Mili- 
tary Trouser  Hanger."  Both  for  sale  by  The  Warnock  Uniform  Co.,  16  West  46th  St., 
New  York. 

(b)  Large  paper  bags,  "Wayne  Cedar  Wardrobes,"  are  excellent 
for  preserving  coats,  blouses  and  trousers.     They  are  practically  air- 
tight, thus  protecting  the  cloth  from  both  dust  and  moths  and  the  gold 
lace  and  braid  from  tarnishing.     Sold  by  The  E.  A.  Armstrong  Mfg. 
Co.,  434  S.  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

NOTES 

1.  In  cutting  blouses  a  mistake  that  tailors  often  make,  especially  in  case  of  men 
with   wide   hips,    is   not   to   allow   enough    material    for   the   circumference    of  the   skirt, 
with    the   result    that   the   lower   ends    of   the    garment   in    front   only    partially   overlap, 
giving   a    flaring   effect,    which    looks   very   bad.      When    ordering   a   blouse   be   sure   to 
caution    the   tailor   about   this   and   if  your   instructions   are   not  heeded,    do   not   accept 
the  blouse. 

2.  In   ordering  blue    trousers,   always   order   one   or   two   extra   pair   of   stripes   to 
replace  soiled   stripes — they  cost  about  $1   a  pair.     There   is  nothing  that  looks  worse 
than  soiled  trouser  stripes. 

(2)  Gold  lace  and  braid,  shoulder  straps  and  knots  to  retain 
their  luster  must  be  protected  from  the  air.  There  is  nothing  more 
destructive  to  gold  lace,  shoulder  straps,  belts,  etc.,  than  the  fumes  of 
sulphur  and  gas,  and  especially  is  this  so  at  posts  where  soft  coal  is 
burned.  Aiguillettes,  shoulder  knots  and  dress  belt  should  be  wrapped 
in  the  black  tarnish  proof  paper  used  by  military  tailors  to  protect 
gold  lace  from  the  action  of  the  air,  and  then  placed  in  the  air-tight 
boxes  in  which  these  articles  come  from  the  dealers.  The  lace  and 
braid  on  coats  and  the  shoulder  straps  on  blouses  not  in  use  for 
several  days  or  more,  should  be  carefully  wrapped  with  the  paper  just 
described,  which  is  pinned  in  such  a  way  as  to  protect  the  lace  and  the 
shoulder  straps  from  the  air  as  much  as  possible.  In  fact,  when 
practicable  articles  of  the  uniform  containing  gold  lace  or  braid  should 
always  be  packed  in  a  trunk  or  box  as  nearly  air-tight  as  possible. 
The  full-dress  cap  should  be  wrapped  in  the  same  kind  of  paper  and 
kept  in  a  specially  made  tin  box  that  is  as  nearly  air-tight  as  possible. 

The  M.  C.  Lilley  &  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio,  make  an  excellent  tin 
cap  box. 

[331] 


595  (contcl.) 

Black  tarnish  proof  paper  can  be  obtained  from  any  of  the  mili- 
tary dealers. 

Water  or  moisture  will  not  injure  gold  lace  and  braid,  provided 
it  is  thoroughly  dried  without  delay.  But  under  no  circumstances 
should  such  articles  be  stored  away  in  a  moistened  condition. 

(3)  Collar  insignia.     While,   as    a    rule,    the    collar   insignia   fur- 
nished by   our  military  dealers  are   satisfactory,   the  handsomest   (al- 
though perhaps  a  little  more  expensive)  insignia  are  made  by  Bailey, 
Banks  &  Biddle,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  who  will  gladly  send  you  a  cata- 
logue upon  request. 

(4)  Auxiliaries  of  the  uniform.     In  buying  collar  insignia,  shoul- 
der straps,  gold-lace  saber  knots,  gloves  and  other  auxiliaries  that,  so 
to  speak,  really  put  "the  finishing  touches"   on  the  uniform,  get  the 
best.     It  is  a  mistake  to  attempt  to  economize  on  such  articles.     At 
the  very  best  the  amount  you  would  save  would  be  small  and  does  not 
warrant  the  purchase  of  mediocre  articles  when  the  best  last  so  much 
longer  and  look  so  much  better — more  dressy,  more  chaste.     At  first 
the  two  classes  of  goods  may  look  about  the  same,  but  after  brief  use 
the  difference  is  very  marked. 

(5)  Shoes  when  not  in  use  should  be  treed.     The  best  shoe  tree 
is  the  "R.  P.  K."  aluminum  tree,  sold  by  J.  and  J.  Slater,  New  York. 

The  Stetson  Shoe  Co.  (Factory,  South  Weymouth,  Mass.;  offices, 
7  Cortlandt  St.,  New  York),  make  a  marching  shoe  that  is  constructed 
on  scientific  lines.  It  is  the  shoe  used  by  the  West  Point  Cadets.  A 
descriptive  pamphlet  will  be  sent  upon  application. 

(6)  White  gloves.     Lisle  gloves  are  washed  in  the  regular  way, 
but  white  chamois  gloves  should  be  washed  on  the  hand,  with  luke 
warm  water  and  castile  soap. 

(7)  White  collars  and  cuffs.     Use  a  plain  soft  bosom  shirt,  with 

detachable  cuffs.  Of  course,  with  the 
special  full  dress  the  regular  evening 
dress  shirt  must  be  worn. 

The  Warnock  Military  Collar  is  by 
far  the  most  satisfactory  white  collar 
there  is.  It  is  about  154  inches  high  and 
is  fastened  to  the  collar  of  the  coat  by 
means  of  four  small  buttons,  which 

should  be  inserted  when  the  blouse  is  made,  although  it  may  be  done 

later.     For   sale  by  The   Warnock   Uniform    Co.,    16   West  46th    St., 

New  York. 

The  "Washburne"  cuff  holder  is  the  best  the  author  has  ever  seen 

— the  name  is  stamped  on  the  fastener.     Price  10  cts.     For  sale  by  The 

Warnock  Uniform  Co. 

(8)  Always  keep  on  hand  a  good,  first-class  whisk  broom. 

[332] 


595  (contd.) 

(9)  If  the  man  who  works  for  you  does  not  know  how  to  press 
and  clean  clothes,  have  him  learn.  If  he  can  not,  or  does  not  wish  to 
learn,  then  arrange  with  the  company  tailor  or  some  one  else  to  clean 
and  press  your  clothes-for  so  much  a  month.  It  is  generally  possible 
to  get  clothes  cleaned  and  pressed  very  reasonably  in  an  Army  post. 

* 

Notes 

(a)  Gold  braid  on  the  sleeves  of  coats  must  be  dried  soon  after 
the   pressing;    otherwise   the   moisture   from  the    damp   ironing   cloth 
will  tarnish  the  braid. 

(b)  In  ironing  clothes   the  utmost  care   must  be   taken  that  the 
iron  is  not  too  hot.     If  the  iron  be  too  hot,  the  cloth  will  have  a  worn, 
shiny  appearance  that  can  not  be  removed. 

(c)  The  person  who  presses  your  clothes   should  be  especially 
cautioned  about  these   matters. 

GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS 

Be  careful  not  to  have  rubber  goods  in  the  same  closet  with  gold 
lace,  gold  braid,  shoulder  knots  and  shoulder  straps,  nor  should 
any  of  these  articles  ever  be  stored  with  camphor — rubber  goods  and 
camphor  will  tarnish  them.  However,  moth-balls  will  not  tarnish 
them.  It  may  be  said  in  this  connection  that  some  tailors  consider 
good  gum  camphor  superior  to  moth  balls — furthermore,  the  smell  left 
in  the  clothes  by  the  gum  camphor  is  not  disagreeable,  but  on  the 
contrary  it  is  quite  pleasant. 

Lockers  and  other  receptacles  in  which  uniforms  are  stored  must 
be  free  from  dust — they  should  be  wiped  off  occasionally  with"  a  cloth 
wrung  out  of  soap  suds. 

Uniforms  not  in  use  should  be  brushed,  aired  and  sunned  once  a 
month. 

A  part  of  every  officer's  wardrobe  should  consist  of  an  A-l  whisk 
broom  and  a  first-class  clothes  brush  with  good,  stiff  bristles. 

Uniforms  should  be  dried  thoroughly,  brushed  and  properly  fold- 
ed before  being  stored  away — the  number  of  folds  should  be  reduced 
to  a  minimum. 

Wetting  gold  lace  or  braid  or  moistening  same  in  pressing  the 
sleeves  of  the  coat,  does  not  injure  it,  provided  it  is  thoroughly  dried 
without  delay.  Under  no  circumstances  should  gold  lace  or  braid  be 
put  away  in  a  moistened  condition;  for,  if  it  is,  it  will  invariably 
tarnish. 

Before  uniforms  are  put  away  they  should  always  be  carefully 
examined  and  any  missing  buttons,  tears  or  stains  should  be  attended 
to  at  once. 

Occasional  pressing  helps  to  preserve  and  freshen  garments — it 
puts  new  life  into  the  cloth. 

[333] 


596 

It  is  considered  quite  "smart"  to  crease  the  trousers  only  in  front. 

Tailors  usually  remove  stains  with  a  rubber  made  by  rolling 
tightly  a  piece  of  woolen  cloth  of  some  kind,  about  2  inches  wide,  until 
the  roll  is  about  an  inch  in  diameter. 

Rings  in  removing  strains  may  be  avoided  by  rubbing  until  very 
nearly  dry. 

Ordinarily  benzine  is  a  good  stain  remover  in  case  o£  grease 
spots  but  its  use  is  more  or  less  dangerous.  It  should  be  used  in  an 
opened  room  or  out  of  doors  and  never  near  a  fire  or  lights. 

"Carbona,"  which  can  be  purchased  in  almost  any  drug  store,  is 
excellent  for  removing  stains  and  it  is  perfectly  safe. 

Carbon  tetrachloride  (Merck's)  is  much  cheaper  than  "Carbona," 
and  about  equally  as  good.  It  retails  at  45  cts.  a  pint.  In  bulk  it  can 
be  bought  from  almost  any  large  drug  store  for  about  $2.40  a  gallon 
and  in  quantities  of  5  gallons  or  more,  about  $2  a  gallon. 

Rust  or  ink  stains  can  be  removed  with  a  solution  of  oxalic  acid. 
Apply  rapidly  and  rinse  at  once  with  plenty  of  fresh  water;  this  is 
most  important — otherwise  it  will  probably  discolor  the  material. 

Sweat  stains  can  not  be  removed.  However,  the  color  can  be  par- 
tially restored  and  the  material  cleaned  with  a  solution  of  ammonia 
and  water — 1/3  liquid  ammonia,  2/$  water. 

The  shine  that  is  sometimes  left  from  pressing  is  caused  by  leav- 
ing the  iron  on  too  long  or  using  an  iron  that  is  too  hot. 

This  shine,  if  the  cloth  is  not  scorched,  may  be  removed  by  "spong- 
ing," i.  e.,  by  placing  a  piece  of  damp  muslin  cloth  on  the  material  and 
then  applying  the  iron  only  long  enough  to  steam  the  surface  of  the 
garment. 

Grease  and  oil  stains  on  white  trouser  stripes  can  be  removed  with 
benzine,  naptha  or  gasoline,  applied  with  a  stiff  nail  brush.  Stains 
of  rust  and  ink  can  be  removed  by  means  of  oxalic  acid  (2  ounces 
of  oxalic  acid  to  1  pint  of  water — dissolves  quickest  in  warm  water — 
applied  with  cloth  or  brush — then  rinsed  thoroughly  with  plain  water 
and  sponge).  After  the  strips  have  dried,  apply  English  pipe-clay, 
rubbing  with  the  cake  itself;  then  rub  in  uniformly  with  woolen  cloth 
rubber — rub  vigorously — then  brush  off  surplus  pipe-clay. 

596.  The  care  and  preservation  of  shoes.  Shoes  should  at  all 
times  be  kept  polished,  by  being  so  kept  they  are  made  more  pliable 
and  wear  longer. 

Shoes  must  withstand  harder  service  than  any  other  article  worn, 
and  more  shoes  are  ruined  through  neglect  than  by  wear  in  actual 
service. 

Proper  care  should  be  taken  in  selecting  shoes  to  secure  a  proper 
fit,  and  by  giving  shoes  occasional  attention  much  discomfort  and 
complaint  will  be  avoided. 

[334] 


.596  (contd.) 

Selection.  A  shoe  should  always  have  ample  length,  as  the  foot 
will  always  work  forward  fully  a  half  size  in  the  shoe  when  walking, 
and  sufficient  allowance  for  this  should  be  made.  More  feet  are 
crippled  and  distorted  by  shoes  that  are  too  short  than  for  any  other 
reason.  A  shoe  should  fit  snug  yet  be  comfortable  over  ball  and 
instep,  and  when  first  worn  should  not  lace  close  together  over  instep. 
Leather  always  stretches  and  loosens  at  instep  and  can  be  taken  up  by 
lacing.  The  foot  should  always.be  held  firmly  but  not  too  tightly 
in  proper  position.  If  shoes  are  too  loose,  they  allow  the  foot  to  slip 
around,  causing  the  foot  to  chafe;  corns,  bunions,  and  enlarged  joints 
are  the  result. 

Re'pairs.  At  the  first  sign  of  a  break  shoes  should  be  repaired,  if 
possible.  Always  keep  the  heels  in  good  condition.  If  the  heel  is 
allowed  to  run  down  at  side,  it  is  bad  for  the  shoe  and  worse  for  the 
foot;  it  also  weakens  the  ankle  and  subjects  the  shoe  to  an  uneven 
strain,  which  makes  it  more  liable  to  give  out.  Shoes  if  kept  in 
repair  will  give  double  the  service  and  comfort. 

Shoe  Dressing.  The  leather  must  not  be  permitted  to  become 
hard  and  stiff.  If  it  is  impossible  to  procure  a  good  shoe  dressing, 
neat's-foot  oil  or  tallow  are  the  best  'substitutes;  either  will  soften 
the  leather  and  preserve  its  pliability.  Leather  requires  oil  to  pre- 
serve its  pliability,  and  if  not  supplied  will  become  brittle,  crack,  and 
break  easily  under  strain.  Inferior  dressings  are  always  harmful, 
and  no  dressing  should  be  used  which  contains  acid  or  varnish. 
Acid  burns  leather  as  it  would  the  skin,  and  polish  containing  varnish 
forms  a  false  skin  which  soon  peels  off,  spoiling  the  appearance  of 
the  shoe  and  causing  the  leather  to  crack.  Paste  polish  containing 
turpentine  should  also  be  avoided. 

"Viscol"  is  by  far  the  best  oil  for  softening  shoe  and  other  leather 
that  the  author  knows  of.  It  is  made  by  The  Viscol  Co.,  East  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  and  can  be  obtained  from  the  post  or  camp  exchange. 

Perspiration.  Shoes  becoming  damp  from  perspiration  should 
be  dried  naturally  by  evaporation.  It  is  dangerous  to  dry  leather  by 
artificial  heat.  Perspiration  contains  acid  which  is  harmful  to  leather, 
and  shoes  should  be  dried  out  as  frequently  as  possible. 

Wet  shoes.  Wet  or  damp  shoes  should  be  dried  with  great  care. 
When  leather  is  subjected  to  heat,  a  chemical  change  takes  place, 
although  no  change  in  appearance  may  be  noted  at  the  time.  Leather 
when  burnt  becomes  dry  and  parched  and  will  soon  crack  through 
like  pasteboard  when  strained.  This  applies  to  leather  both  in  soles 
and  uppers.  When  dried,  the  leather  should  always  be  treated  with 
dressing  to  restore  its  pliability.  Many  shoes  are  burned  while  on 
the  feet  without  knowledge  of  the  wearer  by  being  placed  while  wet 
on  the  rail  of  a  stove  or  near  a  steam  pipe.  Care  should  be  taken  while 
shoes  are  being  worn  never  to  place  the  foot  where  there  is  danger 
of  their  being  burned. 

[335] 


597 

Keep  Shoes  Clean.  An  occasional  application  of  soap  and  water 
will  remove  the  accumulations  of  old  dressing  and  allow  fresh  dres- 
sing to  accomplish  its  purpose. 

Directions  for  Polishing.  Russet  calf  leather  should  be  treated 
with  great  care.  Neither  acid,  lemon  juice,  or  banana  peel  should  be 
used  for  cleaning  purposes.  Only  the  best  liquid  dressing  should  be 
used  and  shoes  should  not  be  rubbed  while  wet. 

Black  calf  shoes  should  be  cleaned  frequently  and  no  accumula- 
tion of  old  blacking  allowed  to  remain.  An  occasional  application  of 
neat's-foot  oil  is  beneficial  to  this  leather,  and  the  best  calf  blacking 
only  should  be  used  to  obtain  polish. 

Liquid  Dressing.  Care  should  be  taken  in  using  liquid  dressing. 
Apply  only  a  light  even  coat  and  allow  this  to  dry  into  the  leather  be- 
fore rubbing  with  a  cloth.  When  sufficiently  dry  to  rub,  a  fine 
powdery  substance  remains  on  the  surface.  This,  when  rubbed  with 
a  soft  cloth,  produces  a  high  polish  that  lasts  a  long  time  and  which 
is  quickly  renewed  by  an  occasional  rubbing.  Too  much  dressing  is 
useless  and  injurious.  (Quartermaster  General's  Office,  June  16,  1889.) 

Remember 

1  A  uniform  that  has  been  worn  some,  even  if  of  only  mediocre 
material,  if  pressed  and  clean,  looks  much  better  than  a  new,  expensive 
uniform  that  is  soiled  and  mussy. 

2  By  taking  proper  care  of  your  uniforms  and  other  articles  of 
equipment  not  only  will  they  always  appear  neat,  clean  and  dressy, 
but  they  will  also  last  much  longer — in  other  words,  it  is  economy  to 
take  proper  care  of  them. 

597.  PAY 

(The   Pay   Bill  is  published  in  G.   O.   80,   '08.) 
OFFICERS 

Yearly     |   Monthly    |   Daily~ 


Lieutenant    General     

$11,000 

$916.67 

$30.56 

8,000 

666.67 

22.22 

Brigadier    General     

6,000 

500.00 

16.67 

Colonel     

4,000 

333.33 

11.11 

Lieutenant     Colonel     

3,500 

291.67 

9.72 

Major     

3,000 

250.00 

8.53 

Captain     

2,400 

200.00 

6.67 

First    Lieutenant     

2,000 

166.67 

5.56 

Second    Lieutenant     

1,700 

141.67 

4.72 

1.  An  officer's  pay  is  increased   10  per  cent   for  every  five  years'  service,   until 
the  total  increase  reaches   40  per  cent,    after  which   the   increase  ceases.     However,   by 
law,  the  maximum  pay  of  a  major  is  $4,000;  a  lieutenant  colonel,  $4,500  and  a  colonel 
$5,800. 

2.  Officers  serving  in   the   Philippines   and   Alaska,   receive  an   increase  of   10   per 
cent  on  their  pay  proper,  and  enlisted  men,  an  increase  of  20  per  cent. 

3.  Retired  officers   receive  three-fourths  pay  of  their  grade  at  date  of   retirement. 

4.  In  case  an   officer   below   the  grade   of  major,   who   is   required  to  be  mounted, 
provides  himself  with   suitable   mounts   at   his   own  expense,   he   receives  in   addition 'to 
his  pay  $150  per  annum  for  one  mount,  and  $200  for  two. 

[336] 


598-599 

5.  The   lieutenant   general   may   select   two   aides   and   a   military  secretary,   who 
shall  have  the  rank,  pay  and  allowances  of  a  lieutenant  colonel  while   so  serving. 

6.  An  aid  to  a  major  general  is  allowed  $200  per  year  in  addition  to  the  pay  of 
his  rank,    not   to   be   included   in  computing  the  service   increase. 

7.  An    aid   to  a   brigadier   general   is   allowed   $150   a  year   in    addition  to   the   pay 
of  his  rank,  not  to  be  included  in  computing  the  service  increase. 

598.  Retirement  of  officers.     Officers  may  be   retired  under  one 
of  these  conditions:     (a)  By  operation  of  law  upon  reaching  the  age 
of  64.     (b)   Upon  their  own  application,  after  forty  years'  continuous 
service,      (c)    Upon    their    own   application,   in   the    discretion    of   the 
President,  after  thirty  years'  continuous  service,     (d)  After  forty-five 
years'  service  or  upon  reaching  the  age  of  62  years,  in  the  discretion 
of  the  President,     (e)   On  account  of  disability  contracted  in  line  of 
duty,     (f)  By  special  act  of  Congress. 

(The  only  cases  of  retirement  by  special  act  of  Congress,  are  when  the  Presi- 
dent is  authorized  to  appoint  certain  men  from  civil  life  to  certain  grades  in  the  Army 
and  to  retire  them  at  once.) 

Retired  officers  receive  75  per  cent  of  the  pay  of  the  rank  held 
when  they  are  retired.  Officers  retired  by  operation  of  law  upon 
reaching  the  age  of  64,  are  placed  upon  the  Unlimited  List.  Retired 
officers  less  than  64  years  of  age  are  placed  upon  the  Limited  List, 
which  consists  of  not  more  than  300.  Upon  reaching  the  age  of  64, 
officers  on  the  Limited  List  are  transferred  to  the  Unlimited  List. 
Officers  retired  by  special  act  of  Congress  are  not  placed  upon  the 
Limited  List.  Officers  may  be  wholly  retired  on  account  of  dis- 
ability not  incident  to  the  service,  in  which  case  their  names  are 
dropped  from  the  rolls  of  the  Army  with  one  year's  pay. 

Retired  officers,  like  retired  enlisted  men,  are  subject  to  the  rules 
and  articles  of  war  and  may  be  court-martialed  for  violation  thereof. 

599.  Pensions.     An  enlisted  man  disabled  by  a  wound,  injury  or 
disease  incurred  in  the  line  of  duty,  is  entitled  to  a  pension  of  from 
$6  to  $100  per  month,  depending  upon  the  degree  of  disability.     (An 
officer  of  the  Regular  Army  thus  disabled  is  retired  on  three-fourths 
pay.) 

The  widow  of  an  officer  or  an  enlisted  man  whose  death  resulted 
from  a  cause  incurred  in  line  of  duty,  is  entitled  to  a  pension  without 
regard  to  her  financial  status.  The  rate  of  pension  depends  upon  the 
rank  of  the  deceased  at  the  time  the  death  cause  was  incurred,  with- 
out regard  to  subsequent  promotion,  and  ranges  from  $12  per  month 
in  the  case  of  the  widow  of  a  private  or  noncommissioned  officer,  to 
$30  per  month  in  the  case  of  the  widow  of  a  lieutenant-colonel  or  any 
officer  of  higher  rank,  with  $2  additional  for  each  legitimate  child 
under  the  age  of  sixteen.  A  widow  who  remarries  is  deprived  of  a 
pensionable  status. 

The  legitimate  children  under  the  age  of  sixteen  of  an  officer  or 
enlisted  man  who  died  of  a  disability  incurred  in  line  of  duty,  and  who 
left  no  widow,  or  whose  widow  remarried  or  was  otherwise  deprived 

[337] 


600-601 

of  a  pensionable  status,  are  entitled  to  a  pension,  the  rate  of  pension 
depending  upon  rank  when  death  cause  originated. 

The  mother  of  an  officer  or  enlisted  man  who  died  from  a  wound, 
injury  or  disease  incurred  in  line  of  duty,  and  who  left  no  widow  or 
minor  child,  under,  the  age  of  sixteen  surviving  is  entitled  to  a  pension 
of  from  $12  to  $30  a  month,  provided  such  mother  is  without  other 
means  of  support  than  her  own  manual  labor  or  the  contributions  of 
others  not  legally  bound  to  support  her.  When  the  mother  of  such  an 
officer  or  enlisted  man  is  dead,  the  father  may  be  entitled  to  a  pension 
under  the  same  conditions. 

There  is  no  limitation  as  to  the  date  of  filing  of  pension  claims 
in  the  cases  cited  above,  and  it  is  entirely  optional  as  to  whether  or 
not  an  attorney  shall  be  employed  in  connection  with  a  claim  for  a 
pension.  A  person  wishing  to  file  a  pension  claim  himself,  should  ad- 
dress, "The  Commissioner  of  Pensions,  Washington,  D.  C." 

600.  Power  of  attorney.     Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that 
I,  John  A.   Smith,   of   Fort   Leavenworth,    Kansas,    do   hereby   make, 
constitute  and  appoint  John  Doe,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  my  true, 
sufficient  and  lawful  attorney  for  me  and  in  my  name  to  (here  state 
in  plain  terms  the  subject-matter  of  power),  and  to  do  and  perform  all 
necessary  act  in  the  execution  and  prosecution  of  the  aforesaid  busi- 
ness in  as  full  and  ample  a  manner  as  I  might  do  if  I  were  personally 
present. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  this 
1st  day  of  January,  1908. 
Witnesses:  JOHN  A.  SMITH  (Seal). 

Robt.  A.  Harris. 

Jas.  B.  Robinson. 

601.  Form  for  contract.     Agreement    entered   into  between   the 
Robert    Smith    Publishing   Co.    of   Washington,    D.    C.,   and  John   A. 
Smith  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas. 

Article  I.  The  Robert  Smith  Publishing  Co.,  in  consideration  of 
the  agreements  hereinafter  stated,  agrees  to  (insert  in  full  the  subject 
matter  of  the  agreement). 

Article  II.  The  Robert  Smith  Publishing  Co.  further  agrees  to, 
etc. 

Article  III.  John  A.  Smith,  in  consideration  of  the  above  agree- 
ments, agrees  to  (insert  in  full  the  subject  matter  of  the  agreement). 

Article  IV.  It  is  mutually  agreed  that  either  party  may  put  an 
end  to  this  agreement  by  one  month's  notice  thereof. 


[338] 


602 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  parties  have  hereunto  set  their  hands 
and  seals,  this  1st  day  of  January,  1908. 

THE  ROBERT  SMITH  PUBLISHING  CO., 

Per  Robert  Smith,  President. 
JOHN  A.  SMITH. 

Attest: 

John  Doe. 
Henry  Smith. 

602.    Forms  for  will. 

(a)  I,  John   A.   Smith,   of   Fort  Leavenworth,  State   of  Kansas, 
being  of  sound  and  disposing  mind  and  memory,  do  make  and  publish 
this  my  last  will  and  testament,  that  is  to  say: 

First.  I  will  and  direct  that  all  just  debts  that  may  exist  against 
me  at  my  decease  shall  be  settled. 

Second.  I  give  and  bequeath  to  my  beloved  wife,  Mary  Smith, 
the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars,  same  being  in  lieu  of  all  her  dowry 
rights  in  my  personal  estate;  also  all  my  household  furniture. 

Third.  To  my  son,  Andrew  J.  Smith,  I  give  and  bequeath  the  sum 
of  one  thousand  dollars. 

And  lastly,  all  the  rest,  residue  and  remainder  of  my  personal 
estate  I  give  and  bequeath  to  my  esteemed  friend,  Captain  Henry  R. 
Jones,  his  heirs  and  assigns  forever. 

I  hereby  appoint  Samuel  Sherman,  of  New  Orleans,  La.,  the  sole 
executor  of  this,  my  last  will  and  testament. 

I  hereby  revoke  all  former  wills  by  me  made. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  at  Fort 
Leavenworth,  aforesaid,  this  first  day  of  January,  nineteen  hundred 
and  eight.  JOHN  A.  SMITH  (Seal). 

Signed  and  sealed  by  said  John  A. 
Smith,  who  at  the  same  time  pub- 
lished and  declared  the  same  as  and 
for  his  last  will  and  testament  in  the 
presence  of  us,  who,  in  his  presence, 
and  in  the  presence  of  each  other, 
and  at  his  request,  haye  hereunto 
subscribed  our  names  as  witnesses. 

Robert  A.  Harris,  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan. 

Jas.  B.  Robinson,  of  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Arthur   Coles,   of   Leavenworth,   Kan. 

(b)  The  following  form,  to  be  written  in  the  testator's  own  hand- 
writing, is  the  simplest  there  is: — 

Fort  Leavenworth,  Kan., 

December  25,  1908. 

[339] 


603 

This  is  my  last  will  and  testament,  revoking  all  previous  wills 
made  by  me: 

First.     I  give  and  bequeath  to,  etc. 

Second.     I  hereby  direct,  etc. 

Third.  I  hereby  appoint  my  brother,  John  R.  Smith,  executor  of 
this,  my  last  will  and  testament.  HENRY  J.  SMITH. 

603.    Certificates  and  affidavits.     In  determining  property  respon- 
sibility and  accountability  by  survey,  the  evidence  of  officers  is  sub- 
mitted in  the  form  of  certificates  and   the  evidence  of  enlisted  men 
and  civilians,  in  the  form  of  affidavits, 
(a)     "Model"  form  of  certificate. 

Fort  Missoula,  Mont., 

March  12,  1917. 

I  certify  that  I  received  in  good  condition  from  Charles  and  Co., 
the  following-named  stores: 
(a)     Potatoes: 

January     1,  1917,  6,000  pounds 

January  25,  1917,  5,000  pounds 


11,000  pounds 
(b)     Onions: 

January     1,  1917,  1,000  pounds 

January  25,  1917,  1,200  pounds 


2,200  pounds 

During  January  and  February,  1917,  these  potatoes  and  onions 
were  sorted  from  time  to  time  in  order  to  save  the  good  ones.  In 
these  assortments  the  following  quantities  were  found  unfit  for  sale 
or  issue: 

1,000  pounds  of  potatoes  @  lOc $100.00 

200  pounds  onions    @    lOc 20.00. 


$120.00 

I  would  further  certify  that  I  have  taken  proper  care  of  these 
stores  and  deterioration  they  may  have  undergone  while  in  my  pos- 
session was  due  to  no  fault  or  neglect  on  my  part. 

HENRY  JONES, 

Capt.  29th  Inf., 

Quartermaster. 

(b)  "Model"  form  of  affidavit.  The  following  is  the  form  for 
affidavit: 

Fort  Missoula,  ] 

County    of   Missoula,  I  ss:* 
State  of  Montana.        J 

*"ss"  stands  for  "State  Seal." 

[340] 


604 

Personally  appeared  before  me,  the  undersigned  authority  for  ad- 
ministration oaths,  one  John  A.  Smith,  Quartermaster-Sergeant, 
Quartermaster  Corps,  who,  being  duly  sworn,  deposes  and  says:  He 
is  on  duty  in  the  subsistence  branch  of  the  Quartermaster  Corps,  at 
Fort  Missoula,  Mont.,  under  the  immediate  orders  of  Capt.  Henry 
Jones,  50th  Inf.,  post  quartermaster;  that  during  the  months  of  Jan- 
uary and  February,  1917,  certain  subsistence  stores  were  received  in 
original  packages  from  Capt.  H.  J.  Evans,  Quartermaster  Corps,  St. 
Paul,  Minn.,  and  that  upon  opening  said  packages  the  following  ar- 
ticles were  found  to  be  in  a  damaged  condition  and  unfit  for  use  or 
issue: 

Bacon,  issue,  100  Ibs.  @  25c $25.00 

Apricots,  7  cans  @  30c 2.10 

Apples,   10  cans  @  20c 2.00 


Total    $29.10 

Deponent  further  deposes  and  says  that  while  said  stores  were 
in  the  possession  of  Captain  Evans,  due  care  was  exercised  in  their 
handling,  storing,  and  preservation,  and  that  any  deterioration  they 
may  have  undergone  during  that  period  was  in  no  way  due  to  fault 
or  neglect  on  the  part  of  Captain  Evans. 
Further  deponent  sayeth  not. 

JOHN  A.  SMITH, 
Q.  M.  Sergt.,  Q.  M.  C. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  12th  day  of  March,  1917. 

ROBERT  CLAY, 

Major,  50th  Inf., 

Summary  Court. 

NOTE 

In  swearing  to  an  affidavit,  the  officer  administering  the  oath  does 
not  read  the  entire  affidavit  to  the  deponent,  but  both  officer  and 
deponent  being  uncovered,  the  former,  raising  his  right  hand,  says 
to  the  latter: 

Raise  your  right  hand.     Do  you  swear  that  to  the  best  of 

your  knowledge  and  belief  the  contents  of  this  affidavit  are 

correct? 

The  deponent  replies:    I  do. 

Both  officer  and  deponent  then  lower  their  hands  and  the  latter 
signs  the  affidavit  in  the  presence  of  the  former. 

604.  Patents 

The  right  of  officers  and  soldiers  to  their  inventions.  An 
officer  or  a  soldier  has  as  much  right  to  his  inventions  as  has  any  pri- 
vate citizen,  these  rights  being  limited  only  by  the  general  rule  of 
patent  law  as  to  relations  of  employer  and  employee — that  is,  where 

[341] 


604  (contd.) 

an  employee  is  engaged,  in  time  and  at  the  expense  of  his  employer, 
and  using  his  employer's  tools  to  develop  any  invention,  the  employer 
has  a  right  to  use  this  invention  in  his  own  work,  but  he  has  no  right 
to  authorize  third  parties  to  manufacture  or  use  said  inventions. 

It  is,  therefore,  evident  that  only  in  the  rarest  instances  has  the 
Government  any  right  whatsoever  to  the  patented  inventions  of  any 
of  its  officers  or  soldiers,  and  even  then  such  rights  are  of  a  limited 
nature  only. 

How  to  apply  for  patent.  If  you  have  made  an  invention  that 
you  wish  to  have  patented,  the  first  questions  which  will  naturally 
arise  are: 

1  Is  the  invention  patentable? 

2  Is  it  worth  the  expense  of  demonstrating  its  utility  and  obtain- 
ing a  patent;  for  an  invention  may  be  new  and  patentable  and  at  the 
same  time  worthless  from  a  financial  standpoint. 

Having  determined  that  your  invention  is  worth  the  expense  of 
testing  its  efficiency  and  procuring  a  patent,  it  is  often  advisable, 
before  going  to  much  expense  in  demonstrating  its  utility,  to  ascer- 
tain whether  it  is  patentable;  for  if  not,  the  time,  money  and  labor 
expended  in  reducing  it  to  practice  will  be  lost. 

Preliminary  examinations.  Generally  the  inventor  has  not  the 
experience  and  knowledge  of  Patent  Law  necessary  to  determine 
whether  an  invention  is  patentable,  nor  has  he  the  facilities  for  making 
the  examination  upon  which  a  sound  opinion  must  be  based.  He 
must,  therefore,  employ  an  agent  or  attorney  to  examine  and  report 
as  to  whether  a  patent  can  probably  be  secured  for  his  invention. 
Victor  J.  Evans  &  Co.,  Victor  Building,  Washington,  D.  C.,  are  a 
reliable  firm,  which  is  recommended.  They  issue  carefully  compiled 
literature  that  contains  much  valuable  information  regarding  Patents, 
Trade  Marks,  and  Copyrights.  A  pamphlet,  "Rules  of  Practice  in 
the  U.  S.  Patent  Office,"  can  be  obtained  upon  application  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Patents,  Washington,  D.  C.  A  sketch  or  model  of  the 
invention,  accompanied  by  a  description  of  its  mode  of  operation, 
must,  of  course,  be  furnished  the  agent  or  attorney. 

A  fee  of  about  $5  is  generally  charged  for  this  preliminary  search. 
If,  after  the  preliminary  examination,  it  is  thought  the  invention  is 
patentable  the  application  for  the  patent  is  then  made.  If  the  inven- 
tion is  patentable  Victor  J.  Evans  and  Co.  do  not  charge  anything  for 
the  preliminary  search. 

The  Cost,  in  ordinary  cases,  is: 

First  Government  fee $15.00 

Draughtsman's    fee    (one    sheet    of   drawing,    about 

10x15  inches)    5.00 

Attorney's    fee,    about 35.00 

[342] 


605-606 

Final  Government  fee,  payable  at  any  time  within 

six  months  after  the  patent  has  been  allowed...  20.00 


Total   about    $75.00 

This,  of  course,  includes  the  preliminary  examination. 

In  complicated  cases  requiring  several  drawings  and  considerable 

study  on  the  part  of  the  attorney,  the  cost  is  greater. 

Should  the  application  be  finally  rejected  by  the  Patent  Office  or 

should  the  inventor  decide  to  abandon  it,  the  final  Government  fee  of 

$20  need  not  be  paid. 

605.  Copyrights. 

As  an  essential  prerequisite  to  obtaining  copyright  protection, 
the  law  requires  that  before  the  application  can  be  filed  the  book  or 
other  article  must  be  published  under  the  copyright  notice,  which  is 

"Copyright,  19 by  "  and  that  within  a  reasonable  time 

after  such  publication  two  copies  thereof  as  published  must  be  de- 
livered at  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C. 
An  application  for  copyright  protection  must  be  made  simultaneously 
with  or  preceding  the  forwarding  of  the  copies,  the  application  not 
being  complete  until  the  copies  are  received. 

The  Government  fee  for  copyright  is  one  dollar. 

An  attorney  is  not  absolutely  essential,  but  the  employment  of 
one  is  advised  to  avoid  delay  and  assure  compliance  with  the  law's 
technicalities.  The  attorney's  fee  is  nominal,  usually  $5.00. 

606.  Committees  of  arrangement  for  big  reception  or  dance.    The 
chairman  of  each  committee  will  apportion  the  various  duties  among 
the  members  of  his  committee  as  he  deems  best. 

INVITATION  COMMITTEE 

1 Chairman. 

2 

3 Secretary. 

DUTIES 

To  obtain,  prepare  and  mail  invitations  to  guests  asked  for  by 
contributors;  keep  alphabetical  lists  of  same;  receive  and  note  ac- 
ceptances and  declinations  and  inform  other  committees  on  application 
of  number  of  guests  expected;  certify  bills  to  Secretary,  Finance 
Committee,  for  payment. 

FINANCE  COMMITTEE 
1 Chairman. 

2 

3. , Secretary. 

[343] 


606  (contd.) 

DUTIES 

To  confer  with  invitation  committee  as  to  number  of  guests; 
prorate  expense  between  contributors  proportional  to  pay  of  the  indi- 
viduals; collect  assessments  and  pay  bills  certified  by  all  committees, 
and  render  accounts  of  expenses  to  Chairman  of  Invitation  Com- 
mittee for  information  of  contributors. 

COMMITTEE  ON  DECORATIONS 

1 Chairman. 

2 

3 

DUTIES 

To  be  responsible  for  interior  lights  and  heating;  to  procure 
proper  articles  for  interior  and  exterior  decorations  suitable  to  the 
occasion  and  arrange  same  in  place  with  artistic  effect,  and  after  close 
of  entertainment  return  to  respective  owners  any  borrowed  articles. 

Confer  with  Secretary.  Finance  Committee,  before  contracting 
any  indebtedness  and  certify  bills  to  him  for  payment. 

RECEPTION  COMMITTEE 
1 

2 

3 

DUTIES 

To  make  presentations  on  evening  of  reception;  to  provide  proper 
exterior  lighting;  confer  with  Invitation  Committee  as  to  number  of 
guests  expected;  to  provide  transportation  for  guests;  provide  at- 
tendants in  dressing  rooms  and  arrange  for  checking  wraps,  etc., 
receive  guests  and  guide  them  to  dressing  rooms  and  assembly  room; 
show  general  attention  to  all;  reduce  as  far  as  possible  congestion, 
and  in  a  general  way  promote  sociability. 

COMMITTEE  ON  MUSIC,  DANCING  PROGRAM  AND  FLOOR 
MANAGEMENT 

1 : 

2 

3 

[344] 


606  (contd.) 
DUTIES* 

Secure  music  for  occasion;  prepare  program;  print  dancing  pro- 
grams and  cause  distribution  of  same  to  guests;  have  dancing  floor 
properly  waxed  and  see  that  it  is  thoroughly  cleaned;  look  after  the 
ventilation  and  the  temperature  of  the  hall;  avoid  delays  and,  as  far 
as  possible,  take  advantage  of  every  opportunity  to  provide  guests 
with  partners  by  introducing  strangers,  and  assist  in  promoting  so- 
ciability. Certify  to  the  Secretary  of  Finance  Committee  bills  for 
expense  of  payment. 

COMMITTEE  ON  REFRESHMENTS 

1 

2 

3.   . 


Confer  with  Invitation  Committee  as  to  number  of  guests;  pro- 
vide refreshments  and  all  servants  and  equipment  necessary  to  serve 
guests,  and  arrange  for  guiding  guests  to  refreshment  rooms  and 
stands;  certify  bills  to  Secretary,  Finance  Committee,  for  payment. 

(NOTE — Whenever  punch  and  lemonade  are  served,  arrangements  should  also  be 
made  to  serve  plain  water,  as  there  are  quite  a  number  of  people  who  drink  only  plain 
water  at  dances.) 

RECEIVING  LINE  IN  ORDER 

1 

2 

3 

Etc. 


607-608 

Members  of  receiving  line  are  requested  to  be  in  position  prompt- 
ly at  reception  hour,  9  o'clock  p.  m. 

One  copy  of  this  list  has  been  furnished  to  every  one  concerned. 

607.  RECIPES  FOR  PUNCHES 

(Note:     Only  the  very  best  ingredients  should  be  used.) 

1.  CHAMPAGNE  PUNCH. 

(a)  To   1   quart-brick  lemon  water  ice,  add  3  quarts  American  champagne  and 

1   quart  Apollinaris. 

(b)  Juice    of    24    lemons;  2   jiggers  creme   de   vanilla; 
10  tablespoons  of  sugar;                 2  jiggers  benedictine; 

2   jiggers   of   curacoa;  4  bottles   champagne; 

2    jiggers    maraschino;  3    bottles    Tansan    or    other    mineral    water; 

2  jiggers  syrup;  One-third  bottle  rum. 

Let    cinnamon    steep    in    rum.      If   wanted    strong,    substitute    5/2    bottle    XXX 
brandy  instead  of  rum. 

(c)  Considered  by  connoisseurs  as  "The   Elixir   of  Life."      (For  forty  people, 
more  or  less.) 

3  Ibs.  loaf  sugar  (or  rock  candy) ; 

4  large  cups  strong  black  tea,  made,  strained,  cold; 
1  gallon  brandy;  2  quarts  rum; 

6   oranges,   juice  only;  6   lemons,    juice   only; 

4  quarts  water;  54   pint  chartreuse; 
y*    pint   benedictine;  ]/?    pint  curacoa. 

All   the   above   mixed    several  *days   in  advance.      (It   may   be   bottled  and   kept 
indefinitely.)      When  the  time  comes,  add: 

1  large   cube    ice;  1    bottle    maraschino    cherries; 

2  cans   sliced   pineapple;  6  sliced  lemons,   removing  seeds; 
4   quart  bottles  champagne. 

2.  RUM  PUNCH. 

2  quarts  New  England  rum;  Juice  of  4  oranges; 

1   quart  rye  whiskey;  Juice    of   4    lemons; 

1  quart    plain    water.  3   tablespoonsful   sugar. 

Serve  cold. 

3.  WHISKEY  PUNCH. 

(a)  2    quarts    rye   wriskey;  Juice   of  6   lemons; 
1    quart   sherry   wine;  Sugar  to  taste; 

1   quart  Apollinaris;  Serve  with  lump  of  ice. 

(b)  To  five  gallons  good  whiskey  add  three  pounds  of  sugar,   dissolved  in  ten 

gallons  water;  add  two  quarts  port  wine;  three  quarts  rum  and  five 
dozen  lemons.  Oranges  or  other  fruit  to  suit  taste.  To  be  thoroughly 
mixed.  If  ice  is  to  remain  in  punch  long  enough  to  dissolve,  amount  of 
water  should  be  reduced  correspondingly. 

4.  SAUT'ERNE  PUNCH. 

2  quarts    white    wine.  Yi    pint   lemon   juice; 
2   quarts  Apollinaris;                               Sugar  to  taste. 

5.  CLARET  PUNCH. 

2  quarts   claret;  2   quarts    Apollinaris; 
Yi  pint  lemon  juice;  Sugar  to  taste. 

6.  CLARET   CUP.     (For  twelve  persons.)       4    tablespoons   granulated    sugar; 

3  bottles  claret;  Juice   of  4   lemons   and   2   oranges,  and 
1    tumbler  rye   whiskey;                         slice  2  or  3  oranges  in  the  bowl. 

608.  To  polish  floors. 

(a)  Scrub  with  lye  and  water,  using  a  hard  brush;  at  the  same 
time  using  sapolio,  which  is  applied  directly  by  rubbing 
the  cake  on  the  floor; 

[346] 


609-610-611 

(b)  After  the  floor  has  dried  thoroughly,  put  on  a  coat  of  shellac 

(light  orange) ; 

(c)  After  the  shellac  has  dried,  put  on  a  coat  of  liquid  granite 

("A"); 

(d)  After    the    granite    has    dried    thoroughly    (takes    about    36 

hours),  wax  the  floor  with  Johnson's  wax. 

609.  Government  whitewash.     Slack  one-half  bushel  of  lime  with 
boiling  water,   keeping  it  covered   during  the  process.     Strain  it  and 
add  a  peck  of  salt  dissolved  in  warm  water,  three  pounds  ground  rice 
put  in   boiling  water   and  boiled   to   a   thin   paste,    one-half  pound   of 
powdered   Spanish    whiting   and   a   pound    of   clear   glue    dissolved   in 
warm  water.     Mix  these  together  and  let  the^  mixture  stand  for  sev- 
eral days.     Keep  the  wash  thus  prepared  in  a  kettle  or  portable  fur- 
nace, and  when  used  put  it  on  as  hot  as  possible. 

610.  Pest  exterminators.     The  Waltham   Chemical   Co.  of  Wal- 
tham,    Mass.,    make    exterminators    of    rats,    mice,    moths,    bed    bugs, 
roaches,   fleas,  ants,  lice,   etc.     Their  exterminator  powders  are  well 
spoken  of.     They  cost  $6.75  per  dozen  cans.     In  ordering  it  is  neces- 
sary to  state  for  which  insect  the  powder  is  to  be  used. 

611.  Cleaning  slates  and  urinals.     Mineral  oil  is  not  necessary  in 
cleaning  slates  and  urinals.     Frequent  washing  with  soap  and  water  is 
all  that  is  necessary  to  keep  the  porcelain,  glazed  earthenware  and 
marble  in  a  sanitary  condition. 

Urinal  stalls  are  the  most  offensive  fixtures  in  a  toilet  room,  on 
account  of  the  slate  slabs  becoming  saturated  with  urinary  salts,  and 
both  the  slabs  and  urinals  should  be  thoroughly  washed  when  offen- 
sive with  a  weak  solution  of  muriatic  acid  and  water;  1  part  of  acid  to 
15  parts  of  water,  applied  with  a  mop  and  then  rinsed  off  with  water. 
The  muriatic  acid  can  be  gotten  from  the  hospital  and  is  not  injurious 
to  the  hands. 


[347] 


612 


612.    Nomenclature  of  saddle  and  bridle. 


girth-.tr»p> 


up  loop. 

up  strap. 

up  tr<!*d. 
N,    Stirrup  hood. 
P.    Shield. 
Q.    Stud. 
R,    R,  Kings. 
S.     S,  Saber  strapa, 
T,    Suple. 
a,  a,  a,  a,  Co«t  etnifc 


lOMENCLiTUBE 


Headstall 

A,  Crowoplece. 

B,  Brow  band. 

C,  Ornament. 

I),  D,  Cheek  piece 

E,  Throatlatch. 

Bit 

F,  F,  Mouth  piece. 

G,  Port. 

H,  H,  Branches. 
I,    I,  Rein  rings. 
K,  Curb  strap. 
B,  Reini. 

Link: 

L,  Liuk  strap. 
51,  Lick  »u»p. 


[348] 


613 

613.  DECLARATION   OF   INDEPENDENCE 

A  Declaration  by  the  Representatives  of  the  United  States  of  America 
in  Congress  Assembled. 

(July  4,  1776.) 

When,  in  the  course  of  human  events,  it  becomes  necessary  for 
one  people  to  dissolve  the  political  bands  which  have  connected  them 
with  another,  and  to  assume  among  the  powers  of  the  earth,  the 
separate  and  equal  station  to  which  the  Laws  of  Nature  and  of  Na- 
ture's God  entitle  them,  a  decent  respect  to  the  opinions  of  mankind 
requires  that  they  should  declare  the  causes  which  impel  them  to  the 
separation. 

We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident,  that  all  men  are  created 
equal,  that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with  certain  unalien- 
able  rights,  that  among  these  are  Life,  Liberty  and  the  pursuit  of 
Happiness.  That  to  secure  these  rights,  Governments  are  instituted 
among  Men,  deriving  their  just  powers  from  the  consent  of  the  gov- 
erned; that  whenever  any  Form  of  Government  becomes  destructive 
of  these  ends,  it  is  the  Right  of  the  People  to  alter  or  to  abolish  it, 
and  to  institute  a  new  Government,  laying  its  foundation  on  such  prin- 
ciples and  organizing  its  powers  in  such  form  as  to  them  shall  seem 
most  likely  to  effect  their  Safety  and  Happiness.  Prudence,  indeed, 
will  dictate  that  Governments  long  established  should  not  be  changed 
for  light  and  transient  causes;  and  accordingly  all  experience  hath 
shown,  that  mankind  are  more  disposed  to  suffer,  while  evils  are 
sufferable,  than  to  right  themselves  by  abolishing  the  forms  to  which 
they  are  accustomed.  But  when  a  long  train  of  abuses  and  usurpa- 
tions, pursuing  invariably  the  same  Object  evinces  a  design  to  reduce 
them  under  absolute  Despotism,  it  is  their  right,  it  is  their  duty,  to 
throw  off  such  Government,  and  to  provide  new  Guards  for  their 
future  security.  Such  has  been  the  patient  sufferance  of  these 
Colonies,  and  such  is  now  the  necessity  which  constrains  them  to  alter 
their  former  Systems  of  Government.  The  history  of  the  present 
King  of  Great  Britain  is  a  history  of  repeated  injuries  and  usurpa- 
tions, all  having  in  direct  object  the  establishment  of  an  absolute 
Tyranny  over  these  States.  To  prove  this,  let  Facts  be  submitted 
to  a  candid  world. 

He  has  refused  his  Assent  to  Laws,  the  most  wholesome  and 
necessary  for  the  public  good. 

He  has  forbidden  his  Governors  to  pass  Laws  of  immediate  and 
pressing  importance,  unless  suspended  in  their  operation  till  his 
Assent  should  be  obtained;  and  when  so  suspended,  he  has  utterly 
neglected  to  attend  to  them. 

He  has  refused  to  pass  other  Laws  for  the  accommodation  of 
large  districts  of  people,  unless  those  people  would  relinquish  the 

[349] 


613  (contcl.) 

right    of    Representation    in    the    Legislature,    a    right   inestimable    to 
them  and  formidable  to  tyrants  only. 

He  has  called  together  legislative  bodies  at  places  unusual,  un- 
comfortable and  distant  from  the  Depository  of  their  Public  Records, 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  fatiguing  them  into  compliance  with  his 
measures. 

He  has  dissolved  Representative  Houses  repeatedly,  for  opposing 
with  manly  firmness  his  invasion  on  the  rights  of  the  people. 

He  has  refused  for  a  long  time,  after  such  dissolutions,  to  cause 
others  to  be  elected;  whereby  the  Legislative  Powers,  incapable  of 
Annihilation,  have  returned  to  the  People  at  large  for  their  exercise; 
the  State  remaining  in  the  meantime  exposed  to  all  the  dangers  of 
invasion  from  without,  and  convulsions  within. 

He  has  endeavored  to  prevent  the  Population  of  these  States; 
for  that  purpose  obstructing  the  Laws  for  Naturalization  of  Foreign- 
ers; refusing  to  pass  others  to  encourage  their  migrations  hither,  and 
raising  the  conditions  of  new  Appropriations  of  Lands. 

He  has  obstructed  the  Administration  of  Justice,  by  refusing 
his  Assent  to  Laws  for  establishing  Judiciary  Powers. 

He  has  made  Judges  dependent  on  his  will  alone,  for  the  tenure 
of  their  offices,  and  the  amount  and  payment  of  their  salaries. 

He  has  created  a  multitude  of  New  Offices,  and  sent  hither 
swarms  of  Officers  to  harrass  our  People,  and  eat  out  their  substance. 

He  has  kept  among  us,  in  times  of  peace,  Standing  Armies  with- 
out the  Consent  of  our  legislature. 

He  has  affected  to  render  the  Military  independent  of  and  su- 
perior to  the  Civil  Power. 

He  has  combined  with  others  to  subject  us  to  a  jurisdiction 
foreign  to  our  constitution,  and  unacknowledged  by  our  laws;  giving 
his  Assent  to  their  Acts  of  pretended  Legislation: 

For  quartering  large  bodies  of  armed  troops  among  us: 

For  protecting  them,  by  a  mock  trial,  from  Punishment  for 
any  Murders  which  they  should  commit  on  the  Inhabitants  of  these 
States. 

For  cutting  off  our  Trade  with  all  parts  of  the  world: 

For  imposing  Taxes  on  us  without  Consent: 

For  depriving  us,  in  many  cases,  of  the  benefits  of  Trial  by  Jury: 

For  transporting  us  beyond  the  Seas  to  be  tried  for  pretended 
offenses: 

For  abolishing  the  free  System  of  English  La\vs  in  a  neigh- 
boring Province,  establishing  therein  an  Arbitrary  government,  and 
enlarging  its  Boundaries  so  as  to  render  it  at  once  an  example  and 
fit  instrument  for  introducing  the  same  absolute  rule  into  these 
Colonies: 

[350] 


613  (contcl.) 

For  taking  away  our  Charters,  abolishing  our  most  valuable 
Laws  and  altering  fundamentally  the  Forms  of  our  Governments: 

For  suspending  our  own  Legislatures,  and  declaring  themselves 
invested  with  Power  to  legislate  for  us  in  all  cases  whatsoever. 

He  has  abdicated  Government  here,  by  declaring  us  out  of  his 
Protection  and  waging  War  against  us. 

He  has  plundered  our  seas,  ravaged  our  Coasts,  burnt  our  towns, 
and  destroyed  the  loves  of  our  People. 

He  is  at  this  time  transporting  large  Armies  of  Foreign  Mer- 
cenaries to  complete  the  works  of  death,  desolation  and  tyranny, 
already  begun  with  circumstances  of  Cruelty  and  perfidy  scarcely 
paralleled  in  the  most  barbarous  ages,  and  totally  unworthy  the  Head 
of  a  civilized  nation. 

He  lias  constrained  our  fellow-Citizens  taken  Captive  on  the 
high  Seas  to  bear  Arms  .against  their  Country,  to  become  the  exe- 
cutioners of  their  friends  and  Brethren,  or  to  fall  themselves  by  their 
hands. 

He  has  excited  domestic  insurrections  amongst  us,  and  has  en- 
deavored to  bring  on  the  inhabitants  of  our  frontiers,  the  merciless 
Indian  Savages,  whose  known  rule  of  warfare  is  an  undistinguished 
destruction  of  all  ages,  sexes  and  conditions. 

In  every  stage  of  these  Oppressions  We  have  Petitioned  for 
Redress  in  the  most  humble  terms:  Our  repeated  Petitions  have  been 
answered  only  by  repeated  injury.  A  Prince,  whose  character  is 
thus  marked  by  every  act  which  may  define. a  Tyrant,  is  unfit  to  be 
the  ruler  of  a  free  People. 

Nor  have  We  been  wanting  in  attentions  to  our  British  breth- 
ren. We  have  warned  them  from  time  to  time  of  attempts  by  their 
legislature  to  extend  an  unwarrantable  jurisdiction  over  us.  We  have 
reminded  them  of  the  circumstances  of  our  emigration  and  settlement 
here.  We  have  appealed  to  their  native  justice  and  magnanimity,  and 
we  have  conjured  them  by  the  ties  of  our  common  kindred  to  disa- 
vow these  usurpations,  which  would  inevitably  interrupt  our  con- 
nections and  correspondence.  They  too  have  been  deaf  to  the  voice 
of  justice  and  of  consanguinity.  We  must,  therefore,  acquiesce  in 
the  necessity  which  denounces  our  Separation,  and  hold  them,  as  we 
hold  the  rest  of  mankind,  Enemies  in  War,  in  Peace  Friends. 

We,  therefore,  the  Representatives  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  in  General  Congress,  Assembled,  appealing  to  the  Supreme 
Judge  of  the  World  for  the  rectitude  of  our  intentions,  do,  in  the 
Name,  and  by  the  Authority  of  the  good  People  of  these  Colonies, 
solemnly  publish  and  declare,  that  these  United  Colonies  are,  and  of 
Right  ought  to  be  Free  and  Independent  States;  that  they  are  Ab- 
solved from  all  Allegience  to  the  British  Crown,  and  that  all  political 
connection  between  them'^nd  the  State  of  Great  Britain,  is  and  ought 

[351] 


614 

to  be  totally  dissolved;  and  that  as  Free  and  Independent  States,  they 
have  full  Power  to  levy  War,  conclude  Peace,  contract  Alliances, 
establish  Commerce,  and  to  do  all  other  Acts  and  Things  which  Inde- 
pendent States  may  of  right  do.  And  for  the  support  of  this  Declara- 
tion, with  a  firm  reliance  on  the  Protection  of  Divine  Providence,  We 
mutually  pledge  to  each  other  our  Lives,  our  Fortunes  and  our  sacred 
Honor. 

The  foregoing  declaration  was,  by  order  of  Congress,  engrossed 
and  signed  by  the  following  members: 

JOHN  HANCOCK. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE:   Josiah  Bartlett,  Wm.   Whipple,   Matthew  Thornton. 
MASSACHUSETTS  BAY:    Saml.   Adams,   John   Adams,   Robt.   Treat   Paine,    Elbridge 

Gerry. 

RHODE  ISLAND:  Step.   Hopkins,   William  Ellery. 
CONNECTICUT:     Roger     Sherman,     Sam'el      Huntington,     Wm.     Williams,      Oliver 

Wolcott. 

NEW   YORK:    Wm.   Floyd,    Phil.    Livingston,    Frans    Lewis,    Lewis   Morris. 
NEW    JERSEY:    Richd.    Stockton,    Jno.    Witherspoon,    Fras.    Hopkinson,    John    Hart, 

Abra.   Clark. 
PENNSYLVANIA:    Robt.    Morris,    Benjamin    Rush,    Benja.    Franklin,    John    Morton, 

Geo.    Clymer,   Jas.   Smith,   Geo.    Taylor,   James   Wilson,   Geo.    Ross. 
DELAWARE:    Cesar    Rodney,   Geo.    Read,   Tho.    M'Kean. 

MARYLAND:  Samuel  Chase,  Wm.  Paca,  Thos.  Stone,  Charles  Carroll  of  Carrollton. 
VIRGINIA:  George  Wythe,  Richard  Henry  Lee,  Th.  Jefferson,  Benj.  Harrison, 

Thos.   Nelson,    Jr.,   Francis   Lightfoot   Lee,   Carter   Braxton. 
NORTH  CAROLINA:  Wm.  Hooper,  Joseph  Hawes,  John  Psnn. 
SOUTH    CAROLINA:    Edward    Rutledge,    Thos.    Heyward,    Junr.,    Thomas    Lynch, 

Junr.,   Arthur   Middleton.  • 

GEORGIA:    Button   Gwinnett,   Lyman   Hall.   Geo.   Walton. 

Resolved,  That  copies  of  the  Declaration  to  be  sent  to  the  several  assemblies, 
conventions  and  committees  or  councils  of  safety,  and  to  the  several  commanding 
officers  of  the  Continental  Troops:  That  it  be  PROCLAIMED  in  each  of  the 
UNITED  STATES  and  at  the  HEAD  of  the  ARMY.  (Journals  of  Congress,  1.396.) 

614.  THE  STAR  SPANGLED  BANNER 

Oh,   say,   can   you   see,   by  the  dawn's   early  light, 

What  so  proudly  we  hail'd   at  the  twilight's  last   gleaming, 

Whose  broad   stripes  and  bright  stars,   thro'   the   perilous  fight, 
O'er   the   ramparts   we   watch'd,   were  so   gallantly   streaming? 

And    the   rockets'   red   glare,   the   bombs   bursting  in   air, 

Gave  proof  thro'  the  night  that  our  flag  was  still  there. 

Cho. — Oh,  say,  does  that  star  spangled  banner  yet  wave 

O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the  brave? 

On  the   shore  dimly  seen   thro'   the  mists  of  the  deep, 

Where  the  foe's  haughty   host  in   dread   silence  reposes, 

What   is  that  which  the   breeze,   o'er   the  towering  steep, 
As   it  fitfully  blows,   half  conceals,  half  discloses? 

Now   it   catches   the   gleam    of   the   morning's  first   beam, 

In  full  glory  reflected,  now  shines  on  the  stream. 

Cho. — 'Tis  the  star  spangled  banner;  oh  long  may  it  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the  free  and  the  home  of  the  brave! 

Oh,   thus   be   it   ever   when    freemen   shall    stand 

Between    their   loved    home   and    wild   war's   desolation; 

Blessed   with    vict'ry   and   peace,    may  the   heav'n-rescued   land 
Praise  the  pow  r  that  hath  made  and  presery'd  us  a  nation! 

Then   conquer  we   must,   when   our  cause   it   is  just, 

And  this  be  our  motto:  "In  God  is  our  Trust!" 

Cho. — And  the  star  spangled  banner  in  triumph  shall  wave 
O'er  the  land  of  the   free  and  the  htime  of  the  brave. 

[352] 


615 


615. 


AMERICA 

My   Country,   'tis   of  thee, 
Sweet  land  of  Liberty, 

Of  thee   I   sing; 
Land  where   my   fathers  died, 
Land   of  the   pilgrims'   pride, 
From   every   mountain    side, 

Let    freedom   ring. 

My  native  country,   thee — 
Land   of   the   noble   free, 

Thy    name    I    love; 
I   love  thy   rocks   and   rills, 
Thy  woods   and   templed   hills, 
My   heart  with   rapture  thrills, 

Like   that  above. 

Let  music  swell  the   breeze, 
And  ring  from  all  the  trees, 

Sweet    freedom's    song; 
Let   mortal   tongues  awake, 
Let   all   that   breathe   partake, 
Let    Rocks    their   silence   break, 

The   sound   prolong. 

Our   fathers'   God,   to  thee, 
Author   of   Liberty, 

To  thee  we  sing; 
Long  may  our   land  be  bright, 
With   freedom's   holy   light, 
Protect   us   by    thy    might, 

Great   God,   our  King. 


TAPS. 


13531 


INDEX 

Par.   No.  Par.   NTo, 

A  Medical    officers,   pistols    ....14;    16 

Acceptance   of   appointment    46  Mounted  officers,  arms  and  equip- 

Addresses  of  all  Army  officers 104  ,,ment   ', 14  ;   15  ;   18 

Addressing   officers    by   titles.      See  Mounts    furnished    officers    below 

"Titles,"    under,    "Customs    of  rn™^01^'  '  '-' '  '  '  ^  "J rL' * '   f1 

the    Service  "  Obtainable   troni  Ordnance  Dept.    19 

Additional    sergeants    .                     ..184  Ordnance    obtainable    from    Ord- 

Adjutant  General's  Department    ..187  /^n.,ance   le^ L"V 

Ordnance  that  may  be  drawn  by 

ADJUTANT:  officers 20 

Looking   up    when   reporting    for  Overcoat    : 

duty     .............  51  Personal  appearance   ! 

•Officer    hours"  '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. ','.277  Personal    equipment    13 

See,   "Post  Adjutant."  P!cke,1    P1"    1; 

Advice,  seeking   97  J"!sto     be]t    13(p) 

Affidavit,   form  for   603 

Aides  de  camp    349  Probationary   officers    ; 

Aiguilettes,    origin     503  Rubber  ram  cape  or  coat    6 

Alaska,    equipment    24  gaber    belt     13(q) 

Allowances  and  pay   28  gaber    knots    13(s) 

"America"      615  Saber    straps     1Mb) 

A  message  to  Garcia    156  Saddle   cloth    

Amusement  room,  company   390  |£rY'ce  "»lform    4(a) 

Announcement   of   marriage    72  Shelter-tent      13(u) 

Application   for  quarters    56 

Appointment,    acceptance    46  Shoulder   belts      15(c) 

Arms  12  •    14  Special  evening  dress 4(d) 

Spoon     1 .1  ( k  > 

ARMS    AND    EQUIPMENT:  Spurs     15(d) 

Supply   of   uniforms    8 

Tin    cup     13  (v) 

Uniform    Regulation     3 

*-**-v*UIllg       »*_fli       .»~  \  **/  T  T       •/                                              1             •            11                           f 

Blue  mess  jacket    4(e)  <~  niforms          obtainable          from 

Canteen 13(c)  '     <>•    M-    C 10 

Cap     4(a)  Whistle 13(x) 

Cape    '  7      '  White    iiu-ss   jacket 4(f) 

Chaplains  "  !    16  Wh;te    uniform     4(g) 

Clothing    roll     13(d)  \\oolenO.-D.uniform 4(a) 

Cotton    O.    D.    uniform    4(a)         Arms  of  service,   defined    159 

Currycomb     18  Army.      See,   "Regular  Army." 

Dental    surgeons    14;    16  Army   bands    467 

Different  kinds  of  uniforms 4  Army    Changes"     107 

Dispatch    case    15(a)         Army  JList  and   Directory    104 

Dress     9  Army  paperwork.      See,   "Paperwork." 

Dress   cap '..'.'..'.'.'..' 4(b)         Army,  Regular,  composition   157 

Dress   uniform    4(b)  Army  Regulation  paragraphs  affect- 
Field    glass 13(f)                 mg     adjutants     224 

First-aid    packet     13(g)         Army  Regulations   43 

Fork     13(j)         Army    Reserve,    Regular    201 

Full   dress  uniform    4(c)         Army    slang    484 

General  provisions 1  Army  toast  to  bride    479 

Haversack      13(1)         Army,  use  in  aid  of  civil    205 

Horse  brush    18  Arrangements      for      reception      or 

Horse    equipments     18  dance     606 

Horse  equipments  furnished   offi-  Arrival  at   station    51 

cers  below  major   21  Arsenals,    list    of 19 

Identification    tag     13(m)        Artillery   district    182 

Knife      13(i)        Art  of  war.  defined    100 

Lariat        18  Assimilated     rank     in     Army     and 

Meat  can 13(h)  Navy     456 


Arms 12;    14 

Arsenals,    list    of    19 

Bedding  roll    13(a) 


Par.    No. 

Athletic   apparatus,  company    391 

Athletic    officer,    post    327 

Attention   to  details    94 

ATTENTIVE  TO: 

Hostess   and    visitors    78 

Spectators   at   dances    80 

Unattended    girls     81 

\Yife  of  C.  0 79 

B 

Baggage    allowance    31 

Balls,  invitation   67  ;  68 

BAND    LEADERS: 

Extra    compensation     468 

How    addressed    452 

Baptizing    baby    under    regimental 

color      480 

Barrack   regulations    385 

Basket   system    243 

Battalion,    composition    166 

BATTERY: 

Coast    Artillery     178 

Field   Artillery 169 

Bedding    roll     13(a) 

Bedding,    shipment    27 

Beneficiary,    designation    47 

Birth,  date  of,  changing 594 

BLA^K  FORMS: 

Adjutant's    office    252 

Quartermaster    299 

Blue    mess   jacket    4(e) 

Book  case    250 

Books,  etc.,  to  be  kept  by  quarter- 
master      301 

Books  of  record,   adjutant's   office   253 
Books      of      reference,       adjutant's 

office    269 

Books  of  reference  and  instruction, 

company     418 

Books,  professional   27  ;  32 

Books,    publication   of    590 

Branches  of  service,  defined 159 

Bride,  Army  toast  to 479 

Bridle,     nomenclature     612 

Brief   of   letter    518 

Bugler  of  the  guard    231 

Bulletin,   daily,   adjutant's   office    .  .240 
Business,  officers  engaging  in    ....591 


CALLING  ON: 

C.  O.,  reporting  for  duty 52 

Into;  mediate      commanding'     offi- 

53 

Calling   upon   new   arrivals   in   post  60 

CALLS: 

Dinner    and    party,    to    be    made 

promptly     74 

On  board 'ship   357(7-d;  f) 

Calls.      See,    "Calls,"    under,    "Cus- 

toms   of  the    Service." 
Calls  on  new   arrivals  in  post    ....    75 
Canteen     1 3  fc) 


Par.   No. 

Cap    4(a) 

Captain,     duties     and     responsibili- 
ties     371;    373 

Carbon    copies    of    letters    and    in- 
dorsements      525 

Card    party    65 

Card-system    "Tickler"     245 

Care   of  equipment    595 

Carpenter's    tools    392 

Case   for   reference  books    250 

Cavalry,   composition    167 

Cavalryman  thrown   from   horse    .  .458 

Ceremonies,   object    272 

Certificate,    form    for    603 

Changes,     don't    be    too     hasty     in 

making     102 

Changing  date  of  birth    594 

Changing  name   593 

CHAPLAINS: 

Duties     200 

Equipment     16 

Chiefs  of  squads,  duties 383 

Chief   of    Staff    161 

Church   wedding    70 

Citizenship   of  officers   and   men    .  .211 
Civil  jurisdiction  on  military  reser- 
vations       207 

Civilians,  relations  with   99 

Christmas    dinners     511 

Civilian   clothing    22 

Clothing,    care   of    595 

Clothing    roll    13(d) 

Clothing,    sale    -!04;    405 

Coast  Artillery  Corps 175 

Coast  defense   command    181 

Collars  and  cuffs   .  .  .' 5'  5(7) 

Collar  insignia,  care  of   595(3) 

Color,    the,    saluting    147 

"Color,  to  the"    145  ;    146 

Colors,   kept   at   colonel's  quarters; 

defined,    etc 469 

See,    "Flag." 

Commander-in-Chief     1 60 

Commr.nder   of   guard    287 

COMMANDING  OFFICER: 

Denned     270 

"Desires"     472 

Office   hours    276 

Orderly    for     232 

Should  have  confidence   in   staff  270 

Commission,    acceptance    46 

Committees  for  big  reception    ....606 

COMPANY: 

Administration      .  . , 370 

AtKletic    apparatus    391 

Barrack   regulations    385 

Books    of   reference    and    instruc- 
tion      418 

Captain    371;    373 

Carpenter's  tools    392 

Chiefs    of    squads     383 

Cleaning  slate  and  urinal    611 

Company    clerk     384 

Company  fund    406 

Company    punishment    ....397;    398 


Par.   No. 

Contentment    and    harmony    ....388 
Control   of  drunken   and   obscene 

men     400 

Crimes    against    nature    410 

Drills      412 

Extra   fatigue,   forms   of    398 

First  sergeant 374  ;  378 

Gambling    prohibited    385 

Government     370 

Grindstone     393 

Handcart    395 

"In  line  of  duty"    411 

Library  and  amusement  room    .  .390 

Lieutenants    372  ;    373 

Locker,  arrangement  of  clothing  386 

Marriage  of  enlisted  men    407 

Mess     389 

Mess   sergeant    380 

Noncommissioned    officers: 

Appointment     376 

Authorized     to     confined     sol-     - 

diers    375a 

Chiefs  of  squads    383 

Duties,     general     375 

First    sergeant,    duties     378 

In   charge  of  quarters    381 

In  charge  of  squad  rooms   .  .  .  .382 

Mess  sergeant,  duties   380 

Reduction    and    resignation     .  .377 

Supply  sergeant,  duties 379 

"Not  in  line  of  duty"    411' 

Paperwork     419 

Payment  of  debts    401 

Posting     travel      allowances      on 

company   bulletin   board    415 

Potato    parer    394 

Property    responsibility    403 

Recruit,     instruction     417 

Relinquishing    command    414 

Rewards  and  privileges    396 

Room    orderlies    385 

Sale  of  clothing 404  ;  405 

Saturday   morning   and   other   in- 
spections       402 

Soldier  shoemakers  and  tailors  .  .408 

Supply   sergeant    379 

Supply  sergeant,  duties   379 

Venereal    disease     409 

Wall      locker,      arrangement      of 

clothing    386 

Withholding    privileges    399 

Company,    Infantry,    strength    ....166 

Complimentary    concerts     442 

"Compliments,    presenting"    473 

Contentment  in  company   388 

Contract,   form   for    601 

Conventionalities     of     life,     careful 

observation   of    61 

Copyright     605 

Corps  of   Engineers    197 

CORRESPONDENCE : 

Adjutant's    office    235 

Aide   de    camp    359 

In   post    administration    295 

See,    "Paperwork." 

Cotton  O.   D.  uniform   4(a) 

Course  in   reading   and  study  sug- 
gested      530 


Crimes    against    nature 
Currycomb     


Par.   No. 

410 

18 


CUSTOMS  OF  THE  SERVICE: 

Affecting  adjutants    226 

Aiguillette,    origin     503 

Army   bands    467 

Army    slang    484 

Army   toast   to   bride    479 

Assimulated    rank    in    Army    and 

Navy     456 

Band   leaders : 

Extra    compensation     468 

How    addressed    452 

Baptizing  baby  under  regimental 

color      • 480 

Calling  on: 

C.  0 52 

Intermediate    commanders    ...    53 
Calls:  - 

Aboard   ship    437 

Before  going  on  leave  or  D.  S.  434 
By    recently    promoted    officer 
joining      station      to      await 

arrival   of  command    432 

Civilian      visitors      calling     on 

C.    O 436 

New  Year's  Davs 438 

Not  accepting  dinner  or  other 
invitation     from     those     who 
have  not  called  on  one    ....433 
Recent  graduates  visiting  West 

Point     435 

Return  from  leave  or  detached 

service     430 

When   made    429 

Calls  on: 

Commanding    officer     435 

Mayors    and    governors    482 

New   officers  joining  during  one's 

absence     . 431 

Officials     when     reporting     for 

duty    in    Washington    440 

Persons    on    whom    invited    to 

call     429 

Vistors      429 

Cavalryman  thrown   from   horse  458 
Colors,    kept    at    colonel's    quar- 
ters ;    defined    469 

"Commanding  officer  desires"    .  .472 

Complimentary   concerts    442 

Compliments,    presenting    473 

Daily     "matinee"     at     adjutant's 

office     481 

Dances  given  by  soldiers  opened 

by   officers    and   ladies    475 

Dancing   old   year   out   and   New 

Year    in     439 

Defined  and  explained    ....427;  428 
"Desires,    the    commanding    offi- 
cer"      472 

Dinner,    seating   guests    507 

Dinners       on       Christmas       day, 

Thanksgiving,    etc 511 

Distinguished    persons,    receiving 

at   posts    441 

"Dough    boy"     496 

Firing  three  volleys  at  funerals  488 


(CUSTOMS   OF   THE   SERVICE. 
Contd.) 

Par.  No. 

Flag  at  half-staff  explained   510 

"Flag"    defined    469 

Folding  flag    464 

Funerals     459 

Glove,   removing  when   sworn  as 

witness     491 

Guard  mount,  "sounding  off"  at  499 
Guard  of  honor  over  remains   .  .506 

"How"     498 

"Infantry,"  meaning  of 497 

Insignia  of  rank,   significance    .  .502 

International   salute    493 

Junior  walking  and  riding  on  left 

of   senior,    etc 470 

Medals   and   other  insignia    492 

M ilitary    weddings     478 

Muster     463 

New     Year — dancing     old     year 

out  and   New   Year  in    439 

New      Year— President's      recep- 
tion      440 

Officers  resigning  at  end  of  leave  461 

Official    knock    474 

Origin    of    certain    customs    ....488 

Parade,  "sounding  off"    499 

Parades  and  reviews,  origin   ....500 
Payment   of  troops   under   arms  471 

Plumes,   origin    504 

Post    noncommissioned    staff     ..274 

Presenting  compliments 473 

Presents     466 

Presidential    salute    494 

President's  New  Year  Reception  440 
Receiving    distinguished    persons 

at  posts    441 

Receptions : 

Removal     of     cap     when     pre- 
sented      462 

Treatment    of   guests    508 

See,   "Reception." 

Regimental    mess     509 

Regimental    punch    476 

Relative     rank     between     officers 

of   Army  and   Navy    456 

Remains,   guard    of   honor   over   506 
Reporting  for  duty  in  Washing- 
ton      440 

Resignation    of    regimental    staff 

officers     465 

Reviews    and    parades,    origin    ..500 

Riding  horses  in  post   478 

Salute  to  the   Union    495 

Saluting,  origin   of  practice    ....490 

Sashes,    origin    505 

Seating   guests   at   dinner    507 

Social,   careful   observation  of   .  .   61 
Soldier    dances    opened    by    offi- 
cers  and  ladies    475 

"Soldier,"  meaning  of  term    ....454 
"Sounding    off"     at    parade    and 

guard    mount     499 

Taps,   sounding  at   funerals    .  . .  .489 
"The     commanding     officer     de- 
sires"     472 

Titles : 

Use  of,   in   addressing: 

Band   leader    452 


Par.   No. 

Brigadier    generals,    lieuten- 
ant-colonels, etc* 443(4) 

Chaplains     443(6) 

Cadets    443(7) 

Dismissed    officers     443(8) 

Ex- Volunteer  officers    447 

Lance    corporals    450 

Lieutenants     443(1) 

Medical    officers     444 

National  Guard  officers   ....445 
Naval    officers    and    other    in 

Navy     455 

Noncommissioned  officers  in 

general    449  :  450 

Noncommissioned    staff    offi- 
cers, C.  A.  G 453 

Officers : 

Below  captain .443(1  ;  2) 

Captain    and     above     ....443(3) 

Dismissed     443(8) 

Of    same    grade,    different 

gradesN    .443(5) 

With  former  higher  Volun- 
teer commission,  bre- 
vets   .446 

Privates,    cooks,    etc    449 

Professors    at    West    Point    443(7) 
Veterans    of    Civil    War    and 
Spanish- American   War    .  .448 

Toast  to  bride   479 

Umbrellas      . 460 

Uniform,  wearing  when  not  serv- 
ing with  troops   457 

Visiting   cards : 

Death,    sickness     487(d) 

Forms  for    485;   486 

Leaving  at  hotels 487  (i) 

Number  left : 

At  receptions,  teas,  etc.    ...487(e) 

When  calling   487(a;  b) 

P.  p.  c.  cards: 

In   general    487(0 

Left    at    clubs    487(g) 

Writing     name     on     another's 

card     487(c) 

Writing  temporary  address   on 

card     487(h) 

Volleys,  firing  three  at  funerals  488 
Wedding  invitation,  form   for   .  .486 

Weddings     478 

"Wishes,    the    commanding    offi- 
cer"      472 

Words  to  Army  bugle  calls   ....483 


Daily  bulletin,  adjutant's  office    ..240 
Daily  "matinee"  at  adjutant's  office 

481 

Dance,   arrangements  for    606 

DANCES: 

Attentive  to  spectators   80 

Given  by  soldiers  opened  by  offi- 
cers   and   ladies    475 

Invitation     .  .  . , 68 

Dancing    old    year    out    and     New 

Year   in    439 

Date  of  birth,   changing    594 


Par.   No. 
DEBTS: 

Enlisted   men* 401 

Officers     88 

Declaration  of  Independence    613 

Delivery   envelopes    238 

Dental   Corps    193 

Dental  surgeons,  equipment   ...14;    16 

Dentistry     41 

Designation    of    beneficiary    47 

"Desires,  the  commanding  officer"  472 

Detached   Officers'   List    183 

Details,    attention   to    94 

Dinner         invitation,          answering 

promptly    62 

Dinner    invitations     62 

Dinner,  never  be  late   66 

DINNERS: 

Seating  guests    507 

Special   on   Christmas    Day,   New 

Year's,    etc 511 

Disciplinary  punishment    ....397;   398 

Discipline     420-424 

Dispatch    case    15(a) 

Distinguished  persons,   receiving  at 

posts     441 

Domicile  of  officers   and   men    ....212 
Don't  go  over  heads  of  people   ...  .101 

Don'ts,    young   officer's    110 

Double   time,   saluting    141 

"Dough    boy"     496 

Dress 96 

Dress  cap    4(b) 

Dress  uniform    4(b) 

Drills 412 

Drinking     87 

Dropping   "Jr."   after  name    592 

Drunken  men,   control   of    400 

Duplicating   device    247 


Educational   system   of  Army    ....527 
Employment    of    Regular   Army    ..535 

Engineer    Department    198 

Engineer   officer,    post    319 

Enlisted    men,    rules    governing   be- 
havior      291 

Enlisted    men,    treatment     98 

Entertainment,   arrangement  for    ..606 
Entertainment    upon    joining    com- 
mand         55 

Envelope,   penalty    526 

Envelopes,    delivery    238 

Envelopes,    invitation,    addressing      63 

Equipment,    care   of    595 

See,  "Arms  and  equipment." 

Esprit   de    Corps    42: 

Exchange  officer    308 

Exterminators,    pest    610 

Extra  fatigue,  forms  of   398 


F 

with 


standing 


Familiarization 

orders   ?' 

Fatigue,   extra,  forms  of   398 

Field  Artillery,   composition    ..168-170 

Field    glass     13(0 

File  of  personal  orders    108 


Par.   Xo. 

Fire  command    179 

Firing  three  volleys   at  funerals    .  .488 

First-aid    packet    13(g) 

First    impressions    59 

First   sergeant,    duties    378 

FLAG: 

Denned     469 

Folding     464 

Position    at   half-staff    510 

To  and  from  half-staff   501 

See,  "Colors." 

Floors,  polishing    608 

Folding     letters      519 

Forage      37 

Foreign   officers,    saluting    119 

Foreign      service,      disposition      of 

property  when  going  on    35 

Foreign   service,   request  for  trans- 
portation       49 

Forethought    93 

Fork     13(j) 

FORM  FOR: 

Certificates   and   affidavits    ......603 

Contract     60 1 

Power   of  attorney    600 

Will     " 602 

Fort  command   180 

Four-basket    system    243 

Fuel  and  light    38 

Full  dress  uniform    4(c) 

Fund,   company    406 

FUNERALS: 

Customs   regarding    459 

Firing   volleys    at    488 


Gallop,  saluting   141 

Gambling    prohibited     385 

Garcia,    message    to 156 

General   Staff   Corps 186 

Glove,     removing    when    sworn     as 

witness      491 

Going  over  heads  of  people    101 

Gold   lace,    care   of    595(2) 

Gossip     ?• 

Government    publications     .'.  .    43 

Growling      86 

Grindstone,  company   393 

GUARD: 

Persons   entitled   to   inspect    ....286 
Visiting  and   inspecting,   defined   285 

Guard   duty,    rules   regarding    284 

Guard  mount,  "sounding  off"  at   .  .499 
Guard  of  honor  over  remains    ....506 

H 

Habeas    Corpus   writ    208 

Haberdashery 23 

Half-mast  explained    510 

Handcart,    company    395 

Harmony   in   company    388 

Haversack      13(1) 

Heads  of  people,   don't  go   over    ..101 

Heavy    Artillery     173 

Home   wedding    69 

Horse   Artillery    1 74 


Par.   No. 

Horse  brush    18 

HORSE   EQUIPMENTS: 

Furnished    officers    below    major  21 

Necessary    to    haul    18 

HORSES: 

Purchasing;   furnished  by   O.    M. 
C 21 

Riding  in  post    478 

Hostess,  attention  paid  to 78 

HOUSEHOLD  EFFECTS: 

Disposition     of,    when    going    on 

foreign  service    35 

Necessary  to  get   .• .  .  .   25 

Packing  and  shipping    ..31;   33;   34 

"How"      498 

How  to  succeed  in  Army   155 

Hunting    for    trouble    85 


Identification    tag    13(m) 

Illegible  signatures   109 

Indian    Scouts    202 

INDORSEMENTS: 

Additional    sheets    522 

Form     521 

Signing    routine    with    initials    .  .523 
See,   "Paperwork." 

Industry     92 

Infantry,    composition    166 

"Infantry,"  meaning  of   497 

Information,     knowing     where     to 

find    106 

"In  line  of  duty" 4 1 1 

"Inspecting    guard    and    sentinels," 

Inspection   of   post    273 

Inspections,   Saturday  morning  and 

others    402 

Inspector  General's  Department   . .  L88 
Insurance,    life    and    property    ....   89 

International   salute    493 

Introducing     strangers     at     recep- 
tions,   etc ,77 

defined     285 

INVITATIONS: 

Addressing    envelopes     63 

Ball     or     reception     of     general 

nature   67 

Card   party    65 

Church    wedding    70 

Dinner,  answering  promptly,  etc.     62 
General   rule  about  answering   .  .   64 

Home    wedding .    69 

Private  balls  and  dances   68 

Wedding  breakfast    71 


"Jr.,"   dropping  after  name    592 

Judge   Advocate    General's    Depart- 
ment       189 

Junior  walking  or  riding  on  left  of 

senior     , .  .470 

K 

Knife      13(i) 

Knock,   official    .  .  . 474 

Knowing  where  to  find  information  106 


Par.  No. 
L 

Labor-saving      devices      and      con- 
veniences,  adjutant    237  . 

Ladies,   saluting  them    153 

Lariat     18 

Leave  of  absence   44 

LegibJe   signatures    109 

Letter,  writing  after  visit   76  ' 

Letter-writing.      See,    "Paperwork." 

Library,    company     390 

Library,     personal     531 

Library,    post,    regulations    govern- 
ing      ^ 295 

Lieutenants,    duties    and    responsi- 
bilities     372;    373 

Life   insurance    89 

Light  and  fuel   38 

Light    Artillery    171 

Line    157;    159 

Looking  for  trouble   85 

Locker,    arrangement    of    clothing    386 

M 

Marriage,    announcement    72 

Marriage  of  enlisted  men    407 

Meat    can    13(h) 

Medals  and   other  insignia,   custom 

of    wearing    492 

Medical  attendance   40 

Medical   Corps 192 

Medical  Department,  functions  and 

composition     191 

MEDICAL   OFFICERS: 

How    addressed    444 

Pistols    14;    16 

Megaphone    231 

Message  to  Garcia   156 

Mess,    company    389 

Messing,    officers    83 

Mess   sergeant    380 

Method   and   system    95 

Mileage 28;    29;    30 

Military    attache    362 

MILITARY  COURTESY: 

Addressing    or    being    addressed 

by   an    officer 130 

At   meals,   saluting    123 

At    work,    saluting    127 

Coming    to    present    arms    before 

command    salutes     144 

Double  time,   saluting    .  _• 141 

Enlisted     man     in     command     of 

detachment,    saluting    142 

Gallop,    saluting     141 

Holding  hand  or  weapon  in 
position  until  salute  is  ac- 
knowledged   1 54 

Importance     Ill 

Indoors,    saluting    125 

Ladies,    saluting    153 

Man  addressed  in  formation   ...  .139 
Mistakes,  usual,  in  saluting   ....147 
Mounted  officer   (or  soldier)   dis- 
mounting     before      addressing 

superior    138 

National    Anthem    145  ;    146 


Par.    Xo. 
Nature  and  origin  of: 

Civilian   salute    113 

Military    salute    114 

Not  confined  to  official  occasions 

112 

•Officer    approaching    number    of 

soldiers   in  open    126 

Officer    entering    room    occupied 

by     soldiers     122 

•Officer    walking    or    riding    with 

senior      149 

Parades     and     other     ceremonies 
while      National      Anthem      is 

played  •*. 145 

Passing  officer  on  staircase   ....129 

Prisoners   not   to   salute    151 

Public   places   and   conveyances    140 

Riding  in  wagon   1 28 

Rifle  salute   132 

Saber  salute   132 

Salutes,    how    rendered    in : 

Civilian    dress    135 

Uniform     131 

Saluting    distance    120 

Saluting  in  military  manner  ....136 

Saluting    ladies    153 

Saluting   the    color    147 

Saluting    when    making    or    re- 
ceiving    reports     121 

Sentinels    on    post,    saluting    ..134 

Several  officers     together 137 

Soldier    walking    with    officer    ..150 

To  the   color    145;    146 

Troops   at   drill,   on   march,   etc    143 

Trot    141 

Unmilitary    salutes    153 

Usual   mistakes   in   saluting    ....147 

When  seated,  saluting   124 

Whom    to    salute : 

Foreign  officers    119 

General    rule     115 

Navy,    Marine    Corps,    Volun- 
teer   and    National    Guard 

officers     ...117 

Reserve  Corps  officers   118 

Salutes     by     detachment     and 

other    commanders    116 

Military        Information        Division 

Library    (Manila)    534 

Military,   relation  to  civil    203 

Military   reservations    206 

Military    weddings    478 

Mistakes,  usual,   in  saluting 147 

Money    matters    88 

Motto   for    Supply   troops    303 

Mountain   Artillery    172 

Mounted    officers,'   arms   and   equip- 
ment    14;   15;   18 

Mounted    subordinate    dismounting 

before    addressing    superior    .  .  138 
Mounts     furnished     officers     below 

major    21 

Musician   of   the   guard    231 

Muster,    custom    regarding     463 


N 


Name,    changing    593 

National  Anthem 145;   146;  614 


Par.   No. 
NATIONAL    GUARD    OFFICERS: 

Saluting     117 

Titles,  use  of    445 

National  Guardsmen,  relations  with  99 

Newspapers     103 

New    Year — dancing    old    year    out 

and   New   Year  in    439 

New   Year — President's   reception   440 

New  Year's  dinner    511 

Nomenclature  of  saddle  and  bridle  612 
Noncommissioned      officers.        See, 

"Noncommissioned       officers," 

under,-  "Company." 

"Not  in  line  of  duty"    411 

Numbering  pages  of  letters    524 

Nurse    Corps     195 


Oath   of  office    46 

Obscene   men,   control  of    400 

Officer  of  the  Day   284 

OFFICERS: 

Engaging    in    business     591 

Meeting  daily  at  adjutant's  office  481 
Post  regulations  governing  ....279 
Resigning  at  end  of  leave  ...  .461 

Retirement     598 

\\~alking  or  riding  with  senior   .  .149 

Officer's    don'ts    110 

Officers'    mess     82 

Official    knock    474 

Old   guard   pass    294 

Orderly  for  C.   0 232 

Orders,  familiarization  with    57 

Orders,   personal,   file    108 

Ordnance    Department,    functions    196 
Ordnance     obtainable     from     Ord- 
nance   Department    19 

Ordnance   that   may   be    drawn   by 

officers      20 

Organization       commanders,       post 

regulations     governing     280 

Origin    of    certain    customs    488 

Overcoat     5 


PAPERWORK: 

Body  of  letter   515 

Brief  of   letter    518 

Carbon    copies    525 

Essential  feature  of  military  life  512 

Folding    letters     519 

Heading,  subject   and  number  of 

letter     514 

Inclosures    520 

Numbering  pages  of  letters   ....524 

Penalty  envelope   526 

Signature   to  letter    516 

Using  only  one   side   of  sheet    ..517 

Paperwork,  adjutant's  office 235 

Parade,   "sounding  off"    499 

Parades      and      other      ceremonies, 

object     272" 

Parades,    origin    500 

Pass    systems    236(12) 

Passes,    rules    governing    293 


Par.   No. 

Patents     604 

Pay  and   allowances    28 

PAY  ATTENTION  TO: 

Hostess   and    visitors 
Spectators   at   dances 
Unattended    girl     .... 
Wife  of  C. 


78 
80 

81 
79 


Pay,  including  "model"  voucher   .  .   45 

Paying'debts,  officers 88 

Payment  of  debts  by  enlisted  men  401 
Payment  of  troops   under   arms    .  .471 

Pay   table    597 

Penalty    envelope     526 

Pensions     599 

Perseverance     92 

Personal    appearance    9 

Personal   equipment    13 

Personal   military   library    531 

Personal  orders,  file    108 

Pest   exterminators    610 

Picket    pin ' 18 

Pigeon-hole      box      with      labelled 

compartments     236(10) 

Pistol  belt   13   (p) 

Pistols     14 

Plumes,  origin    504 

Police    regulations    of    post     282 

Polishing    floors     608 

Porto  Rico  Regiment  of  Infantry  185 

POST   ADJUTANT: 

Army       Regulation       paragraphs 

affecting   adjutants    224 

Basket   system    243  . 

Blank    forms     252 

Blowing    calls     231 

Books  and  records    253 

Books  of  reference    269 

Bugler   of   the   guard    231 

Bulletin   board    240 

Business    routine    of   office    227 

Card-system    "Tickler"    245 

Care  of  punctiliousness    222 

Case   for  reference   books    250 

Clerks,  rules  governing    230 

Commanding   officer's   orderly    .  .232 

Correspondence      235 

Customs      of      service      affecting 

adjutant      226 

Daily  bulletin   240 

Daily  transaction  of  routine  busi- 
ness  with    C.    O 225 

Dating  and  numbering  stamp    .  .242 
Delegation  of  authority  by  C.  O.  218 

Delivery   envelopes    238 

Dress   and   bearing    220 

Duplicating    device     247 

Duties     214 

Electric   bells    249 

Four-basket    system    243 

Indices  of  current  orders    251 

Information    slips    239 

Janitor     234 

Labor-saving    devices     and     con- 
veniences       237 

Marking   all   books   belonging   to 

office     229 

Megaphone    231 


Par.   No. 

Memorandum    slips     244 

Necessary  knowledge   223 

Not  to  assume  powers  of  C.  O.  217 
Not    to    send    for    officers    indis- 
criminately      218 

Not  to  talk  outside  about  official 

business    221 

Officers   to   be   sent    for   in   name 

of  C.   0 219 

Paper  work  and  correspondence  235 

Pass   systems    236(12) 

Pigeon-hole    box    236(10) 

Printing   press    246 

Promotion  of  contentment 215 

Records  and  books   253 

Reduction    and    simplification    of 

paperwork    236 

Regulation     of    routine     adminis- 
tration  236(13) 

Relations  with  C.   0 216 

Rubber    stamps    241 

Ser,geant   major    228 

Signing  orders  and  papers    235(5) 

Tact  and  common  sense    ....        222 

Telephone    clerk 233 

"Tickler"     245 

Typewriters     248 

See,   "Post  Administration." 

POST  ADMINISTRATION: 

Adjutant,   office  hours    277 

Administration,  defined    270 

C.   O.,  office  hours    276 

C.   O.   should  have  confidence   in 

staff     270 

Commanding   officer,   defined    ...270 

Commander  of  guard   287 

Correspondence    295 

Division    of    command    into    ad- 
ministration and  government  270 

Government,    defined    270 

Guard    duty 284 

Guard,    persons    entitled    to    in- 
spect      29,6 

How    to    obtain    best    results    in 

command  of  post    270 

"Inspecting     guard     and     senti- 
nels," defined    285 

Inspections,    how    conducted    . .  .273 

OTker  of  the   Day    284 

Officers,    regulations    governing    279 

Old   guard   pass    294 

Organization   commanders,   regu- 
lations    governing     280 

Parades,   reviews  and  other  cere- 
monies     272 

Passes     293 

Police    regulations     282 

Post   library    .  .  . 296 

Post    noncommissioned    staff    .  .  .274 

Post    school     297 

Prisoners     290 

Quartermaster,    office    hours    and 

general    duties    278 

Rules        and        regulations        for 

government   of  post    275 

Soldiers,    general    behavior     .  .  .  .291 

Special    duty    men    292 

Special  orders  for  sentinels    .  . .  .289 


Par.  No. 
Staff,  duties  and  obligations  .  .  .  .271 

Summary   court    '. .  .281 

Uniform,    regulations    regarding   283 

"Visiting  guard,"  defined    285 

Post   athletic   officer    327 

Post   engineer   officer    319 

Post  exchange  officer   308 

Post  library,   regulations  governing 

296 

Post    noncommissioned    staff,    cus- 
toms   regarding    274 

Post   Ordnance   officer    313 

Post   prison   officer    311 

POST  QUARTERMASTER: 

Blank  forms    299 

Books,   orders,   circulars,    etc.    ..301 

Duties     298 

Motto   for   Supply  troops    303 

Quartermaster  paperwork 302 

Post  range  officer    333 

Post  recruiting  officer    304 

Post  school,  regulations  governing  297 

Post   signal    officer    323 

Potato  parer,   company    394 

Power   of   attorney    600 

Presenting    compliments    473 

Presents,   custom   regarding    466 

Presidential    salute    494 

President's   New  Year  reception    .  .440 

Printing   press    246 

Prisoners  not  to   salute    151 

Prisoners,    rules    governing   in    post 

290 

Prison   officer    311 

Private   balls   and   dances    68 

Privileges   and   rewards    396 

Probationary       officers,       uniforms 

and   equipment    2 

Professional  books 27  ;  32 

Professional    study    528 

Promptness      91 

Property,  disposition  of  when  going 

on    foreign    service    35 

Property  responsibility,  company  403 
Property,  turning  over  to  Q.  M.  33  ;  34 
Publication  of  books  and  articles  590 

Publications  service    103 

Punch,    recipe     607 

Punch,    regimental     476 

Punctuality      90 

Punishment,    company    397  ;    398 

Q 

Quartermaster.      See,    "Post    Quar- 
termaster." 

Quartermaster    Corps,   functions    ..190 
uartermaster,       post       regulations 

governing     278 

Quartermaster     supplies,     purchase  42 
Quartermaster,      turning      property 
over  to.  for  shipment 33  ;  34 

§uarters,    allowance    36 
uarters,   application    56 


Range  officer    333 

Receiving  distinguished   persons  at 
posts , 441 


Par.   Xo. 
RECEPTION: 

Arrangements   for    606 

General    nature,    invitation    67 

Introducing   strangers    77 

Leaving   cards    73 

Receptions.  See,  "Receptions," 
under  "Customs  of  the  Ser- 
vice." 

RECIPES  FOR: 

Punches      607 

\Yhitewash     609 

Records,   adjutant's   office    253 

Recruit,    instruction    417 

Recruiting    officer    304 

Reduction    of    paperwork    post    ad- 
ministration      236 

Regimental  mess    509 

Regimental    punch     476 

Regimental     staff     officers,     resig- 
nation     465 

Regiment,    composition    166-168 

REGULAR  ARMY: 

Authorized    strength     164 

Composition    157;    165 

Employment   in   aid  of  civil    ....535 
Regular  Army  Reserve    •. .  .201 

REGULAR  ARMY,  USE  FOR 
RELIEF  PURPOSES: 

Complaints      546 

Firing  on  people,  orders  about  542 
Gratuitous  issue  of  supplies  ...539 
How  to  proffer  assistance  ....537 

Inspectors      5-^5 

Main   lines   of   action    547 

Nature   of   obligation    536 

Principal  qualities  needed  in  offi- 
cers in  case  of  calamity  ...548 

Relief    work    544 

Report  of  action    .  .  . 538 

Seizure    of    private    property    for 

public   use    543 

Status  of  Army 540 

Relation    of   military    to    civil    ....203 

Relations        with        civilians        and 

National    Guardsmen    99 

Relative    rank    between    Army    and 

Navy   officers    456 

Remains,  guard  of  honor  over   ...506 

REPORTING   FOR   DUTY: 

Calling   on    C.    0 52 

Calling  on  intermediate  com- 
manding officers  53 

In   Washington    440 

Looking  up   adjutant    51 

.  L'niform    worn    54 

Reports    upon    assignment    48 

Reserve  Corps  officers,  saluting  ..118 
Residence  of  officers  and  men  ...212 
Resignation  of  regimental  staff 

officers    465 

Responsibility,    property    403 

Retirement   of   officers    598 

Reviews      and      other      ceremonies, 
object   272 


Par.   No. 

Reviews,   origin    500 

Rewards  and  privileges    396 

Riding  horses  in  post   478 

Riding    in    wagon,    saluting    128 

Riding  on  left  of  senior    470 

Rifle  salute    132 

Riot   duty    549 

Room    orderly    385 

Rubber  rain   cape   or   coat    6 

Rubber   stamps,    adjutant    241 


Par.   No. 
"Star  Spangled  Banner"  145;  146;  614 

Stationery    26  ;    39 

Strength  of  Regular  Army    164 

Success  in  Army   155 

Summary    Court    337 

Summary    Court,    post    regulations 

governing     281 

Supply    sergeant    379 

Supply  troops,  motto    303 

Surveying    officer     339 

System  and   method    95 


Saber   belt    13(q) 

Saber    knots     13(s) 

Saber  salute    132 

Saber  straps    15(b) 

Saddle   cloth    19 

Saddle,  nomenclature    612 

Sale  of  clothing   404  ;  405 

Salutes,   origin    490 

Salutes.      See,    "Military   Courtesy." 

Salute  to  the  Union    495 

Saluting    distance    1 20 

Sashes,    origin    505 

Saturday       morning       and        other 

inspections     402 

Scouting   for   trouble    85 

Seating  guests  at  dinner   507 

Secretary    of    War     161 

Seeking    advice    97 

Sentinels  on  post,  saluting   134 

Sentinels,   special  orders    289 

Sergeant   major    228 

Service  publications    103 

Service    uniform     4(a) 

Shelter-tent     13(u) 

Shipment  of  property,  turning  over 

to  Q.   M 33;   34 

Shoemakers,    soldier    408 

Shoes     4(c) 

Shoes,  care  of 595(5)  ;  596 

Shoulder   belts    15(c) 

Shoulder   knots,    care   of    595(2) 

Shoulder  straps,   care  of    595(2) 

Signal    Corps    199 

Signal  officers,   post    323 

Signatures,    legible    109 

Signing    letters     516 

Signing     orders      and      papers     by 

adjutant      235(5) 

Simplification    of    paperwork,    post 

administration     236 

Slang,    Army    484 

Slates   (urinal),   how  to   clean    ...  .611 

"Soldier,"  meaning  of  term    454 

Soldier  walking  with  officer   150 

Soldiers,  rules  governing  behavior  291 

Soldiers,   treatment    98 

"Sounding     off"      at     parade     and 

guard    mount    499 

Special   duty   men    292 

Special   evening   dress    4(d) 

Spoon     13(k) 

Spurs    15(d) 

Squadron,    composition    167 

Staff    157;    158 

Standing      orders,       familiarization 
with     , 57 


Tailor,   soldier    408; 

Taps,      custom      of      sounding      at 

funerals     489 

Taxation   of  officers    210 

Telegraphing   arrival   at   station    .  .   50 

The  color,  saluting 147 

"The  commanding  officer  desires"  472 
The  Star  Spangled  Banner   ..145;   146 

"Tickler,"    card-system    245 

Tin  cup    13(v) 

Titles.     See,  "Titles,"  under,  "Cus- 
toms of  Service." 

Toast  to  bride   .- 479 

"To  the  color"   145  ;   146 

Translating  books  and  papers   ....105 
Transportation,       foreign       service, 

request   for    49 

Treatment  of  enlisted  men   ...98;  426 

Troop,   strength    167 

Troops    at    drill,    on    march,     etc., 

don't    salute    143 

Trot,    saluting 141 

Trouble,    looking   for    85 

Typewriter     248 

U 

Umbrellas,    custom   regarding    ....460 
UNIFORMS: 

Care   of    595 

For    officers.       See,    "Arms    and 
equipment." 

Obtainable  from  Q.   M.   C 10 

Post   regulations   governing    .  .  .  .283 
Wearing   when   not   serving   with 

troops     457 

Worn   when   reporting   for   duty      54 

Uniform   Regulations    3 

Urinals,   how  to   clean    611 

Usual  mistakes  in  saluting   147 


Venereal   disease    409 

Veterinary    Corps    194 

"Viscol"     596 

VISITING  CARDS: 

Aide   de   camp    361;    368 

Leaving   at   receptions    73 

Number    left    357(7-c) 

See,     "Visiting     cards,"     under, 
"Customs    of   the    Service." 

"Visiting  guard,"   defined    285 

Visitors,    attention    paid    to    78 

Visit,  writing  letter  after    76 

Volleys,  firing  at  funerals   488 

Voting  by  officers  and  men 213 


w 


Par.  No. 


Walking  on  left  of  senior 470 

WALKING  OR   RIDING  WITH 
SENIOR: 

Officer 149 

Soldier      150 

War    Department    163 

War  Department  Library 533 

War  Department  publications    ....    43 
Washington,  reporting  for  duty  in  440 

Wedding,    announcement     72 

Wedding   breakfast 71 

Wedding  invitation,  form  of   486 

WEDDING: 

Church     70 

Home 69 


Par.   No. 

Weddings,  military   478 

Whining     86 

White  collars  and  cuffs   595(7) 

White  gloves,  care  of 595(6) 

White    mess   jackst    4(f) 

White    uniform    4(g) 

Whitewash,  how  to  make    609 

Wife  of  C.   O.,   attention  paid    79 

Will,   form   for    602 

"Wishes,  the  commanding  officer"  472 

Woolen   O.   D.  uniform    4(a) 

Words  to  Army  bugle  calls 483 

Writ  of  habeas   corpus    208 

Writing   letter   after   visit    76 


Young   officer's   don'ts    110 


CORONA 

The  Pen  of  the  Army 

Note  the  ease  'with  which  this  portable  writing  machine 
may  be  used  under  service  conditions. 

Its  parts  never  work  loose  or  drop  off.  It  has  no  attach- 
ments and  does  not  take  down. 

You  can  carry  Corona  anywhere  for,  case  and  all,  it  weighs 
but  9  Ibs.  and  measures  only  10  x  11J4  x  4j^ins. 

Being  built  almost  entirely  of  aluminum  and  steel,'  Corona 
is  practically  indestructible. 

The  Corona  Folding  Stand  adds  greatly  to  the  convenience 
of  using  Corona  in  the  field.  This  stand  has  three  telescopic 
brass  legs,  stands  24  ins.  high  and  collapses  to  10%  ins-  It 
weighs  2  fts. 

Price  of  Corona  and  case,  $50 
Price  of  Folding  Stand,  $5 

Corona  Typewriter  Co.,  Inc. 

GROTON,  NEW  YORK 


For 
V.  S.  ARMY 

and 

NATIONAL  GUARD 
Officers  and  Enlisted  Men 

UNIFORMS 
Independent  Military  Organizations 

UNIFORMS 
Military  Training  Camps 

UNIFORMS 
Boys  Military  and  Society  Clubs 

UNIFORMS 

Official  National  Outfitter 
Boy  Scouts  of  America 


SIGMUND  EISNER  CO. 

Red  Bank,  N.  J. 
New  York  Office.  103  Fifth  Avenue 


Vis  CON 


SOFTENS 

PRESERVES 

WATERPROOFS 

SHOES,BOOTS 
HARNESS  BELTS 


To  rna!;e  your  shoes  waterproof 

To  maLe  your  shoes  soft  and  comfortable 

To  make  your  shoes  wear  3  times  longer 

To  keep  the  harness  and  saddle  in  good  order 

Use  Viscol 


Viscol  makes  the  leather  soft  and  pliable  and  also 
waterproof.  Viscolized  leather  remains  soft  and  pliable 
under  continuous  hard  service,  even  when  it  is  worn  in 
salt  water  or  in  snow.  Viscol  is  a  solution  of  a  rubber- 
like  material  which  amalgamates  with  the  leather  sub- 
stance and  is  not  driven  out  of  the  leather  by  heat  or  by 
water,'  the  way  oils  are.  Its  beneficial  effect  is  lasting. 

Leather  that  is  treated  with   Viscol   wears   several     times  as  long   as 

leather  that  haa  not  been  thus  treated. 

"Viscol  is  sold  by  many  of  the  Post  Exchanges  and  by  most  shoe  dealers. 
If  you  can  not  procure  it  at  the  nearest  Post  Exchange  or  from  your  shoe 
dealer,  write  to 

VISCOL  COMPANY 


East  Cambridge 


Boston,  Mass. 


USED  BY  UNCLE  SAM'S  EXPERT  RIFLEMEN 

Hoppe's 
Nitro  Powder  Solvent  No.  9 


Trade  Mark  Registered 

For  Cleaning  High  Power  (Springfield)  Rifles, 
Revolvers  and  Firearms  of  All  Kinds 

A  compound  that  will  remove  the  residue  of  any 
high-power  powder,  including  Black  Powder.  It  will 
neutralize  any  residue  and  loosen  metal  fouling  and 
leading  that  may  be  left  in  the  barrel  after  cleaning, 
and  prevent  Pitting.  No.  9  is  the  only  Rifle-cleaning 
Solvent  that  will  remove  Rust,  Metal  Fouling  and 
Leading.  For  cleaning  the  .22  cal.  Rifles,  Revolvers 
and  Automatic  Pistols  it  has  no  equal.  Nitro  Powder 
Solvent  No.  9  is  endorsed  by  the  most  prominent 
Riflemen  in  America. .  Used  by  U.  S.  Rifle  Teams, 
and  at  Buenos  Ayres,  Argentine  Matches.  No  Rifle- 
man or  Quartermaster's  Department  should  be  with- 
out it. 

Sold  by  Sporting  Goods  Dealers  and  at  Post  Exchanges 

FRANK  A.  HOPPE,  Sole  Manufacturer,          Station  O,  Philadelphia,  U.  S.  A. 


COMFORT  YOUR  FEET 

Keep  shoes,  puttees  and  all 
leather  accoutrements  soft, 
water  proof  and  pliable  with 
3-in-One.  Not  sticky  or 
greasy.  Contains  no  acid. 
After  a  march  or  tiresome  drill, 
rub 

3-IN-ONE  OIL 

on  your  feet — wonderful  how 
it  helps  to  take  the  smart 
out! 

Use  3-in-One  on  gun  and 
revolver — prevents  rust  and 
keeps  them  in  order  for 
inspection.  Use  on  bayonet 
and  side  arms,  too. 

3-in-One  will  make  your  gun  work  with 
out  sticking  or  jamming.  Best  shots  use 
and  recommend  it.  Put  3-in-One  on  your 
razor  strop ;  also  draw  razor  blade  be-  _ 

tween    thumb    and    finger    moistened 

with    3-in-One    after    shaving.      You'll 

shave   easier. 
Sold     at     Post    Exchanges    and     Ship's 

Stores:    1-oz.    bottle,    lOc;    3-oz.,    25c:    8-oz. 

HANDY   Oil   Cans,   3-oz.   25c.     Avoid  substitutes'. 

FREE  a  generous  sample  and  Dictionary  of  uses 
THREE-IN-ONE  OIL  CO.,    42  DAL,  Broadway,  New  York 


MILITARY  FIELD  NOTEBOOK 

BY  CAPT.  G.  R.  GUILD  AND  LIEUT.  R.  C.  COTTON 

A  handy,  compact  field  notebook  adopted  for  use  of  officers  and 
enlisted  men  of  the  army. 

To  those  of  the  military  profession  whose  duties  require  that 
they  be  in  the  field  where  reference  books  are  not  available,  this 
little  volume  fills  a  need  that  requires  the  attention  of  all.  The 
book,  made  up  so  it  can  be  carried  on  one's  person  with  ease,  is  a 
ready  reference  and  a  time  saver  when  work  must  be  accomplished 
with  accuracy  and  speed. 

Special  emphasis  is  laid  on  the  fact  that  the  book  is  made  up  of 
three  distinct  parts,  namely : 

(a)  The  Owners  Note  Sheets;  (b)  Printed  Feld  Notes;  (c) 
The  Detachable  Filler.  There  is  a  pencil  holder  attached  on  the 
back  cover  of  the  book.  The  Detachable  Filler  consists  of  two  parts, 
(a)  Mesage  Pad;  (b)  Field  Diary  Sheets.  The  book  can  be  used 
indefinitely,  all  that  is  required  is  the  filling  in  of  the  new  pads  as 
time  goes  on,  which  can  be  secured  at  the  very  small  cost  of  15  cents. 
Attention  is  also  called  to  the  waterproof  cover  which  is  another 
feature  of  the  book,  which  can  be  obtained  at  an  additional  cost  of 
10  cents.  Price,  75  cents 

Published  by  GEORGE  BANTA  PUBLISHING  CO.,  Menasha,  Wis. 


TROPHIES  AND  PRIZES 

For  Military,  Athletic  and  Sporting  Events 

Of  Quality  as  Designed  and  made  for  the  U.  S-  Army 

and  Navy,  West  Point  Academy  and 

U.  S.  Naval  Academy 

Catalogues  and  Information  upon  Request 


BAILEY,  BANKS  &  BIDDLE  CO. 

Diamond  Merchants,  Jewelers,  Silversmiths,   Goldsmiths,  Heralists 
PHILADELPHIA 


Outdoor  Equipage 

MEYER'S  MILITARY  SHOPS 

Riding  Breeches 
and  Habits 

TAILORS 

F  Street,  between  13th  and  14th  Sts.  N.  W. 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

Complete  Outdoor  Equipage 

Ready  to  Wear 
For  Men,  Women  and  Children 

RIDING      BREECHES,      PUTTEE      LEGGINS,      NORFOLK      JACKETS, 

HUNTING    CLOTHES,    BOOTS    AND    SHOES,    MIDDY    BLOUSE 

AND    SKIRTS,    TENTS    AND    SLEEPING    BAGS,    RIDING 

SKIRTS     AND     NORFOLK    JACKETS,     MOCCASINS 

Write  for  Catalogue 
Visit  Our  Camp  Rooms  When  in  Washington 


RIDABOCK  &  COMPANY 

149-151  West  36th  St.,  New  York 


U.  S.  Army,  National  Guard  Officers'  Uniforms  and 

Equipments 
Military  School  Uniforms  and  Equipments 

Military  Training  Camp  Outfits 
Military  Supplies,  Military  Textbooks 


Individual  Departments  and  Workshops  for  the  Respective 
Grades  of  Uniforms 


ESTABLISHED  1854 

B.  Pasquale  Company 

115-117  Post  St.  SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAL. 

The  Only  Manufacturers  of 

Army  and  Navy  Equipments 
and  Uniforms  on  the  Pacific  Coast 

"QUALITY  AND  FIT  GUARANTEED" 

(Write  for  Catalogue) 


"BANT A"  MILITARY  BOOKS 

A.  partial  list.    Send  for  Catalogue 

Military   Topography 

By  Major  C.  O.   Shcrrill $2.50 

Military  Topography  and  Photography 

By    Lieut.    F.    D.    Carlock $2.50 

Rapid  Reconnaissance  and   Sketching 

By  Major  C.   O.   Sherrill $1.25 

Military  Map  Reading 

By   Major   C.    O.   Sherrill $0.90 

Manual  for  Quartermasters 

By   Major   Alexander   E.   Williams .' $1.10 

Questions  on  Field  Service 

By    Captain    Holland    Rubottom $0.60 

Questions  on  Manual  for  Courts-Martial  and  Evidence 

By   Lieut.    Edward   F.   Witsell $0.60 

The  Technique  of   Modern  Tactics 

By  Majs.  C.  S.   Bond  and  M.  J.  McDonough $2.65 

The  Mounted  Rifleman 

By   Brigadier   General  James   Parker Cloth   $1.00;    Paper,   $0.60 

Machine  Guns 

By  Capt.  J.  S.  Hatcher,  Lieut.  G.  P.  Wilhelm,  and  Lieut.  H.  J.  Malony,  U.  S. 

Army $2.50 

Battle  Fire  Training 

By  Capt.  J.  J.   Fulmer,  U.   S.  Army ; $1.25 

Military  Field  Notebook 

By  Capt.  G.  R.  Guild  and  Lieut.  R.   C.   Cotton $0.75 

Field   Sanitation 

By   Lt.   Col.  James   S.   Wilson $1.00 

Soldier's  Foot  and  the  Military  Shoe 

By  Lieut    Col.   E.   L.   Munson $1.50 

Operation  Orders,  Field  Artillery 

By  Lt.   Col.   Harry  G.   Bishop • $1.00 

Elements  of   Modern   Field   Artillery 

By   Lieut.    Col.    H.    G.    Bishop $1.50 

Military   Character,    Habit,    Deportment,    Courtes",   a-d    Disc'pline 

By   Major   M.   B.    Stewart ."..Cloth   Linding,  $1.00;    paper,  $0.50 

A  Working  Knowledge  of  Spanish 

By    Lieut.    Cary    I.    Crockett $0.75 

Lessons  in   Visual   Signalling 

By   Lieut.    M.   A.    Palen $0.60 

Practical  English  Punctuation 

By    M.    Lyle    Spencer $0.60 

Tactical  Principles  and  Problems 

By   Capt.    M.    E.    Hanna $2.50 

Adjutants'   Manual 

By     Major     Courtland     Nixon $1.15 

Exercises  for  Systematic  Scout  Instruction 

By    Capt.    H.    J.    McKennev $1.25 

Five   Tactical    Principles   and    Uniform    Tactical    Training 

By  Lt.   Col.   V.    A.   Calrlwell $0.50 

Criticisms  upon  Solutions  cf  Map  Problems 

By    Captain    C.    T.    Boyd $2.00 

One  set  of  Gettysburg  maps  for  same,  unmounted,  price  20c,  mounteel,  price  35c. 
Catechism  of  Uniform  Tactical  Training 

By    Lieut.    Col.    V.    A.    Caldwell $1.00 

Military  Aviation 

By   Capt.   II.   LeR.   Muller $2.50 

New  titles  are  constantly  annearinsf  and  it  wi'l  prtv  yon  to  keep  in  touch  with 
"BANTA."  Their  '-onk-;  are  all  s'nndi-H.  tried  texts  and  references  which  have  been 
approved  by  authorities  in  the  I'.  S.  Army. 


MENASHA,  WISCONSIN 


THE  MOSS  PUBLICATIONS 

(By  Major  Jas.  A.   Moss,   U.  S.  Army) 

OFFICERS'  MANUAL.  An  invaluable  guide  in  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  socia, 
and  official  "Customs  of  the  Service,"  and  in  administration,  duties  of  company 
officers,  adjutants,  quartermasters,  etc.  Especially  valuable  to  officers  of  the 
.National  Guard  and  officers  just  joining  the  Army $2.50 

NONCOMMISSIONED  OFFICERS'  MANUAL.  Covers  'in  a  simple,  practical  way 
the  duties  ot  all  grades.  Based  on  the  collated  experiences  of  over  50  experienced 
noncommissioned  officers  of  the  Regular  Army $1.50 

PRIVATES'  MANUAL.  (Profusely  illustrated".)  Gives  in  one  book,  in  convenient, 
illustrated  and  understandable  form,  the  principal  things  the  soldier  should  know, 
and  which  one  must  now  go  through  many  books  to  get $1.00 

MANUAL  OF  MILITARY  TRAINING.  (Profusely  illustrated.)  Makes  unnecessary 
all  other  books  for  the  training  and  instruction  of  Volunteer  COMPANIES  and  of 
COMPANY  officers  of  Volunteers.  Adopted  as  the  military  te.rtbook  of  orcr  ninety 
(90)  of  our  military  schools  and  colleges.  60,000  copies  sold  in  two  years $2.25 

QUESTIONS  ON  MANUAL  OF  MILITARY  TRAINING.  This  book  is  prepared 
for  use  with  the  Manual  of  Military  Training  and  enables  mastery  of  the  manual 
and  preparation  as  nothing  else  will  for  recitations  and  examinations  $0.50 

APPLIED  MINOR  TACTICS.  (Including:  Map  Problems,  War  Game,  Map  Reading, 
and  Map  Sketching.)  Simplified  for  beginners.  Especially  adapted  to  the  instruction 
of  subalterns,  noncommissioned  officers  and  privates  in  their  duties  in  campaign.  $1.00 

FIELD  SERVICE.  Treats  the  subject  in  a  practical,  concrete  wav,  giving  valuable 
suggestions  as  the  result  of  the  experiences  of  a  number  of  officers  and  enlisted 
men  ^ $1.25 

INFANTRY  DRILL  REGULATIONS  SIMPLIFIED.  (Profusely  illustrated.1)  An 
illustrated,  annotated  and  indexed  edition  of  the  \Var  Department  edition.  InvaH- 
able  to  beginners  and  to  students  of  Infantry  Drill  Regulations $0.75 

SPANISH  FOR  SOLDIERS.  (Capt.  John  W.  T.ang.  collaborator.)  A  combination 
grammar  and  English-Spanish  and  Spanish-English  dictionary  and  phrase  book, 
intended  to  g've  officers  arid  soldiers  a  fair  working  conversational  knowledge  of 
military  Spanish $1.00 

SELF-HELPS  FOR  THE  CITIZEN-SOLDIER.  (Profn=p1v  illustrated  )  (Ma-'nr 
M.  B.  Stewart,  collaborator.)  A  popular  explanation  of  things  milita. > $1.25 

i?TOT  DUTY.  Presents  the  subject  in  practical,  tabloid  form,  telling  an  officer  exactlv 
what  to  do  tactically  and  legally  if  ordered  on  riot  duty $0.50 

ARMY  CHANGES.  Published  quarterly.  Gives  all  changes  in  the  Armv  Regula- 
tions, D''ill  Regulations,  Manual  of  Guard  Duty.  Field  Service  Recrulat-fns.  and 
forty  (40)  other  War  Department  publications,  from  the  dates  of  thei-  publication 
to  the  date  of  publication  of  the  last  number  of  Army  Changes.  Single  copies, 
50  cts. ;  Annual  subscription,  §1.50. 

ARMY  PAPERWORK.  An  exhaustive  and  practical  presentation  of  the  subject  with 
numerous  "models"  of  letters,  reports,  returns,  proceedings  of  boards,  etc.  .  .->  .$2.00 

MILITARY  TRAINING  FOR  BOYS.  Profusely  illustrated.  (Major  M.  B. 
Stewart,  collaborator.)  Intended  to  develop  body,  character  and  patriotism. 
Patriotism,  obligations  of  citizenship,  drill,  manual  of  arms,  personal  hygiene,  camp 
sanitation,  care  of  health,  etc.,  are  fully  covered  in  simple,  conversational  language 
calculated  to  appeal  to  boys ; $0.75 

PEACE  AND  WAR  DUTIES  OF  THE  ENLISTED  MAN.  Gives  in  condensed, 
readable  form,  the  principal  duties  of  the  enlisted  man  in  garrison,  in  camp,  on  the 
march,  on  guard,  patrolling,  in  battle,  etc $0.50 

PUBLISHERS 

GEORGE  BANTA  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

MENASHA,  WISCONSIN 
a»-Banta's  Complete  Catalogue  of  Military  Books  will  be  mailed  on  application. 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A  000  676  734  7 


OFFICERS'  MANUAL 


